Table of Contents

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM 20-F

 

 

(Mark One)

¨ REGISTRATION STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OR (g) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

OR

 

x ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013

OR

 

¨ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

OR

 

¨ SHELL COMPANY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

Date of event requiring this shell company report                     

Commission file number 001-35866

 

 

KNOT OFFSHORE PARTNERS LP

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

Republic of the Marshall Islands

(Jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)

2 Queens Cross

Aberdeen, Aberdeenshire

AB15 4YB, United Kingdom

(Address of principal executive offices)

Arild Vik

2 Queens Cross

Aberdeen, Aberdeenshire

AB15 4YB, United Kingdom

Telephone: 44 (0) 1224 618420

Facsimile: 44 (0) 1224 624891

(Name, Telephone, E-mail and/or Facsimile number and Address of Company Contact Person)

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

Title of each class

 

Name of each exchange on which registered

Common units representing limited partner interests   New York Stock Exchange

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act: None

 

 

Indicate the number of outstanding shares of each of the issuer’s classes of capital or common stock as of the close of the period covered by the annual report.

8,567,500 common units representing limited partner interests

8,567,500 subordinated units representing limited partner interests

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.     ¨   Yes     x   No

If this report is an annual or transition report, indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.     ¨   Yes     x   No

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.     x   Yes     ¨   No

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).     x   Yes     ¨   No

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer. See definition of “accelerated filer and large accelerated filer” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

Large accelerated filer   ¨             Accelerated filer   ¨             Non-accelerated filer   x

Indicate by check mark which basis of accounting the registrant has used to prepare the financial statements included in this filing:

 

U.S. GAAP   x

     International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board   ¨    Other   ¨

If “Other” has been checked in response to the previous question, indicate by check mark which financial statement item the registrant has elected to follow.     ¨   Item 17     ¨   Item 18

If this is an annual report, indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).     ¨   Yes     x   No

 

 

 


Table of Contents

KNOT Offshore Partners LP

INDEX TO REPORT ON FORM 20-F

 

Part I                1   

Item 1.

     Identity of Directors, Senior Management and Advisers      1   

Item 2.

     Offer Statistics and Expected Timetable      1   

Item 3.

     Key Information      1   
     A.      Selected Financial Data      1   
     B.      Capitalization and Indebtedness      4   
     C.      Reasons for the Offer and Use of Proceeds      4   
     D.      Risk Factors      4   

Item 4.

     Information on the Partnership      29   
     A.      History and Development of the Partnership      29   
     B.      Business Overview      29   
     C.      Organizational Structure      47   
     D.      Property, Plants and Equipment      48   

Item 4A.

     Unresolved Staff Comments      48   

Item 5.

     Operating and Financial Review and Prospects      48   
     A.      Operational Results      55   
     B.      Liquidity and Capital Resources      59   
     C.      Research and Development, Patents and Licenses, Etc .      69   
     D.      Trend Information      69   
     E.      Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements      69   
     F.      Tabular Disclosure of Contractual Obligations      69   
     G.      Safe Harbor      70   

Item 6.

     Directors, Senior Management and Employees      70   
     A.      Directors and Senior Management      70   
     B.      Compensation      71   
     C.      Board Practices      72   
     D.      Employees      74   
     E.      Unit Ownership      74   

Item 7.

     Major Unitholders and Related Party Transactions      74   
     A.      Major Unitholders      74   
     B.      Related Party Transactions      75   
     C.      Interests of Experts and Counsel      83   

Item 8.

     Financial Information      83   
     A.      Consolidated Statements and Other Financial Information      83   
     B.      Significant Changes      86   

Item 9.

     The Offer and Listing      86   
     A.      Offer and Listing Details      86   
     B.      Plan of Distribution      87   
     C.      Markets      87   
     D.      Selling Shareholders      87   
     E.      Dilution      87   
     F.      Expenses of the Issue      87   

Item 10.

     Additional Information      87   
     A.      Share Capital      87   
     B.      Memorandum and Articles of Association      87   
     C.      Material Contracts      87   
     D.      Exchange Controls      89   
     E.      Taxation      89   
     F.      Dividends and Paying Agents      96   
     G.      Statement by Experts      96   
     H.      Documents on Display      96   
     I.      Subsidiary Information      96   


Table of Contents

Item 11.

   Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk      96   

Item 12.

   Description of Securities Other than Equity Securities      98   

Part II

        99   

Item 13.

   Defaults, Dividend Arrearages and Delinquencies      99   

Item 14.

   Material Modifications to the Rights of Securities Holders and Use of Proceeds      99   

Item 15.

   Controls and Procedures      99   

Item 16A.

   Audit Committee Financial Expert      99   

Item 16B.

   Code of Ethics      100   

Item 16C.

   Principal Accountant Fees and Services      100   

Item 16D.

   Exemptions from the Listing Standards for Audit Committees      100   

Item 16E.

   Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers      100   

Item 16F.

   Change in Registrants’ Certifying Accountant      101   

Item 16G.

   Corporate Governance      101   

Item 16H.

   Mine Safety Disclosure      102   

Part III

        103   

Item 17.

   Financial Statements      103   

Item 18.

   Financial Statements      103   

Item 19.

   Exhibits      103   

Index to Financial Statements of KNOT Offshore Partners LP

     F-1   


Table of Contents

Presentation of Information in this Report

This annual report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2013 (this “Annual Report”) should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated and Combined Carve-Out Financial Statements and accompanying notes included in this Annual Report. Unless the context otherwise requires, references in this Annual Report to “KNOT Offshore Partners,” “we,” “our,” “us” and “the Partnership” or similar terms refer to KNOT Offshore Partners LP, a Marshall Islands limited partnership, or any one or more of its subsidiaries, or to all such entities. References in this Annual Report to “KNOT” refer, depending on the context, to Knutsen NYK Offshore Tankers AS and to any one or more of its direct and indirect subsidiaries. References in this Annual Report to “KNOT Management” refer to KNOT Management AS, the entity that provides us with crew, technical and commercial management services. References in this Annual Report to “our general partner” refer to KNOT Offshore Partners GP LLC, the general partner of the Partnership. References in this Annual Report to “KNOT UK” refer to KNOT Offshore Partners UK LLC, a wholly owned subsidiary of the Partnership. References in this Annual Report to “TSSI” refer to TS Shipping Invest AS, and references in this Annual Report to “NYK” refer to Nippon Yusen Kaisha, each of which holds a 50% interest in KNOT. References in this Annual Report to “KOAS UK” refer to Knutsen OAS (UK) Ltd., a wholly owned subsidiary of TSSI. References in this Annual Report to “KOAS” refer to Knutsen OAS Shipping AS, a wholly owned subsidiary of TSSI.

We own (1) the Fortaleza Knutsen , a shuttle tanker built in 2011 that is currently operating under a bareboat charter that expires in March 2023 with Petrobras Transporte S.A. (“Transpetro”), (2) the Recife Knutsen , a shuttle tanker built in 2011 that is currently operating under a bareboat charter that expires in August 2023 with Transpetro, (3) the Bodil Knutsen , a shuttle tanker built in 2011 that is currently operating under a time charter that expires in May 2016 with Statoil ASA (“Statoil”), with options to extend until May 2019, (4) the Windsor Knutsen , a shuttle tanker built in 2007 and retrofitted from a conventional oil tanker to a shuttle tanker in 2011 that is currently operating under a time charter that is scheduled to expire between June 30 and August 30, 2014 with BG Group Plc (“BG Group”) and (5) the Carmen Knutsen , a shuttle tanker built in 2013 that is currently operating under a time charter that expires in January 2018 with Repsol Sinopec Brasil, B.V. (“Repsol”), with options to extend until January 2021.

Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

This Annual Report contains certain forward-looking statements concerning plans and objectives of management for future operations or economic performance, or assumptions related thereto, including our financial forecast. In addition, we and our representatives may from time to time make other oral or written statements that are also forward-looking statements. Such statements include, in particular, statements about our plans, strategies, business prospects, changes and trends in our business, and the markets in which we operate as described in this Annual Report. In some cases, you can identify the forward-looking statements by the use of words such as “may,” “could,” “should,” “would,” “expect,” “plan,” “anticipate,” “intend,” “forecast,” “believe,” “estimate,” “predict,” “propose,” “potential,” “continue” or the negative of these terms or other comparable terminology. These forward-looking statements reflect management’s current views only as of the date of this Annual Report and are not intended to give any assurance as to future results. As a result, unitholders are cautioned not to rely on any forward-looking statements.

Forward-looking statements appear in a number of places in this Annual Report and include statements with respect to, among other things:

 

    statements about market trends in the shuttle tanker or general tanker industries, including charter rates, factors affecting supply and demand, and opportunities for the profitable operations of shuttle tankers;

 

    statements about KNOT’s and KNOT Offshore Partners’ ability to build and retrofit shuttle tankers and the timing of the delivery and acceptance of any such retrofitted vessels by their respective charterers;

 

    KNOT Offshore Partners’ ability to increase distributions and the amount of any such increase;

 

    KNOT Offshore Partners’ ability to integrate and realize the expected benefits from acquisitions;

 

    KNOT Offshore Partners’ anticipated growth strategies;

 

i


Table of Contents
    the effects of a worldwide or regional economic slowdown;

 

    turmoil in the global financial markets;

 

    fluctuations in currencies and interest rates;

 

    general market conditions, including fluctuations in hire rates and vessel values;

 

    changes in KNOT Offshore Partners’ operating expenses, including drydocking and insurance costs and bunker prices;

 

    forecasts of KNOT Offshore Partners’ ability to make cash distributions on the units or any increases in cash distributions;

 

    KNOT Offshore Partners’ future financial condition or results of operations and future revenues and expenses;

 

    the repayment of debt and settling of any interest rate swaps;

 

    KNOT Offshore Partners’ ability to make additional borrowings and to access debt and equity markets;

 

    planned capital expenditures and availability of capital resources to fund capital expenditures;

 

    KNOT Offshore Partners’ ability to maintain long-term relationships with major users of shuttle tonnage;

 

    KNOT Offshore Partners’ ability to leverage KNOT’s relationships and reputation in the shipping industry;

 

    KNOT Offshore Partners’ ability to purchase vessels from KNOT in the future;

 

    KNOT Offshore Partners’ continued ability to enter into long-term charters, which we define as charters of five years or more;

 

    KNOT Offshore Partners’ ability to maximize the use of its vessels, including the re-deployment or disposition of vessels no longer under long-term charter;

 

    timely purchases and deliveries of newbuilds;

 

    future purchase prices of newbuilds and secondhand vessels;

 

    KNOT Offshore Partners’ ability to compete successfully for future chartering and newbuild opportunities;

 

    acceptance of a vessel by its charterer;

 

    termination dates and extensions of charters;

 

    the expected cost of, and KNOT Offshore Partners’ ability to, comply with governmental regulations, maritime self-regulatory organization standards, as well as standard regulations imposed by its charterers applicable to KNOT Offshore Partners’ business;

 

    availability of skilled labor, vessel crews and management;

 

    KNOT Offshore Partners’ general and administrative expenses and its fees and expenses payable under the fleet management agreements and the management and administrative services agreement;

 

    the anticipated taxation of KNOT Offshore Partners and distributions to KNOT Offshore Partners’ unitholders;

 

ii


Table of Contents
    estimated future maintenance and replacement capital expenditures;

 

    KNOT Offshore Partners’ ability to retain key employees;

 

    customers’ increasing emphasis on environmental and safety concerns;

 

    potential liability from any pending or future litigation;

 

    potential disruption of shipping routes due to accidents, political events, piracy or acts by terrorists;

 

    future sales of KNOT Offshore Partners’ securities in the public market;

 

    KNOT Offshore Partners’ business strategy and other plans and objectives for future operations; and

 

    other factors listed from time to time in the reports and other documents that KNOT Offshore Partners files with the SEC.

Forward-looking statements in this Annual Report are made based upon management’s current plans, expectations, estimates, assumptions and beliefs concerning future events impacting us and therefore involve a number of risks and uncertainties, including those risks discussed in “Item 3. Key Information—Risk Factors.” The risks, uncertainties and assumptions involve known and unknown risks and are inherently subject to significant uncertainties and contingencies, many of which are beyond our control. We caution that forward-looking statements are not guarantees and that actual results could differ materially from those expressed or implied in the forward-looking statements.

We undertake no obligation to update any forward-looking statement or statements to reflect events or circumstances after the date on which such statement is made or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events. New factors emerge from time to time, and it is not possible for us to predict all of these factors. Further, we cannot assess the impact of each such factor on our business or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause actual results to be materially different from those contained in any forward-looking statement. We make no prediction or statement about the performance of our common units. The various disclosures included in this Annual Report and in our other filings made with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) that attempt to advise interested parties of the risks and factors that may affect our business, prospects and results of operations should be carefully reviewed and considered.

 

iii


Table of Contents

PART I

 

Item 1. Identity of Directors, Senior Management and Advisers

Not applicable.

 

Item 2. Offer Statistics and Expected Timetable

Not applicable.

 

Item 3. Key Information

A. Selected Financial Data

The following table presents, in each case for the periods and as of the dates indicated, our selected consolidated and combined carve-out financial and operating data, which includes, for periods prior to the closing of our IPO on April 15, 2013, selected consolidated and combined carve-out financial and operating data of the Partnership and its subsidiaries that had interests in the Windsor Knutsen , the Bodil Knutsen , the Recife Knutsen and the Fortaleza Knutsen .

Pursuant to our partnership agreement, our general partner has irrevocably delegated to our board of directors the power to oversee and direct the operations of, manage and determine the strategies and policies of the Partnership. During the period from our IPO until the time of our first annual meeting of unitholders on June 25, 2013, our general partner retained the sole power to appoint, remove and replace all members of our board of directors. At our first annual meeting of unitholders, four of the seven board members became electable by the common unitholders and accordingly, from this date, KNOT, as the owner of our general partner, no longer retained the power to control our board of directors and hence us. As a result, we are no longer considered to be under common control with KNOT, and, as a consequence, we no longer account for any vessel acquisitions from KNOT after June 25, 2013 as a transfer of equity interests between entities under common control.

On August 1, 2013, we acquired KNOT’s 100% interest in the subsidiary that owns and operates the shuttle tanker, the Carmen Knutsen , which we accounted for as an acquisition of a business. Accordingly, the results of the Carmen Knutsen are included in our results from the date of its acquisition. There has been no retroactive restatement of our financial statements to reflect the historical results of the Carmen Knutsen prior to its acquisition.

The following financial data should be read in conjunction with “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects” and the Consolidated and Combined Carve-Out Financial Statements and accompanying notes included in this Annual Report.

 

1


Table of Contents

Our financial position, results of operations and cash flows could differ from those that would have resulted if we operated autonomously or as an entity independent of KNOT in the periods prior to our IPO for which historical financial and operating data are presented below, and such data may not be indicative of our future operating results or financial performance.

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2013     2012     2011  
    

(U.S. Dollars in thousands,

except per unit amounts and fleet data)

 

Statement of Operations Data:

      

Total revenues

   $ 73,401      $ 65,653      $ 43,909   

Voyage expenses(1)

     —          —          2,653   

Net voyage revenues

     73,401        65,653        41,256   

Vessel operating expenses(2)

     14,288        13,000        10,795   

Depreciation and amortization

     23,728        21,181        16,229   

General and administrative expenses

     5,361        4,834        927   

Operating income

     29,984        26,638        13,305   

Interest income

     30        19        34   

Interest expense

     (10,773     (13,471     (9,650

Other finance expense

     (2,048     (3,378     (2,741

Realized and unrealized gain (loss) on derivative instruments

     505        (6,031     (15,489

Net gain (loss) on foreign currency transactions

     193        (1,771     (3,037

Income (loss) before income taxes

     17,891        2,006        (17,578

Income tax benefit (expense)

     (2,827     (1,261     1,240   

Net income (loss)

   $ 15,064      $ 745      $ (16,338

Earnings Per Unit (Basic and Diluted):

      

Common units

   $ 1.063      $ —        $ —     

Subordinated units

     1.065        —          —     

General partner units

     1.063        —          —     

Cash dividends declared and paid per unit

     0.752        —          —     

Balance Sheet Data (at end of period):

      

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 28,836      $ 1,287      $ 3,189   

Vessels and equipment, net

     617,785        496,768        517,897   

Total assets

     660,173        511,811        534,603   

Long-term debt (including current portion)

     349,977        347,850        375,933   

Owners’ equity

     —          97,194        67,370   

Partners’ capital

     281,927        —          —     

Cash Flows Data:

      

Net cash provided by operating activities

   $ 44,160      $ 19,307      $ 11,473   

Net cash used in investing activities

     (55,468     (52     (138,104

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     38,890        (21,156     126,445   

Fleet Data:

      

Number of shuttle tankers in operation at end of period

     5        4        4   

Average age of shuttle tankers in operation at end of period (years)

     3.1        2.7        1.7   

Total calendar days for fleet

     1,613        1,464        988.7   

Total operating days for fleet(3)

     1,606        1,377        973.6   

Other Financial Data:

      

EBITDA(4)

   $ 52,402      $ 36,639      $ 8,267   

Adjusted EBITDA(4)

     53,752        47,819        29,534   

 

(1) Voyage expenses are all expenses unique to a particular voyage, including bunker fuel expenses, port fees, cargo loading and unloading expenses, canal tolls and agency fees.
(2) Vessel operating expenses include crewing, repairs and maintenance, insurance, stores, lube oils and communication expenses.
(3) The operating days for our fleet is the total number of days in a given period that the vessels were in our possession less the total number of days off-hire. We define days off-hire as days lost to, among other things, operational deficiencies, drydocking for repairs, maintenance or inspection, equipment breakdowns, special surveys and vessel upgrades, delays due to accidents, crewing strikes, certain vessel detentions or similar problems, our failure to maintain the vessel in compliance with its specifications and contractual standards or to provide the required crew, or periods of commercial waiting time during which we do not earn hire rates.
(4) Please read “Non-U.S. GAAP Financial Measures” below.

 

2


Table of Contents

Non-U.S. GAAP Financial Measures

EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA . EBITDA is defined as earnings before interest, depreciation and amortization and taxes. Adjusted EBITDA is defined as earnings before interest, depreciation and amortization, taxes and other financial items (including other finance expense, realized and unrealized gain (loss) on derivative instruments and net loss on foreign currency transactions). EBITDA is used as a supplemental financial measure by management and external users of financial statements, such as our lenders, to assess our financial and operating performance and our compliance with the financial covenants and restrictions contained in our financing agreements. Adjusted EBITDA is used as a supplemental financial measure by management and external users of financial statements, such as investors, to assess our financial and operating performance. We believe that adjusted EBITDA assists our management and investors by increasing the comparability of our performance from period to period and against the performance of other companies in our industry that provide adjusted EBITDA information. This increased comparability is achieved by excluding the potentially disparate effects between periods or companies of interest, other financial items, depreciation and amortization and taxes, which items are affected by various and possibly changing financing methods, capital structure and historical cost basis and which items may significantly affect net income between periods. We believe that including adjusted EBITDA as a financial and operating measure benefits investors in (1) selecting between investing in us and other investment alternatives and (2) monitoring our ongoing financial and operational strength in assessing whether to continue to hold common units.

EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA should not be considered alternatives to net income, operating income, cash flow from operating activities or any other measure of financial performance presented in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“U.S. GAAP”). EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA exclude some, but not all, items that affect net income, and these measures may vary among other companies. Therefore, EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA as presented below may not be comparable to similarly titled measures of other companies. The following table reconciles EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA to net cash provided by operating activities, the most directly comparable financial measure presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP, for the periods presented.

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2013     2012     2011  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Reconciliation to net cash provided by operating activities:

      

Net cash provided by operating activities

   $ 44,160      $ 19,307      $ 11,473   

Interest income

     (30     (19     (34

Interest expense

     10,773        13,471        9,650   

Amortization of contract intangibles / liabilities

     1,518        1,518        868   

Amortization of deferred debt issuance cost

     (1,741     (982     (658

Unrealized gain (loss) on derivative instruments

     1,770        (549     (8,923

Unrealized loss on foreign currency transactions

     (32     (579     (3,056

Other items

     427        426        (2,677

Change in operating assets and liabilities:

      

Decrease (increase) in trade accounts receivable

     (99     6        93   

Decrease (increase) in receivables from owners and affiliates

     —          —          —     

Decrease (increase) in inventories

     (197     71        (386

Decrease (increase) in other current assets

     (2,555     1,609        (218

Decrease (increase) in amounts due from related parties

     77        —          —     

Decrease (increase) in amounts due from related parties

     (109     —          —     

Increase (decrease) in accrued expenses

     (771     342        211   

Increase (decrease) in accounts payable

     (662     334        7,874   

Increase (decrease) in other liabilities

     (26            (324

Increase (decrease) in prepaid revenue

     (101     1,684        (5,626
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

EBITDA

   $ 52,402      $ 36,639      $ 8,267   

Other financial items (a)

     1,350        11,180        21,267   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ 53,752      $ 47,819      $ 29,534   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

3


Table of Contents

The following table reconciles EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA to net income, the most directly comparable financial measure presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP, for the periods presented.

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2013     2012     2011  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Reconciliation to net income (loss):

      

Net income (loss)

   $ 15,064      $ 745      $ (16,338

Interest income

     (30     (19     (34

Interest expense

     10,773        13,471        9,650   

Depreciation and amortization

     23,768        21,181        16,229   

Income tax (benefit) expense

     2,827        1,261        (1,240
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

EBITDA

   $ 52,402      $ 36,639      $ 8,267   

Other financial items (a)

     1,350        11,180        21,267   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ 53,752      $ 47,819      $ 29,534   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(a) Other financial items consist of other finance expense, realized and unrealized loss on derivative instruments, and net loss on foreign currency transactions.

B. Capitalization and Indebtedness

Not applicable.

C. Reasons for the Offer and Use of Proceeds

Not applicable.

D. Risk Factors

Some of the following risks relate principally to the industry in which we operate and to our business in general. Other risks relate principally to the securities market and to ownership of our common units. The occurrence of any of the events described in this section could significantly and negatively affect our business, financial condition, operating results or cash available for distributions or the trading price of our common units.

Risks Inherent in Our Business

We may not have sufficient cash from operations following the establishment of cash reserves and payment of fees and expenses to enable us to pay the minimum quarterly distribution on our common units and subordinated units.

We may not have sufficient cash from operations to pay the minimum quarterly distribution of $0.375 per unit on our common units and subordinated units. The amount of cash we can distribute on our units principally depends upon the amount of cash we generate from our operations, which may fluctuate from quarter to quarter based on the risks described in this section, including, among other things:

 

    the rates we obtain from our charters;

 

    the price and level of production of, and demand for, crude oil;

 

    the level of our operating costs, such as the cost of crews and insurance;

 

    the number of off-hire days for our fleet and the timing of, and number of days required for, drydocking of vessels;

 

    the supply of shuttle tankers;

 

    prevailing global and regional economic and political conditions;

 

    changes in local income tax rates;

 

4


Table of Contents
    currency exchange rate fluctuations; and

 

    the effect of governmental regulations and maritime self-regulatory organization standards on the conduct of our business.

In addition, the actual amount of cash we have available for distribution depends on other factors, including:

 

    the level of capital expenditures we make, including for maintaining or replacing vessels, building new vessels, acquiring existing vessels and complying with regulations;

 

    our debt service requirements, including fluctuations in interest rates, and restrictions on distributions contained in our debt instruments;

 

    the level of debt we will incur if we exercise our option to purchase the Hilda Knutsen , the Torill Knutsen , the Ingrid Knutsen or the Raquel Knutsen from KNOT;

 

    fluctuations in our working capital needs;

 

    our ability to make, and the level of, working capital borrowings; and

 

    the amount of any cash reserves, including reserves for future maintenance and replacement capital expenditures, working capital and other matters, established by our board of directors.

The amount of cash we generate from our operations may differ materially from our profit or loss for the period, which is affected by non-cash items. As a result of this and the other factors mentioned above, we may make cash distributions during periods when we record losses and may not make cash distributions during periods when we record net income.

Our ability to grow and to meet our financial needs may be adversely affected by our cash distribution policy.

Our cash distribution policy, which is consistent with our partnership agreement, requires us to distribute all of our available cash (as defined in our partnership agreement) each quarter. Accordingly, our growth may not be as fast as businesses that reinvest their available cash to expand ongoing operations.

In determining the amount of cash available for distribution, our board of directors approves the amount of cash reserves to set aside, including reserves for future maintenance and replacement capital expenditures, working capital and other matters. We also rely upon external financing sources, including commercial borrowings, to fund our capital expenditures. Accordingly, to the extent we do not have sufficient cash reserves or are unable to obtain financing, our cash distribution policy may significantly impair our ability to meet our financial needs or to grow.

We must make substantial capital expenditures to maintain the operating capacity of our fleet, which reduces cash available for distribution. In addition, each quarter we are required to deduct estimated maintenance and replacement capital expenditures from operating surplus, which may result in less cash available to unitholders than if actual maintenance and replacement capital expenditures were deducted.

We must make substantial capital expenditures to maintain and replace, over the long-term, the operating capacity of our fleet. Maintenance and replacement capital expenditures include capital expenditures associated with the removal of a vessel from the water for inspection, maintenance and/or repair of submerged parts (or drydocking) and modifying an existing vessel or acquiring a new vessel to the extent these expenditures are incurred to maintain or replace the operating capacity of our fleet. These expenditures could vary significantly from quarter to quarter and could increase as a result of changes in:

 

    the cost of labor and materials;

 

    customer requirements;

 

    the size of our fleet;

 

5


Table of Contents
    the cost of replacement vessels;

 

    length of charters;

 

    governmental regulations and maritime self-regulatory organization standards relating to safety, security or the environment; and

 

    competitive standards.

Our partnership agreement requires our board of directors to deduct estimated, rather than actual, maintenance and replacement capital expenditures from operating surplus each quarter in an effort to reduce fluctuations in operating surplus (as defined in our partnership agreement). The amount of estimated maintenance and replacement capital expenditures deducted from operating surplus is subject to review and change by our conflicts committee at least once a year. In years when estimated maintenance and replacement capital expenditures are higher than actual maintenance and replacement capital expenditures, the amount of cash available for distribution to unitholders will be lower than if actual maintenance and replacement capital expenditures were deducted from operating surplus. If our board of directors underestimates the appropriate level of estimated maintenance and replacement capital expenditures, we may have less cash available for distribution in future periods when actual capital expenditures exceed our previous estimates.

If capital expenditures are financed through cash from operations or by issuing debt or equity securities, our ability to make cash distributions may be diminished, our financial leverage could increase or our unitholders may be diluted.

Use of cash from operations to expand or maintain our fleet reduces cash available for distribution to unitholders. Our ability to obtain bank financing or to access the capital markets for future offerings may be limited by our financial condition at the time of any such financing or offering as well as by adverse market conditions resulting from, among other things, general economic conditions and contingencies and uncertainties that are beyond our control. Our failure to obtain the funds for future capital expenditures could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and ability to make cash distributions to our unitholders. Even if we are successful in obtaining necessary funds, the terms of such financings could limit our ability to pay cash distributions to unitholders. In addition, incurring additional debt may significantly increase our interest expense and financial leverage, and issuing additional equity securities may result in significant unitholder dilution and would increase the aggregate amount of cash required to maintain our current level of quarterly distributions to unitholders, both of which could have a material adverse effect on our ability to make cash distributions.

Our debt levels may limit our flexibility in obtaining additional financing, pursuing other business opportunities and paying distributions to our unitholders.

As of December 31, 2013, we had consolidated debt of approximately $350 million. We have the ability to incur additional debt. Please read “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Liquidity and Capital Resources.” Our level of debt could have important consequences to us, including the following:

 

    our ability to obtain additional financing, if necessary, for working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions or other purposes may be impaired or such financing may not be available on favorable terms;

 

    we will need a substantial portion of our cash flows to make principal and interest payments on our debt, reducing the funds that would otherwise be available for operations, future business opportunities and distributions to unitholders;

 

    our debt level may make us more vulnerable than our competitors with less debt to competitive pressures or a downturn in our industry or the economy generally;

 

    our debt level may limit our flexibility in responding to changing business and economic conditions; and

 

6


Table of Contents
    if we are unable to satisfy the restrictions included in any of our financing agreements or are otherwise in default under any of those agreements, as a result of our debt levels or otherwise, we will not be able to make cash distributions to our unitholders, notwithstanding our stated cash distribution policy.

Our ability to service our debt depends upon, among other things, our future financial and operating performance, which is affected by prevailing economic conditions and financial, business, regulatory and other factors, some of which are beyond our control. If our operating results are not sufficient to service our current or future indebtedness, we will be forced to take actions such as reducing distributions, reducing or delaying our business activities, acquisitions, investments or capital expenditures, selling assets, restructuring or refinancing our debt, or seeking additional equity capital or bankruptcy protection. We may not be able to effect any of these remedies on satisfactory terms, or at all.

Financing agreements containing operating and financial restrictions may restrict our business and financing activities.

The operating and financial restrictions and covenants in our financing agreements and any future financing agreements could adversely affect our ability to finance future operations or capital needs or to engage, expand or pursue our business activities. For example, the financing agreements may restrict the ability of us and our subsidiaries to:

 

    incur or guarantee indebtedness;

 

    change ownership or structure, including mergers, consolidations, liquidations and dissolutions;

 

    make dividends or distributions;

 

    make certain negative pledges and grant certain liens;

 

    sell, transfer, assign or convey assets;

 

    make certain investments; and

 

    enter into a new line of business.

In addition, our financing agreements require us to comply with certain financial ratios and tests, including, among others, maintaining a minimum liquidity, maintaining positive working capital, ensuring that EBITDA exceeds interest payable, any amounts payable for interest rate swap contracts and debt installments calculated on a four quarter rolling average basis, maintaining a minimum collateral value, and maintaining a minimum book equity ratio. Our ability to comply with the restrictions and covenants, including financial ratios and tests, contained in our financing agreements is dependent on future performance and may be affected by events beyond our control, including prevailing economic, financial and industry conditions. If market or other economic conditions deteriorate, our ability to comply with these covenants may be impaired.

If we are unable to comply with the restrictions and covenants in the agreements governing our indebtedness or in current or future debt financing agreements, there could be a default under the terms of those agreements. In addition, if KNOT does not fulfill its obligations pursuant to the omnibus agreement to guarantee the payments of the hire rate under the time charter for the Windsor Knutsen , this could result in an event of default under the $85 million senior secured loan facility secured by the Windsor Knutsen . If a default occurs under these agreements, lenders could terminate their commitments to lend and/or accelerate the outstanding loans and declare all amounts borrowed due and payable. We have pledged our vessels as security for our outstanding indebtedness. If our lenders were to foreclose on our vessels in the event of a default, this may adversely affect our ability to finance future operations or capital needs or to engage in, expand or pursue our business activities. If any of these events occur, we cannot guarantee that our assets will be sufficient to repay in full all of our outstanding indebtedness, and we may be unable to find alternative financing. Even if we could obtain alternative financing, that financing might not be on terms that are favorable or acceptable. Any of these events would adversely affect our ability to make cash distributions to our unitholders and cause a decline in the market price of our common units. Please read “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Liquidity and Capital Resources.”

 

7


Table of Contents

Restrictions in our debt agreements may prevent us or our subsidiaries from paying distributions.

The payment of principal and interest on our debt reduces cash available for distribution to us and on our units. In addition, our and our subsidiaries’ financing agreements prohibit the payment of distributions upon the occurrence of the following events, among others:

 

    failure to pay any principal, interest, fees, expenses or other amounts when due;

 

    failure to notify the lenders of any material oil spill or discharge of hazardous material, or of any action or claim related thereto;

 

    breach or lapse of any insurance with respect to vessels securing the facilities;

 

    breach of certain financial covenants;

 

    failure to observe any other agreement, security instrument, obligation or covenant beyond specified cure periods in certain cases;

 

    default under other indebtedness;

 

    bankruptcy or insolvency events;

 

    failure of any representation or warranty to be correct;

 

    a change of ownership, as defined in the applicable agreement; and

 

    a material adverse change, as defined in the applicable agreement.

For more information regarding our financing agreements, please read “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Liquidity and Capital Resources.”

The failure to consummate or integrate acquisitions in a timely and cost-effective manner could have an adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

Acquisitions that expand our fleet are an important component of our strategy. For example, we have an option to purchase any of the Hilda Knutsen , the Torill Knutsen , the Ingrid Knutsen and the Raquel Knutsen from KNOT if we are able to reach an agreement with KNOT regarding its purchase price. Pursuant to the omnibus agreement, we have the right to purchase the Hilda Knutsen , the Torill Knutsen , the Ingrid Knutsen and the Raquel Knutsen at any time within 24 months after KNOT notifies our board of directors of their respective acceptances by their charterers. We are not obligated to purchase any of these vessels at the applicable determined price, and, accordingly, we may not complete the purchase of any of such vessels. Furthermore, even if we are able to agree on a price with KNOT, there are no assurances that we will be able to obtain adequate financing on terms that are acceptable to us.

We believe that other acquisition opportunities may arise from time to time, and any such acquisition could be significant. Any acquisition of a vessel or business may not be profitable at or after the time of acquisition and may not generate cash flows sufficient to justify the investment. In addition, our acquisition growth strategy exposes us to risks that may harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and ability to make cash distributions to our unitholders, including risks that we may:

 

    fail to realize anticipated benefits, such as new customer relationships, cost-savings or cash flow enhancements;

 

    be unable to attract, hire, train or retain qualified shore and seafaring personnel to manage and operate our growing business and fleet;

 

    decrease our liquidity by using a significant portion of available cash or borrowing capacity to finance acquisitions;

 

8


Table of Contents
    significantly increase our interest expense or financial leverage if we incur additional debt to finance acquisitions;

 

    incur or assume unanticipated liabilities, losses or costs associated with the business or vessels acquired; or

 

    incur other significant charges, such as impairment of goodwill or other intangible assets, asset devaluation or restructuring charges.

In addition, unlike newbuilds, existing vessels typically do not carry warranties as to their condition. While we generally inspect existing vessels prior to purchase, such an inspection would normally not provide us with as much knowledge of a vessel’s condition as we would possess if it had been built for us and operated by us during its life. Repairs and maintenance costs for existing vessels are difficult to predict and may be substantially higher than for vessels we have operated since they were built. These costs could decrease our cash flows and reduce our liquidity.

Certain acquisition and investment opportunities may not result in the consummation of a transaction. In addition, we may not be able to obtain acceptable terms for the required financing for any such acquisition or investment that arises. We cannot predict the effect, if any, that any announcement or consummation of an acquisition would have on the trading price of our common units. Our future acquisitions could present a number of risks, including the risk of incorrect assumptions regarding the future results of acquired vessels or businesses or expected cost reductions or other synergies expected to be realized as a result of acquiring vessels or businesses, the risk of failing to successfully and timely integrate the operations or management of any acquired vessels or businesses and the risk of diverting management’s attention from existing operations or other priorities. We may also be subject to additional costs related to compliance with various international laws in connection with such acquisition. If we fail to consummate and integrate our acquisitions in a timely and cost-effective manner, our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash available for distribution could be adversely affected.

Our charters are subject to early termination under certain circumstances and any such termination could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and cash available for distribution to unitholders.

Our fleet consists of five shuttle tankers. If any of our vessels are unable to generate revenues as a result of the expiration or termination of its charter or sustained periods of off-hire time, our results of operations and financial condition could be materially adversely affected. Each of our charters terminates automatically if the applicable vessel is lost or missing or damage to the vessel results in a constructive total loss. The customer, under certain circumstances, may also have an option to terminate a time charter if the vessel is requisitioned by any government for a period of time in excess of the time period specified in the time charter or if at any time we are in default under the time charter. In addition, either party may terminate a charter in the event of the outbreak of war between specified countries. Under our bareboat charters, the charter is deemed terminated as of the date of any compulsory acquisition of the vessel or requisition for title by any governmental or other competent authority. For more information regarding the termination of our charters, please read “Item 4. Information on the Partnership—Business Overview—Charters.”

We may experience operational problems with vessels that reduce revenue and increase costs.

Shuttle tankers are complex and their operation technically challenging. Marine transportation operations are subject to mechanical risks and problems. Operational problems may lead to loss of revenue or higher than anticipated operating expenses or require additional capital expenditures. Any of these results could harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and ability to make cash distributions to our unitholders.

We derive all of our revenues from four customers, and the loss of any such customers could result in a significant loss of revenues and cash flow.

We derive all of our time charter and bareboat revenues from four customers. For the year ended December 31, 2013, BG Group, Transpetro, Statoil and Repsol accounted for approximately 28%, 31%, 29% and 12%, respectively, of our revenues.

If we lose a key customer, we may be unable to obtain replacement long-term charters and may become subject to the volatile spot market, which is highly competitive and subject to significant price fluctuations. In addition, if a customer exercises its right to terminate a charter, we may be unable to re-charter such vessel on terms as favorable to us as those of the terminated charter.

 

9


Table of Contents

The loss of any of our key customers could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and ability to make cash distributions to our unitholders.

We depend on subsidiaries of KNOT to assist us in operating our businesses and competing in our markets.

We and our operating subsidiaries entered into various services agreements with certain subsidiaries of KNOT, including KNOT Management, pursuant to which such subsidiaries provide us with certain administrative, financial and other services and to our operating subsidiaries substantially all of their crew, technical and commercial management services (including vessel maintenance, periodic drydocking, cleaning and painting, performing work required by regulations and human resources and financial services) and other advisory and technical services, including the sourcing of new contracts and renewals of existing contracts. Our operational success and ability to execute our growth strategy depends significantly upon the satisfactory performance of these services by the KNOT subsidiaries. Our business will be harmed if such subsidiaries fail to perform these services satisfactorily or if they stop providing these services to us or our operating subsidiaries.

Our ability to compete to enter into new charters and expand our customer relationships depends largely on our ability to leverage our relationship with KNOT and its reputation and relationships in the shipping industry. If KNOT suffers material damage to its reputation or relationships, it may harm the ability of us or our subsidiaries to:

 

    renew existing charters upon their expiration;

 

    obtain new charters;

 

    successfully interact with shipyards;

 

    obtain financing on commercially acceptable terms; or

 

    maintain satisfactory relationships with suppliers and other third parties.

If our ability to do any of the things described above is impaired, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and ability to make cash distributions to our unitholders.

Our growth depends on continued growth in demand for offshore oil transportation services.

Our growth strategy focuses on expansion in the shuttle tanker sector. Accordingly, our growth depends on continued growth in the demand for offshore oil transportation services. Factors beyond our control that affect the offshore oil transportation industry may have a significant impact on our business, financial condition, results of operations and ability to make cash distributions to our unitholders. In the past, the market for offshore oil transportation services and the prices charged for shipping the products that shuttle tankers carry have been cyclical. Fluctuations in the hire rate we can charge our customers result from changes in the supply of carrying capacity and demand for the crude oil carried. The factors affecting supply and demand for shuttle tankers and supply and demand for crude oil transported by shuttle tankers are outside of our control, and the nature, timing and degree of changes in industry conditions are unpredictable.

The factors that influence the demand for shuttle tanker capacity include:

 

    changes in the actual or projected price of oil, which could impact the exploration for or development of new offshore oil fields or the production of oil at certain fields we service;

 

    levels of demand for and production of oil, which, among other things, is affected by competition from alternative sources of energy, other factors making consumption of oil more or less attractive or energy conservation measures;

 

10


Table of Contents
    changes in the production of oil in areas linked by pipelines to consuming areas, the extension of existing, or the development of new, pipeline systems in markets we may serve, or the conversion of existing non-oil pipelines to oil pipelines in those markets;

 

    changes in laws and regulations affecting the shuttle tanker industry;

 

    global and regional economic and political conditions, particularly in oil-consuming regions, as well as environmental concerns and regulations, which could impact the supply of oil and gas as well as the demand for various types of vessels; and

 

    changes in trading patterns, including changes in the distances that cargoes are transported.

The factors that influence the supply of shuttle tanker capacity include:

 

    the number of deliveries of new vessels under construction or on order;

 

    the scrapping rate of older vessels;

 

    oil and gas company policy with respect to technical vessel requirements; and

 

    the number of vessels that are off-hire.

Reduced demand for shuttle tanker services or an increase in the supply of shuttle tanker capacity would have a material adverse effect on our future growth and could harm our business, results of operations and financial condition.

An economic downturn could have a material adverse effect on our revenue, profitability and financial position.

We depend on our customers’ willingness and ability to fund operating and capital expenditures to provide crude oil shuttle tankers for new or expanding offshore projects. Future adverse economic conditions may lead to a decline in our customers’ operations or ability to pay for our services, which could result in decreased demand for our vessels. There has historically been a strong link between the development of the world economy and demand for energy, including oil and natural gas. The world economy is continuing to face a number of challenges. As a result of the credit crisis in Europe, in particular in Greece, Italy, Ireland, Portugal and Spain, the European Commission created the European Financial Stability Facility (the “EFSF”), and the European Financial Stability Mechanism (the “EFSM”), to provide funding to Eurozone countries in financial difficulties that seek such support. In March 2011, the European Council agreed on the need for Eurozone countries to establish a permanent stability mechanism, the European Stability Mechanism (the “ESM”), which will be activated by mutual agreement, to assume the role of the EFSF and the EFSM in providing external financial assistance to Eurozone countries after June 2013. Despite these measures, concerns persist regarding the debt burden of certain Eurozone countries and their ability to meet future financial obligations and the overall stability of the euro. An extended period of adverse development in the outlook for European countries could reduce the overall demand for oil and have a negative impact on our customers. These potential developments, or market perceptions concerning these and related issues, could affect our business, financial position, results of operations and ability to make cash distributions to our unitholders.

Moreover, any global financial or credit crisis or disruption may reduce the availability of liquidity and credit to fund the continuation and expansion of industrial business operations worldwide. Shortage of liquidity and credit combined with uncertainty in worldwide equity markets could lead to an extended worldwide economic recession. Such deterioration of the worldwide economy could result in reduced demand for oil and natural gas, exploration and production activity and transportation of oil and natural gas that could lead to a decrease in the hire rate earned by our vessels and a decrease in new charter activity. In addition, any adverse development in the global financial markets or deterioration in economic conditions might adversely impact our ability to issue additional equity at prices that will not be dilutive to our existing unitholders or preclude us from issuing equity at all. We also cannot be certain that additional financing will be available if needed and to the extent required, on acceptable terms or at all. If additional financing is not available when needed, or is available only on unfavorable terms, we may be unable to meet our obligations as they come due or we may be unable to expand our existing business, complete shuttle tanker acquisitions or otherwise take advantage of business opportunities as they arise.

 

11


Table of Contents

Furthermore, any uncertainty in the financial markets could have an impact on our customers and/or suppliers including, among other things, causing them to fail to meet their obligations to us. Similarly, any shortage of credit could affect lenders participating in our financing agreements, making them unable to fulfill their commitments and obligations to us. Any reductions in activity owing to such conditions or failure by our customers, suppliers or lenders to meet their contractual obligations to us could adversely affect our business, financial position, results of operation and ability to make cash distributions to our unitholders.

Our growth depends on our ability to expand relationships with existing customers and obtain new customers, for which we face substantial competition.

One of our principal objectives is to enter into additional long-term, fixed-rate charters. The process of obtaining new long-term charters is highly competitive, most often involves an intensive screening process and competitive bids and often extends for several months. Shuttle tanker charters are awarded based upon a variety of factors relating to the vessel operator, including:

 

    industry relationships and reputation for customer service and safety;

 

    experience and quality of ship operations;

 

    quality, experience and technical capability of the crew;

 

    relationships with shipyards and the ability to get suitable berths;

 

    construction management experience, including the ability to obtain on-time delivery of new vessels according to customer specifications;

 

    willingness to accept operational risks pursuant to the charter, among other things such as allowing termination of the charter for force majeure events; and

 

    competitiveness of the bid in terms of overall price.

Our ability to win new charters depends upon a number of factors, including our ability to:

 

    leverage our relationship with KNOT and its reputation and relationships in the shipping industry;

 

    successfully manage our liquidity and obtain the necessary financing to fund our growth;

 

    attract, hire, train and retain qualified personnel and ship management companies to manage and operate our fleet;

 

    identify and consummate desirable acquisitions, joint ventures or strategic alliances; and

 

    identify and capitalize on opportunities in new markets.

We expect substantial competition for providing services for potential shuttle tanker projects from a number of experienced companies. Many of our competitors have significantly greater financial resources than do we or KNOT. This increased competition may cause greater price competition for charters. As a result of these factors, we may be unable to expand our relationships with existing customers or to obtain new customers on a profitable basis, if at all, which would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and ability to make cash distributions to our unitholders.

 

12


Table of Contents

An increase in the global supply of shuttle tanker capacity without a commensurate increase in demand may have an adverse effect on hire rates and the values of our vessels, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and ability to make cash distributions to our unitholders.

The supply of shuttle tankers in the industry is affected by, among other things, assessments of the demand for these vessels by oil companies. Any over-estimation of demand for vessels may result in an excess supply of new shuttle tankers. This may, in the long term when existing contracts expire, result in lower hire rates and depress the values of our vessels. In such an event, our business, financial condition, results of operations and ability to make cash distributions to our unitholders may be adversely affected.

During periods of high utilization and high hire rates, industry participants may increase the supply of shuttle tankers by ordering the construction of new vessels. This may result in an over-supply of shuttle tankers and may cause a subsequent decline in utilization and hire rates when the vessels enter the market. Lower utilization and hire rates could adversely affect revenues and profitability. Prolonged periods of low utilization and hire rate could also result in the recognition of impairment charges on shuttle tankers if future cash flow estimates, based upon information available at the time, indicate that the carrying value of these shuttle tankers may not be recoverable. Such impairment charge may cause lenders to accelerate loan payments under our financing agreements, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and ability to make cash distributions to our unitholders.

The required drydocking of our vessels could be more expensive and time consuming than we anticipate, which could adversely affect our cash available for distribution to unitholders.

We must periodically drydock each of our vessels for inspection, repairs and maintenance and any modifications required to comply with industry certification or governmental requirements. Generally, we drydock each vessel every 60 months until the vessel is 15 years old, after which drydocking takes place every 30 months. The required drydocking of our vessels could be more expensive and time consuming than we anticipate, which could adversely affect our cash available for distribution. The drydocking of our vessels requires significant capital expenditures and results in loss of revenue while our vessels are off-hire. Any significant increase in the number of days of off-hire due to such drydocking or in the costs of any repairs could have a material adverse effect on our ability to pay distributions to our unitholders. Although we do not anticipate that more than one of our vessels will be out of service at any given time, we may underestimate the time required to drydock any of our vessels or unanticipated problems may arise. If more than one of our vessels is required to be out of service at the same time, if a vessel is drydocked longer than expected or if the cost of repairs during drydocking is greater than budgeted, our cash available for distribution to unitholders could be adversely affected.

We may be unable to re-charter our vessels upon termination or expiration of their existing charters.

We are dependent upon charters for our vessels to generate revenues and we may be adversely affected if we fail to renew or are unsuccessful in winning new charters, or if our existing charters are terminated. Our ability to re-charter our shuttle tankers following expiration of existing charters and the rates payable upon any renewal or replacement charters depends upon, among other things, the state of the shuttle tanker market. For example, an oversupply of shuttle tankers can significantly reduce their charter rates. A termination or renegotiation of our existing charters or a failure to secure new employment at the expiration of our current charters may have a negative effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and ability to make cash distributions to our unitholders.

Delays in deliveries of newbuilds could harm our operating results.

The delivery of any newbuilds we may order could be delayed, which would delay our receipt of revenues under the charters or other contracts related to the vessels. In addition, under some charters we may enter into that are related to a newbuild, if our delivery of the newbuild to our customer is delayed, we may be required to pay liquidated damages during the delay. For prolonged delays, the customer may terminate the charter and, in addition to the resulting loss of revenues, we may be responsible for additional, substantial liquidated damages.

The completion and delivery of newbuilds could be delayed because of:

 

    quality or engineering problems;

 

13


Table of Contents
    changes in governmental regulations or maritime self-regulatory organization standards;

 

    work stoppages or other labor disturbances at the shipyard;

 

    bankruptcy or other financial crisis of the shipbuilder;

 

    a backlog of orders at the shipyard;

 

    political or economic disturbances;

 

    weather interference or a catastrophic event, such as a major earthquake or fire;

 

    requests for changes to the original vessel specifications;

 

    shortages of or delays in the receipt of necessary construction materials, such as steel;

 

    inability to finance the construction or conversion of the vessels; or

 

    inability to obtain requisite permits or approvals.

If delivery of a vessel is materially delayed, it could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition and our ability to make cash distributions to our unitholders.

Compliance with safety and other vessel requirements imposed by classification societies may be very costly and may adversely affect our business.

The hull and machinery of every large, oceangoing commercial vessel must be classed by a classification society authorized by its country of registry. The classification society certifies that a vessel is safe and seaworthy in accordance with the applicable rules and regulations of the country of registry of the vessel and the International Convention for Safety of Life at Sea (“SOLAS”). The Fortaleza Knutsen , the Recife Knutsen , the Windsor Knutsen , the Bodil Knutsen and the Carmen Knutsen are certified by Det Norske Veritas ASA.

As part of the certification process, a vessel must undergo annual surveys, intermediate surveys and special surveys. In lieu of a special survey, a vessel’s machinery may be on a continuous survey cycle, under which the machinery would be surveyed periodically over a five-year period. Each of the vessels in our existing fleet is on a planned maintenance system approval, and as such the classification society attends onboard once every year to verify that the maintenance of the equipment onboard is done correctly. Each of the vessels in our existing fleet is required to be qualified within its respective classification society for drydocking once every five years subject to an intermediate underwater survey done using an approved diving company in the presence of a surveyor from the classification society.

If any vessel does not maintain its class or fails any annual survey, intermediate survey or special survey, the vessel will be unable to trade between certain ports and will be unemployable. We would lose revenue while the vessel was off-hire and incur costs of compliance. This would negatively impact our revenues and reduce our cash available for distribution to unitholders.

Over time, the value of our vessels may decline, which could adversely affect our operating results.

Vessel values for shuttle tankers can fluctuate substantially over time due to a number of different factors, including:

 

    prevailing economic conditions in oil and energy markets;

 

    a substantial or extended decline in demand for oil;

 

    increases in the supply of vessel capacity;

 

14


Table of Contents
    the cost of retrofitting or modifying existing vessels, as a result of technological advances in vessel design or equipment, changes in applicable environmental or other regulations or standards, or otherwise; and

 

    a decrease in oil reserves in the fields and other fields in which our shuttle tankers might otherwise be deployed.

If operation of a vessel is not profitable, or if we cannot redeploy a vessel at attractive rates upon termination of its charter, rather than continue to incur costs to maintain and finance the vessel, we may seek to dispose of it. Our inability to dispose of the vessel at a reasonable value could result in a loss on its sale and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and ability to make cash distributions to our unitholders. Further, if we determine at any time that a vessel’s future useful life and earnings require us to impair its value on our financial statements, we may need to recognize a significant charge against our earnings. Additionally, lenders may accelerate loan repayments should there be a loss in the market value of our vessels. Such repayment could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and ability to make cash distributions to our unitholders.

Climate change and greenhouse gas restrictions may adversely impact our operations and markets.

Due to concern over the risk of climate change, a number of countries and the International Maritime Organization (the “IMO”) have adopted, or are considering the adoption of, regulatory frameworks to reduce greenhouse gas emissions from vessels. These regulatory measures include, among others, adoption of cap and trade regimes, carbon taxes, increased efficiency standards and incentives or mandates for renewable energy. Compliance with changes in laws, regulations and obligations relating to climate change could increase our costs related to operating and maintaining our vessels and require us to install new emission controls, acquire allowances or pay taxes related to our greenhouse gas emissions or administer and manage a greenhouse gas emissions program. Revenue generation and strategic growth opportunities may also be adversely affected.

Adverse effects upon the oil industry relating to climate change, including growing public concern about the environmental impact of climate change, may also adversely affect demand for our shuttle tanker services. Although we do not expect that demand for oil will lessen dramatically over the short term, in the long term climate change may reduce the demand for oil or increased regulation of greenhouse gases may create greater incentives for use of alternative energy sources. Any long-term material adverse effect on the oil industry could have a significant financial and operational adverse impact on our business that we cannot predict with certainty at this time.

Our international operations expose us to political, governmental and economic instability, which could harm our operations.

Because our operations are conducted in various countries, they may be affected by economic, political and governmental conditions in the countries where we engage in business or where our vessels are registered. Any disruption caused by these factors could harm our business, including by reducing the levels of oil exploration, development and production activities in these areas. We may derive some of our revenues from shipping oil from politically unstable regions. Conflicts in these regions have included attacks on ships and other efforts to disrupt shipping. Hostilities or other political instability in regions where we operate or where we may operate could have a material adverse effect on the growth of our business, financial condition, results of operations and ability to make cash distributions to our unitholders. In addition, tariffs, trade embargoes and other economic sanctions by the United States or other countries against countries in Southeast Asia or elsewhere as a result of terrorist attacks, hostilities or otherwise may limit trading activities with those countries, which could also harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and ability to make cash distributions to our unitholders. Finally, a government could requisition one or more of our vessels, which is most likely during war or national emergency. Any such requisition would cause a loss of the vessel and/or a termination of the charter and could harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and ability to make cash distributions to our unitholders.

 

15


Table of Contents

Marine transportation is inherently risky, particularly in the extreme conditions in which our vessels operate. An incident involving significant loss of product or environmental contamination by any of our vessels could harm our reputation and business.

Vessels and their cargoes and the oil production facilities we service are at risk of being damaged or lost because of events such as:

 

    marine disasters;

 

    bad weather;

 

    mechanical failures;

 

    grounding, capsizing, fire, explosions and collisions;

 

    piracy;

 

    human error; and

 

    war and terrorism.

The Bodil Knutsen currently operates in the North Sea. Harsh weather conditions in this region and other regions in which our vessels operate may increase the risk of collisions, oil spills or mechanical failures.

An accident involving any of our vessels could result in any of the following:

 

    death or injury to persons, loss of property or damage to the environment and natural resources;

 

    delays in the delivery of cargo;

 

    loss of revenues from charters;

 

    liabilities or costs to recover any spilled oil or other petroleum products and to restore the ecosystem affected by the spill;

 

    governmental fines, penalties or restrictions on conducting business;

 

    higher insurance rates; and

 

    damage to our reputation and customer relationships generally.

Any of these results could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and ability to make cash distributions to our unitholders. In addition, any damage to, or environmental contamination involving, oil production facilities serviced could suspend that service and result in loss of revenues.

Our insurance may not be sufficient to cover losses that may occur to our property or as a result of our operations.

The operation of shuttle tankers is inherently risky. All risks may not be adequately insured against, and any particular claim may not be paid by insurance. Any claims relating to our operations covered by insurance would be subject to deductibles, and since it is possible that a large number of claims may be brought, the aggregate amount of these deductibles could be material. Certain insurance is maintained through mutual protection and indemnity associations (“P&I clubs”), and as a member of such associations we may be required to make additional payments over and above budgeted premiums if member claims exceed association reserves. The agreed deductible on each vessel averages $150,000 for the shuttle tankers in our fleet.

We may be unable to procure adequate insurance at commercially reasonable rates in the future. For example, more stringent environmental regulations have led in the past to increased costs for, and in the future may result in

 

16


Table of Contents

the lack of availability of, insurance against risks of environmental damage or pollution. A catastrophic oil spill or marine disaster could exceed the insurance, and any uninsured or underinsured loss could harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and ability to make cash distributions to our unitholders. In addition, the insurance may be voidable by the insurers as a result of certain actions, such as vessels failing to maintain certification with applicable maritime self-regulatory organizations.

Changes in the insurance markets attributable to terrorist attacks may also make certain types of insurance more difficult to obtain. In addition, the insurance that may be available may be significantly more expensive than existing coverage.

Terrorist attacks, piracy, increased hostilities or war could lead to further economic instability, increased costs and disruption of business.

Terrorist attacks, piracy and the current conflicts in the Middle East, and other current and future conflicts, may adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and ability to raise capital and future growth. Continuing hostilities in the Middle East may lead to additional armed conflicts or to further acts of terrorism and civil disturbance in the United States or elsewhere, which may contribute further to economic instability and disruption of oil production and distribution, which could result in reduced demand for our services.

In addition, oil production facilities, shipyards, vessels, pipelines, oil fields or other infrastructure could be targets of future terrorist attacks and our vessels could be targets of pirates or hijackers. Any such attacks could lead to, among other things, bodily injury or loss of life, vessel or other property damage, increased vessel operational costs, including insurance costs, and the inability to transport oil to or from certain locations. Terrorist attacks, war, piracy, hijacking or other events beyond our control that adversely affect the distribution, production or transportation of oil to be shipped by us could entitle customers to terminate their charters, which would harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and ability to make cash distributions to our unitholders.

Acts of piracy on ocean-going vessels have recently increased in frequency, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and ability to make cash distributions to our unitholders.

Acts of piracy have historically affected ocean-going vessels trading in regions of the world such as the South China Sea and the Gulf of Aden off the coast of Somalia. In recent years, the frequency and severity of piracy incidents has significantly increased, particularly in the Gulf of Aden and the Indian Ocean. If such piracy attacks result in regions in which our vessels are deployed being named on the Joint War Committee Listed Areas, war-risk insurance premiums payable for such coverage could increase significantly and such insurance coverage might become more difficult to obtain. In addition, crew costs, including costs that may be incurred to the extent we employ onboard security guards, could increase in such circumstances. We may not be adequately insured to cover losses from these incidents, which could have a material adverse effect on us. In addition, hijacking as a result of an act of piracy against our vessels, or an increase in cost or unavailability of insurance for our vessels, could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition, results of operations and ability to make cash distributions to our unitholders.

The offshore oil transportation industry is subject to substantial environmental and other regulations, which may significantly limit operations or increase expenses.

Our operations are affected by extensive and changing international, national and local environmental protection laws, regulations, treaties and conventions in force in international waters and the jurisdictional waters of the countries in which our vessels operate, as well as the countries of our vessels’ registration, including those governing oil spills, discharges to air and water and the handling and disposal of hazardous substances and wastes. Many of these requirements are designed to reduce the risk of oil spills and other pollution.

In addition, we believe that the heightened environmental, quality and security concerns of insurance underwriters, regulators and charterers will generally lead to additional regulatory requirements, including enhanced risk assessment and security requirements and greater inspection and safety requirements on vessels. These requirements are likely to add incremental costs to our operations and the failure to comply with these requirements may affect the ability of our vessels to obtain the required certificates for entry into the different ports where we operate and could also impact our ability to obtain insurance. We expect to incur substantial expenses in complying with these laws and regulations, including expenses for vessel modifications and changes in operating procedures.

 

17


Table of Contents

These requirements can affect the resale value or useful lives of our vessels, require a reduction in cargo capacity, ship modifications or operational changes or restrictions, lead to decreased availability of insurance coverage for environmental matters or result in the denial of access to certain jurisdictional waters or ports or detention in certain ports.

Under local, national and foreign laws, as well as international treaties and conventions, we could incur material liabilities, including cleanup obligations, natural resource damage claims and fines and penalties in the event that there is a release of petroleum or hazardous substances from our vessels or otherwise in connection with our operations. We could also become subject to personal injury or property damage claims relating to the release of petroleum or hazardous substances associated with our operations. In addition, oil spills and failure to comply with applicable laws and regulations may result in administrative and civil penalties, criminal sanctions or the suspension or termination of our operations, including, in certain instances, seizure or detention of our vessels. Please read “Item 4. Information on the Partnership—Business Overview—Environmental and Other Regulation.”

Exposure to currency exchange rate fluctuations results in fluctuations in cash flows and operating results.

Our reporting currency and the functional currency of our operating subsidiaries is the U.S. Dollar. Our operating subsidiaries are party to certain technical management agreements with KNOT Management, which govern the crew, technical and commercial management of the vessels in our fleet. Under the amended technical management agreements, KNOT Management is paid for reasonable direct and indirect expenses incurred in providing the services, including operating expenses relating to our fleet. A majority of the operating expenses are in currencies other than the U.S. Dollar. Fluctuating exchange rates may result in increased payments by us under the services agreements if the strength of the U.S. Dollar declines relative to such other currencies.

Many seafaring employees are covered by collective bargaining agreements and the failure to renew those agreements or any future labor agreements may disrupt operations and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and ability to make cash distributions to our unitholders.

A significant portion of seafarers that crew certain of our vessels and primarily Norwegian-based onshore operational staff that provide services to us are employed under collective bargaining agreements. We and our operating subsidiaries may become subject to additional labor agreements in the future. We and our operating subsidiaries may suffer labor disruptions if relationships deteriorate with the seafarers or the unions that represent them. The collective bargaining agreements may not prevent labor disruptions, particularly when the agreements are being renegotiated. Salaries are typically renegotiated annually or bi-annually for seafarers and annually for onshore operational staff, and higher compensation levels will increase our costs of operations. Although these negotiations have not caused labor disruptions in the past, any future labor disruptions could harm our operations and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and ability to make cash distributions to our unitholders.

KNOT may on our behalf be unable to attract and retain qualified, skilled employees or crew necessary to operate our business or may have to pay substantially increased costs for its employees and crew.

Our success depends in large part on KNOT’s ability to attract, hire, train and retain highly skilled and qualified personnel. In crewing our vessels, we require technically skilled employees with specialized training who can perform physically demanding work. Competition to attract, hire, train and retain qualified crew members is intense, and crew manning costs continue to increase. If we are not able to increase our hire rates to compensate for any crew cost increases, our business, financial condition, results of operations and ability to make cash distributions to our unitholders may be adversely affected. Any inability we experience in the future to attract, hire, train and retain a sufficient number of qualified employees could impair our ability to manage, maintain and grow our business.

Maritime claimants could arrest our vessels, which could interrupt our cash flow.

If we are in default on some kinds of obligations, such as those to our lenders, crew members, suppliers of goods and services to our vessels or shippers of cargo, these parties may be entitled to a maritime lien against one or

 

18


Table of Contents

more of our vessels. In many jurisdictions, a maritime lien holder may enforce its lien by arresting a vessel through foreclosure proceedings. In a few jurisdictions, claimants could try to assert “sister ship” liability against one vessel in our fleet for claims relating to another of our vessels. The arrest or attachment of one or more of our vessels could interrupt our cash flows and require us to pay to have the arrest lifted. Under some of our present charters, if the vessel is arrested or detained as a result of a claim against us, we may be in default of our charter and the charterer may terminate the charter. This would negatively impact our revenues and reduce our cash available for distribution to unitholders.

Lack of diversification and adverse developments in the shuttle tanker market or the conventional oil tanker market would negatively impact our results.

Although our vessels also are able to operate as conventional oil tankers, we are focused on dynamic positioning shuttle tankers. Due to our lack of diversification, any adverse development in this market and/or the conventional oil tanker market could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and ability to make cash distributions to our unitholders.

Risks Inherent in an Investment in Us

KNOT and its affiliates may compete with us.

Pursuant to the omnibus agreement, KNOT and its controlled affiliates (other than us, our general partner and our subsidiaries) generally have agreed not to acquire, own, operate or charter certain shuttle tankers operating under charters of five years or more. The omnibus agreement, however, contains significant exceptions that may allow KNOT or any of its controlled affiliates to compete with us, which could harm our business. Please read “Item 7. Major Unitholders and Related Party Transactions—Related Party Transactions—Omnibus Agreement—Noncompetition.”

Unitholders have limited voting rights, and our partnership agreement restricts the voting rights of Norwegian Resident Holders and unitholders owning more than 4.9% of our common units.

Unlike the holders of common stock in a corporation, holders of common units have only limited voting rights on matters affecting our business. We hold a meeting of the limited partners every year to elect one or more members of our board of directors and to vote on any other matters that are properly brought before the meeting. Common unitholders are entitled to elect only four of the seven members of our board of directors. The elected directors are elected on a staggered basis and serve for four-year terms. Our general partner in its sole discretion appoints the remaining three directors and sets the terms for which those directors serve. Our partnership agreement also contains provisions limiting the ability of unitholders to call meetings or to acquire information about our operations, as well as other provisions limiting our unitholders’ ability to influence the manner or direction of management. Unitholders have no right to elect our general partner, and our general partner may not be removed except by a vote of the holders of at least 66  2 3 % of the outstanding common and subordinated units, including any units owned by our general partner and its affiliates, voting together as a single class.

Our partnership agreement further restricts unitholders’ voting rights by providing that Norwegian Resident Holders are not eligible to vote in the election of elected directors. Further, if any person or group owns beneficially more than 4.9% of any class of units then outstanding, any such units owned by that person or group in excess of 4.9% may not be voted on any matter and are not considered to be outstanding when sending notices of a meeting of unitholders, calculating required votes (except for purposes of nominating a person for election to our board of directors), determining the presence of a quorum or for other similar purposes, unless required by law. The voting rights of any unitholders not entitled to vote on a specific matter are effectively redistributed pro rata among the other common unitholders. Our general partner, its affiliates and persons who acquire common units with the prior approval of our board of directors are not subject to the 4.9% limitation except with respect to voting their common units in the election of the elected directors.

 

19


Table of Contents

KNOT and its affiliates own a 51% interest in us, of which 2.0% is owned by our general partner, and have conflicts of interest and limited fiduciary and contractual duties to us and our common unitholders, which may permit them to favor their own interests to the detriment of our unitholders.

As of December 31, 2013, KNOT owned a 49% limited partner interest in us and owns and controls our general partner, which has a 2.0% general partner interest in us. Certain of our directors are directors of KNOT or its affiliates, and, as such, they have fiduciary duties to KNOT or its affiliates that may cause them to pursue business strategies that disproportionately benefit KNOT or its affiliates or which otherwise are not in the best interests of us or our unitholders. Conflicts of interest may arise between KNOT and its affiliates (including our general partner), on the one hand, and us and our unitholders, on the other hand. As a result of these conflicts, our general partner and its affiliates may favor their own interests over the interests of our unitholders. Please read “—Our partnership agreement limits our general partner’s and our directors’ fiduciary duties to our unitholders and restricts the remedies available to unitholders for actions taken by our general partner or our directors.” These conflicts include, among others, the following situations:

 

    neither our partnership agreement nor any other agreement requires our general partner or KNOT or its affiliates to pursue a business strategy that favors us or utilizes our assets, and KNOT’s officers and directors have a fiduciary duty to make decisions in the best interests of the shareholders of KNOT, which may be contrary to our interests;

 

    our partnership agreement permits our general partner to make a number of decisions in its individual capacity, as opposed to in its capacity as our general partner. Specifically, our general partner is considered to be acting in its individual capacity if it exercises its call right, pre-emptive rights or registration rights, consents or withholds consent to any merger or consolidation of the Partnership, appoints any directors or votes for the election of any director, votes or refrains from voting on amendments to our partnership agreement that require a vote of the outstanding units, voluntarily withdraws from the Partnership, transfers (to the extent permitted under our partnership agreement) or refrains from transferring its units or general partner interest or votes upon the dissolution of the Partnership;

 

    our general partner and our directors have limited their liabilities and reduced their fiduciary duties under the laws of the Marshall Islands, while also restricting the remedies available to our unitholders, and, as a result of purchasing common units, unitholders are treated as having agreed to the modified standard of fiduciary duties and to certain actions that may be taken by our general partner and our directors, all as set forth in our partnership agreement;

 

    our general partner is entitled to reimbursement of all reasonable costs incurred by it and its affiliates for our benefit;

 

    our partnership agreement does not restrict us from paying our general partner or its affiliates for any services rendered to us on terms that are fair and reasonable or entering into additional contractual arrangements with any of these entities on our behalf;

 

    our general partner may exercise its right to call and purchase our common units if it and its affiliates own more than 80.0% of our common units; and

 

    our general partner is not obligated to obtain a fairness opinion regarding the value of the common units to be repurchased by it upon the exercise of its limited call right.

Although a majority of our directors will over time be elected by common unitholders, our general partner will likely have substantial influence on decisions made by our board of directors. Please read “Item 7. Major Unitholders and Related Party Transactions.”

Our partnership agreement limits our general partner’s and our directors’ fiduciary duties to our unitholders and restricts the remedies available to unitholders for actions taken by our general partner or our directors.

Our partnership agreement provides that our general partner irrevocably delegates to our board of directors the authority to oversee and direct our operations, management and policies on an exclusive basis, and such delegation

 

20


Table of Contents

is binding on any successor general partner of the Partnership. Our partnership agreement also contains provisions that reduce the standards to which our general partner and directors would otherwise be held by Marshall Islands law. For example, our partnership agreement:

 

    permits our general partner to make a number of decisions in its individual capacity, as opposed to in its capacity as our general partner. Where our partnership agreement permits, our general partner may consider only the interests and factors that it desires, and in such cases it has no fiduciary duty or obligation to give any consideration to any interest of, or factors affecting us, our affiliates or our unitholders. Decisions made by our general partner in its individual capacity are made by its board of directors, which is appointed by KNOT. Specifically, pursuant to our partnership agreement, our general partner is considered to be acting in its individual capacity if it exercises its call right, pre-emptive rights or registration rights, consents or withholds consent to any merger or consolidation of the Partnership, appoints any directors or votes for the election of any director, votes or refrains from voting on amendments to our partnership agreement that require a vote of the outstanding units, voluntarily withdraws from the Partnership, transfers (to the extent permitted under our partnership agreement) or refrains from transferring its units or general partner interest or votes upon the dissolution of the Partnership;

 

    provides that our general partner and our directors are entitled to make other decisions in “good faith” if they reasonably believe that the decision is in our best interests;

 

    generally provides that affiliated transactions and resolutions of conflicts of interest not approved by the conflicts committee of our board of directors and not involving a vote of unitholders must be on terms no less favorable to us than those generally being provided to or available from unrelated third parties or be “fair and reasonable” to us and that, in determining whether a transaction or resolution is “fair and reasonable,” our board of directors may consider the totality of the relationships between the parties involved, including other transactions that may be particularly advantageous or beneficial to us; and

 

    provides that neither our general partner nor our officers or our directors is liable for monetary damages to us, our limited partners or assignees for any acts or omissions unless there has been a final and non-appealable judgment entered by a court of competent jurisdiction determining that our general partner or our officers or directors or those other persons engaged in actual fraud or willful misconduct.

In order to become a limited partner of our partnership, a common unitholder is required to agree to be bound by the provisions in our partnership agreement, including the provisions discussed above.

Our partnership agreement provides that our general partner delegates all its management activities in relation to us to our board of directors, and arrangements are in place such that any activities that would otherwise constitute regulated activities under the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Regulated Activities Order) 2001 were they to be performed in the United Kingdom (and that would not fall within a suitable exemption) are performed outside of the United Kingdom. However, there can be no assurance that this will not change (deliberately or otherwise) over time, and there is no current intention for our general partner, us or any of our subsidiaries to seek authorization from the Financial Conduct Authority in the United Kingdom, which would be required for any person to lawfully carry out such regulated activities in the United Kingdom.

Fees and cost reimbursements, which KNOT Management determines for services provided to us and our subsidiaries, are substantial, payable regardless of our profitability and reduce our cash available for distribution to our unitholders.

Pursuant to the amended technical management agreements, our subsidiaries pay fees for services provided to them by KNOT Management and reimburse KNOT Management for all expenses incurred on their behalf. These fees and expenses include all costs and expenses incurred in providing the crew, technical and commercial management of the vessels in our fleet to our subsidiaries. In addition, our operating subsidiaries pay KNOT Management a management fee equal to 5% of its costs and expenses incurred in connection with providing these services to our operating subsidiaries.

In addition, pursuant to an administrative services agreement, KNOT UK provides us with certain administrative services. KNOT UK is permitted to subcontract certain of the administrative services provided to us

 

21


Table of Contents

under this agreement to KOAS UK and KOAS. From time to time, certain services that are within the scope of services that KOAS would otherwise perform for us have been performed by KNOT Management on the same terms and conditions. We reimburse KNOT UK, and KNOT UK reimburses KOAS UK, KOAS and KNOT Management, as applicable, for their reasonable costs and expenses incurred in connection with the provision of the services subcontracted to KOAS UK and KOAS under the administrative services agreement. In addition, KNOT UK pays to KOAS UK and KOAS, as applicable, a service fee in U.S. Dollars equal to 5% of the costs and expenses incurred in connection with providing services.

For a description of the amended technical management agreements and the administrative services agreement, please read “Item 7. Major Unitholders and Related Party Transactions.” The fees and expenses payable pursuant to the amended technical management agreements and the administrative services agreement are payable without regard to our business, results of operation and financial condition. The payment of fees to and the reimbursement of expenses of KNOT Management and certain other affiliates of KNOT could adversely affect our ability to pay cash distributions to our unitholders.

Our partnership agreement contains provisions that may have the effect of discouraging a person or group from attempting to remove our current management or our general partner, and even if public unitholders are dissatisfied, they are unable to remove our general partner without KNOT’s consent, unless KNOT’s ownership interest in us is decreased, all of which could diminish the trading price of our common units.

Our partnership agreement contains provisions that may have the effect of discouraging a person or group from attempting to remove our current management or our general partner.

 

    Our unitholders are unable to remove our general partner without its consent, because our general partner and its affiliates own sufficient units to be able to prevent its removal. The vote of the holders of at least 66  2 3 % of all outstanding common and subordinated units voting together as a single class is required to remove the general partner. As of December 31, 2013, KNOT owned none of the outstanding common units and all of the subordinated units.

 

    If our general partner is removed without “cause” during the subordination period and units held by our general partner and KNOT are not voted in favor of that removal, all remaining subordinated units automatically convert into common units, any existing arrearages on the common units are extinguished, and our general partner has the right to convert its general partner interest, and the holders of the incentive distribution rights have the right to convert such incentive distribution rights, into common units or to receive cash in exchange for those interests based on the fair market value of those interests at the time. A removal of our general partner under these circumstances would adversely affect the common units by prematurely eliminating their distribution and liquidation preference over the subordinated units, which would otherwise have continued until we had met certain distribution and performance tests. Any conversion of the general partner interest or incentive distribution rights would be dilutive to existing unitholders. Furthermore, any cash payment in lieu of such conversion could be prohibitively expensive. “Cause” is narrowly defined to mean that a court of competent jurisdiction has entered a final, non-appealable judgment finding our general partner liable for actual fraud or willful or wanton misconduct in its capacity as our general partner. Cause does not include most cases of charges of poor business decisions, such as charges of poor management of our business by the directors appointed by our general partner, so the removal of our general partner because of our unitholders’ dissatisfaction with the general partner’s decisions in this regard would most likely result in the termination of the subordination period.

 

    Common unitholders are entitled to elect only four of the seven members of our board of directors. Our general partner in its sole discretion appoints the remaining three directors.

 

    Election of the four directors elected by common unitholders is staggered, meaning that the members of only one of four classes of our elected directors are selected each year. In addition, the directors appointed by our general partner serve for terms determined by our general partner.

 

    Our partnership agreement contains provisions limiting the ability of unitholders to call meetings of unitholders, to nominate directors and to acquire information about our operations as well as other provisions limiting our unitholders’ ability to influence the manner or direction of management.

 

22


Table of Contents
    Unitholders’ voting rights are further restricted by our partnership agreement provision providing that if any person or group owns beneficially more than 4.9% of any class of units then outstanding, any such units owned by that person or group in excess of 4.9% may not be voted on any matter and are not considered to be outstanding when sending notices of a meeting of unitholders, calculating required votes (except for purposes of nominating a person for election to our board of directors), determining the presence of a quorum or for other similar purposes, unless required by law. The voting rights of any such unitholders in excess of 4.9% effectively are redistributed pro rata among the other common unitholders holding less than 4.9% of the voting power of all classes of units entitled to vote. Our general partner, its affiliates and persons who acquire common units with the prior approval of our board of directors are not subject to this 4.9% limitation except with respect to voting their common units in the election of the elected directors.

 

    There are no restrictions in our partnership agreement on our ability to issue equity securities.

The effect of these provisions may be to diminish the price at which the common units trade.

The control of our general partner may be transferred to a third party without unitholder consent.

Our general partner may transfer its general partner interest to a third party in a merger or in a sale of all or substantially all of its assets without the consent of our unitholders. In addition, our partnership agreement does not restrict the ability of the members of our general partner from transferring their respective membership interests in our general partner to a third party.

Substantial future sales of our common units in the public market could cause the price of our common units to fall.

We have granted registration rights to KNOT and certain of its affiliates. These unitholders have the right, subject to some conditions, to require us to file registration statements covering any of our common, subordinated or other equity securities owned by them or to include those securities in registration statements that we may file for ourselves or other unitholders. As of December 31, 2013, KNOT owned none of the common units, all of the subordinated units and all of the incentive distribution rights. Following their registration and sale under an applicable registration statement, those securities will become freely tradable. By exercising their registration rights and selling a large number of common units or other securities, these unitholders could cause the price of our common units to decline.

KNOT, as the holder of all of the incentive distribution rights, may elect to cause us to issue additional common units to it in connection with a resetting of the target distribution levels related to its incentive distribution rights without the approval of the conflicts committee of our board of directors or holders of our common units and subordinated units. This may result in lower distributions to holders of our common units in certain situations.

KNOT, as the holder of all of the incentive distribution rights, has the right, at a time when there are no subordinated units outstanding and it has received incentive distributions at the highest level to which it is entitled (48.0%) for each of the prior four consecutive fiscal quarters, to reset the initial cash target distribution levels at higher levels based on the distribution at the time of the exercise of the reset election. Following a reset election by KNOT, the minimum quarterly distribution will be reset to an amount equal to the average cash distribution per common unit for the two fiscal quarters immediately preceding the reset election (such amount is referred to as the “reset minimum quarterly distribution”), and the target distribution levels will be reset to correspondingly higher levels based on the same percentage increases above the reset minimum quarterly distribution.

In connection with resetting these target distribution levels, KNOT will be entitled to receive a number of common units equal to that number of common units whose aggregate quarterly cash distributions equaled the average of the distributions to it on the incentive distribution rights in the prior two quarters. We anticipate that KNOT would exercise this reset right in order to facilitate acquisitions or internal growth projects that would not be sufficiently accretive to cash distributions per common unit without such conversion; however, it is possible that KNOT could exercise this reset election at a time when it is experiencing, or may be expected to experience, declines in the cash distributions it receives related to its incentive distribution rights and may therefore desire to be

 

23


Table of Contents

issued our common units, rather than retain the right to receive incentive distributions based on the initial target distribution levels. As a result, a reset election may cause our common unitholders to experience dilution in the amount of cash distributions that they would have otherwise received had we not issued additional common units to KNOT in connection with resetting the target distribution levels related to KNOT’s incentive distribution rights. Please read “Item 8. Financial Information—Consolidated Statements and Other Financial Information—Incentive Distribution Rights.”

We may issue additional equity securities, including securities senior to the common units, without the approval of our unitholders, which would dilute their ownership interests.

We may, without the approval of our unitholders, issue an unlimited number of additional units or other equity securities. In addition, we may issue an unlimited number of units that are senior to the common units in right of distribution, liquidation and voting. The issuance by us of additional common units or other equity securities of equal or senior rank will have the following effects:

 

    our unitholders’ proportionate ownership interest in us will decrease;

 

    the amount of cash available for distribution on each unit may decrease;

 

    because a lower percentage of total outstanding units will be subordinated units, the risk that a shortfall in the payment of the minimum quarterly distribution will be borne by our common unitholders will increase;

 

    the relative voting strength of each previously outstanding unit may be diminished; and

 

    the market price of the common units may decline.

Upon the expiration of the subordination period, the subordinated units will convert into common units and will then participate pro rata with other common units in distributions of available cash.

During the subordination period, the common units will have the right to receive distributions of available cash from operating surplus in an amount equal to the minimum quarterly distribution of $0.375 per unit, plus any arrearages in the payment of the minimum quarterly distribution on the common units from prior quarters, before any distributions of available cash from operating surplus may be made on the subordinated units. Distribution arrearages do not accrue on the subordinated units. The purpose of the subordinated units is to increase the likelihood that during the subordination period there will be available cash from operating surplus to be distributed on the common units. Upon the expiration of the subordination period, the subordinated units will convert into common units and will then participate pro rata with other common units in distributions of available cash. Please read “Item 8. Financial Information—Consolidated Statements and Other Financial Information—Subordination Period.”

In establishing cash reserves, our board of directors may reduce the amount of cash available for distribution to our unitholders.

Our partnership agreement requires our board of directors to deduct from operating surplus cash reserves that it determines are necessary to fund our future operating expenditures. These reserves also affect the amount of cash available for distribution to our unitholders. Our board of directors may establish reserves for distributions on the subordinated units, but only if those reserves will not prevent us from distributing the full minimum quarterly distribution, plus any arrearages, on the common units for the following four quarters. As described above in “—Risks Inherent in Our Business—We must make substantial capital expenditures to maintain the operating capacity of our fleet, which reduces cash available for distribution. In addition, each quarter we are required to deduct estimated maintenance and replacement capital expenditures from operating surplus, which may result in less cash available to unitholders than if actual maintenance and replacement capital expenditures were deducted,” our partnership agreement requires our board of directors each quarter to deduct from operating surplus estimated maintenance and replacement capital expenditures, as opposed to actual maintenance and replacement capital expenditures, which could reduce the amount of available cash for distribution. The amount of estimated maintenance and replacement capital expenditures deducted from operating surplus is subject to review and change by our board of directors at least once a year, provided that any change must be approved by the conflicts committee of our board of directors.

 

24


Table of Contents

Our general partner has a limited call right that may require our unitholders to sell their common units at an undesirable time or price.

If at any time our general partner and its affiliates own more than 80.0% of the common units, our general partner has the right, which it may assign to any of its affiliates or to us, but not the obligation, to acquire all, but not less than all, of the common units held by unaffiliated persons at a price not less than the then-current market price of our common units. Our general partner is not obligated to obtain a fairness opinion regarding the value of the common units to be repurchased by it upon the exercise of this limited call right. As a result, our unitholders may be required to sell their common units at an undesirable time or price and may not receive any return on their investment. Our unitholders may also incur a tax liability upon a sale of their units.

As of December 31, 2013, KNOT, which owns and controls our general partner, owned none of our common units. At the end of the subordination period, assuming no additional issuances of common units and the conversion of our subordinated units into common units, KNOT will own 50% of our common units.

Our unitholders may not have limited liability if a court finds that unitholder action constitutes control of our business.

As a limited partner in a partnership organized under the laws of the Marshall Islands, our unitholders could be held liable for our obligations to the same extent as a general partner if our unitholders participate in the “control” of our business. Our general partner generally has unlimited liability for the obligations of the Partnership, such as its debts and environmental liabilities, except for those contractual obligations of the Partnership that are expressly made without recourse to our general partner. In addition, the limitations on the liability of holders of limited partner interests for the obligations of a limited partnership have not been clearly established in some jurisdictions in which we do business.

We can borrow money to pay distributions, which would reduce the amount of credit available to operate our business.

Our partnership agreement allows us to make working capital borrowings to pay distributions. Accordingly, if we have available borrowing capacity, we can make distributions on all our units even though cash generated by our operations may not be sufficient to pay such distributions. Any working capital borrowings by us to make distributions reduces the amount of working capital borrowings we can make for operating our business. For more information, please read “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Liquidity and Capital Resources.”

Increases in interest rates may cause the market price of our common units to decline.

An increase in interest rates may cause a corresponding decline in demand for equity investments in general, and in particular for yield-based equity investments such as our common units. Any such increase in interest rates or reduction in demand for our common units resulting from other relatively more attractive investment opportunities may cause the trading price of our common units to decline.

Unitholders may have liability to repay distributions.

Under some circumstances, unitholders may have to repay amounts wrongfully returned or distributed to them. Under the Marshall Islands Limited Partnership Act (the “Marshall Islands Act”), we may not make a distribution to our unitholders if the distribution would cause our liabilities, other than liabilities to partners on account of their partnership interest and liabilities for which the recourse of creditors is limited to specified property of ours, to exceed the fair value of our assets, except that the fair value of property that is subject to a liability for which the recourse of creditors is limited will be included in our assets only to the extent that the fair value of that property exceeds that liability. Marshall Islands law provides that for a period of three years from the date of the impermissible distribution, limited partners who received the distribution and who knew at the time of the distribution that it violated Marshall Islands law will be liable to the limited partnership for the distribution amount.

 

25


Table of Contents

Assignees who become substituted limited partners are liable for the obligations of the assignor to make contributions to the limited partnership that are known to the assignee at the time it became a limited partner and for unknown obligations if the liabilities could be determined from our partnership agreement.

We have limited history operating as a separate publicly traded entity and incur increased costs as a result of being a publicly traded limited partnership.

Our IPO closed on April 15, 2013. As a newly public limited liability company, we are required to comply with the SEC’s reporting requirements and with corporate governance and related requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”), the SEC and the New York Stock Exchange (the “NYSE”). We incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses in complying with these and other applicable regulations. We have incurred incremental general and administrative expenses as a publicly traded limited partnership, including costs associated with annual reports to unitholders, tax return preparation, investor relations, registrar and transfer agent’s fees, incremental director and officer liability insurance costs and officer and director compensation.

We are an “emerging growth company,” and we cannot be certain if the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies make our common units less attractive to investors.

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the JOBS Act, and we may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not “emerging growth companies.” These provisions include an exemption from the auditor attestation requirement in the assessment of the emerging growth company’s internal control over financial reporting and an exemption from compliance with any new requirements adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board requiring mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to our auditor’s report in which the auditor would be required to provide additional information about the audit and our financial statements. We cannot predict if investors find our common units less attractive, because we are relying on these exemptions. If some investors find our common units less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our common units, and our unit price may be more volatile.

In addition, under the JOBS Act, our independent registered public accounting firm is not required to attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act for so long as we are an emerging growth company. For as long as we take advantage of the reduced reporting obligations, the information that we provide unitholders may be different than information provided by other public companies.

We have been organized as a limited partnership under the laws of the Marshall Islands, which does not have a well-developed body of partnership law.

Our partnership affairs are governed by our partnership agreement and by the Marshall Islands Act. The provisions of the Marshall Islands Act resemble provisions of the limited partnership laws of a number of states in the United States, most notably Delaware. The Marshall Islands Act also provides that it is to be applied and construed to make it uniform with the Delaware Revised Uniform Partnership Act and, so long as it does not conflict with the Marshall Islands Act or decisions of the Marshall Islands courts, interpreted according to the non-statutory law (or case law) of the State of Delaware. There have been, however, few, if any, court cases in the Marshall Islands interpreting the Marshall Islands Act, in contrast to Delaware, which has a fairly well-developed body of case law interpreting its limited partnership statute. Accordingly, we cannot predict whether Marshall Islands courts would reach the same conclusions as the courts in Delaware. For example, the rights of our unitholders and the fiduciary responsibilities of our general partner under Marshall Islands law are not as clearly established as under judicial precedent in existence in Delaware. As a result, unitholders may have more difficulty in protecting their interests in the face of actions by our general partner and its officers and directors than would unitholders of a similarly organized limited partnership in the United States.

Because we are organized under the laws of the Marshall Islands, it may be difficult to serve us with legal process or enforce judgments against us, our directors or our management.

We are organized under the laws of the Marshall Islands, and substantially all of our assets are located outside of the United States. In addition, our general partner is a Marshall Islands limited liability company, and our

 

26


Table of Contents

directors and officers generally are or will be non-residents of the United States, and all or a substantial portion of the assets of these non-residents are located outside the United States. As a result, it may be difficult or impossible for our unitholders to bring an action against us or against these individuals in the United States if our unitholders believe that their rights have been infringed under securities laws or otherwise. Even if our unitholders are successful in bringing an action of this kind, the laws of the Marshall Islands and of other jurisdictions may prevent or restrict our unitholders from enforcing a judgment against our assets or the assets of our general partner or our directors or officers.

Tax Risks

In addition to the following risk factors, you should read “Item 4. Information on the Partnership—Business Overview—Taxation of the Partnership” and “Item 10. Additional Information—Taxation” for a more complete discussion of the expected material U.S. federal and non-U.S. income tax considerations relating to us and the ownership and disposition of our common units.

We are subject to taxes, which reduces our cash available for distribution to our unitholders.

We and our subsidiaries may be subject to tax in the jurisdictions in which we are organized or operate, reducing the amount of cash available for distribution. In computing our tax obligation in these jurisdictions, we are required to take various tax accounting and reporting positions on matters that are not entirely free from doubt and for which we have not received rulings from the governing authorities. We cannot assure you that, upon review of these positions, the applicable authorities will agree with our positions. A successful challenge by a tax authority could result in additional tax imposed on us or our subsidiaries, further reducing the cash available for distribution. In addition, changes in our operations or ownership could result in additional tax being imposed on us or our subsidiaries in jurisdictions in which operations are conducted.

U.S. tax authorities could treat us as a “passive foreign investment company,” which would have adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences to U.S. unitholders.

A non-U.S. entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes will be treated as a “passive foreign investment company” (a “PFIC”) for U.S. federal income tax purposes if at least 75.0% of its gross income for any taxable year consists of “passive income” or at least 50.0% of the average value of its assets produce, or are held for the production of, “passive income.” For purposes of these tests, “passive income” includes dividends, interest, gains from the sale or exchange of investment property, and rents and royalties other than rents and royalties that are received from unrelated parties in connection with the active conduct of a trade or business. For purposes of these tests, income derived from the performance of services does not constitute “passive income.” U.S. unitholders of a PFIC are subject to a disadvantageous U.S. federal income tax regime with respect to the income derived by the PFIC, the distributions they receive from the PFIC, and the gain, if any, they derive from the sale or other disposition of their interests in the PFIC.

Based on our current and projected method of operation, we believe that we were not a PFIC for any prior taxable year, and we expect that we will not be treated as a PFIC for the current or any future taxable year. We believe that more than 25% of our gross income for each taxable year was or will be non-passive income, and more than 50% of the average value of our assets for each such year was or will be held for the production of non-passive income. This belief is based on certain valuations and projections, and its validity is based on the accuracy of such valuations and projections. While we believe these valuations and projections to be accurate, the shipping market is volatile and no assurance can be given that they will continue to be accurate at any time in the future.

Moreover, there are legal uncertainties involved in determining whether the income derived from time-chartering activities constitutes rental income or income derived from the performance of services. In Tidewater Inc. v. United States , 565 F.3d 299 (5th Cir. 2009), the United States Court of Appeals for the Fifth Circuit (the “Fifth Circuit”) held that income derived from certain time-chartering activities should be treated as rental income rather than services income for purposes of a provision of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), relating to foreign sales corporations. In that case, the Fifth Circuit did not address the definition of passive income or the PFIC rules; however, the reasoning of the case could have implications as to how the income from a time charter would be classified under such rules. If the reasoning of this case were extended to the PFIC context, the gross income we derive or are deemed to derive from our time-chartering activities may be treated as rental income,

 

27


Table of Contents

and we would likely be treated as a PFIC. In published guidance, the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) stated that it disagreed with the holding in Tidewater and specified that time charters similar to those at issue in the case should be treated as service contracts. We have not sought, and we do not expect to seek, an IRS ruling on the treatment of income generated from our time-chartering activities. As a result, the IRS or a court could disagree with our position. No assurance can be given that this result will not occur. In addition, although we intend to conduct our affairs in a manner to avoid, to the extent possible, being classified as a PFIC with respect to any taxable year, we cannot assure you that the nature of our operations will not change in the future, or that we will not be a PFIC in the future. If the IRS were to find that we are or have been a PFIC for any taxable year (and regardless of whether we remain a PFIC for any subsequent taxable year), our U.S. unitholders would face adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences. Please read “Item 10. Additional Information—Taxation—U.S. Federal Income Taxation of U.S. Holders—PFIC Status and Significant Tax Consequences” for a more detailed discussion of the U.S. federal income tax consequences to U.S. unitholders if we are treated as a PFIC.

We may have to pay tax on U.S. source income, which would reduce our cash flow.

Under the Code, U.S. source gross transportation income generally is subject to a 4% U.S. federal income tax without allowance for deduction of expenses, unless an exemption from tax applies under a tax treaty or Section 883 of the Code and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder. U.S. source gross transportation income consists of 50% of the gross shipping income that is attributable to transportation that begins or ends, but that does not both begin and end, in the United States.

We expect that our vessel-owning subsidiaries will qualify for an exemption from U.S. tax on any U.S. source gross transportation income under the Convention Between the United States of America and the Kingdom of Norway with Respect to Taxes on Income and Property (the “U.S.-Norway Tax Treaty”), and we intend to take this position for U.S. federal income tax purposes. However, if we acquire interests in vessel-owning subsidiaries in the future that are not Norwegian residents for purposes of the U.S.-Norway Tax Treaty, U.S. source gross transportation income earned by those subsidiaries would generally be subject to a 4% U.S. federal income tax unless the exemption under Section 883 of the Code applied. In general, the Section 883 exemption provides that if a non-U.S. corporation satisfies the requirements of Section 883 of the Code and the Treasury Regulations thereunder, it will not be subject to the 4% U.S. federal income tax referenced above on its U.S. source gross transportation income. The Section 883 exemption does not apply to income attributable to transportation that begins and ends in the United States.

The vessels in our fleet do not currently engage in transportation that begins and ends in the United States, and we do not expect that our subsidiaries will in the future earn income from such transportation. If, notwithstanding this expectation, our subsidiaries earn income in the future from transportation that begins and ends in the United States, that income would not be exempt from U.S. federal income tax under the U.S.-Norway Tax Treaty or Section 883 of the Code and would be subject to a 35% net income tax in the United States.

The imposition of U.S. federal income tax on our income could have a negative effect on our business and would result in decreased earnings available for distribution to our unitholders.

Our unitholders may be subject to income tax in one or more non-U.S. jurisdictions as a result of owning our common units if, under the laws of any such jurisdiction, we are considered to be carrying on business there. Such laws may require our unitholders to file a tax return with, and pay taxes to, those jurisdictions.

We conduct our affairs and cause each of our subsidiaries to operate its business in a manner that minimizes income taxes imposed upon us and our subsidiaries. Furthermore, we conduct our affairs and cause each of our subsidiaries to operate its business in a manner that minimizes the risk that unitholders may be treated as having a permanent establishment or taxable presence in a jurisdiction where we or our subsidiaries conduct activities simply by virtue of their ownership of our common units. However, because we are organized as a partnership, there is a risk in some jurisdictions, including Norway, that our activities or the activities of our subsidiaries may rise to the level of a taxable presence that is attributed to our unitholders for tax purposes. We have obtained confirmation from the United Kingdom HM Revenue & Customs that unitholders should not be treated as trading in the United Kingdom merely by virtue of their ownership of our common units. If our unitholders are attributed such a taxable presence in a jurisdiction, our unitholders may be required to file a tax return with, and to pay tax in, that jurisdiction based on our unitholders’ allocable share of our income. In addition, we may be required to obtain information from

 

28


Table of Contents

our unitholders in the event a tax authority (including in the United Kingdom) requires such information to submit a tax return. We may be required to reduce distributions to our unitholders on account of any tax withholding obligations imposed upon us by that jurisdiction in respect of such allocation to our unitholders. The United States may not allow a tax credit for any foreign income taxes that our unitholders directly or indirectly incur by virtue of an investment in us.

 

Item 4. Information on the Partnership

A. History and Development of the Partnership

General

KNOT Offshore Partners LP is a publicly traded limited partnership formed on February 21, 2013 to own, operate and acquire shuttle tankers under long-term charters, which we define as charters of five years or more. On April 18, 2013, we completed our IPO of 8,567,500 common units (including 1,117,500 common units sold pursuant to the full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional units). In connection with our IPO, through KNOT UK, a 100% owned limited liability company formed under the laws of the Marshall Islands, the Partnership acquired a 100% ownership interest in KNOT Shuttle Tankers AS, which as of February 27, 2013 directly or indirectly owned (1) 100% of Knutsen Shuttle Tankers XII KS, the owner of the Recife Knutsen and the Fortaleza Knutsen , (2) 100% of Knutsen Shuttle Tankers XII AS, the general partner of Knutsen Shuttle Tankers XII KS, and (3) the Windsor Knutsen and the Bodil Knutsen and all of their related charters, inventory and long-term debt. In establishing the new KNOT Shuttle Tankers AS structure, KNOT formed three new Norwegian subsidiaries, which acquired 90% of Knutsen Shuttle Tankers XII KS, 100% of the Windsor Knutsen and 100% of the Bodil Knutsen , respectively. On August 1, 2013, the Partnership acquired KNOT’s 100% interest in Knutsen Shuttle Tankers 13 AS, the company that owns and operates the shuttle tanker, the Carmen Knutsen .

As of April 14, 2014, we had a fleet of five shuttle tankers.

We were formed under the law of the Marshall Islands and maintain our principal place of business at 2 Queen’s Cross, Aberdeen, Aberdeenshire, AB15 4YB, United Kingdom. Our telephone number at that address is +44 (0) 1224 618420. Our agent for service of process in the United States is Watson, Farley & Williams LLP, and its address is 1133 Avenue of the Americas, New York, New York 10036.

Capital Expenditures

We operate in a capital-intensive industry, and our board of directors reserves cash from operations for future maintenance capital expenditures, working capital and other matters. Because of the substantial capital expenditures we are required to make to maintain our fleet, our annual estimated maintenance and replacement capital expenditures is currently $14.9 million per year, including $13.3 million for replacing our current vessels at the end of their useful lives.

B. Business Overview

General

We were formed to own and operate shuttle tankers under long-term charters. Our primary business objective is to increase quarterly distributions per unit over time by growing our business through accretive acquisitions of shuttle tankers and by chartering our vessels pursuant to long-term charters with high quality customers that generate long-term stable cash flows. The vessels in our current fleet are chartered to BG Group, Statoil, Transpetro and Repsol under long-term charters that had an average remaining term of 6.3 years as of December 31, 2013 (including guaranteed option periods). Since our IPO, we have increased our quarterly distribution from $0.375 per unit, paid on a prorated basis for the period from the closing of our IPO through June 30, 2013, to $0.435 per unit for the quarter ended December 31, 2013.

We intend to leverage the relationships, expertise and reputation of KNOT, a leading independent owner and operator of shuttle tankers, to pursue potential growth opportunities and to attract and retain high-quality, creditworthy customers. As of December 31, 2013, KNOT owned our 2.0% general partner interest, all of our incentive distribution rights and a 49% limited partner interest in us. KNOT intends to utilize us as its primary growth vehicle to pursue the acquisition of long-term, stable cash-flow-generating shuttle tankers.

 

29


Table of Contents

Business Strategies

Our primary business objective is to increase quarterly distributions per unit over time by executing the following strategies:

 

    Pursue strategic and accretive acquisitions of shuttle tankers on long-term, fixed-rate charters. We seek to leverage our relationship with KNOT to make strategic and accretive acquisitions. Pursuant to the omnibus agreement with KNOT, we have the right to purchase from KNOT four newbuilds, delivered or expected to be delivered to charterers during 2013 and 2014. Additionally, during the term of the omnibus agreement, we have the right to purchase from KNOT any newbuild under a long-term charter or existing shuttle tanker in the KNOT fleet that enters into a long-term charter.

 

    Expand global operations in high-growth regions. As offshore exploration and production activity increases worldwide, we seek to expand in proven areas, such as the North Sea and Brazil, and in new markets as they develop. We believe that KNOT’s leading market position, operational expertise and strong customer relationships will enable us to have early access to new projects worldwide.

 

    Manage our fleet and deepen our customer relationships to provide a stable base of cash flows. We intend to maintain and grow our cash flows by focusing on strong customer relationships and actively seeking the extension and renewal of existing charters in addition to new opportunities to serve our customers. KNOT charters its current fleet to a number of the world’s leading energy companies. We believe the close relationships that KNOT has with these companies will provide attractive opportunities as offshore activity is expected to grow in coming years. We continue to incorporate safety, health, security and environmental stewardship into all aspects of vessel design and operation in order to satisfy our customers and comply with national and international rules and regulations.

We can provide no assurance, however, that we will be able to implement our business strategies described above. For further discussion of the risks that we face, please read “Item 3. Key Information—Risk Factors.”

Shuttle Tanker Market

A shuttle tanker is a specialized vessel designed to transport crude oil and condensates from offshore oil field installations to onshore terminals and refineries. Shuttle tankers are equipped with sophisticated loading systems and dynamic positioning systems that allow the vessels to load cargo safely and reliably from oil field installations, even in harsh weather conditions.

Shuttle tankers are often described as “floating pipelines,” because these vessels typically shuttle oil from offshore installations to onshore facilities in much the same way a pipeline would transport oil along the ocean floor. Shuttle tankers can be either purpose-built or converted from existing conventional oil tankers.

The advantages of shuttle tankers as compared to pipelines include:

 

    the use of shuttle tankers is a more flexible option than pipelines for the transportation of oil from the oil field to onshore terminals and provides destination flexibility for the customers;

 

    shuttle tankers provide a more flexible solution to declining production profiles and abandonment as a pipeline has a fixed capacity, whereas shuttle tanker capacity may be adjusted through reduced frequency of calls or reduced number of vessels serving a field;

 

    shuttle tanker operators may provide back-up capacity during times when existing transportation infrastructure is closed for maintenance or otherwise unavailable, which would enable uninterrupted production;

 

    shuttle tankers require less significant up-front investment than pipelines; and

 

30


Table of Contents
    shuttle tankers provide customers the benefit of purchasing unblended crude qualities, whereas pipelines usually provide a blend of different crude qualities as several oilfields may be connected to the same pipeline. A shuttle tanker may load at several fields during one single voyage, but oil from different fields may be kept separated in different compartments onboard.

Shuttle tankers primarily differ from conventional oil tankers based on two significant features. First, shuttle tankers are fitted with position-keeping equipment enabling them to remain in a position without the assistance of tugs or mooring to installations. Second, shuttle tankers are equipped with bow-loading equipment and, in some cases, also fitted with equipment for submerged turret loading. Conventional oil tankers load from an offshore field installation usually through a taut hawser (mooring line onboard the discharging unit) operation and/or with tug assistance. In certain cases, dedicated shuttle tanker newbuilds are required to service the specific requirements of oil fields and installations. At times, conventional oil tankers can be converted to shuttle tankers after a substantial upgrade and investment in equipment.

Our Fleet

The following table provides information about the five shuttle tankers in our fleet:

 

Shuttle Tanker

   Capacity
(dwt)
     Built      Current Operating
Region
   Charter  
            Type    Charterer    Term  

Fortaleza Knutsen

     106,316         2011       Brazil    Bareboat charter    Transpetro      2023   

Recife Knutsen

     105,928         2011       Brazil    Bareboat charter    Transpetro      2023   

Bodil Knutsen

     157,644         2011       North Sea    Time Charter    Statoil      2019 (1)(2) 

Windsor Knutsen

     162,362         2007       Brazil    Time Charter    BG Group      2014 (2) 

Carmen Knutsen

     157,000         2013       Brazil    Time Charter    Repsol      2021 (1) 

 

(1) Customer has the option to extend the charter for up to three one-year periods. The table assumes that each extension option has been exercised.
(2) Pursuant to the omnibus agreement, KNOT agrees in certain circumstances to guarantee the payments of the hire rate under the existing charters for a period of five years from the closing date of our IPO. Please read “Item 7. Major Unitholders and Related Party Transactions—Related Party Transactions—Omnibus Agreement—Guarantees Relating to the Bodil Knutsen and the Windsor Knutsen .”

The following table provides information about the additional newbuilds that we have the right to purchase from KNOT pursuant to the omnibus agreement:

 

Shuttle Tanker

   Capacity
(dwt)
     Scheduled Delivery/
Delivered
   Charter  
         Type    Charterer    Term  

Hilda Knutsen

     123,000       August 2013    Time Charter    Eni      2023 (1) 

Torill Knutsen

     123,000       November 2013    Time Charter    Eni      2023 (1) 

Ingrid Knutsen

     112,000       December 2013    Time Charter    Exxon      2028 (2) 

Raquel Knutsen

     152,000       Late 2014    Time Charter    Repsol      2029 (2) 

 

(1) Customer has the option to extend the charter for up to five one-year periods. The table assumes that each extension option has been exercised.
(2) Customer has the option to extend the charter for up to one three-year period and one two-year period. The table assumes that each extension period has been exercised.

We believe these vessels will be well suited for our business strategy and expect to purchase each of these vessels from KNOT within 24 months after KNOT notifies our board of directors of such vessel’s acceptance by its charterer, subject to reaching an agreement with KNOT regarding such vessel’s purchase price in accordance with the provisions of the omnibus agreement. There are no assurances that we will purchase any of these vessels.

Customers

For the year ended December 31, 2013, BG Group, Transpetro, Statoil and Repsol accounted for approximately 28%, 31%, 30% and 11%, respectively, of our revenues. If we exercise our right to purchase four additional newbuilds from KNOT, our customers would include Eni and Exxon.

 

31


Table of Contents

Charters

We generate revenues by charging customers for the loading, transportation and storage of their crude oil using the vessels in our fleet. We provide all of these services under time charters and bareboat charters.

Three of our shuttle tankers (the Windsor Knutsen , the Bodil Knutsen and the Carmen Knusten ) are chartered under time charters. Two of our shuttle tankers (the Fortaleza Knutsen and the Recife Knutsen ) are chartered under bareboat charters. If we exercise our right to purchase the Hilda Knutsen , the Torill Knutsen , the Ingrid Knutsen and the Raquel Knutsen from KNOT, such shuttle tankers will be chartered to Eni, Eni, Exxon and Repsol, respectively, under time charters.

A time charter is a contract for the use of a specified vessel for a fixed period of time at a specified daily rate. Under time charters, the shipowner is responsible for providing crewing and other vessel operating services, the cost of which is included in the daily rate, while the customer is responsible for substantially all of the voyage expenses. A bareboat charter is a contract for the use of a specified vessel for a fixed period of time at a specified daily or annual rate. Under bareboat charters, the shipowner is not responsible for providing crewing or other operational services, while the customer is responsible for all vessel operating expenses and voyage expenses. In addition, bareboat charters also provide that the shipowner is responsible for repairs or renewals occasioned by latent defects in the vessel existing at the time of delivery, provided such defects have manifested themselves within 18 months after delivery. However, under bareboat charters, the customer is responsible for ordinary repair and maintenance, including drydocking.

Initial Term; Extensions

The initial term for a time charter or bareboat charter commences upon the vessel’s delivery to the customer. Our time charters include options, exercisable by the customer, to extend the charter’s initial term. Pursuant to the omnibus agreement, KNOT has agreed to guarantee the payments of the hire rate under the existing charters for the Bodil Knutsen and the Windsor Knutsen for five years from the closing of our IPO. Please read “Item 7. Major Unitholders and Related Party Transactions—Related Party Transactions—Omnibus Agreement—Guarantees Relating to the Bodil Knutsen and the Windsor Knutsen .” Under the time charters, the customer may also extend the term for periods in which the vessel is off-hire, as described below. Customers under each of our time charters and bareboat charters have rights to terminate the charter prior to expiration of the original or any extended term in specified circumstances.

Hire Rate

Hire rate refers to the basic payment from the customer for the use of the vessel. Under our time charters, hire rate is payable monthly in advance, in U.S. Dollars. The hire rate payable under our time charters is fixed and increases annually based on a fixed percentage increase or fixed schedule to enable us to offset expected increases in operating costs, except with regard to the Carmen Knutsen time charter, which provides that the hire rate payable thereunder is fixed for the first five years and, thereafter, increases annually, similar to our other time charters.

Under our time charters, hire rate payments may be reduced if the vessel does not perform to certain of its specifications, such as if the average vessel speed falls below a guaranteed speed or the amount of fuel consumed to power the vessel under normal circumstances exceeds a guaranteed amount.

The hire rate payable under our bareboat charters is fixed and payable monthly in advance, in U.S. Dollars. The customer is also required to maintain minimum levels of insurance to protect the interests of the customer, the shipowner and mortgagees, if any.

Off-hire

Under our time charters, when the vessel is off-hire, or not available for service, the customer generally is not required to pay the hire rate, and the shipowner is responsible for all costs. Prolonged off-hire may lead to a termination of the time charter. A vessel generally will be deemed off-hire if there is a loss of time due to, among other things:

 

    operational deficiencies; drydocking for repairs, maintenance or inspection; equipment breakdowns; or delays due to accidents, crewing strikes, certain vessel detentions or similar problems; or

 

32


Table of Contents
    the shipowner’s failure to maintain the vessel in compliance with its specifications and contractual standards or to provide the required crew.

Our bareboat charters do not contain provisions for off-hire.

Ship Management and Maintenance

Under our time charters, the shipowner is responsible for the technical management of the vessel and for maintaining the vessel, periodic drydocking, cleaning and painting and performing work required by regulations. KNOT Management will provide these services to our subsidiaries for all our vessels. Please read “Item 7. Major Unitholders and Related Party Transactions—Related Party Transactions.” Under our bareboat charters, the shipowner is not responsible for providing crewing or other operational services and the customer is responsible for all vessel operating expenses and voyage expenses. However, Transpetro has elected to subcontract the technical operation and management of the Fortaleza Knutsen and the Recife Knutsen to an affiliate of KNOT.

Termination

Each of our time charters and bareboat charters terminates automatically if the applicable vessel is lost or missing. In addition, under certain circumstances, the customer may have an option to terminate the time charter if the vessel is requisitioned by any government for a period of time in excess of the time period specified in the time charter or if at any time the shipowner is in default under the time charter. Under the bareboat charters, the charter is deemed terminated as of the date of any compulsory acquisition of the vessel or requisition for title by any governmental or other competent authority. In addition, the shipowner is generally entitled to suspend performance (but with the continuing accrual to its benefit of hire rate payments and default interest) and terminate the charter if the customer defaults in its payment obligations. Under the time charters and bareboat charters, either party may also terminate the charter in the event of war in specified countries. However, under the bareboat charters, in the event of war, hire shall continue to be paid in accordance with the charter. In addition, under the bareboat charters, the shipowner has the right to terminate the charter if the customer (1) does not take immediate steps to have the necessary repairs done within a reasonable time or (2) does not arrange and keep certain insurance.

Competition

The shuttle tanker industry is capital intensive and operational expertise is critical, which create high barriers to entry. The shuttle tanker industry is viewed as an integral part of offshore oil production creating a market with few alternative suppliers and therefore a low risk of substitution. A company with a solid track record, knowledge of the market and an experienced, well-trained crew is preferred to a new entrant since the cost and impact of vessel downtime is significant for the customer. Furthermore, the systems in place for operational procedures, such as offshore loading and vetting, have significant value when negotiating contracts with new and existing customers.

According to Fearnley Consultants AS, as of December 31, 2013, there were approximately 87 vessels in the world shuttle tanker fleet (including 11 newbuilds on order). Teekay Offshore Partners L.P. is the largest owner in the shuttle tanker market with about 34 shuttle tankers, including newbuilds on order. KNOT is the second largest owner of shuttle tankers with 19 shuttle tankers, including one newbuild on order (excluding our vessels). Petrobras, through its subsidiary Transpetro and on its own accord, is the third largest owner of shuttle tankers, with three shuttle tankers and seven newbuilds on order. Petrobras controls, however, a total of 37 vessels (29 existing and eight newbuilds) through long-term bareboat and time charters. There are other shuttle tanker owners in the industry, but the majority of these has a limited fleet size and has chartered vessels out for the long term.

Classification, Inspection and Maintenance

Every large, commercial seagoing vessel must be “classed” by a classification society. The classification society certifies that the vessel is “in class,” signifying that the vessel has been built and maintained in accordance with the rules of the classification society. In most cases, the classification society is authorized by the flag state to certify that the vessels also complies with applicable rules and regulations of the vessel’s country of registry and the

 

33


Table of Contents

international conventions of which that country is a member. In addition, where surveys are required by international conventions and corresponding laws and ordinances of a flag state, the classification society may undertake them on application or by official order, acting on behalf of the authorities concerned. The classification society also undertakes on request other surveys and checks that are required by regulations and requirements of the flag state. These surveys are subject to agreements made in each individual case and/or to the regulations of the country concerned. For maintenance of the class, regular and extraordinary surveys of hull, machinery, including the electrical plant, and any special equipment classed are required to be performed by the classification society as follows:

 

    Annual Surveys . For seagoing vessels, annual surveys are conducted for the hull and the machinery, including the electrical plant and where applicable for special equipment classed, at intervals of 12 months from the date of commencement of the class period indicated in the certificate.

 

    Intermediate Surveys . Extended annual surveys are referred to as intermediate surveys and typically are conducted two and one-half years after commissioning and each class renewal. Intermediate surveys may be carried out on the occasion of the second or third annual survey.

 

    Class Renewal Surveys . Class renewal surveys, also known as special surveys, are carried out for the ship’s hull, machinery, including the electrical plant and for any special equipment classed, at the intervals indicated by the character of classification for the hull. At the special survey, the vessel is thoroughly examined, including ultrasonic gauging, in order to determine the thickness of the steel structures. Should the thickness be found to be less than class requirements, the classification society would require steel renewals. Substantial amounts of money may have to be spent for steel renewals to pass a special survey if the vessel experiences excessive wear and tear. In lieu of the special survey every five years, a shipowner has the option of arranging with the classification society for the vessel’s hull or machinery to be on a continuous survey cycle, in which every part of the vessel would be surveyed within a five-year cycle. At an owner’s application, the surveys required for class renewal may be split according to an agreed schedule to extend over the entire period of class. This process is referred to as continuous class renewal and though we have not exercised this option for our existing vessels, we may do so in the future.

All of the vessel’s areas subject to survey as defined by the classification society are required to be surveyed at least once per class period, unless shorter intervals between surveys are prescribed elsewhere. The period between two subsequent surveys of each area must not exceed five years.

A vessel’s underwater parts are required to be inspected every 24 to 36 month intervals by the classification society. Drydocking of vessels is done, at the minimum, every 60 months. If any defects are found, the classification surveyor will issue a condition of class that must be rectified by the shipowner.

Most insurance underwriters make it a condition for insurance coverage that a vessel be certified as “in class” by a classification society that is a member of the International Association of Classification Societies. All of our vessels have been awarded International Safety Management certification and are certified as being “in class” by Det Norske Veritas ASA, the Norwegian classification society. All new and secondhand vessels that we purchase must be certified prior to their delivery under the standard purchase contracts and memoranda of agreement. If the vessel is not certified on the date of closing, we will have no obligation to take delivery of the vessel.

KNOT, through certain of its subsidiaries, operates as our ship manager, and carries out inspections of the ships on a regular basis, both at sea and while the vessels are in port, as well as carrying out inspections and ship audits to verify conformity with managers’ reports. The results of these inspections result in a report containing recommendations for improvements to the overall condition of the vessel, maintenance, safety and crew welfare. Based in part on these evaluations, we create and implement a program of continual maintenance and improvement for our vessels and their systems.

Safety, Management of Ship Operations and Administration

Safety and environmental compliance is our top operational priority. Our vessels are operated in a manner intended to protect the safety and health of our employees, the general public and the environment. We actively manage the risks inherent in our business and are committed to eliminating incidents that threaten the safety and

 

34


Table of Contents

integrity of our vessels, such as groundings, fires, collisions and petroleum spills. We are also committed to reducing emissions and waste generation. We have established key performance indicators to facilitate regular monitoring of our operational performance. We set targets on an annual basis to drive continuous improvement, and we review performance indicators monthly to determine if remedial action is necessary to reach our targets. KNOT’s shore staff performs a full range of technical, commercial and business development services for us. This staff also provides administrative support to our operations in finance, accounting and human resources.

KNOT, through certain of its subsidiaries, assists us and our operating subsidiaries in managing our ship operations. Det Norske Veritas ASA, a Norwegian classification society, has approved KNOT’s safety management system as complying with the IMO’s International Management Code for the Safe Operation of Ships and Pollution Prevention (the “ISM Code”), International Standards Organization (“ISO”) 9001 for Quality Assurance and ISO 14001 for Environment Management Systems, and this system has been implemented on all our ships. As part of KNOT’s ISM Code compliance, all the vessels’ safety management certificates are being maintained through ongoing internal audits performed by KNOT’s certified internal auditors and intermediate external audits performed by Det Norske Veritas ASA once a year. Subject to satisfactory completion of these internal and external audits, certification is valid for five years.

KNOT provides, through certain of its subsidiaries, expertise in various functions critical to the operations of our operating subsidiaries. We believe this arrangement affords a safe, efficient and cost-effective operation. KNOT’s subsidiaries also provide to us access to human resources, financial and other administrative functions pursuant to amended technical management agreements. Please read “Item 7. Major Unitholders and Related Party Transactions—Related Party Transactions—Technical Management Agreements.”

Critical ship management functions that will be provided by KNOT or its subsidiaries through various of its offices around the world include:

 

    technical management, maintenance and dockings;

 

    crew management;

 

    procurement, purchasing and forwarding logistics;

 

    marine operations;

 

    vetting, oil major and terminal approvals;

 

    shipyard supervision;

 

    insurance; and

 

    financial services.

These functions are supported by onboard and onshore systems for maintenance, inventory, purchasing and budget management. In addition, KNOT’s day-to-day focus on cost control will be applied to our operations. We believe that the adoption of common standards should also result in operational efficiencies, including with respect to crew training and vessel management, equipment operation and repair, and spare parts ordering.

Risk of Loss, Insurance and Risk Management

The operation of any vessel, including shuttle tankers, has inherent risks. These risks include mechanical failure, personal injury, collision, property loss, vessel or cargo loss or damage and business interruption due to political circumstances in foreign countries or hostilities. In addition, there is always an inherent possibility of marine disaster, including explosion, spills and other environmental mishaps, and the liabilities arising from owning and operating vessels in international trade. We believe that our present insurance coverage is adequate to protect us against the accident-related risks involved in the conduct of our business and that we maintain appropriate levels of environmental damage and pollution insurance coverage consistent with standard industry practice. However, not all risks can be insured, and there can be no guarantee that any specific claim will be paid, or that we will always be able to obtain adequate insurance coverage at reasonable rates.

 

35


Table of Contents

We have obtained hull and machinery insurance on all our vessels to insure against marine and war risks, which include the risks of damage to our vessels, salvage or towing costs, and also insure against actual or constructive total loss of any of our vessels. However, our insurance policies contain deductible amounts for which we are responsible. We have also arranged additional total loss coverage for each vessel. This coverage, which is called hull interest and freight interest coverage, provides us additional coverage in the event of the total loss or the constructive total loss of a vessel.

We have also obtained loss of hire insurance to protect us against loss of income in the event one of our vessels cannot be employed due to damage that is covered under the terms of our hull and machinery insurance. Under our loss of hire policies, our insurer will pay us the hire rate agreed in respect of each vessel for each day, in excess of a certain number of deductible days, for the time that the vessel is out of service as a result of damage, for a maximum of 180 days. The number of deductible days for the vessels in our fleet is 14 days per vessel.

All of our hull and machinery, hull interest and freight interest and loss of hire insurance policies are written on the NMIP, which through the hull and maintenance coverage also offers comprehensive collision liability coverage of up to the insured hull and maintenance value of the vessel. NMIP is based on an “all risk principle” and offers what is considered to be the most comprehensive insurance obtainable in any of the world’s marine markets today. The agreed deductible on each vessel averages $150,000 for the shuttle tankers in our fleet.

Protection and indemnity insurance, which covers our third-party legal liabilities in connection with our shipping activities, is provided by a P&I club. This includes third-party liability and other expenses related to the injury or death of crew members, passengers and other third-party persons, loss or damage to cargo, claims arising from collisions with other vessels or from contact with jetties or wharves and other damage to other third-party property, including pollution arising from oil or other substances, and other related costs, including wreck removal. Subject to the capping discussed below, our coverage, except for pollution, is unlimited.

Our current protection and indemnity insurance coverage for pollution is $1 billion per vessel per incident. The 13 P&I clubs that comprise the International Group of Protection and Indemnity Clubs insure approximately 90% of the world’s commercial tonnage and have entered into a pooling agreement to reinsure each association’s liabilities. Each P&I club has capped its exposure in this pooling agreement so that the maximum claim covered by the pool and its reinsurance would be approximately $1 billion per accident or occurrence. We are a member of Norwegian P&I Club Skuld. As a member of these P&I clubs, we are subject to a call for additional premiums based on the clubs’ claims record, as well as the claims record of all other members of the P&I clubs comprising the International Group. However, our P&I clubs have reinsured the risk of additional premium calls to limit our additional exposure. This reinsurance is subject to a cap, and there is the risk that the full amount of the additional call would not be covered by this reinsurance.

The insurers providing the covers for hull and machinery, hull interest and freight interest, protection and indemnity and loss of hire insurances have confirmed that they will consider the shuttle tankers as vessels for the purpose of providing insurance.

We use in our operations KNOT’s risk management program that includes, among other things, risk analysis tools, maintenance and assessment programs, a seafarers competence training program, seafarers workshops and membership in emergency response organizations. We benefit from KNOT’s commitment to safety and environmental protection as certain of its subsidiaries assist us in managing our vessel operations.

KNOT has achieved certification under the standards reflected in ISO 9001 for quality assurance, ISO 14001 for environment management systems and the ISM Code on a fully integrated basis.

 

36


Table of Contents

Environmental and Other Regulation

General

Our business and the operation of our vessels are significantly affected by international conventions and national, state and local laws and regulations in the jurisdictions in which our vessels operate, as well as in the country or countries of their registration. Because these conventions, laws and regulations change frequently, we cannot predict the ultimate cost of compliance or their impact on the resale price or useful life of our vessels. While we believe that we are in substantial compliance with the current environmental laws and regulations, there is no assurance that compliance with current laws and regulations or amended or newly adopted laws and regulations can be maintained in the future. Additional conventions, laws, and regulations may be adopted that could limit our ability to do business or increase the cost of our doing business and that may materially adversely affect our operations. We are required by various governmental and quasi-governmental agencies to obtain permits, licenses and certificates with respect to our operations. Subject to the discussion below and to the fact that the kinds of permits, licenses and certificates required for the operations of the vessels we own depend on a number of factors, we believe that we will be able to continue to obtain all permits, licenses and certificates material to the conduct of our operations.

International Maritime Organization

The IMO is the United Nations’ agency for maritime safety. IMO regulations relating to pollution prevention for oil tankers have been adopted by many of the jurisdictions in which our tanker fleet operates. Under IMO regulations and subject to limited exceptions, a tanker must be of double-hull construction, a mid-deck design with double-side construction or another approved design ensuring the same level of protection against oil pollution. All of our tankers are double-hulled.

Many countries, but not the United States, have ratified and follow the liability regime adopted by the IMO and set out in the International Convention on Civil Liability for Oil Pollution Damage, 1969, as updated by the 1992 Protocol (the “CLC”). Under this convention, a vessel’s registered owner is strictly liable for pollution damage caused in the territorial waters of a contracting state by discharge of persistent oil (e.g. crude oil, fuel oil, heavy diesel oil or lubricating oil), subject to certain defenses. The right to limit liability to specified amounts that are periodically revised is forfeited under the CLC when the spill is caused by the owner’s actual fault or when the spill is caused by the owner’s intentional or reckless conduct. Vessels trading to contracting states must provide evidence of insurance covering the limited liability of the owner. In jurisdictions where the CLC has not been adopted, various legislative regimes or common law governs, and liability is imposed either on the basis of fault or in a manner similar to the CLC.

IMO regulations also include SOLAS, including amendments to SOLAS implementing the International Security Code for Ports and Ships (the “ISPS”), the ISM Code and the International Convention on Load Lines of 1966. The IMO Marine Safety Committee has also published guidelines for vessels with dynamic positioning systems, which would apply to shuttle tankers. SOLAS provides rules for the construction of and equipment required for commercial vessels and includes regulations for safe operation. Flag states that have ratified the CLC generally utilize the classification societies, which have incorporated SOLAS requirements into their class rules, to undertake surveys to confirm compliance.

SOLAS and other IMO regulations concerning safety, including those relating to treaties on training of shipboard personnel, lifesaving appliances, radio equipment and the global maritime distress and safety system, are applicable to our operations. Non-compliance with IMO regulations, including SOLAS, the ISM Code, the ISPS, the requirements for shuttle tankers under the Norwegian Maritime Directorate (Norway) (“NMD”) and Maritime and Coast Guard Agency (United Kingdom) (“MCA”) regulations, may subject us to increased liability or penalties, may lead to decreases in available insurance coverage for affected vessels and may result in the denial of access to or detention in some ports. For example, the U.S. Coast Guard and European Union (the “EU”) authorities have indicated that vessels not in compliance with the ISM Code will be prohibited from trading in U.S. and EU ports.

The requirements contained in the ISM Code govern our operations. Among other requirements, the ISM Code requires vessel operators to obtain a safety management certification for each vessel they manage, evidencing the shipowner’s development and maintenance of an extensive safety management system. Each of the existing vessels in our fleet is currently ISM Code-certified, and we expect to obtain safety management certificates for each newbuild upon delivery.

 

37


Table of Contents

The International Labour Organization (the “ILO”) is a specialized agency of the United Nations with headquarters in Geneva, Switzerland. The ILO has adopted the Maritime Labor Convention 2006 (the “MLC 2006”) to improve safety onboard merchant vessels. A Maritime Labor Certificate and a Declaration of Maritime Labor Compliance is required to ensure compliance with the MLC 2006 for all ships above 500 gross tons in international trade. On August 20, 2012, the required number of countries ratified the MCL 2006 and it came into force on August 20, 2013. The MLC 2006 requires us to develop new procedures to ensure full compliance with its requirements.

The IMO has adopted the International Convention for the Prevention of Pollution from Ships (“MARPOL”), including Annex VI to MARPOL that sets limits on sulfur dioxide and nitrogen oxide emissions from ship exhausts and prohibits deliberate emissions of ozone depleting substances. Annex VI applies to all ships and, among other things, imposes a global cap on the sulfur content of fuel oil and allows for specialized areas to be established internationally with even more stringent controls on sulfur emissions. For vessels 400 gross tons and greater, platforms and drilling rigs, Annex VI imposes various survey and certification requirements. Moreover, recent amendments to Annex VI require the imposition of progressively stricter limitations on sulfur emissions from ships. These limitations require that fuels of vessels in covered Emission Control Areas (“ECAs”) contain no more than 1% sulfur. The North American ECA came into force on August 1, 2012. The North American ECA includes areas subject to the exclusive sovereignty of the United States and extends up to 200 nautical miles from the coasts of the United States, which area includes parts of the U.S. Gulf of Mexico. In addition, the United States Caribbean ECA will come into force in January 2014. The U.S. Caribbean ECA includes areas subject to the exclusive sovereignty of the United States off the coasts of the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico and the U.S. Virgin Islands. Consequently, the sulfur limit in marine fuel is capped at 1%, which is the capped amount for all other ECA areas since July 1, 2010. These capped amounts will then decrease progressively until they reach 0.5% by January 1, 2020 for non-ECA areas and 0.1% by January 1, 2015 for ECA areas, including the North American ECA. The amendments also establish new tiers of stringent nitrogen oxide emissions standards for new marine engines, depending on their date of installation. All of our vessels are in compliance with these requirements.

In addition, there are several other regulatory requirements to use low sulfur fuel that are either already in force or are upcoming. The EU Directive 33/2005 requiring the use of low sulfur fuel came into force on January 1, 2010. Under this legislation, vessels are required to burn fuel with sulfur content below 0.1% while berthed or anchored in an EU port. The California Air Resources Board requires vessels to burn fuel with 0.1% sulfur content or less within 24 nautical miles of California as of January 1, 2014. As of January 1, 2015, all vessels operating within ECAs worldwide must comply with 0.1% sulfur requirements. Currently, the only grade of fuel meeting 0.1% sulfur content requirement is low sulfur marine gas oil. From July 1, 2010, the reduction of applicable sulfur content limits in the North Sea, the Baltic Sea and the English Channel Sulfur Control Areas will be 0.1%. All of our vessels are able to comply with low sulfur fuel requirements.

The IMO has negotiated international conventions that impose liability for oil pollution in international waters and the territorial waters of the signatory to such conventions such as the International Convention for the Control and Management of Ships’ Ballast Water and Sediments (the “BWM Convention”). The BWM Convention’s implementing regulations call for a phased introduction of mandatory ballast water exchange requirements (beginning in 2009), to be replaced in time with a requirement for mandatory ballast water treatment. The BWM Convention will not become effective until 12 months after it has been adopted by 30 states, the combined merchant fleets of which represent not less than 35% of the gross tonnage of the world’s merchant shipping. Though this has not occurred to-date, the IMO has passed a resolution encouraging the ratification of the BWM Convention and calling upon those countries that have already ratified to encourage the installation of ballast water management systems on new ships. As referenced below, the U.S. Coast Guard issued new ballast water management rules on March 23, 2012. Under the requirements of the BWM Convention for units with ballast water capacity more than 5,000 cubic meters that were constructed in 2011 or before, ballast water management exchange or treatment will be accepted until 2016. From 2016 (or not later than the first intermediate or renewal survey after 2016), only ballast water treatment will be accepted by the BWM Convention. Installation of ballast water treatment systems will be needed on our units once the convention has been ratified. The cost to comply with IMO ballast water treatment regulations for our four vessels in the aggregate is anticipated to be approximately $2 million.

 

38


Table of Contents

The International Convention on Civil Liability for Bunker Oil Pollution 2001 (the “Bunker Convention”) provides a liability, compensation and compulsory insurance system to protect and reimburse the victims of oil pollution damage in jurisdictional waters of ratifying states caused by discharges of bunker fuel. The Bunker Convention became effective in 2008 and imposes strict liability on shipowners for certain pollution damage. Registered owners of any seagoing vessel and seaborne craft over 1,000 gross tonnage, of any type whatsoever, and registered in a signatory state (a “State Party”), or entering or leaving a port in the territory of a State Party, will be required to maintain insurance that meets the requirements of the Bunker Convention and to obtain a certificate issued by a State Party attesting that such insurance is in force. The state-issued certificate must be carried onboard at all times. P&I clubs in the International Group issue the required Bunkers Convention “Blue Cards” to enable signatory states to issue certificates. All of our vessels have received “Blue Cards” from their P&I club and are in possession of a CLC State-issued certificate attesting that the required insurance coverage is in force.

The IMO continues to review and introduce new regulations. It is impossible to predict what additional regulations, if any, may be passed by the IMO and what effect, if any, such regulation may have on our operations.

European Union Environmental Regulation of Vessels

In waters of the EU, our vessels are subject to regulation EU-level directives implemented by the various nations through laws and regulations adopting these requirements. These laws and regulations prescribe measures to prevent pollution, protect the environment, support maritime safety and set out civil and criminal penalties that are being progressively incorporated into domestic legislation. For instance, the EU has adopted legislation (EU Directive 2009/16/EC) that: bans from EU waters manifestly sub-standard vessels (defined as vessels that have been detained twice by EU port authorities, in the preceding two years, after July 2003); creates obligations on the part of EU member port states to inspect at least 24% of vessels using these ports annually; provides for increased surveillance of vessels posing a high risk to maritime safety or the marine environment; and provides the EU with greater authority and control over classification societies, including the ability to seek to suspend or revoke the authority of negligent societies. If deficiencies are found that are clearly hazardous to safety, health or the environment, the state is required to detain the vessel until the deficiencies are addressed. Member states are also required to implement a system of penalties for breaches of these standards. EU Directive 2009/16/EC introduces a new harmonized and coordinated regime for port state control inspections and from January 1, 2011 a new on-line register to make public both the poorly performing shipping companies (who will attract more intensive and coordinated inspections) and those with good records. Like the IMO, the EU has adopted regulations phasing out single-hull tankers. All of our tankers are double-hulled.

Several regulatory requirements to use low sulfur fuel are in force or upcoming. See discussion of “low sulfur fuel” regulations above.

Since January 1, 2012 a voluntary ballast water management regime has been operating in the Mediterranean Sea. The regime, which effectively urges ships to undertake ballast water exchange before entering the Mediterranean Sea, is to remain in place until the BWM Convention comes into force.

The EU is currently considering other proposals to further regulate vessel operations. We cannot predict what additional legislation or regulations, if any, may be promulgated by the EU or any other country or authority. The trend, however, is towards increasing regulation and our expectation is that requirements will become more extensive and more stringent over time. If more stringent requirements are put in effect in the future, they may require, individually or in the aggregate, significant expenditures and could increase our operating costs, potentially affecting financial performance.

North Sea Environmental Regulation of Vessels

Our shuttle tankers currently operate in the North Sea and Brazil.

In addition to the regulations imposed by the IMO and the EU, countries having jurisdiction over North Sea areas impose further regulatory requirements on operations in those areas, including MCA regulations in the United Kingdom and NMD regulations in Norway. These regulatory requirements, together with additional requirements imposed by operators in North Sea oil fields, require that we make further expenditures for sophisticated equipment, reporting and redundancy systems on the shuttle tankers and for the training of seagoing staff. Additional regulations and requirements may be adopted or imposed that could limit our ability to do business or further increase the cost of doing business in the North Sea.

 

39


Table of Contents

In Norway, the Norwegian Pollution Control Authority requires the installation of volatile organic compound emissions (“VOC”) equipment, on most shuttle tankers serving the Norwegian continental shelf. The license holders of the oil field are responsible for the costs to ensure that shuttle tankers operating in the field are using appropriate VOC equipment. In recent contracts, the charterers have requested owners to install such equipment against an increase in the hire rate. We have installed the VOC equipment required to operate on the Norwegian continental shelf in each of the Fortaleza Knutsen , the Recife Knutsen , the Bodil Knutsen and the Windsor Knutsen . If we decide to operate the Carmen Knutsen on the Norwegian continental shelf, we expect the cost to install the VOC equipment to be $3 million.

Brazilian Environmental Regulation of Vessels

In Brazil, the environmental requirements are defined by the field operator and in most cases Petrobras where it is involved. Brazilian environmental law includes international treaties and conventions to which Brazil is a party, as well as federal, state and local laws, regulations and permit requirements related to the protection of health and the environment. Brazilian oil and gas business is subject to extensive regulations by several governmental agencies, including the National Agency for Oil and Gas, the Brazilian Navy and the Brazilian Authority for Environmental Affairs and Renewable Resources. Failure to comply may subject us to administrative, criminal and civil liability, with strict liability in administrative and civil cases.

United States Environmental Regulation of Vessels

In the United States, our operations are subject to federal and state laws and regulations that require us to obtain and maintain specified permits or governmental approvals; control the discharge of materials into the environment; remove and cleanup materials that may harm the environment; or otherwise comply with regulations intended to protect the environment. We are subject to the jurisdiction of the U.S. Coast Guard, the National Transportation Safety Board, the U.S. Customs and Border Protection, the Department of Interior, the Bureau of Ocean Energy Management, and the Bureau of Safety and Environmental Enforcement, as well as classification societies such as the American Bureau of Shipping. The United States has enacted an extensive regulatory and liability regime for the protection and cleanup of the environment from oil spills, including discharges of oil cargoes, bunker fuels or lubricants, primarily through the Oil Pollution Act of 1990 (“OPA 90”) and the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act (“CERCLA”).

Oil Pollution Act and CERCLA . CERCLA applies to the discharge of “hazardous substances” rather than “oil” and imposes strict joint and several liability upon the owners, operators or bareboat charterers of vessels for cleanup costs and damages arising from discharges of hazardous substances. We believe that petroleum products should not be considered hazardous substances under CERCLA, but additives to oil or lubricants used on vessels might fall within its scope.

OPA 90 affects all owners, bareboat charterers and operators whose vessels trade to the United States or its territories or possessions or whose vessels operate in U.S. waters, which include the U.S. territorial sea and 200-mile exclusive economic zone around the United States.

Under OPA 90, vessel owners, operators and bareboat charterers are “responsible parties” and are jointly, severally and strictly liable (unless the oil spill results solely from the act or omission of a third party, an act of God or an act of war and the responsible party reports the incident and reasonably cooperates with the appropriate authorities) for all containment and cleanup costs and other damages arising from discharges or threatened discharges of oil from their vessels. These other damages are defined broadly to include:

 

    natural resources damages and the related assessment costs;

 

    real and personal property damages;

 

    net loss of taxes, royalties, rents, fees and other lost revenues;

 

40


Table of Contents
    lost profits or impairment of earning capacity due to property or natural resources damage;

 

    net cost of public services necessitated by a spill response, such as protection from fire, safety or health hazards; and

 

    loss of subsistence use of natural resources.

OPA 90 limits the liability of responsible parties in an amount it periodically updates. The liability limits do not apply if the incident was proximately caused by violation of applicable U.S. federal safety, construction or operating regulations, including IMO conventions to which the United States is a signatory, or by the responsible party’s gross negligence or willful misconduct, or if the responsible party fails or refuses to report the incident or to cooperate and assist in connection with the oil removal activities. Liability under CERCLA is also subject to limits unless the incident is caused by gross negligence, willful misconduct or a violation of certain regulations. We currently maintain for each of our vessel’s pollution liability coverage in the maximum coverage amount of $1 billion per incident. A catastrophic spill could exceed the coverage available, which could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Under OPA 90, with limited exceptions, all newly built or converted tankers delivered after January 1, 1994 and operating in U.S. waters must be double-hulled. All of our tankers are double-hulled. OPA 90 also requires owners and operators of vessels to establish and maintain with the U.S. Coast Guard evidence of financial responsibility in an amount at least equal to the relevant limitation amount for such vessels under the statute. The U.S. Coast Guard has implemented regulations requiring that an owner or operator of a fleet of vessels must demonstrate evidence of financial responsibility in an amount sufficient to cover the vessel in the fleet having the greatest maximum limited liability under OPA 90 and CERCLA. Evidence of financial responsibility may be demonstrated by insurance, surety bond, self-insurance, guaranty or an alternate method subject to approval by the U.S. Coast Guard. Under the self-insurance provisions, the shipowner or operator must have a net worth and working capital, measured in assets located in the United States against liabilities located anywhere in the world, that exceeds the applicable amount of financial responsibility. We have complied with the U.S. Coast Guard regulations by using self-insurance for certain vessels and obtaining financial guaranties from a third party for the remaining vessels. If other vessels in our fleet trade to the United States in the future, we expect to provide guaranties through self-insurance or obtain guaranties from third-party insurers.

OPA 90 and CERCLA permit individual U.S. states to impose their own liability regimes with regard to oil or hazardous substance pollution incidents occurring within their boundaries, and some states have enacted legislation providing for unlimited strict liability for spills. Several coastal states, such as California, Washington and Alaska require state-specific evidence of financial responsibility and vessel response plans. We intend to comply with all applicable state regulations in the ports where our vessels call.

Owners or operators of vessels, including tankers operating in U.S. waters are required to file vessel response plans with the U.S. Coast Guard, and their tankers are required to operate in compliance with their U.S. Coast Guard approved plans. Such response plans must, among other things:

 

    address a “worst case” scenario and identify and ensure, through contract or other approved means, the availability of necessary private response resources to respond to a “worst case discharge;”

 

    describe crew training and drills; and

 

    identify a qualified individual with full authority to implement removal actions.

We have filed vessel response plans with the U.S. Coast Guard for the Windsor Knutsen and have received its approval of such plans. In case trading plans change for our other three vessels, we expect to be able to file the required plans and receive corresponding approvals without operational delay. In addition, we conduct regular oil spill response drills in accordance with the guidelines set out in OPA 90. The U.S. Coast Guard has announced it intends to propose similar regulations requiring certain vessels to prepare response plans for the release of hazardous substances. OPA 90 and CERCLA do not preclude claimants from seeking damages resulting from the discharge of oil and hazardous substances under other applicable law, including maritime tort law. The application of this doctrine varies by jurisdiction.

 

41


Table of Contents

Clean Water Act . The United States Clean Water Act (“CWA”) prohibits the discharge of oil or hazardous substances in United States navigable waters unless authorized by a permit or exemption, and imposes strict liability in the form of penalties for unauthorized discharges. The CWA also imposes substantial liability for the costs of removal, remediation and damages and complements the remedies available under OPA 90 and CERCLA. The U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (the “EPA”) has enacted rules governing the regulation of ballast water discharges and other discharges incidental to the normal operation of vessels within U.S. waters. This permit, which the EPA has designated as the Vessel General Permit for Discharges Incidental to the Normal Operation of Vessels (the “VGP”), incorporates the current U.S. Coast Guard requirements for ballast water management as well as supplemental ballast water requirements, and includes limits applicable to 26 specific discharge streams, such as deck runoff, bilge water and gray water.

The EPA updated the VGP in 2013 to incorporate numeric effluent limits for ballast water expressed as the maximum concentration of living organisms in ballast water, as opposed to the prior non-numeric requirements. These requirements correspond with the IMO’s requirements under the BWM Convention, as discussed above. The permit also contains maximum discharge limitations for biocides and residuals. The numeric effluent limits in the new VGP will not apply to all vessels. Those that will be required to comply with the numeric limits will do so under a staggered implementation schedule. Certain existing vessels must achieve the numeric effluent limits for ballast water by the first drydocking after January 1, 2014 or January 1, 2016, depending on the vessel size. Newbuilds are subject to the numeric limits upon the effective date of the new permit. Vessels that have deferred deadlines for meeting the numeric standards must meet Best Management Practices, which are substantially similar to the requirements under the previous VGP.

The new VGP includes a tiered requirement for obtaining coverage based on the size of the vessel and the amount of ballast water carried. Vessels that are 300 gross tons or larger and have the capacity to carry more than eight cubic meters of ballast water must submit notices of intent (“NOIs”) to receive permit coverage between six and nine months after the permit’s issuance date. Vessels that do not need to submit NOIs are automatically authorized under the permit.

In addition to the requirements in the new VGP, vessel owners and operators must meet 25 sets of state-specific requirements under the CWA’s § 401 certification process. Because the CWA § 401 process allows tribes and states to impose their own requirements for vessels operating within their waters, vessels operating in multiple jurisdictions could face potentially conflicting conditions specific to each jurisdiction that they travel through.

While we do not believe that the costs associated with obtaining the newly required permits and meeting related treatment requirements will be material, it is difficult to predict the overall impact of CWA permitting requirements on our business at this stage. In addition, state-specific requirements under the CWA’s § 401 and any similar restrictions enacted in the future could increase our costs of operating in the relevant waters.

NISA . On March 23, 2012, the U.S. Coast Guard issued a final rule establishing standards for the allowable concentration of living organisms in ballast water discharged in U.S. waters and requiring the phase-in of U.S. Coast Guard approved ballast water management systems. The rule went into effect on June 21, 2012 and adopts ballast water discharge standards for vessels calling on U.S. ports and intending to discharge ballast water equivalent to those set in IMO’s BWM Convention. The final rule requires that ballast water discharge have no more than ten living organisms per milliliter for organisms between ten and 50 micrometers in size. For organisms larger than 50 micrometers, the discharge can have ten living organisms per cubic meter of discharge. New ships constructed on or after December 1, 2012 must comply with these standards and some existing ships must comply by their first drydock after January 1, 2014. The U.S. Coast Guard will review the practicability of implementing a more stringent ballast water discharge standard and publish the results no later than January 1, 2016. While the 2013 VGP update imposes consistent numeric effluent limits for living organisms in ballast water discharges, it does not provide for compliance date extensions if Coast Guard-approved treatment technologies are not available.

Clean Air Act . The United States Clean Air Act requires the EPA to promulgate standards applicable to emissions of volatile organic compounds and other air contaminants. Our vessels are subject to vapor control and recovery requirements for certain cargoes in regulated port areas and emission standards for so-called “Category 3” marine diesel engines operating in U.S. waters. The marine diesel engine emission standards are currently limited to 2004 model year engines and newer and are equivalent to those adopted in the amendments to Annex VI to MARPOL. Compliance with these standards may cause us to incur costs to install control equipment on our vessels

 

42


Table of Contents

in the future. In May 2013, the EPA issued a proposed amendment to its marine diesel engine requirements that would temporarily allow marine equipment manufacturers to use allowances if a compliant marine engine is not available. Compliance with these standards may cause us to incur costs to install control equipment on our vessels in the future.

Trends in Environmental Regulation in the United States . Numerous governmental agencies issue regulations to implement and enforce the laws of the applicable jurisdiction, which often involve lengthy permitting procedures, impose difficult and costly compliance measures, particularly in ecologically sensitive areas, and subject operators to substantial administrative, civil and criminal penalties or may result in injunctive relief for failure to comply. Some of these laws contain criminal sanctions in addition to civil penalties. Changes in environmental laws and regulations occur frequently, and any changes that result in more stringent and costly compliance or limit contract drilling opportunities, including changes in response to a serious marine incident that results in significant oil pollution or otherwise causes significant adverse environmental impact, such as the April 2010 Macondo well blowout incident, could adversely affect our financial results. Although significant capital expenditures may be required to comply with these governmental laws and regulations, such compliance has not materially adversely affected our earnings or competitive position. We believe that we are currently in compliance in all material respects with the environmental regulations to which we are subject.

We may also be affected by or subject to permitting and other requirements under a variety of other environmental laws not discussed above, such as the Endangered Species Act, Marine Mammal Protection Act and National Environmental Policy Act.

Greenhouse Gas Regulation

In February 2005, the Kyoto Protocol to the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change (the “Kyoto Protocol”) entered into force. Pursuant to the Kyoto Protocol, adopting countries are required to implement national programs to reduce emissions of greenhouse gases. Currently, the emissions of greenhouse gases from international shipping are not subject to the Kyoto Protocol. However, international negotiations are continuing with respect to a successor to the Kyoto Protocol and restrictions on shipping emissions may be included in any new treaty.

On July 15, 2011, the IMO approved mandatory measures to reduce emissions of greenhouse gases from international shipping. The amendments to Annex VI to MARPOL for the prevention of air pollution from ships add a new Chapter 4 to Annex VI on energy efficiency requiring the Energy Efficiency Design Index (“EEDI”) for new ships, and the Ship Energy Efficiency Management Plan (“SEEMP”) for all ships. The regulations apply to all ships of 400 gross tonnage and above and are entered into force on January 1, 2013. These new rules will likely affect the operations of vessels that are registered in countries that are signatories to Annex VI to MARPOL or vessels that call upon ports located within such countries. The implementation of the EEDI and SEEMP standards could cause us to incur additional compliance costs. The IMO is also considering the development of a market-based mechanism for greenhouse gas emissions from ships, but it is impossible to predict the likelihood that such a standard might be adopted or its potential impact on our operations at this time. The EU has indicated that it intends to implement regulation in an effort to limit emissions of greenhouse gases from vessels if such emissions are not regulated through the IMO.

In the United States, the EPA issued an “endangerment finding” regarding greenhouse gases under the Clean Air Act. While this finding in itself does not impose any requirements on our industry, it authorizes the EPA to regulate directly greenhouse gas emissions through a rule-making process. The EPA has already been petitioned by the California Attorney General to regulate greenhouse gas emissions from oceangoing vessels. In addition, climate change initiatives are being considered in the United States Congress and by individual states. In June 2013, the European Commission developed a strategy to integrate maritime emissions into the overall European Union strategy to reduce greenhouse gas emissions. If the strategy is adopted by the European Parliament and Council, large vessels using European Union ports would be required to monitor, report and verify their carbon dioxide emissions beginning in January 2018. In December 2013, the European Union environmental ministers discussed draft rules to implement monitoring and reporting of carbon dioxide emissions from ships.

Any passage of climate control legislation or other regulatory initiatives by the IMO, the United States, the EU, Norway, Brazil or other countries where we operate, or any treaty adopted at the international level to succeed the

 

43


Table of Contents

Kyoto Protocol, that restrict emissions of greenhouse gases could have a significant financial and operational impact on our business, including requiring us to make significant financial expenditures that we cannot predict with certainty at this time. In addition, even without such regulation, our business may be indirectly affected to the extent that climate change results in sea level changes or more intense weather events.

Vessel Security Regulation

Since the terrorist attacks of September 11, 2001, there have been a variety of initiatives intended to enhance vessel security. On November 25, 2002, the Maritime Transportation Security Act of 2002 (the “MTSA”), came into effect in the United States. To implement certain portions of the MTSA, in July 2003, the U.S. Coast Guard issued regulations requiring the implementation of certain security requirements aboard vessels operating in waters subject to the jurisdiction of the United States. Similarly, in December 2002, amendments to SOLAS created a new chapter of the convention dealing specifically with maritime security. The new chapter came into effect in July 2004 and imposes various detailed security obligations on vessels and port authorities, most of which are contained in the ISPS. The ISPS is designed to protect ports and international shipping against terrorism. After July 1, 2004, to trade internationally, a vessel must maintain an International Ship Security Certificate (“ISSC”) from a recognized security organization approved by the vessel’s flag state.

Among the various requirements are:

 

    onboard installation of automatic identification systems to provide a means for the automatic transmission of safety-related information from among similarly equipped ships and shore stations, including information on a ship’s identity, position, course, speed and navigational status;

 

    onboard installation of ship security alert systems, which do not sound on the vessel but only alert the authorities on shore;

 

    the development of vessel security plans;

 

    a ship identification number to be permanently marked on a vessel’s hull;

 

    a continuous synopsis record kept onboard showing a vessel’s history, including the name of the ship and of the state whose flag the ship is entitled to fly, the date on which the ship was registered with that state, the ship’s identification number, the port at which the ship is registered and the name of the registered owner(s) and their registered address; and

 

    compliance with flag state security certification requirements.

The U.S. Coast Guard regulations, intended to align with international maritime security standards, exempt non-U.S. vessels from the MTSA vessel security measures provided such vessels have onboard a valid ISSC that attests to the vessel’s compliance with SOLAS security requirements and the ISPS. KNOT has implemented the various security measures addressed by the MTSA, SOLAS and the ISPS.

Legal Proceedings

From time to time we have been, and expect to continue to be, subject to legal proceedings and claims in the ordinary course of our business, principally personal injury and property casualty claims. These claims, even if lacking merit, could result in the expenditure of significant financial and managerial resources. We are not aware of any legal proceedings or claims that we believe will have, individually or in the aggregate, a material adverse effect on us.

Taxation of the Partnership

Certain of our subsidiaries are subject to taxation in the jurisdictions in which they are organized, conduct business or own assets. We intend that our business and the business of our subsidiaries will be conducted and operated in a manner designed to minimize the tax imposed on us and our subsidiaries. However, we cannot assure this result as tax laws in these or other jurisdictions may change or we may enter into new business transactions relating to such jurisdictions, which could affect our tax liability.

 

44


Table of Contents

Marshall Islands

Because we and our subsidiaries do not conduct business or operations in the Republic of the Marshall Islands, neither we nor our subsidiaries are subject to income, capital gains, profits or other taxation under current Marshall Islands law, and we do not expect this to change in the future. As a result, distributions KNOT UK receives from its subsidiary, distributions that such subsidiary receives from the operating subsidiaries, and distributions we receive from KNOT UK, are not expected to be subject to Marshall Islands taxation.

United States

We have elected to be treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes. As a result, we are subject to U.S. federal income tax to the extent we earn income from U.S. sources or income that is treated as effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business in the United States unless such income is exempt from tax under an applicable treaty or Section 883 of the Code. Because our fleet is owned by subsidiaries resident in Norway, we expect that we qualify for an exemption from U.S. federal income tax on any U.S. source gross transportation income we earn by virtue of the application of the U.S.-Norway Tax Treaty, and we intend to take this position for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

Norway

Our vessel-owning subsidiaries have been organized under the laws of the Kingdom of Norway, and we expect them to elect to be subject to the tonnage tax regime in Norway. Pursuant to this regime, our vessel-owning subsidiaries will be subject to Norwegian tax based upon the net tonnage of their available cargo space rather than income generated from operating the vessels (i.e., operating income), which is tax free. Based upon the cargo space of our current vessels and the applicable rate of taxation, we expect our Norwegian subsidiaries to be liable for approximately $111,000 of Norwegian tonnage tax each year. In addition, under the tonnage tax regime, other income such as net financial income and expense (i.e., income not generated from operating the vessels) is subject to the regular corporate income tax rate of 27%. We are treated as fiscally transparent for Norwegian tax purposes and expect to organize our affairs and conduct our business in a manner such that we, and our remaining subsidiaries that are not organized under the laws of the Kingdom of Norway, are not subject to a material amount of Norwegian taxes.

United Kingdom

Although we are managed and controlled in the United Kingdom, we have obtained confirmation from HM Revenue & Customs that we are treated as a transparent partnership for United Kingdom tax purposes. Accordingly, we are not subject to UK tax in our own name, but rather any partners subject to UK tax will be taxed on their share of our profits.

Our general partner and KNOT UK expect to be a resident of the United Kingdom for taxation purposes. Nonetheless, these companies are primarily expected to earn dividend income from our controlled affiliates, which should generally be exempt from United Kingdom taxation under applicable exemptions for distributions from subsidiaries.

Employees

We directly employ one onshore employee and no seagoing employees. As of December 31, 2013, KNOT employed (directly and through ship managers) approximately 124 seagoing staff to serve on our vessels. KNOT and its affiliates may employ additional seagoing staff to assist us as we grow. KNOT, through certain of its subsidiaries, provides onshore advisory, commercial, technical and operational support to our operating subsidiaries pursuant to the amended technical management agreements. Please read “Item 7. Major Unitholders and Related Party Transactions—Related Party Transactions—Technical Management Agreements.”

 

45


Table of Contents

We and KNOT regard attracting and retaining motivated seagoing personnel as a top priority. KNOT offers seafarers competitive employment packages and opportunities for personal and career development, which relates to a philosophy of promoting internally. The officers operating our vessels are engaged on individual employment contracts, and we have entered into collective bargaining agreements that cover substantially all of the sailing personnel that operate the vessels in our current fleet, which are flagged in Norway, the Isle of Man or the Bahamas. We believe our relationships with these labor unions are good. Our commitment to training is fundamental to the development of the highest caliber of seafarers for our marine operations. KNOT’s cadet training approach is designed to balance academic learning with hands-on training at sea. KNOT is training personnel mainly in Norway and the Philippines and at institutions that utilize ship handling, dynamic positioning and cargo handling simulators to train our cadets. After receiving formal instruction at one of these institutions, our cadets’ training continues onboard one of KNOT’s vessels. Additional vessel and equipment training and courses are arranged in accordance with our training policies and the training requirements of our charterers. We believe that high-quality crewing and training policies will play an increasingly important role in distinguishing the larger, independent shipping companies with shuttle tanker experience from those that are newcomers and lack experienced, in-house staff and established expertise on which to base their customer service and safety operations.

 

46


Table of Contents

C. Organizational Structure

We are a publicly traded limited partnership formed on February 21, 2013.

The diagram below depicts our simplified organizational and ownership structure.

 

 

LOGO

 

(1) Each of the Fortaleza Knutsen , the Recife Knutsen , the Windsor Knutsen , the Bodil Knutsen and the Carmen Knutsen are owned by certain vessel-owning subsidiaries.

 

47


Table of Contents

We listed our common units on the NYSE in April 2013 under the ticker symbol “KNOP.”

We were formed under the law of the Marshall Islands and maintain our principal executive headquarters at 2 Queen’s Cross, Aberdeen, Aberdeenshire, AB15 4YB, United Kingdom. Our telephone number at that address is+44 (0) 1224 618420. Our principal administrative offices are located at 2 Queen’s Cross, Aberdeen, Aberdeenshire, AB15 4YB, United Kingdom.

A full list of our significant operating and vessel-owning subsidiaries is included in Exhibit 8.1.

D. Property, Plants and Equipment

Other than the vessels in our current fleet, we do not have any material property.

 

Item 4A. Unresolved Staff Comments

Not applicable.

 

Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects

The following should be read in conjunction with “Item 3A. Key Information—Selected Financial Data,” “Item 4. Information on the Company” and the Consolidated and Combined Carve-Out Financial Statements and accompanying notes included in this Annual Report. Among other things, those financial statements include more detailed information regarding the basis of presentation for the following information. Our financial statements have been prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP and are presented in U.S. Dollars.

The following discussion assumes that our business was operated as a separate entity prior to the closing of our IPO on April 15, 2013. References in this Annual Report to our “initial fleet” refer to the Fortaleza Knutsen , the Recife Knutsen , the Windsor Knutsen and the Bodil Knutsen , all of which were contributed to us at or prior to our IPO. The historical financial statements for periods prior to the closing of our IPO on April 15, 2013, which are discussed below, have been carved out of the consolidated financial statements of KNOT, which operated the vessels in our initial fleet for periods prior to our IPO.

Our financial position, results of operations and cash flows reflected in our financial statements include all expenses allocable to our business, but may not be indicative of those that would have been achieved had we operated as a separate public entity for all periods presented or of future results.

On August 1, 2013, we acquired KNOT’s 100% interest in the subsidiary that owns and operates the shuttle tanker, the Carmen Knutsen .

Overview

We were formed in February 2013 as a limited partnership under the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands and are majority-owned by KNOT. KNOT is a leading independent owner and operator of shuttle tankers, to own and operate shuttle tankers under long-term charters. As of December 31, 2013, KNOT owns a 49% limited partner interest in us and, through its ownership of our general partner, a 2% general partner interest in us, as well as our incentive distribution rights. Our fleet consists of five shuttle tankers: (1) the Fortaleza Knutsen , a shuttle tanker built in 2011 that is currently operating under a bareboat charter that expires in March 2023 with Transpetro, (2) the Recife Knutsen , a shuttle tanker built in 2011 that is currently operating under a bareboat charter that expires in August 2023 with Transpetro, (3) the Bodil Knutsen , a shuttle tanker built in 2011 that is currently operating under a time charter that expires in May 2016 with Statoil, with options to extend until May 2019, (4) the Windsor Knutsen , a shuttle tanker built in 2007 and retrofitted from a conventional oil tanker to a shuttle tanker in 2011 that is currently operating under a time charter that expires between June 30 and August 30, 2014 with BG Group and (5) the Carmen Knutsen , a shuttle tanker built in 2013 that is currently operating under a time charter that expires in January 2018 with Repsol, with options to extend until January 2021. Pursuant to the omnibus agreement with KNOT, we have the right to purchase from KNOT four newbuilds, delivered or expected to be delivered to charterers during 2013 and 2014. Pursuant to the omnibus agreement, we also have the right to purchase from KNOT any shuttle tankers operating under charters of five or more years. This right will continue throughout the entire term of the omnibus agreement.

 

48


Table of Contents

On April 18, 2013, we completed our IPO. In connection with our IPO, we sold 8,567,500 common units (including 1,117,500 common units sold pursuant to the full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional units) to the public, through the underwriters, at a price of $21.00 per unit, and issued to KNOT 8,567,500 subordinated units and all of our incentive distribution rights. In addition, KNOT owns, through its ownership of our general partner, a 2.0% general partner interest in us, represented by 349,694 general partner units.

On August 1, 2013, we acquired KNOT’s 100% interest in the subsidiary that owns and operates the shuttle tanker, the Carmen Knutsen , for a purchase price of $145.0 million, less bank debt of $89.1 million and other purchase price adjustments of $0.1 million. The purchase price was settled by way of a cash payment of $45.4 million and a seller’s credit provided by KNOT in the form of a loan for $10.5 million (which was reduced to $10.4 million as a result of a $0.1 million purchase price adjustment).

Our Charters

We generate revenues by charging customers for the transportation of their crude oil using our vessels. These services are provided under the following basic types of contractual relationships:

 

    Time charters , whereby the vessels that we operate and are responsible for the crewing of are chartered to customers for a fixed period of time at hire rates that are generally fixed and increase annually based on a fixed percentage increase or fixed schedule to enable us to offset expected increases in operating costs. Under our time charters, hire rate payments may be reduced if the vessel does not perform to certain of its specifications, such as if the average vessel speed falls below a guaranteed speed or the amount of fuel consumed to power the vessel under normal circumstances exceeds a guaranteed amount, and the customer is responsible for any voyage expenses incurred; and

 

    Bareboat charters , whereby customers charter our vessels for a fixed period of time at hire rates that are generally fixed, but the customers are responsible for the vessel operation and bear the operating and voyage expenses, including crewing and other operational services.

The table below compares the primary features of a time charter and a bareboat charter:

 

     Time Charter    Bareboat Charter

Typical charter length

   One year or more    One year or more

Hire rate basis(1)

   Daily    Daily

Voyage expenses(2)

   Customer pays    Customer pays

Vessel operating expenses(2)

   Owner pays    Customer pays

Off-hire(3)

   Varies    Customer typically pays

 

(1) “Hire rate” refers to the basic payment from the charterer for the use of the vessel.
(2) Defined below under “—Important Financial and Operational Terms and Concepts.”
(3) “Off-hire” refers to the time a vessel is not available for service. Our time charters contain provisions whereby the customer is generally not required to pay the hire rate during off-hire. Our bareboat charters do not contain such provisions.

Employment of Our Fleet

The following table describes the operations of the vessels in our fleet.

 

Vessel

  

Description of Historical Operations

Fortaleza Knutsen    Delivered in March 2011. Has operated under a long-term bareboat charter with Transpetro, which commenced on delivery.
Recife Knutsen    Delivered in August 2011. Has operated under a long-term bareboat charter with Transpetro, which commenced on delivery.
Bodil Knutsen    Delivered in February 2011 from the shipyard. Completed an interim spot voyage and testing prior to commencing operations under a long-term time charter with Statoil in May 2011.
Windsor Knutsen    Delivered in May 2007. Operated as a conventional oil tanker under short-term time charters and in the spot market from its delivery until commencement of retrofitting in November 2010. Has operated under a long-term time charter with BG Group since April 2011 following completion of its retrofitting as a shuttle tanker. Will be redelivered between June 30 and August 30, 2014.
Carmen Knutsen    Delivered in January 2013. Has operated under a long-term time charter with Repsol since January 2013.

 

49


Table of Contents

Items You Should Consider When Evaluating Our Historical Financial Performance and Assessing Our Future Prospects

You should consider the following facts when evaluating our historical results of operations and assessing our future prospects:

 

    The size of our fleet continues to change. Our historical results of operations reflect changes in the size and composition of our fleet due to certain vessel conversions and deliveries. For example, the Windsor Knutsen was built in 2007 and operated as a conventional oil tanker until November 2010 when it entered the shipyard to be retrofitted from a conventional oil tanker to a shuttle tanker. In addition, each of the Fortaleza Knutsen , the Recife Knutsen and the Bodil Knutsen were delivered from the shipyard during 2011 and did not have any historical operations prior to that time. Further, we acquired the subsidiary that owns and operates the Carmen Knutsen in August 2013. Moreover, pursuant to the omnibus agreement, we have the right to purchase from KNOT any shuttle tankers operating under charters of five or more years, and we have the right to purchase from KNOT four additional newbuild shuttle tankers, Hilda Knutsen , the Torill Knutsen , the Ingrid Knutsen and the Raquel Knutsen , if its respective purchase price is agreed upon in accordance with the provisions of the omnibus agreement. We may also grow through the acquisition in the future of additional vessels as part of our growth strategy.

 

    Following the closing of our IPO, our leverage and associated finance expenses were reduced. In connection with the closing of our IPO, we amended the financing agreements related to the vessels in our initial fleet, repaid certain then outstanding balances with the proceeds of our IPO, and, therefore, had less debt outstanding and lower interest expense upon the closing of our IPO. Also, a majority of our external vessel financing agreements have been guaranteed by either KNOT or TSSI, for which a guarantee commission was paid. Following the closing of our IPO, we guaranteed the obligations of our subsidiaries directly under the vessel financing agreements and, therefore, will not incur any guarantee commissions on a going forward basis. In addition, our historical operations prior to our IPO relied on funding from related parties, which was treated as a net contribution of capital upon the closing of our IPO.

 

    Our historical results of operations are affected by significant losses relating to derivative instruments. Our historical results of operations for periods prior to our IPO reflect significant losses relating to interest rate swap and foreign exchange contracts. Such derivative instruments entered into by KNOT were not transferred to us in connection with our IPO. From time to time, we may enter into (1) interest rate swap transactions to economically hedge all or a portion of our exposure to floating interest rates and (2) foreign currency swap contracts to economically hedge risk from foreign currency fluctuations.

 

    Our historical results of operations are affected by fluctuations in currency exchange rates. All of the vessels in our fleet are on time charters and bareboat charters with hire rates payable in U.S. Dollars. In addition, we have the right to purchase from KNOT four additional newbuild shuttle tankers that will operate under time charters with hire rates payable in U.S. Dollars. Approximately 34%, 27% and 30% of the vessel operating expenses related to our vessels operating under time charters are denominated in U.S. Dollars and approximately 56%, 57% and 48% of such vessel operating expenses are denominated in Norwegian Kroner (“NOK”), for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. The composition of our vessel operating expenses may vary over time depending upon the location of future charters and/or the composition of our crews. All of our financing and interest expenses are also denominated in U.S. Dollars. We anticipate that all of our future financing agreements will also be denominated in U.S. Dollars.

 

   

Our historical results of operations reflect allocated administrative costs that may not be indicative of future administrative costs. The administrative costs included in our historical results of operations for periods prior to our IPO have been determined by allocating certain of KNOT’s administrative costs, after deducting costs directly charged to KNOT’s subsidiaries for services provided by the administrative staff and shareholder costs,

 

50


Table of Contents
 

to us principally based on the size of our fleet in relation to the size of KNOT’s fleet. These allocated costs may not be indicative of our future administrative costs. In connection with the closing of our IPO, we entered into an administrative services agreement with KNOT UK, pursuant to which KNOT UK provides us with certain administrative services. KNOT UK is permitted to subcontract certain of the administrative services provided under this agreement to KOAS UK and KOAS. We reimburse KNOT UK, and KNOT UK reimburses KOAS UK and KOAS, as applicable, for their reasonable costs and expenses incurred in connection with the provision of the services subcontracted to KOAS UK and KOAS under the administrative services agreement. In addition, KNOT UK pays to KOAS UK and KOAS, as applicable, a service fee in U.S. Dollars equal to 5% of the costs and expenses incurred in connection with providing services. Part of the services intended to be provided by KOAS have been provided by KNOT Management on the same terms as agreed for KOAS.

 

    We incur additional general and administrative expense as a publicly traded partnership. We anticipate that our incremental general and administrative expenses as a publicly traded limited partnership will be approximately $2.5 million annually and will include costs associated with annual reports to unitholders, tax return preparation, investor relations, registrar and transfer agent’s fees, incremental director and officer liability insurance costs and officer and director compensation.

 

    We are subject to a one-time entrance tax into the Norwegian tonnage tax regime. Our Norwegian subsidiaries are subject to a one-time entrance tax into the tonnage tax regime due to our acquisition of the shares in the subsidiary that owns the Fortaleza Knutsen and the Recife Knutsen . The entrance tax arises when the related party seller is taxed under the ordinary tax regime, and the buyer is taxed under the tonnage tax regime. The tax is based on the difference between the market value of the shares and the seller’s tax value of the shares as of the date of contribution. The entrance tax on this gain is payable over several years and is calculated by multiplying the tax rate of 28% by the declining balance of the gain, which will decline by 20% each year. The Norwegian corporate tax rate is reduced to 27% for the fiscal year 2014.

 

    Our historical results of operations reflect income taxes for part of the activities under the ordinary tax regime in Norway. Our Norwegian subsidiaries are subject only to Norwegian tonnage tax rather than a combination of ordinary taxation and tonnage taxation as reflected in the Consolidated and Combined Carve-Out Financial Statements and accompanying notes included in this Annual Report. Under the tonnage tax regime, the tonnage tax is based on the tonnage of the vessel, and operating income is tax free. Tonnage tax is calculated based on the vessel’s net tonnage (in thousands), according to its certificate, multiplied by the days in operation and the applicable dayrate. The net financial income and expense remains taxable as ordinary income tax at the regular corporate income tax rate of 27% for Norwegian subsidiaries subject to the tonnage tax regime. Based upon the expected change in tax status of our Norwegian subsidiaries, the majority of the deferred tax assets and liabilities included in the combined carve-out balance sheets will be reversed with an offset to the income statement upon entering the tonnage tax regime.

Market Overview and Trends

The shuttle tanker market currently consists of 76 vessels and is characterized by long-term charters with offshore oil producers. Most shuttle tankers are in the North Sea and offshore Brazil. Demand for shuttle tankers is based on offshore oilfield development and higher oil prices, and a positive long-term offshore oil outlook had led to increased activity. However, for the past 12 to 18 months, oil companies have experienced delays in oil production start-up both in the North Sea and Brazil. This has led BG Group to determine not to exercise its option to charter the Windsor Knutsen after its initial term. While this has led to reduced activity for vessels without fixed charters, we believe vessels on fixed charters have not been affected. Due to the age structure of the fleet, the lack of speculative contracting and the relatively high number of projects under development, we believe the long-term outlook continues to be positive and that there will be tendering activity for new projects this year.

Factors Affecting Our Results of Operations

We believe the principal factors that will affect our future results of operations include:

 

    our ability to successfully employ our vessels at economically attractive hire rates as long-term charters expire or are otherwise terminated;

 

51


Table of Contents
    our ability to maintain good relationships with our existing customers and to increase the number of customer relationships;

 

    whether our customers Statoil and Repsol, respectively, exercise their options to extend their time charters of the Bodil Knutsen for three years and the Carmen Knutsen for five years;

 

    the number and availability of our vessels, including our ability to exercise the options to purchase the Hilda Knutsen , the Torill Knutsen , the Ingrid Knutsen and the Raquel Knutsen ;

 

    the level of demand for shuttle tanker services;

 

    the hire rate earned by our vessels, unscheduled off-hire days and the level of our vessel operating expenses;

 

    the effective and efficient technical management of our vessels;

 

    our ability to obtain and maintain major oil and gas company approvals and to satisfy their technical, health, safety and compliance standards;

 

    economic, regulatory, political and governmental conditions that affect the offshore marine transportation industry;

 

    interest rate changes;

 

    mark-to-market changes in interest rate swap contracts and foreign currency derivatives, if any;

 

    foreign currency exchange gains and losses;

 

    our access to capital required to acquire additional vessels and/or to implement our business strategy;

 

    increases in crewing and insurance costs;

 

    the level of debt and the related interest expense; and

 

    the level of any distribution on our common units.

Please read “Item 3. Key Information—Risk Factors” for a discussion of certain risks inherent in our business.

Important Financial and Operational Terms and Concepts

We use a variety of financial and operational terms and concepts when analyzing our performance. These include the following:

Time Charter and Bareboat Revenues. Revenues from time charters and bareboat charters are recognized as operating leases on a straight-line basis over the term of the charter, net of any commissions. Under time charters, revenue is not recognized during days a vessel is off-hire. Revenue is recognized from delivery of the vessel to the charterer until the end of the lease term. Under time charters, we are responsible for providing the crewing and other services related to the vessel’s operation, the cost of which is included in the daily hire rate, except when off-hire. Under bareboat charters, we provide a specified vessel for a fixed period of time at a specified hire rate. Revenues are affected by hire rates and the number of days a vessel operates as well as the mix of business between time charters and bareboat charters.

Voyage Revenues. Voyage revenues include revenues on spot contracts, which are recognized using the unit of completion method on a discharge-to-discharge basis. During 2011, the Bodil Knutsen was chartered under a spot contract for positioning from the shipyard to the North Sea, the resulting revenues of which partly offset the voyage expenses incurred. Our vessels are not currently operating and are not expected to operate in the spot market.

 

52


Table of Contents

Voyage Expenses. Voyage expenses are all expenses unique to a particular voyage, including any bunker fuel expenses, port fees, cargo loading and unloading expenses, canal tolls and agency fees. Voyage expenses are typically paid by the customer under time charters and bareboat charters. Voyage expenses are paid by the shipowner during spot contracts and periods of off-hire and are recognized when incurred.

Vessel Operating Expenses. Vessel operating expenses include crewing, repairs and maintenance, insurance, stores, lube oil and communication expenses. Vessel operating expenses are paid by the shipowner under time charters and spot contracts and are recognized when incurred. Vessel operating expenses are paid by the customer under bareboat charters.

Off-hire. Under our time charters, when the vessel is off-hire, or not available for service, the customer generally is not required to pay the hire rate, and the shipowner is responsible for all costs. Prolonged off-hire may lead to a termination of the time charter. A vessel generally will be deemed off-hire if there is a loss of time due to, among other things, operational deficiencies, drydocking for repairs, maintenance or inspection, equipment breakdowns, delays due to accidents, crewing strikes, certain vessel detentions or similar problems or the shipowner’s failure to maintain the vessel in compliance with its specifications and contractual standards or to provide the required crew. Our bareboat charters do not contain provisions for off-hire. We have obtained loss of hire insurance to protect us against loss of income in the event one of our vessels cannot be employed due to damage that is covered under the terms of our hull and machinery insurance. Under our loss of hire policies, our insurer generally will pay us the hire rate agreed in respect of each vessel for each day in excess of 14 days and with a maximum period of 180 days.

Drydocking. We must periodically drydock each of our vessels for inspection, repairs and maintenance and any modifications required to comply with industry certification or governmental requirements. In accordance with industry certification requirements, we drydock our vessels at least every 60 months until the vessel is 15 years old, after which drydocking takes place at least every 30 months thereafter as required for the renewal of certifications required by classification societies. For vessels operating on time charters, we capitalize the costs directly associated with the classification and regulatory requirements for inspection of the vessels, major repairs and improvements incurred during drydocking. We expense costs related to routine repairs and maintenance performed during drydocking or as otherwise incurred. For vessels operating on bareboat charters, the customer bears the cost of any drydocking. The number of drydockings undertaken in a given period and the nature of the work performed determine the level of drydocking expenditures.

Depreciation and Amortization. Depreciation on vessels and equipment is calculated on a straight-line basis over the asset’s estimated useful life of 25 years for the hull and equipment, less an estimated residual value. Drydocking cost is amortized on a straight-line basis over the period until the next planned drydocking takes place. For vessels that are newly built or acquired, an element of the cost of the vessel is allocated initially to a drydock component and amortized on a straight-line basis over the period until the next planned drydocking. When significant drydocking expenditures occur prior to the expiration of this period, we expense the remaining unamortized balance of the original drydocking cost in the month of the subsequent drydocking.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets. Vessels and equipment, vessels under construction and intangible assets subject to amortization are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. If circumstances require a long-lived asset or asset group to be tested for possible impairment, we first compare the undiscounted cash flows expected to be generated by that asset or asset group to its carrying value. If the carrying value of the long-lived asset is not recoverable on an undiscounted cash flow basis, an impairment is recognized to the extent that the carrying value exceeds its fair value. Fair value is determined through various valuation techniques including discounted cash flow models, quoted market values and third-party independent appraisals, as considered necessary.

Other Finance Expense. Other finance expense includes external bank fees, financing service fees paid to related parties and guarantee commissions paid to external and related parties in connection with our debt and other bank services.

Revenue Days. Revenue days are the total number of calendar days our vessels were in our possession during a period, less the total number of off-hire days during the period associated with major repairs, or drydockings. Consequently, revenue days represent the total number of days available for the vessel to earn revenue. Idle days, which are days when the vessel is available to earn revenue, yet is not employed, are included in revenue days. We use revenue days to highlight changes in net voyage revenues between periods.

 

53


Table of Contents

Average Number of Vessels. For periods prior to our IPO, the historical average number of vessels consists of the average number of owned vessels that were in our possession during a period. For periods after our IPO, the average number of ships will consist of the average number of owned vessels that are in our possession during the periods presented. We use average number of ships primarily to highlight changes in vessel operating expenses, hire rate expense and depreciation and amortization.

Insurance

Hull and Machinery Insurance . We have obtained hull and machinery insurance on all our vessels to insure against marine and war risks, which include the risks of damage to our vessels, salvage and towing costs, and also insures against actual or constructive total loss of any of our vessels. However, our insurance policies contain deductible amounts for which we are responsible. We have also arranged additional total loss coverage for each vessel. This coverage, which is called hull interest and freight interest coverage, provides us additional coverage in the event of the total loss or the constructive total loss of a vessel.

Loss of Hire Insurance . We have obtained loss of hire insurance to protect us against loss of income in the event one of our vessels cannot be employed due to damage that is covered under the terms of our hull and machinery insurance. Under our loss of hire policies, our insurer will pay us the hire rate agreed in respect of each vessel for each day, in excess of a certain number of deductible days, for the time that the vessel is out of service as a result of damage, for a maximum of 180 days. The number of deductible days for the vessels in our fleet is 14 days per vessel.

All of our hull and machinery, hull interest and freight interest and loss of hire insurance policies are written on the Norwegian Marine Insurance Plan (“NMIP”), which through the hull and maintenance coverage also offers comprehensive collision liability coverage of up to the insured hull and maintenance value of the vessel. NMIP is based on an “all risk principle” and offers what is considered to be the most comprehensive insurance obtainable in any of the world’s marine markets today. The agreed deductible on each vessel averages $150,000.

Protection and Indemnity Insurance . Protection and indemnity insurance, which covers our third-party legal liabilities in connection with our shipping activities, is provided by a P&I club. This includes third-party liability and other expenses related to the injury or death of crew members, passengers and other third-party persons, loss or damage to cargo, claims arising from collisions with other vessels or from contact with jetties or wharves and other damage to other third-party property, including pollution arising from oil or other substances, and other related costs, including wreck removal. Our current protection and indemnity insurance coverage is unlimited, except for pollution, which is limited to $1 billion per vessel per incident.

Customers

In the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, revenues from the following customers accounted for over 10% of our combined revenues:

 

          Year Ended December 31,  

Customer

   Vessels    2013     2012     2011  
          (U.S. Dollars in thousands)  

BG Group

   Windsor Knutsen    $ 20,311         28   $ 14,905         23   $ 13,172         30

Transpetro

   Fortaleza Knutsen
Recife Knutsen
   $ 22,860         31   $ 24,980         38   $ 14,540         33

Statoil

   Bodil Knutsen    $ 21,563         29   $ 22,193         34   $ 14,096         32

Repsol

   Carmen Knutsen    $ 8,417         12   $ —           —        $ —           —     

 

54


Table of Contents

A. Operational Results

Year Ended December 31, 2013 Compared with the Year Ended December 31, 2012

 

     Year Ended December 31,        
(U.S. Dollars in thousands)    2013     2012     Change     % Change  

Time charter and bareboat revenues

   $ 73,151      $ 62,078      $ 11,073        17.8

Loss of hire insurance recoveries

     250        3,575        (3,325     (93.0 )% 

Vessel operating expenses

     14,288        13,000        1,288        9.9

Depreciation and amortization

     23,768        21,181        2,587        12.2

General and administrative expenses

     5,361        4,834        527        10.9

Interest income

     30        19        11        57.9

Interest expense

     (10,773     (13,471     2,698        20.0

Other finance expense

     (2,048     (3,378     1,330        39.4

Realized and unrealized gain (loss) on derivative instruments

     505        (6,031     6,536        108.4

Net gain (loss) on foreign currency transactions

     193        (1,771     1,964        110.9

Income tax benefit (expense)

     (2,827     (1,261     (1,566     124.2

Net income (loss)

     15,064        745        14,319        1,922

Time Charter and Bareboat Revenues. Time charter and bareboat revenues for the year ended December 31, 2013 were $73.2 million, an increase of $11.1 million from $62.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. The increase is primarily due to revenues associated with the Carmen Knutsen time charter of $8.4 million for the period from August 1 through December 31, 2013, and yearly adjustments in time-charter rates for the Bodil Knutsen and the Windsor Knutsen . Approximately $4.6 million of such increase is due to the Windsor Knutsen being off-hire from April 1, 2012 to June 24, 2012, reducing revenues for the year ended December 31, 2012. During 2013, there was a one-time cost related to termination of a commercial management contract with KNOT Management resulting in a net reduction in revenues of $2.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. This one-time cost was compensated by KNOT by a corresponding increase in the equity of the Partnership at the closing of our IPO.

Loss of Hire Insurance Recoveries. Loss of hire insurance recoveries for the year ended December 31, 2013 were $0.3 million, compared to $3.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. The recoveries for both periods are related to the Windsor Knutsen . Under our loss of hire polices, our insurer will pay us the hire rate agreed in respect of each vessel for each day, in excess of 14 deductible days, for the time that the vessel is out of service as a result of damage, for a maximum of 180 days. No further loss of hire recoveries are expected for this claim.

Vessel Operating Expenses. Vessel operating expenses for the year ended December 31, 2013 were $14.3 million, an increase of $1.3 million from $13.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. Vessel operating expenses increased by $2.9 million, primarily due to the Carmen Knutsen being included in our operations as of August 1, 2013 and partly offset by a reduction of $ 1.7 million in recorded operating expenses for the Windsor Knutsen for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to the year ended December 31, 2012. The reduction after receiving insurance proceeds in 2013 is due to repair costs as a result of propeller damage for this vessel in 2012.

Depreciation and Amortization. Depreciation and amortization for the year ended December 31, 2013 was $23.8 million, an increase of $2.6 million from $21.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. The increase in depreciation and amortization is mainly due to the Carmen Knutsen being included in our results of operations as of August 1, 2013.

General and Administrative Expenses. General and administrative expenses for the year ended December 31, 2013 were $5.3 million, an increase of $0.5 million from $4.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. The cost related to our IPO was $2.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to $4.4 million for the same period in 2012.

Interest Income. Interest income for the year ended December 31, 2013 was $0.03 million compared to $0.02 million for the same period in 2012.

 

55


Table of Contents

Interest Expense. Interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2013 was $10.8 million, a decrease of $2.7 million from $13.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. The decrease is mainly due to reduction in debt for the period after our IPO having an effect of $2.1 million and a $1.3 million reduction in interest payable to related parties. This was partly offset by a one-time charge relating to reversal of capitalized loan costs of $0.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2013.

Other Finance Expense. Other finance expense for the year ended December 31, 2013 was $2.1 million, a decrease of $1.3 million from $3.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. Other finance expense is primarily related to bank fees and guarantee commissions incurred during 2013 and 2012. The decrease is primarily due to a $1.5 million decrease in guarantee commission paid to KNOT and TSSI compared to the same period in 2012. Prior to our IPO, the majority of the vessel financing agreements were guaranteed by TSSI and KNOT, for which a guarantee commission was paid based on the outstanding loan balance. Prior to the closing of our IPO, the existing vessel financing agreements were amended to permit the transactions pursuant to which we acquired our initial fleet, and the legal cost in connection with such amendments was expensed. The total increase in mortgage loan fees for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared with same period 2012 was approximately $0.4 million.

Realized and Unrealized Gain (Loss) on Derivative Instruments. Realized and unrealized gain on derivative instruments for the year ended December 31, 2013 was $0.5 million, compared to a net loss for the year ended December 31, 2012 of $6.0 million. The realized and unrealized gain on derivative instruments during the year ended December 31, 2013 was primarily related to an unrealized gain on new interest rate swap contracts and foreign exchange forward contracts that we entered into after our IPO. The interest rate swap contracts that were in effect at the time of our IPO were not transferred to us at the closing of our IPO, and we have no further obligations related to these contracts.

Net Loss on Foreign Currency Transactions. Net gain on foreign currency transactions for the year ended December 31, 2013 was $0.2 million, compared to a net loss on foreign currency transactions for the year ended December 31, 2012 of $1.8 million. This decrease of $2.0 million is primarily due to changes in the exchange rate of NOK to U.S. Dollars relating to payables to and receivables from TSSI and KNOT.

Income Tax Benefit (Expense). Income tax expense for the year ended December 31, 2013 was $2.8 million, an increase of $1.5 million from income tax expense of $1.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2012.

After the reorganization of the activities of KNOT Offshore Partners LP Predecessor (the “Predecessor”) in to the new group structure in February 2013, all profit from continuing operations in Norway is taxable within the tonnage tax regime. The consequence of the reorganization is a one-time entrance tax into the Norwegian tonnage tax regime due to our acquisition of the shares in the subsidiary that owns the Fortaleza Knutsen and the Recife Knutsen . The total amount of the entrance tax is estimated to be approximately $2.7 million, of which approximately $0.6 million is payable in October 2014.

The tax expense prior to our IPO date is partly subject to the Norwegian ordinary tax regime in addition to the tonnage tax regime. The tax expense and the deferred tax assets and liabilities are, therefore, not comparable to the ongoing operation and the tax after the date of our IPO. All of the tax positions related to the ordinary Norwegian tax regime were eliminated at the date of our IPO.

Net Income (Loss). As a result of the foregoing, net income for the year ended December 31, 2013 was $15.0 million, an increase of $14.3 million from a net income of $0.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2012.

Year Ended December 31, 2012 Compared with the Year Ended December 31, 2011

 

     Year Ended December 31,        
(U.S. Dollars in thousands)    2012     2011     Change     % Change  

Time charter and bareboat revenues

   $ 62,078      $ 41,809      $ 20,269        48.5

Voyage revenues

     —          2,100        (2,100     N/A   

Loss of hire insurance recoveries

     3,575        —          3,575        N/A   

Voyage expense

     —          2,653        (2,653     N/A   

Vessel operating expenses

     13,000        10,795        2,205        20.4

Depreciation and amortization

     21,181        16,229        4,952        30.5

General and administrative expenses

     4,834        927        3,907        421.5

Interest income

     19        34        (15     (44.1 )% 

Interest expense

     (13,471     (9,650     3,821        39.6

Other finance expense

     (3,378     (2,741     637        23.2

Realized and unrealized loss on derivative instruments

     (6,031     (15,489     (9,458     (61.1 )% 

Net gain (loss) on foreign currency transactions

     (1,771     (3,037     (1,266     (41.7 )% 

Income tax benefit (expense)

     (1,261     1,240        2,501        201.7

Net income (loss)

     745        (16,338     17,083        104.6

 

56


Table of Contents

Time Charter and Bareboat Revenues. Time charter and bareboat revenues for the year ended December 31, 2012 were $62.1 million, an increase of $20.3 million from $41.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. The increase is primarily due to all of the vessels in our initial fleet operating for the entire year pursuant to their respective time charters and bareboat charters during the year. During the year ended December 31, 2011, the Fortaleza Knutsen , the Windsor Knutsen , the Bodil Knutsen and the Recife Knutsen did not commence operation under their charters until March 2011, April 2011, May 2011 and August 2011, respectively.

Voyage Revenues. Voyage revenues for the year ended December 31, 2012 were $0.0 million, a decrease of $2.1 million from $2.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. We did not earn any voyage revenues during the year ended December 31, 2012 as all of our vessels were operating under their time charters and bareboat charters consistent with our strategy. During 2011, the Bodil Knutsen was chartered under a spot contract for positioning from the shipyard to the North Sea, the resulting revenues of which partly offset the voyage expense incurred.

Loss of Hire Insurance Recoveries. Loss of hire insurance recoveries for the year ended December 31, 2012 were $3.6 million, an increase of $3.6 million from $0.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2011.

In March 2012, the propeller of the Windsor Knutsen was damaged. As a result, the Windsor Knutsen was off-hire from April 1, 2012 to June 24, 2012 for repairs. Under our loss of hire policies, our insurer will pay us the hire rate agreed in respect of each vessel for each day, in excess of 14 deductible days, for the time that the vessel is out of service as a result of damage, for a maximum of 180 days. During the year ended December 31, 2012, we recorded $3.6 million of proceeds received pursuant to the loss of hire insurance as a component of total revenues since day rates are recovered under terms of the policy. There was no similar insurance recovery for the year ended December 31, 2011 as no vessels were off-hire during such period.

Voyage Expenses. Voyage expenses for the year ended December 31, 2012 were $0.0 million, a decrease of $2.7 million from $2.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. We did not incur any voyage expenses during the year ended December 31, 2012, as all of our vessels were operating under their time charters and bareboat charters consistent with our strategy. During the year ended December 31, 2011, the Bodil Knutsen incurred voyage expenses in connection with positioning from the shipyard to the North Sea, which expenses were partially offset by voyage revenues from a spot contract as described under “—Voyage Revenue.”

Vessel Operating Expenses. Vessel operating expenses for the year ended December 31, 2012 were $13.0 million, an increase of $2.2 million from $10.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. The increase in vessel operating expenses is primarily due to the Bodil Knutsen and the Windsor Knutsen operating on time charters for the entire year ended December 31, 2012. The Bodil Knutsen commenced operations in May 2011. In addition, the Windsor Knutsen incurred lower vessel operating expenses at the yard during its conversion from a conventional oil tanker to a shuttle tanker in the period up to April 2011, when it commenced operations under its time charter. As we do not incur significant vessel operating expenses for our vessels operating under bareboat charters, the increase in vessel operating expenses during the year ended December 31, 2012 as compared to 2011 is primarily related to our vessels operating under time charters. Further, we have recorded $3.0 million for probable reimbursements under our hull and machinery insurance during the year ended December 31, 2012 for the repairs as a result of the propeller damage to the Windsor Knutsen , which is classified under vessel operating expenses along with the cost of the repairs for the period of $4.1 million.

Depreciation and Amortization. Depreciation and amortization for the year ended December 31, 2012 was $21.2 million, an increase of $5.0 million from $16.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. The increase in depreciation and amortization is primarily due to having depreciation on each of the vessels in our initial fleet during the entire year ended December 31, 2012 as compared to the commencement of depreciation on the Bodil Knutsen , the Fortaleza Knutsen and the Recife Knutsen in February 2011, March 2011 and August 2011, respectively.

 

57


Table of Contents

General and Administrative Expenses. General and administrative expenses for the year ended December 31, 2012 were $4.8 million, an increase of $3.9 million from $0.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. The increase in general and administrative expenses is primarily due to costs incurred for internal resources working on preparations for our IPO, which were expensed as incurred.

Interest Income. Interest income for the year ended December 31, 2012 of $0.02 million was substantially similar to interest income of $0.03 million for the year ended December 31, 2011.

Interest Expense. Interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2012 was $13.5 million, an increase of $3.8 million from $9.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. The increase in interest expense is primarily due to lower capitalized interest for the year ended December 31, 2012 than in the same period of 2011. For the year ended December 31, 2011, we incurred total interest cost of $13.2 million, of which $3.5 million was capitalized during the period vessels remained under construction. For the year ended December 31, 2012, we incurred total interest expense of $13.5 million, none of which was capitalized since there were no vessels under construction. No interest expense was capitalized for the year ended December 31, 2012, because capitalization ceased in 2011 when the vessels were delivered and ready for their intended use.

Other Finance Expense. Other finance expense for the year ended December 31, 2012 was $3.4 million, an increase of $0.6 million from $2.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. Other finance expense is primarily related to bank fees and guarantee commissions incurred during 2012 and 2011. The majority of the vessel financing agreements is guaranteed by TSSI or KNOT, for which a guarantee commission was paid based on the outstanding loan balances. The increase in other finance expense is primarily due to higher guarantee commissions for 2012 due to a higher average outstanding loan balance during 2012 as compared to 2011.

Realized and Unrealized Loss on Derivative Instruments. Realized and unrealized loss on derivative instruments for the year ended December 31, 2012 was $6.0 million, a decrease of $9.5 million from $15.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. The realized and unrealized loss on derivative instruments during the year ended December 31, 2011 primarily related to realized and unrealized losses on interest rate swap contracts of $17.1 million, primarily due to declining long-term interest rates and partially offset by realized and unrealized gains on foreign exchange forward contracts of $1.7 million due to the strengthening of the U.S. Dollar relative to the Euro. The realized and unrealized loss on derivative instruments during the year ended December 31, 2012 related to realized and unrealized losses on interest rate swap contracts of $6.0 million, primarily due to moderately declining long-term interest rates. All foreign exchange forward contracts were settled during 2011 as the shipyard payments were made, and, therefore, there were no gains or losses during 2012.

Net gain (loss) on foreign currency transactions. Net loss on foreign currency transactions for the year ended December 31, 2012 was $1.8 million, compared to net loss on foreign currency transactions for the year ended December 31, 2011 of $3.0 million. This decrease of $1.3 million is primarily due to changes in the exchange rate of NOK to U.S. Dollars relating to payables to and receivables from TSSI and KNOT.

Income tax benefit (expense). Income tax expense for the year ended December 31, 2012 was $1.3 million, an increase of $2.5 million from income tax benefit of $1.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. The main reason for the increase in income tax expense is that there was income before taxes for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared with a loss before income taxes in the corresponding period of 2011. A portion of our historical operations are subject to taxation pursuant to the Norwegian ordinary tax regime and our remaining operations are subject to the Norwegian tonnage tax regime. The increase in income tax expense is in part due to a decrease in our taxable loss for ordinary taxes resulting in a lower benefit for the tax loss carry forward, which is partially offset by the deferred tax impact of changes in temporary differences for ordinary taxes for the year ended December 31, 2012 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2011. For tonnage tax, a valuation allowance was recognized for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012 related to the financial loss carry forward and other deferred tax assets. A valuation allowance for deferred tax assets is recorded when it is more likely than not that some or all of the benefit from the deferred tax asset will not be realized. We did not deem a portion of financial loss carry forward and increase in other deferred tax assets more-likely-than-not of realization due to the cumulative loss position for tonnage tax.

 

58


Table of Contents

Net income (loss). As a result of the foregoing, net income for the year ended December 31, 2012 was $0.8 million, an increase of $17.1 million over the net loss of $16.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2011.

B. Liquidity and Capital Resources

Liquidity and Cash Needs

We operate in a capital-intensive industry, and we expect to finance the purchase of additional vessels and other capital expenditures through a combination of borrowings from commercial banks, cash generated from operations and debt and equity financings. In addition to paying distributions, our other liquidity requirements relate to servicing our debt, funding investments (including the equity portion of investments in vessels), funding working capital and maintaining cash reserves against fluctuations in operating cash flows. We believe our current resources are sufficient to meet our working capital requirements for our current business. Generally, our long-term sources of funds are cash from operations, long-term bank borrowings and other debt and equity financings. Because we distribute our available cash, we rely upon external financing sources, including bank borrowings and the issuance of debt and equity securities, to fund acquisitions and other expansion capital expenditures.

Our funding and treasury activities are intended to maximize investment returns while maintaining appropriate liquidity. Cash and cash equivalents are held primarily in U.S. Dollars with some balances held in NOK, British Pounds and Euros. We have not made use of derivative instruments other than for interest rate and currency risk management purposes, and we expect to economically hedge our exposure to interest rate fluctuations in the future by entering into new interest rate swap contracts. However, the interest rate swap contracts that were in effect at the time of our IPO were not transferred to us at the closing of our IPO.

We estimate that we will spend in total approximately $9.5 million for drydocking and classification surveys for the three vessels under time charters in our fleet in 2014, 2016, 2017 and 2018. As our fleet matures and expands, our drydocking expenses will likely increase. Ongoing costs for compliance with environmental regulations are primarily included as part of our drydocking and society classification survey costs or are a component of our vessel operating expenses. We are not aware of any regulatory changes or environmental liabilities that we anticipate will have a material impact on our current or future operations. As of December 31, 2013, our current liabilities exceeded current assets by $10.0 million. Included within current liabilities are mark-to-market valuations of swap derivative instruments representing $2.1 million of these liabilities, and included within currents assets are mark-to-market valuations of swap derivative instruments representing $2.6 million of these assets. We currently have no intention of terminating these swap derivative instruments and hence realizing these liabilities.

We have recognized an expense of approximately $3 million in the three months ended March 31, 2013 (of which $0.6 million is payable in October 2014) for a one-time entrance tax into the Norwegian tonnage tax regime, which amount was pre-funded from the proceeds of our IPO. As of December 31, 2013, our cash and cash equivalents, including restricted cash, was $29.3 million. Our restricted cash balances contribute to our short- and medium-term liquidity as they are used to fund payment of certain loans that would otherwise be paid out of our cash balances.

We have established a $20 million revolving credit facility as part of our vessel-secured financing (the “revolving credit facility”), which is available until August 15, 2016. On August 1, 2013, $20 million was drawn under the revolving credit facility as part of the financing for the Carmen Knutsen .

We believe that our current resources are sufficient to meet our working capital requirements for our current business for at least the next 12 months.

 

59


Table of Contents

Cash Flows

The following table summarizes our net cash flows from operating, investing and financing activities and our cash and cash equivalents for the periods presented:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
(U.S. Dollars in thousands)    2013     2012     2011  

Net cash provided by operating activities

   $ 44,160      $ 19,307      $ 11,473   

Net cash used in investing activities

     (55,468     (52     (138,104

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     38,890        (21,156     126,445   

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash

     (33     (1     —     

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     27,549        (1,902     (186

Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year

     1,287        3,189        3,375   

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year

     28,836        1,287        3,189   

Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities

Net cash provided by operating activities was $44.2 million and $19.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. The increase of $24.9 million is mainly due to $12.9 million in additional earnings, reduction in interest cost of $4 million and increased working capital.

Net cash provided by operating activities was $19.3 million and $11.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. The increase of $7.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 is principally due to all of the vessels in our initial fleet being in operation. Net cash provided by operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2011 reflected ten months of operation for the Fortaleza Knutsen , five months of operation for the Recife Knutsen , eight months of operation for the Bodil Knutsen and nine months of operation for the Windsor Knutsen .

Net Cash Used in Investing Activities

Net cash used in investing activities was $55.5 million and $0.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. The increase is mainly due to the acquisition of the Carmen Knutsen on August 1, 2013, for which we paid a cash amount to cover the difference between the purchase price of $145.0 million, less bank debt of $89.1 million and other purchase price adjustments of $0.1 million.

Net cash used in investing activities decreased by $138.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared with the prior year, reflecting that all vessels in our initial fleet had been delivered in 2011.

Net cash used in investing activities of $138.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 is mainly due to final payments to shipyards for vessels under construction or conversion.

Net cash used in investing activities of $0.05 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 reflects that all vessels in our initial fleet had been delivered in 2011.

Net Cash Provided by (Used in) Financing Activities

Net cash provided by financing activities was $38.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to net cash used in financing activities of $21.2 million for the same period in 2012.

Net cash provided by financing activities during the year ended December 31, 2013 was $38.9 million and was mainly relating to the following:

 

    The net proceeds from the exercise in full of the underwriters’ over-allotment option in connection with our IPO (approximately $21.95 million) were used by the Partnership to make a cash distribution to KNOT;

 

    During 2013, there was an increase in the borrowings outstanding under the Fortaleza and Recife Facility (as defined below) of $25.4 million, a seller’s credit provided by KNOT in the form of a loan for $10.4 million after purchase price adjustments for the acquisition of the Carmen Knutsen and a $20.0 million borrowing under the revolving credit facility;

 

    Repayments of long-term debt of $142.9 million; and

 

    The payment of dividends during the year of $13.2 million.

 

60


Table of Contents

Net cash used in financing activities was $21.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared with net cash provided by financing activities of $126.4 million for the comparable period of 2011.

Net cash used in financing activities during the year ended December 31, 2012 of $21.2 million related primarily to repayment of current installments of long-term debt.

Net cash provided by financing activities during the year ended December 31, 2011 was $126.4 million. During 2011, long-term vessel financing was obtained for the Bodil Knutsen and for the Windsor Knutsen conversion. Further drawdowns were made for final vessel payments for the Recife Knutsen and the Fortaleza Knutsen . In total, proceeds from long-term debt were $176.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. In addition, the net contribution from KNOT to equity was $38.0 million. The debt and equity financing was used to pay final installments on vessels under construction or conversion, $20.0 million in short-term bridge financing for the Bodil Knutsen , current installments on long-term debt of $17.2 million and payables to owners and affiliates of $47.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2011.

As a result of the foregoing, cash and cash equivalents decreased for the year ended December 31, 2012 by $1.9 million and decreased for the year ended December 31, 2011 by $0.2 million.

Borrowing Activities

Long-Term Debt. As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, our long-term debt consisted of the following:

 

          Year Ended December 31,  
(U.S. Dollars in thousands)   

Vessel

   2013      2012  

$160 million loan facility

   Fortaleza Knutsen  &  Recife Knutsen    $ 132,425       $ 144,100   

$19 million loan facility

   Fortaleza Knutsen & Recife Knutsen      —           18,350   

$120 million loan facility

   Bodil Knutsen      67,615         106,600   

$85 million loan facility

   Windsor Knutsen      52,400         56,400   

$27.3 million loan facility

   Windsor Knutsen      —           22,400   

$93 million loan facility

   Carmen Knutsen      87,188         —     

Seller’s credit

        10,349         —     
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total long-term debt

        349,977         347,850   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Less current installments

        29,269         28,833   

Less seller’s credit

        10,349         —     
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Long-term debt, excluding current installment and seller’s credit

      $ 310,359       $ 319,017   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Our outstanding debt of $350 million as of December 31, 2013 is repayable as follows:

 

Year Ending December 31,

   U.S. Dollars in
thousands
 

2014

   $ 29,269   

2015

     74,619   

2016

     145,802   

2017

     11,750   

2018

     70,537   

2019-2023

     18,000   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 349,977   
  

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2013, the interest rates on our loan agreements were the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) plus a fixed margin ranging from 0.6% to 4.5%.

Fortaleza and Recife Financing . The $160 million senior secured loan facility includes two tranches. Each tranche is repayable in quarterly installments over five years with final balloon payments due at maturity in March 2016 and August 2016. The Partnership used $26.3 million of net proceeds from our IPO to repay borrowings under the Fortaleza and Recife Facility.

The $19 million junior secured loan facility was fully repaid by using net proceeds from our IPO.

 

61


Table of Contents

The $160 million senior secured loan facility was amended to increase borrowing capacity by $25.4 million in connection of the settlement of acquisition of the Carmen Knutsen (such facility, as amended, the “Fortaleza and Recife Facility”).

The Fortaleza and Recife Facility bears interest at LIBOR plus a fixed margin of 3.0%.

The Fortaleza and Recife Facility is secured by the Fortaleza Knutsen and the Recife Knutsen , and the Partnership and KNOT Shuttle Tankers AS are the sole guarantors. It also contains the following financial covenants:

 

    Positive working capital for the borrower;

 

    Minimum liquidity of the Partnership of $15 million plus increments of $1 million for each additional vessel acquired by the Partnership above the eighth vessel and $1.5 million for each owned vessel with less than 12 months remaining tenor on its employment contract;

 

    Minimum book equity ratio for the Partnership of 30%;

 

    Minimum EBITDA to interest ratio for the Partnership of 2.50; and

 

    Market value of the Fortaleza Knutsen and the Recife Knutsen to be no less than 100% of the outstanding balance under the Fortaleza and Recife Facility.

The Fortaleza and Recife Facility further identifies various events that may trigger mandatory reduction, prepayment and cancellation of the facility, including total loss or sale of a vessel, and contains customary events of default, such as:

 

    Change of ownership;

 

    Failure to repay principal and interest;

 

    Failure to comply with the financial or insurance covenants;

 

    Cross-default to other indebtedness held by the Partnership and its subsidiaries;

 

    Failure by the Partnership to remain listed on the NYSE;

 

    The occurrence of a material adverse change; and

 

    Revocation, termination or modification of any authorization, license, consent, permission or approval as necessary to conduct operations or vessel ownership.

The borrower and the Partnership are in compliance with all covenants as of December 31, 2013.

Bodil Financing . The $120 million secured loan facility includes two tranches. One tranche is repayable in semi-annual installments over five years with final balloon payments due at maturity in February 2016. The second tranche is repayable in semi-annual installments over 12 years assuming the balloon payment of the first tranche is refinanced in 2016. If the balloon payment of the first tranche is not refinanced in 2016, the second tranche becomes repayable with a final balloon payment due at maturity in February 2016. The Partnership used approximately $52.1 million of net proceeds from our IPO to repay borrowings under the $120 million secured loan facility and to amend the facility. The amended facility (the “Bodil Facility”) is a $50.0 million term loan facility and a $20.0 million revolving credit facility. The revolving credit facility is available until August 15, 2016, bears interest at LIBOR plus a fixed margin of 3% and has a commitment fee equal to 40% of the margin of the revolving credit facility calculated on the daily undrawn portion of the revolving credit facility (40% of 3.0%, which is 1.2% of the undrawn facility amount). The revolving credit facility has been drawn in connection with the financing of the Carmen Knutsen .

 

62


Table of Contents

The Bodil Facility bears interest at LIBOR plus a margin ranging from 0.6% to 3.0%. In addition to the interest rates, the borrower must pay to the agent (for distribution to means the Guarantee Institute for Export Credits (“GIEK”)) a guarantee commission of 1.75% per annum of the outstanding amounts under the GIEK guarantee, payable semi-annually in arrears. GIEK is the Norwegian central governmental agency responsible for furnishing guarantees and insurance of export credits.

The Bodil Knutsen , assignments of earnings, charterparty contracts and insurance proceeds are pledged as collateral for the Bodil Facility. The Partnership and KNOT Shuttle Tankers AS are the sole guarantors. The Bodil Facility contains the following financial covenants:

 

    Market value of the Bodil Knutsen must be no less than 100% of the outstanding balance under the Bodil Facility for the first four years and 125% for the fifth year;

 

    Positive working capital for the borrower;

 

    Minimum liquidity for the Partnership of $15 million plus increments of $1 million for each additional vessel acquired by the Partnership above the eighth vessel and $1.5 million for each owned vessel with less than 12 months remaining tenor on its employment contract;

 

    Minimum book equity ratio for the Partnership of 30%; and

 

    Minimum EBITDA to interest ratio for the Partnership of 2.50.

The Bodil Facility will identify various events that may trigger mandatory reduction, prepayment and cancellation of the facility, including total loss or sale of the vessel, and contains customary events of default, such as:

 

    Change of ownership;

 

    Failure to repay principal and interest;

 

    Failure to comply with the financial or insurance covenants;

 

    Cross-default to other documents related to the Bodil Facility to which the Partnership and its subsidiaries is a party, and cross-default to other indebtedness held by the Partnership and its subsidiaries;

 

    Failure by the Partnership to remain listed on the NYSE;

 

    The occurrence of a material adverse change; and

 

    Revocation, termination or modification of any authorization, license, consent, permission or approval as necessary to conduct operations or vessel ownership.

The borrower and the Partnership were in compliance with all covenants as of December 31, 2013.

Windsor Financing . The $85 million secured loan facility (the “Windsor Purchase Facility”) is repayable in semi-annual installments over eight years with a final balloon payment due at maturity in May 2015. None of the Windsor Purchase Facility was repaid in connection with our IPO.

Under the Windsor Purchase Facility, the borrower pays on a monthly basis into a retention account subsequently used for principal installments, which account is considered restricted cash.

The Windsor Purchase Facility bears interest at LIBOR plus a fixed margin of 2.25%. Before the amendment, the interest rate was LIBOR plus a fixed margin of 0.82%.

 

63


Table of Contents

The Windsor Knutsen , assignments of earnings, charterparty contracts and insurance proceeds are pledged as collateral for the Windsor Purchase Facility. The Windsor Purchase Facility contains the following financial covenant:

 

    Market value of the Windsor Knutsen may be no less than 110% of the aggregate outstanding balance of the Windsor Purchase Facility.

The Windsor Purchase Facility contains various events that may trigger mandatory reduction, prepayment and cancellation of the facility, including total loss or sale of the vessel, and contains customary events of default, such as:

 

    Change of ownership;

 

    Failure to repay principal and interest;

 

    Failure to comply with the financial or insurance covenants;

 

    Cross-default to other agreements to which the borrower is a party, which default under such other agreements may have an effect on the financial condition of the borrower or its ability to perform under the Windsor Purchase Facility;

 

    Failure by the Partnership to remain listed on the NYSE;

 

    The occurrence of a material adverse change; and

 

    Revocation, termination or modification of any authorization, license, consent, permission or approval as necessary to conduct operations or vessel ownership.

The borrower was in compliance with all covenants as of December 31, 2013.

Carmen Knutsen Financing . The $93 million secured loan facility (the “Carmen Facility”) was amended prior to acquisition and is repayable in quarterly installments over five years with a final balloon payment due at maturity in January 2018. The Carmen Facility bears interest at LIBOR plus a fixed margin of 2.5%. The Carmen Knutsen , assignments of earnings, charterparty contracts and insurance proceeds are pledged as collateral for the Carmen Facility. The Partnership and KNOT Shuttle Tankers AS are the sole guarantors. The Carmen Facility contains the following financial covenants:

 

    Market value of the Carmen Knutsen to be no less than 100% of the outstanding balance under the Carmen Facility for the first four years and 125% for the fifth year;

 

    Positive working capital for the borrower;

 

    Minimum liquidity of the Partnership of $15 million plus increments of $1 million for each additional vessel acquired by the Partnership above the eighth vessel and $1.5 million for each owned vessel with less than 12 months remaining tenor on its employment contract;

 

    Minimum book equity ratio for the Partnership of 30%; and

 

    Minimum EBITDA to interest ratio for the Partnership of 2.50.

The Carmen Facility also identifies various events that may trigger mandatory reduction, prepayment and cancellation of the facility, including total loss or sale of a vessel and customary events of default, such as:

 

    Change of ownership;

 

    Failure to repay principal and interest;

 

    Failure to comply with the financial or insurance covenants;

 

    Cross-default to other documents related to the Carmen Facility to which the Partnership and its subsidiaries is a party, and cross-default to other indebtedness held by the Partnership and its subsidiaries;

 

64


Table of Contents
    Failure by the Partnership to remain listed on the NYSE;

 

    The occurrence of a material adverse change; and

 

    Revocation, termination or modification of any authorization, license, consent, permission or approval as necessary to conduct operations or vessel ownership.

The borrower was in compliance with all financial covenants as of December 31, 2013.

Seller Loan . As part of the financing for the purchase of the Carmen Knutsen , KNOT provided a seller’s credit to KNOT Shuttle Tankers AS in the form of a loan for $10.5 million (the “Seller Loan”). The Seller Loan is non-amortizing, matures in five years or such other date as the parties agree and bears interest at LIBOR plus a fixed margin of 4.5%. Additionally, the Seller Loan is guaranteed by the Partnership, constitutes a senior debt obligation of the KNOT Shuttle Tankers AS and has priority over any shareholder loans or equity provided to KNOT Shuttle Tankers AS by its owners. The Seller Loan contains customary provisions in case of non-payment or bankruptcy proceedings and carries a default interest of LIBOR plus a fixed margin of 8%. The Seller Loan was reduced by $0.1 million as settlement for the working capital in Knutsen Shuttle Tankers 13 AS.

Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities

We use derivative instruments to reduce the risks associated with fluctuations in interest rates. We have a portfolio of interest rate swap contracts that exchange or swap floating rate interest to fixed rates, which, from a financial perspective, hedges our obligations to make payments based on floating interest rates. As of December 31, 2013, our interest rate swap contracts economically fixed our net floating interest rate exposure on $200 million of floating rate debt, leaving $150 million exposed to a floating rate of interest. Our interest rate swap contracts have expiration dates between March and April 2018 and have fixed rates of between 1.25% and 1.44%. We do not apply hedge accounting for derivative instruments.

We enter into foreign exchange forward contracts in order to manage our exposure to the risk of movements in foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations. As of December 31, 2013, the total contract amount in foreign currency of our outstanding foreign exchange forward contracts that were entered into to economically hedge our outstanding future payments in currencies other than the U.S. Dollar was NOK 124.4 million.

Critical Accounting Estimates

The preparation of the Partnership’s consolidated and combined carve-out financial statements requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses and related disclosures about contingent assets and liabilities. We base these estimates and assumptions on historical experience and on various other information and assumptions that we believe to be reasonable. Our critical accounting estimates are important to the portrayal of both our financial condition and results of operations and require us to make subjective or complex assumptions or estimates about matters that are uncertain. Significant accounting policies are discussed in Note 2—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies of the notes accompanying the Consolidated and Combined Carve-Out Financial Statements included in this Annual Report. We believe that the following are the critical accounting estimates used in the preparation of our Partnership’s consolidated and combined carve-out financial statements. In addition, there are other items within the Partnership’s consolidated and combined carve-out financial statements that require estimation.

Revenue Recognition

Description . We generate a majority of our revenues from time charters and bareboat charters. Revenues from time charters and bareboat charters are accounted for as operating leases and are recognized on a straight-line basis over the periods of such charters, as service is performed.

Within the shipping industry, the two methods used to account for revenues and expenses are the percentage of completion and the completed voyage methods for spot contracts. The percentage of completion method is the most prevalent method of accounting for voyage revenues, and the method we use for spot contracts. Under the percentage of completion method, voyages may be calculated on either a load-to-load or discharge-to-discharge

 

65


Table of Contents

basis. In other words, revenues are recognized ratably either from the beginning of when product is loaded for one voyage to when it is loaded for another voyage, or from when product is discharged (unloaded) at the end of one voyage to when it is discharged after the next voyage. We recognize revenues from spot contracts using the discharge-to-discharge basis.

Judgments and Uncertainties . In applying the percentage of completion method for spot contracts, we believe that in most cases the discharge-to-discharge basis of calculating voyages more accurately reflects voyage results than the load-to-load basis. At the time of cargo discharge, we generally have information about the next load port and expected discharge port, whereas at the time of loading we are normally less certain what the next load port will be. We use this method of revenue recognition for all spot voyages. In all cases, we do not begin recognizing revenue for any of our vessels until a charter has been agreed to by the customer and us, even if the vessel has discharged its cargo and is sailing to the anticipated load port on its next voyage.

Effect If Actual Results Differ from Assumptions . If actual results are not consistent with our estimates in applying the percentage of completion method, our revenues for spot voyages could be overstated or understated for any given period by the amount of such difference.

Vessel Lives and Impairment

Description . The carrying value of vessels and equipment represent its historical acquisition or construction cost, including capitalized interest, supervision and technical and delivery cost, net of accumulated depreciation and impairment loss, if any. Expenditures for subsequent conversions and major improvements are capitalized, provided that such costs increase the earnings capacity or improve the efficiency or safety of the vessels. We depreciate the original cost, less an estimated residual value, of our vessels on a straight-line basis over each vessel’s estimated useful life. The carrying value of our vessels may not represent their market value at any point in time, because the market prices of second-hand vessels tend to fluctuate with changes in hire rates and the cost of newbuilds. Both hire rates and newbuild costs tend to be cyclical in nature.

We review vessels and equipment for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value of an asset may not be recoverable, which occurs when the asset’s carrying value is greater than the future undiscounted cash flows the asset is expected to generate over its remaining useful life. For a vessel under charter, the discounted cash flows from that vessel may exceed its market value, as market values may assume the vessel is not employed on an existing charter. If the estimated future undiscounted cash flows of an asset exceed the asset’s carrying value, no impairment is recognized even though the fair value of the asset may be lower than its carrying value. If the estimated future undiscounted cash flows of an asset are less than the asset’s carrying value and the fair value of the asset is less than its carrying value, the asset is written down to its fair value. Fair value may be determined through various valuation techniques but is generally calculated as the net present value of estimated future cash flows.

Our business model is to employ our vessels on fixed-rate charters with major energy companies. These charters typically have original terms between five to ten years in length. Consequently, while the market value of a vessel may decline below its carrying value, the carrying value of a vessel may still be recoverable based on the future undiscounted cash flows the vessel is expected to obtain from servicing its existing and future charters.

Judgments and Uncertainties . Depreciation on our shuttle tankers is calculated using an estimated useful life of 25 years, commencing at the date the vessel was originally delivered from the shipyard. However, the actual life of a vessel may be different than the estimated useful life, with a shorter actual useful life resulting in an increase in the depreciation and potentially resulting in an impairment loss. The estimated useful life of our vessels takes into account design life, commercial considerations and regulatory restrictions. Our estimates of future cash flows involve assumptions about future hire rates, vessel utilization, operating expenses, drydocking expenditures, vessel residual values and the remaining estimated life of our vessels. Our estimated hire rates are based on rates under existing vessel charters and market rates at which we expect we can re-charter our vessels. Our estimates of vessel utilization, including estimated off-hire time and the estimated amount of time our shuttle tankers may spend operating in the spot market when not being used in their capacity as shuttle tankers, are based on historical experience of KNOT and our projections of future shuttle tanker voyages. Our estimates of operating expenses and drydocking expenditures are based on historical operating and drydocking costs of KNOT and our expectations of future cost and operating requirements. Vessel residual values are a product of a vessel’s lightweight tonnage and an estimated scrap rate. The remaining estimated lives of our vessels used in our estimates of future cash flows are consistent with those used in the calculation of depreciation.

 

66


Table of Contents

Certain assumptions relating to our estimates of future cash flows are more predictable by their nature in our experience, including estimated revenue under existing charter terms, ongoing operating costs and remaining vessel lives. Certain assumptions relating to our estimates of future cash flows require more discretion and are inherently less predictable, such as future hire rates beyond the firm period of existing charters and vessel residual values, due to factors such as the volatility in hire rates and vessel residual values. We believe that the assumptions used to estimate future cash flows of our vessels are reasonable at the time they are made. We can make no assurances, however, as to whether our estimates of future cash flows, particularly future hire rates or vessel residual values, will be accurate.

Effect If Actual Results Differ from Assumptions . If we conclude that a vessel or equipment is impaired, we recognize a loss in an amount equal to the excess of the carrying value of the asset over its fair value at the date of impairment. The fair value at the date of the impairment becomes the new cost basis and will result in a lower depreciation expense than for periods before the vessel or equipment impairment.

Vessel Market Values

In “—Vessel Lives and Impairment” above, we discuss our policy for assessing impairment of the carrying value of our vessels. During the past few years, the market values of certain vessels in the worldwide fleet have experienced particular volatility, with substantial declines in many vessel classes. There is a future risk that the sale value of certain of our vessels could decline below those vessels’ carrying value, even though we would not impair those vessels’ carrying value under our accounting impairment policy, due to our belief that future undiscounted cash flows expected to be earned by such vessels over their operating lives would exceed such vessels’ carrying value.

In connection with monitoring compliance with our credit facilities and as a general business matter, we periodically monitor the market value of our vessels, including by obtaining various broker valuations as of specific dates. We generally do not include the impact of market fluctuations in vessel prices in our financial statements. We do, however, monitor our business and assets on a regular basis for potential asset impairment as described above. The total carrying value of our vessels was $618 million as of December 31, 2013. With respect to the vessels, based on broker valuations as of December 31, 2013, and disregarding the charters attached to each of the vessels, we believe the aggregate market value of these vessels was less than their aggregate carrying value as of that date. We believe the aggregate amount of this deficit as of December 31, 2013 for the vessels was approximately $42 million. These vessels do, however, have long-term charters with fixed rates attached. We believe that our recoverable amount for each of these vessels exceeded the applicable carrying value as of December 31, 2013, and, accordingly, have not recorded impairment charges even though the vessels have experienced a decline in charter free market value (i.e. disregarding the charters attached to each of the vessels).

Drydocking

Description . We drydock each of our vessels periodically for inspection, repairs and maintenance and for any modifications to comply with industry certification or governmental requirements. For vessels operating on time charters, we capitalize the costs directly associated with the classification and regulatory requirements for inspection of the vessels, major repairs and improvements incurred during drydocking that increase the earnings capacity or improve the efficiency or safety of the vessels. Drydocking cost is amortized on a straight-line basis over the period until the next planned drydocking. We expense costs related to routine repairs and maintenance performed during drydocking or as otherwise incurred. For vessels that are newly built or acquired, an element of the cost of the vessel is allocated initially to a drydock component and amortized on a straight-line basis over the period until the next planned drydocking. When significant drydocking expenditures occur prior to the expiration of this period, we expense the remaining unamortized balance of the original drydocking cost in the month of the subsequent drydocking. For vessels operating on bareboat charters, the charterer bears the cost of any drydocking.

Judgments and Uncertainties . Amortization of capitalized drydock expenditures requires us to estimate the period of the next drydocking or estimated useful life of drydock expenditures. While we typically drydock our vessels every 60 months until the vessel is 15 years old and every 30 months thereafter, we may drydock the vessels at an earlier date.

 

67


Table of Contents

Effect If Actual Results Differ from Assumptions . A change in our estimate of the useful life of a drydock will have a direct effect on our amortization of drydocking expenditures.

Valuation of Derivative Instruments

Description . Our risk management policies permit the use of derivative instruments to manage exposure related to changes in interest rates on our variable rate debt and risks for currency exchange rates on our contract obligations. We do not apply hedge accounting for derivative instruments. Therefore, the changes in fair value of derivative instruments are recognized in earnings.

Judgments and Uncertainties . A substantial majority of the fair value of our derivative instruments and the change in fair value of our derivative instruments from period to period result from our use of interest rate swap contracts. The fair value of our derivative instruments is the estimated amount that we would receive or pay to terminate the agreements in an arm’s length transaction under normal business conditions at the reporting date, taking into account current interest rates. The estimated amount is the present value of estimated future cash flows, being equal to the difference between the LIBOR benchmark interest rate and the fixed rate in the interest rate swap contract, multiplied by the notional principal amount of the interest rate swap contract at each interest reset date.

The fair value of our interest rate swap contracts at the end of each period is most significantly impacted by the interest rate implied by the LIBOR benchmark interest rate yield curve, including its relative steepness. Interest rates have experienced significant volatility in recent years in both the short and long term. While the fair value of our interest rate swap contracts is typically more sensitive to changes in short-term rates, significant changes in the long-term LIBOR benchmark interest rate also materially impact our interest rate swap contracts.

The LIBOR benchmark interest rate yield curve is expected to vary over the life of the interest rate swap contracts. The larger the notional amount of the interest rate swap contracts outstanding and the longer the remaining duration of the interest rate swap contracts, the larger the impact of any variability in these factors will be on the fair value of our interest rate swap contracts. We economically hedge the interest rate exposure on a significant amount of our long-term debt and for long durations. As such, we have historically experienced, and we expect to continue to experience, material variations in the period-to-period fair value of our derivative instruments.

Effect If Actual Results Differ from Assumptions . Although we measure the fair value of our derivative instruments utilizing the inputs and assumptions described above, if we were to terminate the agreements at the reporting date, the amount we would pay or receive to terminate the derivative instruments may differ from our estimate of fair value. If the estimated fair value differs from the actual termination amount, an adjustment to the carrying amount of the applicable derivative asset or liability would be recognized in earnings for the current period. Such adjustments could be material. Please read “Items You Should Consider When Evaluating Our Historical Financial Performance and Assessing Our Future Prospects—Our historical results of operations are affected by significant losses relating to derivative instruments.”

Taxes

Description . We record a valuation allowance to reduce our deferred tax assets to the amount that is more likely than not to be realized.

Judgments and Uncertainties . A valuation allowance for deferred tax assets is recorded when it is more likely than not that some or all of the benefit from the deferred tax asset will not be realized. The future realization of deferred tax assets depends on the existence of sufficient taxable income of the appropriate character in the carry forward period. This analysis requires, among other things, the use of estimates and projections in determining future reversals of temporary differences and forecasts of future profitability and evaluating potential tax-planning strategies. The valuation allowances as of December 31, 2012 were related to the financial loss carry forwards and other net deferred tax assets for tonnage tax. In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, we considered all the positive and negative evidence available. Given our cumulative loss position for tonnage tax, we determined it was more likely than not that some of the benefit from the deferred tax assets would not be realized based on the weight of available evidence. As of December 31, 2013, we have determined that the deferred tax assets are likely to not be realized, and the booked value was, therefore, zero.

 

68


Table of Contents

Effect If Actual Results Differ from Assumptions . If we determined that we were able to realize a net deferred tax asset in the future, in excess of the net recorded amount, an adjustment to decrease the valuation allowance related to the deferred tax assets would typically increase our net income (or decrease our loss) in the period such determination was made. Likewise, if we determined that we were not able to realize all or a part of our deferred tax asset in the future, an adjustment to increase the valuation allowance related to the deferred tax assets would typically decrease our net income (or increase our loss) in the period such determination was made. As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, we had a valuation allowance of $7.8 million and $11.9 million, respectively.

Recently Issued Accounting Standards

Adoption of New Accounting Standards

In December 2011, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (the “FASB”) issued ASU (Accounting Standards Update) No. 2011-11, Balance Sheet (Topic 210): Disclosures about Offsetting Assets and Liabilities (“ASU 2011-11”). ASU 2011-11 requires an entity to disclose information about offsetting and related arrangements to enable users of financial statements to understand the effect of those arrangements on its financial position, and to allow investors to better compare financial statements prepared under U.S. GAAP with financial statements prepared under International Financial Reporting Standards. The new standards are effective for annual periods beginning January 1, 2013, and interim periods within those annual periods. Retrospective application is required. The Partnership adopted the provisions of ASU 2011-11 as of January 1, 2013. The adoption of ASU 2011-11 did not have a material impact on the Partnership’s consolidated and combined carve-out financial statements.

In February 2013, the FASB issued ASU No. 2013-02, Reporting of Amounts Reclassified Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (“ASU 2013-02”). ASU 2013-02 requires reporting and disclosure about changes in accumulated other comprehensive income (“AOCI”) balances and reclassifications out of AOCI. For public companies, the ASU is effective prospectively for fiscal years and interim periods within those years beginning after December 15, 2012. The adoption of ASU 2013-02 did not have a material impact on the Partnership’s consolidated and combined carve-out financial statements.

There are no recent accounting pronouncements issued whose adoption would have a material impact on the Partnership’s consolidated and combined carve-out financial statements in the current year or are expected to have a material impact on future years.

C. Research and Development, Patents and Licenses, Etc.

Not applicable.

D. Trend Information

Please read “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Market Overview and Trends.”

E. Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

At December 31, 2013, we did not have any off-balance sheet arrangements.

F. Tabular Disclosure of Contractual Obligations

The following table summarizes our long-term contractual obligations as of December 31, 2013:

 

     Payments Due by Period  
     Total      Less than
1 Year
     1-3 Years      4-5 Years      More than
5 Years
 
     (U.S. Dollars in thousands)  

Long-term debt obligations (including interest) (1)

   $ 387,872       $ 41,967       $ 238,362       $ 88,437       $ 19,106   

Total

   $ 387,872       $ 41,967       $ 238,362       $ 88,437       $ 19,106   

 

(1) The long-term debt obligation has been calculated assuming interest rates based on the 6-month LIBOR as of December 31, 2013, plus the applicable margin for all periods presented.

 

69


Table of Contents

G. Safe Harbor

Please read “Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.”

 

Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees

A. Directors and Senior Management

The following table provides information about our directors and executive officer. The business address for each of our directors and executive officer is 2 Queen’s Cross, Aberdeen, Aberdeenshire AB15 4YB, United Kingdom.

 

Name

   Age   

Position

Trygve Seglem    63    Chairman of the Board of Directors
Arild Vik    51    Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer
John Costain    50    Director, Chairman of the Audit Committee and Chairman of the Conflicts Committee
Yutaka Higurashi    51    Director
Yoshiyuki Konuma    53    Director
Hans Petter Aas    68    Director and Member of the Audit Committee
Edward A. Waryas, Jr.    68    Director and Member of the Conflicts Committee
Andrew Beveridge    66    Director and Member of the Audit Committee

Trygve Seglem has served as Chairman of our board of directors since 2013. Mr. Seglem is the owner of TSSI, which is a 50% owner of KNOT. In addition, Mr. Seglem serves as a Member of the Council of Det Norske Veritas ASA, a member of the board of directors of Koralfisk AS and a member of the board of directors of Assuranceforeningen SKULD (Gjensidig). Mr. Seglem began his career at Statoil at its inception and has been involved in the development of offshore loading tankers since 1975. In 1984, Mr. Seglem became the project director and a part owner, through TSSI, of the Knutsen Group. In September 2008, Mr. Seglem became the sole owner of the shuttle tanker operations of the Knutsen Companies. Mr. Seglem has a degree from Newcastle University.

Arild Vik has served as our and KNOT UK’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer since 2013. Mr. Vik previously served as the Executive Vice President of KNOT from May 2010 until the date of our formation. Previously, Mr. Vik was the Director of Business Development at KOAS from April 2002 to May 2010, where he worked with long-term project development and tenders in relation to offshore loading and liquid natural gas (“LNG”) projects and had for a period overall responsibility for Marine Personnel, Purchasing and IT systems. From 1991 to April 2002, Mr. Vik worked in the shipping department in DnB NOR Bank ASA in Bergen, Norway. Previous to his employment at DnB NOR Bank ASA, Mr. Vik held various positions in the finance and insurance group Vesta AS and in Bergen Bank AS. Mr. Vik has a degree in Business Administration from the Norwegian School of Business Administration and Economics.

John Costain has served on our board of directors since 2013. Mr. Costain has served as Finance Director of Tankers (UK) Agencies Ltd, which acts as agents to Tankers International Pool, since April 2005. Since joining Tankers (UK) Agencies Ltd in 2004, he has been responsible for group reporting results under U.S. GAAP. From 1991 to 2004, Mr. Costain held various positions at Euronav, including Finance Director and Managing Director of the offshore holding shipping company, as well as other positions in finance. Mr. Costain is a Chartered Accountant with a degree in Civil Engineering from Manchester University.

Yutaka Higurashi has served on our board of directors since 2013. Mr. Higurashi has served as the Managing Director of NYK Energy Transport (Atlantic) Limited since April 2012. From April 1985 to March 2012, Mr. Higurashi held various positions at Nippon Yusen Kabushiki Kaisha. Specifically, from April 2009 to March 2012, he served as the Deputy General Manager of the Corporate Planning Group, where he was in charge of fleet planning, overall NYK Group investment control, budgeting, marine policy and M&A advising. From April 2008 to March 2009, he served as Manager of the Corporate Planning Group, where he was in charge of fleet planning and

 

70


Table of Contents

overall NYK Group investment control. From April 1985 to April 2008, he served for or worked in NYK Energy Transport (Atlantic) Limited, the LNG Group, the Planning Group, the Harbor and Multimodal Transport Group and the Accounting Group.

Yoshiyuki Konuma has served on our board of directors since 2013. Mr. Konuma has served as the Senior General Manager, Offshore Business Group, Energy Division, of Nippon Yusen Kabushiki Kaisha since April 2012. From April 2009 to April 2012, he served as Senior General Manager, LNG Group, Energy Division. From January 2006 to April 2009, he was General Manager, LNG Group, Energy Division. Mr. Konuma joined Nippon Yusen Kabushiki Kaisha in April 1983. Since January 2012, he has served as a member of the board of directors of NYK Holding (Europe) B.V.

Hans Petter Aas has served on our board of directors since 2013. He has been a director of KNOT since 2009. Mr. Aas has had a long career as a banker in the international shipping and offshore markets and retired from his position as Global Head of the Shipping, Offshore and Logistics Division of DnB NOR Bank ASA in August 2008. Mr. Aas joined DnB NOR Bank ASA (then Bergen Bank) in 1989 and has previously worked for the Petroleum Division of the Norwegian Ministry of Industry and the Ministry of Energy, as well as for Vesta Insurance and Nevi Finance. Mr. Aas is also the Chairman of the Board of Directors of Ship Finance International Limited and a director of Gearbulk Holding Ltd., Golar LNG Limited, Golar LNG Partners LP, Knightsbridge Tankers Limited, GIEK and Solvang ASA. Mr. Aas has a degree from the Norwegian School of Economics and Business Administration.

Edward A. Waryas, Jr. has served on our board of directors since 2013. He is the Vice President-Marine Business Development for Lloyd’s Register North America, Inc., where he is responsible for marine business development, account management, marketing and product development in North America. Prior to joining Lloyd’s Register North America, Inc. in 2000, Mr. Waryas was President of the marine division of Clay Marketing & Public Relations, Inc., as well as President of Windward Maritime, LLC, a maritime consultancy company. In the 1990s, Mr. Waryas was Director, Business Development for Newport News Shipbuilding and Vice President of the Tenneco Foreign Sales Corporation. Prior to these positions, Mr. Waryas was a U.S.C.G. licensed engineer for Mobil Shipping & Transportation Company. While at Mobil Shipping & Transportation Company, Mr. Waryas served as chairman of the bow-loading coordination committee that developed the offshore loading system for the Statfjord Field off the coast of Norway. Mr. Waryas has a Bachelor of Science, Marine Engineering, from the United States Merchant Marine Academy and a Master of Science, Transportation Management, from the State University of New York.

Andrew Beveridge has served on our board of directors since 2013. He is an entrepreneur with a track record of running capital-intensive businesses in the offshore service and shipping industries. From 2006 to 2008, Mr. Beveridge was the Deputy Managing Director and Business Development Manager of Fugro Rovtech Ltd, a shipping and remotely operated vehicle (“ROV”) company. From 1996 to 2006, Mr. Beveridge was the Managing Director of Rovtech Ltd., a company that specializes in the operation of underwater ROVs and the ships they deploy in the oil service and underwater cable-burial industries. Prior to 1996, Mr. Beveridge held various positions as the Managing Director, commercial director or manager of Slinsgby Engineering Ltd, HMB Subwork Ltd, Star Offshore Services Ltd, Cunard Steamship Co Ltd and Offshore Marine Ltd. Mr. Beveridge has an engineering degree from Trinity College, Cambridge.

B. Compensation

Reimbursement of Expenses of Our General Partner

Our general partner does not receive compensation from us for any services it provides on our behalf, although it is entitled to reimbursement for expenses incurred on our behalf. In addition, our operating subsidiaries reimburse KNOT Management for expenses incurred pursuant to the amended technical management agreements that our operating subsidiaries are party to with KNOT Management. Please read “Item 7. Major Unitholders and Related Party Transactions—Related Party Transactions—Technical Management Agreements.”

 

71


Table of Contents

Executive Compensation

We did not pay any compensation to our directors or our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer or accrue any obligations with respect to management incentive or retirement benefits for our directors and our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer prior to our IPO. Pursuant to the administrative services agreement, Arild Vik, as an officer of KNOT UK, provides executive officer functions for our benefit. Mr. Vik is responsible for our day-to-day management subject to the direction of our board of directors. Under the administrative services agreement, we reimburse KNOT UK for its reasonable costs and expenses in connection with the provision of an executive officer and other administrative services to us. In addition, we pay KNOT UK a management fee equal to 5% of its costs and expenses incurred on our behalf. For the period beginning on April 15, 2013 (the closing of our IPO) through December 31, 2013, we incurred total costs, expenses and fees under this agreement of approximately $1.3 million (which includes $0.8 million that was paid to KOAS, KNOT Management AS and KOAS UK for services they provided for us as subcontractors under the administrative services agreement). Our officers and employees and officers and employees of our subsidiaries and affiliates of KNOT and our general partner may participate in employee benefit plans and arrangements sponsored by KNOT, our general partner or their affiliates, including plans that may be established in the future.

Mr. Vik entered into an employment agreement with KNOT UK dated March 28, 2013 and effective on April 28, 2013. Pursuant to the employment agreement, Mr. Vik serves as KNOT UK’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer and is based in London. His annualized base salary is 200,000 British Pounds. In addition, the employment agreement also provides for a discretionary annual bonus (as determined by the board of directors of KNOT UK), the reimbursement of relocation expenses to the United Kingdom (up to a maximum of 30,000 British Pounds), payment by KNOT UK of housing costs in London, participation in other employment benefits in which other senior executives of KNOT UK participate, 60 working days of paid vacation per year (plus public holidays) and up to 13 weeks of paid sick leave per year. Mr. Vik’s employment may be terminated on 6 months’ prior written notice by either Mr. Vik or KNOT UK. In addition, Mr. Vik’s employment agreement provides KNOT UK with the option to make a payment in lieu of notice or to place Mr. Vik on garden leave during his notice period. KNOT UK may also terminate the employment agreement with immediate effect upon certain specified “cause” events. The employment agreement includes post-termination restrictive covenants prohibiting Mr. Vik from competing or soliciting customers or employees for a period of 12 months after the termination of his employment. For the period beginning on April 15, 2013 (the closing of our IPO) through December 31, 2013, Mr. Vik received $267,890 in total compensation. In addition, an accrual of $47,000 for 2013 has been made to cover insurance and pension expenses for Mr. Vik.

Compensation of Directors

Each director receives compensation for attending meetings of our board of directors, as well as committee meetings. During the year ended December 31, 2013, each of our non-management directors received aggregate compensation of $40,000 and members of the audit and conflicts committee received an aggregate committee fee of $5,000. In addition, each director is reimbursed for out-of-pocket expenses in connection with attending meetings of our board of directors or committees. Each director is fully indemnified by us for actions associated with being a director to the extent permitted under Marshall Islands law.

C. Board Practices

General

Our partnership agreement provides that our general partner irrevocably delegates to our board of directors the authority to oversee and direct our operations, management and policies on an exclusive basis, and such delegation is binding on any successor general partner of the Partnership. Our general partner, KNOT Offshore Partners GP LLC, is wholly owned by KNOT. Our officers manage our day-to-day activities consistent with the policies and procedures adopted by our board of directors.

Our current board of directors consists of seven members, Trygve Seglem, John Costain, Yutaka Higurashi, Yoshiyuki Konuma, Hans Petter Aas, Edward A. Waryas, Jr. and Andrew Beveridge. Mr. Seglem, Mr. Higuarashi, Mr. Konuma and Mr. Costain were appointed by our general partner. At our first annual meeting of unitholders, the remaining members and Mr. Costain were elected by our common unitholders. Directors appointed by our general partner serve as directors for terms determined by our general partner. Directors elected by our common unitholders are divided into four classes serving staggered four-year terms. Mr. Waryas is designated as the Class I elected director and will serve until our annual meeting of unitholders in 2014, Mr. Beveridge is designated as the Class II elected director and will serve until our annual meeting of unitholders in 2015, Mr. Costain is designated as our

 

72


Table of Contents

Class III elected director and will serve until our annual meeting of unitholders in 2016, and Mr. Petter Aas is designated as our Class IV elected director and will serve until our annual meeting of unitholders in 2017. At each subsequent annual meeting of unitholders, directors will be elected to succeed the class of director whose term has expired by a plurality of the votes of the common unitholders. Directors elected by our common unitholders will be nominated by our board of directors or by any limited partner or group of limited partners that holds at least 10% of the outstanding common units.

Each outstanding common unit is entitled to one vote on matters subject to a vote of common unitholders. However, if at any time, any person or group owns beneficially more than 4.9% or more of any class of units then outstanding (excluding units held by Norwegian Resident Holders in the election of the elected directors as discussed below), any such units owned by that person or group in excess of 4.9% may not be voted (except for purposes of nominating a person for election to our board of directors). The voting rights of any such unitholders in excess of 4.9% will effectively be redistributed pro rata among the other common unitholders holding less than 4.9% of the voting power of such class of units. Our general partner, its affiliates and persons who acquire common units with the prior approval of our board of directors are not subject to this 4.9% limitation except with respect to voting their common units in the election of the elected directors.

In addition, common unitholders that are Norwegian Resident Holders will not be eligible to vote in the election of the elected directors. The voting rights of any Norwegian Resident Holders will effectively be redistributed pro rata among the remaining common unitholders (subject to the limitation described above for 4.9% common unitholders) in these elections.

Committees

We have an audit committee that, among other things, reviews our external financial reporting, engages our external auditors and oversees our internal audit activities and procedures and the adequacy of our internal accounting controls. Our audit committee is comprised of John Costain, Andrew Beveridge and Hans Petter Aas. Our board of directors has determined that each of Mr. Costain, Mr. Beveridge and Mr. Petter Aas satisfies the independence standards established by the NYSE. Mr. Costain qualifies as an “audit committee expert” for purposes of SEC rules and regulations.

We also have a conflicts committee comprised of Mr. Costain and Mr. Waryas. The conflicts committee is available at our board of directors’ discretion to review specific matters that our board of directors believes may involve conflicts of interest. The conflicts committee may determine if the resolution of the conflict of interest is fair and reasonable to us. The members of the conflicts committee may not be officers or employees of us or directors, officers or employees of our general partner or its affiliates and must meet the independence standards established by the NYSE to serve on an audit committee of a board of directors and certain other requirements. Any matters approved by the conflicts committee will be conclusively deemed to be fair and reasonable to us, approved by all of our partners and not a breach by our directors, our general partner or its affiliates of any duties any of them may owe us or our unitholders.

Exemptions from NYSE Corporate Governance Rules

Because we qualify as a foreign private issuer under SEC rules, we are permitted to follow the corporate governance practices of the Marshall Islands (the jurisdiction in which we are organized) in lieu of certain of the NYSE corporate governance requirements that would otherwise be applicable to us. The NYSE rules do not require a listed company that is a foreign private issuer to have a board of directors that is comprised of a majority of independent directors. Under Marshall Islands law, we are not required to have a board of directors comprised of a majority of directors meeting the independence standards described in the NYSE rules. In addition, the NYSE rules do not require limited partnerships like us to have boards of directors comprised of a majority of independent directors. The NYSE rules do not require foreign private issuers or limited partnerships like us to establish a compensation committee or a nominating/corporate governance committee. Similarly, under Marshall Islands law, we are not required to have a compensation committee or a nominating/corporate governance committee. Accordingly, we do not have a compensation committee or a nominating/corporate governance committee. For a listing and further discussion of how our corporate governance practices differ from those required of U.S. companies listed on the NYSE, please read “Item 16G. Corporate Governance.”

 

73


Table of Contents

D. Employees

Employees of affiliates of KNOT provide services to our subsidiaries pursuant to the amended technical management agreements and the administrative services agreement. As of December 31, 2013, we directly employed one onshore employee and no seagoing employees. As of December 31, 2013, KNOT, through subsidiaries and affiliated companies, employed 124 seagoing staff to serve on our vessels. Certain affiliates of KNOT, including KNOT Management, provide commercial and technical management services, including all necessary crew-related services, to our subsidiaries pursuant to the amended technical management agreements. Please read “Item 7. Major Unitholders and Related Party Transactions—Related Party Transactions—Administrative Services Agreement” and “Item 4. Information on the Company—Business Overview—Employees.”

E. Unit Ownership

As of April 11, 2014, there were no common units or subordinated units beneficially owned by our current directors or executive officer.

 

Item 7. Major Unitholders and Related Party Transactions

A. Major Unitholders

The following table sets forth the beneficial ownership of our common units and subordinated units as of April 11, 2014 by each person that we know to beneficially own more than 5.0% of our common or subordinated units. The number of units beneficially owned by each person is determined under SEC rules and the information is not necessarily indicative of beneficial ownership for any other purpose:

 

Name of Beneficial Owner

   Common Units
Beneficially Owned
    Subordinated Units
Beneficially Owned
    Percentage of
Total Common
and
Subordinated
Units Beneficially
Owned
 
   Number      Percent     Number      Percent    

KNOT(1)

     —           —          8,567,000         100     50

Clearbridge Investments, LLC(2)

     1,126,750         13.2     —           —          6.6

Goldman Sachs Asset Management(3)

     1,082,062         12.6     —           —          6.3

Kayne Anderson Capital Advisors, L.P. and Richard A. Kayne(4)

     2,117,032         24.7     —           —          12.4

 

(1) KNOT is a joint venture between TSSI and NYK, each of which owns a 50% interest. Excludes the 2.0% general partner interest held by our general partner, a wholly owned subsidiary of KNOT.
(2) This information is based on the Schedule 13G filed by Clearbridge Investments, LLC on February 14, 2014.
(3) Goldman Sachs Asset Management, L.P. and GS Investment Strategies, LLC (collectively, “Goldman Sachs Asset Management”) have shared voting power and shared dispositive power as to 1,082,062 units. This information is based on the Schedule 13G/A filed by Goldman Sachs Asset Management on February 13, 2014.
(4) Kayne Anderson Capital Advisors, L.P. and Richard A. Kayne have shared voting power as to 839,615 units and shared dispositive power as to 2,117,032 units. This information is based on the Schedule 13G/A filed by Kayne Anderson Capital Advisors, L.P. and Richard A. Kayne on January 13, 2014.

Each outstanding common unit is entitled to one vote on matters subject to a vote of common unitholders. However, if at any time, any person or group owns beneficially more than 4.9% or more of any class of units then outstanding (excluding units held by Norwegian Resident Holders in the election of the elected directors as discussed below), any such units owned by that person or group in excess of 4.9% may not be voted (except for purposes of nominating a person for election to our board of directors). The voting rights of any such unitholders in excess of 4.9% will effectively be redistributed pro rata among the other common unitholders holding less than 4.9% of the voting power of such class of units. Our general partner, its affiliates and persons who acquire common units with the prior approval of our board of directors are not subject to this 4.9% limitation except with respect to voting their common units in the election of the elected directors.

In addition, common unitholders that are Norwegian Resident Holders will not be eligible to vote in the election of the elected directors. The voting rights of any Norwegian Resident Holders will effectively be redistributed pro rata among the remaining common unitholders (subject to the limitation described above for 4.9% common unitholders) in these elections.

 

74


Table of Contents

KNOT exercises influence over the Partnership through our general partner, a wholly owned subsidiary of KNOT, which in its sole discretion appoints three directors to our board of directors. Please read “Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees—Board Practices.” KNOT also exercises influence over the Partnership through its ownership of all of our subordinated units. At the end of the subordination period, assuming no additional issuances of common units and the conversion of our subordinated units into common units, KNOT will own 50% of our common units

B. Related Party Transactions

From time to time we have entered into agreements and have consummated transactions with certain related parties. We may enter into related party transactions from time to time in the future. In connection with our IPO, we established a conflicts committee, comprised entirely of independent directors, which must approve all proposed material related party transactions. The related party transactions that we have entered into or were party to during the year ended December 31, 2013 are discussed below.

Omnibus Agreement

Upon the closing of our IPO, we entered into an omnibus agreement with KNOT, our general partner and certain of our other subsidiaries. The following discussion describes certain provisions of the omnibus agreement.

Noncompetition

Pursuant to the omnibus agreement, KNOT agreed, and caused its controlled affiliates (other than us, our general partner and our subsidiaries) to agree, not to acquire, own, operate or charter any shuttle tanker operating under a charter for five or more years. For purposes of this section, we refer to these vessels, together with any related charters, as “Five-Year Vessels” and to all other shuttle tankers, together with any related charters, as “Non-Five-Year Vessels.” The restrictions in this paragraph do not prevent KNOT or any of its controlled affiliates (other than us and our subsidiaries) from:

 

  (1) acquiring, owning, operating or chartering Non-Five-Year Vessels;

 

  (2) acquiring one or more Five-Year Vessels if KNOT promptly offers to sell the vessel to us for the acquisition price plus any administrative costs (including re-flagging and reasonable legal costs) associated with the transfer to us at the time of the acquisition;

 

  (3) putting a Non-Five-Year Vessel under charter for five or more years if KNOT offers to sell the vessel to us for fair market value (x) promptly after the time it becomes a Five-Year Vessel and (y) at each renewal or extension of that charter for five or more years;

 

  (4) acquiring one or more Five-Year Vessels as part of the acquisition of a controlling interest in a business or package of assets and owning, operating or chartering those vessels; provided, however, that:

 

  (a) if less than a majority of the value of the business or assets acquired is attributable to Five-Year Vessels, as determined in good faith by KNOT’s board of directors, KNOT must offer to sell such vessels to us for their fair market value plus any additional tax or other similar costs that KNOT incurs in connection with the acquisition and the transfer of such vessels to us separate from the acquired business; and

 

  (b) if a majority or more of the value of the business or assets acquired is attributable to Five-Year Vessels, as determined in good faith by KNOT’s board of directors, KNOT must notify us of the proposed acquisition in advance. Not later than 30 days following receipt of such notice, we will notify KNOT if we wish to acquire such vessels in cooperation and simultaneously with KNOT acquiring the Non-Five-Year Vessels. If we do not notify KNOT of our intent to pursue the acquisition within 30 days, KNOT may proceed with the acquisition and then offer to sell such vessels to us as provided in paragraph (1)(a) above;

 

75


Table of Contents
  (5) acquiring up to a 9.9% equity ownership, voting or profit participation interest in any company, business or pool of assets;

 

  (6) acquiring, owning, operating or chartering any Five-Year Vessel if we do not fulfill our obligation to purchase such vessel in accordance with the terms of any existing or future agreement;

 

  (7) acquiring, owning, operating or chartering a Five-Year Vessel subject to the offers to us described in paragraphs (2), (3) and (4) above pending our determination whether to accept such offers and pending the closing of any offers we accept;

 

  (8) providing ship management services relating to any vessel;

 

  (9) owning or operating any Five-Year Vessel that KNOT owned as of April 15, 2013 and that was not part of our initial fleet as of such date; or

 

  (10) acquiring, owning, operating or chartering a Five-Year Vessel if we have previously advised KNOT that we consent to such acquisition, ownership, operation or charter.

If KNOT or any of its controlled affiliates (other than us or our subsidiaries) acquires, owns, operates or charters Five-Year Vessels pursuant to any of the exceptions described above, it may not subsequently expand that portion of its business other than pursuant to those exceptions. However, such Five-Year Vessels could eventually compete with our vessels upon their re-chartering.

In addition, pursuant to the omnibus agreement, we agree, and cause our subsidiaries to agree, to acquire, own, operate or charter Five-Year Vessels only. The restrictions in this paragraph do not:

 

  (1) prevent us from owning, operating or chartering any Non-Five-Year Vessel that was previously a Five-Year Vessel while owned by us;

 

  (2) prevent us or any of our subsidiaries from acquiring Non-Five-Year Vessels as part of the acquisition of a controlling interest in a business or package of assets and owning, operating or chartering those vessels; provided, however, that:

 

  (a) if less than a majority of the value of the business or assets acquired is attributable to Non-Five-Year Vessels, as determined in good faith by us, we must offer to sell such vessels to KNOT for their fair market value plus any additional tax or other similar costs that we incur in connection with the acquisition and the transfer of such vessels to KNOT separate from the acquired business; and

 

  (b) if a majority or more of the value of the business or assets acquired is attributable to Non-Five-Year Vessels, as determined in good faith by us, we must notify KNOT of the proposed acquisition in advance. Not later than 30 days following receipt of such notice, KNOT must notify us if it wishes to acquire the Non-Five-Year Vessels in cooperation and simultaneously with us acquiring the Five-Year Vessels. If KNOT does not notify us of its intent to pursue the acquisition within 30 days, we may proceed with the acquisition and then offer to sell such vessels to KNOT as provided in paragraph (2)(a) above;

 

  (3) prevent us or any of our subsidiaries from acquiring, owning, operating or chartering any Non-Five-Year Vessels subject to the offer to KNOT described in paragraph (2) above, pending its determination whether to accept such offer and pending the closing of any offer it accepts; or

 

  (4) prevent us or any of our subsidiaries from acquiring, owning, operating or chartering Non-Five-Year Vessels if KNOT has previously advised us that it consents to such acquisition, ownership, operation or charter.

 

76


Table of Contents

If we or any of our subsidiaries acquires, owns, operates or charters Non-Five-Year Vessels pursuant to any of the exceptions described above, neither we nor such subsidiary may subsequently expand that portion of our business other than pursuant to those exceptions.

Upon a change of control of us or our general partner, the noncompetition provisions of the omnibus agreement terminate immediately. Upon a change of control of KNOT, the noncompetition provisions of the omnibus agreement applicable to KNOT terminate at the time that is the later of the date of the change of control and the date on which all of our outstanding subordinated units have converted to common units. On the date on which a majority of our directors ceases to consist of directors that were (1) appointed by our general partner prior to our first annual meeting of unitholders and (2) recommended for election by a majority of our appointed directors, the noncompetition provisions applicable to KNOT terminate immediately.

Shuttle Tanker Purchase Options

Pursuant to the omnibus agreement, we have the right to purchase any of the Hilda Knutsen , the Torill Knutsen , the Ingrid Knutsen and the Raquel Knutsen from KNOT at the respective purchase prices to be agreed upon by us and KNOT, at any time within 24 months after KNOT notifies our board of directors of their respective acceptances by their charterers. If we and KNOT are unable to agree upon the fair market value of any of the Hilda Knutsen , the Torill Knutsen , the Ingrid Knutsen or the Raquel Knutsen , the respective fair market values will be determined by a mutually acceptable investment banking firm, ship broker or other expert advisor, and we have the right, but not the obligation, to purchase the vessel at such price.

Pursuant to a joint venture, KNOT is the exclusive vehicle for TSSI’s and NYK’s shuttle tanker business. Knutsen Shuttle Tankers 19 AS, a wholly owned subsidiary of a company jointly owned by TSSI and NYK, is the current party to the shipbuilding contract with Cosco (Zhoushan) Shipyard Co., Ltd. For the Raquel Knutsen . TSSI and NYK have granted KNOT an option to acquire Knutsen Shuttle Tankers 19 AS. KNOT is required pursuant to the omnibus agreement to exercise such option on or prior to acceptance of the Raquel Knutsen by Repsol.

On the date on which a majority of our directors ceases to consist of directors that were (1) appointed by our general partner prior to our first annual meeting of unitholders and (2) recommended for election by a majority of our appointed directors, the shuttle tanker purchase options terminate immediately.

Rights of First Offer on Shuttle Tankers

Pursuant to the omnibus agreement, we and our subsidiaries granted to KNOT a right of first offer on any proposed sale, transfer or other disposition of any Five-Year Vessels or Non-Five-Year Vessels owned by us. Pursuant to the omnibus agreement, KNOT agreed, and caused its subsidiaries to agree, to grant a similar right of first offer to us for any Five-Year Vessels they might own. These rights of first offer do not apply to a (1) sale, transfer or other disposition of vessels between any affiliated subsidiaries or pursuant to the terms of any current or future charter or other agreement with a charter party or (2) merger with or into, or sale of substantially all of the assets to, an unaffiliated third party.

Prior to engaging in any negotiation regarding any vessel disposition with respect to a Five-Year Vessel with an unaffiliated third party or any Non-Five-Year Vessel, we or KNOT, as the case may be, will deliver a written notice to the other relevant party setting forth the material terms and conditions of the proposed transaction. During the 30-day period after the delivery of such notice, we and KNOT, as the case may be, will negotiate in good faith to reach an agreement on the transaction. If we do not reach an agreement within such 30-day period, we or KNOT, as the case may be, will be able within the next 180 calendar days to sell, transfer, dispose or re-charter the vessel to a third party (or to agree in writing to undertake such transaction with a third party) on terms generally no less favorable to us or KNOT, as the case may be, than those offered pursuant to the written notice.

Upon a change of control of us or our general partner, the right-of-first-offer provisions of the omnibus agreement terminate immediately. Upon a change of control of KNOT, the right-of-first-offer provisions applicable to KNOT pursuant to the omnibus agreement terminate at the time that is the later of the date of the change of control and the date on which all of our outstanding subordinated units have converted to common units. On the date on which a majority of our directors ceases to consist of directors that were (1) appointed by our general partner prior to our first annual meeting of unitholders and (2) recommended for election by a majority of our appointed directors, the provisions related to the rights of first offer granted to us by KNOT terminate immediately.

 

77


Table of Contents

Indemnification

Pursuant to the omnibus agreement, KNOT indemnifies us until April 15, 2018 (and KNOT indemnifies us for a period of at least three years after our purchase of the Carmen Knutsen, the Hilda Knutsen , the Torill Knutsen , the Ingrid Knutsen and the Raquel Knutsen , as applicable) against certain environmental and toxic tort liabilities with respect to the assets contributed or sold to us to the extent arising prior to the time they were contributed or sold to us. Liabilities resulting from a change in law after the closing of our IPO are excluded from the environmental indemnity. There is an aggregate cap of $5 million on the amount of indemnity coverage provided by KNOT for environmental and toxic tort liabilities. No claim may be made unless the aggregate U.S. Dollar amount of all claims exceeds $500,000, in which case KNOT is liable for claims only to the extent such aggregate amount exceeds $500,000.

KNOT also indemnifies us for liabilities related to:

 

    certain defects in title to the assets contributed or sold to us and any failure to obtain, prior to the time they were contributed to us, certain consents and permits necessary to conduct our business, which liabilities arise before April 15, 2018 (or, in the case of the Carmen Knutsen , the Hilda Knutsen , the Torill Knutsen , the Ingrid Knutsen and the Raquel Knutsen , within three years after our purchase of the Carmen Knutsen , the Hilda Knutsen , the Torill Knutsen , the Ingrid Knutsen and the Raquel Knutsen , as applicable); and

 

    certain tax liabilities attributable to the operation of the assets contributed or sold to us prior to the time they were contributed or sold.

Guarantees Relating to the Bodil Knutsen and the Windsor Knutsen

If at any time until April 15, 2018, the Bodil Knutsen is not receiving from any charterer a hire rate that is equal to or greater than the hire rate then in effect and payable under the existing Bodil Knutsen charter, then KNOT shall pay us such hire rate that would have been in effect and payable under the existing Bodil Knutsen charter; provided, however, that in the event that, if at any time until April 15, 2018, the Bodil Knutsen is chartered under a charter other than the existing Bodil Knutsen charter and the hire rate being paid under such charter is lower than the hire rate that would have been in effect and payable under the existing Bodil Knutsen charter during any such period, then KNOT shall pay us the difference between the hire rate that would have been in effect and payable under the existing Bodil Knutsen charter during such period and the hire rate that is then in effect and payable under such other charter.

If at any time until April 15, 2018, the Windsor Knutsen is not receiving from any charterer a hire rate that is equal to or greater than the hire rate then in effect and payable under the existing Windsor Knutsen charter, then KNOT shall pay us such hire rate that would have been in effect and payable under the existing Windsor Knutsen charter; provided, however, that in the event that, if at any time until April 15, 2018, the Windsor Knutsen is chartered under a charter other than the existing Windsor Knutsen charter and the hire rate being paid under such charter is lower than the hire rate that would have been in effect and payable under the existing Windsor Knutsen charter during any such period, then KNOT shall pay us the difference between the hire rate that would have been in effect and payable under the existing Windsor Knutsen charter during such period and the hire rate that is then in effect and payable under such other charter; provided, further, that the hire rate that would have been in effect and payable under the existing Windsor Knutsen charter during the period between the final termination date of the existing Windsor Knutsen charter (assuming that all extension options thereunder would have been exercised) and the last day of the five-year period following the closing date of our IPO shall be deemed to have been the hire rate that would have been in effect and payable during the last option extension period under the existing Windsor Knutsen charter (assuming that all extension options thereunder would have been exercised).

 

78


Table of Contents

Amendments

The omnibus agreement may not be amended without the prior approval of the conflicts committee of our board of directors if the proposed amendment will, in the reasonable discretion of our board of directors, adversely affect holders of our common units.

Administrative Services Agreement

Effective as of February 26, 2013, in connection with our IPO, we entered into an administrative services agreement with KNOT UK, pursuant to which KNOT UK provides certain management and administrative services to us. The agreement has an initial term of five years. The services provided under the administrative services agreement are provided in a diligent manner, as we may reasonably direct. KNOT UK is permitted to subcontract certain of the administrative services provided under this agreement to KOAS UK and KOAS, each of which is a wholly owned subsidiary of TSSI. Part of the services intended to be supplied to us by KOAS have been supplied by KNOT Management AS on the same terms and conditions.

The administrative services agreement may be terminated prior to the end of its term by us upon 90 days’ notice for any reason in the sole discretion of our board of directors. In addition, the administrative services agreement may be terminated by KNOT UK upon 90 days’ notice if:

 

    there is a change of control of us or our general partner;

 

    a receiver is appointed for all or substantially all of our property;

 

    an order is made to wind up our partnership;

 

    a final judgment or order that materially and adversely affects our ability to perform the agreement is obtained or entered and not vacated or discharged; or

 

    we make a general assignment for the benefit of our creditors, file a petition in bankruptcy or liquidation or commence any reorganization proceedings.

Under the administrative services agreement, Arild Vik, as an officer of KNOT UK, provides executive officer functions for our benefit. Mr. Vik is responsible for our day-to-day management subject to the direction of our board of directors. Our board of directors has the ability to terminate the arrangement with KNOT UK regarding the provision of executive officer services to us with respect to Mr. Vik at any time in its sole discretion.

The administrative services provided by KNOT UK include:

 

    commercial management services : assistance with our commercial management and the execution of our business strategies, although KNOT UK does not make any strategic decisions;

 

    bookkeeping, audit and accounting services : assistance with the maintenance of our corporate books and records, assistance with the preparation of our tax returns and arranging for the provision of audit and accounting services;

 

    legal and insurance services : arranging for the provision of legal, insurance and other professional services and maintaining our existence and good standing in necessary jurisdictions;

 

    administrative and clerical services : assistance with office space, arranging meetings for our common unitholders pursuant to our partnership agreement, arranging the provision of IT services, providing all administrative services required for subsequent debt and equity financings and attending to all other administrative matters necessary to ensure the professional management of our business;

 

    banking and financial services : providing cash management including assistance with preparation of budgets, overseeing banking services and bank accounts, arranging for the deposit of funds and monitoring and maintaining compliance therewith;

 

79


Table of Contents
    advisory services : assistance in complying with United States and other relevant securities laws;

 

    client and investor relations : arranging for the provision of, advisory, clerical and investor relations services to assist and support us in our communications with our common unitholders; and

 

    assistance with the integration of any acquired businesses.

Each month, we reimburse KNOT UK, and KNOT UK reimburses KOAS UK and KOAS, as applicable, for their reasonable costs and expenses incurred in connection with the provision of the services under the administrative services agreement. In addition, KNOT UK, KOAS UK and KOAS, as applicable, receives a service fee in U.S. Dollars equal to 5% of the costs and expenses incurred by them in connection with providing services. Amounts payable by us under the administrative services agreement must be paid on a monthly basis within 30 days after receipt of an invoice for such costs and expenses, together with any supporting detail that may be reasonably required.

Under the administrative services agreement, we indemnify KNOT UK’s subcontractors against all actions which may be brought against them as a result of their performance of the administrative services including, without limitation, all actions brought under the environmental laws of any jurisdiction, and against and in respect of all costs and expenses they may suffer or incur due to defending or settling such actions; provided, however, that such indemnity excludes any or all losses to the extent that they are caused by or due to the fraud, gross negligence or willful misconduct of the subcontractor or its officers, employees and agents.

Technical Management Agreements

Each of the Bodil Knutsen , the Windsor Knutsen and the Carmen Knutsen , which operate under time charters, is subject to amended technical management agreements pursuant to which certain crew, technical and commercial management services are provided by KNOT Management. Under these amended technical management agreements, our operating subsidiaries pay fees to and reimburse the costs and expenses of the managers as described below. The Recife Knutsen and the Fortaleza Knutsen operate under bareboat charters and, as a result, the customer is responsible with providing for the crew, technical and commercial management of the vessel.

Bodil Knutsen , Windsor Knutsen and Carmen Knutsen . The Bodil Knutsen is subject to a technical management agreement with KNOT Management, a wholly owned subsidiary of KNOT, that provides for the crew, technical and commercial management of the vessel, as well as accounting services and insurance arrangements. We refer to this technical management agreement as the Bodil Management Agreement. The Windsor Knutsen is subject to a technical management agreement with KNOT Management that provides for the crew, technical and commercial management of the vessel, as well as accounting services and insurance arrangements. We refer to this technical management agreement as the Windsor Management Agreement. The Carmen Knutsen is subject to a technical management agreement with KNOT Management that provides for the crew and technical management of the vessel, as well as accounting services and insurance arrangements. We refer to this technical management agreement as the Carmen Management Agreement.

Management services . Each of the Bodil Management Agreement, the Windsor Management Agreement and the Carmen Management Agreement requires that KNOT Management and its subcontractors use their best endeavors to perform the following management services:

 

    the provision of suitably qualified crew in accordance with International Convention on Standards of Training, Certification and Watchkeeping for Seafarers, 1978, as amended, and the attendance to all matters pertaining to discipline, labor relations, welfare and amenities of the crew;

 

    the provision of technical management, including arranging and supervising drydockings, maintenance and repairs of the vessel, arranging for the supply of stores, spares and lubricating oil, appointing surveyors and technical consultants and developing, implementing and maintaining a Safety Management System in accordance with the ISM Code;

 

    the provision of applicable documentation and compliance with applicable regulations;

 

80


Table of Contents
    the establishment of an accounting system that meets the requirements of the owner, provides regular accounting services and supplies reports and records and the maintenance of records of costs and expenditures incurred, as well as data necessary for the settlement of accounts between the parties;

 

    the arrangement for the supply of provisions and necessary stores;

 

    the handling and settlement of claims arising out of the management services;

 

    the arrangement for the provision of bunker;

 

    the arrangement of the loading and discharging and all related matters, subject to the provisions of the time charters;

 

    the arrangement of all insurances;

 

    the giving of instructions to the master and officers, subject to the provisions of the time charters; and

 

    the arrangement of the lay-up of each vessel.

With respect to the Bodil Management Agreement and the Windsor Management Agreement, KNOT Management and its subcontractors use their best endeavors to also provide the commercial operations, including arranging payment to the owner’s account of all hire and/or freight revenues, calculating hire, freight and other money due from or to the charterer, issuing voyage instructions, appointing agents and stevedores and arranging surveys associated with the commercial operations.

Annual management fee . Pursuant to each of the Bodil Management Agreement, the Windsor Management Agreement and the Carmen Management Agreement, collectively, the Management Agreements, each of KNOT Shuttle Tankers 17 AS, KNOT Shuttle Tankers 18 AS and Knutsen Shuttle Tankers 13 AS, as owners, currently pays a fee of $0.43 million per year to KNOT Management, as manager, as applicable, payable in equal monthly installments. For the Bodil Management Agreement and the Windsor Management Agreement, this annual rate is subject to an adjustment on January 1 of each year pursuant to a procedure set forth in the agreement. Any dispute relating to the annual rate adjustment would be settled by dispute resolution provisions set forth in the applicable Management Agreement.

Term . Each of the Windsor Management Agreement and the Bodil Management Agreement continues indefinitely until terminated by either party after giving three months’ written notice. The Carmen Management Agreement continues indefinitely until terminated by either party after giving six months’ notice.

Automatic termination and termination by either party . Each Management Agreement terminates or is deemed to be terminated if:

 

    the vessel is sold, requisitioned, declared a constructive, compromised or arranged total loss or becomes a total loss; or

 

    an order is made or a resolution is passed for the winding up, dissolution, liquidation or bankruptcy of either party (otherwise than for the purpose of reconstruction or amalgamation), a receiver is appointed or either party suspends payment, ceases to carry on business or makes any special arrangement or composition with its creditors.

Termination by the manager . Under each Management Agreement, the manager may terminate the Management Agreement with immediate effect by written notice if:

 

  any money payable to the manager pursuant to the agreement has not been paid within 60 days of a demand by the manager for payment or the vessel is repossessed by the mortgagees; or

 

  the owner proceeds with the employment of or continues to employ the vessel (1) in the carriage of contraband, blockade running or an unlawful trade or (2) on a voyage that in the reasonable opinion of the applicable manager is unduly hazardous or improper. The manager may only terminate if the owner is given notice of such default and fails to cure within a reasonable time to the satisfaction of the manager.

 

81


Table of Contents

KNOT Management also may terminate each Management Agreement if the applicable owner elects to provide officers and, for any reason within its control, fails to (1) procure that all officers and ratings supplied by it or on its behalf comply with the requirements of the STCW 95 or (2) instruct such officers and ratings to obey all reasonable orders of KNOT Management in connection with the operation of KNOT Management’s safety management system. The manager may only terminate if the owner is given notice of such default and fails to cure within a reasonable time to the satisfaction of the manager.

Termination by the owner . Under each Management Agreement, the owner may terminate the applicable agreement with immediate effect by written notice to the manager if the manager, for any reason is in default under the applicable Management Agreement and fails to cure within a reasonable time.

Additional fees and provisions . In addition to the fees payable under each Management Agreement, the agreement also provides that the owner must make available to the manager each month within 60 days of a demand by the manager for payment an amount equal to the working capital required to run the vessel for the ensuing quarter. Further, under each Management Agreement, the manager and its employees, agents and subcontractors are indemnified by the owner against all actions that may be brought against them or incurred or suffered by them arising out of or in connection with their performance under such agreement in an amount not to exceed ten times the annual management fee payable under such agreement; provided, however, that such indemnity excludes any or all losses that may be caused by or due to the fraud, gross negligence or willful misconduct of the manager or its employees, agents and subcontractors.

Contribution and Sale Agreement

On April 15, 2013, in connection with the closing of our IPO, we entered into a contribution and sale agreement with KNOT and certain of its subsidiaries that effected the transfer of the ownership interests in the entities that owned the vessels in our initial fleet and the use of the net proceeds of our IPO.

Acquisition of the Carmen Knutsen

On July 11, 2013, we entered into a share purchase agreement pursuant to which we acquired KNOT’s 100% interest in Knutsen Shuttle Tankers 13 AS, the company that owns and operates the Carmen Knutsen . As part of the financing for the acquisition, KNOT provided KNOT Offshore Tankers AS a seller’s credit in the form of a loan for $10.4 million after a purchase price adjustment. In addition, in connection with the acquisition, Knutsen Shuttle Tankers 13 AS entered into technical and operational management agreements relating to the Carmen Knutsen with KNOT. Please read “Item 7. Major Unitholders and Related Party Transactions—Related Party Transactions—Technical Management Agreements.”

Other Related Party Transactions

Prior to our IPO, we operated as an integrated part of KNOT. As such, the Norwegian office of KNOT provided general and corporate management services for us. As described in Note 18—Related Party Transactions to the Consolidated and Combined Carve-Out Financial Statements included in this Annual Report, we have been charged for or allocated commercial services related to the charters, technical and operational support related to the operation of the vessels, certain administrative costs of KNOT, finance fees and guarantee commissions, as well as fees for shipyard supervision for vessels under construction. Time charter and bareboat revenues are recorded net of the commission for commercial services based on a fixed percentage of charter revenue. Operating expenses include fees for technical and operational support based upon a fixed charge per day per vessel and allocated administrative expenses based on the number of vessels in our fleet. Our finance income (expense) includes (1) allocated interest expense based upon the outstanding balances of payables to related parties and the historical interest rates charged, (2) finance fees based on a fixed percentage of principal of new or renegotiated debt and (3) guarantee commissions based on a fixed percentage of outstanding balances of debt that is guaranteed. Our vessels include related party charges under construction that are capitalized for shipyard supervision, licensing fees for emissions technology and capitalized interest on payables from related parties. Upon closing of our IPO, certain of our historic operating expenses were replaced by fees payable pursuant to our administrative services agreement and amended technical management agreements.

 

82


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes related party expenses charged or allocated to us for the year ended December 31, 2013 and included in the combined carve-out financial statements. Please read Note 18—Related Party Transactions in the Consolidated and Combined Carve-Out Financial Statements included in this Annual Report.

 

     Year Ended
December 31, 2013
 
     (U.S. Dollars in
thousands)
 

Statement of Operations Data:

  

Time charter and bareboat revenues

   $ 3,543   

Operating expenses

     1,073   

General and administrative expenses

     1,495   

Finance income (expense)

     960   

Total

   $ 7,071   

Payables to KNOT were $0.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. The applicable interest rate on the outstanding balances was 5.42% for the year ended December 31, 2013.

As a result of our relationships with KNOT and its affiliates, we, our general partner and our subsidiaries have entered into various agreements that were not the result of arm’s length negotiations. We generally refer to these agreements and the transactions that they provide for as “affiliated transactions” or “related party transactions.”

Our partnership agreement sets forth procedures by which future related party transactions may be approved or resolved by our board of directors. Pursuant to our partnership agreement, our board of directors may, but is not required to, seek the approval of a related party transaction from the conflicts committee of our board of directors or from the common unitholders. Affiliated transactions that are not approved by the conflicts committee of our board of directors and that do not involve a vote of unitholders must be on terms no less favorable to us than those generally provided to or available from unrelated third parties or be “fair and reasonable” to us. In determining whether a transaction or resolution is “fair and reasonable,” our board of directors may consider the totality of the relationships between the parties involved, including other transactions that may be particularly advantageous or beneficial to us. If the above procedures are followed, it will be presumed that, in making its decision, our board of directors acted in good faith, and in any proceeding brought by or on behalf of any limited partner or the partnership, the person bringing or prosecuting such proceeding will have the burden of overcoming such presumption. When our partnership agreement requires someone to act in good faith, it requires that person to reasonably believe that he is acting in the best interests of the partnership, unless the context otherwise requires.

Our conflicts committee is comprised of at least two members of our board of directors. The conflicts committee is available at our board of directors’ discretion to review specific matters that our board of directors believes may involve conflicts of interest. The conflicts committee may determine if the resolution of the conflict of interest is fair and reasonable to us. The members of the conflicts committee may not be officers or employees of us or directors, officers or employees of our general partner or its affiliates, and must meet the independence standards established by the NYSE to serve on an audit committee of a board of directors and certain other requirements.

C. Interests of Experts and Counsel

Not applicable.

 

Item 8. Financial Information

A. Consolidated Statements and Other Financial Information

Please read “Item 18. Financial Statements” for additional information required to be disclosed under this item.

 

83


Table of Contents

Legal Proceedings

From time to time we have been, and expect to continue to be, subject to legal proceedings and claims in the ordinary course of our business, principally personal injury and property casualty claims. These claims, even if lacking merit, could result in the expenditure of significant financial and managerial resources. We are not aware of any legal proceedings or claims that we believe will have, individually or in the aggregate, a material adverse effect on us.

Our Cash Distribution Policy

Rationale for Our Cash Distribution Policy

Our cash distribution policy reflects a judgment that our unitholders will be better served by our distributing our available cash (after deducting expenses, including estimated maintenance and replacement capital expenditures and reserves) rather than retaining it. Because we believe we will generally finance any expansion capital expenditures from external financing sources, we believe that our investors are best served by our distributing all of our available cash. Our cash distribution policy is consistent with the terms of our partnership agreement, which requires that we distribute all of our available cash quarterly (after deducting expenses, including estimated maintenance and replacement capital expenditures and reserves).

Limitations on Cash Distributions and Our Ability to Change Our Cash Distribution Policy

There is no guarantee that unitholders will receive quarterly distributions from us. Our distribution policy is subject to certain restrictions and may be changed at any time, including:

 

    Our unitholders have no contractual or other legal right to receive distributions other than the obligation under our partnership agreement to distribute available cash on a quarterly basis, which is subject to the broad discretion of our board of directors to establish reserves and other limitations.

 

    We are subject to restrictions on distributions under our financing agreements. Our financing agreements contain material financial tests and covenants that must be satisfied in order to pay distributions. If we are unable to satisfy the restrictions included in any of our financing agreements or are otherwise in default under any of those agreements, as a result of our debt levels or otherwise, we will not be able to make cash distributions to our unitholders, notwithstanding our stated cash distribution policy. These financial tests and covenants are described in this Annual Report in “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Liquidity and Capital Resources.”

 

    We are required to make substantial capital expenditures to maintain and replace our fleet. These expenditures may fluctuate significantly over time, particularly as our vessels near the end of their useful lives. In order to minimize these fluctuations, our partnership agreement requires us to deduct estimated, as opposed to actual, maintenance and replacement capital expenditures from the amount of cash that we would otherwise have available for distribution to our unitholders. In years when estimated maintenance and replacement capital expenditures are higher than actual maintenance and replacement capital expenditures, the amount of cash available for distribution to unitholders will be lower than if actual maintenance and replacement capital expenditures were deducted.

 

    Although our partnership agreement requires us to distribute all of our available cash, our partnership agreement, including provisions contained therein requiring us to make cash distributions, may be amended. During the subordination period, with certain exceptions, our partnership agreement may not be amended without the approval of non-affiliated common unitholders. After the subordination period has ended, our partnership agreement can be amended with the approval of a majority of the outstanding common units. As of December 31, 2013, KNOT owned none of our common units and all of our subordinated units.

 

    Even if our cash distribution policy is not modified or revoked, the amount of distributions we pay under our cash distribution policy and the decision to make any distribution is determined by our board of directors, taking into consideration the terms of our partnership agreement.

 

84


Table of Contents
    Under Section 51 of the Marshall Islands Act, we may not make a distribution to our unitholders if the distribution would cause our liabilities, other than liabilities to partners on account of their partnership interest and liabilities for which the recourse of creditors is limited to specified property of ours, to exceed the fair value of our assets, except that the fair value of property that is subject to a liability for which the recourse of creditors is limited shall be included in our assets only to the extent that the fair value of that property exceeds that liability.

 

    We may lack sufficient cash to pay distributions to our unitholders due to decreases in total operating revenues, decreases in hire rates, the loss of a vessel, increases in operating or general and administrative expenses, principal and interest payments on outstanding debt, taxes, working capital requirements, maintenance and replacement capital expenditures or anticipated cash needs. Please read “Item 3. Key Information—Risk Factors” for a discussion of these factors.

Our ability to make cash distributions to our unitholders depends on the performance of our subsidiaries and their ability to distribute cash to us. The ability of our subsidiaries to make distributions to us may be restricted by, among other things, the provisions of existing and future indebtedness, applicable limited partnership and limited liability company laws in the Marshall Islands and Norway and other laws and regulations.

Minimum Quarterly Distribution

Common unitholders are entitled under our partnership agreement to receive a quarterly distribution of $0.375 per unit, or $1.50 per unit per year, prior to any distribution on the subordinated units to the extent we have sufficient cash on hand to pay the distribution, after establishment of cash reserves and payment of fees and expenses. There is no guarantee that we will pay the minimum quarterly distribution on the common units and subordinated units in any quarter. Even if our cash distribution policy is not modified or revoked, the amount of distributions paid under our policy and the decision to make any distribution is determined by our board of directors, taking into consideration the terms of our partnership agreement. We are prohibited from making any distributions to unitholders if it would cause an event of default, or an event of default is then existing, under our financing arrangements. Please read “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Liquidity and Capital Resources” for a discussion of the restrictions contained in our credit facilities and lease arrangements that may restrict our ability to make cash distributions to our unitholders.

During the year ended December 31, 2013, the aggregate amount of cash distribution paid was $13.2 million.

On January 21, 2014, our board of directors authorized a quarterly cash distribution for the three-month period ended December 31, 2013 of $0.435 per unit. The distribution was paid on February 14, 2014 to all holders of record of common units, subordinated units and the general partner units on February 4, 2014. The aggregate amount of the paid distribution was $20.8 million.

Subordination Period

During the subordination period, the common units will have the right to receive distributions of available cash from operating surplus in an amount equal to the minimum quarterly distribution of $0.375 per unit, plus any arrearages in the payment of the minimum quarterly distribution on the common units from prior quarters, before any distributions of available cash from operating surplus may be made on the subordinated units. Distribution arrearages do not accrue on the subordinated units. The purpose of the subordinated units is to increase the likelihood that during the subordination period there will be available cash from operating surplus to be distributed on the common units.

Incentive Distribution Rights

Incentive distribution rights represent the right to receive an increasing percentage of quarterly distributions of available cash from operating surplus after the minimum quarterly distribution and the target distribution levels have been achieved. KNOT currently holds the incentive distribution rights. The incentive distribution rights may be transferred separately from any other interest, subject to restrictions in our partnership agreement. Except for transfers of incentive distribution rights to an affiliate or another entity as part of a merger or consolidation with or into, or sale of substantially all of its assets to such entity, the approval of a majority of our common units

 

85


Table of Contents

(excluding common units held by our general partner and its affiliates), voting separately as a class, generally is required for a transfer of the incentive distribution rights to a third party prior to March 31, 2018. Any transfer by KNOT of the incentive distribution rights would not change the percentage allocations of quarterly distributions with respect to such rights.

The following table illustrates the percentage allocations of the additional available cash from operating surplus among our unitholders, our general partner and the holders of the incentive distribution rights up to the various target distribution levels. The amounts set forth under “Marginal Percentage Interest in Distributions” are the percentage interests of our unitholders, our general partner and the holders of the incentive distribution rights in any available cash from operating surplus we distribute up to and including the corresponding amount in the column “Total Quarterly Distribution Target,” until available cash from operating surplus we distribute reaches the next target distribution level, if any. The percentage interests shown for our unitholders, our general partner and the holders of the incentive distribution rights for the minimum quarterly distribution are also applicable to quarterly distributions that are less than the minimum quarterly distribution. The percentage interests shown for our general partner include its 2.0% general partner interest only and assume that our general partner has contributed any capital necessary to maintain its 2.0% general partner interest.

 

          Marginal Percentage
Interest
in Distributions
       
     Total Quarterly
Distribution
Target
   Unitholders     General
Partner
    Holders of
Incentive
Distribution
Rights
 

Minimum Quarterly Distribution

   $0.375      98.0     2.0     0

First Target Distribution

   up to $0.43125      98.0     2.0     0

Second Target Distribution

   above $0.43125 up to
$0.46875
     85.0     2.0     13.0

Third Target Distribution

   above
$0.46875 up to
$0.5625
     75.0     2.0     23.0

Thereafter

   above $0.5625      50.0     2.0     48.0

B. Significant Changes

Not applicable.

 

Item 9. The Offer and Listing

A. Offer and Listing Details

The high and low sales prices of our common units as reported by the NYSE, for the quarters and months indicated, are as follows:

 

     High      Low  

Year ended December 31, 2013(1)

   $ 29.39       $ 20.68   

Second quarter 2014(2)

     28.60         27.01   

First quarter 2014

     29.58         23.50   

Fourth quarter 2013

     29.39         23.77   

Third quarter 2013

     26.17         21.51   

Second quarter 2013(3)

     24.71         20.68   

Month ended April 30, 2014(4)

     28.60         27.01   

Month ended March 31, 2014

     29.58         26.53   

Month ended February 28, 2014

     29.52         25.77   

Month ended January 31, 2014

     28.50         23.50   

Month ended December 31, 2013

     29.39         25.01   

Month ended November 30, 2013

     28.42         25.18   

Month ended October 31, 2013

     26.09         23.77   

 

(1) For the period from April 9, 2013 through December 31, 2013.
(2) For the period from April 1, 2014 through April 11, 2014.
(3) For the period from April 9, 2013 through June 30, 2013.
(4) For the period from April 1, 2014 through April 11, 2014.

 

86


Table of Contents

B. Plan of Distribution

Not applicable.

C. Markets

Our common units started trading on the NYSE under the symbol “KNOP” on April 9, 2013.

D. Selling Shareholders

Not applicable.

E. Dilution

Not applicable.

F. Expenses of the Issue

Not applicable.

 

Item 10. Additional Information

A. Share Capital

Not applicable.

B. Memorandum and Articles of Association

The information required to be disclosed under Item 10B is incorporated by reference to our Registration Statement on Form 8-A filed with the SEC on April 5, 2013.

C. Material Contracts

The following is a summary of each material contract, other than material contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business, to which we or any of our subsidiaries is a party, for the two years immediately preceding the date of this Annual Report, each of which is included in the list of exhibits in “Item 19. Exhibits”:

 

  (1) Contribution and Sale Agreement, dated April 15, 2013, among Knutsen NYK Offshore Tankers AS, KNOT Offshore Partners LP, KNOT Offshore Partners GP LLC, KNOT Offshore Partners UK LLC and KNOT Shuttle Tankers AS. Please read “Item 7. Major Unitholders and Related Party Transactions—Related Party Transactions—Contribution and Sale Agreement.”

 

  (2) Omnibus Agreement, dated April 15, 2013, among Knutsen NYK Offshore Tankers AS, KNOT Offshore Partners LP, KNOT Offshore Partners GP LLC, KNOT Shuttle Tankers 17 AS and KNOT Shuttle Tankers 18 AS. Please read “Item 7. Major Unitholders and Related Party Transactions—Related Party Transactions—Omnibus Agreement.”

 

  (3) Administrative Services Agreement, dated February 26, 2013, among KNOT Offshore Partners LP, KNOT Offshore Partners UK LLC, Knutsen OAS (UK) Ltd. and Knutsen OAS Shipping AS. Please read “Item 7. Major Unitholders and Related Party Transactions—Related Party Transactions—Administrative Services Agreement.”

 

  (4) Ship Management Agreement for the Bodil Knutsen, between KNOT Shuttle Tankers 17 AS and KNOT Management AS, as amended. Please read “Item 7. Major Unitholders and Related Party Transactions—Related Party Transactions—Technical Management Agreements.”

 

87


Table of Contents
  (5) Ship Management Agreement for the Windsor Knutsen, between KNOT Shuttle Tankers 18 AS and KNOT Management AS, as amended. Please read “Item 7. Major Unitholders and Related Party Transactions—Related Party Transactions—Technical Management Agreements.”

 

  (6) Ship Management Agreement for the Carmen Knutsen, between Knutsen Shuttle Tankers 13 AS and KNOT Management AS, as amended. Please read “Item 7. Major Unitholders and Related Party Transactions—Related Party Transactions—Technical Management Agreements.”

 

  (7) Revolving Credit Agreement, dated December 1, 2009, among Knutsen Shuttle Tankers XII KS, as borrower, and the other parties thereto, as amended by the Supplemental Agreement, dated February 14, 2011, the Second Supplemental Agreement, dated July 6, 2012, the Third Supplemental Agreement, dated February 27, 2013, the Amendment and Restatement Deed, dated April 9, 2013, the Fourth Supplemental Agreement, dated April 29, 2013 and the Second Amendment and Restatement Deed, dated July 11, 2013. Please read “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Borrowing Activities—Long-Term Debt—$160 Million Secured Loan Facility and $19 Million Secured Loan Facility.”

 

  (8) Guarantee and Indemnity in respect of the Revolving Credit Agreement, dated April 11, 2013, between KNOT Offshore Partners LP, as guarantor, and DNB Bank ASA, as security trustee. Please read “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Borrowing Activities—Long Term Debt—$160 Million Secured Loan Facility and $19 Million Secured Loan Facility.

 

  (9) Guarantee and Indemnity in respect of the Revolving Credit Agreement, dated April 9, 2013, between KNOT Shuttle Tankers AS, as guarantor, and DNB Bank ASA, as security trustee. Please read “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Borrowing Activities—Long-Term Debt—$160 Million Secured Loan Facility and $19 Million Secured Loan Facility.”

 

  (10) Senior Secured Term Loan Agreement, dated December 1, 2009, among Knutsen Shuttle Tankers XII KS, as borrower, and the other parties thereto, as amended by the Supplemental Agreement, dated February 14, 2011, the Second Supplemental Agreement, dated September 14, 2012, the Third Supplemental Agreement, dated February 27, 2013, the Amendment and Restatement Deed, dated April 9, 2013 and the Fourth Supplemental Agreement, dated July 11, 2013. Please read “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Borrowing Activities—Long-Term Debt—$160 Million Secured Loan Facility and $19 Million Secured Loan Facility.”

 

  (11) Guarantee and Indemnity in respect of the Senior Secured Term Loan Agreement, dated April 11, 2013, between KNOT Offshore Partners LP, as guarantor, and DNB Bank ASA, as security trustee. Please read “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Borrowing Activities—Long-Term Debt—$160 Million Secured Loan Facility and $19 Million Secured Loan Facility.”

 

  (12) Guarantee and Indemnity in respect of the Senior Secured Term Loan Agreement, dated April 9, 2013, between KNOT Shuttle Tankers AS, as guarantor, and DNB Bank ASA, as security trustee. Please read “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Borrowing Activities—Long-Term Debt—$160 Million Secured Loan Facility and $19 Million Secured Loan Facility.”

 

  (13) Amended and Restated Term Loan Agreement, dated February 11, 2011, among KNOT Shuttle Tankers 17 AS, as borrower, and the other parties thereto, as amended by the First Supplemental Agreement, dated June 6, 2011, the Second Supplemental Agreement, dated September 20, 2012 and as amended and restated by the Third Supplemental Agreement, dated February 22, 2013 and the Fourth Supplemental Agreement, dated April 9, 2013. Please read “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Borrowing Activities—Long-Term Debt—$120 Million Secured Loan Facility.”

 

  (14) Amended and Restated Senior Term Loan Agreement, dated April 25, 2007, among KNOT Shuttle Tankers 18 AS, as borrower, and the other parties thereto, as amended by the Supplemental Agreement, dated August 28, 2008, the Second Supplemental Agreement, dated February 18, 2010, the Third Supplemental Agreement , dated July 1, 2010, the Fourth Supplemental Agreement, dated October 29, 2010, the Fifth Supplemental Agreement, dated November 12, 2010, the Sixth Supplemental Agreement, dated November 16, 2010, the Seventh Supplemental Agreement, dated March 2, 2011, the Eighth Supplemental Agreement, dated April 12, 2011 and the Ninth Supplemental Agreement, dated April 25, 2012 and as amended and restated by the Tenth Supplemental Agreement, dated February 19, 2013 and the Eleventh supplemental agreement, dated April 9, 2013. Please read “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Borrowing Activities—Long-Term Debt—$85 Million Secured Loan Facility.”

 

  (15) Amended and Restated USD 93,000,000 Term Loan Facility Agreement, dated July 11, 2011, among Knutsen Shuttle Tankers 13 AS, as borrower, and the other parties thereto, as amended and restated by the First Supplemental Agreement, dated July 11, 2013. Please read “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Borrowing Activities—Long-Term Debt—Carmen Knutsen Financing.”

 

88


Table of Contents
  (16) Employment Agreement dated March 28, 2013 between KNOT Offshore Partners UK LLC and Arild Vik. Please read “Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees—Compensation—Arild Vik Employment Agreement.”

 

  (17) Fortaleza Knutsen Standard Bareboat Charter Party, dated November 14, 2007, between Knutsen Shuttle Tankers XII KS and Fronape International Company/Petrobras Transporte S.A.-Transpetro, novated by the Novation Agreement, dated June 27, 2012, between Knutsen Shuttle Tankers XII KS, Knutsen OAS Shipping AS, Fronape International Company, Petrobras Transporte S.A.-Transpetro and Fronape International Company B.V. Please read “Item 4. Information on the Partnership—Business Overview—Charters.”

 

  (18) Recife Knutsen Standard Bareboat Charter Party, dated November 14, 2007, between Knutsen Shuttle Tankers XII KS and Fronape International Company/Petrobras Transporte S.A.-Transpetro, novated by the Novation Agreement, dated June 29, 2012, between Knutsen Shuttle Tankers XII KS, Knutsen OAS Shipping AS, Fronape International Company, Petrobras Transporte S.A.-Transpetro and Fronape International Company B.V. Please read “Item 4. Information on the Partnership—Business Overview—Charters.”

 

  (19) Windsor Knutsen Time Charter Party, dated April 6, 2010, between Knutsen OAS Shipping AS and Brazil Shipping I Limited, formerly known as BG Oil Services Limited, novated by the Novation Agreement, dated May 3, 2010, between Knutsen OAS Shipping AS, Knutsen Bøyelaster XI KS and Brazil Shipping I Limited, formerly known as BG Oil Services Limited and further novated by the Novation Agreement, dated February 20, 2013, between Knutsen Bøyelaster XI KS, KNOT Shuttle Tankers 18 AS and Brazil Shipping I Limited. Please read “Item 4. Information on the Partnership—Business Overview—Charters.”

 

  (20) Bodil Knutsen Time Charter Party, dated October 7, 2010, between Knutsen Bøyelaster VI KS and Statoil ASA, amended by Addendum No. 1, dated March 29, 2011, between Knutsen Bøyelaster VI KS and Statoil ASA and novated by the Novation Agreement, dated February 18, 2013, between Knutsen Bøyelaster VI KS, KNOT Shuttle Tankers 17 AS and Statoil ASA. Please read “Item 4. Information on the Partnership—Business Overview—Charters.”

 

  (21) Share Purchase Agreement, dated July 11, 2013, between Knutsen NYK Offshore Tankers AS and KNOT Shuttle Tankers AS. Please read “Item 7. Major Unitholders and Related Party Transactions—Related Party Transactions—Acquisition of the Carmen Knutsen .”

 

  (22) Seller’s Credit, dated August, 1, 2013, between KNOT Shuttle Tankers AS and Knutsen NYK Offshore Tankers AS. Please read “Item 7. Major Unitholders and Related Party Transactions—Related Party Transactions—Acquisition of the Carmen Knutsen .”

D. Exchange Controls

We are not aware of any governmental laws, decrees, regulations or other legislation, including foreign exchange controls, in the Republic of the Marshall Islands that may affect the import or export of capital, including the availability of cash and cash equivalents for use by the Partnership, or the remittance of dividends, interest or other payments to non-resident holders of our securities.

E. Taxation

The following is a discussion of the material U.S. federal income tax considerations that may be relevant to current and prospective unitholders. This discussion is based upon provisions of the Code, Treasury Regulations and current administrative rulings and court decisions, all as in effect or existence on the date of this Annual Report and all of which are subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect. Changes in these authorities may cause the tax consequences of unit ownership to vary substantially from the consequences described below. Unless the context otherwise requires, references in this section to “we,” “our” or “us” are references to KNOT Offshore Partners LP.

The following discussion applies only to beneficial owners of common units that own the common units as “capital assets” within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code (i.e., generally, for investment purposes) and is not intended to be applicable to all categories of investors, such as unitholders subject to special tax rules (e.g., financial institutions, insurance companies, broker-dealers, tax-exempt organizations, retirement plans or individual retirement accounts or former citizens or long-term residents of the United States), persons who hold the units as

 

89


Table of Contents

part of a straddle, hedge, conversion, constructive sale or other integrated transaction for U.S. federal income tax purposes, or persons that have a functional currency other than the U.S. Dollar, each of whom may be subject to tax rules that differ significantly from those summarized below. If a partnership or other entity classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes holds our common units, the tax treatment of its partners generally will depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. If you are a partner in a partnership holding our common units, you should consult your own tax advisor regarding the tax consequences to you of the partnership’s ownership of our common units.

No ruling has been or will be requested from the IRS regarding any matter affecting us or current and prospective unitholders. The statements made herein may be challenged by the IRS and, if so challenged, may not be sustained upon review in a court. This discussion does not contain information regarding any U.S. state or local, estate, gift or alternative minimum tax considerations concerning the ownership or disposition of common units. This discussion does not comment on all aspects of U.S. federal income taxation that may be important to particular unitholders in light of their individual circumstances, and each prospective unitholder is urged to consult its own tax advisor regarding the U.S. federal, state, local and other tax consequences of the ownership or disposition of common units.

Election to be Treated as a Corporation

We have elected to be treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes. As a result, U.S. Holders (as defined below) will not be directly subject to U.S. federal income tax on our income, but rather will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on distributions received from us and dispositions of units as described below.

U.S. Federal Income Taxation of U.S. Holders

As used herein, the term “U.S. Holder” means a beneficial owner of our common units that owns (actually or constructively) less than 10.0% of our equity and that is:

 

    an individual U.S. citizen or resident (as determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes),

 

    a corporation (or other entity that is classified as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) organized under the laws of the United States or any of its political subdivisions,

 

    an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source, or

 

    a trust if (1) a court within the United States is able to exercise primary jurisdiction over the administration of the trust and one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (2) the trust has a valid election in effect to be treated as a U.S. person for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

Distributions

Subject to the discussion below of the rules applicable to PFICs, any distributions to a U.S. Holder made by us with respect to our common units generally will constitute dividends to the extent of our current and accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. Distributions in excess of our earnings and profits will be treated first as a nontaxable return of capital to the extent of the U.S. Holder’s tax basis in its common units and thereafter as capital gain. U.S. Holders that are corporations generally will not be entitled to claim a dividends received deduction with respect to distributions they receive from us because we are not a U.S. corporation. Dividends received with respect to our common units generally will be treated as “passive category income” for purposes of computing allowable foreign tax credits for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

Dividends received with respect to our common units by a U.S. Holder that is an individual, trust or estate (a “U.S. Individual Holder”) generally will be treated as “qualified dividend income,” which is taxable to such U.S. Individual Holder at preferential tax rates provided that: (1) our common units are readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States (such as the NYSE on which our common units are traded); (2) we are not a PFIC for the taxable year during which the dividend is paid or the immediately preceding taxable year (which we do not believe we are, have been or will be, as discussed below under “—PFIC Status and Significant Tax

 

90


Table of Contents

Consequences”); (3) the U.S. Individual Holder has owned the common units for more than 60 days during the 121-day period beginning 60 days before the date on which the common units become ex-dividend (and has not entered into certain risk limiting transactions with respect to such common units); and (4) the U.S. Individual Holder is not under an obligation to make related payments with respect to positions in substantially similar or related property. Because of the uncertainty of these matters, including whether we are or will be a PFIC, there is no assurance that any dividends paid on our common units will be eligible for these preferential rates in the hands of a U.S. Individual Holder, and any dividends paid on our common units that are not eligible for these preferential rates will be taxed as ordinary income to a U.S. Individual Holder.

Special rules may apply to any amounts received in respect of our common units that are treated as “extraordinary dividends.” In general, an extraordinary dividend is a dividend with respect to a common unit that is equal to or in excess of 10.0% of a unitholder’s adjusted tax basis (or fair market value upon the unitholder’s election) in such common unit. In addition, extraordinary dividends include dividends received within a one-year period that, in the aggregate, equal or exceed 20.0% of a unitholder’s adjusted tax basis (or fair market value). If we pay an “extraordinary dividend” on our common units that is treated as “qualified dividend income,” then any loss recognized by a U.S. Individual Holder from the sale or exchange of such common units will be treated as long-term capital loss to the extent of the amount of such dividend.

Sale, Exchange or Other Disposition of Common Units

Subject to the discussion of PFIC status below, a U.S. Holder generally will recognize capital gain or loss upon a sale, exchange or other disposition of our units in an amount equal to the difference between the amount realized by the U.S. Holder from such sale, exchange or other disposition and the U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in such units. The U.S. Holder’s initial tax basis in its units generally will be the U.S. Holder’s purchase price for the units and that tax basis will be reduced (but not below zero) by the amount of any distributions on the units that are treated as non-taxable returns of capital (as discussed above under “—Distributions”). Such gain or loss will be treated as long-term capital gain or loss if the U.S. Holder’s holding period is greater than one year at the time of the sale, exchange or other disposition. Certain U.S. Holders (including individuals) may be eligible for preferential rates of U.S. federal income tax in respect of long-term capital gains. A U.S. Holder’s ability to deduct capital losses is subject to limitations. Such capital gain or loss generally will be treated as U.S. source income or loss, as applicable, for U.S. foreign tax credit purposes.

Medicare Tax on Net Investment Income

Certain U.S. Holders, including individuals, estates and trusts, will be subject to an additional 3.8% Medicare tax on, among other things, dividends and capital gains from the sale or other disposition of equity interests. For individuals, the additional Medicare tax applies to the lesser of (1) “net investment income” or (2) the excess of “modified adjusted gross income” over $200,000 ($250,000 if married and filing jointly or $125,000 if married and filing separately). “Net investment income” generally equals the taxpayer’s gross investment income reduced by deductions that are allocable to such income. Unitholders should consult their tax advisors regarding the implications of the additional Medicare tax resulting from their ownership and disposition of our common units.

PFIC Status and Significant Tax Consequences

Adverse U.S. federal income tax rules apply to a U.S. Holder that owns an equity interest in a non-U.S. corporation that is classified as a PFIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes. In general, we are treated as a PFIC with respect to a U.S. Holder if, for any taxable year in which the holder held our units, either:

 

    at least 75.0% of our gross income (including the gross income of our vessel-owning subsidiaries) for such taxable year consists of passive income (e.g., dividends, interest, capital gains from the sale or exchange of investment property and rents derived other than in the active conduct of a rental business); or

 

    at least 50.0% of the average value of the assets held by us (including the assets of our vessel-owning subsidiaries) during such taxable year produce, or are held for the production of, passive income.

Income earned, or treated as earned (for U.S. federal income tax purposes), by us in connection with the performance of services would not constitute passive income. By contrast, rental income generally would constitute “passive income” unless we were treated as deriving that rental income in the active conduct of a trade or business under the applicable rules.

 

91


Table of Contents

Based on our current and projected methods of operation, we believe that we were not a PFIC for any prior taxable year, and we expect that we will not be treated as a PFIC for the current or any future taxable year. We believe that more than 25% of our gross income for each taxable year was or will be non-passive income, and more than 50% of the average value of our assets for each such year was or will be held for the production of non-passive income. This belief is based on certain valuations and projections, and its validity is based on the accuracy of such valuations and projections. While we believe these valuations and projections to be accurate, the shipping market is volatile and no assurance can be given that they will continue to be accurate at any time in the future.

Moreover, there are legal uncertainties involved in determining whether the income derived from time-chartering activities constitutes rental income or income derived from the performance of services. In Tidewater Inc. v. United States , 565 F.3d 299 (5th Cir. 2009), the Fifth Circuit held that income derived from certain time-chartering activities should be treated as rental income rather than services income for purposes of a provision of the Code relating to foreign sales corporations. In that case, the Fifth Circuit did not address the definition of passive income or the PFIC rules; however, the reasoning of the case could have implications as to how the income from a time charter would be classified under such rules. If the reasoning of the case were extended to the PFIC context, the gross income we derive from our time-chartering activities may be treated as rental income, and we would likely be treated as a PFIC. In published guidance, the IRS stated that it disagreed with the holding in Tidewate r and specified that time charters similar to those at issue in this case should be treated as service contracts.

Distinguishing between arrangements treated as generating rental income and those treated as generating services income involves weighing and balancing competing factual considerations, and there is no legal authority under the PFIC rules addressing our specific method of operation. Conclusions in this area therefore remain matters of interpretation. We are not seeking a ruling from the IRS on the treatment of income generated from our time-chartering operations. Thus, it is possible that the IRS or a court could disagree with our position. In addition, although we intend to conduct our affairs in a manner to avoid being classified as a PFIC with respect to any taxable year, we cannot assure unitholders that the nature of our operations will not change in the future and that we will not become a PFIC in any future taxable year.

As discussed more fully below, if we were to be treated as a PFIC for any taxable year (and regardless of whether we remain a PFIC over the subsequent taxable years), a U.S. Holder would be subject to different taxation rules depending on whether the U.S. Holder makes an election to treat us as a “Qualified Electing Fund,” which we refer to as a “QEF election.” As an alternative to making a QEF election, a U.S. Holder should be able to make a “mark-to-market” election with respect to our common units, as discussed below. In addition, if a U.S. Holder owns our common units during any taxable year that we are a PFIC, such holder must file an annual report with the IRS.

Taxation of U.S. Holders Making a Timely QEF Election

If a U.S. Holder makes a timely QEF election (or an Electing Holder), then, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, that holder must report as income for its taxable year its pro rata share of our ordinary earnings and net capital gain, if any, for our taxable years that end with or within the taxable year for which that holder is reporting, regardless of whether or not the Electing Holder received distributions from us in that year. The Electing Holder’s adjusted tax basis in the common units will be increased to reflect taxed but undistributed earnings and profits. Distributions of earnings and profits that were previously taxed will result in a corresponding reduction in the Electing Holder’s adjusted tax basis in common units and will not be taxed again once distributed. An Electing Holder generally will recognize capital gain or loss on the sale, exchange or other disposition of our common units. A U.S. Holder makes a QEF election with respect to any year that we are a PFIC by filing IRS Form 8621 with its U.S. federal income tax return. If contrary to our expectations, we determine that we are treated as a PFIC for any taxable year, we will provide each U.S. Holder with the information necessary to make the QEF election described above. Although the QEF election is available with respect to subsidiaries, in the event we acquire or own a subsidiary in the future that is treated as a PFIC, no assurances can be made that we will be able to provide U.S. Holders with the necessary information to make the QEF election with respect to such subsidiary.

 

92


Table of Contents

Taxation of U.S. Holders Making a “Mark-to-Market” Election

If we were to be treated as a PFIC for any taxable year and, as we anticipate, our units were treated as “marketable stock,” then, as an alternative to making a QEF election, a U.S. Holder would be allowed to make a “mark-to-market” election with respect to our common units, provided the U.S. Holder completes and files IRS Form 8621 in accordance with the relevant instructions and related Treasury Regulations. If that election is made, the U.S. Holder generally would include as ordinary income in each taxable year the excess, if any, of the fair market value of the U.S. Holder’s common units at the end of the taxable year over the holder’s adjusted tax basis in the common units. The U.S. Holder also would be permitted an ordinary loss in respect of the excess, if any, of the U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in the common units over the fair market value thereof at the end of the taxable year, but only to the extent of the net amount previously included in income as a result of the mark-to-market election. A U.S. Holder’s tax basis in its common units would be adjusted to reflect any such income or loss recognized. Gain recognized on the sale, exchange or other disposition of our common units would be treated as ordinary income, and any loss recognized on the sale, exchange or other disposition of the common units would be treated as ordinary loss to the extent that such loss does not exceed the net mark-to-market gains previously included in income by the U.S. Holder. The mark-to-market election generally will not be available with respect to subsidiaries. Accordingly, in the event we acquire or own a subsidiary in the future that is treated as a PFIC, the mark-to-market election generally will not be available with respect to such subsidiary.

Taxation of U.S. Holders Not Making a Timely QEF or Mark-to-Market Election

If we were to be treated as a PFIC for any taxable year, a U.S. Holder that does not make either a QEF election or a “mark-to-market” election for that year (or a Non-Electing Holder) would be subject to special rules resulting in increased tax liability with respect to (1) any excess distribution (i.e., the portion of any distributions received by the Non-Electing Holder on our common units in a taxable year in excess of 125.0% of the average annual distributions received by the Non-Electing Holder in the three preceding taxable years, or, if shorter, the Non-Electing Holder’s holding period for the common units) and (2) any gain realized on the sale, exchange or other disposition of the units. Under these special rules:

 

    the excess distribution or gain would be allocated ratably over the Non-Electing Holder’s aggregate holding period for the common units;

 

    the amount allocated to the current taxable year and any taxable year prior to the taxable year we were first treated as a PFIC with respect to the Non-Electing Holder would be taxed as ordinary income; and

 

    the amount allocated to each of the other taxable years would be subject to tax at the highest rate of tax in effect for the applicable class of taxpayers for that year, and an interest charge for the deemed deferral benefit would be imposed with respect to the resulting tax attributable to each such other taxable year.

These penalties would not apply to a qualified pension, profit sharing or other retirement trust or other tax-exempt organization that did not borrow money or otherwise utilize leverage in connection with its acquisition of our common units. If we were treated as a PFIC for any taxable year and a Non-Electing Holder who is an individual dies while owning our common units, such holder’s successor generally would not receive a step-up in tax basis with respect to such units.

U.S. Federal Income Taxation of Non-U.S. Holders

A beneficial owner of our common units (other than a partnership or an entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) that is not a U.S. Holder is referred to as a Non-U.S. Holder. If you are a partner in a partnership (or an entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) holding our common units, you should consult your own tax advisor regarding the tax consequences to you of the partnership’s ownership of our common units.

Distributions

Distributions we pay to a Non-U.S. Holder will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax or withholding tax if the Non-U.S. Holder is not engaged in a U.S. trade or business. If the Non-U.S. Holder is engaged in a U.S. trade or

 

93


Table of Contents

business, our distributions will be subject to U.S. federal income tax to the extent they constitute income effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Holder’s U.S. trade or business. However, distributions paid to a Non-U.S. Holder that is engaged in a U.S. trade or business may be exempt from taxation under an income tax treaty if the income arising from the distribution is not attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment maintained by the Non-U.S. Holder.

Disposition of Units

In general, a Non-U.S. Holder is not subject to U.S. federal income tax or withholding tax on any gain resulting from the disposition of our common units provided the Non-U.S. Holder is not engaged in a U.S. trade or business. A Non-U.S. Holder that is engaged in a U.S. trade or business will be subject to U.S. federal income tax in the event the gain from the disposition of units is effectively connected with the conduct of such U.S. trade or business (provided, in the case of a Non-U.S. Holder entitled to the benefits of an income tax treaty with the United States, such gain also is attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment). However, even if not engaged in a U.S. trade or business, individual Non-U.S. Holders may be subject to tax on gain resulting from the disposition of our common units if they are present in the United States for 183 days or more during the taxable year in which those units are disposed or they meet certain other requirements.

Backup Withholding and Information Reporting

In general, payments to a non-corporate U.S. Holder of distributions or the proceeds of a disposition of common units will be subject to information reporting. These payments to a non-corporate U.S. Holder also may be subject to backup withholding if the non-corporate U.S. Holder:

 

    fails to provide an accurate taxpayer identification number;

 

    is notified by the IRS that it has failed to report all interest or corporate distributions required to be reported on its U.S. federal income tax returns; or

 

    in certain circumstances, fails to comply with applicable certification requirements.

Non-U.S. Holders may be required to establish their exemption from information reporting and backup withholding by certifying their status on IRS Form W-8BEN, W-8ECI or W-8IMY, as applicable.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Rather, a unitholder generally may obtain a credit for any amount withheld against its liability for U.S. federal income tax (and obtain a refund of any amounts withheld in excess of such liability) by timely filing a U.S. federal income tax return with the IRS.

In addition, individual citizens or residents of the United States holding certain “foreign financial assets” (which generally includes stock and other securities issued by a foreign person unless held in an account maintained by a financial institution) that exceed certain thresholds (the lowest being holding foreign financial assets with an aggregate value in excess of: (1) $50,000 on the last day of the tax year or (2) $75,000 at any time during the tax year) are required to report information relating to such assets. Significant penalties may apply for failure to satisfy the reporting obligations described above. Unitholders should consult their tax advisors regarding their reporting obligations, if any, that would result from their purchase, ownership or disposition of our units.

Non-United States Tax Considerations

Unless the context otherwise requires, references in this section to “we,” “our” or “us” are references to KNOT Offshore Partners LP.

Marshall Islands Tax Consequences

Because we and our subsidiaries do not and do not expect to conduct business or operations in the Republic of the Marshall Islands, under current Marshall Islands law you will not be subject to Marshall Islands taxation or withholding on distributions, including upon distribution treated as a return of capital, we make to you as a unitholder. In addition, you will not be subject to Marshall Islands stamp, capital gains or other taxes on the purchase, ownership or disposition of common units, and you will not be required by the Republic of the Marshall Islands to file a tax return relating to your ownership of common units.

 

94


Table of Contents

Norwegian Tax Consequences

Current and prospective unitholders who are resident in Norway for taxation purposes are urged to consult their own tax advisors regarding the potential Norwegian tax consequences to them of an investment in our common units. For this purpose, a company incorporated outside of Norway will be treated as resident in Norway in the event its central management and control is carried out in Norway.

The discussion that follows is based upon existing Norwegian legislation and current Norwegian Tax Administration practice. Changes in these authorities may cause the tax consequences to vary substantially from the consequences of unit ownership described below. Unless the context otherwise requires, references in this section to “we,” “our” or “us” are references to KNOT Offshore Partners LP.

Taxation of Non-Norwegian Holders

Under the Tax Act on Income and Wealth, persons not resident in Norway for taxation purposes (“Non-Norwegian Holders”) will not be subject to any taxes in Norway on income or profits in respect of the acquisition, holding, disposition or redemption of the common units, provided that:

 

    we are not treated as carrying on business in Norway; and

 

    either of the following conditions is met:

 

    if such holders are resident in a country that does not have an income tax treaty with Norway, such holders are not engaged in a Norwegian trade or business to which the common units are effectively connected; or

 

    if such holders are resident in a country that has an income tax treaty with Norway, such holders do not have a permanent establishment in Norway to which the common units are effectively connected.

A Non-Norwegian Holder that carries on a business in Norway through a partnership is subject to Norwegian tax on income derived from the business if managed from Norway or carried on by the Partnership in Norway.

While we expect to conduct our affairs in such a manner that our business will not be treated as managed from or carried on in Norway at any time in the future, this determination is dependent upon the facts existing at such time, including (but not limited to) the place where our board of directors meets and the place where our management makes decisions or takes certain actions affecting our business. Our Norwegian tax counsel has advised us regarding certain measures we can take to limit the risk that our business may be treated as managed from or carried on in Norway and has concluded that, provided we adopt these measures and otherwise conduct our affairs in a manner consistent with our Norwegian tax counsel’s advice, which we intend to do, our business should not be treated as managed from or carried on in Norway for taxation purposes, and consequently, Non-Norwegian Holders should not be subject to tax in Norway solely by reason of the acquisition, holding, disposition or redemption of their common units. Nonetheless, there is no legal authority addressing our specific circumstances, and conclusions in this area remain matters of interpretation. Thus, it is possible that the Norwegian taxation authority could challenge, or a court could disagree with, our position.

While we do not expect it to be the case, if the arrangements we propose to enter into result in our being considered to carry on business in Norway for the purposes of the Tax Act on Income and Wealth, unitholders would be considered to be carrying on business in Norway and would be required to file tax returns with the Norwegian Tax Administration and, subject to any relief provided in any relevant double taxation treaty (including, in the case of holders resident in the United States, the U.S.-Norway Tax Treaty), would be subject to taxation in Norway on any income considered to be attributable to the business carried on in Norway.

 

95


Table of Contents

United Kingdom Tax Consequences

The following is a discussion of the material United Kingdom tax consequences that may be relevant to prospective unitholders who are persons not resident in the United Kingdom for taxation purposes and who do not acquire their units as part of a trade, profession or vocation carried on in the United Kingdom, which we refer to as “Non-UK Holders.”

Prospective unitholders who are resident or domiciled in the United Kingdom for taxation purposes, or who hold their units through a trade, profession or vocation in the United Kingdom are urged to consult their own tax advisors regarding the potential United Kingdom tax consequences to them of an investment in our common units and are responsible for filing their own UK tax returns and paying any applicable UK taxes (which may be due on amounts received by us but not distributed). The discussion that follows is based upon current United Kingdom tax law and what is understood to be the current practice of HMRC as at the date of this document, both of which are subject to change, possibly with retrospective effect.

Taxation of income and disposals . We expect to conduct our affairs so that Non-UK Holders should not be subject to United Kingdom income tax, capital gains tax or corporation tax on income or gains arising from our partnership. Distributions may be made to Non-UK Holders without withholding or deduction for or on account of United Kingdom income tax.

Stamp taxes . No liability to United Kingdom stamp duty or stamp duty reserve tax should arise in connection with the issue of units to unitholders or the transfer of units in our partnership.

EACH PROSPECTIVE UNITHOLDER IS URGED TO CONSULT ITS OWN TAX COUNSEL OR OTHER ADVISOR WITH REGARD TO THE LEGAL AND TAX CONSEQUENCES OF UNIT OWNERSHIP UNDER ITS PARTICULAR CIRCUMSTANCES.

F. Dividends and Paying Agents

Not applicable.

G. Statement by Experts

Not applicable.

H. Documents on Display

Documents concerning us that are referred to in this Annual Report may be inspected at our principal executive headquarters at 2 Queen’s Cross, Aberdeen, Aberdeenshire AB15 4YB, United Kingdom. Those documents electronically filed via the SEC’s Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis, and Retrieval system may also be obtained from the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov , free of charge, or from the SEC’s Public Reference Section at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, D.C. 20549, at prescribed rates. Further information on the operation of the SEC Public Reference Section may be obtained by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330.

I. Subsidiary Information

Not applicable.

 

Item 11. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

We are exposed to various market risks, including interest rate, foreign currency exchange rate and concentration of credit risks. Historically, we have entered into certain derivative instruments and contracts to maintain the desired level of exposure arising from interest rate and certain foreign currency exchange rate risks.

Our policy is to economically hedge our exposure to risks, where possible, within boundaries deemed appropriate by management.

 

96


Table of Contents

Interest Rate Risk

A portion of our debt obligations and surplus funds placed with financial institutions are subject to movements in interest rates. It is our policy to obtain the most favorable interest rates available without increasing our foreign currency exposure. In keeping with this, our surplus funds may in the future be placed in fixed deposits with reputable financial institutions that yield better returns than bank deposits. The deposits generally have short-term maturities so as to provide us with the flexibility to meet working capital and capital investments.

We have historically used interest rate swap contracts to manage our exposure to interest rate risks. Interest rate swap contracts were used to convert floating rate debt obligations based on LIBOR to a fixed rate in order to achieve an overall desired position of fixed and floating rate debt. The extent to which interest rate swap contracts are used is determined by reference to our net debt exposure and our views regarding future interest rates. Our interest rate swap contracts do not qualify for hedge accounting, and movements in their fair values are reflected in the statements of operations under “Realized and unrealized gain (loss) on derivative instruments.” Interest rate swap contracts that have a positive fair value are recorded as “Other current assets,” while swaps with a negative fair value are recorded as “Derivative liabilities.”

As of December 31, 2013, we were party to interest rate swap contracts with a combined notional amount of approximately $200.0 million. Under the terms of the interest rate swap contracts, we receive LIBOR-based variable interest rate payments and make fixed interest rate payments at fixed rates between 1.25% per annum and 1.44% per annum for all periods. The interest rate swap contracts mature between March 2018 and April 2018. The notional amount and fair value of our interest rate swap contracts recognized as net derivative assets as of December 31, 2013 are as follows:

 

     December 31, 2013  
(U.S. Dollars in thousands)    Notional Amount      Fair Value  

Interest rate swap contracts

   $ 200,000       $ 493   

As of December 31, 2013, our net exposure to floating interest rate fluctuations on our outstanding debt was approximately $150.0 million, based on our total net interest bearing debt of approximately $321.1 million, less the notional amount of our floating to fixed interest rate swap contracts of approximately $200.0 million. A 1% change in short-term interest rates would result in an increase or decrease to our interest expense of approximately $1.2 million on an annual basis as of December 31, 2013. Please read Note 10—Derivative Instruments—Interest Rate Risk Management in the Consolidated and Combined Carve-Out Financial Statements included in this Annual Report.

Foreign Currency Exchange Rate Risk

We and our subsidiaries have the U.S. Dollar as our functional and reporting currency, because all of our revenues and the majority of our expenditures, including the majority of our investments in vessels and our financing transactions, are denominated in U.S. Dollars. We could, however, earn revenue in other currencies, and we currently incur a portion of our expenses in other currencies. Therefore, there is a risk that currency fluctuations could have an adverse effect on the value of our cash flows.

Our foreign currency risk arises from:

 

    the measurement of monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies converted to U.S. Dollars, with the resulting gain or loss recorded as “Net loss on foreign currency transactions;” and

 

    the impact of fluctuations in exchange rates on the reported amounts of our revenues, if any, and expenses that are denominated in foreign currencies.

As of December 31, 2013, we had entered into foreign exchange forward contracts, selling a total notional amount of $20.0 million against NOK at an average exchange rate of NOK 6.22 per 1 U.S. Dollar, which are economic hedges for certain vessel operating expenses and general expenses in NOK. There were no foreign exchange forward contracts entered into during 2012. We did not apply hedge accounting to our foreign exchange forward contracts.

 

97


Table of Contents

Concentration of Credit Risk

The market for our services is the offshore oil transportation industry, and our customers consist primarily of major oil and gas companies, independent oil and gas producers and government-owned oil companies. As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, four and three customers, respectively, accounted for substantially all of our revenues. Ongoing credit evaluations of our customers are performed and generally do not require collateral in our business agreements. Typically, under our time charters and bareboat charters, the customer pays for the month’s charter the first day of each month, which reduces our level of credit risk. Provisions for potential credit losses are maintained when necessary.

We have bank deposits that expose us to credit risk arising from possible default by the counterparty. We manage the risk by using credit-worthy financial institutions.

Retained Risk

For a description of our insurance coverage, including the risks retained by us related to our insurance policies, please read “Item 4. Information on the Partnership—Business Overview—Risk of Loss, Insurance and Risk Management.”

 

Item 12. Description of Securities Other than Equity Securities

Not applicable.

 

98


Table of Contents

PART II

 

Item 13. Defaults, Dividend Arrearages and Delinquencies

As of December 31, 2013, we were in compliance with all covenants under our debt agreements.

 

Item 14. Material Modifications to the Rights of Securities Holders and Use of Proceeds

On April 9, 2013, the Form F-1 relating to our IPO, Commission file number 333-186947, was declared effective. On April 15, 2013, we closed our IPO, pursuant to which we issued and sold 7,450,000 common units representing limited partner interests in the Partnership. On April 18, 2013, we closed the sale of 1,117,500 additional common units issued in connection with the exercise by the underwriters’ of their option to purchase additional common units. Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and Citigroup Global Markets Inc. served as the managing underwriters of our IPO. The 8,567,500 common units were sold to the public at a price of $21.00 per unit, raising gross proceeds of $179.9 million. Expenses relating to our IPO, including, among other things, incremental costs directly attributable to our IPO, were deferred and charged against the gross proceeds of our IPO, whereas other costs have been expensed as incurred. Net proceeds from our IPO were $160.7 million, after deducting underwriting discounts, commissions and structuring fees and offering expenses paid by the Partnership. Of the total net proceeds of our IPO, approximately $138.75 million was used to repay borrowings outstanding under our vessel financing agreements and for general partnership purposes and approximately $21.95 million was used to make a cash distribution to KNOT.

 

Item 15. Controls and Procedures

Disclosure Controls and Procedures

Our Principal Executive Officer and our Principal Financial and Accounting Officer, after evaluating the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)) as of December 31, 2013, have concluded that, as of such date, our disclosure controls and procedures were effective and ensured that information required to be disclosed by us in reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our Principal Executive Officer and our Principal Financial and Accounting Officer, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure and is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified by the SEC’s rules and forms.

Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

This Annual Report does not include a report of management on our internal control over financial reporting due to a transition period established by rules of the SEC for newly public companies.

Attestation Report of the Registered Public Accounting Firm

This Annual Report does not include an attestation report of the Partnership’s registered public accounting firm due to a transition period established by rules of the SEC for newly public companies.

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by this Annual Report that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

 

Item 16A. Audit Committee Financial Expert

Our board of directors has determined that John Costain qualifies as an audit committee financial expert and is independent under applicable NYSE and SEC standards.

 

99


Table of Contents
Item 16B. Code of Ethics

We have adopted the KNOT Offshore Partners LP Code of Business Conduct and Ethics that applies to all of our employees, officers and directors. This document is available under the “Corporate Governance” tab in the “Investor Relations” section of our website ( www.knotoffshorepartners.com ). We intend to disclose, under this tab of our website, any waivers to or amendments of the KNOT Offshore Partners LP Corporate Code of Business Ethics and Conduct for the benefit of any of our directors and executive officers.

 

Item 16C. Principal Accountant Fees and Services

Our principal accountant for 2013 was Ernst & Young AS.

The audit committee of our board of directors has the authority to pre-approve permissible audit-related and non-audit services not prohibited by law to be performed by our independent auditors and associated fees. Engagements for proposed services either may be separately pre-approved by the audit committee or entered into pursuant to detailed pre-approval policies and procedures established by the audit committee, as long as the audit committee is informed on a timely basis of any engagement entered into on that basis. The audit committee separately pre-approved all engagements and fees paid to our principal accountant in 2013.

Fees Incurred by the Partnership for Ernst & Young AS’ Services

 

     2013      2012  

Audit Fees

   $ 777,383       $ 1,227,003   

Audit-Related Fees

     —           777,265   

Tax Fees

     208,982         317,151   

All Other Fees

     139,280         419,344   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 1,125,645       $ 2,740,763   

Audit Fees

Audit fees for 2013 are the aggregate fees billed for professional services rendered by the principal accountant for the audit of the Partnership’s annual financial statements and services normally provided by the principal accountant in connection with statutory and regulatory filings or engagements for the two most recent fiscal years.

Audit-Related Fees

Audit-related fees for 2013 are the aggregate fees billed for professional services rendered by the principal accountant related to assurance work in connection with financing and other agreements associated with our IPO in April 2013 that have not been reported under “—Audit Fees” above. These fees were borne by KNOT on our behalf.

Tax Fees

Tax fees for 2013 are the aggregate fees billed for professional services rendered by the principal accountant primarily related to tax consultation services.

All Other Fees

Not applicable.

 

Item 16D. Exemptions from the Listing Standards for Audit Committees

Not applicable.

 

Item 16E. Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers

Not applicable.

 

100


Table of Contents
Item 16F. Change in Registrants’ Certifying Accountant

Not applicable.

 

Item 16G. Corporate Governance

Overview

Pursuant to an exception under the NYSE listing standards for foreign private issuers, the Partnership is not required to comply with the corporate governance practices followed by U.S. companies under the NYSE listing standards. However, pursuant to Section 303A.11 of the NYSE Listed Company Manual, we are required to state any significant differences between our corporate governance practices and the practices required by the NYSE for U.S. companies. We believe that our established practices in the area of corporate governance are in line with the spirit of the NYSE standards and provide adequate protection to our unitholders. The significant differences between our corporate governance practices and the NYSE standards applicable to listed U.S. companies are set forth below.

Independence of Directors

The NYSE rules do not require a listed company that is a foreign private issuer to have a board of directors that is comprised of a majority of independent directors. Under Marshall Islands law, we are not required to have a board of directors comprised of a majority of directors meeting the independence standards described in the NYSE rules. In addition, the NYSE rules do not require limited partnerships like us to have boards of directors comprised of a majority of independent directors. However, our board of directors has determined that each of John Costain, Hans Petter Aas, Edward A. Waryas, Jr. and Andrew Beveridge satisfies the independence standards established by the NYSE as applicable to us.

Executive Sessions

The NYSE requires that non-management directors meet regularly in executive sessions without management. The NYSE also requires that all independent directors meet in an executive session at least once a year. As permitted under Marshall Islands law and our partnership agreement, our non-management directors do not regularly hold executive sessions without management and we do not expect them to do so in the future.

Nominating/Corporate Governance Committee

The NYSE requires that a listed U.S. company have a nominating/corporate governance committee of independent directors and a committee charter specifying the purpose, duties and evaluation procedures of the committee. As permitted under Marshall Islands law and our partnership agreement, we do not currently have a nominating or corporate governance committee.

Compensation Committee

The NYSE requires that a listed U.S. company have a compensation committee of independent directors and a committee charter specifying the purpose, duties and evaluation procedures of the committee. As permitted under Marshall Islands law and our partnership agreement, we do not currently have a compensation committee.

Corporate Governance Guidelines

The NYSE requires U.S. companies to adopt and disclose corporate governance guidelines. The guidelines must address, among other things: director qualification standards, director responsibilities, director access to management and independent advisers, director compensation, director orientation and continuing education, management succession and an annual performance evaluation. We are not required to adopt such guidelines under Marshall Islands law, and we have not adopted such guidelines.

We make available a statement of significant differences on our website ( www.knotoffshorepartners.com ).

We believe that our established corporate governance practices satisfy the NYSE listing standards.

 

101


Table of Contents
Item 16H. Mine Safety Disclosure

Not applicable.

 

102


Table of Contents

PART III

 

Item 17. Financial Statements

Not applicable.

 

Item 18. Financial Statements

The following financial statements listed below and set forth on pages F-3 through F-39, together with the related reports of Ernst & Young AS, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm thereon, are filed as part of this Annual Report:

 

Consolidated and Combined Carve-Out Statements of Operations for the Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

    F-3   

Consolidated and Combined Carve-Out Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

    F-4   

Consolidated and Combined Carve-Out Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2013 and 2012

    F-5   

Consolidated and Combined Carve-Out Statements of Changes in Partners’ Capital/Owners’ Equity for the Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

    F-6   

Consolidated and Combined Carve-Out Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

    F-7   

Notes to Consolidated Combined Carve-Out Financial Statements

    F-8   

All other schedules for which provision is made in the applicable accounting regulations of the SEC are not required, are inapplicable or have been disclosed in the notes to the Consolidated and Combined Carve-Out Financial Statements and therefore have been omitted.

 

Item 19. Exhibits

The following exhibits are filed as part of this Annual Report:

 

Exhibit
Number

  

Description

    1.1    Certificate of Limited Partnership of KNOT Offshore Partners LP (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the registrant’s Form F-1 Registration Statement (333-186947), filed on February 28, 2013)
    1.2*    First Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of KNOT Offshore Partners LP, dated April 15, 2013, between KNOT Offshore Partners GP LLC and Knutsen NYK Offshore Tankers AS
    4.1*    Contribution and Sale Agreement, dated April 15, 2013, among Knutsen NYK Offshore Tankers AS, KNOT Offshore Partners LP, KNOT Offshore Partners GP LLC, KNOT Offshore Partners UK LLC and KNOT Shuttle Tankers AS
    4.2*    Omnibus Agreement, dated April 15, 2013, among Knutsen NYK Offshore Tankers AS, KNOT Offshore Partners LP, KNOT Offshore Partners GP LLC, KNOT Shuttle Tankers 17 AS and KNOT Shuttle Tankers 18 AS
    4.3    Administrative Services Agreement, dated February 26, 2013, among KNOT Offshore Partners LP, KNOT Offshore Partners UK LLC, Knutsen OAS (UK) Ltd. and Knutsen OAS Shipping AS (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the registrant’s Amendment No. 1 to Form F-1 Registration Statement (333-186947), filed on March 19, 2013)
    4.4    Ship Management Agreement for the Bodil Knutsen, between KNOT Shuttle Tankers 17 AS and KNOT Management AS, as amended (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the registrant’s Form F-1 Registration Statement (333-186947), filed on February 28, 2013)
    4.5    Ship Management Agreement for the Windsor Knutsen, between KNOT Shuttle Tankers 18 AS and KNOT Management AS, as amended (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the registrant’s Form F-1 Registration Statement (333-186947), filed on February 28, 2013)
    4.6*    Ship Management Agreement for the Carmen Knutsen, between Knutsen Shuttle Tankers 13 AS and KNOT Management AS, as amended

 

103


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number

  

Description

    4.7*    Revolving Credit Agreement, dated December 1, 2009, among Knutsen Shuttle Tankers XII KS, as borrower, and the other parties thereto, as amended by the Supplemental Agreement, dated February 14, 2011, the Second Supplemental Agreement, dated July 6, 2012, the Third Supplemental Agreement, dated February 27, 2013, the Amendment and Restatement Deed, dated April 9, 2013, the Fourth Supplemental Agreement, dated April 29, 2013 and the Second Amendment and Restatement Deed, dated July 11, 2013
    4.8*    Guarantee and Indemnity in respect of the Revolving Credit Agreement, dated April 11, 2013, between KNOT Offshore Partners LP, as guarantor, and DNB Bank ASA, as security trustee
    4.9*    Guarantee and Indemnity in respect of the Revolving Credit Agreement, dated April 9, 2013, between KNOT Shuttle Tankers AS, as guarantor, and DNB Bank ASA, as security trustee
    4.10*    Senior Secured Term Loan Agreement, dated December 1, 2009, among Knutsen Shuttle Tankers XII KS, as borrower, and the other parties thereto, as amended by the Supplemental Agreement, dated February 14, 2011, the Second Supplemental Agreement, dated September 14, 2012, the Third Supplemental Agreement, dated February 27, 2013, the Amendment and Restatement Deed, dated April 9, 2013 and the Fourth Supplemental Agreement, dated July 11, 2013
    4.11*    Guarantee and Indemnity in respect of the Senior Secured Term Loan Agreement, dated April 11, 2013, between KNOT Offshore Partners LP, as guarantor, and DNB Bank ASA, as security trustee
    4.12*    Guarantee and Indemnity in respect of the Senior Secured Term Loan Agreement, dated April 9, 2013, between KNOT Shuttle Tankers AS, as guarantor, and DNB Bank ASA, as security trustee
    4.13*    Amended and Restated Term Loan Agreement, dated February 11, 2011, among KNOT Shuttle Tankers 17 AS, as borrower, and the other parties thereto, as amended by the First Supplemental Agreement, dated June 6, 2011, the Second Supplemental Agreement, dated September 20, 2012, as amended and restated by the Third Supplemental Agreement, dated February 22, 2013, as amended and restated by the Fourth Supplemental Agreement, dated April 9, 2013
    4.14*    Amended and Restated Senior Term Loan Agreement, dated April 25, 2007, among KNOT Shuttle Tankers 18 AS, as borrower, and the other parties thereto, as amended by the Supplemental Agreement, dated August 28, 2008, the Second Supplemental Agreement, dated February 18, 2010, the Third Supplemental Agreement , dated July 1, 2010, the Fourth Supplemental Agreement, dated October 29, 2010, the Fifth Supplemental Agreement, dated November 12, 2010, the Sixth Supplemental Agreement, dated November 16, 2010, the Seventh Supplemental Agreement, dated March 2, 2011, the Eighth Supplemental Agreement, dated April 12, 2011 and the Ninth Supplemental Agreement, dated April 25, 2012 and as amended and restated by the Tenth Supplemental Agreement, dated February 19, 2013 and the Eleventh supplemental agreement, dated April 9, 2013
    4.15*    Amended and Restated USD 93,000,000 Term Loan Facility Agreement, dated July 11, 2013, among Knutsen Shuttle Tankers 13 AS, as borrower, and the other parties thereto, as amended and restated by the First Supplemental Agreement, dated July 11, 2013
    4.16    Employment Agreement dated March 28, 2013 between KNOT Offshore Partners UK LLC and Arild Vik (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to the registrant’s Amendment No. 2 to Form F-1 Registration Statement (333-186947), filed on April 1, 2013)
    4.17†    Fortaleza Knutsen Standard Bareboat Charter Party, dated November 14, 2007, between Knutsen Shuttle Tankers XII KS and Fronape International Company/Petrobras Transporte S.A.-Transpetro, novated by the Novation Agreement, dated June 27, 2012, between Knutsen Shuttle Tankers XII KS, Knutsen OAS Shipping AS, Fronape International Company, Petrobras Transporte S.A.-Transpetro and Fronape International Company B.V. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 to the registrant’s Form F-1 Registration Statement (333-186947), filed on February 28, 2013)
    4.18†    Recife Knutsen Standard Bareboat Charter Party, dated November 14, 2007, between Knutsen Shuttle Tankers XII KS and Fronape International Company/Petrobras Transporte S.A.-Transpetro, novated by the Novation Agreement, dated June 29, 2012, between Knutsen Shuttle Tankers XII KS, Knutsen OAS Shipping AS, Fronape International Company, Petrobras Transporte S.A.-Transpetro and Fronape International Company B.V. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 to the registrant’s Form F-1 Registration Statement (333-186947), filed on February 28, 2013)
    4.19†    Windsor Knutsen Time Charter Party, dated April 6, 2010, between Knutsen OAS Shipping AS and Brazil Shipping I Limited, formerly known as BG Oil Services Limited, novated by the Novation Agreement, dated May 3, 2010, between Knutsen OAS Shipping AS, Knutsen Bøyelaster XI KS and Brazil Shipping I Limited, formerly known as BG Oil Services Limited and further novated by the Novation Agreement, dated February 20, 2013, between Knutsen Bøyelaster XI KS, KNOT Shuttle Tankers 18 AS and Brazil Shipping I Limited (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 to the registrant’s Form F-1 Registration Statement (333-186947), filed on February 28, 2013)
    4.20†    Bodil Knutsen Time Charter Party, dated October 7, 2010, between Knutsen Bøyelaster VI KS and Statoil ASA, amended by Addendum No. 1, dated March 29, 2011, between Knutsen Bøyelaster VI KS and Statoil ASA and novated by the Novation Agreement, dated February 18, 2013, between Knutsen Bøyelaster VI KS, KNOT Shuttle Tankers 17 AS and Statoil ASA (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.14 to the registrant’s Form F-1 Registration Statement (333-186947), filed on February 28, 2013)
    4.21*    Share Purchase Agreement, dated July 11, 2013, between Knutsen NYK Offshore Tankers AS and KNOT Shuttle Tankers AS

 

104


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number

  

Description

    4.22*    Seller’s Credit, dated August, 1, 2013, between KNOT Shuttle Tankers AS and Knutsen NYK Offshore Tankers AS
    8.1*    Subsidiaries of KNOT Offshore Partners LP
  12.1*    Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certification of the Principal Executive Officer and the Principal Financial Officer
  13.1*    Certification under Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 of the Principal Executive Officer and the Principal Financial Officer

 

* Filed herewith.
Certain portions have been omitted pursuant to a confidential treatment request. Omitted information has been filed separately with the SEC.
** Pursuant to Rule 406T of Regulation S-T, these interactive data files are deemed not filed or part of a registration statement or prospectus for purposes of Sections 11 or 12 of the Securities Act of 1933 or Section 18 of the Exchange Act and otherwise are not subject to liability under such sections.

 

105


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

The registrant hereby certifies that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form 20-F and that it has duly caused and authorized the undersigned to sign this Annual Report on its behalf.

 

KNOT OFFSHORE PARTNERS LP
By:  

/s/ ARILD VIK

Name:   Arild Vik
Title:   Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer

Date: April 14, 2014

 

106


Table of Contents

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF KNOT OFFSHORE PARTNERS LP

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-2   

Consolidated and Combined Carve-Out Statements of Operations for the Years Ended December  31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

     F-3   

Consolidated and Combined Carve-Out Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the Years Ended December  31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

     F-4   

Consolidated and Combined Carve-Out Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2013 and 2012

     F-5   

Consolidated and Combined Carve-Out Statements of Changes in Partners’ Capital/Owners’ Equity for the Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

     F-6   

Consolidated and Combined Carve-Out Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December  31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

     F-7   

Notes to Consolidated Combined Carve-Out Financial Statements

     F-8   

 

F-1


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors of KNOT Offshore Partners LP

We have audited the accompanying consolidated and combined carve-out balance sheets of KNOT Offshore Partners LP as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, as described in Note 2 (a), and the related combined carve-out statements of operations, comprehensive income (loss), partners’ capital / owners’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013. These consolidated and combined carve-out financial statements are the responsibility of the Partnership’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated and combined carve-out financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Partnership’s internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Partnership’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated and combined financial position of KNOT Offshore Partners LP at December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the consolidated and combined results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

/s/ Ernst & Young AS

Bergen, Norway

April 14, 2014

 

F-2


Table of Contents

KNOT OFFSHORE PARTNERS LP

Consolidated and Combined Carve-Out Statements of Operations

for the Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

(U.S. Dollars in thousands, except per unit amounts)

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2013     2012     2011  

Time charter and bareboat revenues

   $ 73,151      $ 62,078      $ 41,809   

Voyage revenue

     0        —          2,100   

Loss of hire insurance recoveries

     250        3,575        —     

Total revenues (Notes 2(d), 5, 6, 8 and 18)

     73,401        65,653        43,909   

Operating expenses: (Note 18)

      

Voyage expenses (Note 2(d))

     0        —          2,653   

Vessel operating expenses (Note 2(d))

     14,288        13,000        10,795   

Depreciation and amortization (Note 13)

     23,768        21,181        16,229   

General and administrative expenses

     5,361        4,834        927   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     43,417        39,015        30,604   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income

     29,984        26,638        13,305   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Finance income (expense): (Notes 2(e) and 18)

      

Interest income

     30        19        34   

Interest expense (Note 9(a))

     (10,773     (13,471     (9,650

Other finance expense (Note 9(b))

     (2,048     (3,378     (2,741

Realized and unrealized gain (loss) on derivative instruments (Note 10)

     505        (6,031     (15,489

Net gain (loss) on foreign currency transactions

     193        (1,771     (3,037
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total finance expense

     (12,093     (24,632     (30,883
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

     17,891        2,006        (17,578

Income tax benefit (expense) (Notes 2(q) and 17)

     (2,827     (1,261     1,240   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

   $ 15,064      $ 745      $ (16,338
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

General Partner’s interest in net income (loss)

     301        —          —     

Limited Partner’s interest in net income (loss)

     14,764        —          —     

Earnings per unit: (Note 21)(1)

      

Common unit (basic and diluted)

   $ 1.063        —          —     

Subordinated unit (basic and diluted)

   $ 1.065        —          —     

General partner unit (basic and diluted)

   $ 1.063        —          —     

Cash distributions declared and paid per unit (2)

   $ 1.187       

  

 

(1) Earning per unit information for the year ended December 31, 2013 is in respect of the period from the closing of the IPO (April 15, 2013) to December 31, 2013.
(2) Cash distributions declared in respect of the year ended December 31, 2013. Of this amount, $0.752 per unit was paid in 2013 and $0.435 per unit was paid in February 2014.

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

KNOT OFFSHORE PARTNERS LP

Consolidated and Combined Carve-Out Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss)

for the Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

(U.S. Dollars in thousands)

 

     2013      2012      2011  

Net income (loss)

   $ 15,064       $ 745       $ (16,338

Other comprehensive income, net of tax

     —           —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Comprehensive income (loss)

   $ 15,064       $ 745       $ (16,338
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

KNOT OFFSHORE PARTNERS LP

Consolidated and Combined Carve-Out Balance Sheets

as of December 31, 2013 and 2012

(U.S. Dollars in thousands)

 

     December 31,  
     2013     2012  

Assets

    

Current assets:

    

Cash and cash equivalents (Notes 2(f) and 11)

   $ 28,836      $ 1,287   

Restricted cash (Notes 2(g) and 11)

     458        830   

Trade accounts receivable, less allowance for doubtful accounts of $0 in, 2013 and $0 in 2012 (Notes 2(h) and 12(a))

     —          99   

Amounts due from related parties (Note 18(d))

     77        —     

Inventories (Note 2(i))

     578        541   

Deferred tax asset (Notes 2(q) and 17)

     —          290   

Current portion of derivative assets (Notes 2(p), 10 and 11)

     248        —     

Other current assets (Notes 2(j) and 12(b))

     1,814        3,459   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

     32,011        6,506   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Long-term assets:

    

Vessels and equipment (Notes 2(k), 2(l), 2(m), 13 and 18(a)):

    

Vessels

     692,926        548,141   

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization

     (75,141     (51,373
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net property, plant, and equipment

     617,785        496,768   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Goodwill (Notes 2(n) and 14)

     5,750        5,750   

Deferred debt issuance cost (Note 2(o))

     2,010        2,787   

Derivative assets (Notes 2(p), 10 and 11)

     2,617        —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 660,173      $ 511,811   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities and Partners’ Capital/Owners’ Equity

    

Current liabilities:

    

Trade accounts payable

   $ 1,107      $ 370   

Accrued expenses (Note 15)

     2,642        1,803   

Current portion of long-term debt (Notes 11 and 16)

     29,269        28,833   

Current portion derivative liabilities (Notes 2(p), 10 and 11)

     2,124        5,258   

Income taxes payable (Notes 2(q) and 17)

     743        —     

Contract liabilities (Notes 2(n) and 14(b))

     1,518        1,518   

Prepaid charter and deferred revenue (Note 2(r))

     4,471        4,369   

Amount due to related parties (Note 18(d))

     163        12,423   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     42,037        54,574   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Long-term liabilities:

    

Long-term debt (Notes 11 and 16)

     310,359        319,017   

Derivative liabilities (Notes 2(p), 10 and 11)

     —          22,622   

Contract liabilities (Notes 2(n) and 14(b))

     12,793        14,311   

Deferred tax liabilities (Notes 2(q) and 17)

     2,141        3,097   

Long-term debt from related parties (Note 16)

     10,349        —     

Other long-term liabilities

     567        996   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     378,246        414,617   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies (Notes 2(s) and 19)

    

Equity:

    

Owners’ equity

     —          97,194   

Partners’ capital:

    

Common unitholders

     168,773        —     

Subordinated unitholders

     107,857        —     

General partner interest

     5,297        —     

Total partners’ capital

     281,927        —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and equity

   $ 660,173      $ 511,811   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

KNOT OFFSHORE PARTNERS LP

Consolidated and Combined Carve-Out

Statements of Changes in Partners’ Capital/Owners’ Equity

for the Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

(U.S. Dollars in thousands)

 

           Partners’ Capital               
     Owners’
Invested
Equity
    Common
Units
    Subordinated
Units
    General
Partner
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
     Total
Partners’
Capital/
Owners’
Equity
 

Combined carve-out balance at December 31, 2010

   $ 45,669        —          —          —        $ —         $ 45,669   

Net income (loss)

     (16,338     —          —          —          —           (16,338

Other comprehensive income (loss)

     —          —          —          —          —           —     

Movement in invested equity

     38,040        —          —          —          —           38,040   

Combined carve-out balance at December 31, 2011

     67,370        —          —          —          —           67,370   

Net income (loss)

     745        —          —          —          —           745   

Other comprehensive income (loss)

     —          —          —          —          —           —     

Movement in invested equity

     29,079        —          —          —          —           29,079   

Combined carve-out balance at December 31, 2012

     97,194        —          —          —          —           97,194   

Combined carve-out net loss (Jan 1 to April 15, 2013)

     (3,538     —          —          —          —           (3,538

Combined carve-out other comprehensive income (loss)

     —          —          —          —          —           —     

Movement in invested Equity

     10,882        —          —          —          —           10,882   

Combined balance at April 15, 2013

     104,538        —          —          —          —           104,538   

Elimination of equity

     27,792        —          —          —          —           27,792   

Allocation of partnership capital to unitholders

     (132,330     —          127,141        5,189        —           —     

Proceeds from initial public offering (8,567,500 common units (including 1,117,500 common units sold pursuant to the full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional units) net of underwriters’ discount of $11,605 (Note 3)

     —          168,313        —          —          —           168,313   

Cash distribution to KNOT

     —          —          (21,954     —          —           (21,954

Initial public offering costs

     —          (2,201     —          —          —           (2,201

Post initial public offering net income

     —          9,106        9,125        371           18,602   

Other comprehensive income (loss)

     —          —          —          —          —           —     

Cash distributions

     —          (6,445     (6,455     (263     —           (13,163

Consolidated balance at December 31, 2013

   $ —          168,773        107,857        5,297      $ —         $ 281,927   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

KNOT OFFSHORE PARTNERS LP

Consolidated and Combined Carve-Out Statements of Cash Flows

for the Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

(U.S. Dollars in thousands)

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2013     2012     2011  

Cash flows provided by operating activities:

      

Net income (loss)

   $ 15,064      $ 745      $ (16,338

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to cash provided by operating activities:

      

Depreciation and amortization

     23,768        21,181        16,229   

Amortization of contract liabilities

     (1,518     (1,518     (868

Amortization of deferred debt issuance cost

     1,741        982        658   

Deferred income tax (benefit) expense

     2,827        1,261        (1,240

Unrealized (gain) loss on derivative instruments

     (1,770     549        8,923   

Unrealized loss on foreign currency transactions

     32        579        3,056   

Other items

     (427     (426     2,677   

Changes in operating assets and liabilities

      

Decrease (increase) in trade accounts receivable

     99        (6     (93

Decrease in receivables from owner and affiliates

     —          —          386   

Decrease (increase) in inventories

     197        (71     218   

Decrease (increase) in other current assets

     2,555        (1,609     (211

Increase in amounts due from related parties

     (77     —          —     

Increase in amounts due to related parties

     109        —          —     

Increase (decrease) in trade accounts payable

     662        (334     (7,874

Increase (decrease) in accrued expenses

     771        (342     324   

Increase in other liabilities

     26        —          —     

Increase (decrease) prepaid revenue

     101        (1,684     5,626   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities (Note 20)

     44,160        19,307        11,473   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

      

Disposals (additions) to vessel and equipment

     215        (52     (137,276

Acquisition of the Carmen Knutsen (net of cash required) (Note 22)

     (55,683     —          —     

Settlement of foreign exchange forward contracts

     —          —          (828
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (55,468     (52     (138,104
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

      

Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt

     45,422        —          176,299   

Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt from related parties (Note 16, 18 and 22)

     10,453        —          —     

Repayment of long-term debt

     (142,873     (28,083     (17,166

Repayment of short-term debt

     —          —          (20,000

Payments of debt issuance cost

     (1,098     —          (2,536

Changes in payables to owners and affiliates (Notes 20)

     —          3,491        (47,846

Changes in payables to related parties

     (15,174     —          —     

Contributions from/distribution to owner, net (Notes 20)

     11,623        3,414        38,040   

Proceeds from initial public offering, net of underwriters’ discount

     168,313        —          —     

Cash distributed to KNOT

     (21,954     —          —     

Offering cost

     (2,201     —          —     

Cash distribution

     (13,163     —          —     

Change in restricted cash

     (458     22        (346
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     38,890        (21,156     126,445   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash

     (33     (1     —     

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     27,549        (1,902     (186

Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year

     1,287        3,189        3,375   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year

   $ 28,836      $ 1,287      $ 3,189   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

1) Description of Business

KNOT Offshore Partners LP (the “Partnership”) was formed as a limited partnership under the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands and is majority-owned by Knutsen NYK Offshore Tankers AS (“KNOT”). The Partnership was formed for the purpose of acquiring 100% ownership interests in four shuttle tankers in connection with the Partnership’s initial public offering of its common units (the “IPO”), which was completed on April 15, 2013.

The Partnership was established prior to the closing of the IPO. In connection with the consummation of the IPO, through KNOT Offshore Partners UK LLC (“KNOT UK”), a 100% owned limited liability company formed under the laws of the Marshall Islands, the Partnership acquired a 100% ownership interest in KNOT Shuttle Tankers AS, a wholly owned subsidiary of KNOT, which as of February 27, 2013 directly or indirectly owned (1) 100% of Knutsen Shuttle Tankers XII KS, the owner of the Recife Knutsen and the Fortaleza Knutsen , (2) 100% of Knutsen Shuttle Tankers XII AS, the general partner of Knutsen Shuttle Tankers XII KS, and (3) the Windsor Knutsen and the Bodil Knutsen and all of their related charters, inventory and long-term debt. In establishing the new KNOT Shuttle Tankers AS structure, KNOT formed three new Norwegian subsidiaries, which acquired 90% of Knutsen Shuttle Tankers XII KS, 100% of the Windsor Knutsen and 100% of the Bodil Knutsen , respectively.

In connection with the consummation of the IPO, (1) the Partnership issued to KNOT 8,567,500 subordinated units, representing a 49.0% limited partner interest in the Partnership, and 100% of the incentive distribution rights (“IDRs”); (2) KNOT Offshore Partners GP LLC, a wholly owned subsidiary of KNOT and the general partner of the Partnership (the “General Partner”), continued its 2.0% general partner interest in the Partnership; and (3) the Partnership issued and sold to the public, through the underwriters, 8,567,500 common units (including 1,117,500 common units sold pursuant to the full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional units), representing a 49.0% limited partner interest in the Partnership. The Partnership received gross proceeds before underwriting discounts, the structuring fee and estimated offering expenses of approximately $179.9 million in connection with the IPO, all as further described in Note 3—Formation Transactions and Initial Public Offering.

For periods prior to April 15, 2013 (the closing of the IPO), the Partnership and its subsidiaries that had interests in the Windsor Knutsen , the Bodil Knutsen , the Recife Knutsen and the Fortaleza Knutsen are collectively referred to as the “Combined Entity.” The transfers and contributions of the subsidiaries holding interests in the Windsor Knutsen , the Bodil Knutsen , the Recife Knutsen and the Fortaleza Knutsen from KNOT to the Partnership in connection with the IPO were deemed to be a reorganization of entities under common control. As a reorganization of entities under common control, the transfer of the subsidiaries and other net assets has been recorded at KNOT’s historical book value.

Pursuant to the Partnership’s First Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership (the “Partnership Agreement”), the General Partner has irrevocably delegated to the Partnership’s board of directors the power to oversee and direct the operations of, manage and determine the strategies and policies of the Partnership. During the period from the IPO until the time of the Partnership’s first annual meeting of unitholders (“AGM”) on June 25, 2013, the General Partner retained the sole power to appoint, remove and replace all members of the Partnership’s board of directors. At the first AGM, four of the seven board members became electable by the common unitholders and accordingly, from this date, KNOT, as the owner of the General Partner, no longer retained the power to control the Partnership’s board of directors and hence the Partnership. As a result, the Partnership is no longer considered to be under common control with KNOT, and, as a consequence, the Partnership no longer accounts for any vessel acquisitions from KNOT after June 25, 2013 as a transfer of equity interests between entities under common control.

On August 1, 2013, the Partnership’s wholly owned subsidiary, KNOT Shuttle Tanker AS, acquired Knutsen Shuttle Tanker 13 AS, the company that owns the Carmen Knutsen , from KNOT. The acquisition of the Carmen Knutsen was accounted for as an acquisition of a business. Accordingly, the results of the Carmen Knutsen are consolidated into the Partnership’s results from the date of its acquisition. There has been no retroactive restatement of the Partnership’s financial statements to reflect the historical results of the Carmen Knutsen prior to its acquisition. See Note 22—Acquisition of the Carmen Knutsen .

Each of the Windsor Knutsen , the Bodil Knutsen , the Recife Knutsen , the Fortaleza Knutsen and the Carmen Knutsen are referred to as a “Vessel” and, collectively, as the “Vessels.” As of December 31, 2013, the Partnership operated a fleet of five vessels. The Vessels operate under fixed long-term charters. The time charters for the

 

F-8


Table of Contents

Windsor Knutsen and the Bodil Knutsen expire in 2014 and 2016, respectively, and contain charterer options for extension through 2016 and 2019, respectively. The Recife Knutsen and the Fortaleza Knutsen are under bareboat charters that expire in 2023. The Carmen Knutsen is under a long-term time charter that expires in 2018 and contains charterer options for extension through 2021.

2) Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

(a) Basis of Preparation

The consolidated and combined carve-out financial statements are prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“U.S. GAAP”). All intercompany balances and transactions are eliminated.

The consolidated and combined financial statements include the financial statements of the entities listed in Note 4.

As of April 16, 2013, the financial statements of the Partnership as a separate legal entity are presented on a consolidated basis. Prior to April 16, 2013, the results of operations, cash flows and balance sheet have been carved out of the consolidated financial statements of KNOT and therefore are presented on a combined carve-out basis. As of February 27, 2013, KNOT Shuttle Tankers AS acquired the 100% ownership in KNOT Shuttle Tankers 12 AS, KNOT Shuttle Tankers 17 AS, KNOT Shuttle Tankers 18 AS, and Knutsen Shuttle Tankers XII AS in a reorganization under common control. As of February 27, 2013, KNOT Shuttle Tankers 12 AS and Knutsen Shuttle Tankers XII AS owned a 90% and 10% ownership interest, respectively, in Knutsen Shuttle Tankers XII KS; and KNOT Shuttle Tankers 17 AS owned a 100% interest in Bodil Knutsen and KNOT Shuttle Tankers 18 AS owned a 100% interest in Windsor Knutsen. As a reorganization of entities under common control, the transfer of the subsidiaries and other net assets has been recorded at KNOT’s historical book value.

The Bodil Knutsen and the Windsor Knutsen were not operated as discrete units or included in single purpose legal entities. Accordingly, these Vessels have been “carved-out” of KNOT’s assets, liabilities, revenues, expenses and cash flows as they relate to the Predecessor’s business through the use of the information system of KNOT. Specific information is recorded and coded by vessel for each accounting transaction for certain line items in the combined carve-out financial statements. Therefore, amounts for such Vessels were specifically identified for revenues, vessel expenses, vessel operating expenses, depreciation and amortization, interest expense and related debt issuance cost for long-term debt and realized and unrealized losses on derivative instruments; and related balances for such Vessels were specifically identified for trade accounts receivable, inventories, prepaid expenses, vessels and equipment, intangible assets, trade accounts payable, certain accrued expenses, prepaid charter revenues, long-term debt, derivative liabilities and contract liabilities.

Vessels operating expenses includes ship management fees for the provision of technical and commercial management of Vessels and are based on intercompany charges invoiced by KNOT. All long-term debt is specifically related to financing of the individual Vessels. Derivatives are composed of interest rate swap derivatives and foreign exchange forward contracts. The interest rate swaps were entered into in conjunction with the individual Vessel financing to secure fixed interest rates. The interest rate swaps are included in the combined carve-out financial statements to reflect all of the historical cost of doing business even though they will not be transferred to the Partnership. The foreign exchange forward contracts were entered into in conjunction with the construction of certain of the individual Vessels to secure the amounts payable in foreign currencies. Since these Vessels were delivered in 2011, there were no outstanding foreign exchange forward contracts as of December 31, 2011 and 2012.

The following items, which are not directly attributable to the Vessels, have been allocated to the combined carve-out financial statements as set forth below:

 

    General and administrative expenses of KNOT were invoiced to its subsidiaries based upon certain transfer pricing principles by type of cost. See to Note 18 – Related Party Transactions. The invoiced amounts that cannot be attributed to the Bodil Knutsen and the Windsor Knutsen have been allocated pro rata based on the number of vessels in KNOT’s fleet.

 

F-9


Table of Contents
    Cash and cash equivalents for general purposes at the legal entity level have not been allocated. The cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash balances are only included in the combined carve-out balance sheets to the extent they are specifically related to the Bodil Knutsen’s and the Windsor Knutsen’s petty cash or provisions of the loan agreements. Interest income cannot be attributed to the specific Vessels and has only been included in the combined carve-out financial statements to the extent it relates to an interesting bearing cash account included in the combined carve-out balance sheets.

 

    Payables to owners and affiliates (“owner balances”) are not tracked on an individual Vessel basis for the Bodil Knutsen and the Windsor Knutsen but at the legal entity level. General allocations of owner balances based on the number of vessels within a legal entity would be inherently arbitrary. Therefore, the Predecessor has identified specific payments made by owners to shipyards on Vessels under construction or conversion on behalf of the legal entity owning the Vessel and reflected these balances as payable to owners and affiliates, adjusted for subsequent external bank refinancing or settlements of payables at the legal entity level, in the combined carve-out balance sheet. Interest expense has been allocated on the basis of these owner balances and the historical intercompany interest rates charged by the owners to its subsidiaries on owner balances.

 

    Net gain (loss) of foreign currency transactions cannot be attributed directly to the Bodil Knutsen and the Windsor Knutsen and has been allocated based upon specifically identified or allocated balances included on the combined carve-out balance sheets.

 

    Goodwill arose in 2008 when TSSI acquired the remaining 50% interest in the majority of KNOT’s vessels, including the Windsor Knutsen and the three other Vessels of the Predecessor under construction, in a transaction that was accounted for as a step acquisition. This transaction resulted in goodwill for KNOT. KNOT’s goodwill was allocated to the Predecessor based upon the Predecessor’s percentage of fair value of the Vessel, the Vessels under construction and the favorable or unfavorable charter contract rights acquired at the acquisition date to the total fair value acquired by KNOT for all vessels, vessels under construction and favorable or unfavorable charter contract rights. See Note 2(n) – Summary of Significant Accounting Policies: Goodwill and Intangibles and Note 14 – Goodwill, Intangible Assets and Contract Liabilities.

The Partnership’s activities included in the consolidated and combined carve-out financial statements contain Norwegian entities or activities that were organized as non-taxable partnerships or were without tax status. To reflect the historical cost of doing business, the income tax expense and related deferred tax assets and liabilities arising for the Predecessor activities included in the historical parent entities have been included in the consolidated and combined carve-out financial statements calculated on a separate return basis.

The Vessels of the Partnership were not historically owned by a separate legal entity or operated as a discrete group. Therefore, no separate share capital existed in owner’s equity. Further, certain Vessels had cash accounts shared with other vessels of the KNOT Group that were not allocated to the Predecessor.

Accordingly, the historical consolidated and combined carve-out financial statements prior to April 16, 2013 reflect allocations of certain expenses, including that of general and administrative expenses, mark-to-market valuations of interest rate swap derivatives, interest expense on related party payables and net gain (loss) on foreign currency transactions. These allocated costs have been accounted for as equity contribution in the consolidated and combined carve-out balance sheets.

Included in the Combined Entity’s equity prior to April 16, 2013 are amounts (net liabilities of $27.8 million) relating to certain assets and liabilities that were carved out as they were readily separable and identifiable within the books of KNOT. However, these amounts have been retained by KNOT and have not been transferred to the Partnership and therefore have been eliminated from the Partnership’s opening equity as of April 16, 2013. Details of the net liabilities eliminated are as follows:

 

(U.S. Dollars in thousands)       

Balance sheet captions:

  

Other current assets

   $ 89   

Other non-current assets

     —     

Other current liabilities (*)

     (6,321

Other long-term liabilities (*)

     (21,560
  

 

 

 

Net liabilities

   $ (27,792
  

 

 

 

 

(*) The majority of the assets and liabilities not transferred to the Partnership are related to interest swap derivatives (Note 10) and insurance proceeds pursuant to the Contribution and Sale Agreement entered into in connection with the closing of the IPO on April 15, 2013 (Note 8).

 

F-10


Table of Contents

Management believes that the allocations included in these consolidated and combined carve-out financial statements are reasonable to present the financial position, results of operations and cash flows of the Partnership on a stand-alone basis. In the opinion of management these consolidated and combined carve-out financial statements reflect all adjustments, of a normal recurring nature, necessary to present fairly in all material respects, the Partnership’s consolidated and combined carve-out financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2013. However, the financial position, results of operations and cash flows of the Combined Entity as presented may differ from those that would have been achieved had the Partnership operated autonomously for all years presented as the Partnership would have had additional general and administrative expenses, including legal, accounting, treasury and regulatory compliance and other costs normally incurred by a stand-alone listed publicly traded entity. Accordingly, the comparative historical consolidated and combined financial statements do not purport to be indicative of the future financial position, results of operations or cash flows of the Partnership.

(b) Reporting Currency

The consolidated and combined carve-out financial statements are prepared in the reporting currency of U.S. Dollars. The functional currency of the vessel-owning Partnership subsidiaries is the U.S. Dollar, because the subsidiaries operate in the international shipping market, in which all revenues are U.S. Dollar-denominated and the majority of expenditures are made in U.S. Dollars. Transactions involving other currencies during the year are converted into U.S. Dollars using the exchange rates in effect at the time of the transactions. As of the balance sheet dates, monetary assets and liabilities that are denominated in currencies other than the U.S. Dollar are translated to reflect the year-end exchange rates. Resulting gains or losses are reflected separately in the accompanying consolidated and combined carve-out statements of operations.

(c) Use of Estimates

The preparation of consolidated and combined carve-out financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities as of the date of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting periods. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Significant items subject to such estimates and assumptions include the useful lives and impairment of Vessels, drydocking, the valuation of derivatives and income taxes.

(d) Revenues and Operating Expenses

The Partnership recognizes revenues from time charters and bareboat charters as operating leases on a straight-line basis over the term of the charter, net of any commissions. Under time charters, revenue is not recognized during days the Vessel is off-hire. Revenue is recognized from delivery of the Vessel to the charterer, until the end of the contract period. Under time charters, the Partnership is responsible for providing the crewing and other services related to the Vessel’s operations, the cost of which is included in the daily hire rate, except when off-hire. Fees received from customers for customized equipment are deferred and recognized over the contract period. Under bareboat charters, the Partnership provides a specified Vessel for a fixed period of time at a specified day rate. The Partnership recognizes revenues from spot contracts as voyage revenues using the percentage of completion method on a discharge-to-discharge basis.

Voyage expenses are all expenses unique to a particular voyage, including bunker fuel expenses, port fees, cargo loading and unloading expenses, canal tolls and agency fees. Voyage expenses are paid by the customer under time charter and bareboat charters. Voyage expenses are paid by the Partnership for spot contracts and during periods of off-hire and are recognized when incurred.

 

F-11


Table of Contents

Vessel operating expenses include crewing, repairs and maintenance, insurance, stores, lube oils and communication expenses. Vessel operating expenses are paid by the Partnership for time charters, spot contracts and during off-hire and are recognized when incurred.

As further discussed in Note 18—Related Party Transactions, related parties have provided the management services for the Vessels and employ the crews that work on the Vessels. The Partnership has no direct employees and, accordingly, is not liable for any pension or post-retirement benefits.

(e) Financial Income (Expense)

Interest expenses incurred on the Partnership’s debt incurred during the construction of the Vessels exceeding one year are capitalized during the construction period.

(f) Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Partnership considers all highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less when purchased to be cash equivalents.

(g) Restricted Cash

Restricted cash consists of bank deposits, which may only be used to settle principal payments under the Partnership’s Vessel financing arrangements.

(h) Trade Accounts Receivable

Accounts receivable are recorded at the invoiced amount and do not bear interest. Under terms of the current time charters and bareboat charters, the customers are committed to pay for the full month’s charter the first day of each month. See Note 2(r) —Summary of Significant Accounting Policies: Prepaid Charter and Deferred Revenue. The allowance for doubtful accounts is the Partnership’s best estimate of the amount of probable credit losses in existing accounts receivable. The Partnership establishes provisions for doubtful accounts on a case-by-case basis when it is unlikely that required payments of specific amounts will occur. In establishing these provisions, the Partnership considers the financial condition of the customer as well as specific circumstances related to the receivable. Receivable amounts determined to be unrecoverable are written-off. There were no provisions as allowance for doubtful accounts or amounts written-off against the allowance for doubtful accounts as of December 31, 2013 and 2012. The Partnership does not have any off-balance-sheet credit exposure related to its customers.

(i) Inventories

Inventories, which are comprised principally of lubricating oils, are stated at the lower of cost or market. For vessels on time charters or bareboat charters, there are no bunkers, as the charterer supplies the bunkers, which principally consist of fuel oil. Cost is determined using the first-in, first-out method for all inventories.

(j) Other Current Assets

Other current assets principally consist of prepaid expenses, the current portion of deferred cost and other receivables.

(k) Vessels and Equipment

Vessels and equipment are stated at the historical acquisition or construction cost, including capitalized interest, supervision and technical and delivery cost, net of accumulated depreciation and impairment loss, if any. Expenditures for subsequent conversions and major improvements are capitalized, provided that such costs increase the earnings capacity or improve the efficiency or safety of the vessels.

 

F-12


Table of Contents

Generally, the Partnership drydocks each vessel every 60 months until the vessel is 15 years old and every 30 months thereafter, as required for the renewal of certifications issued by classification societies. For vessels operating on time charters, the Partnership capitalizes the costs directly associated with the classification and regulatory requirements for inspection of the vessels, major repairs and improvements incurred during drydocking. Drydock cost is amortized on a straight-line basis over the period until the next planned drydocking takes place. The Partnership expenses costs related to routine repairs and maintenance performed during drydocking or as otherwise incurred. For vessels that are newly built or acquired, an element of the cost of the vessel is initially allocated to a drydock component and amortized on a straight-line basis over the period until the next planned drydocking. When significant drydocking expenditures occur prior to the expiration of this period, the Partnership expenses the remaining unamortized balance of the original drydocking cost in the month of the subsequent drydocking. For vessels operating on bareboat charters, the charter party bears the cost of any drydocking.

Depreciation on vessels and equipment is calculated on a straight-line basis over the asset’s estimated useful life, less an estimated residual value, as follows:

 

     Useful Life

Hull

   25 years

Anchor-handling, loading and unloading equipment

   25 years

Main/auxiliary engine

   25 years

Thruster, dynamic positioning systems, cranes and other equipment

   25 years

Drydock costs

   2.5–5 years

A Vessel is depreciated to its estimated residual value, which is calculated based on the weight of the ship and estimated steel price. Any cost related to the disposal is deducted from the residual value.

(l) Capitalized Interest

Interest expenses incurred on the Partnership’s debt during the construction of the Vessels exceeding one year is capitalized during the construction period.

(m) Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

Vessels and equipment, vessels under construction and intangible assets subject to amortization are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. If circumstances require a long-lived asset or asset group to be tested for possible impairment, the Partnership first compares undiscounted cash flows expected to be generated by that asset or asset group to its carrying value. If the carrying value of the long-lived asset or asset group is not recoverable on an undiscounted cash flow basis, impairment is recognized to the extent that the carrying value exceeds its fair value. Fair value is determined through various valuation techniques including discounted cash flow models, quoted market values and third-party independent appraisals, as considered necessary.

(n) Goodwill and Intangibles

Goodwill is not amortized but is reviewed for impairment on an annual basis or more frequently if impairment indicators are identified.

The Partnership tests goodwill for impairment using a two-step analysis, with the option of performing a qualitative assessment before performing the first step of the two-step analysis, whereby the carrying value of the reporting unit is compared to its fair value in the first step. If the carrying value of the reporting unit is greater than its fair value, the second step is performed, where the implied fair value of goodwill is compared to its carrying value. An impairment charge is recognized for the amount by which the carrying amount of goodwill exceeds its fair value. The fair value is estimated using the net present value of discounted cash flows of the reporting unit. The Partnership has only one reporting unit.

Other intangible assets represent contractual rights for charters obtained in connection with a step acquisition that had favorable contractual terms relative to market as of the acquisition date. Contractual rights for charters obtained in connection with a step acquisition that had unfavorable contractual terms are classified as contract liabilities in the consolidated combined carve-out balance sheets. The favorable and unfavorable contract rights are amortized to revenues over the period of the contract.

 

F-13


Table of Contents

(o) Debt Issuance Costs

Debt issuance costs, including fees, commissions and legal expenses, are deferred. Debt issuance costs of term loans are amortized over the term of the relevant loan. Amortization of debt issuance costs is included in interest expense.

(p) Derivative Instruments

All derivative instruments are initially recorded at fair value as either assets or liabilities in the accompanying consolidated and combined carve-out balance sheets and subsequently measured to fair value. The Partnership does not apply hedge accounting to its derivative instruments. Changes in the fair value of the derivative instruments are recognized in earnings. Gains and losses from the interest rate swap contracts of the Partnership related to long-term mortgage debt and foreign exchange forward contracts are recorded in realized and unrealized gain (loss) on derivative instruments in the consolidated and combined carve-out statements of operations. Cash flows related to interest rate swap contracts are presented as cash flows provided by operating activities, and cash flows related to foreign exchange forward contracts are presented as cash flows used in investing activities in the consolidated and combined carve-out statements of cash flows.

(q) Income Taxes

Historically, part of the Partnership activities were subject to ordinary taxation and taxes were paid on taxable income (including operating income and net financial income and expense), while part of the activities were subject to the Norwegian Tonnage Tax regime (“the tonnage tax regime”). Under the tonnage tax regime, the tax is based on the tonnage of the vessel, and operating income is tax free. The net financial income and expense remains taxable as ordinary income tax for entities subject to the tonnage tax regime. Income taxes arising from the part of activities subject to ordinary taxation are included in income tax expense in the consolidated and combined carve-out statements of operations. For the portion of activities subject to the tonnage tax regime, tonnage taxes are classified as vessel operating expenses while the current and deferred taxes arising on net financial income and expense are reflected as income tax expense in the consolidated and combined carve-out statements of operations. The amounts of tonnage tax included in operating expenses for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 were $100 thousand and $66 thousand, respectively.

The Partnership accounts for deferred income taxes using the liability method. Under the liability method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the anticipated future tax effects of temporary differences between the financial statement basis and the tax basis of the Partnership’s assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which these temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. A valuation allowance for deferred tax assets is recorded when it is more likely than not that some or all of the benefit from the deferred tax asset will not be realized.

Recognition of uncertain tax positions is dependent upon whether it is more-likely-than-not that a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return will be sustained upon examination, including resolution of any related appeals or litigation processes, based on the technical merits of the position. If a tax position meets the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold, it is measured to determine the amount of benefit to recognize in the financial statements based on U.S. GAAP guidance. The Partnership recognizes interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions in income tax expense.

(r) Prepaid Charter and Deferred Revenue

Under terms of the time charters and bareboat charters, the customer pays for the month’s charter the first day of each month that is recorded as prepaid charter revenues. Deferred revenues for fees received from customers for customized equipment are classified as prepaid charter and deferred revenue for the current portion and as other long-term liabilities for the non-current portion.

 

F-14


Table of Contents

(s) Commitments, Contingencies and Insurance Proceeds

Liabilities for loss contingencies arising from claims, assessments, litigation, fines and penalties and other sources are recorded when it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount can be reasonably estimated. Legal costs incurred in connection with loss contingencies are expensed as incurred. See Note 19—Commitments and Contingencies.

Insurance claims for property damage for recoveries up to the amount of loss recognized are recorded when the claims submitted to insurance carriers are probable of recovery. Claims for property damage in excess of the loss recognized and for loss off-hire are considered gain contingencies, which are generally recognized when the proceeds are received.

(t) Fair Value Measurements

The Partnership utilizes valuation techniques that maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs to the extent possible. The Partnership determines fair value based on assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability in the principal or most advantageous market. When considering market participant assumptions in fair value measurements, the following fair value hierarchy distinguishes between observable and unobservable inputs, which are categorized in one of the following levels:

 

    Level 1 Inputs : Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities accessible to the reporting entity at the measurement date.

 

    Level 2 Inputs: Other than quoted prices included in Level 1 inputs that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of the asset or liability.

 

    Level 3 Inputs: Unobservable inputs for the asset or liability used to measure fair value to the extent that observable inputs are not available, thereby allowing for situations in which there is little, if any, market activity for the asset or liability at the measurement date.

(u) Recently Issued Accounting Standards

In December 2011, the FASB issued ASU (Accounting Standards Update) No. 2011-11, Balance Sheet (Topic 210): Disclosures about Offsetting Assets and Liabilities (“ASU 2011-11”). ASU 2011-11 requires an entity to disclose information about offsetting and related arrangements to enable users of financial statements to understand the effect of those arrangements on its financial position, and to allow investors to better compare financial statements prepared under U.S. GAAP with financial statements prepared under IFRS. The new standards are effective for annual periods beginning January 1, 2013, and interim periods within those annual periods. Retrospective application is required. The Partnership adopted the provisions of ASU 2011-11 as of January 1, 2013. The adoption of ASU 2011-11 did not have a material impact on the Partnership’s consolidated and combined carve-out financial statements.

In February 2013, the FASB issued ASU No. 2013-02, Reporting of Amounts Reclassified Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (“ASU 2013-02”). ASU 2013-02 requires reporting and disclosure about changes in accumulated other comprehensive income (“AOCI”) balances and reclassifications out of AOCI. For public companies, the ASU is effective prospectively for fiscal years and interim periods within those years beginning after December 15, 2012. The adoption of ASU 2013-02 did not have a material impact on the Partnership’s consolidated and combined carve-out financial statements.

There are no recent accounting pronouncements issued whose adoption would have a material impact on the Partnership’s consolidated and combined carve-out financial statements in the current year or are expected to have a material impact on future years.

3) Formation Transactions and Initial Public Offering

During April 2013, the following transactions occurred in connection with the transfer of the interests in KNOT Shuttle Tankers AS and the subsequent IPO:

 

F-15


Table of Contents

Capital Contribution

 

  (i) KNOT contributed to the Partnership’s subsidiary KNOT UK its 100% interest in KNOT Shuttle Tankers AS, which directly or indirectly owned (1) Knutsen Shuttle Tankers XII KS, the owner of the Recife Knutsen and the Fortaleza Knutsen , (2) Knutsen Shuttle Tankers XII AS, the general partner of Knutsen Shuttle Tankers XII KS, and (3) the Windsor Knutsen and the Bodil Knutsen and all of their related charters, inventory and long-term debt. This has been accounted for as a capital contribution by KNOT to the Partnership. However, for the purpose of the historical combined carved-out financial statements, the net assets of the Vessels are included in the carve-out balance sheet as of December 31, 2012.

Recapitalization of the Partnership

 

  (ii) The Partnership issued to KNOT 8,567,500 subordinated units, representing a 49.0% limited partner interest in the Partnership, and 100% of the IDRs, which will entitle KNOT to increasing percentages of the cash the Partnership distributes in excess of $0.43125 per unit per quarter.

 

  (iii) The Partnership issued 349,694 general partner units to the General Partner, KNOT Offshore Partners GP LLC, a wholly owned subsidiary of KNOT, representing a 2.0% general partner interest in the Partnership.

Initial Public Offering

 

  (iv) In connection with the IPO, the Partnership issued and sold to the public, through the underwriters, 8,567,500 common units (including 1,117,500 common units sold pursuant to the full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional units), representing a 49.0% limited partner interest in the Partnership. The price per common unit in the IPO was $21.00. The Partnership received gross proceeds of approximately $179.9 million in connection with the IPO. Expenses relating to the IPO, including, among other things, incremental costs directly attributable to the IPO, were deferred and charged against the gross proceeds of the IPO, whereas other costs have been expensed as incurred. The net proceeds of the IPO (approximately $160.7 million, after deducting underwriting discounts, commissions and structuring fees and offering expenses payable by the Partnership) have been used by the Partnership to make a cash distribution to KNOT of approximately $21.95 million (which equals net proceeds from the underwriters’ option exercised in full after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions), to repay approximately $118.9 million of outstanding debt and pre-fund approximately $3.0 million of the Partnership’s one-time entrance tax into the Norwegian tonnage tax regime. The reminder of the net proceeds was made available for general partnership purposes.

Agreements

In connection with the IPO, at or prior to the closing of the IPO, the Partnership entered into several agreements, including:

 

    An Administrative Services Agreement with KNOT UK, pursuant to which:

 

    KNOT UK agreed to provide to the Partnership administrative services; and

 

    KNOT UK is permitted to subcontract certain of the administrative services provided under the administrative services agreement to Knutsen OAS (UK) Ltd. (“KOAS UK”) and Knutsen OAS Shipping AS (“KOAS”), both wholly owned subsidiaries of TS Shipping Invest AS (“TSSI”);

 

    Amended Technical Management Agreements with KNOT Management AS (“KNOT Management”), a wholly owned subsidiary of KNOT, that govern the crew, technical and commercial management of the vessels in the fleet;

 

    A Contribution and Sale Agreement with KNOT. See Note 2(a)—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies: Basis of Preparation;

 

F-16


Table of Contents
    Amendments to certain of the Partnership’s existing vessel financing agreements to permit the transactions pursuant to which the Partnership acquired its initial fleet in connection with the IPO and to include a $20.0 million revolving credit facility; and

 

    An Omnibus Agreement with KNOT, the General Partner and the other parties thereto governing, among other things:

 

    To what extent the Partnership and KNOT may compete with each other;

 

    The Partnership’s option to purchase the Carmen Knutsen within 24 months after the closing of the IPO, any of the Hilda Knutsen , the Torill Knutsen , the Ingrid Knutsen and the Raquel Knutsen from KNOT within 24 months after KNOT notifies the Partnership’s board of directors of their respective acceptances by their charterers upon reaching an agreement with KNOT regarding the respective purchase prices;

 

    Certain rights of first offer on shuttle tankers operating under charters of five or more years;

 

    The provision of certain indemnities to the Partnership by KNOT; and

 

    KNOT’s guarantee of the payment of the hire rate under the existing Bodil Knutsen and Windsor Knutsen charters for a period of five years following the closing date of the IPO.

4) Subsidiaries

The following table lists the Partnership’s subsidiaries and their purpose as of December 31, 2013.

 

Company Name

  

Jurisdiction of

Formation

  

Purpose

KNOT Offshore Partners UK LLC    Marshall Islands    Holding company
KNOT Shuttle Tankers AS    Norway    Holding company
KNOT Shuttle Tankers 12 AS    Norway    Majority owner of Knutsen Shuttle
Tankers XII KS
KNOT Shuttle Tankers 17 AS    Norway    Owner of the Bodil Knutsen
KNOT Shuttle Tankers 18 AS    Norway    Owner of the Windsor Knutsen
Knutsen Shuttle Tankers 13 AS    Norway    Owner of the Carmen Knutsen
Knutsen Shuttle Tankers XII KS    Norway    Owner of the Fortaleza Knutsen and
the Recife Knutsen
Knutsen Shuttle Tankers XII AS    Norway    General partner of Knutsen Shuttle
Tanker XII KS

5) Significant Risks and Uncertainties Including Business and Credit Concentrations

Each of the Vessels is employed under long-term fixed charters, which mitigates earnings risk. The Partnership’s operational results are dependent on the worldwide market for shuttle tankers and timing of entrance into long-term charters. Market conditions for shipping activities are typically volatile, and, as a consequence, the hire rates may vary from year to year. The market is mainly dependent upon two factors: the supply of vessels and the overall growth in the world economy. The general supply of vessels is a combination of newbuilds, demolition activity of older vessels and legislation that limits the use of older vessels or new standards for vessels used in specific trades.

As of December 31, 2013, all of the Partnership’s Vessel crews, which are employed through Knutsen OAS Shipping AS, were represented by collective bargaining agreements that are renegotiated annually, or bi-annually.

The Partnership did not incur any loss relating to its customers during the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011.

The following table presents revenues and percentage of combined revenues for customers that accounted for more than 10% of the Partnership’s combined revenues during the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011. All of these customers are major international oil companies.

 

F-17


Table of Contents
     Year Ended December 31,  

(U.S. Dollars in thousands)

   2013     2012     2011  

Brazil Shipping I Limited, a subsidiary of BG Group Plc

   $ 20,311         28   $ 14,905         23   $ 13,172         30

Fronape International Company, a subsidiary of Petrobras Transporte S.A.

     22,860         31     24,980         38     14,540         33

Statoil ASA

     21,563         29     22,193         34     14,096         32

Repsol Sinopec Brasil, S.A., a subsidiary of Repsol Sinopec Brasil, B.V.

     8,417         12     —           —          —           —     

The Partnership has financial assets that expose it to credit risk arising from possible default by a counterparty. The Partnership considers its counterparties to be creditworthy financial institutions and does not expect any significant loss to result from non-performance by such counterparties. The maximum loss due to credit risk that the Partnership would incur if counterparties failed completely to perform would be the carrying value of cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash and trade accounts receivable. The Partnership, in the normal course of business, does not demand collateral from its counterparties.

6) Operating Leases

The time charters and bareboat charters of the Vessels with third parties are accounted for as operating leases. The minimum contractual future revenues to be received from time charters and bareboat charters as of December 31, 2013, were as follows:

 

(U.S. Dollars in thousands)       

2014

   $ 85,936   

2015

     86,359   

2016

     86,787   

2017

     87,218   

2018

     37,459   

2019 and thereafter

     103,701   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 487,460   
  

 

 

 

The Partnership’s fleet as of December 31, 2013 consisted of:

 

    the Fortaleza Knutsen , a shuttle tanker built in 2011 that is currently operating under a bareboat charter that expires in March 2023 with Fronape International Company, a subsidiary of Petrobras Transporte S.A. (“Transpetro”);

 

    the Recife Knutsen , a shuttle tanker built in 2011 that is currently operating under a bareboat charter that expires in August 2023 with Fronape International Company, a subsidiary of Transpetro;

 

    the Bodil Knutsen , a shuttle tanker built in 2011 that is currently operating under a time charter that expires in May 2016 with Statoil ASA (“Statoil”), with options to extend until May 2019;

 

    the Windsor Knutsen , a conventional oil tanker built in 2007 and retrofitted to a shuttle tanker in 2011 that is currently operating under a time charter that is scheduled to expire between June 30 and August 30, 2014 with Brazil Shipping I Limited, a subsidiary of BG Group Plc; and

 

    the Carmen Knutsen , a shuttle tanker built in 2013 that is currently operating under a time charter that expires in January 2018, with Repsol Sinopec Brasil, S.A, a subsidiary of Repsol Sinopec Brasil, B.V. (“Repsol”), with options to extend until January 2021.

7) Segment Information

The Partnership has not presented segment information as it considers its operations to occur in one reportable segment, the shuttle tanker market. During 2013, 2012 and 2011, the Partnership’s fleet operated under three time charters and two bareboat charters. See Note 5- Significant Risks and Uncertainties Including Business and Credit Concentrations for revenues from customers accounting for over 10 % of the Partnership’s consolidated and combined revenue. In both time charters and bareboat charters, the charterer, not the Partnership, controls the choice of which trading areas the Vessels will serve. Accordingly, the Partnership’s management, including the chief operating decision makers, does not evaluate performance according to geographical region.

 

F-18


Table of Contents

8) Insurance Proceeds

In March 2012, the Windsor Knutsen damaged its propeller. As a result, the Vessel was off-hire from April 1, 2012 to June 24, 2012 for repairs. Under the Partnership’s loss of hire policies, its insurer will pay the Partnership the hire rate agreed in respect of each vessel for each day, in excess of 14 deductible days, for the time that the Vessel is out of service as a result of damage, for a maximum of 180 days. During the year ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Partnership received payments for loss of hire insurance of $0.3 million and $3.6 million, respectively, which was recorded as a component of total revenues since day rates are recovered under terms of the policy.

In addition, as of April 15, 2013 and December 31, 2012, the Partnership recorded $3.5 million and $3.0 million, respectively, for the probable recoveries up to the amount of loss under hull and machinery insurance for the repairs as a result of the propeller damage to the Windsor Knutsen . This is classified under vessel operating expenses along with the cost of the repairs of $4.0 million and $4.1 million, respectively.

In accordance with the Contribution and Sale Agreement entered into as of April 15, 2013, insurance claims were not transferred to the Partnership upon closing, and, therefore, there is no claim in the consolidated and combined carve-out balance sheet as of December 31, 2013. See Consolidated and Combined Carve-Out Statements of Changes in Partners’ Capital/Owners’ Capital and Note 2(a)—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies: Basis of Preparation.

9) Finance Income (Expense)

(a) Interest Expense

A reconciliation of total interest cost to interest expense as reported in the consolidated and combined carve-out statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 is as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
(U.S. Dollars in thousands)    2013      2012      2011  

Interest cost capitalized

   $ —         $ —         $ 3,525   

Interest expense

     10,773         13,471         9,650   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total interest cost

   $ 10,773       $ 13,471       $ 13,175   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

(b) Other Finance Expense

The following table presents the other finance expense for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
(U.S. Dollars in thousands)    2013      2012      2011  

Bank fees, charges and external guarantee costs

   $ 1,414       $ 1,169       $ 918   

Related party guarantee commissions (Note 18)

     634         2,206         1,455   

Related party financing service fee (Note 18)

     —           3         368   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total other finance expense

   $ 2,048       $ 3,378       $ 2,741   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

10) Derivative Instruments

Interest Rate Risk Management

The consolidated and combined carve-out financial statements include the results of interest rate swap contracts to manage the Partnership’s exposure related to changes in interest rates on its variable rate debt instruments and the results of foreign exchange forward contracts to manage its exposure related to changes in currency exchange rates on its operating expenses, mainly crew expenses, in other currency than USD and on its contract obligations. The Partnership does not apply hedge accounting for derivative instruments. The Partnership does not speculate using derivative instruments.

 

F-19


Table of Contents

By using derivative financial instruments to economically hedge exposures to changes in interest rates, the Partnership exposes itself to credit risk and market risk. Derivative instruments that economically hedge exposures are used for risk management purposes, but these instruments are not designated as hedges for accounting purposes. Credit risk is the failure of the counterparty to perform under the terms of the derivative instrument. When the fair value of a derivative instrument is positive, the counterparty owes the Partnership, which creates credit risk for the Partnership. When the fair value of a derivative instrument is negative, the Partnership owes the counterparty, and, therefore, the Partnership is not exposed to the counterparty’s credit risk in those circumstances. The Partnership minimizes counterparty credit risk in derivative instruments by entering into transactions with major banking and financial institutions. The derivative instruments entered into by the Partnership do not contain credit risk-related contingent features.

Market risk is the adverse effect on the value of a derivative instrument that results from a change in interest rates, currency exchange rates or commodity prices. The market risk associated with interest rate contracts is managed by establishing and monitoring parameters that limit the types and degree of market risk that may be undertaken.

The Partnership assesses interest rate risk by monitoring changes in interest rate exposures that may adversely impact expected future cash flows and by evaluating economical hedging opportunities.

The Partnership has historically used variable interest rate mortgage debt to finance its vessel construction or conversions. The variable interest rate mortgage debt obligations expose the Partnership to variability in interest payments due to changes in interest rates. The Partnership believes that it is prudent to limit the variability of a portion of its interest payments. To meet this objective, the Partnership entered into London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”)-based interest rate swap contracts to manage fluctuations in cash flows resulting from changes in the benchmark interest rate of LIBOR. These swaps change the variable rate cash flow exposure on the mortgage debt obligations to fixed cash flows. Under the terms of the interest rate swap contracts, the Partnership receives LIBOR-based variable interest rate payments and makes fixed interest rate payments, thereby creating the equivalent of fixed rate debt for the notional amount of its debt hedged.

All interest rate swap contracts entered into in conjunction with the individual vessel financings prior to the closing date of the IPO have been carved out, as they were readily separable and identifiable within the books of KNOT. Additionally, all these interest rate swap contracts have been retained by KNOT and have not been transferred to the Partnership. Therefore, such interest rate swap contracts have been eliminated from the Partnership’s opening equity position as of April 16, 2013. See Consolidated and Combined Carve-Out Statements of Changes in Partners’ Capital/Owners’ Capital and Note 2(a)—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies: Basis of Preparation.

As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, the total notional amount of the Partnership’s outstanding interest rate swap contracts that were entered into in order to hedge outstanding or forecasted debt obligations were $200 million and $128.5 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2013, the carrying amount of the interest rate swaps contracts were net assets of $0.5 million, and as of December 31, 2012, the carrying amount of the interest rate swap contracts were liabilities of $27.9 million. See Note 11—Fair Value Measurements.

Changes in the fair value of interest rate swap contracts are reported in realized and unrealized gain (loss) on derivative instruments in the same period in which the related interest affects earnings.

The Partnership and its subsidiaries utilize the U.S. Dollar as their functional and reporting currency, because all of their revenues and the majority of their expenditures, including the majority of their investments in vessels and their financing transactions, are denominated in U.S. Dollars. The Predecessor has also from time to time contracted vessels with contractual obligations to pay the yards in currencies other than the U.S. Dollar. Payment obligations in currencies other than the U.S. Dollar, and in particular operating expenses in NOK, expose the Partnership to variability in currency exchange rates. The Partnership believes that it is prudent to limit the variability of a portion of its currency exchange exposure. To meet this objective, the Partnership entered into foreign exchange forward contracts to manage fluctuations in cash flows resulting from changes in the exchange rates towards the U.S. Dollar. The agreements change the variable exchange rate to fixed exchange rates at agreed dates.

 

F-20


Table of Contents

As of December 31, 2013 2012 and 2011, the total contract amount in foreign currency of the Partnership’s or the Predecessor’s outstanding foreign exchange forward contracts that were entered into to economically hedge outstanding future payments in currencies other than the U.S. Dollar were NOK 124.4 million, 0 (no contracts) and 0 (no contracts), respectively. As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, the carrying amount of the Partnership’s foreign exchange forward contracts was an asset of $0.2 million and $0 million, respectively. See Note 11—Fair Value Measurements.

The following table presents the realized and unrealized gains and losses that are recognized in earnings as net gain (loss) on derivative instruments for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011:

 

     Year Ended December 31  
(U.S. Dollars in thousands)    2013     2012     2011  

Realized gain (loss)

      

Interest rate swap contracts

   $ (1,265   $ (5,482   $ (5,738

Foreign exchange forward contracts

     —          —          (828

Unrealized gain (loss)

      

Interest rate swap contracts

     1,522        (549     (11,407

Foreign exchange forward contracts

     248        —          2,484   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 505      $ (6,031   $ (15,489
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

11) Fair Value Measurements

(a) Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The following table presents the carrying amounts and estimated fair values of the Partnership’s financial instruments as of December 31, 2013 and 2012. Fair value is defined as the amount that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date.

 

     December 31, 2013      December 31, 2012  
(U.S. Dollars in thousands)    Carrying
Amount
     Fair Value      Carrying
Amount
     Fair Value  

Financial assets:

           

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 28,836       $ 28,836       $ 1,287       $ 1,287   

Restricted cash

     458         458         830         830   

Current derivative assets:

           

Foreign exchange forward contract

     248         248         —           —     

Non-current derivative assets:

           

Interest rate swap contracts

     2,617         2,617         —           —     

Financial liabilities:

           

Current derivative liabilities:

           

Interest rate swap contracts

     2,124         2,124         5,258         5,258   

Foreign exchange forward contract

     —           —           —           —     

Non-current derivative liabilities:

           

Interest rate swap contracts

     —           —           22,622         22,622   

Long-term debt, current and non-current

     349,977         350,999         347,850         342,655   

The carrying amounts shown in the table above are included in the consolidated and combined carve-out balance sheets under the indicated captions. The carrying value of trade accounts receivable, trade accounts payable and receivables/payables to owners and affiliates approximate their fair value.

The fair values of the financial instruments shown in the above table as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 represent the amounts that would be received to sell those assets or that would be paid to transfer those liabilities in an orderly transaction between market participants at that date. Those fair value measurements maximize the use of observable inputs. However, in situations where there is little, if any, market activity for the asset or liability at the measurement date, the fair value measurement reflects the Partnership’s own judgment about the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability. Those judgments are developed by the Partnership based on the best information available in the circumstances, including expected cash flows, appropriately risk-adjusted discount rates and available observable and unobservable inputs.

 

F-21


Table of Contents

The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair value of each class of financial instruments:

 

    Cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash : The fair value of the Partnership’s cash balances approximates the carrying amounts due to the current nature of the amounts.

 

    Foreign exchange forward contracts: The fair value is calculated using mid-rates (excluding margins) as determined by counterparties based on available market rates as of the balance sheet date. The fair value is discounted from the value at expiration to the current value of the contracts.

 

    Interest rate swap contracts : The fair value of interest rate swap contracts is determined using an income approach using the following significant inputs: (1) the term of the swap contract (weighted average of 4.3 years and 5.9 years, respectively), (2) the notional amount of the swap contract (ranging from $10,000 to $50,000), discount rates interpolated based on relevant LIBOR swap curves; and (3) the rate on the fixed leg of the swap contract (rates ranging from 1.25% to 1.44% for the contracts as of December 31,2013 and rates ranging from 3.84% to 5.10% for the contracts as of December 31, 2012).

 

    Long-term debt : With respect to long-term debt measurements, the Partnership uses market interest rates and adjusts that rate for all necessary risks, including its own credit risk. In determining an appropriate spread to reflect its credit standing, the Partnership considered interest rates currently offered to the KNOT Group for similar debt instruments of comparable maturities by KNOT’s and the Partnership’s bankers as well as other banks that regularly compete to provide financing to the Partnership.

(b) Fair Value Hierarchy

The following table presents the placement in the fair value hierarchy of assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis (including items that are required to be measured at fair value or for which fair value is required to be disclosed) as of December 31, 2013 and 2012:

 

            Fair Value Measurements at
Reporting Date Using
 
(U.S. Dollars in thousands)    December 31,
2013
     Quoted Price
in Active
Markets for
Identical
Assets
(Level 1)
     Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
     Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
 

Financial assets:

           

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 28,836       $ 28,836       $ —         $ —     

Restricted cash

     458         458         —           —     

Current derivative asset:

           

Foreign exchange forward contracts

     248         —           248         —     

Non-current derivative assets:

           

Interest rate swap contracts

     2,617         —           2,617         —     

Financial liabilities:

           

Current derivative liabilities:

           

Interest rate swap contracts

     2,124         —           2,124         —     

Foreign exchange forward contracts

     —           —           —           —     

Non-current derivative liabilities:

           

Interest rate swap contracts

     —           —           —           —     

Long-term debt, current and non-current

     350,999         —           350,999         —     

 

F-22


Table of Contents
            Fair Value Measurements at
Reporting Date Using
 
(U.S. Dollars in thousands)    December 31,
2012
     Quoted Price
in Active
Markets for
Identical
Assets
(Level 1)
     Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
     Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
 

Financial assets:

           

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 1,287       $ 1,287       $ —         $ —     

Restricted cash

     830         830         —           —     

Current derivative asset:

           

Foreign exchange forward contracts

     —           —           —           —     

Non-current derivative assets:

           

Interest rate swap contracts

     —           —           —           —     

Financial liabilities:

           

Current derivative liabilities:

           

Interest rate swap contracts

     5,258         —           5,258         —     

Foreign exchange forward contracts

     —           —           —           —     

Non-current derivative liabilities:

           

Interest rate swap contracts

     22,622         —           22,622         —     

Long-term debt, current and non-current

     342,655         —           342,655         —     

The Partnership’s accounting policy is to recognize transfers between levels of the fair value hierarchy on the date of the event or change in circumstances that caused the transfer. There were no transfers into or out of Level 1, Level 2 or Level 3 as of December 31, 2013 and 2012.

12) Trade Accounts Receivables

(a) Trade Accounts Receivables

Trade accounts receivable are presented net of provisions for doubtful accounts. As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, there was no provision for doubtful accounts.

(b) Other Current Assets

Other current assets consist of the following:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
(U.S. Dollars in thousands)    2013      2012  

Insurance claims for recoveries

     —         $ 1,000   

Refund of value added tax

     312         —     

Prepaid expenses

     247         191   

Current portion of deferred debt issuance cost

     1,116         982   

Deferred incremental costs of MLP offering

     —           1,078   

Other receivable

     139         208   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total other current assets

   $ 1,814       $ 3,459   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deferred incremental costs of MLP offering includes specific incremental costs directly attributable to the offering of the Partnership units in the IPO, such as legal fees, auditor fees, printing costs, travel costs and similar items. These costs are deferred and have been charged against the gross proceeds of the offering at the close of the IPO.

 

F-23


Table of Contents

13) Vessels and Equipment

 

(U.S. Dollars in thousands)    Vessel &
equipment
    Vessel under
construction
     Accumulated
depreciation
    Net vessels  

Balance December 31, 2011

   $  548,989      $  —         $ (31,092   $  517,897   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Additions

     52        —           —          52   

Drydock costs

     —          —           —          —     

Transfer from vessels under construction

     —          —           —          —     

Disposals

     (900     —           900        —     

Depreciation

     —          —           (21,181     (21,181
(U.S. Dollars in thousands)    Vessel &
equipment
    Vessel under
construction
     Accumulated
depreciation
    Net vessels  

Balance December 31, 2012

   $  548,141      $  —         $ (51,373   $ 496,768   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Additions

     143,231        —           —          143,231   

Drydock costs

     1,781        —           —          1,781   

Transfer from vessels under construction

     —          —           —          —     

Disposal

     (227     —           —          (227

Depreciation

     —          —           (23,768     (23,768
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance December 31, 2013

   $ 692,926        0       $ (75,141   $ (617,785
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, Vessels with a book value of $618 million and $497 million, respectively, are pledged as security held as a guarantee for the Partnership’s long-term debt. See Note 16—Long-Term Debt.

Drydocking activity for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 is summarized as follows:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
 
(U.S. Dollars in thousands)    2013     2012  

Balance at the beginning of the year

   $ 2,472      $ 3,228   

Costs incurred for drydocking

     12        —     

Costs allocated to drydocking as part of acquisition of business

     1,769        —     

Drydock amortization

     (884     (756
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at the end of the year

   $ 3,369      $ 2,472   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

14) Goodwill, Intangible Assets and Contract Liabilities

(a) Goodwill

Goodwill arose in 2008 when TSSI acquired the remaining 50% interest in the majority of KNOT’s vessels, including the Windsor Knutsen and the three other Vessels of the Partnership under construction, in a transaction that was accounted for as a step acquisition. See Note 2(a)—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies: Basis of preparation for a discussion on the allocation method. The carrying amount of goodwill that was allocated to the Partnership was $5,750 as of December 31, 2013 and 2012.

(b) Intangible Assets and Contract Liabilities

The Partnership’s identified finite-lived intangible assets associated with contractual rights for a charter of a Vessel obtained in connection with a step acquisition in 2008 that had favorable contractual terms relative to market as of the acquisition date. The finite-lived intangible assets of $533 were fully amortized as of December 31, 2010. In addition, as part of that transaction, unfavorable contractual rights for charters of two of the Vessels that had unfavorable contractual terms. The unfavorable contract rights are amortized over the period of the contract to time charter and bareboat revenues as follows:

 

(U.S. Dollars in thousands)    Balance as of
December 31,
2011
    Amortization
for the year
ended
December 31,
2012
     Balance as of
December 31,
2012
    Amortization
for the year
ended
December 31,
2013
     Balance as of
December 31,
2013
 

Contract liabilities:

            

Unfavorable contract rights

   $ (17,347   $ 1,518       $ (15,829   $ 1,518       $ (14,311
    

 

 

      

 

 

    

Total amortization income

     $ 1,518         $ 1,518      
    

 

 

      

 

 

    

Accumulated amortization for contract liabilities was $3,904 and $2,386 as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

 

F-24


Table of Contents

The amortization of contract liabilities that is classified under time charter and bareboat revenues on the consolidated combined carve-out income statement for the next five years is expected to be as follows:

 

(U.S. Dollars in thousands)    2014     2015     2016     2017     2018 and
thereafter
 

Contract liabilities:

          

Unfavorable contract rights

   $ (1,518   $ (1,518   $ (1,518   $ (1,518   $ (8,239
    

 

 

     

 

 

   

15) Accrued Expenses

The following table presents accrued expenses as of December 31, 2013 and 2012:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
(U.S. Dollars in thousands)    2013      2012  

Operating expenses

   $ 808       $ 460   

Interest expenses

     1,599         1,045   

Other finance expenses

     235         298   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total accrued expenses

   $ 2,642       $ 1,803   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

16) Long-Term Debt

Prior to the closing of the IPO, existing vessel financing agreements were amended to permit the transactions pursuant to which the Partnership acquired its initial fleet at the closing of the IPO and to establish a $20.0 million revolving credit facility.

The Partnership used the net proceeds from the IPO to repay either a portion of the amounts outstanding or the full amount outstanding under the existing loan facilities. All amended loan agreements have been assessed for debt extinguishment or debt modifications in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification 470, Debt . Debt that has been fully repaid has been accounted for as debt extinguishment, i.e., for all extinguishments of debt, the difference between the reacquisition price (which includes any premium) and the net carrying amount of the debt being extinguished (which includes any deferred debt issuance costs) has been recognized as a gain or loss when the debt was extinguished.

In August 2013, the Partnership acquired through its subsidiary, KNOT Shuttle Tankers AS, KNOT’s 100% interest in the company that owns and operates the Carmen Knutsen . The purchase price was $145.0 million, less bank debt of $89.1 million, originally drawn at $93 million, and other purchase price adjustments of $0.1 million. The purchase price was settled by way of a cash payment of $45.4 million and a seller’s credit provided by KNOT in the form of a loan for $10.5 million (the “Seller Loan”). The existing senior loan facility related to the Fortaleza Knutsen and the Recife Knutsen was further amended to increase borrowing capacity by $25.4 million, and $20.0 million was drawn under the existing loan facility related to the Bodil Knutsen.

 

F-25


Table of Contents

Long-term debt as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, consisted of following:

 

(U.S. Dollars in thousands)    Vessel    December 31,
2013
     December 31,
2012
 

$160 million loan facility

   Fortaleza Knutsen  &  Recife Knutsen    $ 132,425       $ 144,100   

$19 million loan facility

   Fortaleza Knutsen & Recife Knutsen      —           18,350   

$120 million loan facility

   Bodil Knutsen      67,615         106,600   

$85 million loan facility

   Windsor Knutsen      52,400         56,400   

$27.3 million loan facility

   Windsor Knutsen      —           22,400   

$93 million loan facility

   Carmen Knutsen      87,188         —     

Seller’s credit

        10,349         —     
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total long-term debt

        349,977         347,850   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Less current installments

        29,269         28,833   

Less seller’s credit

        10,349         —     
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Long-term debt, excluding current installment and seller’s credit

      $ 310,359       $ 319,017   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

$160 Million Secured Loan Facility and $19 Million Secured Loan Facility

The $160 million senior secured loan facility, as amended (the “Fortaleza and Recife Facility”), includes two tranches. Each tranche is repayable in quarterly installments over five years with final balloon payments due at maturity in March 2016 and August 2016. The Partnership used $26.3 million of net proceeds from the IPO to repay borrowings under the $160 million senior secured facility. The amendment to this loan agreement was accounted for as debt modification, and the Partnership recorded an additional $0.3 million as deferred financing fees in the consolidated and combined carve-out balance sheets.

The $19 million junior secured loan facility was fully repaid by using net proceeds from the IPO. At the closing date of the IPO, the outstanding long-term debt relating to the $19 million junior secured loan facility was $18.1 million. The amendment to this loan agreement was accounted for as debt extinguishment, and the remaining unamortized balance of $0.4 million was written-off from deferred financing fees.

The Fortaleza and Recife Facility was amended to increase borrowing capacity by $25.4 million in connection with the settlement of the acquisition of the Carmen Knutsen.

The Fortaleza and Recife Facility bears interest at LIBOR plus a fixed margin of 3.0%.

The Fortaleza and Recife Facility is secured by the Fortaleza Knutsen and the Recife Knutsen , and the Partnership and KNOT Shuttle Tankers AS are the sole guarantors. It also contains the following financial covenants:

 

    Positive working capital for the borrower;

 

    Minimum liquidity of the Partnership of $15 million plus increments of $1 million for each additional vessel acquired by the Partnership above the eighth vessel and $1.5 million for each owned vessel with less than 12 months remaining tenor on its employment contract;

 

    Minimum book equity ratio for the Partnership of 30%;

 

    Minimum EBITDA to interest ratio for the Partnership of 2.50; and

 

    Market value of the Fortaleza Knutsen and Recife Knutsen to be no less than 100% of the outstanding balance under the Fortaleza and Recife Facility.

The Fortaleza and Recife Facility also identifies various events that may trigger mandatory reduction, prepayment and cancellation of the facility, including total loss or sale of a vessel and customary events of default.

The borrower was in compliance with the amended financial covenants as of December 31, 2013.

 

F-26


Table of Contents

$120 Million Secured Loan Facility

The $120 million secured loan facility includes two tranches. One tranche is repayable in semi-annual installments over five years with final balloon payments due at maturity in February 2016. The second tranche is repayable in semi-annual installments over 12 years assuming the balloon payment of the first tranche is refinanced in 2016. If the balloon payment of the first tranche is not refinanced in 2016, the second tranche becomes repayable with a final balloon payment due at maturity in February 2016. The Partnership used approximately $52.1 million of net proceeds from the IPO to repay borrowings under the $120 million secured loan facility and to amend such facility. The amended facility (the “Bodil Facility”) consists of a $50.0 million term loan facility and a $20.0 million revolving credit facility.

The Bodil Facility bears interest at LIBOR plus a margin ranging from 0.6% to 3.0%. In addition to the interest rates, the borrower shall pay to the agent (for distribution to GIEK) a guarantee commission of 1.75% per annum of the outstanding amounts under the GIEK Guarantee, payable semi-annually in arrears. GIEK means the Guarantee Institute for Export Credits (“Garanti-Instituttet for Eksportkreditt”), the Norwegian central governmental agency responsible for furnishing guarantees and insurance of export credits.

The amendment to this loan agreement was accounted for as debt modification, and the Partnership recorded an additional $0.3 million as deferred financing fees in the consolidated and combined carve-out balance sheets.

The revolving credit facility bears interest at LIBOR plus a fixed margin of 3.0% and has a commitment fee equal to 40% of the margin of the Revolving Credit facility calculated on the daily undrawn portion of the revolving credit facility (40% of 3.0%, which is 1.2% of the undrawn facility account).

The Bodil Knutsen , assignments of earnings, charterparty contracts and insurance proceeds are pledged as collateral for the Bodil Facility. The Partnership and KNOT Shuttle Tankers AS are the sole guarantors. The Bodil Facility contains the following financial covenants:

 

    Market value of the Bodil Knutsen to be no less than 100% of the outstanding balance under the Bodil Facility for the first four years and 125% for the fifth year;

 

    Positive working capital for the borrower;

 

    Minimum liquidity of the Partnership of $15 million plus increments of $1 million for each additional vessel acquired by the Partnership above the eighth vessel and $1.5 million for each owned vessel with less than 12 months remaining tenor on its employment contract;

 

    Minimum book equity ratio for the Partnership of 30%; and

 

    Minimum EBITDA to interest ratio for the Partnership of 2.50.

The Bodil Facility also identifies various events that may trigger mandatory reduction, prepayment and cancellation of the facility, including total loss or sale of a vessel and customary events of default.

The borrower was in compliance with the amended financial covenants as of December 31, 2013.

$85 Million Secured Loan Facility

The Windsor Purchase Facility is repayable in semi-annual installments over eight years with a final balloon payment due at maturity in May 2015. None of the Windsor Purchase Facility was repaid in connection with the IPO.

Under the loan agreement, the borrower pays on a monthly basis into a retention account subsequently used for principal installments. This account is considered restricted cash.

The amended Windsor Purchase Facility bears interest at LIBOR plus a fixed margin of 2.25%. Before the amendment the interest rate was LIBOR plus a fixed margin of 0.82%.

 

F-27


Table of Contents

The Windsor Knutsen , assignments of earnings, charterparty contracts and insurance proceeds are pledged as collateral for the Windsor Purchase Facility. The amended Windsor Purchase Facility contains the following financial covenant:

 

    Market value of the Windsor Knutsen to be no less than 110% of the aggregate outstanding balance of the Windsor Purchase Facility.

The amended Windsor Purchase Facility also identifies various events that may trigger mandatory reduction, prepayment and cancellation of the facility, including total loss or sale of a vessel and customary events of default.

The amendment to this loan agreement was accounted for as debt modification, and the Partnership recorded an additional $0.1 million as deferred financing fees in the audited condensed consolidated and combined carve-out balance sheets.

The borrower was in compliance with the amended financial covenants as of December 31, 2013.

$27.3 Million Secured Loan Facility

The $27.3 million secured loan facility (the “Windsor Conversion Facility”) was fully repaid by using net proceeds from the IPO. At the closing date of the IPO, the outstanding long-term debt relating to the Windsor Conversion Facility was approximately $22.4 million. The amendment to this loan agreement was accounted for as debt extinguishment, and the remaining unamortized balance of $0.2 million was written-off from deferred financing fee.

$93 Million Secured Loan Facility

The $93 million secured loan facility (the “Carmen Facility”) is repayable in quarterly installments over five years with a final balloon payment due at maturity in January 2018. The Carmen Facility bears interest at LIBOR plus a margin of 2.5%. The Carmen Knutsen , assignments of earnings, charterparty contracts and insurance proceeds are pledged as collateral for the Carmen Facility. The Partnership and KNOT Shuttle Tankers AS are the sole guarantors. The Carmen Facility contains the following financial covenants:

 

    Market value of the Carmen Knutsen to be no less than 100% of the outstanding balance under the Carmen Facility for the first four years and 125% for the fifth year;

 

    Positive working capital for the borrower;

 

    Minimum liquidity of the Partnership of $15 million plus increments of $1 million for each additional vessel acquired by the Partnership above the eighth vessel and $1.5 million for each owned vessel with less than 12 months remaining tenor on its employment contract;

 

    Minimum book equity ratio for the Partnership of 30%; and

 

    Minimum EBITDA to interest ratio for the Partnership of 2.50.

The Carmen Facility also identifies various events that may trigger mandatory reduction, prepayment and cancellation of the facility, including total loss or sale of a vessel and customary events of default.

The borrower was in compliance with the amended financial covenants as of December 31, 2013.

$10.5 Million Seller’s Credit

As part of the financing for the purchase of the Carmen Knutsen , KNOT provided the Seller Loan. The Seller Loan is non-amortizing, matures in five years or such other date as the parties agree and bears interest at LIBOR plus a fixed margin of 4.5%. Additionally, the Seller Loan is guaranteed by the Partnership, constitutes a senior debt obligation of the KNOT Shuttle Tankers AS and has priority over any shareholder loans or equity provided to KNOT Shuttle Tankers AS by its owners. The Seller Loan contains customary provisions in case of non-payment or bankruptcy proceedings and carries a default interest of LIBOR plus a fixed margin of 8%. The Seller Loan was reduced by $0.1 million as settlement for the working capital in Knutsen Shuttle Tankers 13 AS.

 

F-28


Table of Contents

The LIBOR interest rates for the individual loans do not include the effect of the Partnership’s interest rate swaps. See Note 10 – Derivative Instruments and Note 11 – Fair Value Measurements.

The partnership does not have any unused commitments for long-term financing arrangements. Each of the Partnership’s loan facilities with the banks contain cross-default provisions that would be trigged if the Partnership and its subsidiaries defaults under their respective loan arrangements. In addition, each of the Partnership’s loan facilities with the banks contains material adverse change clauses that allow the lenders to accelerate debt repayments under conditions not objectively determinable.

The total outstanding debt as of December 31, 2013 is repayable as follows:

 

(US $ in thousands)       

2014

   $ 29,269   

2015

     74,619   

2016

     145,802   

2017

     11,750   

2018 and thereafter

     88,537   

Total

   $ 349,977   

17) Income Taxes

(a) Components of Current and Deferred Tax Expense (Benefit)

All of the loss from continuing operations before income taxes was taxable to Norway for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
(U.S. Dollars in thousands)    2013      2012      2011  

Income (loss) before income taxes

   $ 17,891       $ 2,006       $ (17,578
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The significant components of current and deferred income tax expense (benefit) attributable to income from continuing operations for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 are as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
(U.S. Dollars in thousands)    2013      2012      2011  

Current tax expense

   $ 686       $ —         $ —     

Deferred tax expense (benefit)

     2,141         1,261         (1,240
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income tax expense (benefit)

     2,827         1,261         (1,240
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-29


Table of Contents

(b) Tax Rate Reconciliation

Income taxes attributable to income or loss from continuing operations was an income tax expense of $2,827 $1,261 and income tax benefit of $1,546 for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, and differed from the amounts computed by applying the Norwegian ordinary income tax rate of 28% to pretax net income as a result of the following:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
(U.S. Dollars in thousands, except for tax rate)    2013     2012     2011  

Income tax expense (benefit) at Norwegian ordinary tax regime(1)

   $ 111      $ 562      $ (4,922

Income tax expense (benefit) at Norwegian tonnage tax regime

     188        —          —     

Adjustments for amounts not taxable under tonnage tax regime

     —          (3,154     (125

Adjustments due to permanent differences

     —          2,228        103   

Translation differences (1)

     (168     (605     (15

Entrance tax into the Norwegian tonnage tax regime

     2,696        —          —     

Reduction in income tax benefit resulting from a change in valuation allowance

     —          2,230        3,719   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income tax expense (benefit)

     2,827        1,261        (1,240
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effective tax rate

     16     63     7
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) These tax elements are related to the carve-out period in 2013, a total tax benefit of $57.

(c) Components of Deferred Tax Assets and Liabilities

The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant portions of the deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities at December 31, 2013 and 2012 are presented below.

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
(U.S. Dollars in thousands)    2013     2012  

Deferred tax assets:

    

Accrued guarantee commission

   $ —        $ 83   

Contracts liabilities

     —          814   

Interest rate swaps

     41        7,806   

Prepaid charter and deferred revenue

     —          49   

Tax loss carry forward for ordinary tax

     —          13,963   

Financial loss carry forwards for tonnage tax

     7,718        5,788   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax asset

     7,759        28,503   

Less valuation allowance

     (7,759     (11,922
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred tax asset

     —          16,581   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities:

    

Vessel and equipment

     —          17,999   

Long-term debt

     —          1,003   

Contract Liabilities

     —          9   

Entrance tax

     2,141        —     

Deferred debt issuance cost

     —          377   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax liabilities

     2,141        19,388   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred tax liabilities

   $ 2,141      $ 2,807   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The net deferred tax liability is classified in the combined carve-out balance sheet as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
(U.S. Dollars in thousands)    2013     2012  

Current deferred tax asset

   $ —        $ 290   

Non-current deferred tax liabilities

     (2,141     (3,097
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred tax liabilities

     (2,141     (2,807
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Changes in the net deferred tax liabilities at December 31, 2013 and 2012 are presented below:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
(U.S. Dollars in thousands)    2013     2012  

Net deferred tax liabilities at January 1

   $ 2,807      $ 1,546   

Change in temporary differences

     111        2,257   

Benefit of loss carried forward ordinary tax

     —          (935

Benefit of loss carried forward tonnage tax

     —          (1,686

Change in valuation allowance

     —          2,230   

Translation differences

     (168     (605

Elimination of deferred tax not transferred to the partnership

     (2,750     —     

Changes in temporary differences after the IPO date

     2,141        —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred tax liabilities at December 31

     2,141        2,807   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-30


Table of Contents

A valuation allowance for deferred tax assets is recorded when it is more likely than not that some of or all of the benefit from the deferred tax asset will not be realized. The valuation allowances were $7,759 and $11,922 respectively, as of December 31, 2013 and 2012. The valuation allowances relate to the financial loss carry forwards and other deferred tax assets for tonnage tax that, in the judgment of the Partnership, are more-likely-than not to be realized reflecting the Partnership’s cumulative loss position for tonnage tax. In assessing the relizability of deferred tax assets, the Partnership considers whether it is more-likely-than-not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized taking into account all the positive and negative evidence available.

After the reorganization of the Predecessor’s activities into the new group structure in February 2013, all profit from continuing operations in Norway is taxable within the tonnage tax regime. The consequence of the reorganization is a one-time entrance tax into the Norwegian tonnage tax regime due to the Partnership’s acquisition of the shares in the subsidiary that owns the Fortaleza Knutsen and the Recife Knutsen . Total amount of the entrance tax was estimated to be approximately $3.0 million, which was recognized in the first three months ended period of March 31, 2013. The entrance tax on this gain is payable over several years and is calculated by multiplying the tax rate of 28% by the declining balance of the gain, which will decline by 20% each year. At year end the entrance tax has declined to approximately $2.7 million compared to the effect on the time of the reorganization due to translation effects and tax rate changes. Tax payable in 2014 will be calculated by multiplying the tax basis with 28%. The deferred tax liabilities is calculated based on a tax rate of 27%.

Approximately $0.6 million of the estimated entrance tax of $2.7 million is estimated to be payable in the fourth quarter of 2014 and presented as current taxes payable, while $2.1 million is presented as non-current deferred taxes payable. In addition to the $0.6 million of the estimated payable income tax there is ordinary payable tonnage tax which result in total payable tax of $0.7 million.

The tax loss carry forward from ordinary taxation and financial loss carry forwards for tonnage tax have no expiration dates.

The Partnership’s Norwegian income tax returns are subject to examination by Norwegian tax authorities going back ten years from 2013. The Partnership had no unrecognized tax benefits as December 31, 2013 and 2012. During the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, the partnership did not incur any interest or penalties on its tax return.

18) Related Party Transactions

(a) Related Parties

Historically, the Combined Entity operated as an integrated part of KNOT. KNOT is owned 50% by TSSI and 50% by Nippon Yusen Kaisha (“NYK”). TSSI also controls 99% of KOAS, which subcontracts services from Knutsen OAS Management AS, which served as the vessel management companies for KNOT and its subsidiaries until June 30, 2012. As of July 1, 2012, KNOT Management AS, a 100% owned subsidiary of KNOT, assumed responsibility for the commercial and technical management of the Vessels.

The Partnership has been charged by KNOT, KOAS and TSSI for commercial services related to the charters, technical and operational support related to the operation of the Vessels, certain administrative costs and finance fees. Consequently, for the periods prior to April 16, 2013, for the purpose of the Consolidated and Combined Entity’s statements of operations, these costs and fees include allocations as described above and in Note 2(a)—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies: Basis of Preparation.

On February 18, 2013, the Partnership terminated the Commercial Management Agreements that existed between KNOT Management and the owners of the Windsor Knutsen and the Bodil Knutsen , and on March 20, 2013, the Partnership terminated the Commercial Management Agreements that existed between KNOT

 

F-31


Table of Contents

Management and the owner of the Fortaleza Knutsen and the Recife Knutsen . In consideration for the termination of the Commercial Management Agreement, a cancellation fee was paid for each Vessel equal to the remuneration to be paid in accordance with the Commercial Management Agreement until the expiration of the time charter and bareboat for each Vessel. The cancellation fees have been charged to the Consolidated and Combined Entity’s statements of operations as described in Note 2(a)—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies: Basis of Preparation. On February 18, 2013, the existing technical management agreements were amended. These agreements govern the crew, technical and commercial management of the Vessels. The Windsor Knutsen and the Bodil Knutsen , which operate under time charters, are subject to amended technical management agreements pursuant to which certain crew, technical and commercial management services are provided by KNOT Management. Under these amended technical management agreements, the Partnership’s subsidiaries pay fees to and reimburse the costs and expenses of KNOT Management. The Fortaleza Knutsen and the Recife Knutsen operate under bareboat charters, and, as a result, the customer is responsible for providing the crew, technical and commercial management of the vessel.

On March 25, 2013, the Partnership entered into an administrative services agreement with KNOT UK, pursuant to which KNOT UK provides administrative services, and KNOT UK is permitted to subcontract certain of the administrative services provided under the administrative services agreement to KOAS UK and KOAS. Certain of the services intended to be provided to the Partnership by KOAS have been performed by KNOT under the same terms as the services provided to the Partnership by KOAS.

The amounts of such costs and expenses included in the audited condensed consolidated and combined carve-out statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 are as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
(U.S. Dollars in thousands)    2013     2012      2011  

Statements of operations:

       

Time charter and bareboat revenues:

       

Commercial commission fee from KNOT to Vessels (1)

   $ 95      $ 775       $ 544   

Cancellation fee from KNOT to Vessels (2)

     3,448        —           —     

Operating expenses:

       

Technical and operational management fee from KOAS to Vessels (3)

     —          436         742   

Technical and operational management fee from KNOT to Vessels (3)

     1,073        426         —     

General and administrative expenses:

       

Administration fee from KNOT (4)

     510        359         52   

Administration fee from KOAS (4)

     392        —           —     

Administration fee from KOAS UK (4)

     112        —           —     

Accounting service fee from KNOT (5)

     27        17         8   

IPO administration cost from KNOT (6)

     454        877         —     

Finance income (expense):

       

Financing service fee from KNOT to Vessels (7)

     —          3         368   

Interest expense charged from KNOT (8)

     336        1,654         1,764   

Interest income charged to TSSI (8)

     (10     —           —     

Guarantee commission from TSSI to Vessels (9)

     210        818         860   

Guarantee commission from KNOT to Vessels (9)

     424        1,388         595   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 7,071      $ 6,753       $ 4,933   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Commercial commission fee from KNOT to Vessels : KNOT provides commercial services related to negotiating and maintaining the charters. KNOT invoices a fixed percentage of revenue as a commercial commission fee for these services.
(2) Cancellation fee from KNOT to Vessels : In consideration for the termination of the Commercial Management Agreement, a cancellation fee was paid for each Vessel equal to the remuneration to be paid in accordance with the Commercial Management Agreement until the expiration of the time charter for each Vessel. As the cancellation fee relates to the commercial commission fee, it has been presented as part of operating income, consistent with the presentation of commissions.
(3) Technical and operational management fee from KOAS and KNOT to Vessels : KOAS and KNOT provide technical and operational management of the vessels on time charter including crewing, purchasing, maintenance and other operational, bookkeeping and administrative support. For bareboat charters, KOAS provides bookkeeping and administrative support. KOAS invoices a fixed amount per day per vessel based upon providing either time charter or bareboat charter services. In addition, there is also a charge for 24-hour emergency response services provided by KOAS for all vessels managed by KOAS and KNOT. The direct cost for the response services has been allocated to all vessels without a mark-up based upon the number of vessels managed by KOAS and KNOT.

 

F-32


Table of Contents
(4) Administration fee from KNOT, KOAS and KOAS UK : Administration costs include the compensation and benefits of KNOT management and administrative staff as well as other general and administration expenses. Net administration costs are total administration cost plus a 5% margin, reduced for the total fees for services delivered by the administration staffs (the accounting service fees (see (5) below), the financing service fees (see (6) below) and the estimated shareholder costs for KNOT that have not been allocated. As such, the level of net administration costs as a basis for the allocation can vary from year to year based on the administration and financing services offered by KNOT to all the vessels in its fleet each year.
(5) Accounting service fee from KNOT : KNOT invoiced each subsidiary a fixed fee for the preparation of the statutory financial statements (including Knutsen Shuttle Tankers XII KS, which owns the Recife Knutsen and the Fortaleza Knutsen and Knutsen Shuttle Tankers XII AS). Such charges were allocated to the Bodil Knutsen and the Windsor Knutsen based on the number of vessels in the legal entity until the Bodil Knutsen and the Windsor Knutsen were sold to KNOT Shuttle Tankers 17 AS and KNOT Shuttle Tankers 18 AS as part of the reorganization prior to the IPO.
(6) IPO administration cost from KNOT : In connection with the preparation of the financial statements and the Form F-1, KNOT has invoiced the actual cost for internal resources, including salaries and administration cost, plus a 5% margin. Since the costs were not incremental cost directly attributable to the IPO, they were expensed as incurred.
(7) Financing service fee from KNOT to Vessels : KNOT invoiced each vessel for a fixed percentage of the principal of any new loan facilities for vessel financing as compensation for the time and costs of loan negotiations with external banks.
(8) Interest expense charged from, interest income charged to KNOT/TSSI : KNOT/TSSI invoiced interest expense (income) for any outstanding payables to (receivable from) owners and affiliates to the vessel-owning subsidiaries (including Knutsen Shuttle Tankers XII KS, which owns the Recife Knutsen and the Fortaleza Knutsen and Knutsen Shuttle Tankers XII AS). Since payables to (receivables from) owners and affiliates are not tracked by vessel, balances based upon payments by owners to the shipyard have been allocated to the Bodil Knutsen and the Windsor Knutsen (see Note 2(a)—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies: Basis of Preparation for a description of the allocation principles applied. Interest expense has been allocated based upon the allocated payables to owners and affiliates and the historical interest rates charged.
(9) Guarantee commission from TSSI/KNOT to Vessels : TSSI and KNOT were guarantors for the Predecessor’s loan facilities (see Note 16—Long-term Debt and Note 18(b)—Related Party Transactions: Guarantees). TSSI and KNOT invoiced an annual commission to each of the Vessels as a fixed percentage of the outstanding balance as compensation for the guarantee.

(b) Guarantees

Pursuant to the Omnibus Agreement, KNOT agreed to guarantee the payments of the hire rate under the existing charters of each of the Bodil Knutsen and the Windsor Knutsen for a period of five years from the closing date of the IPO. The Partnership will not incur any guarantee commissions in the future relating to such guarantees.

Prior to the IPO, the Partnership entered into amended financing agreements with various lenders. The majority of the Partnership’s original external vessel financing agreements have been guaranteed by either KNOT or TSSI, for which a guarantee commission was paid. Following the closing of the IPO and the amendments to the vessel financing agreements, the Partnership guarantees the obligations of the Partnership’s subsidiaries directly under the vessel financing agreements. Therefore, the Partnership will not incur any guarantee commissions on a going forward basis.

(c) Transactions with Management and Directors

Trygve Seglem, the President and CEO of KNOT, has received approximately $427,000 in salary from KNOT Management for the full year of 2012. He also controls Seglem Holding AS, which has a 100% equity interest in TSSI, which controls KOAS. TSSI owns 50% in KNOT. Trygve Seglem owns 70% of the equity interests in Seglem Holding AS, and each of his daughters, Synnøve Seglem and Jorunn Seglem, owns 15% of the equity interests in Seglem Holding AS.

NYK, which own 50% of KNOT, has management and administrative personnel on secondment to KNOT starting in March 2011. The cost for such services was $639,000 for 2012. NYK has no other related party transactions with KNOT.

See footnotes (4) and (5) to Note 18(b)—Related Party Transactions: Related Parties for a discussion of the allocation principles for KNOT’s administrative costs, including management and administrative staff, included in the combined carve-out statements of operations.

 

F-33


Table of Contents

In connection with the IPO, KNOT UK entered into an employment agreement with Arild Vik dated March 28, 2013 and effective on April 28, 2013. Arild Vik serves as KNOT UK’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer. His annualized base salary is 200,000 British Pounds. In addition, the employment agreement also provides for a discretionary annual bonus (as determined by the board of directors of KNOT UK), the reimbursement of relocation expenses to the United Kingdom (up to a maximum of 30,000 British Pounds), payment by KNOT UK of housing costs in London, participation in other employment benefits in which other senior executives of KNOT UK participate, 60 working days of paid vacation per year (plus public holidays), and up to 13 weeks of paid sick leave per year. An accrual of $47,000 has been hade to cover insurance and pension expenses for Mr. Vik for 2013.

Non-management directors will each receive a director fee of $40,000 per year. Members of the audit and conflicts committees will each receive a committee fee of $5,000 per year.

(d) Amounts Due from (to) Related Parties

Balances with related parties consisted of the following:

 

(U.S. Dollars in thousands)    At December 31,
2013
     At December 31,
2012
 

Balance Sheets:

     

Trading balances due from KOAS

   $ 27       $ —     

Trading balances due from KNOT and affiliates

     50         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Amount due from related parties

   $ 77       $ —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Trading balances due to KOAS

   $ 141       $ 12,423   

Trading balances due to KNOT and affiliates

     22         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Amount due to related parties

   $ 163       $ 12,423   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Amounts due from (to) related parties are unsecured and intended to be settled in the ordinary course of business. They primarily relate to vessel management and other fees due to KNOT and KOAS.

On August 1, 2013, the Partnership acquired KNOT’s 100% interest in Knutsen Shuttle Tankers 13 AS, the company that owns and operates the Carmen Knutsen . See Note 22—Acquisition of the Carmen Knutsen . As part of the financing for the acquisition, KNOT provided the Seller Loan. The Seller Loan is non-amortizing, matures in five years or such other date as the parties agree and bears interest at LIBOR plus a fixed margin of 4.5%. Additionally, the Seller Loan is guaranteed by the Partnership, constitutes a senior debt obligation of the KNOT Shuttle Tankers AS and has priority over any shareholder loans or equity provided to KNOT Shuttle Tankers AS by its owners. The Seller Loan contains customary provisions in case of non-payment or bankruptcy proceedings and carries a default interest of LIBOR plus a fixed margin of 8%. The Seller Loan was reduced by $0.1 million as settlement for the working capital in Knutsen Shuttle Tankers 13 AS.

19) Commitments and Contingencies

Assets Pledged

As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, Vessels with a book value of $618 million and $497 million, respectively, were pledged as security held as guarantee for the Partnership’s long-term debt and interest rate swap obligations. See Note 10—Derivative Instruments and Note 16—Long-Term Debt.

Claims and Legal Proceedings

In September 2012, the Bodil Knutsen was involved in an accident that damaged a mooring at a port of call. There was no damage to the Vessel. The Partnership accrued for the probable liability for the threatened claim for damages to the mooring for the year ended December 31, 2012. The probable liability is subject to revisions as additional information becomes available and insurance claims can be submitted when damage claims are received.

 

F-34


Table of Contents

At the closing of the IPO on April 15, 2013, the probable liability and insurance claim were not transferred to the Partnership. Therefore, for the year ended December 31, 2013, the probable liability and insurance claim was $0 (see Note 8—Insurance Proceeds).

Under the Partnership’s time charters, claims to reduce hire rate payments can be made if the Vessel does not perform to certain specifications in the agreements. An accrual for a probable claim was recorded for the year ended December 31, 2013 and for the year ended December 31, 2012, which is subject to revisions.

The Partnership is involved in various claims and legal actions from time to time arising in the ordinary course of business. In the opinion of management, the ultimate disposition of these matters will not have a material adverse effect on the consolidated and combined carve-out financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

Insurance

The Partnership maintains insurance on all the Vessels to insure against marine and war risks, which include damage to or total loss of the Vessels, subject to deductible amounts that average $0.150 million per Vessel, and loss of hire.

Under the loss of hire policies, the insurer will pay a compensation for the lost hire rate agreed in respect of each Vessel for each day, in excess of 14 deductible days, for the time that the Vessel is out of service as a result of damage, for a maximum of 180 days. In addition, the Partnership maintains protection and indemnity insurance, which covers third-party legal liabilities arising in connection with the Vessels’ activities, including, among other things, the injury or death of third-party persons, loss or damage to cargo, claims arising from collisions with other vessels and other damage to other third-party property, including pollution arising from oil or other substances. This insurance is unlimited, except for pollution, which is limited to $1 billion per vessel per incident. The protection and indemnity insurance is maintained through a protection and indemnity association, and as a member of the association, the Partnership may be required to pay amounts above budgeted premiums if the member claims exceed association reserves, subject to certain reinsured amounts. If the Partnership experiences multiple claims each with individual deductibles, losses due to risks that are not insured or claims for insured risks that are not paid, it could have a material adverse effect on the Partnership’s results of operations and financial condition.

20) Supplemental Cash Flows Information

The following supplemental information is provided related to the Combined Carve-Out Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
(U.S. Dollars in thousands)    2013      2012      2011  

Non-cash investing and financing activities:

        

Payable to owner and affiliates converted to equity

   $ 27,051       $ 25,664       $ —     

Supplemental cash flows information:

        

Interest paid

     10,219         13,612         8,926   

Income taxes paid

     —           —           —     

 

F-35


Table of Contents

21) Earnings per Unit and Cash Distributions

The calculations of basic and diluted earnings per unit are presented below:

 

(U.S. Dollars in thousands, except unit and per unit amounts)    April 15th to
December 31,
2013
 

Post IPO net income attributable to the members of KNOT Offshore Partners LP

   $ 18,603   

Less: Distribution paid (1)

     20,779   

Under (over) distributed earnings

     (2,176

Under (over) distributed earnings attributable to:

  

Common unitholders

     (1,066

Subordinated unitholders(2)

     (1,066

General Partner

     (44

Weighted average units outstanding (basic and diluted) (in thousands):

  

Common unitholders

     8,568   

Subordinated unitholders

     8,568   

General Partner

     350   

Earnings per unit (basic and diluted):

  

Common unitholders

   $ 1.063   

Subordinated unitholders(2)

   $ 1.065   

General Partner

   $ 1.063   

Cash distributions declared and paid in the period per unit(3)

   $ 0.752   

Subsequent event: Cash distributions declared and paid per unit relating to the period(4)

   $ 0.435   

 

(1) For the purpose of the calculation of earnings per unit, the cash distributions paid are based on the number of units outstanding at the period end date. This calculation assumes that cash distributions to IDR holders for the period April 15 to December 31, 2013 were $0.02.
(2) This includes the net income attributable to the IDR holders. The IDRs generally may not be transferred by the subordinated unitholders until March 31, 2018. The net income attributable to IDRs for the period April 15 to December 31, 2013 was $0.02.
(3) Refers to cash distribution declared and paid during the period April 15 to December 31, 2013.
(4) Refers to cash distribution declared and paid subsequent to the fourth quarter.

Earnings per unit information is given for the year ended 2013 and for the period from the date of the closing of the IPO (April 15, 2013) to December 31, 2013. Earnings per unit information has not been presented for any period prior to the IPO as the information is not comparable due to the change in the Partnership’s structure and the basis of preparation of the financial statements as described in Note 2—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies.

As of December 31, 2013, of the Partnership’s total number of units outstanding representing limited partner interests, 49% were held by the public (in the form of 8,567,500 common units, representing 100% of the Partnership’s common units) and 49% were held by KNOT in the form of 8,567,500 subordinated units, representing 100% of the Partnership’s subordinated units). In addition, KNOT, through its ownership of the General Partner, held the 2.0% general partner interest (in the form of 349,694 general partner units).

Earnings per unit is determined by dividing net income, after deducting the distribution paid, by the weighted-average number of units outstanding during the applicable period. For the period presented prior to April 16, 2013, such units are deemed equal to the subordinated units received by KNOT and the common units sold to the public.

The General Partner’s, common unitholders’ and subordinated unit holders’ interest in net income are calculated as if all net income was distributed according to the terms of the Partnership Agreement, regardless of whether those earnings would or could be distributed. The Partnership Agreement does not provide for the distribution of net income. Rather, it provides for the distribution of available cash, which is a contractually defined term that generally means all cash on hand at the end of each quarter less the amount of cash reserves established by the Partnership’s board of directors to provide for the proper conduct of the Partnership’s business, including reserves for maintenance and replacement capital expenditures and anticipated capital requirements. In addition, KNOT, as the initial holder of all IDRs, has the right, at the time when there are no subordinated units outstanding and it has received incentive distributions at the highest level to which it is entitled (48.0% for each of the prior four consecutive fiscal quarters), to reset the initial cash target distribution levels at higher levels based on the distribution at the time of the exercise of the reset election. Unlike available cash, net income is affected by non-cash items, such as depreciation and amortization, unrealized gains and losses on derivative instruments and unrealized foreign currency gains and losses.

Under the Partnership Agreement, during the subordinated period, the common units will have the right to receive distributions of available cash from operating surplus in an amount equal to the minimum quarterly distribution (the “MQD”) of $0.375 per unit per quarter, plus arrearages in the payment of the MQD on the common units from prior quarters, before any distributions of available cash from operating surplus may be made on the subordinated units.

 

F-36


Table of Contents

The amount of the MQD is $0.375 per unit or $1.50 per unit on an annualized basis and is made in the following manner, during the subordinated period:

 

    first , 98.0% to the common unitholders, pro rata, and 2.0% to the General Partner, until each outstanding common unit has received the MQD for that quarter;

 

    second , 98.0% to the common unitholders, pro rata, and 2.0% to the General Partner, until each outstanding common unit has received an amount equal to any arrearages in payment of the MQD on the common units for prior quarters during the subordination period; and

 

    third , 98.0% to the subordinated unitholders, pro rata, and 2.0% to the General Partner until each subordinated unit has received the MQD for that quarter.

In addition, KNOT currently holds all of the IDRs in the Partnership. IDRs represent the rights to receive an increasing percentage of quarterly distributions of available cash from operating surplus after the MQD and the target distribution levels have been achieved.

If for any quarter:

 

    the Partnership has distributed available cash from operating surplus to the common and subordinated unitholders in an amount equal to the MQD; and

 

    the Partnership has distributed available cash from operating surplus on outstanding common units in an amount necessary to eliminate any cumulative arrearages in payment of the MQD;

then, the Partnership will distribute any additional available cash from operating surplus for that quarter among the unitholders and the General Partner in the following manner:

 

    first , 98.0% to all unitholders, pro rata, and 2.0% to the General Partner, until each unitholder receives a total of $0.43125 per unit for that quarter (the “first target distribution”);

 

    second , 85.0% to all unitholders, pro rata, and 2.0% to the General Partner and 13.0% to the holders of the IDRs, pro rata, until each unitholder receives a total of $0.46875 per unit for that quarter (the “second target distribution”);

 

    third , 75.0% to all unitholders, pro rata, and 2.0% to the General Partner and 23.0% to the holders of the IDRs, pro rata, until each unitholder receives a total of $0.5625 per unit for that quarter (the “third target distribution”); and

 

    thereafter , 50.0% to all unitholders, pro rata, 2.0% to the General Partner and 48.0% to the holders of the IDRs, pro rata.

In each case, the amount of the target distribution set forth above is exclusive of any distributions to common unitholders to eliminate any cumulative arrearages in payment of the MQD. The percentage interests set forth above assume that the General Partner maintains its 2.0% general partner interest and that the Partnership does not issue additional classes of equity securities.

22) Acquisition of the Carmen Knutsen

In August 2013, the Partnership acquired KNOT’s 100% interest in Knutsen Shuttle Tankers 13 AS, the company that owns and operates the Carmen Knutsen. The purchase price was $145.0 million for the vessel, less assumed bank debt of $89.1 million and other purchase price adjustments of $0.1 million. The Carmen Knutsen was delivered to its current charterer, Repsol Sinopec Brasil S.A., in January 2013 under a time charter expiring in January 2018.

 

F-37


Table of Contents

The Partnership accounted for the acquisition of the Carmen Knutsen as an acquisition of a business. The purchase price of the acquisition has been allocated to the identifiable assets acquired. The allocation of the purchase price to acquired identifiable assets was based on their estimated fair values at the date of acquisition. The allocation is final. The fair values allocated to each class of identifiable assets in the Carmen Knutsen acquisition and the difference between the purchase price and net assets acquired were calculated as follows:

 

(U.S. Dollars in thousands)    August 1, 2013  

Purchase price (1)

   $ 55,772   

Less: Fair value of net assets acquired:

  

Vessel and equipment (2)

     145,000   

Cash

     89   

Inventories

     234   

Other current assets

     108   

Long-term debt

     (89,125

Trade accounts payable

     (91

Accrued expenses

     (387

Amount due to related parties

     (56

Subtotal

     55,772   
  

 

 

 

Difference between the purchase price and fair value of net assets acquired

   $ —     

 

(1) The purchase price of $55.772 million comprises the following:

 

(U.S. Dollars in thousands)       

Cash consideration paid to KNOT

   $ 45,423   

Seller’s credit

     10,349   
  

 

 

 

Purchase price

   $ 55,772   
  

 

 

 
(2) Vessel and equipment includes allocation to dry docking of $1,769.

Revenue and Profit Contributions

Since the Carmen Knutsen acquisition date, the business has contributed revenues of $8.4 million and net income of $2.5 million to the Partnership for the period from August 1, 2013 to December 31, 2013.

The table below shows comparative summarized consolidated pro forma financial information for the Partnership for the year ended December 31, 2013, giving effect to the Partnership’s acquisition and financing of the Carmen Knutsen as if it had taken place on January 1, 2013. Since the Carmen Knutsen was delivered January 2, 2013, there is no pro forma amount for the year ended December 31, 2012.

 

(U.S. Dollars in thousands, except per unit amounts)    Year Ended
December 31,
2013
 

Revenue

   $ 84,037   

Net income

     16,695   

Included in the pro forma adjustments are depreciation related to the purchase price allocation performed on the acquired identifiable assets as if the acquisition had taken place on January 1, 2013. In addition, the pro forma adjustments include finance expenses related to the increased borrowings as if the acquisition had taken place on January 1, 2013.

23) Subsequent Events

The Partnership has evaluated subsequent events from the balance sheet date through April 14, 2014, the date at which the audited condensed consolidated and combined carve-out financial statements were available to be issued, and determined that there are no other items to disclose, except as follows:

On February 14, 2014, the Partnership paid a quarterly cash distribution of $0.435 per unit with respect to the quarter ended December 31, 2013. The aggregate amount of the paid distribution was $20.8 million. This corresponds to US $1.74 per outstanding unit on an annualized basis.

 

F-38


Table of Contents

In February 2014, the Partnership entered into two interest rate swap agreements effective in February 2014, and ending in August 2018. The interest rate swap agreements have a total initial notional amount of $50.0 million. Under the terms of the interest rate swap agreements, the Partnership will receive from the counterparty interest on the notional amount based on three-month LIBOR and will pay to the counterparty a fixed rate of 1.45%.

We have been notified that BG Group will not exercise its option to extend the Windsor Knutsen time charter after the expiration of its initial term. The vessel will be redelivered between June 30 and August 30, 2014 at BG Group’s option. The process of reemploying the vessel is ongoing. Pursuant to our omnibus agreement with KNOT, in the event the Windsor Knutsen is not receiving from any charterer a rate of hire that is equal to or greater than the rate of hire that would have been in effect in the event BG Group had exercised its option under the existing Windsor Knutsen charter, KNOT shall pay us such rate of hire that would have been in effect for a period up to April 15, 2018, subject to certain limitations as described in our omnibus agreement.

 

F-39

Exhibit 1.2

Execution Version

 

 

 

FIRST AMENDED AND RESTATED

AGREEMENT OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

OF

KNOT OFFSHORE PARTNERS LP

 

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

ARTICLE I   
DEFINITIONS AND CONSTRUCTION   

Section 1.1

  

Definitions

     1   

Section 1.2

  

Construction

     20   
ARTICLE II   
ORGANIZATION   

Section 2.1

  

Formation

     21   

Section 2.2

  

Name

     21   

Section 2.3

  

Registered Office; Registered Agent; Principal Office; Other Offices

     21   

Section 2.4

  

Purpose and Business

     21   

Section 2.5

  

Powers

     22   

Section 2.6

  

Term

     22   

Section 2.7

  

Title to Partnership Assets

     22   
ARTICLE III   
RIGHTS OF LIMITED PARTNERS   

Section 3.1

  

Limitation of Liability

     22   

Section 3.2

  

Management of Business

     22   

Section 3.3

  

Outside Activities of the Limited Partners

     23   

Section 3.4

  

Rights of Limited Partners

     23   
ARTICLE IV   
CERTIFICATES; RECORD HOLDERS; TRANSFER OF PARTNERSHIP INTERESTS   

Section 4.1

  

Certificates

     24   

Section 4.2

  

Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Certificates

     24   

Section 4.3

  

Record Holders

     25   

Section 4.4

  

Transfer Generally

     25   

Section 4.5

  

Registration and Transfer of Limited Partner Interests

     26   

Section 4.6

  

Transfer of the General Partner’s General Partner Interest

     27   

Section 4.7

  

Transfer of Incentive Distribution Rights

     27   

Section 4.8

  

Restrictions on Transfers

     28   
ARTICLE V   
CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS AND ISSUANCE OF PARTNERSHIP INTERESTS   

Section 5.1

  

Contributions Prior to the Closing Date

     28   

Section 5.2

  

Initial Unit Issuances; Tax Election; Initial Contributors and Redemption of Common Units

     28   

Section 5.3

  

Interest and Withdrawal

     29   

Section 5.4

  

Issuances of Additional Partnership Interests

     29   

Section 5.5

  

Limitations on Issuance of Additional Partnership Interests

     30   

Section 5.6

  

Conversion of Subordinated Units to Common Units

     30   

Section 5.7

  

Limited Preemptive Right

     31   

Section 5.8

  

Splits and Combinations

     31   

Section 5.9

  

Fully Paid and Non-Assessable Nature of Limited Partner Interests

     32   

Section 5.10

  

Issuance of Common Units in Connection with Reset of Incentive Distribution Rights

     32   

 

i


ARTICLE VI   
DISTRIBUTIONS   

Section 6.1

  

Allocations

     34   

Section 6.2

  

Requirement and Characterization of Distributions; Distributions to Record Holders

     34   

Section 6.3

  

Distributions of Available Cash from Operating Surplus

     35   

Section 6.4

  

Distributions of Available Cash from Capital Surplus

     37   

Section 6.5

  

Adjustment of Minimum Quarterly Distribution and Target Distribution Levels

     37   

Section 6.6

  

Special Provisions Relating to the Holders of Subordinated Units

     38   

Section 6.7

  

Special Provisions Relating to the Holders of Incentive Distribution Rights

     38   
ARTICLE VII   
MANAGEMENT AND OPERATION OF BUSINESS   

Section 7.1

  

Management

     38   

Section 7.2

  

The Board of Directors; Election and Appointment; Term; Manner of Acting

     39   

Section 7.3

  

Nominations of Elected Directors

     40   

Section 7.4

  

Removal of Members of Board of Directors

     41   

Section 7.5

  

Resignations of Members of the Board of Directors

     41   

Section 7.6

  

Vacancies on the Board of Directors

     41   

Section 7.7

  

Meetings; Committees; Chairman

     41   

Section 7.8

  

Officers

     43   

Section 7.9

  

Compensation of Directors

     43   

Section 7.10

  

Certificate of Limited Partnership

     43   

Section 7.11

  

Restrictions on the Authority of the Board of Directors and the General Partner

     44   

Section 7.12

  

Reimbursement of the General Partner

     44   

Section 7.13

  

Outside Activities

     45   

Section 7.14

  

Loans from the General Partner; Loans or Contributions from the Partnership or Group Members

     46   

Section 7.15

  

Indemnification

     47   

Section 7.16

  

Liability of Indemnitees

     49   

Section 7.17

  

Resolution of Conflicts of Interest; Standards of Conduct and Modification of Duties

     49   

Section 7.18

  

Other Matters Concerning the General Partner and the Board of Directors

     52   

Section 7.19

  

Purchase or Sale of Partnership Interests

     52   

Section 7.20

  

Registration Rights of the General Partner and its Affiliates

     52   

Section 7.21

  

Reliance by Third Parties

     55   

 

ii


ARTICLE VIII   
BOOKS, RECORDS, ACCOUNTING AND REPORTS   

Section 8.1

  

Records and Accounting

     56   

Section 8.2

  

Fiscal Year

     56   

Section 8.3

  

Reports

     56   
ARTICLE IX   
TAX MATTERS   

Section 9.1

  

Tax Elections and Information

     57   

Section 9.2

  

Tax Withholding

     57   

Section 9.3

  

Conduct of Operations

     57   
ARTICLE X   
ADMISSION OF PARTNERS   

Section 10.1

  

Admission of Initial Limited Partners

     57   

Section 10.2

  

Admission of Additional Limited Partners

     57   

Section 10.3

  

Admission of Successor General Partner

     58   

Section 10.4

  

Amendment of Agreement and Certificate of Limited Partnership

     58   
ARTICLE XI   
WITHDRAWAL OR REMOVAL OF PARTNERS   

Section 11.1

  

Withdrawal of the General Partner

     59   

Section 11.2

  

Removal of the General Partner

     61   

Section 11.3

  

Interest of Departing General Partner and Successor General Partner

     61   

Section 11.4

  

Termination of Subordination Period, Conversion of Subordinated Units and Extinguishment of Cumulative Common Unit Arrearages

     63   

Section 11.5

  

Withdrawal of Limited Partners

     63   
ARTICLE XII   
DISSOLUTION AND LIQUIDATION   

Section 12.1

  

Dissolution

     63   

Section 12.2

  

Continuation of the Business of the Partnership After Dissolution

     64   

Section 12.3

  

Liquidating Trustee

     64   

Section 12.4

  

Liquidation

     65   

Section 12.5

  

Cancellation of Certificate of Limited Partnership

     67   

Section 12.6

  

Return of Contributions

     67   

Section 12.7

  

Waiver of Partition

     67   
ARTICLE XIII   
AMENDMENT OF PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT; MEETINGS; RECORD DATE   

Section 13.1

  

Amendments to be Adopted Without Approval of the Limited Partners or the General Partner

     67   

Section 13.2

  

Amendment Procedures

     69   

Section 13.3

  

Amendment Requirements

     70   

Section 13.4

  

Special Meetings

     70   

Section 13.5

  

Notice of a Meeting

     71   

Section 13.6

  

Record Date

     71   

 

iii


Section 13.7

  

Adjournment

     71   

Section 13.8

  

Waiver of Notice; Approval of Meeting; Approval of Minutes

     72   

Section 13.9

  

Quorum and Voting

     72   

Section 13.10

  

Conduct of a Meeting

     72   

Section 13.11

  

Action Without a Meeting

     73   

Section 13.12

  

Right to Vote and Related Matters

     73   
ARTICLE XIV   
MERGER, CONSOLIDATION OR CONVERSION   

Section 14.1

  

Authority

     74   

Section 14.2

  

Procedure for Merger, Consolidation or Conversion

     74   

Section 14.3

  

Approval by Limited Partners of Merger, Consolidation or Conversion

     76   

Section 14.4

  

Certificate of Merger or Conversion

     77   

Section 14.5

  

Amendment of Partnership Agreement

     77   

Section 14.6

  

Effect of Merger, Consolidation or Conversion

     77   
ARTICLE XV   
RIGHT TO ACQUIRE LIMITED PARTNER INTERESTS   

Section 15.1

  

Right to Acquire Limited Partner Interests

     78   
ARTICLE XVI   
GENERAL PROVISIONS   

Section 16.1

  

Addresses and Notices

     80   

Section 16.2

  

Further Action

     81   

Section 16.3

  

Binding Effect

     81   

Section 16.4

  

Integration

     81   

Section 16.5

  

Creditors

     81   

Section 16.6

  

Waiver

     81   

Section 16.7

  

Counterparts

     81   

Section 16.8

  

Applicable Law; Forum, Venue and Jurisdiction

     81   

Section 16.9

  

Invalidity of Provisions

     82   

Section 16.10

  

Consent of Partners

     82   

Section 16.11

  

Facsimile Signatures

     83   

Section 16.12

  

Third-Party Beneficiaries

     83   

 

iv


FIRST AMENDED AND RESTATED

AGREEMENT OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

OF

KNOT OFFSHORE PARTNERS LP

THIS FIRST AMENDED AND RESTATED AGREEMENT OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP OF KNOT OFFSHORE PARTNERS LP, dated as of April 15, 2013, is entered into by and between KNOT Offshore Partners GP LLC, a Marshall Islands limited liability company, as the General Partner and Knutsen NYK Offshore Tankers AS, a Norwegian private limited liability company, together with any other Persons who become Partners in the Partnership or parties hereto as provided herein. In consideration of the covenants, conditions and agreements contained herein, the parties agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS AND CONSTRUCTION

Section 1.1 Definitions . The following definitions shall be for all purposes, unless otherwise clearly indicated to the contrary, applied to the terms used in this Agreement.

Acquisition ” means any transaction in which any Group Member acquires (through an asset acquisition, merger, stock acquisition or other form of investment) control over all or a portion of the assets, properties or business of another Person for the purpose of increasing the operating capacity and/or asset base of the Partnership Group from the operating capacity and/or asset base of the Partnership Group existing immediately prior to such transaction; provided , however , that any acquisition of properties or assets of another Person that is made solely for investment purposes shall not constitute an Acquisition under this Agreement.

Adjusted Operating Surplus ” means, with respect to any period, Operating Surplus generated with respect to such period (a) less (i) the amount of any net increase in Working Capital Borrowings (or the Partnership’s proportionate share of any net increase in Working Capital Borrowings in the case of Subsidiaries that are not wholly-owned) with respect to such period and (ii) the amount of any net decrease in cash reserves for Operating Expenditures (or the Partnership’s proportionate share of any net decrease in cash reserves for Operating Expenditures in the case of Subsidiaries that are not wholly-owned) over such period to the extent such reduction does not relate to an Operating Expenditure made with respect to such period, and (b) plus (i) the amount of any net decrease in Working Capital Borrowings (or the Partnership’s proportionate share of any net decrease in Working Capital Borrowings in the case of Subsidiaries that are not wholly-owned) with respect to such period; (ii) the amount of any net increase in cash reserves (or the Partnership’s proportionate share of any net increase in cash reserves in the case of Subsidiaries that are not wholly-owned) for Operating Expenditures over such period to the extent such reserve is required by any debt instrument for the repayment of principal, interest or premium; and (iii) the amount of any net decrease made in subsequent periods in cash reserves for Operating Expenditures initially established with respect to such period to the extent such decrease results in a reduction in Adjusted Operating Surplus in subsequent periods pursuant to clause (a)(ii) above. Adjusted Operating Surplus does not include that portion of Operating Surplus included in clause (a)(i) of the definition of Operating Surplus. Adjusted Operating Surplus includes that portion of Operating Surplus in clause (a)(ii) of the definition of Operating Surplus only to the extent that cash is received by the Partnership Group.


Affiliate ” or “ Affiliates ” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person that directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries controls, is controlled by or is under common control with, the Person in question. As used herein, the term “ control ” means the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

Aggregate Quantity of IDR Reset Common Units ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.10(a) .

Agreed Value ” means the fair market value of the applicable property or other consideration at the time of contribution or distribution, as the case may be, as determined by the Board of Directors.

Agreement ” means this First Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of KNOT Offshore Partners LP, as it may be amended, supplemented or restated from time to time.

Annual Meeting ” means the meeting of Limited Partners to be held every year, commencing in 2013, to elect the Elected Directors as provided in Section 7.2 and to vote on any other matters brought before the meeting in accordance with this Agreement.

Appointed Directors ” means the members of the Board of Directors appointed by the General Partner in accordance with the provisions of Article VII .

Associate ” means, when used to indicate a relationship with any Person: (a) any corporation or organization of which such Person is a director, officer, manager, general partner or managing member or is, directly or indirectly, the owner of 20% or more of any class of voting stock or other voting interest; (b) any trust or other estate in which such Person has at least a 20% beneficial interest or as to which such Person serves as trustee or in a similar fiduciary capacity; and (c) any relative or spouse of such Person, or any relative of such spouse, who has the same principal residence as such Person.

Audit Committee ” means a committee of the Board of Directors which, within one year of the effective date of the Registration Statement, will be composed of a minimum of three members of the Board of Directors then serving who meet the independence standards required of directors who serve on an audit committee of a board of directors established by the Securities Exchange Act, and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder and meet the standards for audit committee composition established by the National Securities Exchange on which the Common Units are listed or admitted to trading.

 

2


Available Cash ” means, with respect to any Quarter ending prior to the Liquidation Date:

(a) the sum of (i) all cash and cash equivalents of the Partnership Group (or the Partnership’s proportionate share of cash and cash equivalents in the case of Subsidiaries that are not wholly-owned) on hand at the end of such Quarter, (ii) all additional cash and cash equivalents of the Partnership Group (or the Partnership’s proportionate share of cash and cash equivalents in the case of Subsidiaries that are not wholly-owned) on hand on the date of determination of Available Cash with respect to such Quarter resulting from Working Capital Borrowings made subsequent to the end of such Quarter, and (iii) all cash and cash equivalents on hand on the date of determination of Available Cash resulting from cash distributions received after the end of such Quarter from any Group Member’s equity interest in any Person (other than a Subsidiary), which distributions are paid by such Person in respect of operations conducted by such Person during such Quarter, less

(b) the amount of any cash reserves (or the Partnership’s proportionate share of cash reserves in the case of Subsidiaries that are not wholly-owned) established by the Board of Directors to (i) provide for the proper conduct of the business of the Partnership Group (including reserves for future capital expenditures and for anticipated future credit needs of the Partnership Group) subsequent to such Quarter, (ii) comply with applicable law or any loan agreement, security agreement, mortgage, debt instrument or other agreement or obligation to which any Group Member is a party or by which it is bound or its assets are subject and/or (iii) provide funds for distributions under Section 6.3 or Section 6.4 in respect of any one or more of the next four Quarters; provided , however , that the Board of Directors may not establish cash reserves pursuant to (iii)  above if the effect of establishing such reserves would be that the Partnership is unable to distribute the Minimum Quarterly Distribution on all Common Units, plus any Cumulative Common Unit Arrearage on all Common Units, with respect to such Quarter; and, provided , further , that disbursements made by a Group Member or cash reserves established, increased or reduced after the end of such Quarter but on or before the date of determination of Available Cash with respect to such Quarter shall be deemed to have been made, established, increased or reduced, for purposes of determining Available Cash, within such Quarter if the Board of Directors so determines.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, “ Available Cash ” with respect to the Quarter in which the Liquidation Date occurs and any subsequent Quarter shall equal zero.

Board of Directors ” means the board of directors of the Partnership, composed of Appointed Directors and Elected Directors appointed or elected, as the case may be, in accordance with the provisions of Article VII and a majority of whom are not United

 

3


States citizens or residents, which, pursuant to Section 7.1 , and subject to Section 7.11 , oversees and directs the operations, management and policies of the Partnership. The Board of Directors shall constitute a committee within the meaning of Section 30(2)(g) of the Marshall Islands Act.

Business Day ” means Monday through Friday of each week, except that a legal holiday recognized as such by the government of the United States of America or the State of New York shall not be regarded as a Business Day.

Capital Contribution ” means (a) with respect to any Partner, any cash, cash equivalents or the Net Agreed Value of Contributed Property that a Partner contributes to the Partnership or that is contributed or deemed contributed to the Partnership on behalf of a Partner (including, in the case of an underwritten offering of Units, the amount of any underwriting discounts or commissions) or (b) with respect to the General Partner only, (i) distributions of cash that the General Partner is entitled to receive but otherwise waives such that the Partnership retains such cash or (ii) Common Units that the General Partner contributes to the Partnership.

Capital Improvement ” means any (a) addition or improvement to the capital assets owned by any Group Member, (b) acquisition of existing, construction of new or improvement or replacement of existing, capital assets by any Group Member or (c) capital contribution by a Group Member to a Person that is not a Subsidiary, in which a Group Member has, or after such capital contribution will have, an equity interest, to fund the Group Member’s pro rata share of the cost of the addition or improvement to or the acquisition of existing, or the construction of new, or the improvement or replacement of existing, capital assets by such Person, in each case if such addition, improvement, replacement, acquisition or construction is made to increase the operating capacity and/or asset base of the Partnership Group from the operating capacity and/or asset base of the Partnership Group or such Person, as the case may be, existing immediately prior to such addition, improvement, replacement, acquisition or construction; provided, however , that any such addition, improvement, acquisition or construction that is made solely for investment purposes shall not constitute a Capital Improvement.

Capital Surplus ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6.2(a) .

Cause ” means a court of competent jurisdiction has entered a final, non-appealable judgment finding a Person liable to the Partnership or any Limited Partner for actual fraud or willful misconduct in its capacity as a general partner of the Partnership or as a member of the Board of Directors, as the case may be.

Certificate ” means a certificate (a) substantially in the form of Exhibit A to this Agreement, (b) issued in global or book entry form in accordance with the rules and regulations of the Depositary or (c) in such other form as may be adopted by the Board of Directors, issued by the Partnership evidencing ownership of one or more Common Units or a certificate, in such form as may be adopted by the Board of Directors, issued by the Partnership evidencing ownership of one or more other Partnership Interests.

 

4


Certificate of Limited Partnership ” means the Certificate of Limited Partnership of the Partnership filed with the Registrar of Corporations of The Marshall Islands as referenced in Section 7.10 as such Certificate of Limited Partnership may be amended, supplemented or restated from time to time.

claim ” (as used in Section 7.20(c) ) has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 7.20(c) .

Closing Date ” means the first date on which Common Units are sold by the Partnership to the Underwriters pursuant to the provisions of the Underwriting Agreement.

Closing Price ” means, in respect of any class of Limited Partner Interests, as of the date of determination, the last sale price on such day, regular way, or in case no such sale takes place on such day, the average of the closing bid and asked prices on such day, regular way, as reported in the principal consolidated transaction reporting system with respect to securities listed or admitted to trading on the principal National Securities Exchange on which the respective Limited Partner Interests are listed or admitted to trading or, if such Limited Partner Interests are not listed or admitted to trading on any National Securities Exchange, the last quoted price on such day or, if not so quoted, the average of the high bid and low asked prices on such day in the over-the-counter market, as reported by any quotation system then in use with respect to such Limited Partner Interests, or, if on any such day such Limited Partner Interests of such class are not quoted by any such system, the average of the closing bid and asked prices on such day as furnished by a professional market maker making a market in such Limited Partner Interests of such class selected by the Board of Directors, or if on any such day no market maker is making a market in such Limited Partner Interests of such class, the fair value of such Limited Partner Interests on such day as determined by the Board of Directors.

Code ” means the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended and in effect from time to time. Any reference herein to a specific section or sections of the Code shall be deemed to include a reference to any corresponding provision of any successor law.

Combined Interest ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 11.3(a) .

Commences Commercial Service ” and “ Commenced Commercial Service ” shall mean the date a Capital Improvement is first put into commercial service by a Group Member following, if applicable, completion of construction, acquisition, development and testing.

Commission ” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.

Common Unit ” means a Partnership Interest representing a fractional part of the Partnership Interests of all Limited Partners, and having the rights and obligations specified with respect to Common Units in this Agreement. The term “ Common Unit ” does not refer to a Subordinated Unit prior to its conversion into a Common Unit pursuant to the terms hereof.

 

5


Common Unit Arrearage ” means, with respect to any Common Unit, whenever issued, as to any Quarter within the Subordination Period, the excess, if any, of (a) the Minimum Quarterly Distribution with respect to a Common Unit in respect of such Quarter over (b) the sum of all Available Cash distributed with respect to a Common Unit in respect of such Quarter pursuant to Section 6.3(a)(i) .

Conflicts Committee ” means a committee of the Board of Directors composed entirely of two or more directors who are not any of the following: (a) security holders, officers or employees of the General Partner, (b) officers, directors or employees of any Affiliate of the General Partner or (c) holders of any ownership interest in the Partnership Group (other than Common Units or awards granted to such director under any long-term incentive plan of any Group Member) and who also meet the independence standards required of directors who serve on an audit committee of a board of directors established by the Securities Exchange Act, and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder and by the National Securities Exchange on which the Common Units are listed or admitted to trading.

Contributed Property ” means each property or other asset, in such form as may be permitted by the Marshall Islands Act, but excluding cash, contributed to the Partnership.

Contribution Agreement ” means that certain Contribution and Conveyance Agreement, dated as of April 15, 2013, among the General Partner, the Partnership, the Operating Company, KNOT and the other parties named therein, together with the additional conveyance documents and instruments contemplated or referenced thereunder or entered into in connection therewith.

Cumulative Common Unit Arrearage ” means, with respect to any Common Unit, whenever issued, and as of the end of any Quarter, the excess, if any, of (a) the sum of the Common Unit Arrearage with respect to an Initial Common Unit for each of the Quarters within the Subordination Period ending on or before the last day of such Quarter over (b) the sum of any distributions theretofore made pursuant to Section 6.3(a)(ii) and the second sentence of Section 6.4 with respect to an Initial Common Unit (including any distributions to be made in respect of the last of such Quarters).

Current Market Price ” means, in respect of any class of Limited Partner Interests, as of the date of determination, the average of the daily Closing Prices per Limited Partner Interest of such class for the 20 consecutive Trading Days immediately prior to such date.

Deferred Issuance and Distribution ” means both (a) the issuance by the Partnership of additional Common Units that is equal to the excess, if any, of (x) 1,117,500 minus (y) the aggregate number, if any, of Common Units actually purchased by and issued to the Underwriters pursuant to the Over-Allotment Option on the Option Closing Date(s), and (b) distributions of cash pursuant to the Contribution Agreement in an amount equal to the total

 

6


amount of cash contributed by the Underwriters to the Partnership on or in connection with any Option Closing Date with respect to Common Units issued by the Partnership upon the applicable exercise of the Over-Allotment Option in accordance with Section 5.2 , if any.

Departing General Partner ” means a former General Partner from and after the effective date of any withdrawal or removal of such former General Partner pursuant to Section 11.1 or Section 11.2 .

Depositary ” means, with respect to any Units issued in global form, The Depository Trust Company and its successors and permitted assigns.

Elected Directors ” means the members of the Board of Directors who are elected as such in accordance with the provisions of Article VII and at least three of whom are not any of the following: (a) security holders, officers or employees of the General Partner, (b) officers or employees of any Affiliate of the General Partner, (c) holders of any ownership interest in the Partnership Group (other than Common Units or awards granted to such director under any long-term incentive plan of any Group Member) and who also meet the independence standards required of directors who serve on an audit committee of a board of directors established by the Securities Exchange Act, and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder and by the National Securities Exchange on which the Common Units are listed or admitted to trading or (d) United States citizens or residents.

Estimated Maintenance Capital Expenditures ” means an estimate made in good faith by the Board of Directors (with the concurrence of the Conflicts Committee) of the average quarterly Maintenance Capital Expenditures that the Partnership will need to incur to maintain over the long-term the operating capacity and asset base of the Partnership Group (including the Partnership’s proportionate share of the average quarterly Maintenance Capital Expenditures of its Subsidiaries that are not wholly-owned) existing at the time the estimate is made. The Board of Directors (with the concurrence of the Conflicts Committee) will be permitted to make such estimate in any manner it determines reasonable. Beginning after the Closing Date, the estimate will be made at least annually and whenever an event occurs that is likely to result in a material adjustment to the amount of Maintenance Capital Expenditures on a long-term basis. The Partnership shall disclose to its Partners any change in the amount of Estimated Maintenance Capital Expenditures in its reports made in accordance with Section 8.3 to the extent not previously disclosed. Any adjustments to Estimated Maintenance Capital Expenditures shall be prospective only.

Event of Withdrawal ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 11.1(a) .

Expansion Capital Expenditures ” means cash expenditures for Acquisitions or Capital Improvements. Expansion Capital Expenditures shall not include Maintenance Capital Expenditures or Investment Capital Expenditures. Expansion Capital Expenditures shall include interest payments (and related fees) on debt incurred and distributions on equity issued, in each case, to fund the construction of a Capital Improvement and paid in respect of the period beginning on the date that a Group Member enters into a binding obligation to commence construction of the Capital Improvement and ending on the earlier to occur of the

 

7


date that such Capital Improvement Commences Commercial Service or the date that such Capital Improvement is abandoned or disposed of. Debt incurred or equity issued to fund any such construction period interest payments, or such construction period distributions on equity paid in respect of such period shall also be deemed to be debt incurred or equity issued, as the case may be, to fund the construction of a Capital Improvement, and the Incremental Incentive Distributions paid in respect of such newly issued equity shall be deemed to be distributions paid on equity issued to finance the construction of a Capital Improvement.

First Target Distribution ” means $0.43125 per Unit per Quarter (or, with respect to the period commencing on the Closing Date and ending on June 30, 2013, it means the product of $0.43125 multiplied by a fraction of which the numerator is the number of days in such period, and of which the denominator is the total number of days in the Quarter in which the Closing Date occurs), subject to adjustment in accordance with Section 5.10 and Section 6.5 .

Fully Diluted Weighted Average Basis ” means, when calculating the number of Outstanding Units for any period, a basis that includes (a) the weighted average number of Outstanding Units plus (b) all Partnership Interests and options, rights, warrants and appreciation rights relating to an equity interest in the Partnership (i) that are convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Units or for which Units are issuable, in each case, that are senior to or pari passu with the Subordinated Units, (ii) whose conversion, exercise or exchange price is less than the Current Market Price on the date of such calculation, (iii) that may be converted into or exercised or exchanged for such Units prior to or during the Quarter immediately following the end of the period for which the calculation is being made without the satisfaction of any contingency beyond the control of the holder other than the payment of consideration and the compliance with administrative mechanics applicable to such conversion, exercise or exchange and (iv) that were not converted into or exercised or exchanged for such Units during the period for which the calculation is being made; provided, however , that for purposes of determining the number of Outstanding Units on a Fully Diluted Weighted Average Basis when calculating whether the Subordination Period has ended, such Partnership Interests, options, rights, warrants and appreciation rights shall be deemed to have been Outstanding Units only for the four Quarters that comprise the last four Quarters of the measurement period; and provided, further , that if consideration will be paid to any Group Member in connection with such conversion, exercise or exchange, the number of Units to be included in such calculation shall be that number equal to the difference between (y) the number of Units issuable upon such conversion, exercise or exchange and (z) the number of Units that such consideration would purchase at the Current Market Price.

General Partner ” means KNOT Offshore Partners GP LLC, a Marshall Islands limited liability company, and its successors and permitted assigns that are admitted to the Partnership as general partner of the Partnership, in its capacity as general partner of the Partnership (except as the context otherwise requires).

General Partner Interest ” means the ownership interest of the General Partner in the Partnership (in its capacity as a general partner and without reference to any Limited Partner Interest held by it), which is evidenced by General Partner Units and includes any and all benefits to which the General Partner is entitled as provided in this Agreement, together with all obligations of the General Partner to comply with the terms and provisions of this Agreement.

 

8


General Partner Unit ” means a fractional part of the General Partner Interest having the rights and obligations specified with respect to the General Partner Interest. A General Partner Unit is not a Unit.

Group ” means a Person that with or through any of its Affiliates or Associates has any agreement, arrangement, understanding or relationship for the purpose of acquiring, holding, voting (except voting pursuant to a revocable proxy or consent given to such Person in response to a proxy or consent solicitation made to 10 or more Persons), exercising investment power over or disposing of any Partnership Interests with any other Person that beneficially owns, or whose Affiliates or Associates beneficially own, directly or indirectly, Partnership Interests.

Group Member ” means a member of the Partnership Group.

Group Member Agreement ” means the partnership agreement of any Group Member, other than the Partnership, that is a limited or general partnership, the limited liability company agreement of any Group Member that is a limited liability company, the certificate of incorporation and bylaws (or similar organizational documents) of any Group Member that is a corporation, the joint venture agreement or similar governing document of any Group Member that is a joint venture and the governing or organizational or similar documents of any other Group Member that is a Person other than a limited or general partnership, limited liability company, corporation or joint venture, in each case as such may be amended, supplemented or restated from time to time.

Hedge Contract ” means any exchange, swap, forward, future, cap, floor, collar or other similar agreement or arrangement entered into for the purpose of hedging the Partnership Group’s exposure to fluctuations in the price of interest rates, currencies or commodities in their operations and not for speculative purposes.

Holder ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 7.20(a) .

IDR Reset Common Units ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.10(a) .

IDR Reset Election ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.10(a) .

Incentive Distribution Right ” means a non-voting Limited Partner Interest, which Partnership Interest will confer upon the holder thereof only the rights and obligations specifically provided in this Agreement with respect to Incentive Distribution Rights (and no other rights otherwise available to or other obligations of a holder of a Partnership Interest). Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, the holder of an Incentive Distribution Right shall not be entitled to vote such Incentive Distribution Right on any Partnership matter except as may otherwise be required by law.

Incentive Distributions ” means any amount of cash distributed to the holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights pursuant to Section 6.3 .

 

9


Incremental Incentive Distributions ” means, with respect to any newly issued equity securities of the Partnership, the incremental amount of any Incentive Distributions payable under Section 6.3 based solely upon the amount of distributions paid in respect of such newly issued equity securities.

Indemnified Persons ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 7.20(c) .

Indemnitee ” means (a) the General Partner, (b) any Departing General Partner, (c) any Person who is or was an Affiliate of the General Partner or any Departing General Partner, (d) any Person who is or was a member, partner, director, officer, fiduciary or trustee of any Person which any of the preceding clauses of this definition describes, (e) any Person who is or was serving at the request of the General Partner or any Departing General Partner or any Affiliate of the General Partner or any Departing General Partner as an officer, director, member, partner, fiduciary or trustee of another Person ( provided , however , that a Person shall not be an Indemnitee by reason of providing, on a fee-for-services basis, trustee, fiduciary or custodial services), (f) the members of the Board of Directors, (g) the Officers, and (h) any other Person the Board of Directors designates as an “ Indemnitee ” for purposes of this Agreement.

Initial Common Units ” means the Common Units sold in the Initial Offering.

Initial General Partner Interest ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.1(a) .

Initial Limited Partner Interest ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.1(a) .

Initial Limited Partners ” means KNOT and the Underwriters, in each case upon being admitted as Partners to the Partnership in accordance with Section 10.1 .

Initial Offering ” means the initial public offering and sale of Common Units to the public, as described in the Registration Statement, including any Common Units sold pursuant to the exercise of the Over-Allotment Option.

Initial Unit Price ” means (a) with respect to the Common Units and the Subordinated Units, the initial public offering price per Common Unit at which the Underwriters first offered the Common Units to the public for sale as set forth on the cover page of the prospectus included as part of the Registration Statement and first issued at or after the time the Registration Statement first became effective or (b) with respect to any other class or series of Units, the price per Unit at which such class or series of Units is initially sold by the Partnership, as determined by the Board of Directors, in each case adjusted as the Board of Directors determines to be appropriate to give effect to any distribution, subdivision or combination of Units.

Interim Capital Transactions ” means the following transactions if they occur prior to the Liquidation Date: (a) borrowings, refinancings or refundings of indebtedness

 

10


(other than Working Capital Borrowings and other than for items purchased on open account in the ordinary course of business) by any Group Member and sales of debt securities of any Group Member; (b) sales of equity interests of any Group Member (including the Common Units sold to the Underwriters in the Initial Offering or pursuant to the exercise of the Over-Allotment Option); (c) sales or other voluntary or involuntary dispositions of any assets of any Group Member (including assets acquired using Investment Capital Expenditures) other than (i) sales or other dispositions of inventory, accounts receivable and other assets in the ordinary course of business and (ii) sales or other dispositions of assets as part of normal retirements or replacements; (d) capital contributions received; and (e) corporate reorganizations or restructurings.

Investment Capital Expenditures ” means capital expenditures other than Maintenance Capital Expenditures and Expansion Capital Expenditures.

KNOT ” means Knutsen NYK Offshore Tankers AS.

Limited Partner ” means, unless the context otherwise requires, the Organizational Limited Partner, each Initial Limited Partner, each additional Person that becomes a Limited Partner pursuant to the terms of this Agreement and any Departing General Partner upon the change of its status from General Partner to Limited Partner pursuant to Section 11.3 , in each case, in such Person’s capacity as a limited partner of the Partnership; provided , however , that when the term “ Limited Partner ” is used herein in the context of any vote or other approval, including Articles XIII and XIV , such term shall not, solely for such purpose, include any holder of an Incentive Distribution Right (solely with respect to its Incentive Distribution Rights and not with respect to any other Limited Partner Interest held by such Person) except as may otherwise be required by law. Limited Partners may include custodians, nominees or any other individual or entity in its own or any representative capacity.

Limited Partner Interest ” means the ownership interest of a Limited Partner in the Partnership, which may be evidenced by Common Units, Subordinated Units, Incentive Distribution Rights or other Partnership Interests or a combination thereof or interest therein, and includes any and all benefits to which such Limited Partner is entitled as provided in this Agreement, together with all obligations of such Limited Partner to comply with the terms and provisions of this Agreement; provided, however , that when the term “ Limited Partner Interest ” is used herein in the context of any vote or other approval, including Articles XIII and XIV , such term shall not, solely for such purpose, include any Incentive Distribution Right except as may otherwise be required by law.

Liquidation Date ” means (a) in the case of an event giving rise to the dissolution of the Partnership of the type described in clauses (a) and (b)  of the first sentence of Section 12.2 , the date on which the applicable time period during which the holders of Outstanding Units have the right to elect to continue the business of the Partnership has expired without such an election being made, and (b) in the case of any other event giving rise to the dissolution of the Partnership, the date on which such event occurs.

Liquidating Trustee ” means one or more Persons selected by the Board of Directors to perform the functions described in Section 12.4 .

 

11


Maintenance Capital Expenditures ” means cash expenditures (including expenditures for the addition or improvement to, or the replacement of, the capital assets owned by any Group Member or for the acquisition of existing, or the construction or development of new, capital assets) if such expenditure is made to maintain, including over the long term, the operating capacity and/or asset base of the Partnership Group. Maintenance Capital Expenditures shall not include Expansion Capital Expenditures or Investment Capital Expenditures. Maintenance Capital Expenditures shall include interest payments (and related fees) on debt incurred and distributions in respect of equity issued, in each case, to finance the construction or development of a replacement asset and paid in respect of the period beginning on the date that the Group Member enters into a binding obligation to commence constructing or developing a replacement asset and ending on the earlier to occur of the date that such replacement asset Commences Commercial Service or the date that such replacement asset is abandoned or disposed of. Debt incurred to pay or equity issued to fund the construction or development period interest payments, or such construction or development period distributions on equity shall also be deemed to be debt incurred or equity issued, as the case may be, to finance the construction or development of a replacement asset, and the Incremental Incentive Distributions paid in respect of such newly issued equity shall be deemed to be distributions paid on equity issued to finance the construction or development of a replacement asset.

Marshall Islands Act ” means the Limited Partnership Act of The Republic of the Marshall Islands, as amended, supplemented or restated from time to time, and any successor to such statute.

Merger Agreement ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 14.1 .

Minimum Quarterly Distribution ” means $0.375 per Unit per Quarter (or with respect to the period commencing on the Closing Date and ending on June 30, 2013, it means the product of $0.375 multiplied by a fraction of which the numerator is the number of days in such period and of which the denominator is the total number of days in the Quarter in which the Closing Date occurs), subject to adjustment in accordance with Section 5.10 and Section 6.5 .

National Securities Exchange ” means an exchange registered with the Commission under Section 6(a) of the Securities Exchange Act, supplemented or restated from time to time, and any successor to such statute.

Net Agreed Value ” means, (a) in the case of any Contributed Property, the Agreed Value of such property reduced by any liabilities either assumed by the Partnership upon such contribution or to which such property is subject when contributed, and (b) in the case of any property distributed to a Partner by the Partnership, the Agreed Value of such property, reduced by any indebtedness either assumed by such Partner upon such distribution or to which such property is subject at the time of distribution.

Norwegian Resident Holders ” means all persons (including individuals, entities, partnerships, trusts and estates) that are residents of Norway for purposes of the Tax Act on Income and Wealth.

 

12


Notice of Election to Purchase ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 15.1(b) .

Officers ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 7.8(a) .

Omnibus Agreement ” means that Omnibus Agreement, dated as of the Closing Date, among KNOT, the Partnership, the General Partner, the Operating Company, KNOT Shuttle Tankers 17 AS and KNOT Shuttle Tankers 18 AS.

Operating Company ” means KNOT Offshore Partners UK LLC, a Marshall Islands limited liability company, and any successors thereto.

Operating Company Agreement ” means the First Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of the Operating Company, as it may be amended, supplemented or restated from time to time.

Operating Expenditures ” means all Partnership Group cash expenditures (or the Partnership’s proportionate share of expenditures in the case of Subsidiaries that are not wholly-owned), including taxes, employee and director compensation, reimbursements of expenses of the General Partner, repayment of Working Capital Borrowings, debt service payments, capital expenditures, payments made in the ordinary course of business under any Hedge Contracts ( provided, (y) with respect to amounts paid in connection with the initial purchase of any Hedge Contract, such amounts shall be amortized over the life of the Hedge Contract and (z) that payments made in connection with the termination of any Hedge Contract prior to the expiration of its stipulated settlement or termination date shall be included in Operating Expenditures in equal quarterly installments over the remaining scheduled life of such Hedge Contract), subject to the following:

(a) deemed repayments of Working Capital Borrowings deducted from Operating Surplus pursuant to clause (b)(iii) of the definition of Operating Surplus shall not constitute Operating Expenditures when actually repaid;

(b) payments (including prepayments and prepayment penalties) of principal of and premium on indebtedness other than Working Capital Borrowings shall not constitute Operating Expenditures; and

(c) Operating Expenditures shall not include any of (i) Expansion Capital Expenditures, Investment Capital Expenditures or actual Maintenance Capital Expenditures, but shall include Estimated Maintenance Capital Expenditures, (ii) payment of transaction expenses (including taxes) relating to Interim Capital Transactions or (iii) distributions to Partners,

where capital expenditures consist of both (y) Maintenance Capital Expenditures and (z) Expansion Capital Expenditures and/or Investment Capital Expenditures, the Board of Directors (with the concurrence of the Conflicts Committee) shall determine the allocation between the amounts paid for each.

 

13


Operating Surplus ” means, with respect to any period ending prior to the Liquidation Date, on a cumulative basis and without duplication:

(a) the sum of (i) $17.0 million, (ii) all cash receipts of the Partnership Group (or the Partnership’s proportionate share of cash receipts in the case of Subsidiaries that are not wholly-owned) for the period beginning on the Closing Date and ending on the last day of such period, other than cash receipts from Interim Capital Transactions (excluding return on capital from Investment Capital Expenditures); provided , that cash receipts from the termination of a Hedge Contract prior to its specified termination date shall be included in Operating Surplus in equal quarterly installments over the remaining scheduled life of such Hedge Contract, (iii) all cash receipts of the Partnership Group (or the Partnership’s proportionate share of cash receipts in the case of Subsidiaries that are not wholly-owned) after the end of such period but on or before the date of determination of Operating Surplus with respect to such period resulting from Working Capital Borrowings and (iv) the amount of cash distributions paid on equity issued (including Incremental Incentive Distributions) in connection with the construction of a Capital Improvement or replacement of a capital asset and paid in respect of the period beginning on the date that the Group Member enters into a binding obligation to commence the construction of such Capital Improvement or replacement of such capital asset and ending on the earlier to occur of the date that such Capital Improvement or replacement capital asset Commences Commercial Service or the date that it is abandoned or disposed of (equity issued to fund the construction period interest payments on debt incurred (including periodic net payments under related Hedge Contracts), or construction period distributions on equity issued (including Incremental Incentive Distributions), to finance the construction of a Capital Improvement or replacement of a capital asset shall also be deemed to be equity issued to finance the construction of a Capital Improvement or replacement of such capital asset for purposes of this clause (iv) ), less

(b) the sum of (i) Operating Expenditures for the period beginning immediately after the Closing Date and ending on the last day of such period, (ii) the amount of cash reserves (or the Partnership’s proportionate share of cash reserves in the case of Subsidiaries that are not wholly-owned) established by the Board of Directors to provide funds for future Operating Expenditures, (iii) all Working Capital Borrowings not repaid within 12 months after having been incurred and (iv) any cash loss realized on disposition of an Investment Capital Expenditure; provided, however , that disbursements made (including contributions to a Group Member or disbursements on behalf of a Group Member) or cash reserves

 

14


established, increased or reduced after the end of such period but on or before the date of determination of Available Cash with respect to such period shall be deemed to have been made, established, increased or reduced, for purposes of determining Operating Surplus, within such period if the Board of Directors so determines.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, “ Operating Surplus ” with respect to the Quarter in which the Liquidation Date occurs and any subsequent Quarter shall equal zero. Cash receipts from Investment Capital Expenditures shall be treated as cash receipts only to the extent they are a return on capital, but in no event shall a return of capital be treated as cash receipts.

Opinion of Counsel ” means a written opinion of counsel (who may be regular counsel to the Partnership or the General Partner or any of its Affiliates) acceptable to the Board of Directors.

Option Closing Date ” means the date or dates on which any Common Units are sold by the Partnership to the Underwriters upon the exercise of the Over-Allotment Option.

Organizational Limited Partner ” means Mr. Andrew Beveridge, in his capacity as the organizational limited partner of the Partnership.

Outstanding ” means, with respect to Partnership Interests, all Partnership Interests that are issued by the Partnership and reflected as outstanding on the Partnership’s books and records as of the date of determination; provided, however , that if at any time any Person or Group beneficially owns more than 4.9% of the Outstanding Partnership Interests of any class then Outstanding (or would own such percentage in the event this limitation were applied to other Persons or Groups), all Partnership Interests owned by such Person or Group in excess of such limitation shall not be voted on any matter and shall not be considered to be Outstanding when sending notices of a meeting of Limited Partners to vote on any matter (unless otherwise required by law), calculating required votes (except for purposes of nominating a Person for election to the Board of Directors pursuant to Section 7.3 ), determining the presence of a quorum or for other similar purposes under this Agreement, except that Partnership Interests so owned shall be considered to be Outstanding for purposes of Section 11.1(b)(iv) (such Partnership Interests shall not, however, be treated as a separate class of Partnership Interests for purposes of this Agreement); provided, further , that the foregoing limitation shall not apply to (a) the General Partner or its Affiliates or (b) any Person or Group who acquired more than 4.9% of any Partnership Interests with the prior approval of the Board of Directors after considering the potential effects of such approval on the Partnership, except, in each case, such limitation shall remain applicable with respect to the voting of Common Units in the election of the Elected Directors as provided in Section 7.2(a)(ii) ; and provided , further, that Common Units held by Norwegian Resident Holders shall not be considered to be Outstanding with respect to the voting of Common Units in the election of the Elected Directors.

Over-Allotment Option ” means the over-allotment option granted to the Underwriters pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement.

 

15


Partners ” means the General Partner and the Limited Partners.

Partnership ” means KNOT Offshore Partners LP, a Marshall Islands limited partnership, and any successors thereto.

Partnership Group ” means the Partnership and its Subsidiaries, including the Operating Company, treated as a single consolidated entity.

Partnership Interest ” means any class or series of equity interest in the Partnership (but excluding any options, rights, warrants, restricted units and appreciation rights relating to an equity interest in the Partnership), including Common Units, Subordinated Units, General Partner Units and Incentive Distribution Rights.

Percentage Interest ” means as of any date of determination (a) as to the General Partner with respect to General Partner Units and as to any Unitholder with respect to Units, the product obtained by multiplying (i) 100% less the percentage applicable to clause (b) below by (ii) the quotient obtained by dividing (A) the number of Units held by such Unitholder or the number of General Partner Units held by the General Partner, as the case may be, by (B) the total number of all Outstanding Units and General Partner Units, and (b) as to the holders of other Partnership Interests issued by the Partnership in accordance with Section 5.4 , the percentage established as a part of such issuance. The Percentage Interest with respect to an Incentive Distribution Right shall at all times be zero.

Person ” means an individual or a corporation, firm, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, unincorporated organization, association, governmental agency or political subdivision thereof or other entity.

Plan of Conversion ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 14.1 .

Pro Rata ” means (a) when used with respect to Units or any class thereof, apportioned equally among all designated Units in accordance with their relative Percentage Interests, (b) when used with respect to Partners or Record Holders, apportioned among all Partners or Record Holders in accordance with their relative Percentage Interests and (c) when used with respect to holders of Incentive Distribution Rights, apportioned equally among all holders of Incentive Distribution Rights in accordance with the relative number or percentage of Incentive Distribution Rights held by each such holder.

Purchase Date ” means the date determined by the General Partner as the date for purchase of all Outstanding Limited Partner Interests of a certain class (other than Limited Partner Interests owned by the General Partner and its Affiliates) pursuant to Article XV .

Quarter ” means, unless the context requires otherwise, a fiscal quarter, or, with respect to the first fiscal quarter including the Closing Date, the portion of such fiscal quarter after the Closing Date, of the Partnership.

 

16


Record Date ” means the date established by the Board of Directors or otherwise in accordance with this Agreement for determining (a) the identity of the Record Holders entitled to notice of, or to vote at, any meeting of Limited Partners or entitled to vote by ballot or give approval of Partnership action in writing without a meeting or entitled to exercise rights in respect of any lawful action of Limited Partners or (b) the identity of Record Holders entitled to receive any report or distribution or to participate in any offer.

Record Holder ” means (a) the Person in whose name a Common Unit is registered on the books of the Transfer Agent as of the closing of business on a particular Business Day, or (b) with respect to other Partnership Interests, the Person in whose name any such other Partnership Interest is registered on the books that the Board of Directors has caused to be kept as of the closing of business on such Business Day (which books may be kept, at the Board of Directors’ option, by the Transfer Agent).

Registration Statement ” means the Partnership’s Registration Statement on Form F-1 (Registration No. 333-186947) as it has been or as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, filed by the Partnership with the Commission under the Securities Act to register the offering and sale of the Common Units in the Initial Offering.

Reset MQD ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.10(e) .

Reset Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.10(b) .

Second Target Distribution ” means $0.46875 per Unit per Quarter (or, with respect to the period commencing on the Closing Date and ending on June 30, 2013, it means the product of $0.46875 multiplied by a fraction of which the numerator is equal to the number of days in such period and of which the denominator is the total number of days in the Quarter in which the Closing Date occurs), subject to adjustment in accordance with Section 5.10 and Section 6.5 .

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, supplemented or restated from time to time and any successor to such statute.

Securities Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, supplemented or restated from time to time and any successor to such statute.

Special Approval ” means approval by a majority of the members of the Conflicts Committee.

Subordinated Unit ” means a Unit representing a fractional part of the Partnership Interests of all Limited Partners and having the rights and obligations specified with respect to Subordinated Units in this Agreement. The term “ Subordinated Unit ” does not include a Common Unit. A Subordinated Unit that is convertible into a Common Unit shall not constitute a Common Unit until such conversion occurs.

 

17


Subordination Period ” means the period commencing on the Closing Date and ending on the first to occur of the following dates:

(a) the second Business Day following the distribution of Available Cash to Partners pursuant to Section 6.2(a) in respect of any Quarter ending on or after March 31, 2016, in respect of which (i) (A) distributions of Available Cash from Operating Surplus on each of the Outstanding Common Units, Subordinated Units, General Partner Units and any other Outstanding Units that are senior or equal in right of distribution to the Subordinated Units equaled or exceeded the sum of the Minimum Quarterly Distribution during each of the three consecutive, non-overlapping four-Quarter periods immediately preceding such date and (B) the Adjusted Operating Surplus for each of the three consecutive, non-overlapping four-Quarter periods immediately preceding such date equaled or exceeded the sum of the Minimum Quarterly Distribution on all of the Common Units, Subordinated Units, General Partner Units and any other Units that are senior or equal in right of distribution to the Subordinated Units that were Outstanding during such periods on a Fully Diluted Weighted Average Basis with respect to each such period and (ii) there are no Cumulative Common Unit Arrearages; and

(b) the date on which the General Partner is removed as general partner of the Partnership upon the requisite vote by holders of Outstanding Units under circumstances where Cause does not exist and no Units held by the General Partner and its Affiliates are voted in favor of such removal.

Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person, (a) a corporation of which more than 50% of the voting power of shares entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors or other governing body of such corporation is owned, directly or indirectly, at the date of determination, by such Person, by one or more Subsidiaries (as defined, but excluding subsection (d) of this definition) of such Person or a combination thereof, (b) a partnership (whether general or limited) in which such Person or a Subsidiary (as defined, but excluding subsection (d) of this definition) of such Person is, at the date of determination, a general or limited partner of such partnership, but only if more than 50% of the partnership interests of such partnership (considering all of the partnership interests of the partnership as a single class) is owned, directly or indirectly, at the date of determination, by such Person, by one or more Subsidiaries (as defined, but excluding subsection (d) of this definition) of such Person, or a combination thereof, (c) any other Person (other than a corporation or a partnership) in which such Person, one or more Subsidiaries (as defined, but excluding subsection (d) of this definition) of such Person, or a combination thereof, directly or indirectly, at the date of determination, has (i) at least a majority ownership interest or (ii) the power to elect or direct the election of a majority of the directors or other governing body of such Person, or (d) any other Person in which such Person, one or more Subsidiaries (as defined, but excluding this subsection (d) of this definition) of such Person, or a combination thereof, directly or indirectly, at the date of determination, has (i) less than a majority ownership interest or (ii) less than the power to elect or direct the election of a majority of the directors or other

 

18


governing body of such Person, provided , that (A) such Person, one or more Subsidiaries (as defined, but excluding this subsection (d) of this definition) of such Person, or a combination thereof, directly or indirectly, at the date of the determination, has at least a 20% ownership interest in such other Person, (B) such Person accounts for such other Person (under U.S. GAAP, as in effect on the later of the date of investment in such other Person or material expansion of the operations of such other Person) on a consolidated or equity accounting basis, (C) such Person has directly or indirectly material negative control rights regarding such other Person including over such other Person’s ability to materially expand its operations beyond that contemplated at the date of investment in such other Person, and (D) such other Person is (i) other than with respect to the Operating Company, formed and maintained for the sole purpose of owning or leasing, operating and chartering vessels and (ii) obligated under its constituent documents, or as a result of a unanimous agreement of its owners, to distribute to its owners all of its income on at least an annual basis (less any cash reserves that are approved by such Person).

Surviving Business Entity ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 14.2(b)(ii) .

Third Target Distribution ” means $0.5625 per Unit per Quarter (or, with respect to the period commencing on the Closing Date and ending on June 30, 2013, it means the product of $0.5625 multiplied by a fraction of which the numerator is equal to the number of days in such period and of which the denominator is the total number of days in the Quarter in which the Closing Date occurs), subject to adjustment in accordance with Section 5.10 and Section 6.5 .

Trading Day ” means, for the purpose of determining the Current Market Price of any class of Limited Partner Interests, a day on which the principal National Securities Exchange on which such class of Limited Partner Interests is listed or admitted for trading is open for the transaction of business or, if Limited Partner Interests of a class are not listed on any National Securities Exchange, a day on which banking institutions in New York City generally are open.

transfer ” or “ transfers ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 4.4(a) .

Transfer Agent ” means such bank, trust company or other Person (including the General Partner or one of its Affiliates) as shall be appointed from time to time by the Partnership to act as registrar and transfer agent for the Common Units; provided , however , that if no Transfer Agent is specifically designated for any other Partnership Interests, the Partnership shall act in such capacity.

Underwriter ” means each Person named as an underwriter in Schedule I to the Underwriting Agreement who purchases Common Units pursuant thereto.

Underwriting Agreement ” means the Underwriting Agreement dated April 9, 2013 among the Underwriters, the Partnership, the General Partner, the Operating Company, KNOT Shuttle Tankers AS and KNOT, providing for the purchase of Common Units from the Partnership by such Underwriters in connection with the Initial Offering.

 

19


Unit ” means a Partnership Interest that is designated as a “ Unit ” and shall include Common Units and Subordinated Units, but shall not include (a) General Partner Units (or the General Partner Interest represented thereby) or (b) the Incentive Distribution Rights.

Unitholders ” means the holders of Units.

Unit Majority ” means (a) during the Subordination Period, at least (i) a majority of the Outstanding Common Units (excluding Common Units owned by the General Partner and its Affiliates) voting as a single class and (ii) a majority of the Outstanding Subordinated Units, voting as a single class, and (b) after the end of the Subordination Period, at least a majority of the Outstanding Common Units, voting as a single class.

Unit Register ” means the register of the Partnership for the registration and transfer of Limited Partnership Interests as provided in Section 4.5 .

Unrecovered Capital ” means at any time, with respect to a Unit, the Initial Unit Price less the sum of all distributions constituting Capital Surplus theretofore made in respect of an Initial Common Unit and any distributions of cash (or the Net Agreed Value of any distributions in kind) in connection with the dissolution and liquidation of the Partnership theretofore made in respect of an Initial Common Unit, adjusted as the Board of Directors determines to be appropriate to give effect to any distribution, subdivision or combination of such Units.

U.S. GAAP ” means United States generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied.

Volume-Weighted Average Market Price ” means, for a specified period of consecutive Trading Days for the Common Units, an amount equal to (a) the cumulative sum of the products of (x) the sale price for each trade of Common Units occurring during such period multiplied by (y) the number of Common Units sold at such price, divided by (b) the total number of Common Units so traded during such period.

Withdrawal Opinion of Counsel ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 11.1(b)(i) .

Working Capital Borrowings ” means borrowings used solely for working capital purposes or to pay distributions to Partners made pursuant to a credit facility, commercial paper facility or similar financing arrangement available to a Group Member, provided , that when such borrowing is incurred it is the intent of the borrower to repay such borrowings within 12 months from sources other than additional Working Capital Borrowings.

Section 1.2 Construction. Unless the context requires otherwise: (a) any pronoun used in this Agreement shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine or neuter forms, and the singular form of nouns, pronouns and verbs shall include the plural and vice versa; (b) references to Articles and Sections refer to Articles and Sections of this Agreement; (c) the

 

20


term “include” or “includes” means includes, without limitation, and “including” means including, without limitation; and (d) the terms “hereof”, “herein” and “hereunder” refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement. The table of contents and headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only, and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

ARTICLE II

ORGANIZATION

Section 2.1 Formation . The General Partner and the Organizational Limited Partner previously formed the Partnership as a limited partnership pursuant to the provisions of the Marshall Islands Act. The Organizational Limited Partner previously sold its Initial Limited Partner Interest to KNOT. The General Partner and KNOT hereby amend and restate the original Agreement of Limited Partnership of the Partnership in its entirety. This amendment and restatement shall become effective on the date of this Agreement. Except as expressly provided to the contrary in this Agreement, the rights, duties (including fiduciary duties), liabilities and obligations of the Partners and the administration, dissolution and termination of the Partnership shall be governed by the Marshall Islands Act. All Partnership Interests shall constitute personal property of the owner thereof for all purposes and a Partner has no interest in specific Partnership property.

Section 2.2 Name . The name of the Partnership shall be “KNOT Offshore Partners LP”. The Partnership’s business may be conducted under any other name or names as determined by the Board of Directors. The words “Limited Partnership” or the letters “LP” or similar words or letters shall be included in the Partnership’s name where necessary for the purpose of complying with the laws of any jurisdiction that so requires. The Board of Directors may change the name of the Partnership at any time and from time to time in compliance with the requirements of the Marshall Islands Act and shall notify the General Partner and the Limited Partners of such change in the next regular communication to the Limited Partners.

Section 2.3 Registered Office; Registered Agent; Principal Office; Other Offices . Unless and until changed by the Board of Directors, the registered office of the Partnership in The Marshall Islands shall be located at Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Island, Ajeltake Road, Majuro, Marshall Islands MH 96960, and the registered agent for service of process on the Partnership in The Marshall Islands at such registered office shall be The Trust Company of The Marshall Islands, Inc. The principal office of the Partnership shall be located at 2 Queen’s Cross, Aberdeen, Aberdeenshire AB15 4YB, United Kingdom, or such other place as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate by notice to the General Partner and the Limited Partners. The Partnership may maintain offices at such other place or places within or outside The Marshall Islands as the Board of Directors determines to be necessary or appropriate. The address of the General Partner shall be at 2 Queen’s Cross, Aberdeen, Aberdeenshire AB15 4YB, United Kingdom, or such other place as the General Partner may from time to time designate by notice to the Limited Partners.

Section 2.4 Purpose and Business . The purpose and nature of the business to be conducted by the Partnership shall be to (a) engage directly in, or enter into or form any corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or other arrangement to engage

 

21


indirectly in, any business activity that lawfully may be conducted by a limited partnership organized pursuant to the Marshall Islands Act and, in connection therewith, to exercise all of the rights and powers conferred upon the Partnership pursuant to the agreements relating to such business activity, and (b) do anything necessary or appropriate to the foregoing, including the making of capital contributions or loans to a Group Member.

Section 2.5 Powers . The Partnership shall be empowered to do any and all acts and things necessary and appropriate for the furtherance and accomplishment of the purposes and business described in Section 2.4 and for the protection and benefit of the Partnership.

Section 2.6 Term . The term of the Partnership commenced upon the filing of the Certificate of Limited Partnership in accordance with the Marshall Islands Act and shall continue in existence until the dissolution of the Partnership in accordance with the provisions of Article XII . The existence of the Partnership as a separate legal entity shall continue until the cancellation of the Certificate of Limited Partnership as provided in the Marshall Islands Act.

Section 2.7 Title to Partnership Assets . Title to Partnership assets, whether real, personal or mixed and whether tangible or intangible, shall be deemed to be owned by the Partnership as an entity, and no Partner, individually or collectively, shall have any ownership interest in such Partnership assets or any portion thereof. Title to any or all of the Partnership assets may be held in the name of the Partnership, the General Partner, one or more of its Affiliates or one or more nominees, as the Board of Directors may determine. The General Partner hereby declares and warrants that any Partnership assets for which record title is held in the name of the General Partner or one or more of its Affiliates or one or more nominees shall be held by the General Partner or such Affiliate or nominee for the use and benefit of the Partnership in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement; provided, however , that the General Partner shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause record title to such assets (other than those assets in respect of which the Board of Directors determines that the expense and difficulty of conveyancing makes transfer of record title to the Partnership impracticable) to be vested in the Partnership as soon as reasonably practicable; and, provided, further , that, prior to the withdrawal or removal of the General Partner or as soon thereafter as practicable, the General Partner shall use reasonable efforts to effect the transfer of record title to the Partnership and, prior to any such transfer, will provide for the use of such assets in a manner satisfactory to the Board of Directors. All Partnership assets shall be recorded as the property of the Partnership in its books and records, irrespective of the name in which record title to such Partnership assets is held.

ARTICLE III

RIGHTS OF LIMITED PARTNERS

Section 3.1 Limitation of Liability . The Limited Partners shall have no liability under this Agreement except as expressly provided in this Agreement or the Marshall Islands Act. The General Partner shall be liable for the obligations of the Partnership.

Section 3.2 Management of Business . No Limited Partner, in its capacity as such, shall participate in the operation, management or control (within the meaning of the Marshall Islands Act) of the Partnership’s business, transact any business in the Partnership’s name or

 

22


have the power to sign documents for or otherwise bind the Partnership. Any action taken by any Affiliate of the General Partner or any officer, director, employee, manager, member, general partner, agent or trustee of the General Partner or any of its Affiliates, or any officer, director, employee, manager, member, general partner, agent or trustee of a Group Member, in its capacity as such, shall not be deemed to be participation in the control of the business of the Partnership by a limited partner of the Partnership (within the meaning of Section 30 of the Marshall Islands Act) and shall not affect, impair or eliminate the limitations on the liability of the Limited Partners under this Agreement.

Section 3.3 Outside Activities of the Limited Partners . Subject to the provisions of Section 7.13 and the Omnibus Agreement, which shall continue to be applicable to the Persons referred to therein, regardless of whether such Persons shall also be Limited Partners, each Limited Partner shall be entitled to and may have business interests and engage in business activities in addition to those relating to the Partnership, including business interests and activities in direct competition with the Partnership Group. Neither the Partnership nor any of the other Partners shall have any rights by virtue of this Agreement in any business ventures of any Limited Partner.

Section 3.4 Rights of Limited Partners .

(a) In addition to other rights provided by this Agreement or by the Marshall Islands Act, and except as limited by Section 3.4(v) , each Limited Partner shall have the right, for a purpose reasonably related to such Limited Partner’s interest as a Limited Partner in the Partnership, upon reasonable written demand stating the purpose of such demand and at such Limited Partner’s own expense, to:

(i) have furnished to him a current list of the name and last known business, residence or mailing address of each Partner;

(ii) obtain true and full information regarding the amount of cash and a description and statement of the Net Agreed Value of any other Capital Contribution by each Partner and which each Partner has agreed to contribute in the future, and the date on which each became a Partner;

(iii) have furnished to him a copy of this Agreement and the Certificate of Limited Partnership and all amendments thereto;

(iv) obtain true and full information regarding the status of the business and financial condition of the Partnership Group; and

(v) obtain such other information regarding the affairs of the Partnership as is just and reasonable.

(b) The Board of Directors may keep confidential from the Limited Partners, for such period of time as the Board of Directors deems reasonable, (i) any information that the Board of Directors reasonably believes to be in the nature of trade secrets or (ii) other information the disclosure of which the Board of Directors in good faith believes (A) is not in the best interests of the Partnership Group, (B) could damage the Partnership Group or its business

 

23


or (C) that any Group Member is required by law or by agreement with any third party to keep confidential (other than agreements with Affiliates of the Partnership the primary purpose of which is to circumvent the obligations set forth in this Section 3.4 ).

ARTICLE IV

CERTIFICATES; RECORD HOLDERS; TRANSFER OF PARTNERSHIP INTERESTS

Section 4.1 Certificates . Notwithstanding anything otherwise to the contrary herein, unless the General Partner shall determine otherwise in respect of some or all of any or all classes of Partnership Interests, Partnership Interests shall not be evidenced by certificates. Certificates that may be issued shall be executed on behalf of the Partnership by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, President, Chief Executive Officer or any Executive Vice President or Vice President and the Chief Financial Officer or the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary of the General Partner. If a Transfer Agent has been appointed for a class of Partnership Interests, no Certificate for such class of Partnership Interests shall be valid for any purpose until it has been countersigned by the Transfer Agent; provided, however , that if the General Partner elects to cause the Partnership to issue Partnership Interests of such class in global form, the Certificate shall be valid upon receipt of a certificate from the Transfer Agent certifying that the Partnership Interests have been duly registered in accordance with the directions of the Partnership. If Common Units are evidenced by Certificates, on or after the date on which Subordinated Units are converted into Common Units pursuant to the terms of Section 5.6 , the Record Holders of such Subordinated Units (a) if the Subordinated Units are evidenced by Certificates, may exchange such Certificates for Certificates evidencing Common Units or (b) if the Subordinated Units are not evidenced by Certificates, shall be issued Certificates evidencing Common Units.

Section 4.2 Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Certificates .

(a) If any mutilated Certificate is surrendered to the Transfer Agent (for Common Units) or the Partnership (for Partnership Interests other than Common Units), the appropriate Officers on behalf of the Partnership shall execute, and the Transfer Agent (for Common Units) shall countersign and deliver in exchange therefor, a new Certificate evidencing the same number and type of Partnership Interests as the Certificate so surrendered.

(b) The appropriate Officers on behalf of the Partnership shall execute and deliver, and the Transfer Agent (for Common Units), as applicable, shall countersign, a new Certificate in place of any Certificate previously issued, or issue uncertificated Units, if the Record Holder of the Certificate:

(i) makes proof by affidavit, in form and substance satisfactory to the Partnership, that a previously issued Certificate has been lost, destroyed or stolen;

(ii) requests the issuance of a new Certificate or the issuance of uncertificated Units before the Partnership has notice that the Certificate has been acquired by a purchaser for value in good faith and without notice of an adverse claim;

 

24


(iii) if requested by the Partnership, delivers to the Partnership a bond, in form and substance satisfactory to the Partnership, with surety or sureties and with fixed or open penalty as the Board of Directors may direct to indemnify the Partnership, the Partners, the General Partner and the Transfer Agent against any claim that may be made on account of the alleged loss, destruction or theft of the Certificate; and

(iv) satisfies any other reasonable requirements imposed by the Board of Directors.

If a Limited Partner fails to notify the Partnership within a reasonable period of time after he has notice of the loss, destruction or theft of a Certificate, and a transfer of the Limited Partner Interests represented by the Certificate is registered before the Partnership, the General Partner or the Transfer Agent receives such notification, the Limited Partner shall be precluded from making any claim against the Partnership, the General Partner or the Transfer Agent for such transfer or for a new Certificate or uncertificated Units.

(c) As a condition to the issuance of any new Certificate or uncertificated Units under this Section 4.2 , the Partnership may require the payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in relation thereto and any other expenses (including the fees and expenses of the Transfer Agent) reasonably connected therewith.

Section 4.3 Record Holders . The Partnership shall be entitled to recognize the Record Holder as the Partner with respect to any Partnership Interest and, accordingly, shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to, or interest in, such Partnership Interest on the part of any other Person, regardless of whether the Partnership shall have actual or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by law or any applicable rule, regulation, guideline or requirement of any National Securities Exchange on which such Partnership Interests are listed or admitted to trading. Without limiting the foregoing, when a Person (such as a broker, dealer, bank, trust company or clearing corporation or an agent of any of the foregoing) is acting as nominee, agent or in some other representative capacity for another Person in acquiring and/or holding Partnership Interests, as between the Partnership on the one hand, and such other Persons on the other, such representative Person (a) shall be the Record Holder of such Partnership Interest and (b) shall be bound by this Agreement and shall have the rights and obligations of a Partner hereunder and as, and to the extent, provided for herein.

Section 4.4 Transfer Generally .

(a) The term “transfer,” when used in this Agreement with respect to a Partnership Interest, shall mean a transaction (i) by which the General Partner assigns its General Partner Units to another Person or by which a holder of Incentive Distribution Rights assigns its Incentive Distribution Rights to another Person, and includes a sale, assignment, gift, pledge, encumbrance, hypothecation, mortgage, exchange or any other disposition by law or otherwise or (ii) by which the holder of a Limited Partner Interest (other than an Incentive Distribution Right) assigns such Limited Partner Interest to another Person who is or becomes a Limited Partner, and includes a sale, assignment, gift, exchange or any other disposition by law or otherwise, excluding a pledge, encumbrance, hypothecation or mortgage, but including any transfer upon foreclosure of any pledge, encumbrance, hypothecation or mortgage.

 

25


(b) No Partnership Interest shall be transferred, in whole or in part, except in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in this Article IV . Any transfer or purported transfer of a Partnership Interest not made in accordance with this Article IV shall be null and void.

(c) Nothing contained in this Agreement shall be construed to prevent a disposition by any stockholder, member, partner or other owner of the General Partner of any or all of the shares of stock, membership interests, partnership interests or other ownership interests in the General Partner, and the term “transfer” shall not mean any such disposition.

Section 4.5 Registration and Transfer of Limited Partner Interests .

(a) The General Partner shall keep or cause to be kept on behalf of the Partnership a register in which, subject to such reasonable regulations as it may prescribe and subject to the provisions of Section 4.5(b) , the Partnership will provide for the registration and transfer of Limited Partner Interests. The Transfer Agent is hereby appointed registrar and transfer agent for the purpose of registering Common Units and transfers of such Common Units as herein provided. The Partnership shall not recognize transfers of Certificates evidencing Limited Partner Interests unless such transfers are effected in the manner described in this Section 4.5 . Upon surrender of a Certificate for registration of transfer of any Limited Partner Interests evidenced by a Certificate, and subject to the provisions of Section 4.5(b) , the appropriate Officers on behalf of the Partnership shall execute and deliver, and in the case of Common Units, the Transfer Agent shall countersign and deliver, in the name of the holder or the designated transferee or transferees, as required pursuant to the holder’s instructions, one or more new Certificates evidencing the same aggregate number and type of Limited Partner Interests as was evidenced by the Certificate so surrendered.

(b) The Partnership shall not recognize any transfer of Limited Partner Interests until the Certificates evidencing such Limited Partner Interests are surrendered for registration of transfer. No charge shall be imposed by the Partnership for such transfer; provided, however , that as a condition to the issuance of any new Certificate under this Section 4.5 , the Partnership may require the payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed with respect thereto.

(c) By acceptance of the transfer of a Limited Partner Interest in accordance with this Section 4.5 and except as otherwise provided in Section 4.8 , each transferee of a Limited Partner Interest (including any nominee holder or an agent or representative acquiring such Limited Partner Interests for the account of another Person) (i) shall be admitted to the Partnership as a Limited Partner with respect to the Limited Partner Interests so transferred to such Person when any such transfer or admission is reflected in the books and records of the Partnership and such Limited Partner becomes the Record Holder of the Limited Partner Interests so transferred, (ii) shall become bound, and shall be deemed to have agreed to be bound, by the terms of this Agreement, (iii) represents that the transferee has the capacity, power and authority to enter into this Agreement and (iv) makes the consents, acknowledgments and

 

26


waivers contained in this Agreement, all with or without execution of this Agreement by such Person. The transfer of any Limited Partner Interests and the admission of any new Limited Partner shall not constitute an amendment to this Agreement.

(d) Subject to the provisions set forth in this Article IV and applicable securities laws, Limited Partner Interests shall be freely transferable.

(e) The General Partner and its Affiliates shall have the right at any time to transfer their Subordinated Units and Common Units (whether issued upon conversion of the Subordinated Units or otherwise) to one or more Persons.

Section 4.6 Transfer of the General Partner’s General Partner Interest .

(a) Subject to Section 4.6(c) below, prior to March 31, 2023, the General Partner shall not transfer all or any part of its General Partner Interest (represented by General Partner Units) to a Person unless such transfer (i) has been approved by the prior written consent or vote of the holders of at least a majority of the Outstanding Common Units (excluding Common Units held by the General Partner and its Affiliates) or (ii) is of all, but not less than all, of its General Partner Interest to (A) an Affiliate of the General Partner (other than an individual) or (B) another Person (other than an individual) in connection with (y) the merger or consolidation of the General Partner with or into such other Person or (z) the transfer by the General Partner of all or substantially all of its assets to such other Person.

(b) Subject to Section 4.6(c) below, on or after March 31, 2023, the General Partner may transfer all or any of its General Partner Interest without Unitholder approval.

(c) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, no transfer by the General Partner of all or any part of its General Partner Interest to another Person shall be permitted unless (i) the transferee agrees to assume the rights and duties of the General Partner under this Agreement and to be bound by the provisions of this Agreement, (ii) the Partnership receives an Opinion of Counsel that such transfer would not result in the loss of limited liability of any Limited Partner or of any limited partner or member of any other Group Member under the laws of any such entity’s jurisdiction of formation and (iii) such transferee also agrees to purchase all (or the appropriate portion thereof, if applicable) of the partnership or membership interest of the General Partner as the general partner or managing member, if any, of each other Group Member. In the case of a transfer pursuant to and in compliance with this Section 4.6 , the transferee or successor (as the case may be) shall, subject to compliance with the terms of Section 10.3 , be admitted to the Partnership as the General Partner immediately prior to the transfer of the General Partner Interest, and the business of the Partnership shall continue without dissolution.

Section 4.7 Transfer of Incentive Distribution Rights . Prior to March 31, 2018, a holder of Incentive Distribution Rights may transfer any or all of the Incentive Distribution Rights held by such holder without any consent of the Unitholders to (a) an Affiliate of such holder (other than an individual) or (b) another Person (other than an individual) in connection with (i) the merger or consolidation of such holder of Incentive Distribution Rights with or into such other Person or (ii) the transfer by such holder of all or substantially all of its assets to such

 

27


other Person. Any other transfer of the Incentive Distribution Rights prior to March 31, 2018, shall require the prior approval of holders of at least a majority of the Outstanding Common Units (excluding Common Units held by KNOT and its Affiliates). On or after March 31, 2018, any holder of Incentive Distribution Rights may transfer any or all of its Incentive Distribution Rights without Unitholder approval. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (a) the transfer of Common Units issued pursuant to Section 5.10 shall not be treated as a transfer of all or any part of the Incentive Distribution Rights and (b) no transfer of Incentive Distribution Rights to another Person shall be permitted unless the transferee agrees to be bound by the provisions of this Agreement. The General Partner and any transferee or transferees of the Incentive Distribution Rights may agree in a separate instrument as to the General Partner’s exercise of its rights with respect to the Incentive Distribution Rights under Section 11.3 .

Section 4.8 Restrictions on Transfers .

(a) Except as provided in Section 4.8(b) below, but notwithstanding the other provisions of this Article IV , no transfer of any Partnership Interests shall be made if such transfer would (i) violate the then applicable U.S. federal or state securities laws, laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands or rules and regulations of the Commission, any state securities commission or any other governmental authority with jurisdiction over such transfer or (ii) terminate the existence or qualification of the Partnership or any Group Member under the laws of the jurisdiction of its formation.

(b) Nothing contained in this Article IV , or elsewhere in this Agreement, shall preclude the settlement of any transactions involving Partnership Interests entered into through the facilities of any National Securities Exchange on which such Partnership Interests are listed or admitted to trading.

ARTICLE V

CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS AND ISSUANCE OF PARTNERSHIP INTERESTS

Section 5.1 Contributions Prior to the Closing Date .

(a) In connection with the formation of the Partnership under the Marshall Islands Act, the General Partner made an initial Capital Contribution in the amount of $20, for a 2% General Partner Interest in the Partnership (the “ Initial General Partner Interest ”) and was admitted as the General Partner of the Partnership, and the Organizational Limited Partner made an initial Capital Contribution in the amount of $980 for a 98% limited partner interest in the Partnership (the “ Initial Limited Partner Interest ”) and was admitted as a Limited Partner of the Partnership.

(b) Prior to the date hereof, KNOT purchased from the Organizational Limited Partner the Initial Limited Partner Interest.

Section 5.2 Initial Unit Issuances; Tax Election; Initial Contributors and Redemption of Common Units .

(a) On the Closing Date, automatically pursuant to this Agreement and the Contribution Agreement (i) KNOT will contribute to the Partnership a portion of its interest in

 

28


KNOT Shuttle Tankers AS in exchange for (A) 8,567,500 Subordinated Units, representing a 49.0% limited partner interest in the Partnership, (B) all of the Incentive Distribution Rights and (C) the right to receive the Deferred Issuance and Distribution, (ii) KNOT will contribute to the General Partner all of the remaining interest in KNOT Shuttle Tankers AS in exchange for LLC interests therein and (iii) the General Partner will contribute the interest in KNOT Shuttle Tankers AS it received pursuant to clause (ii) to the Partnership in exchange for the continuation of its General Partner Interest equal to a 2.0% Percentage Interest (after giving effect to the Over-Allotment Option and the Deferred Issuance and Distribution).

(b) On the Closing Date and pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement, each Underwriter contributed cash to the Partnership in exchange for the issuance by the Partnership of Common Units to each Underwriter, all as set forth in the Underwriting Agreement.

(c) Upon the exercise, if any, of the Over-Allotment Option, each Underwriter shall contribute cash to the Partnership in exchange for the issuance by the Partnership of Common Units to each Underwriter, all as set forth in the Underwriting Agreement.

(d) Effective on or before the Closing Date, the Partnership shall elect to be treated as an association taxable as a corporation solely for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

(e) No Limited Partner Interests will be issued or issuable as of or at the Closing Date other than (i) 8,567,500 Subordinated Units issuable pursuant to Section 5.2(a) , (ii) any Common Units issued pursuant to the Deferred Issuance and Distribution, (iii) the Common Units issued to the Underwriters as described in subparagraphs (b) and (c)  hereof and (iv) the Incentive Distribution Rights.

Section 5.3 Interest and Withdrawal . No interest shall be paid by the Partnership on Capital Contributions. No Partner shall be entitled to the withdrawal or return of its Capital Contribution, except to the extent, if any, that distributions made pursuant to this Agreement or upon dissolution of the Partnership may be considered and permitted as such by law and then only to the extent provided for in this Agreement. Except to the extent expressly provided in this Agreement, no Partner shall have priority over any other Partner either as to the return of Capital Contributions or as to profits, losses or distributions.

Section 5.4 Issuances of Additional Partnership Interests .

(a) The Partnership may issue additional Partnership Interests and options, rights, warrants and appreciation rights relating to the Partnership Interests for any Partnership purpose at any time and from time to time to such Persons for such consideration and on such terms and conditions as the Board of Directors shall determine, all without the approval of any Partners.

(b) Each additional Partnership Interest authorized to be issued by the Partnership pursuant to Section 5.4(a) may be issued in one or more classes, or one or more series of any such classes, with such designations, preferences, rights, powers and duties (which may be senior to existing classes and series of Partnership Interests), as shall be fixed by the Board of Directors, including (i) the right to share in Partnership distributions; (ii) the rights upon dissolution and liquidation of the Partnership; (iii) whether, and the terms and conditions

 

29


upon which, the Partnership may or shall be required to redeem the Partnership Interest (including sinking fund provisions); (iv) whether such Partnership Interest is issued with the privilege of conversion or exchange and, if so, the terms and conditions of such conversion or exchange; (v) the terms and conditions upon which each Partnership Interest will be issued, evidenced by certificates and assigned or transferred; (vi) the method for determining the Percentage Interest as to such Partnership Interest; and (vii) the right, if any, of each such Partnership Interest to vote on Partnership matters, including matters relating to the relative rights, preferences and privileges of such Partnership Interest.

(c) The Board of Directors shall take all actions that it determines to be necessary or appropriate in connection with (i) each issuance of Partnership Interests and options, rights, warrants and appreciation rights relating to Partnership Interests pursuant to this Section 5.4 , including Common Units issued in connection with the Deferred Issuance and Distribution, (ii) the conversion of the General Partner Interest (represented by General Partner Units) or any Incentive Distribution Rights into Units pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, (iii) the issuance of Common Units pursuant to Section 5.10 , (iv) the admission of additional Limited Partners and (v) all additional issuances of Partnership Interests. The Board of Directors shall determine the relative rights, powers and duties of the holders of the Units or other Partnership Interests being so issued. The Board of Directors shall do all things necessary to comply with the Marshall Islands Act and is authorized and directed to do all things that it determines to be necessary or appropriate in connection with any future issuance of Partnership Interests or in connection with the conversion of the General Partner Interest or any Incentive Distribution Rights into Units pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, including compliance with any statute, rule, regulation or guideline of any federal, state or other governmental agency or any National Securities Exchange on which the Units or other Partnership Interests are listed or admitted to trading.

Section 5.5 Limitations on Issuance of Additional Partnership Interests . The Partnership may issue an unlimited number of Partnership Interests (or options, rights, warrants or appreciation rights related thereto) pursuant to Section 5.4 without the approval of the Partners; provided, however , that no fractional units shall be issued by the Partnership; and provided, further , that without the approval of the General Partner, the Partnership shall not issue any equity where such issuance (as determined by the Board of Directors) (a) is not reasonably expected to be accretive to equity within 12 months of issuance or (b) would otherwise have a material adverse impact on the General Partner, the General Partner Interest or the ability of the Partnership to satisfy the tests set forth in the definition of Subordination Period.

Section 5.6 Conversion of Subordinated Units to Common Units .

(a) The Subordinated Units shall convert into Common Units on a one-for-one basis upon the expiration of the Subordination Period.

(b) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Subordinated Units will automatically convert into Common Units on a one-for-one basis as set forth in, and pursuant to the terms of, Section 11.4 .

 

30


Section 5.7 Limited Preemptive Right .

(a) Except as provided in this Section 5.7 , no Person shall have any preemptive, preferential or other similar right with respect to the issuance of any Partnership Interest, whether unissued, held in the treasury or hereafter created. The General Partner shall have the right, which it may from time to time assign in whole or in part to any of its Affiliates, to purchase Partnership Interests from the Partnership whenever, and on the same terms that, the Partnership issues Partnership Interests to Persons other than the General Partner and its Affiliates, to the extent necessary to maintain the Percentage Interests of the General Partner and its Affiliates equal to that which existed immediately prior to the issuance of such Partnership Interests.

(b) Upon the issuance of any additional Limited Partner Interests by the Partnership (other than Common Units issued pursuant to Section 5.2(a) , Section 5.2(b) and Section 5.2(c) and Common Units issued in connection with a reset of the Incentive Distribution target levels or the issuance of Limited Partner Interests upon conversion of outstanding Limited Partner Interests), the General Partner may, in exchange for a proportionate number of General Partner Units, make additional Capital Contributions in an amount equal to the product obtained by multiplying (i) the quotient determined by dividing (A) the General Partner’s Percentage Interest immediately prior to such issuance by (B) 100 less the General Partner’s Percentage Interest immediately prior to such issuance by (ii) the amount contributed to the Partnership by the Limited Partners in exchange for such additional Limited Partner Interests. The General Partner shall not be obligated to make additional Capital Contributions to the Partnership.

Section 5.8 Splits and Combinations .

(a) Subject to Section 5.8(d) and Section 6.5 (dealing with adjustments of distribution levels), the Partnership may make a Pro Rata distribution of Partnership Interests to all Record Holders or may effect a subdivision or combination of Partnership Interests so long as, after any such event, each Partner shall have the same Percentage Interest in the Partnership as before such event, and any amounts calculated on a per Unit basis (including any Common Unit Arrearage or Cumulative Common Unit Arrearage) or stated as a number of Units are proportionately adjusted.

(b) Whenever such a Pro Rata distribution, subdivision or combination of Partnership Interests is declared, the Board of Directors shall select a Record Date as of which the distribution, subdivision or combination shall be effective and shall send notice thereof at least 20 days prior to such Record Date to each Record Holder as of a date not less than 10 days prior to the date of such notice. The Board of Directors also may cause a firm of independent public accountants selected by it to calculate the number of Partnership Interests to be held by each Record Holder after giving effect to such distribution, subdivision or combination. The Board of Directors shall be entitled to rely on any certificate provided by such firm as conclusive evidence of the accuracy of such calculation.

(c) Promptly following any such distribution, subdivision or combination, the Partnership may issue Certificates or uncertificated Partnership Interests to the Record Holders of Partnership Interests as of the applicable Record Date representing the new number of

 

31


Partnership Interests held by such Record Holders, or the Board of Directors may adopt such other procedures that it determines to be necessary or appropriate to reflect such changes. If any such combination results in a smaller total number of Partnership Interests Outstanding, the Partnership shall require, as a condition to the delivery to a Record Holder of such new Certificate or uncertificated Partnership Interest, the surrender of any Certificate held by such Record Holder immediately prior to such Record Date.

(d) The Partnership shall not issue fractional Units upon any distribution, subdivision or combination of Units. If a distribution, subdivision or combination of Units would result in the issuance of fractional Units but for the provisions of this Section 5.8(d) , each fractional Unit shall be rounded to the nearest whole Unit (and a 0.5 Unit shall be rounded to the next higher Unit).

Section 5.9 Fully Paid and Non-Assessable Nature of Limited Partner Interests . All Limited Partner Interests issued pursuant to, and in accordance with the requirements of, this Article V shall be fully paid and non-assessable Limited Partner Interests in the Partnership, except as such non-assessability may be affected by the Marshall Islands Act.

Section 5.10 Issuance of Common Units in Connection with Reset of Incentive Distribution Rights .

(a) Subject to the provisions of this Section 5.10 , the holder of the Incentive Distribution Rights (or, if there is more than one holder of the Incentive Distribution Rights, the holders of a majority in interest of the Incentive Distribution Rights) shall have the right, at any time when there are no Subordinated Units Outstanding and the Partnership has made a distribution pursuant to Section 6.3(b)(v) for each of the four most recently completed Quarters and the amount of each such distribution did not exceed Adjusted Operating Surplus for such Quarter, to make an election (the “ IDR Reset Election ”) to cause the Minimum Quarterly Distribution and the Target Distributions to be reset in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.10(e) and, in connection therewith, the holder or holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights will become entitled to receive their respective proportionate shares of a number of Common Units (“ IDR Reset Common Units ”) derived by dividing (i) the average of the aggregate amount of cash distributions made by the Partnership for each of the two full Quarters immediately preceding the giving of the Reset Notice in respect of the Incentive Distribution Rights by (ii) the average of the cash distributions made by the Partnership in respect of each Common Unit for each of the two full Quarters immediately preceding the giving of the Reset Notice (the number of Common Units determined by such quotient is referred to herein as the “ Aggregate Quantity of IDR Reset Common Units ”). If at the time of any IDR Reset Election the General Partner and its Affiliates are not the holders of a majority interest of the Incentive Distribution Rights, then the IDR Reset Election shall be subject to the prior approval of the Board of Directors that the conditions described in the immediately preceding sentence have been satisfied. Upon the issuance of such IDR Reset Common Units, the Partnership will issue to the General Partner that number of additional General Partner Units equal to the product of (i) the quotient obtained by dividing (A) the Percentage Interest of the General Partner immediately prior to such issuance by (B) a percentage equal to 100% less such Percentage Interest and (ii) the number of such IDR Reset Common Units, and the General Partner shall not be obligated to make any additional Capital Contribution to the Partnership in exchange for such

 

32


issuance. The making of the IDR Reset Election in the manner specified in Section 5.10(b) shall cause the Minimum Quarterly Distribution and the Target Distributions to be reset in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.10(c) and, in connection therewith, the holder or holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights will become entitled to receive IDR Reset Common Units and the General Partner will become entitled to receive General Partner Units on the basis specified above, without any further approval required by the General Partner or the Unitholders, at the time specified in Section 5.10(c) , unless the IDR Reset Election is rescinded pursuant to Section 5.10(d) .

(b) To exercise the right specified in Section 5.10(a) , the holder of the Incentive Distribution Rights (or, if there is more than one holder of the Incentive Distribution Rights, the holders of a majority in interest of the Incentive Distribution Rights) shall deliver a written notice (the “ Reset Notice ”) to the Partnership. Within 10 Business Days after the receipt by the Partnership of such Reset Notice, the Partnership shall deliver a written notice to the holder or holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights of the Partnership’s determination of the aggregate number of Common Units that each holder of Incentive Distribution Rights will be entitled to receive.

(c) The holder or holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights will be entitled to receive the Aggregate Quantity of IDR Reset Common Units and the General Partner will become entitled to receive the related additional General Partner Units on the 15 th  Business Day after receipt by the Partnership of the Reset Notice, and the Partnership may issue Certificates for the Common Units or uncertificated Partnership Interests to the holder or holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights.

(d) If the principal National Securities Exchange upon which the Common Units are then traded has not approved the listing or admission for trading of the Common Units to be issued pursuant to this Section 5.10 on or before the 30 th  calendar day following the Partnership’s receipt of the Reset Notice and such approval is required by the rules and regulations of such National Securities Exchange, then the holder of the Incentive Distribution Rights (or, if there is more than one holder of the Incentive Distribution Rights, the holders of a majority in interest of the Incentive Distribution Rights) shall have the right to either rescind the IDR Reset Election or elect to receive other Partnership Interests having such terms as the General Partner may approve, with the approval of the Conflicts Committee, that will provide (i) the same economic value, in the aggregate, as the Aggregate Quantity of IDR Reset Common Units would have had at the time of the Partnership’s receipt of the Reset Notice, as determined by the General Partner, and (ii) for the subsequent conversion (on terms acceptable to the National Securities Exchange upon which the Common Units are then traded) of such Partnership Interests into Common Units within not more than 12 months following the Partnership’s receipt of the Reset Notice upon the satisfaction of one or more conditions that are reasonably acceptable to the holder of the Incentive Distribution Rights (or, if there is more than one holder of the Incentive Distribution Rights, the holders of a majority in interest of the Incentive Distribution Rights).

(e) The Minimum Quarterly Distribution, First Target Distribution, Second Target Distribution and Third Target Distribution shall be adjusted at the time of the issuance of Common Units or other Partnership Interests pursuant to this Section 5.10 such that (i) the

 

33


Minimum Quarterly Distribution shall be reset to equal to the average cash distribution amount per Common Unit for the two Quarters immediately prior to the Partnership’s receipt of the Reset Notice (the “ Reset MQD ”), (ii) the First Target Distribution shall be reset to equal 115% of the Reset MQD, (iii) the Second Target Distribution shall be reset to equal 125% of the Reset MQD and (iv) the Third Target Distribution shall be reset to equal 150% of the Reset MQD.

ARTICLE VI

DISTRIBUTIONS

Section 6.1 Allocations. The Partnership shall determine its profit or loss and allocate such profit or loss among the Partners in a manner determined appropriate so as to cause, to the extent possible, a capital account maintained with respect to each Partnership Interest to equal the excess of (a) the hypothetical distribution that would be paid with respect to such Partnership Interest in the event the Partnership sold all of its assets for their respective book values (as determined for such purpose), satisfied all outstanding liabilities (limited, with respect to nonrecourse liabilities, to the book value of the assets securing such liabilities) and distributed the remaining proceeds in accordance with Section 12.4 , over (b) the sum of the outstanding balance of any nonrecourse liabilities not required to be repaid in the event of such a hypothetical liquidation that are properly allocable to losses or distributions with respect to such Partnership Interest and the amount (if any) that would be required to be contributed to the Partnership with respect to such Partnership Interest upon such a hypothetical liquidation; provided that the Partnership may deviate from the foregoing, as determined necessary or appropriate, for proper administration of the Partnership or otherwise to preserve or achieve uniformity of the Limited Partner Interests (or any class or classes thereof).

Section 6.2 Requirement and Characterization of Distributions; Distributions to Record Holders .

(a) Within 45 days following the end of each Quarter commencing with the Quarter ending on June 30, 2013, an amount equal to 100% of Available Cash with respect to such Quarter shall, subject to Section 51 of the Marshall Islands Act, be distributed in accordance with this Article VI by the Partnership to the Partners as of the Record Date selected by the Board of Directors. All amounts of Available Cash distributed by the Partnership on any date following the Closing Date from any source shall be deemed to be Operating Surplus until the sum of all amounts of Available Cash theretofore distributed by the Partnership to the Partners following the Closing Date pursuant to Section 6.3 equals the Operating Surplus from the Closing Date through the close of the immediately preceding Quarter. Any remaining amounts of Available Cash distributed by the Partnership on such date shall, except as otherwise provided in Section 6.4 , be deemed to be “ Capital Surplus .” Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the Partnership shall not make a distribution to any Partner on account of its interest in the Partnership if such distribution would violate the Marshall Islands Act or any other applicable law.

(b) Notwithstanding the first three sentences of Section 6.2(a) , in the event of the dissolution and liquidation of the Partnership, all receipts received during or after the Quarter in which the Liquidation Date occurs, other than from borrowings described in (a)(ii) of the definition of Available Cash, shall be applied and distributed solely in accordance with, and subject to the terms and conditions of, Section 12.4 .

(c) Each distribution in respect of a Partnership Interest shall be paid by the Partnership, directly or through the Transfer Agent or through any other Person or agent, only to the Record Holder of such Partnership Interest as of the Record Date set for such distribution. Such payment shall constitute full payment and satisfaction of the Partnership’s liability in respect of such payment, regardless of any claim of any Person who may have an interest in such payment by reason of an assignment or otherwise.

 

34


Section 6.3 Distributions of Available Cash from Operating Surplus .

(a) During Subordination Period. Available Cash with respect to any Quarter or portion thereof within the Subordination Period that is deemed to be Operating Surplus pursuant to the provisions of Section 6.2 or Section 6.4 shall, subject to Section 51 of the Marshall Islands Act, be distributed as follows, except as otherwise contemplated by Section 5.4 in respect of other Partnership Interests issued pursuant thereto:

(i) First , (x) to the General Partner in accordance with its Percentage Interest and (y) to all the Unitholders holding Common Units, Pro Rata, a percentage equal to 100% less the General Partner’s Percentage Interest, until there has been distributed in respect of each Common Unit then Outstanding an amount equal to the Minimum Quarterly Distribution for such Quarter;

(ii) Second , (x) to the General Partner in accordance with its Percentage Interest and (y) to all Unitholders holding Common Units, Pro Rata, a percentage equal to 100% less the General Partner’s Percentage Interest, until there has been distributed in respect of each Common Unit then Outstanding an amount equal to the Cumulative Common Unit Arrearage existing with respect to such Quarter;

(iii) Third , (x) to the General Partner in accordance with its Percentage Interest and (y) to all Unitholders holding Subordinated Units, Pro Rata, a percentage equal to 100% less the General Partner’s Percentage Interest, until there has been distributed in respect of each Subordinated Unit then Outstanding an amount equal to the Minimum Quarterly Distribution for such Quarter;

(iv) Fourth , to the General Partner and all Unitholders in accordance with their respective Percentage Interests, until there has been distributed in respect of each Unit then Outstanding an amount equal to the excess of the First Target Distribution over the Minimum Quarterly Distribution for such Quarter;

(v) Fifth , (A) to the General Partner in accordance with its Percentage Interest; (B) 13% to the holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights, Pro Rata; and (C) to all Unitholders, Pro Rata, a percentage equal

 

35


to 100% less the sum of the percentages applicable to subclauses (A) and (B)  of this clause (v) until there has been distributed in respect of each Unit then Outstanding an amount equal to the excess of the Second Target Distribution over the First Target Distribution for such Quarter;

(vi) Sixth , (A) to the General Partner in accordance with its Percentage Interest, (B) 23% to the holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights, Pro Rata; and (C) to all Unitholders, Pro Rata, a percentage equal to 100% less the sum of the percentages applicable to subclauses (A) and (B)  of this subclause (vi) , until there has been distributed in respect of each Unit then Outstanding an amount equal to the excess of the Third Target Distribution over the Second Target Distribution for such Quarter; and

(vii) Thereafter , (A) to the General Partner in accordance with its Percentage Interest; (B) 48% to the holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights, Pro Rata; and (C) to all Unitholders, Pro Rata, a percentage equal to 100% less the sum of the percentages applicable to subclauses (A) and (B)  of this clause (vii) ;

provided, however , that if the Minimum Quarterly Distribution, the First Target Distribution, the Second Target Distribution and the Third Target Distribution have been reduced to zero pursuant to the second sentence of Section 6.5 , the distribution of Available Cash that is deemed to be Operating Surplus with respect to any Quarter will be made solely in accordance with Section 6.3(a)(vii) .

(b) After Subordination Period. Available Cash with respect to any Quarter after the Subordination Period that is deemed to be Operating Surplus pursuant to the provisions of Section 6.2 or Section 6.4 , shall subject to Section 51 of the Marshall Islands Act, be distributed as follows, except as otherwise required by Section 5.4(b) in respect of additional Partnership Interests issued pursuant thereto:

(i) First , 100% to the General Partner and the Unitholders Pro Rata, until there has been distributed in respect of each Unit then Outstanding an amount equal to the Minimum Quarterly Distribution for such Quarter

(ii) Second , 100% to the General Partner and the Unitholders Pro Rata, until there has been distributed in respect of each Unit then Outstanding an amount equal to the excess of the First Target Distribution over the Minimum Quarterly Distribution for such Quarter;

(iii) Third , (A) to the General Partner in accordance with its Percentage Interest; (B) 13% to the holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights, Pro Rata; and (C) to all Unitholders, Pro Rata, a percentage equal to 100% less the sum of the percentages applicable to subclauses (A) and (B)  of this clause (iii) , until there has been distributed in respect of each Unit then Outstanding an amount equal to the excess of the Second Target Distribution over the First Target Distribution for such Quarter;

 

36


(iv) Fourth , (A) to the General Partner in accordance with its Percentage Interest; (B) 23% to the holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights, Pro Rata; and (C) to all Unitholders, Pro Rata, a percentage equal to 100% less the sum of the percentages applicable to subclause (A) and (B)  of this clause (iv) , until there has been distributed in respect of each Unit then Outstanding an amount equal to the excess of the Third Target Distribution over the Second Target Distribution for such Quarter; and

(v) Thereafter , (A) to the General Partner in accordance with its Percentage Interest; (B) 48% to the holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights, Pro Rata; and (C) to all Unitholders, Pro Rata, a percentage equal to 100% less the sum of the percentages applicable to subclauses (A) and (B)  of this clause (v) ;

provided, however , that if the Minimum Quarterly Distribution, the First Target Distribution, the Second Target Distribution and the Third Target Distribution have been reduced to zero pursuant to the second sentence of Section 6.5 , the distribution of Available Cash that is deemed to be Operating Surplus with respect to any Quarter will be made solely in accordance with Section 6.3(b)(v) .

Section 6.4 Distributions of Available Cash from Capital Surplus . Available Cash that is deemed to be Capital Surplus pursuant to the provisions of Section 6.2(a) shall, subject to Section 51 of the Marshall Islands Act, be distributed, unless the provisions of Section 6.2 require otherwise, 100% to the General Partner and the Unitholders Pro Rata, until the Minimum Quarterly Distribution is reduced to zero pursuant to the second sentence of Section 6.5 . Available Cash that is deemed to be Capital Surplus shall then be distributed (a) to the General Partner in accordance with its Percentage Interest and (b) to all Unitholders holding Common Units their Pro Rata share of a percentage equal to 100% less the General Partner’s Percentage Interest, until there has been distributed in respect of each Common Unit then Outstanding an amount equal to the Cumulative Common Unit Arrearage. Thereafter, all Available Cash shall be distributed as if it were Operating Surplus and shall be distributed in accordance with Section 6.3 .

Section 6.5 Adjustment of Minimum Quarterly Distribution and Target Distribution Levels . The Minimum Quarterly Distribution, First Target Distribution, Second Target Distribution, Third Target Distribution, Common Unit Arrearages and Cumulative Common Unit Arrearages shall be proportionately adjusted in the event of any distribution, combination or subdivision (whether effected by a distribution payable in Units or otherwise) of Units or other Partnership Interests in accordance with Section 5.8 . In the event of a distribution of Available Cash that is deemed to be from Capital Surplus, the then applicable Minimum Quarterly Distribution, First Target Distribution, Second Target Distribution and Third Target Distribution, shall be reduced in the same proportion that the distribution had to the fair market value of the Common Units prior to the announcement of the distribution. If the Common Units are publicly traded on a National Securities Exchange, the fair market value will be the Current Market Price before the announcement of the distribution. If the Common Units are not publicly traded, the fair market value will be determined by the Board of Directors.

 

37


Section 6.6 Special Provisions Relating to the Holders of Subordinated Units . Except with respect to the right to vote on or approve matters requiring the vote or approval of a percentage of the holders of Outstanding Common Units and the right to participate in distributions made with respect to Common Units, the holder of a Subordinated Unit shall have all of the rights and obligations of a Unitholder holding Common Units hereunder; provided, however , that immediately upon the conversion of Subordinated Units into Common Units, the Unitholder holding a Subordinated Unit shall possess all of the rights and obligations of a Unitholder holding Common Units hereunder, including the right to vote as a Common Unitholder and the right to participate in distributions made with respect to Common Units.

Section 6.7 Special Provisions Relating to the Holders of Incentive Distribution Rights . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Agreement, the holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights (a) shall possess the rights and obligations provided in this Agreement with respect to a Limited Partner pursuant to Articles III and VII and (b) shall not (i) be entitled to vote on any matters requiring the approval or vote of the holders of Outstanding Units, except as provided by law, or (ii) be entitled to any distributions other than as provided in Section 6.3(a)(v) , 6.3(a)(vi) and 6.3(a)(vii) , 6.3(b)(iii) , Section 6.3(b)(iv) and 6.3(b)(v) , and Section 12.4 .

ARTICLE VII

MANAGEMENT AND OPERATION OF BUSINESS

Section 7.1 Management .

(a) Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, all management powers over the business and affairs of the Partnership shall be vested exclusively in the Board of Directors and, subject to the direction of the Board of Directors and in accordance with the provisions of Section 7.8 , the Officers. No Limited Partner shall have any management power or control over the business and affairs of the Partnership. Thus, except as expressly provided in this Agreement, the business and affairs of the Partnership shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors, and the day-to-day activities of the Partnership shall be conducted on the Partnership’s behalf by the Officers. In order to enable the Board of Directors to manage the business and affairs of the Partnership, the General Partner, except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, hereby irrevocably delegates to the Board of Directors all management powers over the business and affairs of the Partnership that it may now or hereafter possess under applicable law. The General Partner further agrees to take any and all action necessary and appropriate, in the sole discretion of the Board of Directors, to effect any duly authorized actions by the Board of Directors, including executing or filing any agreements, instruments or certificates, delivering all documents, providing all information and taking or refraining from taking action as may be necessary or appropriate to achieve the effective delegation of power described in this Section 7.1(a) . Each of the Partners and each Person who may acquire an interest in a Partnership Interest hereby approves, consents to, ratifies and confirms such delegation. The delegation by the General Partner to the Board of Directors of management powers over the business and affairs of the Partnership pursuant to the

 

38


provisions of this Agreement shall not cause the General Partner to cease to be a general partner of the Partnership nor shall it cause the Board of Directors or any member thereof to be a general partner of the Partnership or to have or be subject to the liabilities of a general partner of the Partnership.

(b) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, any Group Member Agreement, the Marshall Islands Act or any applicable law, rule or regulation, each of the Partners and each other Person who may acquire an interest in Partnership Interests hereby (i) approves, consents to, ratifies and confirms the General Partner’s delegation of management powers to the Board of Directors pursuant to paragraph (a) of this Section 7.1 ; (ii) approves, ratifies and confirms the execution, delivery and performance by the parties thereto of this Agreement, the Underwriting Agreement, the Omnibus Agreement, the Contribution Agreement, any Group Member Agreement of any other Group Member and the other agreements described in or filed as exhibits to the Registration Statement that are related to the transactions contemplated by the Registration Statement; (iii) agrees that the General Partner (on behalf of the Partnership) is authorized to execute, deliver and perform the agreements referred to in clause (ii) of this sentence and the other agreements, acts, transactions and matters described in or contemplated by the Underwriting Agreement or described in or filed as exhibits to the Registration Statement, in each case, on behalf of the Partnership without any further act, approval or vote of the Partners or the other Persons who may acquire an interest in Partnership Interests; and (iv) agrees that the execution, delivery or performance by the Board of Directors, the General Partner, any Group Member or any Affiliate of any of them of this Agreement or any agreement authorized or permitted under this Agreement (including the exercise by the General Partner or any Affiliate of the General Partner of the rights accorded pursuant to Article XV ) shall not constitute a breach by the Board of Directors or the General Partner of any duty that the Board of Directors or the General Partner may owe the Partnership or the Limited Partners or any other Persons under this Agreement (or any other agreements) or of any duty stated or implied by law or equity.

Section 7.2 The Board of Directors; Election and Appointment; Term; Manner of Acting .

(a) The initial Board of Directors shall consist of the following four individuals, all of whom shall be Appointed Directors and serve until the 2013 Annual Meeting: Trygve Seglem, John Costain, Yutaka Higurashi and Yoshiyuki Konuma. Following the 2013 Annual Meeting, the Board of Directors shall consist of seven individuals, three of whom shall be Appointed Directors and four of whom shall be Elected Directors. The Elected Directors shall be divided into four classes: Class I, comprising one Elected Director, Class II, comprising one Elected Director, Class III, comprising one Elected Director and Class IV, comprising one Elected Director. Any vacancy among the Appointed Directors shall be filled as if an Appointed Director had resigned, in accordance with Section 7.6 . The successors of the initial members of the Board of Directors shall be appointed or elected, as the case may be, as follows:

(i) The Appointed Directors shall be appointed by the General Partner on the date of the 2013 Annual Meeting, and each Appointed Director shall hold office until his successor is duly appointed by the General Partner and qualified or until his earlier death, resignation or removal; and

 

39


(ii) The Class I Elected Director shall be elected at the 2013 Annual Meeting for a one-year term expiring on the date of the first succeeding Annual Meeting, the Class II Elected Director shall be elected at the 2013 Annual Meeting for a two-year term expiring on the second succeeding Annual Meeting, the Class III Elected Director shall be elected at the 2013 Annual Meeting for a three-year term expiring on the third succeeding Annual Meeting and the Class IV Director shall be elected at the 2013 Annual Meeting for a four-year term expiring on the fourth succeeding Annual Meeting, in each case by a plurality of the votes of the Outstanding Common Units present in person or represented by proxy at the Annual Meeting with each Outstanding Common Unit having one vote.

(b) Except as provided in paragraph (a)(ii) above with respect to the Elected Directors elected at the 2013 Annual Meeting, each member of the Board of Directors appointed or elected, as the case may be, at an Annual Meeting shall hold office until the fourth succeeding Annual Meeting and until his successor is duly elected or appointed, as the case may be, and qualified, or until his earlier death, resignation or removal.

(c) Each member of the Board of Directors shall have one vote. The vote of the majority of the members of the Board of Directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board of Directors. A majority of the number of members of the Board of Directors then in office shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at any meeting of the Board of Directors, but if less than a quorum is present at a meeting, a majority of the members of the Board of Directors present at such meeting may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present.

Section 7.3 Nominations of Elected Directors . The Board of Directors shall be entitled to nominate individuals to stand for election as Elected Directors at an Annual Meeting. In addition, any Limited Partner or Group of Limited Partners that beneficially owns 10% or more of the Outstanding Common Units shall be entitled to nominate one or more individuals to stand for election as Elected Directors at an Annual Meeting by providing written notice thereof to the Board of Directors not more than 120 days and not less than 90 days prior to the date of such Annual Meeting; provided, however , that in the event that the date of the Annual Meeting was not publicly announced by the Partnership by mail, press release or otherwise more than 100 days prior to the date of such meeting, such notice, to be timely, must be delivered to the Board of Directors not later than the close of business on the 10 th  day following the date on which the date of the Annual Meeting was announced. Such notice shall set forth (a) the name and address of the Limited Partner or Limited Partners making the nomination or nominations, (b) the number of Common Units beneficially owned by such Limited Partner or Limited Partners, (c) such information regarding the nominee(s) proposed by the Limited Partner or Limited Partners as would be required to be included in a proxy statement relating to the solicitation of proxies for the election of directors filed pursuant to the proxy rules of the

 

40


Commission had the nominee(s) been nominated or intended to be nominated to the Board of Directors, (d) the written consent of each nominee to serve as a member of the Board of Directors if so elected and (e) a certification that such nominee(s) qualify as Elected Directors.

Section 7.4 Removal of Members of Board of Directors . Members of the Board of Directors may only be removed as follows:

(a) Any Appointed Director may be removed at any time, (i) without Cause, only by the General Partner and, (ii) with Cause, by (x) the General Partner, (y) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the Outstanding Units at a properly called meeting of the Limited Partners or (z) by the affirmative vote of a majority of the other members of the Board of Directors.

(b) Any Elected Director may be removed at any time, with Cause, only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the other members of the Board of Directors or at a properly called meeting of the Limited Partners only by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the Outstanding Common Units.

Section 7.5 Resignations of Members of the Board of Directors . Any member of the Board of Directors may resign at any time by giving written notice to the Board of Directors. Such resignation shall take effect at the time specified therein.

Section 7.6 Vacancies on the Board of Directors . Vacancies on the Board of Directors may be filled only as follows:

(a) If any Appointed Director is removed, resigns or is otherwise unable to serve as a member of the Board of Directors, the General Partner shall, in its individual capacity, appoint an individual to fill the vacancy.

(b) If any Elected Director is removed, resigns or is unable to serve as a member of the Board of Directors, the vacancy shall be filled by a majority of the Elected Directors then serving.

(c) A director appointed or elected pursuant to this Section 7.6 to fill a vacancy shall be appointed or elected, as the case may be, for no more than the unexpired term of his predecessor in office.

Section 7.7 Meetings; Committees; Chairman .

(a) Regular meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held at such times and places as shall be designated from time to time by resolution of the Board of Directors. Notice of such regular meetings shall not be required. Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by the Chairman of the Board of Directors and shall be called by the Secretary upon the written request of two members of the Board of Directors, on at least 48 hours prior written notice to the other members. Any such notice, or waiver thereof, need not state the purpose of such meeting except as may otherwise be required by law. Attendance of a member of the Board of Directors at a meeting (including pursuant to the penultimate sentence of this Section 7.7(a) ) shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except where such member attends the

 

41


meeting for the express purpose of objecting to the transaction of any business on the ground that the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Any action required or permitted to be taken at a meeting of the Board of Directors may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, is signed by all the members of the Board of Directors. Members of the Board of Directors may participate in and hold meetings by means of conference telephone, videoconference or similar communications equipment by means of which all Persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation in such meetings shall constitute presence in person at the meeting. The Board of Directors may establish any additional rules governing the conduct of its meetings that are not inconsistent with the provisions of this Agreement.

(b) The Board of Directors shall appoint the members of the Audit Committee and the Conflicts Committee. The Audit Committee and the Conflicts Committee shall, in each case, perform the functions delegated to it pursuant to the terms of this Agreement and such other matters as may be delegated to it from time to time by resolution of the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors, by a majority of the whole Board of Directors, may appoint one or more additional committees of the Board of Directors to consist of one or more members of the Board of Directors, which committee(s) shall have and may exercise such of the powers and authority of the Board of Directors (including in respect of Section 7.1 ) with respect to the management of the business and affairs of the Partnership as may be provided in a resolution of the Board of Directors. Any committee designated pursuant to this Section 7.7(b) shall choose its own chairman, shall keep regular minutes of its proceedings and report the same to the Board of Directors when requested, shall fix its own rules or procedures and shall meet at such times and at such place or places as may be provided by such rules or by resolution of such committee or resolution of the Board of Directors. At every meeting of any such committee, the presence of a majority of all the members thereof shall constitute a quorum and the affirmative vote of a majority of the members present shall be necessary for the taking of any action. Any action required or permitted to be taken at a meeting of a committee of the Board of Directors may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, is signed by all the members of the committee of the Board of Directors. Subject to the first sentence of this Section 7.7(b) , the Board of Directors may designate one or more members of the Board of Directors as alternate members of any committee who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of such committee. Subject to the first sentence of this Section 7.7(b) , in the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not constituting a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of the absent or disqualified member.

(c) The Appointed Directors may designate one of the members of the Board of Directors as Chairman of the Board of Directors. The Initial Chairman of the Board of Directors shall be Trygve Seglem. The Chairman of the Board of Directors, if any, and if present and acting, shall preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors. In the absence of the Chairman of the Board of Directors, another member of the Board of Directors chosen by the Appointed Directors shall preside. If, at any time, the Board of Directors consists solely of Elected Directors, the Board of Directors may designate one of its members as Chairman of the Board of Directors and shall, in the absence of the Chairman of the Board of Directors at a meeting of the Board of Directors, designate another member of the Board of Directors to preside at the meeting.

 

42


Section 7.8 Officers .

(a) The Board of Directors, as set forth below, shall appoint or designate agents of the Partnership, referred to as “ Officers ” of the Partnership as described in this Section 7.8 . Such Officers may be employed by any Group Member directly or may be employed by one or more third parties, including KNOT and its Affiliates, and designated by the Board of Directors to perform officer functions for the benefit of the Partnership.

(b) The Board of Directors shall appoint or designate such Officers and agents as may from time to time appear to be necessary or advisable in the conduct of the affairs of the Partnership, who shall hold such titles, exercise such powers and authority and perform such duties as shall be determined from time to time by resolution of the Board of Directors. The Officers may include a Chairman of the Board of Directors, an Executive Vice Chairman or Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors, a Chief Executive Officer, a President, a Chief Financial Officer, any and all Vice Presidents, a Secretary, any and all Assistant Secretaries, a Treasurer, any and all Assistant Treasurers and any other Officers appointed or designated by the Board of Directors pursuant to this Section 7.8 . Any person may hold two or more offices.

(c) The Officers, including any Officer employed by a third party and designated by the Board of Directors to perform officer services for the benefit of the Partnership, shall be appointed by the Board of Directors at such time and for such terms as the Board of Directors shall determine. Any Officer may be removed, with or without Cause, only by the Board of Directors. Vacancies in any office may be filled only by the Board of Directors.

(d) The Board of Directors may grant powers of attorney or other authority as appropriate to establish and evidence the authority of the Officers and other Persons.

(e) Unless otherwise provided by resolution of the Board of Directors, no Officer shall have the power or authority to delegate to any Person such Officer’s rights and powers as an Officer to manage the business and affairs of the Partnership.

Section 7.9 Compensation of Directors . The members of the Board of Directors who are not employees of the Partnership, the General Partner or its Affiliates shall receive such compensation for their services as members of the Board of Directors or members of a committee of the Board of Directors shall determine. In addition, the members of the Board of Directors shall be entitled to be reimbursed for out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred in the course of their service hereunder.

Section 7.10 Certificate of Limited Partnership . The General Partner has caused the Certificate of Limited Partnership to be filed with the Registrar of Corporations of The Marshall Islands as required by the Marshall Islands Act. The General Partner shall use all commercially reasonable efforts to cause to be filed such other certificates or documents that the Board of Directors determines to be necessary or appropriate for the formation, continuation, qualification and operation of a limited partnership (or a partnership or other entity in which the limited partners have limited liability) in The Marshall Islands or any other jurisdiction in which the

 

43


Partnership may elect to do business or own property. To the extent the Board of Directors determines such action to be necessary or appropriate, the General Partner shall file or cause to be filed amendments to and restatements of the Certificate of Limited Partnership and do all things to maintain the Partnership as a limited partnership (or a partnership or other entity in which the limited partners have limited liability) under the laws of The Marshall Islands or of any other jurisdiction in which the Partnership may elect to do business or own property. Subject to the terms of Section 3.4(a) , the General Partner shall not be required, before or after filing, to deliver or mail a copy of the Certificate of Limited Partnership, any qualification document or any amendment thereto to any Limited Partner.

Section 7.11 Restrictions on the Authority of the Board of Directors and the General Partner .

(a) Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, neither the Board of Directors nor the General Partner may, without written approval of the specific act by holders of all of the Outstanding Limited Partner Interests or by other written instrument executed and delivered by holders of all of the Outstanding Limited Partner Interests subsequent to the date of this Agreement, take any action in contravention of this Agreement.

(b) Except as provided in Articles XII and XIV , the Board of Directors may not sell, exchange or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the assets of the Partnership Group, taken as a whole, in a single transaction or a series of related transactions (including by way of merger, consolidation, other combination or sale of ownership interests in the Partnership’s Subsidiaries) without the approval of holders of a Unit Majority and the General Partner; provided , however , that this provision shall not preclude or limit the ability of the Board of Directors to mortgage, pledge, hypothecate or grant a security interest in all or substantially all of the assets of the Partnership Group and shall not apply to any forced sale of any or all of the assets of the Partnership Group pursuant to the foreclosure of, or other realization upon, any such encumbrance. The transfer of the General Partner Interest to and the election of a successor general partner of the Partnership shall be made in accordance with Section 4.6 , Section 11.1 and Section 11.2 .

Section 7.12 Reimbursement of the General Partner .

(a) Except as provided in this Section 7.12 and elsewhere in this Agreement, the General Partner shall not be compensated for its services as a general partner or managing member of any Group Member.

(b) The General Partner shall be reimbursed on a monthly basis, or such other basis as the Board of Directors may determine, for any direct and indirect expenses it incurs that are allocable to the Partnership Group or payments it makes on behalf of the Partnership Group (including salary, bonus, incentive compensation and other amounts paid to any Person, including Affiliates of the General Partner, to perform services for the Partnership Group or for the General Partner in the discharge of its duties to the Partnership Group, which amounts shall also include reimbursement for any Common Units purchased to satisfy obligations of the Partnership under any of its equity compensation plans). The Board of Directors shall determine the expenses that are allocable to the Partnership Group. Reimbursements pursuant to this Section 7.12 shall be in addition to any reimbursement to the General Partner as a result of indemnification pursuant to Section 7.15 .

 

44


(c) Subject to the applicable rules and regulations of the National Securities Exchange on which the Common Units are listed, the Board of Directors, without the approval of the Partners (who shall have no right to vote in respect thereof), may propose and adopt on behalf of the Partnership employee benefit plans, employee programs and employee practices (including plans, programs and practices involving the issuance of Partnership Interests or options to purchase or rights, warrants or appreciation rights or phantom or tracking interests relating to Partnership Interests), or cause the Partnership to issue Partnership Interests in connection with, or pursuant to, any employee benefit plan, employee program or employee practice maintained or sponsored by the Partnership, the General Partner or any of its Affiliates, in each case for the benefit of employees and directors of the Partnership, the General Partner, any Group Member or any Affiliate thereof, or any of them, in respect of services performed, directly or indirectly, for the benefit of the Partnership Group. The Partnership agrees to issue and sell to the General Partner or any of its Affiliates any Partnership Interests that the General Partner or such Affiliates are obligated to provide to any employees and directors pursuant to any such employee benefit plans, employee programs or employee practices. Expenses incurred by the General Partner in connection with any such plans, programs and practices (including the net cost to the General Partner or such Affiliates of Partnership Interests purchased by the General Partner or such Affiliates from the Partnership or otherwise to fulfill options or awards under such plans, programs and practices) shall be reimbursed in accordance with Section 7.12(b) . Any and all obligations of the General Partner under any employee benefit plans, employee programs or employee practices adopted by the General Partner as permitted by this Section 7.12(c) shall constitute obligations of the General Partner hereunder and shall be assumed by any successor General Partner approved pursuant to Section 11.1 or Section 11.2 or the transferee of or successor to all of the General Partner’s General Partner Interest pursuant to Section 4.6 .

Section 7.13 Outside Activities .

(a) After the Closing Date, the General Partner, for so long as it is the general partner of the Partnership (i) agrees that its sole business will be to act as a general partner or managing member, as the case may be, of the Partnership and any other partnership or limited liability company of which the Partnership is, directly or indirectly, a partner or member and to undertake activities that are ancillary or related thereto (including being a limited partner in the Partnership), (ii) shall not engage in any business or activity or incur any debts or liabilities except in connection with or incidental to (A) its performance as general partner or managing member, if any, of one or more Group Members or as described in or contemplated by the Registration Statement or (B) the acquiring, owning or disposing of debt or equity securities in any Group Member and (iii) except to the extent permitted in the Omnibus Agreement, shall not acquire or own any Five-Year Vessels (as such term is defined in the Omnibus Agreement).

(b) KNOT, the Partnership, the General Partner and the Operating Company have entered into the Omnibus Agreement, which agreement sets forth certain restrictions on the ability of KNOT and certain of its Affiliates to acquire or own any Five-Year Vessels (as such term is defined in the Omnibus Agreement).

 

45


(c) Except as specifically restricted by Section 7.13(a) or the Omnibus Agreement, each Indemnitee (other than the General Partner) shall have the right to engage in businesses of every type and description and other activities for profit and to engage in and possess an interest in other business ventures of any and every type or description, whether in businesses engaged in or anticipated to be engaged in by any Group Member, independently or with others, including business interests and activities in direct competition with the business and activities of any Group Member, and none of the same shall constitute a breach of this Agreement or any duty expressed or implied by law to any Group Member or any Partner. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, (i) the possessing of competitive interests and engaging in competitive activities by any Indemnitees (other than the General Partner) in accordance with the provisions of this Section 7.13 is hereby approved by the Partnership and all Partners and (ii) it shall be deemed not to be a breach of any duty (including any fiduciary duty) or any other obligation of any type whatsoever of the General Partner or of any Indemnitee for the Indemnitees (other than the General Partner) to engage in such business interests and activities in preference to or to the exclusion of the Partnership.

(d) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the doctrine of corporate opportunity, or any analogous doctrine, shall not apply to an Indemnitee (including the General Partner) and, subject to the terms of Section 7.13(a) , Section 7.13(b) , Section 7.13(c) and the Omnibus Agreement, no Indemnitee (including the General Partner) who acquires knowledge of a potential transaction, agreement, arrangement or other matter that may be an opportunity for the Partnership shall have any duty to communicate or offer such opportunity to the Partnership, and, subject to the terms of Section 7.13(a) , Section 7.13(b) , Section 7.13(c) and the Omnibus Agreement, such Indemnitee (including the General Partner) shall not be liable to the Partnership, to any Limited Partner or any other Person for breach of any fiduciary or other duty by reason of the fact that such Indemnitee (including the General Partner) pursues or acquires such opportunity for itself, directs such opportunity to another Person or does not communicate such opportunity or information to the Partnership; provided , that such Indemnitee (including the General Partner) does not engage in such business or activity as a result of using confidential or proprietary information provided by or on behalf of the Partnership to such Indemnitee (including the General Partner).

(e) The General Partner and each of its Affiliates may own and acquire Units or other Partnership Interests in addition to those acquired on the Closing Date and, except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, shall be entitled to exercise, at their option, all rights relating to all Units or other Partnership Interests acquired by them. The term “ Affiliates ” as used in this Section 7.13(e) with respect to the General Partner shall not include any Group Member.

Section 7.14 Loans from the General Partner; Loans or Contributions from the Partnership or Group Members .

(a) The General Partner or any of its Affiliates may lend to any Group Member, and any Group Member may borrow from the General Partner or any of its Affiliates, funds needed or desired by the Group Member for such periods of time and in such amounts as the General Partner and the Board of Directors may determine; provided , however , that in any such case the lending party may not charge the borrowing party interest at a rate greater than the

 

46


rate that would be charged the borrowing party or impose terms less favorable to the borrowing party than would be charged or imposed on the borrowing party by unrelated lenders on comparable loans made on an arms’ length basis (without reference to the lending party’s financial abilities or guarantees), all as determined by the General Partner and the Board of Directors. The borrowing party shall reimburse the lending party for any costs (other than any additional interest costs) incurred by the lending party in connection with the borrowing of such funds. For purposes of this Section 7.14(a) and Section 7.14(b) , the term “ Group Member ” shall include any Affiliate of a Group Member that is controlled by the Group Member.

(b) The Partnership may lend or contribute to any Group Member, and any Group Member may borrow from the Partnership, funds on terms and conditions determined by the Board of Directors. No Group Member may lend funds to the General Partner or any of its Affiliates (other than another Group Member).

(c) No borrowing by any Group Member or the approval thereof by the General Partner or the Board of Directors shall be deemed to constitute a breach of any duty, expressed or implied, of the General Partner or its Affiliates or the Board of Directors to the Partnership or the Limited Partners if the purpose or effect of such borrowing is directly or indirectly to (i) enable distributions to the General Partner or its Affiliates (including in their capacities as Limited Partners) to exceed the General Partner’s Percentage Interest of the total amount distributed to all partners or (ii) hasten the expiration of the Subordination Period or the conversion of any Subordinated Units into Common Units.

Section 7.15 Indemnification .

(a) To the fullest extent permitted by the Marshall Islands Act but subject to the limitations expressly provided in this Agreement, all Indemnitees shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Partnership from and against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities, joint or several, expenses (including legal fees and expenses), judgments, fines, penalties, interest, settlements or other amounts arising from any and all claims, demands, actions, suits or proceedings, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, in which any Indemnitee may be involved, or is threatened to be involved, as a party or otherwise, by reason of its status as an Indemnitee; provided , however , that the Indemnitee shall not be indemnified and held harmless if there has been a final and non-appealable judgment entered by a court of competent jurisdiction determining that, in respect of the matter for which the Indemnitee is seeking indemnification pursuant to this Section 7.15 , the Indemnitee acted in bad faith or engaged in fraud or willful misconduct or, in the case of a criminal matter, acted with knowledge that the Indemnitee’s conduct was unlawful; and, provided , further , that no indemnification pursuant to this Section 7.15 shall be available to the General Partner or its Affiliates (other than a Group Member) with respect to its or their obligations incurred pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement, the Omnibus Agreement or the Contribution Agreement (other than obligations incurred by the General Partner on behalf of the Partnership). Any indemnification pursuant to this Section 7.15 shall be made only out of the assets of the Partnership, it being agreed that the General Partner shall not be personally liable for such indemnification and shall have no obligation to contribute or loan any monies or property to the Partnership to enable it to effectuate such indemnification.

 

47


(b) To the fullest extent permitted by the Marshall Islands Act, expenses (including legal fees and expenses) incurred by an Indemnitee who is indemnified pursuant to Section 7.15(a) in defending any claim, demand, action, suit or proceeding shall, from time to time, be advanced by the Partnership prior to a determination that the Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified upon receipt by the Partnership of any undertaking by or on behalf of the Indemnitee to repay such amount if it shall be determined that the Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified as authorized in this Section 7.15 .

(c) The indemnification provided by this Section 7.15 shall be in addition to any other rights to which an Indemnitee may be entitled under any agreement, pursuant to any vote of the holders of Outstanding Limited Partner Interests, as a matter of law or otherwise, both as to actions in the Indemnitee’s capacity as an Indemnitee and as to actions in any other capacity (including any capacity under the Underwriting Agreement), and shall continue as to an Indemnitee who has ceased to serve in such capacity and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, successors, assigns and administrators of the Indemnitee.

(d) The Partnership may purchase and maintain (or reimburse the General Partner or its Affiliates for the cost of) insurance, on behalf of the Board of Directors and the General Partner, its Affiliates and such other Persons as the Board of Directors shall determine, against any liability that may be asserted against, or expense that may be incurred by, such Person in connection with the Partnership’s activities or such Person’s activities on behalf of the Partnership, regardless of whether the Partnership would have the power to indemnify such Person against such liability under the provisions of this Agreement or law.

(e) For purposes of this Section 7.15 , the Partnership shall be deemed to have requested an Indemnitee to serve as fiduciary of an employee benefit plan whenever the performance by the Indemnitee of its duties to the Partnership also imposes duties on, or otherwise involves services by, it to the plan or participants or beneficiaries of the plan; excise taxes assessed on an Indemnitee with respect to an employee benefit plan pursuant to applicable law shall constitute “fines” within the meaning of Section 7.15(a) ; and action taken or omitted by the Indemnitee with respect to any employee benefit plan in the performance of its duties for a purpose reasonably believed by it to be in the best interest of the participants and beneficiaries of the plan shall be deemed to be for a purpose that is in the best interests of the Partnership.

(f) In no event may an Indemnitee subject the Limited Partners to personal liability by reason of the indemnification provisions set forth in this Agreement.

(g) An Indemnitee shall not be denied indemnification in whole or in part under this Section 7.15 because the Indemnitee had an interest in the transaction with respect to which the indemnification applies if the transaction was otherwise permitted by the terms of this Agreement.

(h) The provisions of this Section 7.15 are for the benefit of the Indemnitees, their heirs, successors, assigns and administrators and shall not be deemed to create any rights for the benefit of any other Persons.

 

48


(i) No amendment, modification or repeal of this Section 7.15 or any provision hereof shall in any manner terminate, reduce or impair the right of any past, present or future Indemnitee to be indemnified by the Partnership, nor the obligations of the Partnership to indemnify any such Indemnitee under and in accordance with the provisions of this Section 7.15 as in effect immediately prior to such amendment, modification or repeal with respect to claims arising from or relating to matters occurring, in whole or in part, prior to such amendment, modification or repeal, regardless of when such claims may arise or be asserted.

Section 7.16 Liability of Indemnitees .

(a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Agreement, no Indemnitee shall be liable for monetary damages to the Partnership, the Limited Partners or any other Persons who have acquired Partnership Interests or are otherwise bound by this Agreement, for losses sustained or liabilities incurred as a result of any act or omission of an Indemnitee unless there has been a final and non-appealable judgment entered by a court of competent jurisdiction determining that, in respect of the matter in question, the Indemnitee acted in bad faith or engaged in fraud or willful misconduct or, in the case of a criminal matter, acted with knowledge that the Indemnitee’s conduct was criminal.

(b) Subject to their obligations and duties as members of the Board of Directors or as the General Partner, respectively, set forth in Section 7.1(a) , members of the Board of Directors and the General Partner may exercise any of the powers granted to them and perform any of the duties imposed upon them hereunder either directly or by or through its agents, and the members of the Board of Directors and the General Partner shall not be responsible for any misconduct or negligence on the part of any such agent appointed by the Board of Directors or the General Partner in good faith.

(c) To the extent that, at law or in equity, an Indemnitee has duties (including fiduciary duties) and liabilities relating thereto to the Partnership or to the Partners, the General Partner and any other Indemnitee acting in connection with the Partnership’s business or affairs shall not be liable to the Partnership or to any Partner for its good faith reliance on the provisions of this Agreement.

(d) Any amendment, modification or repeal of this Section 7.16 or any provision hereof shall be prospective only and shall not in any way affect the limitations on the liability of the Indemnitees under this Section 7.16 as in effect immediately prior to such amendment, modification or repeal with respect to claims arising from or relating to matters occurring, in whole or in part, prior to such amendment, modification or repeal, regardless of when such claims may arise or be asserted.

Section 7.17 Resolution of Conflicts of Interest; Standards of Conduct and Modification of Duties .

(a) Unless otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement or any Group Member Agreement, whenever a potential conflict of interest exists or arises between the General Partner or any of its Affiliates, or any member of the Board of Directors, on the one hand, and the Partnership, any Group Member or any Partner, on the other, any resolution or

 

49


course of action in respect of such conflict of interest shall be permitted and deemed approved by all Partners, and shall not constitute a breach of this Agreement, of any Group Member Agreement, of any agreement contemplated herein or therein, or of any duty stated or implied by law or equity, if the resolution or course of action in respect of such conflict of interest is (i) approved by Special Approval, (ii) approved by the vote of a majority of the Outstanding Common Units (excluding Common Units owned by the General Partner and its Affiliates), (iii) on terms no less favorable to the Partnership than those generally being provided to or available from unrelated third parties or (iv) fair and reasonable to the Partnership, taking into account the totality of the relationships between the parties involved (including other transactions that may be particularly favorable or advantageous to the Partnership). The General Partner and the Board of Directors may but shall not be required in connection with the resolution of such conflict of interest to seek Special Approval of such resolution, and the General Partner or the Board of Directors, as the case may be, may also adopt a resolution or course of action that has not received Special Approval. If Special Approval is sought, then, notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement or law that would otherwise apply, (x) the Conflicts Committee will be authorized in connection with its determination of whether to provide Special Approval to consider any and all factors as it determines to be relevant or appropriate under the circumstances and (y) it will be presumed that, in making its decision, the Conflicts Committee acted in good faith, and if Special Approval is not sought and the Board of Directors determines that the resolution or course of action taken with respect to a conflict of interest satisfies either of the standards set forth in clauses (iii) or (iv)  above, then it shall be presumed that, in making its decision the Board of Directors, acted in good faith, and, in either case, in any proceeding brought by any Limited Partner or by or on behalf of such Limited Partner or any other Limited Partner or the Partnership challenging such approval, the Person bringing or prosecuting such proceeding shall have the burden of overcoming such presumption. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement or any duty otherwise existing at law or equity, the existence of the conflicts of interest described in the Registration Statement are hereby approved by all Partners and shall not constitute a breach of this Agreement or of any duty hereunder or existing at law, in equity or otherwise.

(b) Whenever the General Partner makes a determination or takes or declines to take any other action, or any of its Affiliates causes it to do so, in its capacity as the general partner of the Partnership as opposed to in its individual capacity, whether under this Agreement, any Group Member Agreement or any other agreement contemplated hereby or otherwise, then, unless another express standard is provided for in this Agreement, the General Partner, or such Affiliates causing it to do so, shall make such determination or take or decline to take such other action in good faith and shall not be subject to any other or different standards imposed by this Agreement, any Group Member Agreement, any other agreement contemplated hereby or under the Marshall Islands Act or any other law, rule or regulation or at equity. In order for a determination or other action to be in “good faith” for purposes of this Agreement, the Person or Persons making such determination or taking or declining to take such other action must reasonably believe that the determination or other action is in the best interests of the Partnership, unless the context otherwise requires.

(c) Whenever the General Partner makes a determination or takes or declines to take any other action, or any of its Affiliates causes it to do so, in its individual capacity as opposed to in its capacity as the general partner of the Partnership, whether under this

 

50


Agreement, any Group Member Agreement or any other agreement contemplated hereby or otherwise, then the General Partner, or such Affiliates causing it to do so, are entitled to make such determination or to take or decline to take such other action free of any duty (including any fiduciary duty) or obligation whatsoever to the Partnership or any Limited Partner, any Record Holder or any other Person bound by this Agreement, and, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the General Partner, or such Affiliates causing it to do so, shall not be required to act in good faith or pursuant to any other standard imposed by this Agreement, any Group Member Agreement, any other agreement contemplated hereby or under the Marshall Islands Act or any other law, rule or regulation or at equity. By way of illustration and not of limitation, whenever the phrase, “at the option of the General Partner,” or some variation of that phrase, is used in this Agreement, it indicates that the General Partner is acting in its individual capacity. For the avoidance of doubt, whenever the General Partner votes or transfers its Units, General Partner Interest or Incentive Distribution Rights, if any, to the extent permitted under this Agreement, or refrains from voting or transferring its Units, General Partner Units or Incentive Distribution Rights, as appropriate, it shall be acting in its individual capacity. The General Partner’s organizational documents may provide that determinations to take or decline to take any action in its individual, rather than representative, capacity may or shall be determined by its members, if the General Partner is a limited liability company, stockholders, if the General Partner is a corporation, or the members or stockholders of the General Partner’s general partner, if the General Partner is a limited partnership.

(d) Whenever the Board of Directors makes a determination or takes or declines to take any other action, whether under this Agreement, any Group Member Agreement or any other agreement contemplated hereby or otherwise, then, unless another express standard is provided for in this Agreement, the Board of Directors, shall make such determination or take or decline to take such other action in good faith and shall not be subject to any other or different standards imposed by this Agreement, any Group Member Agreement, any other agreement contemplated hereby or under the Marshall Islands Act or any other law, rule or regulation or at equity. In order for a determination or other action to be in “good faith” for purposes of this Agreement, the Person or Persons making such determination or taking or declining to take such other action must reasonably believe that the determination or other action is in the best interests of the Partnership, unless the context otherwise requires.

(e) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the General Partner and its Affiliates shall have no duty or obligation, express or implied, to (i) approve the sale or other disposition of any asset of the Partnership Group (if such approval is required pursuant to Section 7.11(b )) or (ii) permit any Group Member to use any facilities or assets of the General Partner and its Affiliates, except as may be provided in contracts entered into from time to time specifically dealing with such use. Any determination by the General Partner or any of its Affiliates to enter into such contracts shall, in each case, be at their option.

(f) Except as expressly set forth in this Agreement, neither the General Partner nor the Board of Directors or any other Indemnitee shall have any duties or liabilities, including fiduciary duties, to the Partnership or any Limited Partner and the provisions of this Agreement, to the extent that they restrict, eliminate or otherwise modify the duties and liabilities, including fiduciary duties, of the Board of Directors or the General Partner or any other Indemnitee otherwise existing at law or in equity, are agreed by the Partners to replace such other duties and liabilities of the Board of Directors or the General Partner or such other Indemnitee.

(g) The Unitholders hereby authorize the Board of Directors, on behalf of the Partnership as a partner or member of a Group Member, to approve of actions by the general partner or managing member of such Group Member similar to those actions permitted to be taken by the Board of Directors pursuant to this Section 7.17 .

 

51


Section 7.18 Other Matters Concerning the General Partner and the Board of Directors .

(a) The General Partner and the Board of Directors may rely and shall be protected in acting or refraining from acting upon any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, consent, order, bond, debenture or other paper or document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties.

(b) The General Partner and the Board of Directors may consult with legal counsel, accountants, appraisers, management consultants, investment bankers and other consultants and advisers selected by either of them, and any act taken or omitted to be taken in reliance upon the advice or opinion (including an Opinion of Counsel) of such Persons as to matters that the General Partner or the Board of Directors reasonably believes to be within such Person’s professional or expert competence shall be conclusively presumed to have been done or omitted in good faith and in accordance with such advice or opinion.

(c) The General Partner shall have the right, in respect of any of its powers or obligations hereunder, to act through any of its duly authorized officers, a duly appointed attorney or attorneys-in-fact or the duly authorized officers of the Partnership.

Section 7.19 Purchase or Sale of Partnership Interests. The Board of Directors may cause the Partnership to purchase or otherwise acquire Partnership Interests; provided , however , that the Board of Directors may not cause any Group Member to purchase Subordinated Units during the Subordination Period. As long as Partnership Interests are held by any Group Member, such Partnership Interests shall not be considered Outstanding for any purpose, except as otherwise provided herein. The General Partner or any Affiliate of the General Partner may purchase or otherwise acquire and sell or otherwise dispose of Partnership Interests for its own account, subject to the provisions of Articles IV and X .

Section 7.20 Registration Rights of the General Partner and its Affiliates .

(a) If (i) the General Partner or any Affiliate of the General Partner (including for purposes of this Section 7.20 , any Person that is an Affiliate of the General Partner at the date hereof notwithstanding that it may later cease to be an Affiliate of the General Partner) holds Partnership Interests that it desires to sell and (ii) Rule 144 of the Securities Act (or any successor rule or regulation to Rule 144) or another exemption from registration is not available to enable such holder of Partnership Interests (the “ Holder ”) to dispose of the number of Partnership Interests it desires to sell at the time it desires to do so without registration under the Securities Act, then at the option and upon the request of the Holder, the Partnership shall file

 

52


with the Commission as promptly as practicable after receiving such request, and use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause to become effective and remain effective for a period of not less than six months following its effective date or such shorter period as shall terminate when all Partnership Interests covered by such registration statement have been sold, a registration statement under the Securities Act registering the offering and sale of the number of Partnership Interests specified by the Holder; provided , however , that the Partnership shall not be required to effect more than three registrations in total pursuant to this Section 7.20(a) , no more than one of which shall be required to be made at any time that the Partnership is not eligible to use Form F-3 (or a comparable form) for the registration under the Securities Act of its securities; and, provided , further , that if the Conflicts Committee determines in good faith that the requested registration would be materially detrimental to the Partnership and its Partners because such registration would (x) materially interfere with a significant acquisition, merger, disposition, corporate reorganization or other similar transaction involving the Partnership, (y) require premature disclosure of material information that the Partnership has a bona fide business purpose for preserving as confidential or (z) render the Partnership unable to comply with requirements under applicable securities laws, then the Partnership shall have the right to postpone such requested registration for a period of not more than six months after receipt of the Holder’s request, such right pursuant to this Section 7.20(a) not to be utilized more than once in any 12-month period. The Partnership shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to resolve any deferral with respect to any such registration and/or filing. Except as provided in the first sentence of this Section 7.20(a) , the Partnership shall be deemed not to have used all its commercially reasonable efforts to keep the registration statement effective during the applicable period if it voluntarily takes any action that would result in Holders of Partnership Interests covered thereby not being able to offer and sell such Partnership Interests at any time during such period, unless such action is required by applicable law or regulations. In connection with any registration pursuant to this Section 7.20(a) , the Partnership shall (i) promptly prepare and file (A) such documents as may be necessary to register or qualify the securities subject to such registration under the securities laws of such states as the Holder shall reasonably request ( provided , however , that no such qualification shall be required in any jurisdiction where, as a result thereof, the Partnership would become subject to general service of process or to taxation or qualification to do business as a foreign corporation or partnership doing business in such jurisdiction solely as a result of such registration), and (B) such documents as may be necessary to apply for listing or to list the Partnership Interests subject to such registration on such National Securities Exchange as the Holder shall reasonably request, and (ii) do any and all other acts and things that may be necessary or appropriate to enable the Holder to consummate a public sale of such Partnership Interests in such states. Except as set forth in Section 7.20(c) , all costs and expenses of any such registration and offering (other than the underwriting discounts and commissions) shall be paid by the Partnership, without reimbursement by the Holder.

(b) If the Partnership shall at any time propose to file a registration statement under the Securities Act for an offering of equity interests of the Partnership for cash (other than an offering relating solely to an employee benefit plan), the Partnership shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to include such number or amount of Partnership Interests held by any Holder in such registration statement as the Holder shall request; provided , however , that the Partnership is not required to make any effort or take any action to so include the Partnership Interests of the Holder once the registration statement becomes or is declared effective by the Commission, including any registration statement providing for the offering from time to time of

 

53


Partnership Interests pursuant to Rule 415 of the Securities Act. If the proposed offering pursuant to this Section 7.20(b) shall be an underwritten offering, then, in the event that the managing underwriter or managing underwriters of such offering advise the Partnership and the Holder in writing that in their opinion the inclusion of all or some of the Holder’s Partnership Interests would adversely and materially affect the success of the offering, the Partnership shall include in such offering only that number or amount, if any, of Partnership Interests held by the Holder that, in the opinion of the managing underwriter or managing underwriters, will not so adversely and materially affect the offering. Except as set forth in Section 7.20(c) , all costs and expenses of any such registration and offering (other than the underwriting discounts and commissions) shall be paid by the Partnership, without reimbursement by the Holder.

(c) If underwriters are engaged in connection with any registration referred to in this Section 7.20 , the Partnership shall provide indemnification, representations, covenants, opinions and other assurance to the underwriters in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to such underwriters. Further, in addition to and not in limitation of the Partnership’s obligation under Section 7.15 , the Partnership shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, indemnify and hold harmless the Holder, its officers, directors and each Person who controls the Holder (within the meaning of the Securities Act) and any agent thereof (collectively, “ Indemnified Persons ”) from and against any and all losses, claims, demands, actions, causes of action, assessments, damages, liabilities (joint or several), costs and expenses (including interest, penalties and reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements), resulting to, imposed upon, or incurred by the Indemnified Persons, directly or indirectly, under the Securities Act or otherwise (hereinafter referred to in this Section 7.20(c) as a “ claim ” and in the plural as “ claims ”) based upon, arising out of or resulting from any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of any material fact contained in any registration statement under which any Partnership Interests were registered under the Securities Act or any state securities or Blue Sky laws, in any preliminary prospectus or issuer free writing prospectus as defined in Rule 433 of the Securities Act (if used prior to the effective date of such registration statement), or in any summary, free writing or final prospectus or in any amendment or supplement thereto (if used during the period the Partnership is required to keep the registration statement current), or arising out of, based upon or resulting from the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements made therein not misleading; provided, however , that the Partnership shall not be liable to any Indemnified Person to the extent that any such claim arises out of, is based upon or results from an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in such registration statement, such preliminary, summary, free writing or final prospectus or such amendment or supplement, in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Partnership by or on behalf of such Indemnified Person specifically for use in the preparation thereof.

(d) The provisions of Section 7.20(a) and Section 7.20(b) shall continue to be applicable with respect to the General Partner (and any of the General Partner’s Affiliates) after it ceases to be a general partner of the Partnership, during a period of two years subsequent to the effective date of such cessation and for so long thereafter as is required for the Holder to sell all of the Partnership Interests with respect to which it has requested during such two-year period inclusion in a registration statement otherwise filed or that a registration statement be filed; provided , however , that the Partnership shall not be required to file successive registration statements covering the same Partnership Interests for which registration was demanded during such two-year period. The provisions of Section 7.20(c) shall continue in effect thereafter.

 

54


(e) The rights to cause the Partnership to register Partnership Interests pursuant to this Section 7.20 may be assigned (but only with all related obligations) by a Holder to a transferee or assignee of such Partnership Interests, provided (i) the Partnership is, within a reasonable time after such transfer, furnished with written notice of the name and address of such transferee or assignee and the Partnership Interests with respect to which such registration rights are being assigned, and (ii) such transferee or assignee agrees in writing to be bound by and subject to the terms set forth in this Section 7.20 .

(f) Any request to register Partnership Interests pursuant to this Section 7.20 shall (i) specify the Partnership Interests intended to be offered and sold by the Person making the request, (ii) express such Person’s present intent to offer such Partnership Interests for distribution, (iii) describe the nature or method of the proposed offer and sale of Partnership Interests, and (iv) contain the undertaking of such Person to provide all such information and materials and take all action as may be required in order to permit the Partnership to comply with all applicable requirements in connection with the registration of such Partnership Interests.

Section 7.21 Reliance by Third Parties. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, any Person dealing with the Partnership shall be entitled to assume that the Board of Directors, the General Partner and any Officer authorized by the Board of Directors to act on behalf of and in the name of the Partnership has full power and authority to encumber, sell or otherwise use in any manner any and all assets of the Partnership and to enter into any authorized contracts on behalf of the Partnership, and such Person shall be entitled to deal with the Board of Directors, the General Partner or any such Officer as if it were the Partnership’s sole party in interest, both legally and beneficially. Each Limited Partner hereby waives any and all defenses or other remedies that may be available against such Person to contest, negate or disaffirm any action of the Board of Directors, the General Partner or any such Officer in connection with any such dealing. In no event shall any Person dealing with the Board of Directors, the General Partner or any such Officer or its representatives be obligated to ascertain that the terms of this Agreement have been complied with or to inquire into the necessity or expedience of any act or action of the Board of Directors, the General Partner or any such Officer or its representatives. Each and every certificate, document or other instrument executed on behalf of the Partnership by the Board of Directors, the General Partner, the Officers or representatives of the General Partner authorized by the General Partner or the Board of Directors shall be conclusive evidence in favor of any and every Person relying thereon or claiming thereunder that (a) at the time of the execution and delivery of such certificate, document or instrument, this Agreement was in full force and effect, (b) the Person executing and delivering such certificate, document or instrument was duly authorized and empowered to do so for and on behalf of the Partnership and (c) such certificate, document or instrument was duly executed and delivered in accordance with the terms and provisions of this Agreement and is binding upon the Partnership.

 

55


ARTICLE VIII

BOOKS, RECORDS, ACCOUNTING AND REPORTS

Section 8.1 Records and Accounting. The Partnership shall keep or cause to be kept at the principal office of the Partnership appropriate books and records with respect to the Partnership’s business, including all books and records necessary to provide to the Limited Partners any information required to be provided pursuant to Section 3.4(a) . Any books and records maintained by or on behalf of the Partnership in the regular course of its business, including the record of the Record Holders of Units or other Partnership Interests, books of account and records of Partnership proceedings, may be kept on, or be in the form of, computer disks, hard drives, punch cards, magnetic tape, photographs, micrographics or any other information storage device; provided , however , that the books and records so maintained are convertible into clearly legible written form within a reasonable period of time. The books of the Partnership shall be maintained, for financial reporting purposes, on an accrual basis in accordance with U.S. GAAP. The Partnership shall not be required to keep books on a cash basis and the Board of Directors shall be permitted to calculate cash-based measures, including Operating Surplus and Adjusted Operating Surplus, by making such adjustments to its accrual basis books to account for non-cash items and other adjustments as the Board of Directors determines to be necessary or appropriate.

Section 8.2 Fiscal Year . The fiscal year of the Partnership shall be a fiscal year ending December 31.

Section 8.3 Reports .

(a) As soon as practicable, but in no event later than 120 days after the close of each fiscal year of the Partnership, the Partnership shall cause to be mailed or made available, by any reasonable means (including posting on or accessible through the Partnership’s or the Commission’s website), to each Record Holder of a Unit as of a date selected by the Board of Directors, an annual report containing financial statements of the Partnership for such fiscal year of the Partnership, presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP, including a balance sheet and statements of operations, Partnership equity and cash flows, such statements to be audited by a firm of independent public accountants selected by the Board of Directors.

(b) As soon as practicable, but in no event later than 90 days after the close of each Quarter except the last Quarter of each fiscal year, the Partnership shall cause to be mailed or made available, by any reasonable means (including posting on or accessible through the Partnership’s or the Commission’s website), to each Record Holder of a Unit, as of a date selected by the Board of Directors, a report containing unaudited financial statements of the Partnership and such other information as may be required by applicable law, regulation or rule of any National Securities Exchange on which the Units are listed or admitted to trading, or as the Board of Directors determines to be necessary or appropriate.

 

56


ARTICLE IX

TAX MATTERS

Section 9.1 Tax Elections and Information .

(a) The Partnership is authorized and has elected to be treated as an association taxable as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Except as otherwise provided herein, the Board of Directors shall determine whether the Partnership should make any other elections permitted by any applicable tax law.

(b) The tax information reasonably required by Record Holders for U.S. federal income tax reporting purposes with respect to a calendar taxable year shall be furnished to them within 90 days of the close of each calendar year.

(c) Each Partner shall provide the Partnership with all information reasonably requested by the Partnership to enable the Partnership to claim the exemption from U.S. federal income tax under Section 883 of the Code.

Section 9.2 Tax Withholding . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Board of Directors is authorized to take any action that may be required or advisable to cause the Partnership and other Group Members to comply with any withholding requirements with respect to any tax established under any U.S. federal, state or local or any non-U.S. law. To the extent that the Partnership is required or elects to withhold and pay over to any taxing authority any amount with respect to a distribution or payment to or for the benefit of any Partner, the Board of Directors may treat the amount withheld as a distribution of cash to such Partner in the amount of such withholding from such Partner.

Section 9.3 Conduct of Operations . The Board of Directors shall use commercially reasonable efforts to conduct the business of the Partnership and its Affiliates in a manner that does not require a holder of Common Units to file a tax return in any jurisdiction with which the holder has no contact other than through ownership of Common Units.

ARTICLE X

ADMISSION OF PARTNERS

Section 10.1 Admission of Initial Limited Partners . Upon the issuance by the Partnership of Common Units, Subordinated Units and Incentive Distribution Rights to the General Partner, KNOT and the Underwriters as described in Section 5.1 and Section 5.2 , the Board of Directors shall admit such parties to the Partnership as Initial Limited Partners in respect of the Common Units, Subordinated Units or Incentive Distribution Rights issued to them.

Section 10.2 Admission of Additional Limited Partners.

(a) From and after the Closing Date, by acceptance of the transfer of any Limited Partner Interests in accordance with Article IV or the acceptance of any Limited Partner Interests issued pursuant to Article V or pursuant to a merger, consolidation or conversion pursuant to Article XIV , each transferee of, or other such Person acquiring, a Limited Partner

 

57


Interest (including any nominee holder or an agent or representative acquiring such Limited Partner Interests for the account of another Person) (i) shall be admitted to the Partnership as a Limited Partner with respect to the Limited Partner Interests so transferred or issued to such Person when any such transfer, issuance or admission is reflected in the books and records of the Partnership and such Limited Partner becomes the Record Holder of the Limited Partner Interests so transferred, (ii) shall become bound, and shall be deemed to have agreed to be bound, by the terms of this Agreement, (iii) represents that the transferee or other recipient has the capacity, power and authority to enter into this Agreement and (iv) makes the consents, acknowledgements and waivers contained in this Agreement, all with or without execution of this Agreement by such Person. The transfer of any Limited Partner Interests and the admission of any new Limited Partner shall not constitute an amendment to this Agreement. A Person may become a Limited Partner or Record Holder of a Limited Partner Interest without the consent or approval of any of the Partners. A Person may not become a Limited Partner until such Person acquires a Limited Partner Interest and until such Person is reflected in the books and records of the Partnership as the Record Holder of such Limited Partner Interest.

(b) The name and mailing address of each Limited Partner shall be listed on the books and records of the Partnership maintained for such purpose by the Partnership or the Transfer Agent. The General Partner shall update the books and records of the Partnership from time to time as necessary to reflect accurately the information therein (or shall cause the Transfer Agent to do so, as applicable). A Limited Partner Interest may be represented by a Certificate, as provided in Section 4.1 .

(c) Any transfer of a Limited Partner Interest shall not entitle the transferee to receive distributions or to any other rights to which the transferor was entitled until the transferee becomes a Limited Partner pursuant to Section 10.2(a) .

Section 10.3 Admission of Successor General Partner. A successor General Partner approved pursuant to Section 11.1 or Section 11.2 or the transferee of or successor to all or part of the General Partner Interest (represented by General Partner Units) pursuant to Section 4.6 who is proposed to be admitted as a successor General Partner shall be admitted to the Partnership as the General Partner, effective immediately prior to the withdrawal or removal of the predecessor or transferring General Partner, pursuant to Section 11.1 or Section 11.2 or the transfer of the General Partner Interest (represented by General Partner Units) pursuant to Section 4.6 ; provided , however , that no such Person shall be admitted to the Partnership as a successor or additional General Partner until compliance with the terms of Section 4.6 has occurred and such Person has executed and delivered such other documents or instruments as may be required to effect such admission. Any such successor or additional General Partner is hereby authorized to and shall, subject to the terms hereof, carry on the business of the members of the Partnership Group without dissolution.

Section 10.4 Amendment of Agreement and Certificate of Limited Partnership. To effect the admission to the Partnership of any Partner, the Board of Directors shall take all steps necessary or appropriate under the Marshall Islands Act to amend the records of the Partnership to reflect such admission and, if necessary, to prepare as soon as practicable an amendment to this Agreement and, if required by law, the Board of Directors shall prepare and file an amendment to the Certificate of Limited Partnership.

 

58


ARTICLE XI

WITHDRAWAL OR REMOVAL OF PARTNERS

Section 11.1 Withdrawal of the General Partner .

(a) The General Partner shall be deemed to have withdrawn from the Partnership upon the occurrence of any one of the following events (each such event herein referred to as an “ Event of Withdrawal ”):

(i) The General Partner voluntarily withdraws from the Partnership by giving written notice to the other Partners;

(ii) The General Partner transfers all of its rights as General Partner pursuant to Section 4.6 ;

(iii) The General Partner is removed pursuant to Section 11.2;

(iv) The General Partner (A) makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors; (B) files a voluntary petition in bankruptcy; (C) files a voluntary petition or answer seeking for itself a liquidation, dissolution or similar relief (but not a reorganization) under any law; (D) files an answer or other pleading admitting or failing to contest the material allegations of a petition filed against the General Partner in a proceeding of the type described in clauses (A) , (B)  or (C)  of this Section 11.1(a)(iv) ; or (E) seeks, consents to or acquiesces in the appointment of a trustee (but not a debtor in possession), receiver or liquidating trustee of the General Partner or of all or any substantial part of its properties;

(v) The General Partner is adjudged bankrupt or insolvent, or has entered against it an order for relief in any bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding;

(vi) (A) in the event the General Partner is a corporation, the filing of a certificate of dissolution, or its equivalent, for the corporation or the revocation of its charter and the expiration of 90 days after the date of notice to the General Partner of revocation without a reinstatement of its charter; (B) in the event the General Partner is a partnership or a limited liability company, the dissolution and commencement of winding up of the General Partner; (C) in the event the General Partner is acting in such capacity by virtue of being a trustee of a trust, the termination of the trust; (D) in the event the General Partner is a natural person, his death or adjudication of incompetency; and (E) otherwise in the event of the termination of the General Partner.

If an Event of Withdrawal specified in Section 11.1(a)(iv) , 11.1(a)(v) or 11.1(a)(vi)(A) , 11.1(a)(vi)(B) , 11.1(a)(vi)(C) or 11.1(a)(vi)(E) occurs, the withdrawing General Partner shall give notice to the Limited Partners within 30 days after such occurrence. The Partners hereby agree that only the Events of Withdrawal described in this Section 11.1 shall result in the withdrawal of the General Partner from the Partnership.

 

59


(b) Withdrawal of the General Partner from the Partnership upon the occurrence of an Event of Withdrawal shall not constitute a breach of this Agreement under the following circumstances:

(i) at any time during the period beginning on the Closing Date and ending at 12:00 midnight, prevailing Eastern Time, on March 31, 2023, the General Partner voluntarily withdraws by giving at least 90 days’ advance notice of its intention to withdraw to the Limited Partners, such withdrawal to take effect on the date specified in the notice; provided, however , that prior to the effective date of such withdrawal, the withdrawal is approved by Unitholders holding at least a majority of the Outstanding Common Units (excluding Common Units held by the General Partner and its Affiliates) and the General Partner delivers to the Partnership an Opinion of Counsel (“ Withdrawal Opinion of Counsel ”) that such withdrawal (following the selection of the successor General Partner) would not result in the loss of the limited liability of any Limited Partner or any Group Member;

(ii) at any time after 12:00 midnight, prevailing Eastern Time, on March 31, 2023, the General Partner voluntarily withdraws by giving at least 90 days’ advance notice to the Unitholders, such withdrawal to take effect on the date specified in such notice ( provided , that, prior to the effective date of such withdrawal, the General Partner delivers to the Partnership a Withdrawal Opinion of Counsel);

(iii) at any time that the General Partner ceases to be the General Partner pursuant to Section 11.1(a)(ii) or is removed pursuant to Section 11.2 ; or

(iv) notwithstanding clause (i) of this Section 11.1(b) , at any time that the General Partner voluntarily withdraws by giving at least 90 days’ advance notice of its intention to withdraw to the Limited Partners, such withdrawal to take effect on the date specified in the notice, if at the time such notice is given one Person and its Affiliates (other than the General Partner and its Affiliates) own beneficially or of record or control at least 50% of the Outstanding Units. The withdrawal of the General Partner from the Partnership upon the occurrence of an Event of Withdrawal shall also constitute the withdrawal of the General Partner as general partner or managing member, if any, to the extent applicable, of the other Group Members. If the General Partner gives a notice of withdrawal pursuant to Section 11.1(a)(i) , the holders of a Unit Majority, may, prior to the effective date of such withdrawal, elect a successor General Partner. The Person so elected as successor General Partner shall automatically become the successor general partner or managing member,

 

60


to the extent applicable, of the other Group Members of which the General Partner is a general partner or a managing member. If, prior to the effective date of the General Partner’s withdrawal, a successor is not selected by the Unitholders as provided herein or, if applicable, the Partnership does not receive a Withdrawal Opinion of Counsel, the Partnership shall be dissolved in accordance with Section 12.1 . Any successor General Partner elected in accordance with the terms of this Section 11.1 shall be subject to the provisions of Section 10.3 .

Section 11.2 Removal of the General Partner . The General Partner may be removed if such removal is approved by the Unitholders holding at least 66  2 3 % of the Outstanding Units (including Units held by the General Partner and its Affiliates), voting as a single class. Any such action by such holders or the Board of Directors for removal of the General Partner must also provide for the election of a successor General Partner by the majority vote of the outstanding Common Units and Subordinated Units, voting together as a single class. Such removal shall be effective immediately following the admission of a successor General Partner pursuant to Section 10.3 . The removal of the General Partner shall also automatically constitute the removal of the General Partner as general partner or managing member, to the extent applicable, of the other Group Members of which the General Partner is a general partner or a managing member. If a Person is elected as a successor General Partner in accordance with the terms of this Section 11.2 , such Person shall, upon admission pursuant to Section 10.3 , automatically become a successor general partner or managing member, to the extent applicable, of the other Group Members of which the General Partner is a general partner or a managing member. The right of the holders of Outstanding Units to remove the General Partner shall not exist or be exercised unless the Partnership has received an Opinion of Counsel opining as to the matters covered by a Withdrawal Opinion of Counsel. Any successor General Partner elected in accordance with the terms of this Section 11.2 shall be subject to the provisions of Section 10.3 .

Section 11.3 Interest of Departing General Partner and Successor General Partner .

(a) In the event of (i) withdrawal of the General Partner under circumstances where such withdrawal does not violate this Agreement or (ii) removal of the General Partner by the holders of Outstanding Units under circumstances where Cause does not exist, if the successor General Partner is elected in accordance with the terms of Section 11.1 or Section 11.2 , (A) the Departing General Partner shall have the option, exercisable prior to the effective date of the departure of such Departing General Partner, to require its successor to purchase its General Partner Interest (represented by General Partner Units) and its general partner interest (or equivalent interest), if any, in the other Group Members and its Incentive Distribution Rights, if any, (collectively, the “ Combined Interest ”) in exchange for an amount in cash equal to the fair market value of such Combined Interest, such amount to be determined and payable as of the effective date of its departure and (B) the other holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights shall have the option, exercisable prior to the effective date of the departure of such Departing General Partner, to require such successor to purchase such holders’ Incentive Distribution Rights in exchange for an amount in cash equal to the fair market value of such Incentive Distribution Rights, such amount to be determined and payable as of the effective date of the Departing General Partner’s departure. If the General Partner is removed by the Unitholders under circumstances where Cause exists or if the General Partner withdraws under

 

61


circumstances where such withdrawal violates this Agreement, and if a successor General Partner is elected in accordance with the terms of Section 11.1 or Section 11.2 (or if the business of the Partnership is continued pursuant to Section 12.2 and the successor General Partner is not the former General Partner), such successor shall have the option, exercisable prior to the effective date of the departure of such Departing General Partner (or, in the event the business of the Partnership is continued, prior to the date the business of the Partnership is continued), to purchase the Combined Interest in exchange for an amount in cash equal to such fair market value of such Combined Interest of the Departing General Partner. In either event, the Departing General Partner shall be entitled to receive all reimbursements due such Departing General Partner pursuant to Section 7.12 , including any employee related liabilities (including severance liabilities), incurred in connection with the termination of any employees employed by the Departing General Partner or its Affiliates (other than any Group Member) for the benefit of the Partnership or the other Group Members.

For purposes of this Section 11.3(a) , the fair market value of the Departing General Partner’s Combined Interest and the value of the Incentive Distribution Rights held by holders other than the Departing General Partner shall be determined by agreement between the Departing General Partner and its successor or, failing agreement within 30 days after the effective date of such Departing General Partner’s departure, by an independent investment banking firm or other independent expert selected by the Departing General Partner and its successor, which, in turn, may rely on other experts, and the determination of which shall be conclusive as to such matter. If such parties cannot agree upon one independent investment banking firm or other independent expert within 45 days after the effective date of such departure, then the Departing General Partner shall designate an independent investment banking firm or other independent expert, the Departing General Partner’s successor shall designate an independent investment banking firm or other independent expert, and such firms or experts shall mutually select a third independent investment banking firm or independent expert, which third independent investment banking firm or other independent expert shall determine the fair market value of the Combined Interest of the Departing General Partner and the value of the Incentive Distribution Rights held by holders other than the Departing General Partner. In making its determination, such third independent investment banking firm or other independent expert may consider the then current trading price of Units on any National Securities Exchange on which Units are then listed or admitted to trading, the value of the Partnership’s assets, the rights and obligations of the Departing General Partner and other factors it may deem relevant.

(b) If the Combined Interest is not purchased in the manner set forth in Section 11.3(a) , the Departing General Partner (or its transferee) shall become a Limited Partner and its Combined Interest shall be converted into Common Units pursuant to a valuation made by an investment banking firm or other independent expert selected pursuant to Section 11.3(a) , without reduction in such Partnership Interest (but subject to proportionate dilution by reason of the admission of its successor). Any successor General Partner shall indemnify the Departing General Partner (or its transferee) as to all debts and liabilities of the Partnership arising on or after the date on which the Departing General Partner (or its transferee) becomes a Limited Partner. For purposes of this Agreement, conversion of the Combined Interest of the Departing General Partner to Common Units will be characterized as if the Departing General Partner (or its transferee) contributed its Combined Interest to the Partnership in exchange for the newly issued Common Units.

 

62


(c) If a successor General Partner is elected in accordance with the terms of Section 11.1 or Section 11.2 (or if the Partnership is continued pursuant to Section 12.2 and the successor General Partner is not the former General Partner) and the option described in Section 11.3(a) is not exercised by the party entitled to do so, the successor General Partner shall, at the effective date of its admission to the Partnership, contribute to the Partnership cash in the amount equal to the product of (i) the quotient obtained by dividing (A) the Percentage Interest of the General Partner Interest of the Departing General Partner by (B) a percentage equal to 100% less the Percentage Interest of the General Partner Interest of the Departing General Partner and (ii) the Net Agreed Value of the Partnership’s assets on such date. In such event, such successor General Partner shall, subject to the following sentence, be entitled to its Percentage Interest of all Partnership allocations and distributions to which the Departing General Partner was entitled. In addition, the successor General Partner shall cause this Agreement to be amended to reflect that, from and after the date of such successor General Partner’s admission, the successor General Partner’s interest in all Partnership distributions and allocations shall be its Percentage Interest.

Section 11.4 Termination of Subordination Period, Conversion of Subordinated Units and Extinguishment of Cumulative Common Unit Arrearages . Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement, if the General Partner is removed as general partner of the Partnership under circumstances where Cause does not exist and no Units held by the General Partner and its Affiliates are voted in favor of such removal, (a) the Subordination Period will end and all Subordinated Units will immediately and automatically convert into Common Units on a one-for-one basis, (b) all Cumulative Common Unit Arrearages on the Common Units will be extinguished, (c) the General Partner will have the right to convert its General Partner Interest (represented by General Partner Units) and its Incentive Distribution Rights into Common Units or to receive cash in exchange therefor, as provided in Section 11.3 and (d) the other holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights will have the right to convert their Incentive Distribution Rights into Common Units or to receive cash in exchange therefor, as provided in Section 11.3 .

Section 11.5 Withdrawal of Limited Partners . No Limited Partner shall have any right to withdraw from the Partnership; provided, however , that when a transferee of a Limited Partner’s Limited Partner Interest becomes a Record Holder of the Limited Partner Interest so transferred, such transferring Limited Partner shall cease to be a Limited Partner with respect to the Limited Partner Interest so transferred.

ARTICLE XII

DISSOLUTION AND LIQUIDATION

Section 12.1 Dissolution . The Partnership shall not be dissolved by the admission of additional Limited Partners or by the admission of a successor or additional General Partner in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. Upon the removal or withdrawal of the General Partner, if a successor General Partner is elected pursuant to Section 11.1 or Section 11.2 , the Partnership shall not be dissolved and the Board of Directors shall continue the business of the Partnership. The Partnership shall dissolve, and (subject to Section 12.2 ) its affairs shall be wound up, upon:

(a) an election to dissolve the Partnership by the General Partner and our Board of Directors that is approved by the holders of a Unit Majority;

 

63


(b) at any time there are no Limited Partners, unless the Partnership is continued without dissolution in accordance with the Marshall Islands Act;

(c) the entry of a decree of judicial dissolution of the Partnership pursuant to the provisions of the Marshall Islands Act; or

(d) an Event of Withdrawal of the General Partner as provided in Section 11.1(a ) (other than Section 11.1(a)(ii) ), unless a successor is elected and an Opinion of Counsel is received as provided in Section 11.1(b) or Section 11.2 and such successor is admitted to the Partnership pursuant to Section 10.3 .

Section 12.2 Continuation of the Business of the Partnership After Dissolution . Upon (a) dissolution of the Partnership following an Event of Withdrawal caused by the withdrawal or removal of the General Partner as provided in Section 11.1(a)(i) or 11.1(a)(iii) and the failure of the Partners to select a successor to such Departing General Partner pursuant to Section 11.1 or Section 11.2 , then within 90 days thereafter, or (b) dissolution of the Partnership upon an event constituting an Event of Withdrawal as defined in Section 11.1(a)(iv) , 11.1(a)(v) or 11.1(a)(vi) , then, to the maximum extent permitted by the Marshall Islands Act, within 180 days thereafter, the holders of a Unit Majority may elect in writing to continue the business of the Partnership on the same terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement by appointing, effective as of the date of the Event of Withdrawal, as a successor General Partner a Person approved by the holders of a Unit Majority. Unless such an election is made within the applicable time period as set forth above, the Partnership shall dissolve and conduct only activities necessary to wind up its affairs. If such an election is so made, then:

(i) the Partnership shall continue without dissolution unless earlier dissolved in accordance with this Article XII ;

(ii) if the successor General Partner is not the former General Partner, then the interest of the former General Partner shall be treated in the manner provided in Section 11.3 ; and

(iii) the successor General Partner shall be admitted to the Partnership as General Partner, effective as of the Event of Withdrawal, by agreeing in writing to be bound by this Agreement; provided, however , that the right of the holders of a Unit Majority to approve a successor General Partner and to reconstitute and to continue the business of the Partnership shall not exist and may not be exercised unless the Partnership has received an Opinion of Counsel that the exercise of the right would not result in the loss of limited liability of any Limited Partner.

Section 12.3 Liquidating Trustee . Upon dissolution of the Partnership, unless the business of the Partnership is continued pursuant to Section 12.2 , the Board of Directors shall select one or more Persons to act as Liquidating Trustee. The Liquidating Trustee (if other than the General Partner) shall be entitled to receive such compensation for its services as may be

 

64


approved by holders of at least a majority of the Outstanding Common Units and Subordinated Units, voting as a single class. The Liquidating Trustee (if other than the General Partner) shall agree not to resign at any time without 15 days’ prior notice and may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by notice of removal approved by holders of at least a majority of the Outstanding Common Units and Subordinated Units, voting as a single class. Upon dissolution, removal or resignation of the Liquidating Trustee, a successor and substitute Liquidating Trustee (who shall have and succeed to all rights, powers and duties of the original Liquidating Trustee) shall within 30 days thereafter be approved by the holders of at least a majority of the Outstanding Common Units and Subordinated Units, voting as a single class. The right to approve a successor or substitute Liquidating Trustee in the manner provided herein shall be deemed to refer also to any such successor or substitute Liquidating Trustee approved in the manner herein provided. Except as expressly provided in this Article XII , the Liquidating Trustee approved in the manner provided herein shall have and may exercise, without further authorization or consent of any of the parties hereto, all of the powers conferred upon the Board of Directors and the General Partner under the terms of this Agreement (but subject to all of the applicable limitations, contractual and otherwise, upon the exercise of such powers, other than the limitation on sale set forth in Section 7.11(b) ) necessary or appropriate to carry out the duties and functions of the Liquidating Trustee hereunder for and during the period of time required to complete the winding up and liquidation of the Partnership as provided for herein.

Section 12.4 Liquidation . The Liquidating Trustee shall proceed to dispose of the assets of the Partnership, discharge its liabilities, and otherwise wind up its affairs in such manner and over such period as determined by the Liquidating Trustee, subject to the Marshall Islands Act and the following:

(a) The assets may be disposed of by public or private sale or by distribution in kind to one or more Partners on such terms as the Liquidating Trustee and such Partner or Partners may agree. If any property is distributed in kind, the Partner receiving the property shall be deemed for purposes of Section 12.4(c) to have received cash equal to its fair market value, and contemporaneously therewith, appropriate cash distributions must be made to the other Partners. The Liquidating Trustee may defer liquidation or distribution of the Partnership’s assets for a reasonable time if it determines that an immediate sale or distribution of all or some of the Partnership’s assets would be impractical or would cause undue loss to the Partners. The Liquidating Trustee may distribute the Partnership’s assets, in whole or in part, in kind if it determines that a sale would be impractical or would cause undue loss to the Partners.

(b) The Liquidating Trustee shall first satisfy the liabilities of the Partnership. Liabilities of the Partnership include amounts owed to the Liquidating Trustee as compensation for serving in such capacity (subject to the terms of Section 12.3 ) and amounts to Partners otherwise than in respect of their distribution rights under Article VI . With respect to any liability that is contingent, conditional or unmatured or is otherwise not yet due and payable, the Liquidating Trustee shall either settle such claim for such amount as it deems appropriate or establish a reserve of cash or other assets to provide for its payment. When paid, any unused portion of the reserve shall be distributed as additional liquidation proceeds.

 

65


(c) All property and all cash in excess of that required to discharge liabilities as provided in this Section 12.4 shall be distributed as follows:

(i) If the Current Market Price of the Common Units as of the date three trading days prior to the announcement of the proposed liquidation exceeds the Unrecovered Capital for a Common Unit plus the Cumulative Common Unit Arrearage:

(A) First, (x) to the General Partner in accordance with its Percentage Interest and (y) to all the Unitholders holding Common Units, Pro Rata, a percentage equal to 100% less the General Partner’s Percentage Interest, until there has been distributed in respect of each Common Unit then Outstanding an amount equal to such Current Market Price of a Common Unit;

(B) Second (x) to the General Partner in accordance with its Percentage Interest and (y) to all Unitholders holding Subordinated Units, Pro Rata, a percentage equal to 100% less the General Partner’s Percentage Interest, until there has been distributed in respect of each Subordinated Unit then Outstanding an amount equal to such Current Market Price of a Common Unit; and

(C) Thereafter (x) to the General Partner in accordance with its Percentage Interest; (y) 48% to the holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights, Pro Rata; and (z) to all Unitholders, Pro Rata, a percentage equal to 100% less the sum of the percentages applicable to subclauses (x) and (y)  of this clause (i)(C) ;

(ii) If the Current Market Price of the Common Units as of the date three trading days prior to the announcement of the proposed liquidation is equal to or less than the Unrecovered Capital for a Common Unit plus the Cumulative Common Unit Arrearage:

(A) First, (x) to the General Partner in accordance with its Percentage Interest and (y) to all the Unitholders holding Common Units, Pro Rata, a percentage equal to 100% less the General Partner’s Percentage Interest, until there has been distributed in respect of each Common Unit then Outstanding an amount equal to the Unrecovered Capital for a Common Unit;

(B) Second, (x) to the General Partner in accordance with its Percentage Interest and (y) to all Unitholders holding Common Units, Pro Rata, a percentage equal to 100% less the General Partner’s Percentage Interest, until there has been distributed in respect of each Common Unit then Outstanding an amount equal to the Cumulative Common Unit Arrearage;

 

66


(C) Third, (x) to the General Partner in accordance with its Percentage Interest and (y) to all Unitholders holding Subordinated Units, Pro Rata, a percentage equal to 100% less the General Partner’s Percentage Interest, until there has been distributed in respect of each Subordinated Unit then Outstanding an amount equal to the Unrecovered Capital for a Common Unit (as calculated prior to the distribution specified in clause (ii)(A) above); and

(D) Thereafter, (x) to the General Partner in accordance with its Percentage Interest; (y) 48% to the holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights, Pro Rata; and (z) to all Unitholders, Pro Rata, a percentage equal to 100% less the sum of the percentages applicable to subclauses (x) and (y)  of this clause (ii)(D) ;

Section 12.5 Cancellation of Certificate of Limited Partnership . Upon the completion of the distribution of Partnership cash and property as provided in Section 12.4 in connection with the liquidation of the Partnership, the Certificate of Limited Partnership and all qualifications of the Partnership as a foreign limited partnership in jurisdictions other than the Marshall Islands shall be canceled and such other actions as may be necessary to terminate the Partnership shall be taken.

Section 12.6 Return of Contributions . The General Partner shall not be personally liable for, and shall have no obligation to contribute or loan any monies or property to the Partnership to enable it to effectuate, the return of the Capital Contributions of the Limited Partners or Unitholders, or any portion thereof, it being expressly understood that any such return shall be made solely from Partnership assets.

Section 12.7 Waiver of Partition . To the maximum extent permitted by law, each Partner hereby waives any right to partition of the Partnership property.

ARTICLE XIII

AMENDMENT OF PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT; MEETINGS; RECORD DATE

Section 13.1 Amendments to be Adopted Without Approval of the Limited Partners or the General Partner . The General Partner and each Limited Partner agree that the Board of Directors, without the approval of any Limited Partner or, subject to Section 5.5 , the General Partner, may amend any provision of this Agreement and execute, swear to, acknowledge, deliver, file and record whatever documents may be required in connection therewith, to reflect:

(a) a change in the name of the Partnership, the location of the principal place of business of the Partnership, the registered agent of the Partnership or the registered office of the Partnership;

(b) admission, substitution, withdrawal or removal of Partners in accordance with this Agreement;

 

67


(c) a change that the Board of Directors determines to be necessary or appropriate to qualify or continue the qualification of the Partnership as a limited partnership or a partnership in which the Limited Partners have limited liability under the Marshall Islands Act;

(d) a change that the Board of Directors determines (i) does not adversely affect the Limited Partners (including any particular class of Partnership Interests as compared to other classes of Partnership Interests) in any material respect, (ii) to be necessary or appropriate to (A) satisfy any requirements, conditions or guidelines contained in any opinion, directive, order, ruling or regulation of any Marshall Islands authority (including the Marshall Islands Act) or (B) facilitate the trading of the Units or comply with any rule, regulation, guideline or requirement of any National Securities Exchange on which the Units are or will be listed, or admitted to trading, (iii) to be necessary or appropriate in connection with action taken by the Board of Directors pursuant to Section 5.8 or (iv) is required to effect the intent expressed in the Registration Statement or the intent of the provisions of this Agreement or is otherwise contemplated by this Agreement;

(e) a change in the fiscal year or taxable year of the Partnership and any other changes that the Board of Directors determines to be necessary or appropriate as a result of a change in the fiscal year or taxable year of the Partnership including, if the Board of Directors shall so determine, a change in the definition of “Quarter” and the dates on which distributions are to be made by the Partnership;

(f) an amendment that is necessary, in the Opinion of Counsel, to prevent the Partnership, the members of the Board of Directors, or the General Partner or its or their directors, officers, trustees or agents from in any manner being subjected to the provisions of the U.S. Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, the U.S. Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, or “plan asset” regulations adopted under the U.S. Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, regardless of whether such regulations are substantially similar to plan asset regulations currently applied or proposed by the United States Department of Labor;

(g) an amendment that the Board of Directors, and if required by Section 5.5 , the General Partner, determines to be necessary or appropriate in connection with the authorization of issuance of any class or series of Partnership Interests pursuant to Section 5.4 ;

(h) an amendment that the Board of Directors determines to be necessary or appropriate for the authorization of additional Partnership Interests or rights to acquire Partnership Interests, including any amendment that the Board of Directors determines is necessary or appropriate in connection with:

(i) the adjustments of the Minimum Quarterly Distribution, First Target Distribution, Second Target Distribution and Third Target Distribution in connection with the IDR Reset Election in accordance with Section 5.10 ;

 

68


(ii) the implementation of the provisions relating to KNOT’s right to reset its Incentive Distribution Rights in exchange for Common Units;

(iii) any modification of the Incentive Distribution Rights made in connection with the issuance of additional Partnership Interests or rights to acquire Partnership Interests, provided , that, with respect to this clause (iii) , any such modifications to the Incentive Distribution Rights and the related issuance of Partnership Interests have received Special Approval; or

(iv) any amendment expressly permitted in this Agreement to be made by the Board of Directors acting alone;

(i) an amendment effected, necessitated or contemplated by a Merger Agreement approved in accordance with Section 14.3 ;

(j) an amendment that the Board of Directors determines to be necessary or appropriate to reflect and account for the formation by the Partnership of, or investment by the Partnership in, any corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or other Person, in connection with the conduct by the Partnership of activities permitted by the terms of Section 2.4 ;

(k) a conversion, merger or conveyance pursuant to Section 14.3(d) ; or

(l) any other amendments substantially similar to the foregoing.

Section 13.2 Amendment Procedures . Except as provided in Section 13.1 and Section 13.3 , all amendments to this Agreement shall be made in accordance with the following requirements. Amendments to this Agreement may be proposed only by, or with the written consent of, the Board of Directors; provided, however , that the Board of Directors shall have no duty or obligation to propose any amendment to this Agreement and may decline to do so free of any fiduciary duty or obligation whatsoever to the Partnership or any Limited Partner, any Record Holder or any other Person and, in declining to propose an amendment, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law shall not be required to act in good faith or pursuant to any other standard imposed by this Agreement, any Group Member Agreement, any other agreement contemplated hereby or under the Marshall Islands Act or any other law, rule or regulation. A proposed amendment shall be effective upon its approval by the Board of Directors and, if applicable, the holders of a Unit Majority, unless a greater or different percentage is required under this Agreement or by the Marshall Islands Act. Each proposed amendment that requires the approval of the holders of a specified percentage of Outstanding Units shall be set forth in a writing that contains the text of the proposed amendment. If such an amendment is proposed, the Board of Directors shall seek the written approval of the requisite percentage of Outstanding Units or call a meeting of the Unitholders to consider and vote on such proposed amendment. The Board of Directors shall notify all Record Holders upon final adoption of any such proposed amendments.

 

69


Section 13.3 Amendment Requirements .

(a) Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 13.1 and Section 13.2 , no provision of this Agreement that establishes a percentage of Outstanding Units (including Units deemed owned by the General Partner and its Affiliates) required to take any action shall be amended, altered, changed, repealed or rescinded in any respect that would have the effect of (i) in the case of any provision of this Agreement other than Section 11.2 or Section 13.4 , reducing such percentage or (ii) in the case of Section 11.2 or Section 13.4 , increasing such percentage, unless such amendment is approved by the written consent or the affirmative vote of holders of Outstanding Units whose aggregate Outstanding Units constitute not less than the voting requirement sought to be reduced.

(b) Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 13.1 and Section 13.2, no amendment to this Agreement may (i) enlarge the obligations of any Limited Partner without its consent, unless such enlargement shall be deemed to have occurred as a result of an amendment approved pursuant to Section 13.3(c) or (ii) enlarge the obligations of, restrict in any way any action by or rights of, or reduce in any way the amounts distributable, reimbursable or otherwise payable to, the General Partner or any of its Affiliates without its consent, which consent may be given or withheld at the General Partner’s option.

(c) Except as provided in Section 14.3 , and without limitation of the Board of Directors’ authority to adopt amendments to this Agreement without the approval of any Partners as contemplated in Section 13.1 , any amendment that would have a material adverse effect on the rights or preferences of any class of Partnership Interests in relation to other classes of Partnership Interests must be approved by the holders of not less than a majority of the Outstanding Partnership Interests of the class affected. If the General Partner determines an amendment does not satisfy the requirements of Section 13.1(d)(i) because it adversely affects one or more classes of Partnership Interests, as compared to other classes of Partnership Interests, in any material respect, such amendment shall only be required to be approved by the adversely affected class or classes.

(d) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, except for amendments pursuant to Section 13.1 and except as otherwise provided by Section 14.3(b) , no amendments shall become effective without the approval of the holders of at least 90% of the Outstanding Units voting as a single class unless the Partnership obtains an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that such amendment will not affect the limited liability of any Limited Partner under applicable law.

(e) Except as provided in Section 13.1 , this Section 13.3 shall only be amended with the approval of the holders of at least 90% of the Outstanding Units.

Section 13.4 Special Meetings . All acts of Limited Partners to be taken pursuant to this Agreement shall be taken in the manner provided in this Article XIII . Special meetings of the Limited Partners may be called by the General Partner, the Board of Directors or by Limited Partners owning 20% or more of the Outstanding Units of the class or classes for which a meeting is proposed. Limited Partners shall call a special meeting by delivering to the Board of Directors one or more requests in writing stating that the signing Limited Partners wish to call a

 

70


special meeting and indicating the general or specific purposes for which the special meeting is to be called, it being understood that the purposes of such special meeting may only be to vote on matters that require the vote of the Unitholders pursuant to this Agreement. Within 60 days after receipt of such a call from Limited Partners or within such greater time as may be reasonably necessary for the Partnership to comply with any statutes, rules, regulations, listing agreements or similar requirements governing the holding of a meeting or the solicitation of proxies for use at such a meeting, the Board of Directors shall send a notice of the meeting to the Limited Partners either directly or indirectly through the Transfer Agent. A meeting shall be held at a time and place determined by the Board of Directors on a date not less than 10 days nor more than 60 days after the mailing of notice of the meeting. Limited Partners shall not vote on matters that would cause the Limited Partners to be deemed to be taking part in the management and control of the business and affairs of the Partnership so as to jeopardize the Limited Partners’ limited liability under the Marshall Islands Act or the law of any other jurisdiction in which the Partnership is qualified to do business.

Section 13.5 Notice of a Meeting . Notice of a meeting called pursuant to Section 13.4 shall be given to the Record Holders of the class or classes of Units for which a meeting is proposed in writing by mail or other means of written communication in accordance with Section 16.1 at least 10 days in advance of such meeting. The notice shall be deemed to have been given at the time when deposited in the mail or sent by other means of written communication.

Section 13.6 Record Date . For purposes of determining the Limited Partners entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of the Limited Partners or to give approvals without a meeting as provided in Section 13.11 , the Board of Directors may set a Record Date, which shall not be less than 10 nor more than 60 days before (a) the date of the meeting (unless such requirement conflicts with any rule, regulation, guideline or requirement of any National Securities Exchange on which the Units are listed or admitted to trading, in which case the rule, regulation, guideline or requirement of such National Securities Exchange shall govern) or (b) in the event that approvals are sought without a meeting, the date by which Limited Partners are requested in writing by the Board of Directors to give such approvals. If the Board of Directors does not set a Record Date, then (a) the Record Date for determining the Limited Partners entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of the Limited Partners shall be the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, and (b) the Record Date for determining the Limited Partners entitled to give approvals without a meeting shall be the date the first written approval is deposited with the Partnership in care of the Board of Directors in accordance with Section 13.11 .

Section 13.7 Adjournment . When a meeting is adjourned to another time or place, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting and a new Record Date need not be fixed, if the time and place thereof are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken, unless such adjournment shall be for more than 45 days. At the adjourned meeting, the Partnership may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than 45 days or if a new Record Date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given in accordance with this Article XIII .

 

71


Section 13.8 Waiver of Notice; Approval of Meeting; Approval of Minutes . The transactions of any meeting of Limited Partners, however called and noticed, and whenever held, shall be as valid as if it had occurred at a meeting duly held after regular call and notice, if a quorum is present either in person or by proxy. Attendance of a Limited Partner at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of the meeting, except when the Limited Partner attends the meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened; and except that attendance at a meeting is not a waiver of any right to disapprove the consideration of matters required to be included in the notice of the meeting, but not so included, if the disapproval is expressly made at the meeting.

Section 13.9 Quorum and Voting . The holders of 33  1 3 % of the Outstanding Units of the class or classes for which a meeting has been called (including Outstanding Units deemed owned by the General Partner and its Affiliates) represented in person or by proxy shall constitute a quorum at a meeting of Limited Partners of such class or classes unless any such action by the Limited Partners requires approval by holders of a greater percentage of such Units, in which case the quorum shall be such greater percentage. At any meeting of the Limited Partners duly called and held in accordance with this Agreement at which a quorum is present, the act of Limited Partners holding Outstanding Units that in the aggregate represent a majority of the Outstanding Units entitled to vote and present in person or by proxy at such meeting shall be deemed to constitute the act of all Limited Partners, unless a greater or different percentage is required with respect to such action under the provisions of this Agreement, in which case the act of the Limited Partners holding Outstanding Units that in the aggregate represent at least such greater or different percentage shall be required. The Limited Partners present at a duly called or held meeting at which a quorum is present may continue to transact business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough Limited Partners to leave less than a quorum, if any action taken (other than adjournment) is approved by the required percentage of Outstanding Units specified in this Agreement (including Outstanding Units deemed owned by the General Partner and its Affiliates). In the absence of a quorum, any meeting of Limited Partners may be adjourned from time to time by the affirmative vote of holders of at least a majority of the Outstanding Units entitled to vote at such meeting (including Outstanding Units deemed owned by the General Partner and its Affiliates) and represented either in person or by proxy, but no other business may be transacted, except as provided in Section 13.7 .

Section 13.10 Conduct of a Meeting . The Board of Directors shall have full power and authority concerning the manner of conducting any meeting of the Limited Partners or solicitation of approvals in writing, including the determination of Persons entitled to vote, the existence of a quorum, the satisfaction of the requirements of Section 13.4 , the conduct of voting, the validity and effect of any proxies and the determination of any controversies, votes or challenges arising in connection with or during the meeting or voting. The Chairman of the Board of Directors shall serve as chairman of any meeting and shall further designate a Person to take the minutes of any meeting. All minutes shall be kept with the records of the Partnership maintained by the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may make such other regulations consistent with applicable law and this Agreement as it may deem advisable concerning the conduct of any meeting of the Limited Partners or solicitation of approvals in writing, including regulations in regard to the appointment of proxies, the appointment and duties of inspectors of votes and approvals, the submission and examination of proxies and other evidence of the right to vote, and the revocation of approvals in writing.

 

72


Section 13.11 Action Without a Meeting . If authorized by the Board of Directors, any action that may be taken at a meeting of the Limited Partners may be taken without a meeting if an approval in writing setting forth the action so taken is signed by Limited Partners owning not less than the minimum percentage of the Outstanding Units (including Units deemed owned by the General Partner and its Affiliates) that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all the Limited Partners were present and voted (unless such provision conflicts with any rule, regulation, guideline or requirement of any National Securities Exchange on which the Units are listed or admitted to trading, in which case the rule, regulation, guideline or requirement of such National Securities Exchange shall govern). Prompt notice of the taking of action without a meeting shall be given to the Limited Partners who have not approved the action in writing. The Board of Directors may specify that any written ballot submitted to Limited Partners for the purpose of taking any action without a meeting shall be returned to the Partnership within the time period, which shall be not less than 20 days, specified by the Board of Directors. If a ballot returned to the Partnership does not vote all of the Units held by the Limited Partners, the Partnership shall be deemed to have failed to receive a ballot for the Units that were not voted. If approval of the taking of any action by the Limited Partners is solicited by any Person other than by or on behalf of the Board of Directors, the written approvals shall have no force and effect unless and until (a) they are deposited with the Partnership in care of the Board of Directors, (b) approvals sufficient to take the action proposed are dated as of a date not more than 90 days prior to the date sufficient approvals are deposited with the Partnership and (c) an Opinion of Counsel is delivered to the Board of Directors to the effect that the exercise of such right and the action proposed to be taken with respect to any particular matter (i) will not cause the Limited Partners to be deemed to be taking part in the management and control of the business and affairs of the Partnership so as to jeopardize the Limited Partners’ limited liability, and (ii) is otherwise permissible under the applicable statutes then governing the rights, duties and liabilities of the Partnership and the Partners.

Section 13.12 Right to Vote and Related Matters .

(a) Only those Record Holders of the Units on the Record Date set pursuant to Section 13.6 (and also subject to the limitations contained in the definition of “Outstanding”) shall be entitled to notice of, and to vote at, a meeting of Limited Partners or to act with respect to matters as to which the holders of the Outstanding Units have the right to vote or to act. All references in this Agreement to votes of, or other acts that may be taken by, the Outstanding Units shall be deemed to be references to the votes or acts of the Record Holders of such Outstanding Units.

(b) With respect to Units that are held for a Person’s account by another Person (such as a broker, dealer, bank, trust company or clearing corporation, or an agent of any of the foregoing), in whose name such Units are registered, such other Person shall, in exercising the voting rights in respect of such Units on any matter, and unless the arrangement between such Persons provides otherwise, vote such Units in favor of, and at the direction of, the Person who is the beneficial owner, and the Partnership shall be entitled to assume it is so acting without further inquiry. The provisions of this Section 13.12(b) (as well as all other provisions of this Agreement) are subject to the provisions of Section 4.3 .

 

73


ARTICLE XIV

MERGER, CONSOLIDATION OR CONVERSION

Section 14.1 Authority . The Partnership may merge or consolidate with or into one or more corporations, limited liability companies, statutory trusts or associations, real estate investment trusts, common law trusts or unincorporated businesses, including a partnership (whether general or limited (including a limited liability partnership)) or convert into any such entity, pursuant to a written agreement of merger or consolidation (“ Merger Agreement ”) or a written plan of conversion (“ Plan of Conversion ”), as the case may be, in accordance with this Article XIV .

Section 14.2 Procedure for Merger, Consolidation or Conversion .

(a) Merger, consolidation or conversion of the Partnership pursuant to this Article XIV requires the approval of the Board of Directors and the prior consent of the General Partner; provided, however , that, to the fullest extent permitted by law, neither the Board of Directors nor the General Partner shall have a duty or obligation to consent to any merger, consolidation or conversion of the Partnership and may decline to do so free of any fiduciary duty or obligation whatsoever to the Partnership or any Limited Partner and, in declining to consent to a merger, consolidation or conversion, shall not be required to act in good faith or pursuant to any other standard imposed by this Agreement, any Group Member Agreement, any other agreement contemplated hereby or under the Marshall Islands Act or any other law, rule or regulation or at equity.

(b) If the Board of Directors and the General Partner shall determine to consent to the merger, consolidation or conversion, the Board of Directors and the General Partner shall approve the Merger Agreement, which shall set forth:

(i) the names and jurisdictions of formation or organization of each of the business entities proposing to merge or consolidate;

(ii) the name and jurisdiction of formation or organization of the business entity that is to survive the proposed merger or consolidation (the “ Surviving Business Entity ”);

(iii) the terms and conditions of the proposed merger or consolidation;

(iv) the manner and basis of exchanging or converting the equity securities of each constituent business entity for, or into, cash, property or interests, rights, securities or obligations of the Surviving Business Entity; and (A) if any interests, securities or rights of any constituent business entity are not to be exchanged or converted solely for, or into, cash, property or interests, rights, securities or obligations of the Surviving Business Entity, the cash, property or interests, rights, securities

 

74


or obligations of any general or limited partnership, corporation, trust, limited liability company, unincorporated business or other Person (other than the Surviving Business Entity) which the holders of such interests, securities or rights are to receive in exchange for, or upon conversion of their interests, securities or rights, and (B) in the case of securities represented by certificates, upon the surrender of such certificates, which cash, property or interests, rights, securities or obligations of the Surviving Business Entity or any general or limited partnership, corporation, trust, limited liability company, unincorporated business or other Person (other than the Surviving Business Entity), or evidences thereof, are to be delivered;

(v) a statement of any changes in the constituent documents or the adoption of new constituent documents (the articles or certificate of incorporation, articles of trust, declaration of trust, certificate or agreement of limited partnership or other similar charter or governing document) of the Surviving Business Entity to be effected by such merger or consolidation;

(vi) the effective time of the merger, which may be the date of the filing of the certificate of merger pursuant to Section 14.4 or a later date specified in or determinable in accordance with the Merger Agreement ( provided , that if the effective time of the merger is to be later than the date of the filing of such certificate of merger, the effective time shall be fixed at a date or time certain at or prior to the time of the filing of such certificate of merger and stated therein); and

(vii) such other provisions with respect to the proposed merger or consolidation that the Board of Directors and the General Partner determine to be necessary or appropriate.

(c) If the Board of Directors and the General Partner shall determine to consent to the conversion the Board of Directors and the General Partner shall approve the Plan of Conversion, which shall set forth:

(i) the name of the converting entity and the converted entity;

(ii) a statement that the Partnership is continuing its existence in the organizational form of the converted entity;

(iii) a statement as to the type of entity that the converted entity is to be and the state or country under the laws of which the converted entity is to be incorporated, formed or organized;

(iv) the manner and basis of exchanging or converting the equity securities of each constituent business entity for, or into, cash, property or interests, rights, securities or obligations of the converted entity or another entity, or for the cancellation of such equity securities;

 

75


(v) in an attachment or exhibit, the certificate of limited partnership of the Partnership;

(vi) in an attachment or exhibit, the certificate of limited partnership, certificate of formation, articles of incorporation, or other organizational documents of the converted entity;

(vii) the effective time of the conversion, which may be the date of the filing of the articles of conversion or a later date specified in or determinable in accordance with the Plan of Conversion ( provided , that if the effective time of the conversion is to be later than the date of the filing of such articles of conversion, the effective time shall be fixed at a date or time certain and stated in such articles of conversion); and

(viii) such other provisions with respect to the proposed conversion the Board of Directors and the General Partner determines to be necessary or appropriate.

Section 14.3 Approval by Limited Partners of Merger, Consolidation or Conversion .

(a) Except as provided in Section 14.3(d) and 14.3(e) , the Board of Directors, upon its and the General Partner’s approval of the Merger Agreement or the Plan of Conversion, as the case may be, shall direct that the Merger Agreement or the Plan of Conversion and the merger, consolidation or conversion contemplated thereby, as applicable, be submitted to a vote of Limited Partners, whether at a special meeting or by written consent, in either case in accordance with the requirements of Article XIII . A copy or a summary of the Merger Agreement or the Plan of Conversion, as the case may be, shall be included in or enclosed with the notice of a special meeting or the written consent.

(b) Except as provided in Section 14.3(d) and 14.3(e) , the Merger Agreement or Plan of Conversion, as the case may be, shall be approved upon receiving the affirmative vote or consent of the holders of a Unit Majority.

(c) Except as provided in Section 14.3(d) and 14.3(e) , after such approval by vote or consent of the Limited Partners, and at any time prior to the filing of the certificate of merger or certificate of conversion pursuant to Section 14.4 , the merger, consolidation or conversion may be abandoned pursuant to provisions therefor, if any, set forth in the Merger Agreement or Plan of Conversion, as the case may be.

(d) Notwithstanding anything else contained in this Article XIV or in this Agreement, the Board of Directors is permitted, without Limited Partner approval, to convert the Partnership or any Group Member into a new limited liability entity, to merge the Partnership or any Group Member into, or convey all of the Partnership’s assets to, another limited liability entity which shall be newly formed and shall have no assets, liabilities or operations at the time of such conversion, merger or conveyance other than those it receives from the Partnership or other Group Member if (i) the Board of Directors has received an Opinion of Counsel that the conversion, merger or conveyance, as the case may be, would not result in the loss of the limited liability of any Limited Partner, (ii) the sole purpose of such conversion, merger or conveyance

 

76


is to effect a mere change in the legal form of the Partnership into another limited liability entity and (iii) the governing instruments of the new entity provide the Limited Partners, the General Partner and the Board of Directors with the same rights and obligations as are herein contained.

(e) Additionally, notwithstanding anything else contained in this Article XIV or in this Agreement, the Board of Directors, with the prior consent of the General Partner, is permitted, without Limited Partner approval, to merge or consolidate the Partnership with or into another entity if (i) the Board of Directors has received an Opinion of Counsel that the merger or consolidation, as the case may be, would not result in the loss of the limited liability of any Limited Partner, (ii) the merger or consolidation would not result in an amendment to this Agreement, other than any amendments that could be adopted pursuant to Section 13.1 , (iii) the Partnership is the Surviving Business Entity in such merger or consolidation, (iv) each Unit outstanding immediately prior to the effective date of the merger or consolidation is to be an identical Unit of the Partnership after the effective date of the merger or consolidation, and (v) the number of Partnership Interests to be issued by the Partnership in such merger or consolidation does not exceed 20% of the Partnership Interests Outstanding immediately prior to the effective date of such merger or consolidation.

Section 14.4 Certificate of Merger or Conversion . Upon the required approval by the Board of Directors, the General Partner and the Unitholders of a Merger Agreement or Plan of Conversion, as the case may be, a certificate of merger or conversion, as applicable, shall be executed and filed in conformity with the requirements of the Marshall Islands Act.

Section 14.5 Amendment of Partnership Agreement . Pursuant to Section 20(2) of the Marshall Islands Act, an agreement of merger or consolidation approved in accordance with Section 20(2) of the Marshall Islands Act may (a) effect any amendment to this Agreement or (b) effect the adoption of a new partnership agreement for a limited partnership if it is the Surviving Business Entity. Any such amendment or adoption made pursuant to this Section 14.5 shall be effective at the effective time or date of the merger or consolidation.

Section 14.6 Effect of Merger, Consolidation or Conversion .

(a) At the effective time of the certificate of merger:

(i) all of the rights, privileges and powers of each of the business entities that has merged or consolidated, and all property, real, personal and mixed, and all debts due to any of those business entities and all other things and causes of action belonging to each of those business entities, shall be vested in the Surviving Business Entity and after the merger or consolidation shall be the property of the Surviving Business Entity to the extent they were of each constituent business entity;

(ii) the title to any real property vested by deed or otherwise in any of those constituent business entities shall not revert and is not in any way impaired because of the merger or consolidation;

 

77


(iii) all rights of creditors and all liens on or security interests in property of any of those constituent business entities shall be preserved unimpaired; and

(iv) all debts, liabilities and duties of those constituent business entities shall attach to the Surviving Business Entity and may be enforced against it to the same extent as if the debts, liabilities and duties had been incurred or contracted by it.

(b) At the effective time of the certificate of conversion, for all purposes of the laws of the Marshall Islands:

(i) the Partnership shall continue to exist, without interruption, but in the organizational form of the converted entity rather than in its prior organizational form;

(ii) all rights, title, and interests to all real estate and other property owned by the Partnership shall remain vested in the converted entity in its new organizational form without reversion or impairment, without further act or deed, and without any transfer or assignment having occurred, but subject to any existing liens or other encumbrances thereon;

(iii) all liabilities and obligations of the Partnership shall continue to be liabilities and obligations of the converted entity in its new organizational form without impairment or diminution by reason of the conversion;

(iv) all rights of creditors or other parties with respect to or against the prior interest holders or other owners of the Partnership in their capacities as such in existence as of the effective time of the conversion will continue in existence as to those liabilities and obligations and are enforceable against the converted entity by such creditors and obligees to the same extent as if the liabilities and obligations had originally been incurred or contracted by the converted entity; and

(v) the Partnership Interests that are to be converted into partnership interests, shares, evidences of ownership, or other rights or securities in the converted entity or cash as provided in the Plan of Conversion shall be so converted, and Partners shall be entitled only to the rights provided in the Plan of Conversion.

ARTICLE XV

RIGHT TO ACQUIRE LIMITED PARTNER INTERESTS

Section 15.1 Right to Acquire Limited Partner Interests .

(a) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, if at any time from and after the Closing Date the General Partner and its Affiliates hold more than 80% of the

 

78


total Limited Partner Interests of any class then Outstanding, the General Partner shall then have the right, which right it may assign and transfer in whole or in part to the Partnership or any Affiliate of the General Partner, exercisable at its option, to purchase all, but not less than all, of such Limited Partner Interests of such class then Outstanding held by Persons other than the General Partner and its Affiliates, at the greater of (x) the Current Market Price as of the date three days prior to the date that the notice described in Section 15.1(b) is mailed and (y) the highest price paid by the General Partner or any of its Affiliates for any such Limited Partner Interest of such class purchased during the 90-day period preceding the date that the notice described in Section 15.1(b) is mailed.

(b) If the General Partner, any Affiliate of the General Partner or the Partnership elects to exercise the right to purchase Limited Partner Interests granted pursuant to Section 15.1(a) , the General Partner shall deliver to the Transfer Agent notice of such election to purchase (the “ Notice of Election to Purchase ”) and shall cause the Transfer Agent to mail a copy of such Notice of Election to Purchase to the Record Holders of Limited Partner Interests of such class or classes (as of a Record Date selected by the General Partner) at least 10, but not more than 60, days prior to the Purchase Date. Such Notice of Election to Purchase shall also be published for a period of at least three consecutive days in at least two daily newspapers of general circulation printed in the English language and published in the Borough of Manhattan, New York. The Notice of Election to Purchase shall specify the Purchase Date and the price (determined in accordance with Section 15.1(a) ) at which Limited Partner Interests will be purchased and state that the General Partner, its Affiliate or the Partnership, as the case may be, elects to purchase such Limited Partner Interests, upon surrender of Certificates representing such Limited Partner Interests, if any, in exchange for payment, at such office or offices of the Transfer Agent as the Transfer Agent may specify, or as may be required by any National Securities Exchange on which such Limited Partner Interests are listed. Any such Notice of Election to Purchase mailed to a Record Holder of Limited Partner Interests at his address as reflected in the records of the Transfer Agent shall be conclusively presumed to have been given regardless of whether the owner receives such notice. On or prior to the Purchase Date, the General Partner, its Affiliate or the Partnership, as the case may be, shall deposit with the Transfer Agent cash in an amount sufficient to pay the aggregate purchase price of all of such Limited Partner Interests to be purchased in accordance with this Section 15.1 . If the Notice of Election to Purchase shall have been duly given as aforesaid at least 10 days prior to the Purchase Date, and if on or prior to the Purchase Date the deposit described in the preceding sentence has been made for the benefit of the holders of Limited Partner Interests subject to purchase as provided herein, then from and after the Purchase Date to the extent Certificates for the Limited Partner Interests are outstanding, notwithstanding that any Certificate shall not have been surrendered for purchase, all rights of the holders of such Limited Partner Interests (including any rights pursuant to Articles IV , V , VI and XII ) shall thereupon cease, except the right to receive the applicable purchase price (determined in accordance with Section 15.1(a) ) for Limited Partner Interests therefor, without interest, upon surrender to the Transfer Agent of the Certificates representing such Limited Partner Interests, and such Limited Partner Interests shall thereupon be deemed to be transferred to the General Partner, its Affiliate or the Partnership, as the case may be, on the record books of the Transfer Agent and the Partnership, and the General Partner or any Affiliate of the General Partner, or the Partnership, as the case may be, shall be deemed to be the owner of all such Limited Partner Interests from and after the Purchase Date and shall have all rights as the owner of such Limited Partner Interests (including all rights as owner of such Limited Partner Interests pursuant to Articles IV , V , VI and XII ).

(c) At any time from and after the Purchase Date, a holder of an Outstanding Limited Partner Interest subject to purchase as provided in this Section 15.1 may surrender his Certificate evidencing such Limited Partner Interest to the Transfer Agent in exchange for payment of the amount described in Section 15.1(a) , without interest thereon.

 

79


ARTICLE XVI

GENERAL PROVISIONS

Section 16.1 Addresses and Notices .

(a) Any notice, demand, request, report or proxy materials required or permitted to be given or made to a Partner under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed given or made when delivered in person or when sent by first class United States mail or by other means of written communication to the Partner at the address described below. Any notice, payment or report to be given or made to a Partner hereunder shall be deemed conclusively to have been given or made, and the obligation to give such notice or report or to make such payment shall be deemed conclusively to have been fully satisfied, upon sending of such notice, payment or report to the Record Holder of such Partnership Interests at his address as shown on the records of the Transfer Agent or as otherwise shown on the records of the Partnership, regardless of any claim of any Person who may have an interest in such Partnership Interests by reason of any assignment or otherwise. An affidavit or certificate of making of any notice, payment or report in accordance with the provisions of this Section 16.1 executed by a member of the Board of Directors, the General Partner, the Transfer Agent or the mailing organization shall be prima facie evidence of the giving or making of such notice, payment or report. If any notice, payment or report addressed to a Record Holder at the address of such Record Holder appearing on the books and records of the Transfer Agent or the Partnership is returned by the United States Postal Service marked to indicate that the United States Postal Service is unable to deliver it, such notice, payment or report and any subsequent notices, payments and reports shall be deemed to have been duly given or made without further mailing (until such time as such Record Holder or another Person notifies the Transfer Agent or the Partnership of a change in his address) if they are available for the Partner at the principal office of the Partnership for a period of one year from the date of the giving or making of such notice, payment or report to the other Partners. Any notice to the Partnership shall be deemed given if received by the General Partner or the Board of Directors at the principal office of the Partnership designated pursuant to Section 2.3 . The General Partner and the Board of Directors may rely and shall be protected in relying on any notice or other document from a Partner or other Person if believed by it to be genuine.

(b) The terms “in writing,” “written communications,” “written notice” and words of similar import shall be deemed satisfied under this Agreement by use of e-mail and other forms of electronic communication.

 

80


Section 16.2 Further Action . The parties shall execute and deliver all documents, provide all information and take or refrain from taking action as may be necessary or appropriate to achieve the purposes of this Agreement.

Section 16.3 Binding Effect . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors, legal representatives and permitted assigns.

Section 16.4 Integration . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement among the parties hereto pertaining to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings pertaining thereto.

Section 16.5 Creditors . None of the provisions of this Agreement shall be for the benefit of, or shall be enforceable by, any creditor of the Partnership.

Section 16.6 Waiver . No failure by any party to insist upon the strict performance of any covenant, duty, agreement or condition of this Agreement or to exercise any right or remedy consequent upon a breach thereof shall constitute waiver of any such breach of any other covenant, duty, agreement or condition.

Section 16.7 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, all of which together shall constitute an agreement binding on all the parties hereto, notwithstanding that all such parties are not signatories to the original or the same counterpart. Each party shall become bound by this Agreement immediately upon affixing its signature hereto or, in the case of a Person acquiring a Limited Partner Interest, pursuant to Section 10.2(a) , immediately upon the acquisition of such Limited Partner Interests without execution hereof.

Section 16.8 Applicable Law; Forum, Venue and Jurisdiction .

(a) This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of The Republic of the Marshall Islands, without regard to the principles of conflicts of law.

(b) Each of the Partners and each Person holding any beneficial interest in the Partnership (whether through a broker, dealer, bank, trust company or clearing corporation or an agent of any of the foregoing or otherwise):

(i) irrevocably agrees that any claims, suits, actions or proceedings (A) arising out of or relating in any way to this Agreement (including any claims, suits or actions to interpret, apply or enforce the provisions of this Agreement or the duties, obligations or liabilities among Partners or of Partners to the Partnership, or the rights or powers of, or restrictions on, the Partners or the Partnership), (B) brought in a derivative manner on behalf of the Partnership, (C) asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer, or other employee of the Partnership or the General Partner, or owed by the General Partner, to the Partnership or the Partners, (D) asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the Marshall Islands Act or (E) asserting a claim governed by

 

81


the internal affairs doctrine shall be exclusively brought in the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware (or, if such court does not have subject matter jurisdiction thereof, any other court located in the State of Delaware with subject matter jurisdiction), unless otherwise provided for by Marshall Islands law, in each case regardless of whether such claims, suits, actions or proceedings sound in contract, tort, fraud or otherwise, are based on common law, statutory, equitable, legal or other grounds, or are derivative or direct claims;

(ii) irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware (or, if such court does not have subject matter jurisdiction thereof, any other court located in the State of Delaware with subject matter jurisdiction), unless otherwise provided for by Marshall Islands law, in connection with any such claim, suit, action or proceeding;

(iii) agrees not to, and waives any right to, assert in any such claim, suit, action or proceeding that (A) it is not personally subject to the jurisdiction of the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware or of any other court to which proceedings in the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware may be appealed, (B) such claim, suit, action or proceeding is brought in an inconvenient forum, or (C) the venue of such claim, suit, action or proceeding is improper;

(iv) expressly waives any requirement for the posting of a bond by a party bringing such claim, suit, action or proceeding; and

(v) consents to process being served in any such claim, suit, action or proceeding by mailing, certified mail, return receipt requested, a copy thereof to such party at the address in effect for notices hereunder, and agrees that such services shall constitute good and sufficient service of process and notice thereof; provided , nothing in clause (v) hereof shall affect or limit any right to serve process in any other manner permitted by law.

Section 16.9 Invalidity of Provisions . If any provision or part of a provision of this Agreement is or becomes for any reason, invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions and part thereof contained herein shall not be affected thereby and this Agreement shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be reformed and construed as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision, or part of a provision, had never been contained herein, and such provision or part reformed so that it would be valid, legal and enforceable to the maximum extent possible.

Section 16.10 Consent of Partners . Each Partner hereby expressly consents and agrees that, whenever in this Agreement it is specified that an action may be taken upon the affirmative vote or consent of less than all of the Partners (including any amendment to this Agreement), such action may be so taken upon the concurrence of less than all of the Partners and each Partner shall be bound by the results of such action (including any amendment to this Agreement).

 

82


Section 16.11 Facsimile Signatures . The use of facsimile signatures affixed in the name and on behalf of the transfer agent and registrar of the Partnership on certificates representing Common Units is expressly permitted by this Agreement.

Section 16.12 Third-Party Beneficiaries . Each Partner agrees that any Indemnitee shall be entitled to assert rights and remedies hereunder as a third party beneficiary hereto with respect to those provisions of this Agreement affording a right, benefit or privilege to such Indemnitee.

[REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

83


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this First Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership as a Deed as of the date first written above.

 

GENERAL PARTNER:
KNOT Offshore Partners GP LLC
By:  

/s/ ANDREW BEVERIDGE

  Name:   Andrew Beveridge
  Title:   Director
LIMITED PARTNER:
Knutsen NYK Offshore Tankers AS
By:  

/s/ TRYGVE SEGLEM

  Name:   Trygve Seglem
  Title:   Director

S IGNATURE P AGE TO

F IRST A MENDED AND R ESTATED

A GREEMENT OF L IMITED P ARTNERSHIP


EXHIBIT A

to the First Amended and Restated

Agreement of Limited Partnership of

KNOT OFFSHORE PARTNERS LP

Certificate Evidencing Common Units

Representing Limited Partner Interests in

KNOT OFFSHORE PARTNERS LP

 

No.                                              Common Units

In accordance with Section 4.1 of the First Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of KNOT Offshore Partners LP, as amended, supplemented or restated from time to time (the “ Partnership Agreement ”), KNOT Offshore Partners LP, a Marshall Islands limited partnership (the “ Partnership ”), hereby certifies that                      (the “ Holder ”) is the registered owner of the above designated number of Common Units representing limited partner interests in the Partnership (the “ Common Units ”) transferable on the books of the Partnership, in person or by duly authorized attorney, upon surrender of this Certificate properly endorsed. The rights, preferences and limitations of the Common Units are set forth in, and this Certificate and the Common Units represented hereby are issued and shall in all respects be subject to the terms and provisions of, the Partnership Agreement. Copies of the Partnership Agreement are on file at, and will be furnished without charge on delivery of written request to the Partnership at, the principal office of the Partnership located at 2 Queen’s Cross, Aberdeen, Aberdeenshire AB15 4YB, United Kingdom. Capitalized terms used herein but not defined shall have the meanings given them in the Partnership Agreement.

The Holder, by accepting this Certificate, is deemed to have (a) requested admission as, and agreed to become, a Limited Partner and to have agreed to comply with and be bound by and to have executed the Partnership Agreement, (b) represented and warranted that the Holder has all right, power and authority and, if an individual, the capacity necessary to enter into the Partnership Agreement and (c) made the waivers and given the consents and approvals contained in the Partnership Agreement.

This Certificate shall not be valid for any purpose unless it has been countersigned and registered by the Transfer Agent and Registrar. This Certificate shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the Marshall Islands.

 

Dated:                                                    

 

Countersigned and Registered by:     KNOT OFFSHORE PARTNERS LP

 

    By:  

 

as Transfer Agent and Registrar   Title:
By:  

 

    By:  

 

  Authorized Signature       Secretary

 

A-1


[Reverse of Certificate]

ABBREVIATIONS

The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription on the face of this Certificate, shall be construed as follows according to applicable laws or regulations:

 

TEN COM      as tenants in common   

UNIF GIFT/TRANSFERS MIN ACT

                     Custodian                     

(Cust) (Minor)

TEN ENT      as tenants by the entireties   
JT TEN      as joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common    under Uniform Gifts /Transfers to CD Minors Act (State)

Additional abbreviations, though not in the above list, may also be used.

ASSIGNMENT OF COMMON UNITS

in

KNOT OFFSHORE PARTNERS LP

FOR VALUE RECEIVED,                      hereby assigns, conveys, sells and transfers unto

 

 

  

 

(Please print or typewrite name and address of Assignee)    (Please insert Social Security or other identifying number of Assignee)

                     Common Units representing limited partner interests evidenced by this Certificate, subject to the Partnership Agreement, and does hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint                      as its attorney-in-fact with full power of substitution to transfer the same on the books of KNOT Offshore Partners LP.

 

A-2


Date:                                                          NOTE:    The signature to any endorsement hereon must correspond with the name as written upon the face of this Certificate in every particular, without alteration, enlargement or change.

 

THE SIGNATURE(S) MUST BE GUARANTEED BY AN ELIGIBLE GUARANTOR INSTITUTION (BANKS, STOCKBROKERS, SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATIONS AND CREDIT UNIONS WITH MEMBERSHIP IN AN APPROVED SIGNATURE GUARANTEE MEDALLION PROGRAM), PURSUANT TO S.E.C. RULE 17Ad-15
 

 

  (Signature)
 

 

  (Signature)
 

No transfer of the Common Units evidenced hereby will be registered on the books of the Partnership, unless the Certificate evidencing the Common Units to be transferred is surrendered for registration or transfer.

 

A-3

Exhibit 4.1

Execution Version

 

 

CONTRIBUTION AND SALE AGREEMENT

Dated as of April 15, 2013

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

ARTICLE I   
DEFINITIONS   

Section 1.1

 

Definitions

     3   
ARTICLE II   
THE CONTRIBUTIONS   

Section 2.1

 

Contribution of KNOT Shuttle Tankers to the General Partner; Issuance of Units to KNOT

     6   

Section 2.2

 

Contribution of KNOT Shuttle Tankers to the Partnership

     6   

Section 2.3

 

Contribution of KNOT Shuttle Tankers to KNOT UK; Issuance of Units to the Partnership

     6   

Section 2.4

 

Retained Right to Insurance Proceeds

     6   
ARTICLE III   
THE OFFERING AND CONCURRENT TRANSACTIONS   

Section 3.1

 

The Offering

     7   

Section 3.2

 

Use of the IPO Proceeds

     7   
ARTICLE IV   
DEFERRED ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION   

Section 4.1

 

Deferred Issuance and Distribution

     7   
ARTICLE V   
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF KNOT; DISCLAIMER   

Section 5.1

 

Representations and Warranties

     8   

Section 5.2

 

Disclaimer of Warranties

     10   
ARTICLE VI   
FURTHER ASSURANCES   

Section 6.1

 

Further Assurances

     11   

Section 6.2

 

Power of Attorney

     11   
ARTICLE VII   
MISCELLANEOUS   

Section 7.1

 

Survival of Representations and Warranties

     11   

Section 7.2

 

Taxes

     12   

Section 7.3

 

Headings; References, Interpretation

     12   

Section 7.4

 

Successors and Assigns

     12   

 

i


Section 7.5

 

No Third Party Rights

     12   

Section 7.6

 

Counterparts

     12   

Section 7.7

 

Governing Law

     12   

Section 7.8

 

Severability

     13   

Section 7.9

 

Deed; Bill of Sale; Assignment

     13   

Section 7.10

 

Amendment or Modification

     13   

Section 7.11

 

Integration

     13   

 

ii


CONTRIBUTION AND SALE AGREEMENT

This CONTRIBUTION AND SALE AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”), dated as of April 15, 2013 is made by and among Knutsen NYK Offshore Tankers AS, a Norwegian private limited liability company (“ KNOT ”), KNOT Offshore Partners LP, a Marshall Islands limited partnership (the “ Partnership ”), KNOT Offshore Partners GP LLC, a Marshall Islands limited liability company and the general partner of the Partnership (the “ General Partner ”), KNOT Offshore Partners UK LLC, a Marshall Islands limited liability company (“ KNOT UK ”), and KNOT Shuttle Tankers AS, a Norwegian private limited liability company (“ KNOT Shuttle Tankers ”). The above-named entities are sometimes referred to in this Agreement each as a “ Party and collectively as the “ Parties .”

RECITALS

WHEREAS, the Partnership was formed pursuant to the Limited Partnership Act of The Republic of the Marshall Islands (the “ Marshall Islands LP Act ”) for the purposes set forth in the Agreement of Limited Partnership of the Partnership, dated as of February 21, 2013 (the “ Original LP Agreement ”);

WHEREAS, the Partnership formed KNOT UK pursuant to the Marshall Islands Limited Liability Company Act of 1996 for the purposes set forth in the Limited Liability Agreement;

WHEREAS, KNOT formed KNOT Shuttle Tankers pursuant to the laws of Norway for the purposes set forth in its operating agreement;

WHEREAS, prior to the date of this Agreement, KNOT or its wholly-owned subsidiaries transferred to KNOT Shuttle Tankers all of the limited liability company interests in each of the Vessel Owning Subsidiaries (as defined below);

WHEREAS, as of the date hereof and prior to the Effective Time:

 

  1. The General Partner is a wholly-owned subsidiary of KNOT.

 

  2. KNOT owns a 98% limited partner interest in the Partnership and the General Partner owns a 2% general partner interest in the Partnership.

 

  3. KNOT UK is a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Partnership.

 

  4. KNOT Shuttle Tankers is a wholly-owned subsidiary of KNOT.

 

  5. KNOT Shuttle Tankers owns all of the outstanding limited liability company interests in KNOT Shuttle Tankers 17 AS, a Norwegian private limited liability company (“ KNOT 17 ”), and the owner of the M/T Bodil Knutsen .

 

  6. KNOT Shuttle Tankers owns all of the outstanding limited liability company interests in KNOT Shuttle Tankers 18 AS, a Norwegian private limited liability company (“ KNOT 18 ”), and the owner of the M/T Windsor Knutsen .


  7. KNOT Shuttle Tankers owns all of the outstanding limited liability company interests in KNOT Shuttle Tankers 12 AS, a Norwegian private limited liability company (“ KNOT 12 ”), and Knutsen Shuttle Tankers XII AS, a Norwegian private limited liability company (“ Knutsen XII ”).

 

  8. KNOT 12 owns the 90% limited partner interest in Knutsen Shuttle Tankers XII KS, a Norwegian limited partnership (“ Knutsen XII LP ”).

 

  9. Knutsen XII owns the 10% general partner interest in Knutsen XII LP.

 

  10. Knutsen XII LP owns the M/T Fortaleza Knutsen and the M/T Recife Knutsen .

WHEREAS, pursuant to this Agreement, each of the following will occur as of the Effective Time:

 

  1. KNOT will contribute a portion of the limited liability company interest in KNOT Shuttle Tankers to the General Partner in exchange for 100 units of the General Partner.

 

  2. The General Partner will contribute its limited liability company interest in KNOT Shuttle Tankers to the Partnership in exchange for a continuation of its 2% general partner interest in the Partnership.

 

  3. KNOT will contribute a portion of the limited liability company interest in KNOT Shuttle Tankers to the Partnership in exchange for 8,657,500 Subordinated Units, the Incentive Distribution Rights and the right to receive the Deferred Issuance and Distribution (as defined herein).

 

  4. The Partnership will contribute 100% of its limited liability company interest in KNOT Shuttle Tankers to KNOT UK in exchange for 100 units of KNOT UK.

 

  5. The Partnership will issue 7,450,000 Common Units to the public in an underwritten initial public offering (the “ Offering ”) in exchange for $156,450,000 (the “ IPO Proceeds ”).

 

  6. The Partnership will use a portion of the IPO Proceeds to pay (a) underwriting discounts and commissions and structuring fees of $10,560,375 and (b) other transaction expenses incurred in connection with the Offering of approximately $7,500,000.

 

  7. The Partnership will loan $39,400,000 of the IPO Proceeds to KNOT 17 in exchange for an intercompany payment obligation.

 

  8. The Partnership will loan $13,400,000 of the IPO Proceeds to KNOT 18 in exchange for an intercompany payment obligation.

 

  9. The Partnership will loan $14,700,000 of the IPO Proceeds to Knutsen XII LP in exchange for an intercompany payment obligation.

 

2


  10. The Partnership will contribute $14,700,000 of the IPO Proceeds to KNOT UK, to be further contributed to KNOT Shuttle Tankers and KNOT 17, to repay a portion of its debt obligations related to the M/T Bodil Knutsen .

 

  11. The Partnership will contribute $11,000,000 of the IPO Proceeds to KNOT UK, to be further contributed to KNOT Shuttle Tankers and KNOT 18, to repay a portion of its debt obligations related to the M/T Windsor Knutsen .

 

  12. The Partnership will contribute $33,700,000 of the IPO Proceeds to KNOT UK, to be further contributed to KNOT Shuttle Tankers and KNOT 12 and Knutsen XII, pro rata, to be further contributed to Knutsen XII LP, to repay a portion of the debt obligations related to the M/T Fortaleza Knutsen and M/T Recife Knutsen .

AGREEMENT

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the Parties hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

Section 1.1 Definitions . The following defined terms will have the meanings given below:

Agreement ” means this Contribution and Sale Agreement.

Attorney-in-Fact ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.2 .

Charter ” means the time charter party or the bareboat charter related to the applicable Vessel.

Commission ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Common Unit ” means a common unit representing a limited partner interest in the Partnership having the rights set forth in the Partnership Agreement.

Conveying Party ” or “ Conveying Parties ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.2 .

Deferred Issuance and Distribution ” has the meaning set forth in the Partnership Agreement.

Effective Time ” means 7:45 a.m. prevailing Eastern Time on April 15, 2013.

 

3


Firm Units ” means the Common Units to be sold to the Underwriters pursuant to the terms of the Underwriting Agreement, but does not include any Option Units.

General Partner ” has the meaning set forth in the opening paragraph of this Agreement.

IDRs ” means the incentive distribution rights of the Partnership having the rights set forth in the Partnership Agreement.

Interests ” means all of the outstanding limited liability company interests in KNOT Shuttle Tankers.

IPO Proceeds ” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals of this Agreement.

KNOT ” has the meaning set forth in the opening paragraph of this Agreement.

KNOT 12 ” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals of this Agreement.

KNOT 17 ” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals of this Agreement.

KNOT 18 ” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals of this Agreement.

Knutsen XII ” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals of this Agreement.

Knutsen XII LP ” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals of this Agreement.

KNOT Shuttle Tankers ” has the meaning set forth in the opening paragraph of this Agreement.

KNOT UK ” has the meaning set forth in the opening paragraph of this Agreement.

Laws ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.1(c) .

Marshall Islands LP Act ” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals of this Agreement.

Offering ” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals of this Agreement.

 

4


Option Units ” means the Common Units that the Partnership will agree to issue upon exercise of the Over-Allotment Option.

Original LP Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals of this Agreement.

Over-Allotment Option ” means a number of Common Units equal to 15% of the Firm Units, which the Partnership will agree to sell to the Underwriters, at their option, to cover over-allotments in connection with the Offering.

Partnership ” has the meaning set forth in the opening paragraph of this Agreement.

Partnership Agreement ” means the First Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of the Partnership, to be dated as of April 15, 2013.

Party ” or “ Parties ” has the meaning set forth in the opening paragraph of this Agreement.

Registration Statement ” means the Registration Statement on Form F-1 filed with the Commission (Registration No. 333-186947), as amended.

Subordinated Unit ” means a subordinated unit representing a member interest in the Partnership having the rights set forth in the Partnership Agreement.

Transferred Subsidiaries ” means collectively KNOT Shuttle Tankers and the Vessel Owning Subsidiaries.

Underwriters ” means the underwriting syndicate listed in the Underwriting Agreement.

Underwriting Agreement ” means the underwriting agreement dated as of April 9, 2013 among KNOT, the General Partner, the Partnership, KNOT UK, Knot Shuttle Tankers and the Underwriters.

Vessels ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.1(d)

Vessel Financing Agreements ” means the (a) $160 million senior secured loan facility, (b) $19 million junior secured loan facility, (c) $120 million senior secured loan facility, (d) $85 million senior secured loan facility, and (e) $27.3 million junior secured loan facility.

Vessel Owning Subsidiaries ” means collectively KNOT 17, KNOT 18, KNOT 12, Knutsen XII and Knutsen XII LP.

 

5


Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Partnership Agreement.

ARTICLE II

THE CONTRIBUTIONS

As of the Effective Time, the following transactions shall be completed in the order set forth below:

Section 2.1 Contribution of KNOT Shuttle Tankers to the General Partner; Issuance of Units to KNOT. KNOT hereby contributes, assigns and transfers as a capital contribution a portion of the limited liability company interest in KNOT Shuttle Tankers to the General Partner. In consideration for the capital contribution by KNOT to the General Partner described in the preceding sentence, the General Partner will issue 100 of its units to KNOT.

Section 2.2 Contribution of KNOT Shuttle Tankers to the Partnership . KNOT hereby contributes, assigns and transfers as a capital contribution the remaining portion of the limited liability company interest in KNOT Shuttle Tankers to the Partnership. The General Partner contributes, assigns and transfers as a capital contribution its portion of the limited liability company interest in KNOT Shuttle Tankers to the Partnership. Immediately following the forgoing contributions, assignments and transfers, the Partnership will own 100% of the limited liability company interests in KNOT Shuttle Tankers. In consideration for the capital contributions to the Partnership, (a) the Partnership will issue to KNOT 8,567,500 Subordinated Units, the Incentive Distribution Rights and the right to receive the Deferred Issuance and Distribution and (b) the General Partner will maintain its 2% general partner interest in the Partnership.

Section 2.3 Contribution of KNOT Shuttle Tankers to KNOT UK; Issuance of Units to the Partnership. The Partnership hereby contributes, assigns and transfers as a capital contribution 100% of the limited liability company interest in KNOT Shuttle Tankers to KNOT UK. In consideration for the capital contribution by the Partnership to KNOT UK described in the preceding sentence, KNOT UK will issue 100 of its units to the Partnership.

Section 2.4 Retained Right to Insurance Proceeds . Notwithstanding the foregoing contributions, the Parties hereby agree that any insurance proceeds received by the Partnership after the Effective Time shall belong to KNOT and be promptly distributed to KNOT to the extent that such insurance proceeds (a) related to damage or periods of off-hire incurred by the Vessels prior to the Effective Time and (b) exceeded any costs incurred by the Partnership or any of its subsidiaries to repair any such damage to the Vessels.

 

6


ARTICLE III

THE OFFERING AND CONCURRENT TRANSACTIONS

After the consummation of the transactions as described in ARTICLE II , the following transactions shall be completed in the order set forth below:

Section 3.1 The Offering. The Partnership will issue 7,450,000 Common Units to the public in the Offering pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement in exchange for the IPO Proceeds.

Section 3.2 Use of the IPO Proceeds .

(a) The Partnership will use a portion of the IPO Proceeds to pay (i) underwriting discounts and commissions and structuring fees of $10,560,375 and (ii) other transaction expenses incurred in connection with the Offering of approximately $7,500,000;

(b) The Partnership will loan $39,400,000 of the IPO Proceeds to KNOT 17 in exchange for an intercompany payment obligation;

(c) The Partnership will loan $13,400,000 of the IPO Proceeds to KNOT 18 in exchange for an intercompany payment obligation;

(d) The Partnership will loan $14,700,000 of the IPO Proceeds to Knutsen XII LP in exchange for an intercompany payment obligation;

(e) The Partnership will contribute $14,700,0000 of the IPO Proceeds to KNOT UK, to be further contributed to KNOT Shuttle Tankers and KNOT 17, to repay a portion of its debt obligations related to the M/T Bodil Knutsen ;

(f) The Partnership will contribute $11,000,000 of the IPO Proceeds to KNOT UK, to be further contributed to KNOT Shuttle Tankers and KNOT 18, to repay a portion of its debt obligations related to the M/T Windsor Knutsen ; and

(g) The Partnership will contribute $33,700,000 of the IPO Proceeds to KNOT UK, to be further contributed to KNOT Shuttle Tankers and KNOT 12 and Knutsen XII, pro rata, to be further contributed to Knutsen XII LP, to repay a portion of the debt obligations related to the M/T Fortaleza Knutsen and M/T Recife Knutsen .

ARTICLE IV

DEFERRED ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION

Section 4.1 Deferred Issuance and Distribution. Upon the earlier to occur of the expiration of the Over-Allotment Option period or the exercise in full of the Over-Allotment Option, the Partnership shall issue to KNOT a number of additional Common Units that is equal to the excess, if any, of (a) the total number of Option Units over (b) the aggregate number of Common Units, if any, actually purchased by and issued to the Underwriters pursuant to the

 

7


exercise(s) of the Over-Allotment Option. Upon each exercise of the Over-Allotment Option, the Partnership shall distribute to KNOT an amount of cash equal to the proceeds therefrom net of the Underwriters’ Discount of each such exercise.

ARTICLE V

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF KNOT; DISCLAIMER

Section 5.1 Representations and Warranties. KNOT hereby represents and warrants that:

(a) Each of the Transferred Subsidiaries has been duly formed or incorporated and is validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its respective jurisdiction of formation or incorporation and has all requisite power and authority to operate its assets and conduct its business as described in the Registration Statement;

(b) The execution and delivery of this Agreement and all documents, instruments and agreements required to be executed and delivered by it pursuant to this Agreement in connection with the completion of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, have been duly authorized by all necessary action on its part, and this Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by it and constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of it enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, liquidation, reorganization, reconstruction and other similar laws of general application affecting the enforceability of remedies and rights of creditors and except that equitable remedies such as specific performance and injunction are in the discretion of a court;

(c) The execution, delivery and performance by it of this Agreement will not conflict with or result in any violation of or constitute a breach of any of the terms or provisions of, or result in the acceleration of any obligation under, or constitute a default under any provision of: (i) its or any Transferred Subsidiary’s articles of association, articles of incorporation or bylaws or limited liability company agreement or other organizational documents; (ii) any lien, encumbrance, security interest, pledge, mortgage, charge, other claim, bond, indenture, agreement, contract, franchise license, permit or other instrument or obligation to which it or any Transferred Subsidiary is a party or is subject or by which any of its or any Transferred Subsidiary’s assets or properties may be bound; (iii) any applicable laws, statutes, ordinances, rules or regulations promulgated by a governmental authority, orders of a governmental authority, judicial decisions, decisions of arbitrators or determinations of any governmental authority or court (“ Laws ”); or (iv) any Charter to which any Transferred Subsidiary is a party or any material provision of any material contract to which it or any Transferred Subsidiary is a party or by which its or any Transferred Subsidiary’s assets are bound;

(d) Except as have already been obtained or that will be obtained in the ordinary course of business, no consent, permit, approval or authorization of, notice or declaration to or filing with any governmental authority or any other person, including those related to any environmental laws or regulations, is required in connection with the execution and delivery by it of this Agreement or the consummation by it of the transactions contemplated

 

8


hereunder, and any consents required for the transfer or assignment of the Charter related to the M/T Bodil Knutsen , the M/T Windsor Knutsen , the M/T Fortaleza Knutsen and the M/T Recife Knutsen (the “ Vessels ”) have been duly obtained;

(e) All of the issued and outstanding equity interests of each Transferred Subsidiary are duly authorized and are validly issued in accordance with the articles of association, articles of incorporation or bylaws or limited liability company agreement or other organizational documents of such Transferred Subsidiary and are fully paid and non-assessable;

(f) KNOT owns, directly or indirectly, all of the outstanding equity interests of each Transferred Subsidiary and has good and marketable title thereto, free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, security interests, pledges, mortgages, charges or other claims, other than those (i) that will be discharged or released in connection with the closing of the Offering and (ii) arising under the Vessel Financing Agreements;

(g) There is no outstanding agreement, contract, option, commitment or other right or understanding in favor of, or held by, any person other than the Partnership to acquire the Transferred Subsidiaries or the assets of the Transferred Subsidiaries, including the Vessels, that has not been waived;

(h) Correct and complete copies of the organizational documents of each Transferred Subsidiary (as amended to the date of this Agreement) and each Charter to which any Transferred Subsidiary is a party have been made available to the Partnership;

(i) Each such Charter is a valid and binding agreement of each contracting Transferred Subsidiary enforceable in accordance with its terms and, to the knowledge of KNOT, of all other parties thereto enforceable in accordance with its terms;

(j) As applicable, each Transferred Subsidiary has fulfilled all material obligations required pursuant to its respective Charter to have been performed by it prior to the date of this Agreement and has not waived any material rights thereunder; and no material default or breach exists in respect thereof on its or any Transferred Subsidiary’s part or, to its knowledge, any of the other parties thereto and, to its knowledge, no event has occurred which, after giving of notice or the lapse of time, or both, would constitute such a material default or breach;

(k) Except for such liabilities, debts obligations, encumbrances, defects, restrictions or claims of a general nature and magnitude that would arise in connection with the operation of shuttle tankers of the same type as the Vessels in the ordinary course of business, there are no liabilities, debts or obligations of, encumbrances, defects or restrictions with respect to, or claims against the Transferred Subsidiaries or any of the assets owned by the Transferred Subsidiaries, including the Vessels, other than those arising under or in connection with Vessel Financing Agreements; and

(l) Each Vessel is (i) adequate and suitable for use by the applicable Transferred Subsidiary in such Transferred Subsidiary’s business as presently conducted by it in all material respects as described in the Registration Statement, ordinary wear and tear excepted; (ii) in good running order and repair; (iii) insured against all risks, and in amounts, consistent

 

9


with common industry practices; (iv) in compliance with applicable laws and regulations; (v) duly registered under the flag set forth opposite such Vessel’s name on Schedule A hereto; and (vi) in compliance in all material respects with the requirements of its present class and classification society; and all class certificates of each Vessel are clean and valid and free of recommendations affecting class.

Section 5.2 Disclaimer of Warranties. EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT PROVIDED IN THIS AGREEMENT OR IN ANY OTHER DOCUMENT EXECUTED OR DELIVERED IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT, THE PARTIES ACKNOWLEDGE AND AGREE THAT NONE OF THE PARTIES HAS MADE, DOES NOT MAKE, AND EACH SUCH PARTY SPECIFICALLY NEGATES AND DISCLAIMS, ANY REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES, PROMISES, COVENANTS, AGREEMENTS OR GUARANTIES OF ANY KIND OR CHARACTER WHATSOEVER, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, ORAL OR WRITTEN, PAST OR PRESENT, REGARDING (A) THE VALUE, NATURE, QUALITY OR CONDITION OF THE ASSETS OWNED BY THE TRANSFERRED SUBSIDIARIES, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, THE ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITION OF THE ASSETS GENERALLY, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, THE PRESENCE OR LACK OF HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES OR OTHER MATTERS ON SUCH ASSETS, (B) THE INCOME TO BE DERIVED FROM SUCH ASSETS, (C) THE SUITABILITY OF SUCH ASSETS FOR ANY AND ALL ACTIVITIES AND USES THAT MAY BE CONDUCTED THEREON OR THEREWITH, (D) THE COMPLIANCE OF OR BY SUCH ASSETS OR THEIR OPERATION WITH ANY LAWS (INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY ZONING, ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION, POLLUTION OR LAND USE LAWS, RULES, REGULATIONS, ORDERS OR REQUIREMENTS), OR (E) THE HABITABILITY, MERCHANTABILITY, MARKETABILITY, PROFITABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OF SUCH ASSETS. EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT PROVIDED IN ANY OTHER DOCUMENT EXECUTED OR DELIVERED IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT, EACH PARTY ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT SUCH PARTY HAS HAD THE OPPORTUNITY TO INSPECT THE ASSETS OF THE TRANSFERRED SUBSIDIARIES, AND SUCH PARTY IS RELYING SOLELY ON ITS OWN INVESTIGATION OF THE ASSETS OF THE TRANSFERRED SUBSIDIARIES AND NOT ON ANY INFORMATION PROVIDED OR TO BE PROVIDED BY ANY OF THE OTHER PARTIES. EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT PROVIDED IN ANY OTHER DOCUMENT EXECUTED OR DELIVERED IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT, NONE OF THE PARTIES IS LIABLE OR BOUND IN ANY MANNER BY ANY VERBAL OR WRITTEN STATEMENTS, REPRESENTATIONS OR INFORMATION PERTAINING TO THE ASSETS OF THE TRANSFERRED SUBSIDIARIES FURNISHED BY ANY AGENT, EMPLOYEE, SERVANT OR THIRD PARTY. THIS SECTION SHALL SURVIVE THE CONTRIBUTION AND CONVEYANCE OF THE INTERESTS OR THE TERMINATION OF THIS AGREEMENT. THE PROVISIONS OF THIS SECTION HAVE BEEN NEGOTIATED BY THE PARTIES AFTER DUE CONSIDERATION AND ARE INTENDED TO BE A COMPLETE EXCLUSION AND NEGATION OF ANY REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, WITH RESPECT TO THE ASSETS OF THE TRANSFERRED SUBSIDIARIES THAT MAY ARISE PURSUANT TO ANY LAW NOW OR HEREAFTER IN EFFECT, OR OTHERWISE, EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER DOCUMENT EXECUTED OR DELIVERED IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT.

 

10


ARTICLE VI

FURTHER ASSURANCES

Section 6.1 Further Assurances. From time to time after the date of this Agreement, and without any further consideration, the Parties agree to execute, acknowledge and deliver all such additional deeds, assignments, bills of sale, conveyances, instruments, notices, releases, acquittances and other documents, and will do all such other acts and things, all in accordance with applicable Law, as may be necessary or appropriate (a) more fully to assure that the applicable Parties own all of the properties, rights, titles, interests, estates, remedies, powers and privileges granted by this Agreement, or which are intended to be so granted, (b) more fully and effectively to vest in the applicable Parties and their respective successors and assigns beneficial and record title to the interests contributed and assigned by this Agreement or intended so to be and (c) to more fully and effectively carry out the purposes and intent of this Agreement.

Section 6.2 Power of Attorney. Each Party that has conveyed any Interests as reflected by this Agreement (collectively, the “ Conveying Parties ”) hereby constitutes and appoints each of Arild Vik, Øystein Emberland and Karl Gerhard Bråstein Dahl (each, the “ Attorney-in-Fact ”) its true and lawful Attorney-in-Fact with full power of substitution for it and in its name, place and stead or otherwise on behalf of the applicable Conveying Party and its successors and assigns, and for the benefit of the Attorney-in-Fact to demand and receive from time to time the Interests contributed and conveyed by this Agreement (or intended so to be) and to execute in the name of the applicable Conveying Party and its successors and assigns instruments of conveyance, instruments of further assurance and to give receipts and releases in respect of the same, and from time to time to institute and prosecute in the name of the applicable Conveying Party for the benefit of the Attorney-in-Fact, any and all proceedings at law, in equity or otherwise which the Attorney-in-Fact may deem proper in order to (a) collect, assert or enforce any claims, rights or titles of any kind in and to the Interests, (b) defend and compromise any and all actions, suits or proceedings in respect of any of the Interests, and (c) do any and all such acts and things in furtherance of this Agreement as the Attorney-in-Fact shall deem advisable. Each Conveying Party hereby declares that the appointment hereby made and the powers hereby granted are coupled with an interest and are and shall be irrevocable and perpetual and shall not be terminated by any act of any Conveying Party or its successors or assigns or by operation of law.

ARTICLE VII

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 7.1 Survival of Representations and Warranties. The representations and warranties of KNOT in this Agreement and in or under any documents, instruments and agreements delivered pursuant to this Agreement, will survive the completion of the transactions contemplated hereby regardless of any independent investigations that the Partnership may make or cause to be made, or knowledge it may have, prior to the date of this Agreement and will

 

11


continue in full force and effect for a period of one year from the date of this Agreement. At the end of such period, such representations and warranties will terminate, and no claim may be brought by the Partnership against KNOT thereafter in respect of such representations and warranties, except for claims that have been asserted by the Partnership prior to the date of this Agreement.

Section 7.2 Taxes . The Partnership shall pay any and all sales, use and similar taxes arising out of the contributions, conveyances and deliveries to be made hereunder, and shall pay all documentary, filing, recording, transfer, deed, and conveyance taxes and fees required in connection therewith.

Section 7.3 Headings; References, Interpretation. All Article and Section headings in this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not be deemed to control or affect the meaning or construction of any of the provisions hereof. The words “hereof,” “herein” and “hereunder” and words of similar import, when used in this Agreement, shall refer to this Agreement as a whole, including, without limitation, all Schedules attached hereto, and not to any particular provision of this Agreement. All references herein to Articles, Sections and Schedules shall, unless the context requires a different construction, be deemed to be references to the Articles and Sections of this Agreement and the Schedules attached hereto, and all such Schedules attached hereto are hereby incorporated herein and made a part hereof for all purposes. All personal pronouns used in this Agreement, whether used in the masculine, feminine or neuter gender, shall include all other genders, and the singular shall include the plural and vice versa. The use herein of the word “including” following any general statement, term or matter shall not be construed to limit such statement, term or matter to the specific items or matters set forth immediately following such word or to similar items or matters, whether or not non-limiting language (such as “without limitation,” “but not limited to” or words of similar import) is used with reference thereto, but rather shall be deemed to refer to all other items or matters that could reasonably fall within the broadest possible scope of such general statement, term or matter.

Section 7.4 Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Parties and their respective successors and assigns.

Section 7.5 No Third Party Rights. The provisions of this Agreement are intended to bind the Parties as to each other and are not intended to and do not create rights in any other person or confer upon any other person any benefits, rights or remedies, and no person is or is intended to be a third party beneficiary of any of the provisions of this Agreement.

Section 7.6 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts with the same effect as if all signatory Parties had signed the same document. All counterparts shall be construed together and shall constitute one and the same instrument. The delivery of an executed counterpart copy of this Agreement by facsimile or electronic transmission in PDF format shall be deemed to be the equivalent of delivery of the originally executed copy thereof.

Section 7.7 Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the state of New York, United States of America, applicable to

 

12


contracts made and to be performed wholly within such jurisdiction without giving effect to conflict of law principles thereof other than Section 5-1401 of the New York General Obligations Law, except to the extent that it is mandatory that the law of some other jurisdiction, wherein the Interests are located, shall apply.

Section 7.8 Severability. If any of the provisions of this Agreement are held by any court of competent jurisdiction to contravene, or to be invalid under, the laws of any governmental body having jurisdiction over the subject matter hereof, such contravention or invalidity shall not invalidate the entire Agreement. Instead, this Agreement shall be construed as if it did not contain the particular provision or provisions held to be invalid and an equitable adjustment shall be made and necessary provision added so as to give effect, as nearly as possible, to the intention of the Parties as expressed in this Agreement at the time of execution of this Agreement.

Section 7.9 Deed; Bill of Sale; Assignment. To the extent required and permitted by applicable law, this Agreement shall also constitute a “deed,” “bill of sale” or “assignment” of the interests referenced herein.

Section 7.10 Amendment or Modification. This Agreement may be amended or modified from time to time only by the written agreement of all the Parties. Each such instrument shall be reduced to writing and shall be designated on its face as an amendment to this Agreement.

Section 7.11 Integration. This Agreement and the instruments referenced herein supersede all previous understandings or agreements among the Parties, whether oral or written, with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement and such instruments. This Agreement and such instruments contain the entire understanding of the Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof. No understanding, representation, promise or agreement, whether oral or written, is intended to be or shall be included in or form part of this Agreement unless it is contained in a written amendment hereto executed by the Parties after the date of this Agreement.

[THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE IS LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK]

 

13


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties to this Agreement have caused it to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

 

KNUTSEN NYK OFFSHORE TANKERS AS
By:  

/s/ TRYGVE SEGLEM

Name:   Trygve Seglem
Title:   Director
KNOT OFFSHORE PARTNERS GP LLC
By:  

/s/ ANDREW BEVERIDGE

Name:   Andrew Beveridge
Title:   Director
KNOT OFFSHORE PARTNERS LP
By:  

/s/ ARILD VIK

Name:   Arild Vik
Title:   Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer

S IGNATURE P AGE

T O

C ONTRIBUTION AND S ALE A GREEMENT


KNOT OFFSHORE PARTNERS UK LLC
By:  

/s/ ARILD VIK

Name:   Arild Vik
Title:   Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer
KNOT SHUTTLE TANKERS AS
By:  

/s/ TRYGVE SEGLEM

Name:   Trygve Seglem
Title:   Chairman of the Board

S IGNATURE P AGE

T O

C ONTRIBUTION AND S ALE A GREEMENT


SCHEDULE A

VESSEL OWNING SUBSIDIARIES AND RIGS

 

Vessel Owning Subsidiary

  

Jurisdiction of

Registration

  

Rig

  

Flag

KNOT Shuttle Tankers 17 AS    Norway    M/T Bodil Knutsen    Isle of Man
KNOT Shuttle Tankers 18 AS    Norway    M/T Windsor Knutsen    Norway
Knutsen Shuttle Tankers XII KS    Norway    M/T Fortaleza Knutsen    The Bahamas
      M/T Recife Knutsen    The Bahamas

S CHEDULE  A

T O

C ONTRIBUTION AND S ALE A GREEMENT

Exhibit 4.2

Execution Version

 

 

OMNIBUS AGREEMENT

AMONG

KNUTSEN NYK OFFSHORE TANKERS AS

KNOT OFFSHORE PARTNERS LP

KNOT OFFSHORE PARTNERS GP LLC

KNOT SHUTTLE TANKERS 17 AS

AND

KNOT SHUTTLE TANKERS 18 AS

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

ARTICLE I   
DEFINITIONS   

Section 1.1

 

Definitions

     2   
ARTICLE II   
FIVE-YEAR VESSEL RESTRICTED BUSINESS OPPORTUNITIES   

Section 2.1

 

Five-Year Vessel Restricted Businesses

     8   

Section 2.2

 

Permitted Exceptions

     8   
ARTICLE III   
NON-FIVE-YEAR VESSEL RESTRICTED BUSINESS OPPORTUNITIES   

Section 3.1

 

Non-Five-Year Vessel Restricted Businesses

     9   

Section 3.2

 

Permitted Exceptions

     9   
ARTICLE IV   
BUSINESS OPPORTUNITIES PROCEDURES   

Section 4.1

 

Procedures

     10   

Section 4.2

 

Scope of Prohibition

     12   

Section 4.3

 

Enforcement

     12   
ARTICLE V   
RIGHTS OF FIRST OFFER   

Section 5.1

 

Rights of First Offer

     13   

Section 5.2

 

Procedures for Rights of First Offer

     13   
ARTICLE VI   
CARMEN KNUTSEN INTERESTS PURCHASE OPTION   

Section 6.1

 

Option to Purchase the Carmen Knutsen Interests

     14   

Section 6.2

 

Procedures

     14   
ARTICLE VII   
HULL 574 INTERESTS PURCHASE OPTION   

Section 7.1

 

Option to Purchase the Hull 574 Interests

     16   

Section 7.2

 

Procedures

     16   
ARTICLE VIII   
HULL 2531 INTERESTS PURCHASE OPTION   

Section 8.1

 

Option to Purchase the Hull 2531 Interests

     18   

Section 8.2

 

Procedures

     18   

 

i


ARTICLE IX  
HULL 2532 INTERESTS PURCHASE OPTION   

Section 9.1

 

Option to Purchase the Hull 2532 Interests

     20   

Section 9.2

 

Procedures

     21   
ARTICLE X   
HULL 2575 INTERESTS PURCHASE OPTION   

Section 10.1

 

Option to Purchase the Hull 2575 Interests

     22   

Section 10.2

 

Procedures

     23   
ARTICLE XI   
GUARANTEES BY KNOT   

Section 11.1

 

Guarantee Relating to the Bodil Knutsen

     25   

Section 11.2

 

Guarantee Relating to the Windsor Knutsen

     25   

Section 11.3

 

Gross-up

     25   
ARTICLE XII   
KNOT OPTION TO PURCHASE KNUTSEN SHUTTLE TANKERS 19 INTERESTS   

Section 12.1

 

Exercise of KNOT Option to Purchase Knutsen Shuttle Tankers 19 Interests

     26   
ARTICLE XIII   
INDEMNIFICATION   

Section 13.1

 

KNOT Indemnification

     26   

Section 13.2

 

Limitation Regarding Indemnification

     26   

Section 13.3

 

Indemnification Procedures

     27   
ARTICLE XIV   
MISCELLANEOUS   

Section 14.1

 

Choice of Law; Submission To Jurisdiction

     28   

Section 14.2

 

Notice

     28   

Section 14.3

 

Entire Agreement

     28   

Section 14.4

 

Termination

     28   

Section 14.5

 

Waiver; Effect of Waiver or Consent

     28   

Section 14.6

 

Amendment or Modification

     29   

Section 14.7

 

Assignment

     29   

Section 14.8

 

Counterparts

     29   

Section 14.9

 

Severability

     29   

Section 14.10

 

Gender, Parts, Articles and Sections

     29   

Section 14.11

 

Further Assurances

     29   

Section 14.12

 

Withholding or Granting of Consent

     29   

Section 14.13

 

Laws and Regulations

     29   

Section 14.14

 

Negotiation of Rights of KNOT, Limited Partners, Assignees and Third Parties

     30   

 

ii


OMNIBUS AGREEMENT

THIS OMNIBUS AGREEMENT is entered into on, and effective as of, the Closing Date (as defined herein), among KNUTSEN NYK OFFSHORE TANKERS AS, a company organized under the laws of Norway (“ KNOT ”), KNOT OFFSHORE PARTNERS LP, a Marshall Islands limited partnership (the “ MLP ”), KNOT OFFSHORE PARTNERS GP LLC, a Marshall Islands limited liability company (including any permitted successors and assigns under the MLP Agreement (as defined herein)) (the “ General Partner ”), KNOT SHUTTLE TANKERS 17 AS, a Norwegian private limited liability company, and KNOT SHUTTLE TANKERS 18 AS, a Norwegian private limited liability company.

RECITALS:

1. The Parties desire by their execution of this Agreement to evidence their understanding, as more fully set forth in Articles II and IV , with respect to (a) those business opportunities that the KNOT Entities (as defined herein) will not pursue during the term of this Agreement and (b) the procedures whereby such business opportunities are to be offered to the Partnership Group (as defined herein) and accepted or declined.

2. The Parties desire by their execution of this Agreement to evidence their understanding, as more fully set forth in Articles III and IV , with respect to (a) those business opportunities that the Partnership Group (as defined herein) will not pursue during the term of this Agreement and (b) the procedures whereby such business opportunities are to be offered to KNOT and accepted or declined.

3. The Parties desire by their execution of this Agreement to evidence their understanding, as more fully set forth in Article V , with respect to (a) KNOT’s right of first offer relating to Five-Year Vessels (as defined herein) or Non-Five-Year Vessels (as defined herein) owned by the MLP and (b) the MLP’s right of first offer relating to Five-Year Vessels that KNOT might own.

4. The Parties desire by their execution of this Agreement to evidence their understanding, as more fully set forth in Articles VI , VII , VIII , IX and X , with respect to the rights of the MLP to purchase the Carmen Knutsen Interests, Hull 574 Interests, Hull 2531 Interests, Hull 2532 Interests and Hull 2575 Interests (in each case, as defined herein) from KNOT.

5. The Parties desire by their execution of this Agreement to evidence their understanding, as more fully set forth in Section 6.2(b)(ii) , Section 7.2(c)(ii) , Section 8.2(c)(ii) , Section 9.2(c)(ii) , Section 10.2(c)(ii) and Article XIII , with respect to certain indemnification obligations of KNOT.

In consideration of the premises and the covenants, conditions, and agreements contained herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

 

1


ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

Section 1.1 Definitions . As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the respective meanings set forth below:

Acquiring Party ” has the meaning given such term in Section 4.1 .

Affiliate ” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person that directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries controls, is controlled by or is under common control with, the Person in question. As used herein, the term “control” means the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

Agreement ” means this Omnibus Agreement, as it may be amended, modified, or supplemented from time to time in accordance with Section 14.6 hereof.

Board ” means the Board of Directors of the MLP.

Bodil Knutsen ” means the shuttle tanker built in 2011 that is currently operating under the Bodil Knutsen Charter.

Bodil Knutsen Charter ” means the Bodil Knutsen Time Charter Party, dated October 7, 2010, between Knutsen Bøyelaster VI KS and Statoil ASA, amended by Addendum No. 1, dated March 29, 2011, between Knutsen Bøyelaster VI KS and Statoil ASA and novated by the Novation Agreement, dated February 18, 2013, between Knutsen Bøyelaster VI KS, KNOT Shuttle Tankers 17 AS and Statoil ASA.

Brazil Shipping ” means Brazil Shipping I Limited, formerly known as BG Oil Services Limited.

Break-up Costs ” means the aggregate amount of any and all additional taxes, flag administration, financing, legal and other similar costs (except with respect to Section 2.2(b) where Break-up Costs shall be deemed to include only administrative costs associated with transfer and re-flagging, including related legal costs) to (a) the KNOT Entities that would be required to transfer Five-Year Vessels acquired by the KNOT Entities as part of a larger transaction to a Partnership Group Member pursuant to Sections 2.2(b) or 2.2(d)(i) , or (b) the Partnership Group that would be required to transfer Non-Five-Year Vessels acquired by the Partnership Group as part of a larger transaction to a KNOT Entity pursuant to Section 3.2(b)(i) .

Carmen Knutsen ” means the shuttle tanker built in 2013 by HHI that began operating under a time charter that expires in January 2018 with Repsol YPF.

Carmen Knutsen Interests ” means all of KNOT’s rights, title and interests in the Carmen Knutsen, including the shares of capital stock, limited liability company interests, limited partnership interests or any other interests in any KNOT Entity holding interests in the Carmen Knutsen and including any charters or other agreements relating to the operation of the Carmen Knutsen then in effect.

 

2


Change of Control ” means, with respect to any Person (the “ Applicable Person ”), any of the following events: (a) any sale, lease, exchange or other transfer (in one transaction or a series of related transactions) of all or substantially all of the Applicable Person’s assets to any other Person, unless immediately following such sale, lease, exchange or other transfer such assets are owned, directly or indirectly, by the Applicable Person; (b) the consolidation or merger of the Applicable Person with or into another Person pursuant to a transaction in which the outstanding Voting Securities of the Applicable Person are changed into or exchanged for cash, securities or other property, other than any such transaction where (i) the outstanding Voting Securities of the Applicable Person are changed into or exchanged for Voting Securities of the surviving Person or its parent and (ii) the holders of the Voting Securities of the Applicable Person immediately prior to such transaction own, directly or indirectly, not less than a majority of the outstanding Voting Securities of the surviving Person or its parent immediately after such transaction; and (c) a “ person ” or “ group ” (within the meaning of Sections 13(d) or 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act), other than KNOT or its Affiliates with respect to the General Partner, being or becoming the “ beneficial owner ” (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act) of more than 50% of all of the then outstanding Voting Securities of the Applicable Person, except in a merger or consolidation which would not constitute a Change of Control under clause (b) above.

Closing Date ” means April 15, 2013, the date of the closing of the initial public offering of common units representing limited partner interests in the MLP.

Conflicts Committee ” means the Conflicts Committee of the Board.

Contribution Assets ” has the meaning given such term in Section 13.1 .

Cosco ” means Cosco (Zhoushan Shipyard Co., Ltd., which is building the newbuild the Hull 574.

Covered Environmental Losses ” means all Losses suffered or incurred by the Partnership Group by reason of, arising out of or resulting from:

(a) any violation or correction of violation of Environmental Laws; or

(b) any event or condition relating to environmental or human health and safety matters, in each case, associated with the ownership or operation by the Partnership Group or the KNOT Entities of the Contribution Assets (including, without limitation, the presence of Hazardous Substances on, under, about or migrating to or from the Contribution Assets or the disposal or release of, or exposure to, Hazardous Substances generated by or otherwise related to operation of the Contribution Assets), including, without limitation, the reasonable and documented cost and expense of (i) any investigation, assessment, evaluation, monitoring, containment, cleanup, repair, restoration,

 

3


remediation or other corrective action required or necessary under Environmental Laws, (ii) the preparation and implementation of any closure, remedial, corrective action or other plans required or necessary under Environmental Laws and (iii) any environmental or toxic tort (including, without limitation, personal injury or property damage claims) pre-trial, trial or appellate legal or litigation support work;

but only to the extent that such violation complained of under clause (a) , or such events or conditions included in clause (b) , occurred before the Closing Date; and, provided , that in no event shall Losses to the extent arising from a change in any Environmental Law after the Closing Date be deemed “ Covered Environmental Losses .”

Eni ” means Eni Trading and Shipping S.p.A., the charterer of the Hull 2531 and the Hull 2532 after their respective completion and delivery by HHI.

Environmental Laws ” means all international, federal, state, foreign and local laws, statutes, rules, regulations, treaties, conventions, orders, judgments and ordinances having the force and effect of law and relating to protection of natural resources, health and safety and the environment, each in effect and as amended through the Closing Date.

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

First Offer Negotiation Period ” has the meaning given such term in Section 5.2(c) .

Five-Year Vessel ” means any shuttle tanker operating under a charter for five or more years, together with the related charter.

General Partner ” is defined in the introduction to this Agreement.

Hazardous Substances ” means (a) each substance defined, designated or classified as a hazardous waste, hazardous substance, hazardous material, solid waste, contaminant or toxic substance under Environmental Laws; (b) petroleum and petroleum products, including crude oil and any fractions thereof; (c) natural gas, synthetic gas and any mixtures thereof; (d) any radioactive material; and (e) any asbestos-containing materials in a friable condition.

HHI ” means Hyundai Heavy Industries, which is building the newbuilds the Carmen Knutsen, the Hull 2531, the Hull 2532 and the Hull 2575.

Hull 574 ” means the shuttle tanker being built by Cosco that is scheduled for delivery in 2014.

Hull 574 Interests ” means all of KNOT’s rights, title and interests in the Hull 574, including the shares of capital stock, limited liability company interests, limited partnership interests or any other interests in any KNOT Entity holding interests in the Hull 574 and including any charters or other agreements relating to the operation of the Hull 574 then in effect.

 

4


Hull 2531 ” means the shuttle tanker being built by HHI that is scheduled for delivery in the third quarter of 2013.

Hull 2531 Interests ” means all of KNOT’s rights, title and interests in the Hull 2531, including the shares of capital stock, limited liability company interests, limited partnership interests or any other interests in any KNOT Entity holding interests in the Hull 2531 and including any charters or other agreements relating to the operation of the Hull 2531 then in effect.

Hull 2532 ” means the shuttle tanker being built by HHI that is scheduled for delivery in the third quarter of 2013.

Hull 2532 Interests ” means all of KNOT’s rights, title and interests in the Hull 2532, including the shares of capital stock, limited liability company interests, limited partnership interests or any other interests in any KNOT Entity holding interests in the Hull 2532 and including any charters or other agreements relating to the operation of the Hull 2532 then in effect.

Hull 2575 ” means the shuttle tanker being built by HHI that is scheduled for delivery in the fourth quarter of 2013.

Hull 2575 Interests ” means all of KNOT’s rights, title and interests in the Hull 2575, including the shares of capital stock, limited liability company interests, limited partnership interests or any other interests in any KNOT Entity holding interests in the Hull 2575 and including any charters or other agreements relating to the operation of the Hull 2575 then in effect.

KNOT ” is defined in the introduction to this Agreement.

KNOT Entities ” means KNOT and any Person controlled, directly or indirectly, by KNOT, other than the Partnership Entities.

KNOT Potential Transferee ” has the meaning given such term in Section 5.2(b) .

KNOT Sale Assets ” has the meaning given such term in Section 5.2(b) .

KNOT Transfer Notice ” has the meaning given such term in Section 5.2(b) .

KNOT Transferring Party ” has the meaning given such term in Section 5.2(b) .

Knutsen Shuttle Tankers 19 ” means Knutsen Shuttle Tankers 19 AS, the current party to the ship-building contract with Cosco for the Hull 574 and a wholly-owned subsidiary of Knutsen NYK Shuttle Tankers AS, a company jointly owned by TS Shipping Invest AS and Nippon Yusen Kaisha.

 

5


Knutsen Shuttle Tankers 19 Interests ” means all of ownership interests in Knutsen Shuttle Tankers 19, including all of the shares of capital stock, limited liability company interests, limited partnership interests or any other interests in Knutsen Shuttle Tankers 19.

Losses ” means losses, damages, liabilities, claims, demands, causes of action, judgments, settlements, fines, penalties, costs and expenses (including, without limitation, court costs and reasonable attorneys’ and experts’ fees) of any and every kind or character; provided , however , that such term shall not include any special, indirect, incidental or consequential damages.

MLP ” is defined in the introduction to this Agreement.

MLP Agreement ” means the First Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of the MLP, dated as of April 15, 2013, as such agreement is in effect on the Closing Date, to which reference is hereby made for all purposes of this Agreement. No amendment or modification to the MLP Agreement subsequent to the Closing Date shall be given effect for purposes of this Agreement unless consented to by each of the Parties to this Agreement.

Non-Five-Year Vessel ” means any shuttle tanker that is not a Five-Year Vessel.

Offer ” has the meaning given such term in Section 4.1 .

Offered Assets ” has the meaning given such term in Section 4.1 .

Offeree ” has the meaning given such term in Section 4.1 .

Offer Period ” has the meaning given such term in Section 4.1(b)(i) .

Parties ” means the parties to this Agreement and their successors and permitted assigns.

Partnership Entities ” means the General Partner, the MLP and any Person controlled by the General Partner or the MLP.

Partnership Group ” means the MLP and any Person controlled by the MLP.

Partnership Group Member ” means any Person in the Partnership Group.

Partnership Potential Transferee ” has the meaning given such term in Section 5.2(a) .

Partnership Sale Assets ” has the meaning given such term in Section 5.2(a) .

 

6


Partnership Transfer Notice ” has the meaning given such term in Section 5.2(a) .

Partnership Transferring Party ” has the meaning given such term in Section 5.2(a) .

Person ” means an individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, limited liability company, unincorporated organization or any other entity.

Potential Transferee ” has the meaning given such term in Section 5.2(b) .

Repsol ” means Repsol YPF Trading y Transporte, S.A., the charterer of the Carmen Knutsen.

Repsol Sinopec ” means Repsol Sinopec Brasil BV, the charterer of the Hull 574 after its completion and delivery from Cosco.

Sale Assets ” has the meaning given such term in Section 5.2(b) .

Standard Marine ” means Standard Marine Tønsberg AS, the charterer of the Hull 2575 after its completion and delivery from HHI.

Statoil ” means Statoil ASA.

Transfer ” means any transfer, assignment, sale or other disposition of any Non-Five-Year Vessel by a KNOT Entity or of any Five-Year Vessel or Non-Five-Year Vessel by a Partnership Group Member; provided , however , that such term shall not include: (a) transfers, assignments, sales or other dispositions from a KNOT Entity to another KNOT Entity, or from a Partnership Group Member to another Partnership Group Member; (b) transfers, assignments, sales or other dispositions pursuant to the terms of any related charter or other agreement with a charter party; (c) transfers, assignments, sales or other dispositions pursuant to Articles II or III of this Agreement; or (d) grants of security interests in or mortgages or liens on such Five-Year Vessels or Non-Five-Year Vessels in favor of a bona fide third party lender (but not the foreclosing of any such security interest, mortgage or lien).

Transfer Notice ” has the meaning given such term in Section 5.2(b) .

Transferring Party ” has the meaning given such term in Section 5.2(b) .

Voting Securities ” means securities of any class of Person entitling the holders thereof to vote in the election of members of the board of directors or other similar governing body of the Person.

Windsor Knutsen ” means the vessel built in 2007 and retrofitted from a conventional crude oil tanker to a shuttle tanker in 2001, and that is currently operating under the Windsor Knutsen Charter.

 

7


Windsor Knutsen Charter ” means the Windsor Knutsen Time Charter Party, dated April 6, 2010, between Knutsen OAS Shipping AS and Brazil Shipping I Limited, formerly known as BG Oil Services Limited, novated by the Novation Agreement, dated May 3, 2010, between Knutsen OAS Shipping AS, Knutsen Bøyelaster XI KS and Brazil Shipping I Limited, formerly known as BG Oil Services Limited and further novated by the Novation Agreement, dated February 20, 2013, between Knutsen Bøyelaster XI KS, KNOT Shuttle Tankers 18 AS and Brazil Shipping I Limited.

ARTICLE II

FIVE-YEAR VESSEL RESTRICTED BUSINESS OPPORTUNITIES

Section 2.1 Five-Year Vessel Restricted Businesses . Subject to Section 14.4 and except as permitted by Section 2.2 , each of the KNOT Entities shall be prohibited from acquiring, owning, operating or chartering Five-Year Vessels.

Section 2.2 Permitted Exceptions . Notwithstanding any provision of Section 2.1 to the contrary, the restrictions in this Agreement shall not prevent any KNOT Entity from:

(a) acquiring, owning, operating or chartering any Non-Five-Year Vessel;

(b) acquiring one or more Five-Year Vessels if such KNOT Entity offers to sell to the vessel to the MLP for the acquisition price plus any Break-up Costs in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 4.1 ;

(c) putting a Non-Five-Year Vessel under charter for five or more years if such KNOT Entity offers to sell the vessel to the MLP for fair market value (x) after the time it becomes a Five-Year Vessel and (y) at each renewal or extension of that charter for five or more years, in each case in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 4.1 ;

(d) acquiring one or more Five-Year Vessels as part of the acquisition of a controlling interest in a business or package of assets and owning, operating or chartering such Five-Year Vessel(s); provided , however , that:

(i) if less than a majority of the value of the business or assets acquired is attributable to Five-Year Vessels, as determined in good faith by KNOT’s board of directors, the KNOT Entity must offer to sell such Five-Year Vessel(s) to the MLP for their fair market value plus any Break-up Costs in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 4.1 ; and

(ii) if a majority or more of the value of the business or assets acquired is attributable to Five-Year Vessels, as determined in good faith by KNOT’s board of directors, KNOT shall notify the MLP of the proposed acquisition in writing. The MLP shall, not later than the 30 th  calendar day following receipt of such notice, notify KNOT if it or any other Partnership Group Member wishes to acquire any Five-Year Vessel forming part of that business or package of assets in cooperation and simultaneously with the KNOT Entity acquiring the Non-Five-Year Vessels forming part of that business or package of

 

8


assets. If the MLP does not notify KNOT of its intent to pursue the acquisition within such 30 calendar days, the KNOT Entity may proceed with the acquisition and then offer to sell such vessels to the MLP as provided in subsection (i) above;

(e) acquiring up to a 9.9% equity ownership, voting or profit participation interest in any company, business or pool of assets;

(f) acquiring, owning, operating or chartering any Five-Year Vessel if the MLP does not fulfill its obligation to purchase such Five-Year Vessel in accordance with the terms of any existing or future agreement;

(g) acquiring, owning, operating or chartering any Five-Year Vessel that is subject to an offer to purchase by a Partnership Group Member as described in paragraphs (b) , (c)  and (d)  above, in each case pending the offer of such Five-Year Vessel to the MLP and the MLP’s determination pursuant to Section 4.1 whether to purchase the Five-Year Vessel and, if the MLP has determined to purchase or to cause any Partnership Group Member to purchase such Five-Year Vessel, pending the closing of such purchase;

(h) providing ship management services relating to any vessel;

(i) owning or operating any Five-Year Vessel that KNOT owns on the Closing Date and that is not part of the Partnership Group’s initial fleet on the Closing Date; or

(j) acquiring, owning, operating or chartering any Five-Year Vessel if the MLP has previously advised KNOT that it consents to such acquisition, operation or charter.

ARTICLE III

NON-FIVE-YEAR VESSEL RESTRICTED BUSINESS OPPORTUNITIES

Section 3.1 Non-Five-Year Vessel Restricted Businesses . Subject to Section 14.4 and except as permitted by Section 3.2 , each Partnership Group Member shall be prohibited from acquiring, owning, operating or chartering Non-Five-Year Vessels.

Section 3.2 Permitted Exceptions . Notwithstanding any provision of Section 3.1 to the contrary, the restrictions in this Agreement shall not prevent any Partnership Group Member from:

(a) owning, operating or chartering any Non-Five-Year Vessel that was previously a Five-Year Vessel while owned by any Partnership Group Member;

(b) acquiring one or more Non-Five-Year Vessels as part of the acquisition of a controlling interest in a business or package of assets and owning, operating or chartering those Non-Five-Year Vessels; provided , however , that:

(i) if less than a majority of the value of the business or assets acquired is attributable to Non-Five-Year Vessels, as determined in good faith by the Board, such Partnership Group Member must offer to sell such Non-Five-Year Vessels to KNOT for their fair market value plus any applicable Break-up Costs in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 4.1 ; and

 

9


(ii) if a majority or more of the value of the business or assets acquired is attributable to Non-Five-Year Vessels, as determined in good faith by the Board, the MLP shall notify KNOT of the proposed acquisition in writing. KNOT shall, not later than the 30 th  calendar day following receipt of such notice, notify the MLP if it or any other KNOT Entity wishes to acquire any Non-Five-Year Vessel forming part of that business or package of assets in cooperation and simultaneously with the Partnership Group Member acquiring the Five-Year Vessels forming part of that business or package of assets. If KNOT does not notify the MLP of its intent to pursue the acquisition within such 30 calendar days, the Partnership Group Member may proceed with the acquisition and then offer to sell such Non-Five-Year Vessels to KNOT as provided in subsection (i) above;

(c) acquiring, owning, operating or chartering any Non-Five-Year Vessel that is subject to an offer to purchase by a KNOT Entity as described in paragraph (b) above pending the offer of such Non-Five-Year Vessel to KNOT and KNOT’s determination pursuant to Section 4.1 whether to purchase the Five-Year Vessel and, if KNOT has determined to purchase or cause any KNOT Entity to purchase such Five-Year Vessel, pending the closing of such purchase; or

(d) acquiring, owning, operating or chartering Non-Five-Year Vessels if KNOT has previously advised the MLP that it consents to such acquisition, ownership, operation or charter.

ARTICLE IV

BUSINESS OPPORTUNITIES PROCEDURES

Section 4.1 Procedures . In the event that (a) a Partnership Group Member acquires, operates or puts under charter Non-Five-Year Vessels in accordance with Section 3.2(b)(i) , or (b) a KNOT Entity acquires, operates or puts under charter Five-Year Vessels in accordance with Section 2.2(b) , (c)  or (d)(i) , then simultaneously or in any event not later than 30 calendar days after the consummation of the acquisition or the commencement of operations or charter, such acquiring Party (the “ Acquiring Party ”) shall notify (i) KNOT, in the case of an acquisition by a Partnership Group Member or (ii) the Board, in the case of an acquisition by a KNOT Entity, and offer such party to be notified (each an “ Offeree ”) the opportunity for any KNOT Entity or Partnership Group Member, as applicable, to purchase such Non-Five-Year Vessels or Five-Year Vessels, as applicable (the “ Offered Assets ”), for their fair market value (or, in the case of an acquisition in accordance with Section 2.2(b) , the acquisition price) plus, in the case of an acquisition in accordance with Sections 2.2(b) , 2.2(d)(i) or 3.2(b)(i) , any applicable Break-up Costs, in each case on commercially reasonable terms in accordance with this Section 4.1 (the “ Offer ”). The Offer shall set forth the Acquiring Party’s proposed terms relating to the purchase of the Offered Assets by the applicable KNOT Entity or Partnership Group Member, including any liabilities to be assumed by the applicable KNOT Entity or Partnership Group Member as

 

10


part of the Offer. As soon as practicable after the Offer is made, the Acquiring Party will deliver to the Offeree all information prepared by or on behalf of or in the possession of such Acquiring Party relating to the Offered Assets and reasonably requested by the Offeree. As soon as practicable, but in any event, within 30 calendar days after receipt of the Offer, the Offeree shall notify the Acquiring Party in writing that either:

(a) KNOT has elected not to purchase (or not to cause any of its permitted Affiliates to purchase) or the Board has elected not to cause any Partnership Group Member to purchase, as applicable, such Offered Assets, in which event the Acquiring Party and its Affiliates shall, subject to the other terms of this Agreement (including Section 2.2(b) ), be forever free, subject to the provisions of this Agreement, to continue to own, operate and charter such Offered Assets; or

(b) KNOT has elected to purchase (or to cause any of its permitted Affiliates to purchase) or the Board has elected to cause any Partnership Group Member to purchase, as applicable, such Offered Assets, in which event the following procedures shall be followed:

(i) After the receipt of the Offer by the Offeree, the Acquiring Party and the Offeree shall negotiate in good faith regarding the fair market value (and any applicable Break-up Costs) of the Offered Assets that are subject to the Offer and the other terms of the Offer on which the Offered Assets will be sold to the applicable KNOT Entity or Partnership Group Member. If the Acquiring Party and the Offeree agree on the fair market value (and any applicable Break-up Costs) of the Offered Assets that are subject to the Offer and the other terms of the Offer during the 30-day period (the “ Offer Period ”) after receipt by the Acquiring Party of KNOT’s election to purchase (or election to cause any of its permitted Affiliates to purchase) or of the Board’s election to cause any Partnership Group Member to purchase, as applicable, the Offered Assets, KNOT shall purchase (or cause any of its permitted Affiliates to purchase) or the Board shall cause any Partnership Group Member to purchase, as applicable, the Offered Assets on such terms as soon as commercially practicable after such agreement has been reached.

(ii) If the Acquiring Party and the Offeree are unable to agree on the fair market value (and any applicable Break-up Costs) of the Offered Assets that are subject to the Offer or on any other terms of the Offer during the Offer Period, the Acquiring Party and the Offeree will engage a mutually-agreed-upon investment banking firm, ship broker or other expert advisor prior to the end of the Offer Period to determine the fair market value of the Offered Assets and/or the other terms on which the Acquiring Party and the Offeree are unable to agree. In determining the fair market value of the Offered Assets and other terms on which the Offered Assets are to be sold, the investment banking firm, ship broker or other expert advisor, as applicable, will have access to the proposed sale and purchase values and terms for the Offer submitted by the Acquiring Party and the Offeree, respectively, and to all information prepared by or on behalf of the Acquiring Party relating to the Offered Assets and reasonably requested by such investment banking firm, ship broker or other expert advisor.

 

11


Such investment banking firm, ship broker or other expert advisor will determine the fair market value (and any applicable Break-up Costs) of the Offered Assets and/or the other terms on which the Acquiring Party and the Offeree are unable to agree within 30 calendar days of its engagement and furnish the Acquiring Party and the Offeree its determination. The fees and expenses of the investment banking firm, ship broker or other expert advisor, as applicable, will be divided equally between the Acquiring Party and the Offeree. Upon receipt of such determination, the Offeree will have the option, but not the obligation:

(A) in the case that the Offeree is KNOT, to purchase or cause any of its permitted Affiliates to purchase, or in the case that the Offeree is the Board, to cause any Partnership Group Member to purchase the Offered Assets for the fair market value (and any applicable Break-up Costs), and on the other terms determined by the ship broker or investment banking firm, as soon as commercially practicable after determinations have been made; or

(B) in the case that the Offeree is KNOT, to elect not to cause any of its permitted Affiliates to purchase, or in the case that the Offeree is the Board, not to cause any Partnership Group Member to purchase such Offered Assets, in which event the Acquiring Party and its Affiliates shall, subject to the other terms of this Agreement, be forever free to continue to own and operate such Offered Assets.

Section 4.2 Scope of Prohibition . If any Party or its Affiliates engages in the ownership or operation of Five-Year Vessels in the case of a KNOT Entity, or Non-Five-Year Vessels in the case of a Partnership Group Member, pursuant to any of the exceptions described in Sections 2.2 or 3.2 , as applicable, the Party and its Affiliates may not subsequently expand that portion of their business other than pursuant to the exceptions contained in such Sections 2.2 or 3.2 . Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement or the MLP Agreement, each Party and its Affiliates shall be free to engage in any business activity whatsoever, including those that may be in direct competition with the KNOT Entities or the Partnership Group Members.

Section 4.3 Enforcement . Each Party agrees and acknowledges that the other Parties do not have an adequate remedy at law for the breach by any such Party of its covenants and agreements set forth in this Article IV , and that any breach by any such Party of its covenants and agreements set forth in this Article IV would result in irreparable injury to such other Parties. Each Party further agrees and acknowledges that any other Party may, in addition to the other remedies which may be available to such other Party, file a suit in equity to enjoin such Party from such breach, and consent to the issuance of injunctive relief to enforce the provisions of Article IV of this Agreement.

 

12


ARTICLE V

RIGHTS OF FIRST OFFER

Section 5.1 Rights of First Offer .

(a) The Partnership Group hereby grants KNOT a right of first offer on any proposed Transfer by any Partnership Group Member of any Five-Year Vessels or any Non-Five-Year Vessels owned or acquired by any Partnership Group Member.

(b) The KNOT Entities hereby grant the MLP a right of first offer on any proposed Transfer of any Five-Year Vessels owned or acquired by any KNOT Entity.

(c) The Parties acknowledge that all potential Transfers of Five-Year Vessels or Non-Five-Year Vessels pursuant to this Article V are subject to obtaining any and all written consents of governmental authorities and other non-affiliated third parties and to the terms of all existing agreements in respect of such Five-Year Vessels or Non-Five-Year Vessels, as applicable.

Section 5.2 Procedures for Rights of First Offer .

(a) In the event that a Partnership Group Member (a “ Partnership Transferring Party ”) proposes to Transfer any Non-Five-Year Vessels (the “ Partnership Sale Assets ”), prior to engaging in any negotiation for such Transfer with any non-affiliated third party or otherwise offering to Transfer the Partnership Sale Assets to any non-affiliated third party, such Partnership Transferring Party shall give KNOT (a “ Partnership Potential Transferee ”), written notice setting forth all material terms and conditions (including, without limitation, the purchase price or the terms of the charter agreement and a description of the Partnership Sale Asset(s) on which such Partnership Transferring Party desires to Transfer the Partnership Sale Assets) (a “ Partnership Transfer Notice ”).

(b) In the event that a KNOT Entity (a “ KNOT Transferring Party ” and, together with a Partnership Transferring Party, a “ Transferring Party ”) proposes to Transfer any Five-Year Vessels (the “ KNOT Sale Assets ” and, together with the Partnership Sale Assets, the “ Sale Assets ”), prior to engaging in any negotiation for such Transfer with any non-affiliated third party or otherwise offering to Transfer the KNOT Sale Assets to any non-affiliated third party, such KNOT Transferring Party shall give the MLP (a “ KNOT Potential Transferee ” and, together with a Partnership Potential Transferee, a “ Potential Transferee ”), written notice setting forth all material terms and conditions (including, without limitation, the purchase price or the terms of the charter agreement and a description of the KNOT Sale Asset(s) on which such KNOT Transferring Party desires to Transfer the KNOT Sale Assets) (a “ KNOT Transfer Notice ” and, together with a Partnership Transfer Notice, each a “ Transfer Notice ”).

(c) After delivery of a Transfer Notice, the Transferring Party then shall be obligated to negotiate in good faith for a 30-day period following the delivery by the Transferring Party of the Transfer Notice (the “ First Offer Negotiation Period ”) to reach an agreement for the Transfer of such Sale Assets to the Potential Transferee or any of its Affiliates on the terms and conditions set forth in the Transfer Notice. If no such agreement with respect to

 

13


the Sale Assets is reached during the First Offer Negotiation Period, and the Transferring Party has not Transferred, or agreed in writing to Transfer, such Sale Assets to a third party within 180 calendar days after the end of the First Offer Negotiation Period on terms generally no less favorable to the Transferring Party than those included in the Transfer Notice, then the Transferring Party shall not thereafter Transfer any of the Sale Assets without first offering such assets to the applicable Potential Transferee in the manner provided above.

ARTICLE VI

CARMEN KNUTSEN INTERESTS PURCHASE OPTION

Section 6.1 Option to Purchase the Carmen Knutsen Interests .

(a) KNOT hereby grants to the Partnership Group the unconditional right and option to purchase for fair market value at any time within 24 months after the Closing Date, all of the Carmen Knutsen Interests.

(b) The Parties acknowledge that the potential transfer of the Carmen Knutsen Interests pursuant to this Article VI is subject to obtaining any and all written consents of governmental authorities and other third parties and to the terms of all agreements existing as of the date hereof in respect of the Carmen Knutsen Interests including, without limitation, any rights of first refusal of the parties to such agreements to purchase the Carmen Knutsen Interests. KNOT hereby covenants and agrees to use its reasonable efforts to obtain any such consents required to be obtained by it in connection with the transfer of the Carmen Knutsen Interests pursuant to this Article VI .

Section 6.2 Procedures .

(a) If a Partnership Group Member decides to exercise the option to purchase the Carmen Knutsen Interests, it will provide, within 24 months of the Closing Date, written notice to KNOT of such exercise, the fair market value it proposes to pay for the Carmen Knutsen Interests, and the other material terms of the purchase. The decision to purchase the Carmen Knutsen Interests, the fair market value to be paid for the Carmen Knutsen Interests, and the other terms of the purchase shall be approved by the Conflicts Committee. If the Partnership Group Member and KNOT are unable to agree on the fair market value of the Carmen Knutsen Interests and/or the other material terms, the Partnership Group Member and KNOT shall engage a mutually-agreed-upon investment banking firm, ship broker or other expert advisor to determine the fair market value of the Carmen Knutsen Interests and/or the other material terms on which the Partnership Group Member and KNOT are unable to agree. In determining the fair market value of the Carmen Knutsen Interests and/or the other material terms on which the Carmen Knutsen Interests are to be sold, the investment banking firm, ship broker or other expert advisor, as applicable, will have access to the proposed sale and purchase values and terms for the offer submitted by the Partnership Group Member and KNOT, respectively, and to all information prepared by or on behalf of the Partnership Group Member and KNOT with respect to the Carmen Knutsen Interests and reasonably requested by such investment banking firm, ship broker or other expert advisor. Such investment banking firm, ship broker or other expert advisor will determine the fair market value of the Carmen Knutsen Interests and/or the other

 

14


terms on which the Partnership Group Member and KNOT are unable to agree within 30 calendar days of its engagement and furnish the Partnership Group Member and KNOT its determination. The fees and expenses of the investment banking firm, ship broker or other expert advisor, as applicable, will be divided equally between the Partnership Group Member and KNOT. Upon receipt of such determination, the Partnership Group Member will have the option, but not the obligation in to purchase the Carmen Knutsen Interests for the fair market value and on the other terms determined by the investment banking firm, ship broker or other expert advisor, as soon as commercially practicable after determinations have been made.

(b) If a Partnership Group Member chooses to exercise its option to purchase the Carmen Knutsen Interests, the applicable parties shall enter into a purchase and sale agreement for the purchase and sale of the Carmen Knutsen Interests pursuant to which KNOT shall be obligated to sell the Carmen Knutsen Interests to the Partnership Group Member and the Partnership Group Member shall be obligated to purchase the Carmen Knutsen Interests from KNOT. The terms of the purchase and sale agreement will include the following:

(i) the Partnership Group Member will deliver a cash purchase price (unless the Partnership Group Member and KNOT agree that the consideration will be paid by means of equity of the MLP, an interest-bearing promissory note or other form of consideration);

(ii) the Partnership Group will be entitled to the benefit of the indemnification contained in Article XIII of this Agreement for the remaining term of such indemnification with respect to events or conditions associated with the operation of the Carmen Knutsen and occurring before the date of acquisition of the Carmen Knutsen Interests by the Partnership Group Member;

(iii) KNOT will provide customary representations and warranties with respect to title to the Carmen Knutsen Interests and any other such matters as the Partnership Group Member may approve, which approval will not be unreasonably withheld;

(iv) KNOT will grant to the Partnership Group Member the right, exercisable at the Partnership Group Member’s risk and expense, to make such surveys, tests and inspections of the Carmen Knutsen as the Partnership Group Member may deem desirable, so long as such surveys, tests or inspections do not damage the Carmen Knutsen or interfere with the activities of the KNOT Entities or Repsol thereon and so long as the Partnership Group Member has furnished KNOT with evidence that adequate liability insurance is in full force and effect;

(v) the Partnership Group Member will have the right to terminate its obligation to purchase the Carmen Knutsen under this Article VI and the related purchase and sale agreement if the results of any searches, surveys, tests or inspections conducted pursuant to paragraph (iv) above are, in the reasonable opinion of the Partnership Group, unsatisfactory; and

(vi) neither KNOT nor the applicable Partnership Group Member shall have any obligation to sell or buy the Carmen Knutsen if any of the consents referred to in Section 6.1(b) above have not been obtained.

(c) If a Partnership Group Member chooses or is deemed to have chosen not to exercise its option to purchase the Carmen Knutsen at the price determined by the investment banking firm, ship broker or other expert advisor under Section 6.2(a) , all future rights to purchase the Carmen Knutsen Interests by the Partnership Group will be extinguished.

 

15


ARTICLE VII

HULL 574 INTERESTS PURCHASE OPTION

Section 7.1 Option to Purchase the Hull 574 Interests .

(a) KNOT hereby grants to the Partnership Group the unconditional right and option to purchase for fair market value at any time within 24 months after KNOT notifies the Board pursuant to Section 7.2(a) that the Hull 574 has been accepted by Repsol Sinopec, all of the Hull 574 Interests.

(b) The Parties acknowledge that the potential transfer of the Hull 574 Interests pursuant to this Article VII is subject to obtaining any and all written consents of governmental authorities and other third parties and to the terms of all agreements existing as of the date hereof in respect of the Hull 574 Interests including, without limitation, any rights of first refusal of the parties to such agreements to purchase the Hull 574 Interests. KNOT hereby covenants and agrees to use its reasonable efforts to obtain any such consents required to be obtained by it in connection with the transfer of the Hull 574 Interests pursuant to this Article VII .

Section 7.2 Procedures .

(a) Not later than 30 calendar days after the date of acceptance of the Hull 574 by Repsol Sinopec, KNOT shall notify the Board and offer the Board the opportunity to cause any Partnership Group Member to purchase the Hull 574 Interests for fair market value pursuant to Section 7.1(a) .

(b) If a Partnership Group Member decides to exercise the option to purchase the Hull 574 Interests, it will provide, within 24 months of receipt of notice pursuant to Section 7.2(a) , written notice to KNOT of such exercise, the fair market value it proposes to pay for the Hull 574 Interests, and the other material terms of the purchase. The decision to purchase the Hull 574 Interests, the fair market value to be paid for the Hull 574 Interests, and the other terms of the purchase shall be approved by the Conflicts Committee. If the Partnership Group Member and KNOT are unable to agree on the fair market value of the Hull 574 Interests and/or the other material terms, the Partnership Group Member and KNOT shall engage a mutually-agreed-upon investment banking firm, ship broker or other expert advisor to determine the fair market value of the Hull 574 Interests and/or the other material terms on which the Partnership Group Member and KNOT are unable to agree. In determining the fair market value of the Hull 574 Interests and/or the other material terms on which the Hull 574 Interests are to be sold,

 

16


the investment banking firm, ship broker or other expert advisor, as applicable, will have access to the proposed sale and purchase values and terms for the offer submitted by the Partnership Group Member and KNOT, respectively, and to all information prepared by or on behalf of the Partnership Group Member and KNOT with respect to the Hull 574 Interests and reasonably requested by such investment banking firm, ship broker or other expert advisor. Such investment banking firm, ship broker or other expert advisor will determine the fair market value of the Hull 574 Interests and/or the other terms on which the Partnership Group Member and KNOT are unable to agree within 30 calendar days of its engagement and furnish the Partnership Group Member and KNOT its determination. The fees and expenses of the investment banking firm, ship broker or other expert advisor, as applicable, will be divided equally between the Partnership Group Member and KNOT. Upon receipt of such determination, the Partnership Group Member will have the option, but not the obligation in to purchase the Hull 574 Interests for the fair market value and on the other terms determined by the investment banking firm, ship broker or other expert advisor, as soon as commercially practicable after determinations have been made.

(c) If a Partnership Group Member chooses to exercise its option to purchase the Hull 574 Interests under Section 7.2(b) , the applicable parties shall enter into a purchase and sale agreement for the purchase and sale of the Hull 574 Interests pursuant to which KNOT shall be obligated to sell the Hull 574 Interests to the Partnership Group Member and the Partnership Group Member shall be obligated to purchase the Hull 574 Interests from KNOT. The terms of the purchase and sale agreement will include the following:

(i) the Partnership Group Member will deliver a cash purchase price (unless the Partnership Group Member and KNOT agree that the consideration will be paid by means of equity of the MLP, an interest-bearing promissory note or other form of consideration);

(ii) the Partnership Group will be entitled to the benefit of the indemnification contained in Article XIII of this Agreement for the remaining term of such indemnification with respect to events or conditions associated with the operation of the Hull 574 and occurring before the date of acquisition of the Hull 574 Interests by the Partnership Group Member; provided , however , that the remaining term of any such indemnification with respect to the Hull 574 shall be deemed to be not less than three years from the closing date of the acquisition of the Hull 574 Interests by the Partnership Group Member;

(iii) KNOT will provide customary representations and warranties with respect to title to the Hull 574 Interests and any other such matters as the Partnership Group Member may approve, which approval will not be unreasonably withheld;

(iv) KNOT will grant to the Partnership Group Member the right, exercisable at the Partnership Group Member’s risk and expense, to make such surveys, tests and inspections of the Hull 574 as the Partnership Group Member may deem desirable, so long as such surveys, tests or inspections do not damage the Hull 574 or interfere with the activities of the KNOT Entities or

 

17


Repsol Sinopec thereon and so long as the Partnership Group Member has furnished KNOT with evidence that adequate liability insurance is in full force and effect;

(v) the Partnership Group Member will have the right to terminate its obligation to purchase the Hull 574 under this Article VII and the related purchase and sale agreement if the results of any searches, surveys, tests or inspections conducted pursuant to paragraph (iii) above are, in the reasonable opinion of the Partnership Group, unsatisfactory; and

(vi) neither KNOT nor the applicable Partnership Group Member shall have any obligation to sell or buy the Hull 574 if any of the consents referred to in Section 7.1(b) above have not been obtained.

(d) If a Partnership Group Member chooses or is deemed to have chosen not to exercise its option to purchase the Hull 574 Interests at the price determined by the investment banking firm, ship broker or other expert advisor under Section 7.1(b) , all future rights to purchase the Hull 574 Interests by the Partnership Group will be extinguished.

ARTICLE VIII

HULL 2531 INTERESTS PURCHASE OPTION

Section 8.1 Option to Purchase the Hull 2531 Interests .

(a) KNOT hereby grants to the Partnership Group the unconditional right and option to purchase for fair market value at any time within 24 months after KNOT notifies the Board pursuant to Section 8.2(a) that the Hull 2531 has been accepted by Eni, all of the Hull 2531 Interests.

(b) The Parties acknowledge that the potential transfer of the Hull 2531 Interests pursuant to this Article VIII is subject to obtaining any and all written consents of governmental authorities and other third parties and to the terms of all agreements existing as of the date hereof in respect of the Hull 2531 Interests including, without limitation, any rights of first refusal of the parties to such agreements to purchase the Hull 2531 Interests. KNOT hereby covenants and agrees to use its reasonable efforts to obtain any such consents required to be obtained by it in connection with the transfer of the Hull 2531 Interests pursuant to this Article VIII .

Section 8.2 Procedures .

(a) Not later than 30 calendar days after the date of acceptance of the Hull 2531 by Eni, KNOT shall notify the Board and offer the Board the opportunity to cause any Partnership Group Member to purchase the Hull 2531 Interests for fair market value pursuant to Section 8.1(a) .

(b) If a Partnership Group Member decides to exercise the option to purchase the Hull 2531 Interests, it will provide, within 24 months of receipt of notice pursuant to

 

18


Section 8.2(a) , written notice to KNOT of such exercise, the fair market value it proposes to pay for the Hull 2531 Interests, and the other material terms of the purchase. The decision to purchase the Hull 2531 Interests, the fair market value to be paid for the Hull 2531 Interests, and the other terms of the purchase shall be approved by the Conflicts Committee. If the Partnership Group Member and KNOT are unable to agree on the fair market value of the Hull 2531 Interests and/or the other material terms, the Partnership Group Member and KNOT shall engage a mutually-agreed-upon investment banking firm, ship broker or other expert advisor to determine the fair market value of the Hull 2531 Interests and/or the other material terms on which the Partnership Group Member and KNOT are unable to agree. In determining the fair market value of the Hull 2531 Interests and/or the other material terms on which the Hull 2531 Interests are to be sold, the investment banking firm, ship broker or other expert advisor, as applicable, will have access to the proposed sale and purchase values and terms for the offer submitted by the Partnership Group Member and KNOT, respectively, and to all information prepared by or on behalf of the Partnership Group Member and KNOT with respect to the Hull 2531 Interests and reasonably requested by such investment banking firm, ship broker or other expert advisor. Such investment banking firm, ship broker or other expert advisor will determine the fair market value of the Hull 2531 Interests and/or the other terms on which the Partnership Group Member and KNOT are unable to agree within 30 calendar days of its engagement and furnish the Partnership Group Member and KNOT its determination. The fees and expenses of the investment banking firm, ship broker or other expert advisor, as applicable, will be divided equally between the Partnership Group Member and KNOT. Upon receipt of such determination, the Partnership Group Member will have the option, but not the obligation in to purchase the Hull 2531 Interests for the fair market value and on the other terms determined by the investment banking firm, ship broker or other expert advisor, as soon as commercially practicable after determinations have been made.

(c) If a Partnership Group Member chooses to exercise its option to purchase the Hull 2531 Interests under Section 8.2(b) , the applicable parties shall enter into a purchase and sale agreement for the purchase and sale of the Hull 2531 Interests pursuant to which KNOT shall be obligated to sell the Hull 2531 Interests to the Partnership Group Member and the Partnership Group Member shall be obligated to purchase the Hull 2531 Interests from KNOT. The terms of the purchase and sale agreement will include the following:

(i) the Partnership Group Member will deliver a cash purchase price (unless the Partnership Group Member and KNOT agree that the consideration will be paid by means of equity of the MLP, an interest-bearing promissory note or other form of consideration);

(ii) the Partnership Group will be entitled to the benefit of the indemnification contained in Article XIII of this Agreement for the remaining term of such indemnification with respect to events or conditions associated with the operation of the Hull 2531 and occurring before the date of acquisition of the Hull 2531 Interests by the Partnership Group Member; provided , however , that the remaining term of any such indemnification with respect to the Hull 2531 shall be deemed to be not less than three years from the closing date of the acquisition of the Hull 2531 Interests by the Partnership Group Member;

 

19


(iii) KNOT will provide customary representations and warranties with respect to title to the Hull 2531 Interests and any other such matters as the Partnership Group Member may approve, which approval will not be unreasonably withheld;

(iv) KNOT will grant to the Partnership Group Member the right, exercisable at the Partnership Group Member’s risk and expense, to make such surveys, tests and inspections of the Hull 2531 as the Partnership Group Member may deem desirable, so long as such surveys, tests or inspections do not damage the Hull 2531 or interfere with the activities of the KNOT Entities or Eni thereon and so long as the Partnership Group Member has furnished KNOT with evidence that adequate liability insurance is in full force and effect;

(v) the Partnership Group Member will have the right to terminate its obligation to purchase the Hull 2531 under this Article VIII and the related purchase and sale agreement if the results of any searches, surveys, tests or inspections conducted pursuant to paragraph (iii) above are, in the reasonable opinion of the Partnership Group, unsatisfactory; and

(vi) neither KNOT nor the applicable Partnership Group Member shall have any obligation to sell or buy the Hull 2531 if any of the consents referred to in Section 8.1(b) above have not been obtained.

(d) If a Partnership Group Member chooses or is deemed to have chosen not to exercise its option to purchase the Hull 2531 Interests at the price determined by the investment banking firm, ship broker or other expert advisor under Section 8.2(b) , all future rights to purchase the Hull 2531 Interests by the Partnership Group will be extinguished.

ARTICLE IX

HULL 2532 INTERESTS PURCHASE OPTION

Section 9.1 Option to Purchase the Hull 2532 Interests .

(a) KNOT hereby grants to the Partnership Group the unconditional right and option to purchase for fair market value at any time within 24 months after KNOT notifies the Board pursuant to Section 9.2(a) that the Hull 2532 has been accepted by Eni, all of the Hull 2532 Interests.

(b) The Parties acknowledge that the potential transfer of the Hull 2532 Interests pursuant to this Article IX is subject to obtaining any and all written consents of governmental authorities and other third parties and to the terms of all agreements existing as of the date hereof in respect of the Hull 2532 Interests including, without limitation, any rights of first refusal of the parties to such agreements to purchase the Hull 2532 Interests. KNOT hereby covenants and agrees to use its reasonable efforts to obtain any such consents required to be obtained by it in connection with the transfer of the Hull 2532 Interests pursuant to this Article IX .

 

20


Section 9.2 Procedures .

(a) Not later than 30 calendar days after the date of acceptance of the Hull 2532 by Eni, KNOT shall notify the Board and offer the Board the opportunity to cause any Partnership Group Member to purchase the Hull 2532 Interests for fair market value pursuant to Section 9.1(a) .

(b) If a Partnership Group Member decides to exercise the option to purchase the Hull 2532 Interests, it will provide, within 24 months of receipt of notice pursuant to Section 9.2(a) , written notice to KNOT of such exercise, the fair market value it proposes to pay for the Hull 2532 Interests, and the other material terms of the purchase. The decision to purchase the Hull 2532 Interests, the fair market value to be paid for the Hull 2532 Interests, and the other terms of the purchase shall be approved by the Conflicts Committee. If the Partnership Group Member and KNOT are unable to agree on the fair market value of the Hull 2532 Interests and/or the other material terms, the Partnership Group Member and KNOT shall engage a mutually-agreed-upon investment banking firm, ship broker or other expert advisor to determine the fair market value of the Hull 2532 Interests and/or the other material terms on which the Partnership Group Member and KNOT are unable to agree. In determining the fair market value of the Hull 2532 Interests and/or the other material terms on which the Hull 2532 Interests are to be sold, the investment banking firm, ship broker or other expert advisor, as applicable, will have access to the proposed sale and purchase values and terms for the offer submitted by the Partnership Group Member and KNOT, respectively, and to all information prepared by or on behalf of the Partnership Group Member and KNOT with respect to the Hull 2532 Interests and reasonably requested by such investment banking firm, ship broker or other expert advisor. Such investment banking firm, ship broker or other expert advisor will determine the fair market value of the Hull 2532 Interests and/or the other terms on which the Partnership Group Member and KNOT are unable to agree within 30 calendar days of its engagement and furnish the Partnership Group Member and KNOT its determination. The fees and expenses of the investment banking firm, ship broker or other expert advisor, as applicable, will be divided equally between the Partnership Group Member and KNOT. Upon receipt of such determination, the Partnership Group Member will have the option, but not the obligation in to purchase the Hull 2532 Interests for the fair market value and on the other terms determined by the investment banking firm, ship broker or other expert advisor, as soon as commercially practicable after determinations have been made.

(c) If a Partnership Group Member chooses to exercise its option to purchase the Hull 2532 Interests under Section 9.2(b) the applicable parties shall enter into a purchase and sale agreement for the purchase and sale of the Hull 2532 Interests pursuant to which KNOT shall be obligated to sell the Hull 2532 Interests to the Partnership Group Member and the Partnership Group Member shall be obligated to purchase the Hull 2532 Interests from KNOT. The terms of the purchase and sale agreement will include the following:

(i) the Partnership Group Member will deliver a cash purchase price (unless the Partnership Group Member and KNOT agree that the consideration will be paid by means of equity of the MLP, an interest-bearing promissory note or other form of consideration);

 

21


(ii) the Partnership Group will be entitled to the benefit of the indemnification contained in Article XIII of this Agreement for the remaining term of such indemnification with respect to events or conditions associated with the operation of the Hull 2532 and occurring before the date of acquisition of the Hull 2532 Interests by the Partnership Group Member; provided , however , that the remaining term of any such indemnification with respect to the Hull 2532 shall be deemed to be not less than three years from the closing date of the acquisition of the Hull 2532 Interests by the Partnership Group Member;

(iii) KNOT will provide customary representations and warranties with respect to title to the Hull 2532 Interests and any other such matters as the Partnership Group Member may approve, which approval will not be unreasonably withheld;

(iv) KNOT will grant to the Partnership Group Member the right, exercisable at the Partnership Group Member’s risk and expense, to make such surveys, tests and inspections of the Hull 2532 as the Partnership Group Member may deem desirable, so long as such surveys, tests or inspections do not damage the Hull 2532 or interfere with the activities of the KNOT Entities or Eni thereon and so long as the Partnership Group Member has furnished KNOT with evidence that adequate liability insurance is in full force and effect;

(v) the Partnership Group Member will have the right to terminate its obligation to purchase the Hull 2532 under this Article IX and the related purchase and sale agreement if the results of any searches, surveys, tests or inspections conducted pursuant to paragraph (iii) above are, in the reasonable opinion of the Partnership Group, unsatisfactory; and

(vi) neither KNOT nor the applicable Partnership Group Member shall have any obligation to sell or buy the Hull 2532 if any of the consents referred to in Section 9.1(b) above have not been obtained.

(d) If a Partnership Group Member chooses or is deemed to have chosen not to exercise its option to purchase the Hull 2532 Interests at the price determined by the investment banking firm, ship broker or other expert advisor under Section 9.2(b) , all future rights to purchase the Hull 2532 Interests by the Partnership Group will be extinguished.

ARTICLE X

HULL 2575 INTERESTS PURCHASE OPTION

Section 10.1 Option to Purchase the Hull 2575 Interests .

(a) KNOT hereby grants to the Partnership Group the unconditional right and option to purchase for fair market value at any time within 24 months after KNOT notifies the Board pursuant to Section 10.2(a) that the Hull 2575 has been accepted by Standard Marine, all of the Hull 2575 Interests.

 

22


(b) The Parties acknowledge that the potential transfer of the Hull 2575 Interests pursuant to this Article X is subject to obtaining any and all written consents of governmental authorities and other third parties and to the terms of all agreements existing as of the date hereof in respect of the Hull 2575 Interests including, without limitation, any rights of first refusal of the parties to such agreements to purchase the Hull 2575 Interests. KNOT hereby covenants and agrees to use its reasonable efforts to obtain any such consents required to be obtained by it in connection with the transfer of the Hull 2575 Interests pursuant to this Article X .

Section 10.2 Procedures .

(a) Not later than 30 calendar days after the date of acceptance of the Hull 2575 by Standard Marine, KNOT shall notify the Board and offer the Board the opportunity to cause any Partnership Group Member to purchase the Hull 2575 Interests for fair market value pursuant to Section 10.1(a) .

(b) If a Partnership Group Member decides to exercise the option to purchase the Hull 2575 Interests, it will provide, within 24 months of receipt of notice pursuant to Section 10.2(a) , written notice to KNOT of such exercise, the fair market value it proposes to pay for the Hull 2575 Interests, and the other material terms of the purchase. The decision to purchase the Hull 2575 Interests, the fair market value to be paid for the Hull 2575 Interests, and the other terms of the purchase shall be approved by the Conflicts Committee. If the Partnership Group Member and KNOT are unable to agree on the fair market value of the Hull 2575 Interests and/or the other material terms, the Partnership Group Member and KNOT shall engage a mutually-agreed-upon investment banking firm, ship broker or other expert advisor to determine the fair market value of the Hull 2575 Interests and/or the other material terms on which the Partnership Group Member and KNOT are unable to agree. In determining the fair market value of the Hull 2575 Interests and/or the other material terms on which the Hull 2575 Interests are to be sold, the investment banking firm, ship broker or other expert advisor, as applicable, will have access to the proposed sale and purchase values and terms for the offer submitted by the Partnership Group Member and KNOT, respectively, and to all information prepared by or on behalf of the Partnership Group Member and KNOT with respect to the Hull 2575 Interests and reasonably requested by such investment banking firm, ship broker or other expert advisor. Such investment banking firm, ship broker or other expert advisor will determine the fair market value of the Hull 2575 Interests and/or the other terms on which the Partnership Group Member and KNOT are unable to agree within 30 calendar days of its engagement and furnish the Partnership Group Member and KNOT its determination. The fees and expenses of the investment banking firm, ship broker or other expert advisor, as applicable, will be divided equally between the Partnership Group Member and KNOT. Upon receipt of such determination, the Partnership Group Member will have the option, but not the obligation in to purchase the Hull 2575 Interests for the fair market value and on the other terms determined by the investment banking firm, ship broker or other expert advisor, as soon as commercially practicable after determinations have been made.

(c) If a Partnership Group Member chooses to exercise its option to purchase the Hull 2575 Interests under Section 10.2(b) , the applicable parties shall enter into a purchase and sale agreement for the purchase and sale of the Hull 2575 Interests pursuant to which KNOT

 

23


shall be obligated to sell the Hull 2575 Interests to the Partnership Group Member and the Partnership Group Member shall be obligated to purchase the Hull 2575 Interests from KNOT. The terms of the purchase and sale agreement will include the following:

(i) the Partnership Group Member will deliver a cash purchase price (unless the Partnership Group Member and KNOT agree that the consideration will be paid by means of equity of the MLP, an interest-bearing promissory note or other form of consideration);

(ii) the Partnership Group will be entitled to the benefit of the indemnification contained in Article XIII of this Agreement for the remaining term of such indemnification with respect to events or conditions associated with the operation of the Hull 2575 and occurring before the date of acquisition of the Hull 2575 Interests by the Partnership Group Member; provided , however , that the remaining term of any such indemnification with respect to the Hull 2575 shall be deemed to be not less than three years from the closing date of the acquisition of the Hull 2575 Interests by the Partnership Group Member;

(iii) KNOT will provide customary representations and warranties with respect to title to the Hull 2575 Interests and any other such matters as the Partnership Group Member may approve, which approval will not be unreasonably withheld;

(iv) KNOT will grant to the Partnership Group Member the right, exercisable at the Partnership Group Member’s risk and expense, to make such surveys, tests and inspections of the Hull 2575 as the Partnership Group Member may deem desirable, so long as such surveys, tests or inspections do not damage the Hull 2575 or interfere with the activities of the KNOT Entities or Standard Marine thereon and so long as the Partnership Group Member has furnished KNOT with evidence that adequate liability insurance is in full force and effect;

(v) the Partnership Group Member will have the right to terminate its obligation to purchase the Hull 2575 under this Article X and the related purchase and sale agreement if the results of any searches, surveys, tests or inspections conducted pursuant to paragraph (iii) above are, in the reasonable opinion of the Partnership Group, unsatisfactory; and

(vi) neither KNOT nor the applicable Partnership Group Member shall have any obligation to sell or buy the Hull 2575 if any of the consents referred to in Section 10.1(b) above have not been obtained.

(d) If a Partnership Group Member chooses or is deemed to have chosen not to exercise its option to purchase the Hull 2575 Interests at the price determined by the investment banking firm, ship broker or other expert advisor under Section 10.2(b) , all future rights to purchase the Hull 2575 Interests by the Partnership Group will be extinguished.

 

24


ARTICLE XI

GUARANTEES BY KNOT

Section 11.1 Guarantee Relating to the Bodil Knutsen . If at any time during the five years following the Closing Date, the Bodil Knutsen is not receiving from any charterer a rate of hire that is equal to or greater than the rate of hire then in effect and payable under the Bodil Knutsen Charter, then KNOT shall pay, or cause to be paid, to KNOT Shuttle Tankers 17 AS, the owner of the Bodil Knutsen, such rate of hire that would have been in effect and payable under the Bodil Knutsen Charter; provided , however , that in the event that for any period during such five years following the Closing Date the Bodil Knutsen is chartered under a charter other than the Bodil Knutsen Charter and the rate of hire being paid under such charter is lower than the rate of hire that would have been in effect and payable under the Bodil Knutsen Charter during any such period, then KNOT shall pay, or cause to be paid, to the owner of the Bodil Knutsen, the difference between the rate of hire that would have been in effect and payable under the Bodil Knutsen Charter during such period and the rate of hire that is then in effect and payable under such other charter.

Section 11.2 Guarantee Relating to the Windsor Knutsen . If at any time during the five years following the Closing Date, the Windsor Knutsen is not receiving from any charterer a rate of hire that is equal to or greater than the rate of hire then in effect and payable under the Windsor Knutsen Charter, then KNOT shall pay, or cause to be paid, to KNOT Shuttle Tankers 18 AS, the owner of the Windsor Knutsen, such rate of hire that would have been in effect and payable under the Windsor Knutsen Charter; provided , however , that in the event that for any period during such five years following the Closing Date the Windsor Knutsen is chartered under a charter other than the Windsor Knutsen Charter and the rate of hire being paid under such charter is lower than the rate of hire that would have been in effect and payable under the Windsor Knutsen Charter during any such period, then KNOT shall pay, or cause to be paid, to the owner of the Windsor Knutsen, the difference between the rate of hire that would have been in effect and payable under the Windsor Knutsen Charter during such period and the rate of hire that is then in effect and payable under such other charter; provided , further , that for purposes of this Section 11.2 , the rate of hire that would have been in effect and payable under the Windsor Knutsen Charter during the period between the final termination date of the Windsor Knutsen Charter (assuming that all extension options thereunder would have been exercised) and the last day of the five-year period following the Closing Date (inclusive) shall be deemed to have been the rate of hire that would have been in effect and payable during the last option extension period under the Windsor Knutsen Charter (assuming that all extension options thereunder would have been exercised).

Section 11.3 Gross-up . Any payment required to be made by KNOT pursuant to this Article XI shall be increased as necessary such that the net payment after allowance for any applicable taxes equals the amount due under Sections 11.1 and/or 11.2 .

 

25


ARTICLE XII

KNOT OPTION TO PURCHASE KNUTSEN SHUTTLE TANKERS 19 INTERESTS

Section 12.1 Exercise of KNOT Option to Purchase Knutsen Shuttle Tankers 19 Interests . KNOT shall exercise its option to purchase the Knutsen Shuttle Tankers 19 Interests from TS Shipping Invest AS and Nippon Yusen Kaisha, on, or prior to, the date of acceptance of Hull 574 by Repsol Sinopec.

ARTICLE XIII

INDEMNIFICATION

Section 13.1 KNOT Indemnification . Subject to the provisions of Section 13.2 and Section 13.3 , KNOT shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Partnership Group from and against: (a) any Covered Environmental Losses relating to the assets contributed by the KNOT Entities to the Partnership Group prior to or on the Closing Date (the “ Contribution Assets ”) to the extent that KNOT is notified by the MLP of any such Covered Environmental Losses within five years after the Closing Date; (b) Losses to the Partnership Group arising from (i) the failure of the Partnership Group, immediately after the Closing Date, to be the owner of such valid leasehold interests or fee ownership interests in and to the Contribution Assets as are necessary to enable the Partnership Entities to own and operate the Contribution Assets in substantially the same manner that the Contribution Assets were owned and operated by the KNOT Entities immediately prior to the respective dates on which each such Contribution Asset was acquired by the Partnership Entities or (ii) the failure of the Partnership Entities to have by the Closing Date any consent or governmental permit necessary to allow the Partnership Entities to own or operate the Contribution Assets in substantially the same manner that the Contribution Assets were owned and operated by the KNOT Entities immediately prior to the respective dates on which each such Contribution Asset was acquired by the Partnership Entities, in each of clauses (i) and (ii)  above, to the extent that KNOT is notified by the MLP of such Losses within three years after the Closing Date; and (c) all federal, state, foreign and local income tax liabilities attributable to the operation of the Contribution Assets prior to the Closing Date, including any such income tax liabilities of the KNOT Entities that may result from the consummation of the formation transactions for the Partnership Group and the MLP, but excluding any federal, state, foreign and local income taxes reserved on the books of the Partnership Group on the Closing Date or any taxes occurred upon the entrance of any of the Contribution Assets into the Norwegian tonnage tax regime.

Section 13.2 Limitation Regarding Indemnification . The aggregate liability of KNOT under Section 13.1(a) above shall not exceed $5,000,000. Furthermore, no claim may be made against KNOT for indemnification pursuant to Section 13.1(a) , unless the aggregate dollar amount of all claims for indemnification pursuant to such section shall exceed $500,000, in which case KNOT shall be liable for claims for indemnification only to the extent such aggregate amount exceeds $500,000.

 

26


Section 13.3 Indemnification Procedures .

(a) The Partnership Group Members agree that within a reasonable period of time after they become aware of facts giving rise to a claim for indemnification pursuant to Section 13.1 , they will provide notice thereof in writing to KNOT specifying the nature of and specific basis for such claim.

(b) KNOT shall have the right to control all aspects of the defense of (and any counterclaims with respect to) any claims brought against the Partnership Group that are covered by the indemnification set forth in Section 13.1 , including, without limitation, the selection of counsel, determination of whether to appeal any decision of any court and the settling of any such matter or any issues relating thereto; provided , however , that no such settlement shall be entered into without the consent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld) of the Partnership Group unless it includes a full release of the Partnership Group from such matter or issues, as the case may be.

(c) The Partnership Group Members agree to cooperate fully with KNOT with respect to all aspects of the defense of any claims covered by the indemnification set forth in Section 13.1 , including, without limitation, the prompt furnishing to KNOT of any correspondence or other notice relating thereto that the Partnership Group may receive, permitting the names of the members of the Partnership Group to be utilized in connection with such defense, the making available to KNOT of any files, records or other information of the Partnership Group that KNOT considers relevant to such defense and the making available to KNOT of any employees of the Partnership Group; provided , however , that in connection therewith KNOT agrees to use reasonable efforts to minimize the impact thereof on the operations of the Partnership Group and further agrees to maintain the confidentiality of all files, records and other information furnished by a Partnership Group Member pursuant to this Section 13.3 . In no event shall the obligation of the Partnership Group to cooperate with KNOT as set forth in the immediately preceding sentence be construed as imposing upon the Partnership Group an obligation to hire and pay for counsel in connection with the defense of any claims covered by the indemnification set forth in this Article XIII ; provided , however , that the Partnership Group Members may, at their own option, cost and expense, hire and pay for counsel in connection with any such defense. KNOT agrees to keep any such counsel hired by the Partnership Group reasonably informed as to the status of any such defense (including providing such counsel with such information related to any such defense as such counsel may reasonably request) but KNOT shall have the right to retain sole control over such defense.

In determining the amount of any Loss for which any of the members of the Partnership Group is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement, the gross amount of the indemnification will be reduced by (i) any insurance proceeds realized by the Partnership Group, and such correlative insurance benefit shall be net of any incremental insurance premium that becomes due and payable by the Partnership Group as a result of such claim, and (ii) all amounts recovered by the Partnership Group under contractual indemnities from third Persons. The Partnership Group hereby agrees to use commercially reasonable efforts to realize any applicable insurance proceeds or amounts recoverable under such contractual indemnities; provided , however , that the costs and expenses (including, without limitation, court costs and reasonable attorneys’ fees) of the Partnership Group in connection with such efforts shall be promptly reimbursed by KNOT in advance of any determination of whether such insurance proceeds or other amounts will be recoverable.

 

27


ARTICLE XIV

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 14.1 Choice of Law; Submission To Jurisdiction . This Agreement shall be subject to and governed by the laws of the State of New York. Each party hereby submits to the jurisdiction of the state and federal courts located in the State of New York and to venue in New York, New York.

Section 14.2 Notice . All notices, requests or consents provided for or permitted to be given pursuant to this Agreement must be in writing and must be given by depositing the same in the mail, addressed to the Person to be notified, postpaid, and registered or certified with return receipt requested or by delivering such notice in person or by private-courier, prepaid, or by telecopier to such party. Notice given by personal delivery or mail shall be effective upon actual receipt. Couriered notices shall be deemed delivered on the date the courier represents that delivery will occur. Notice given by telecopier shall be effective upon actual receipt if received during the recipient’s normal business hours, or at the beginning of the recipient’s next business day after receipt if not received during the recipient’s normal business hours. All notices to be sent to a party pursuant to this Agreement shall be sent to or made at the address set forth below such party’s signature to this Agreement, or at such other address as such party may stipulate to the other parties in the manner provided in this Section 14.2 .

Section 14.3 Entire Agreement . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement of the parties relating to the matters contained herein, superseding all prior contracts or agreements, whether oral or written, relating to the matters contained herein.

Section 14.4 Termination . Upon a Change of Control of the General Partner or of the MLP, the provisions of Articles II , III , IV and V of this Agreement (but not less than all of such Articles) shall terminate immediately. Upon a Change of Control of KNOT, the provisions of Articles II , III , IV and V of this Agreement applicable to KNOT (but not less than all of such Articles) shall terminate at the time that is the later of (a) the date on which all of the MLP’s outstanding subordinated units have converted to common units of the MLP and (b) the date of the Change of Control of KNOT. On the date on which a majority of the members of the Board ceases to consist of members of the Board that were (i) appointed by the General Partner prior to the 2013 annual meeting of unitholders and (ii) recommended for election to the Board by a majority of the Appointed Directors (as defined in the MLP Agreement), the provisions of Articles II , VI , VII , VIII , IX and X and, to the extent applicable to any KNOT Entity, Sections 5.1(b) and 5.2(b) of this Agreement shall terminate immediately.

Section 14.5 Waiver; Effect of Waiver or Consent . Any party hereto may (a) extend the time for the performance of any obligation or other act of any other party hereto or (b) waive compliance with any agreement or condition contained herein. Except as otherwise specifically provided herein, any such extension or waiver shall be valid only if set forth in a written instrument duly executed by the party or parties to be bound thereby; provided , however , that the

 

28


MLP may not, without the prior approval of the Conflicts Committee, agree to any extension or waiver of this Agreement that, in the reasonable discretion of the Board, will adversely affect the holders of common units of the MLP. No waiver or consent, express or implied, by any party of or to any breach or default by any Person in the performance by such Person of its obligations hereunder shall be deemed or construed to be a waiver or consent of or to any other breach or default in the performance by such Person of the same or any other obligations of such Person hereunder. Failure on the part of a party to complain of any act of any Person or to declare any Person in default, irrespective of how long such failure continues, shall not constitute a waiver by such party of its rights hereunder until the applicable statute of limitations period has run.

Section 14.6 Amendment or Modification . This Agreement may be amended or modified from time to time only by the written agreement of all the parties hereto; provided , however , that the MLP may not, without the prior approval of the Conflicts Committee, agree to any amendment or modification of this Agreement that, in the reasonable discretion of the Board, will adversely affect the holders of common units of the MLP.

Section 14.7 Assignment . No party shall have the right to assign its rights or obligations under this Agreement without the consent of the other parties hereto.

Section 14.8 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts with the same effect as if all signatory parties had signed the same document. All counterparts shall be construed together and shall constitute one and the same instrument.

Section 14.9 Severability . If any provision of this Agreement or the application thereof to any Person or circumstance shall be held invalid or unenforceable to any extent, the remainder of this Agreement and the application of such provision to other Persons or circumstances shall not be affected thereby and shall be enforced to the greatest extent permitted by law.

Section 14.10 Gender, Parts, Articles and Sections . Whenever the context requires, the gender of all words used in this Agreement shall include the masculine, feminine and neuter, and the number of all words shall include the singular and plural. All references to Article numbers and Section numbers refer to Articles and Sections of this Agreement.

Section 14.11 Further Assurances . In connection with this Agreement and all transactions contemplated by this Agreement, each signatory party hereto agrees to execute and deliver such additional documents and instruments and to perform such additional acts as may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate, carry out and perform all of the terms, provisions and conditions of this Agreement and all such transactions.

Section 14.12 Withholding or Granting of Consent . Each party may, with respect to any consent or approval that it is entitled to grant pursuant to this Agreement, grant or withhold such consent or approval in its sole and uncontrolled discretion, with or without cause, and subject to such conditions as it shall deem appropriate.

Section 14.13 Laws and Regulations . Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, no party to this Agreement shall be required to take any act, or fail to take any act, under this Agreement if the effect thereof would be to cause such party to be in violation of any applicable law, statute, rule or regulation.

 

29


Section 14.14 Negotiation of Rights of KNOT, Limited Partners, Assignees and Third Parties . The provisions of this Agreement are enforceable solely by the parties to this Agreement, and no shareholder of KNOT and no limited partner, member, assignee or other Person of the MLP shall have the right, separate and apart from KNOT or the MLP, as applicable, to enforce any provision of this Agreement or to compel any party to this Agreement to comply with the terms of this Agreement.

[Signature Pages Follow]

 

30


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have executed this Agreement on, and effective as of, the Closing Date.

 

KNUTSEN NYK OFFSHORE TANKERS AS
By:  

/s/ TRYGVE SEGLEM

  Name:   Trygve Seglem
  Title:   Director
Address for Notice:
Smedasundet 40
P.O. Box 2017
5504 Haugesund, Norway
Attn:   Trygve Seglem
Telephone:     +47 (0) 1224 618420
Fax:     +47 52 70 40 40
KNOT OFFSHORE PARTNERS LP
By:  

/s/ ARILD VIK

  Name:   Arild Vik
  Title:   Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer
Address for Notice:

2 Queen’s Cross

Aberdeen, Aberdeenshire

AB15 4YB United Kingdom

Attn:   Arild Vik
Telephone:   +44 (0) 1224 618420
Fax:   +44 (0) 1224 624891

 

S IGNATURE P AGE TO

O MNIBUS A GREEMENT


KNOT OFFSHORE PARTNERS GP LLC
By:  

/s/ ANDREW BEVERIDGE

  Name:   Andrew Beveridge
  Title:   Director
Address for Notice:
2 Queen’s Cross
Aberdeen, Aberdeenshire
AB15 4YB United Kingdom
Attn:   Bjørn Bakkevig
Telephone:   +44 (0) 1224 618420
Fax:   +44 (0) 1224 624891
KNOT SHUTTLE TANKERS 17 AS
By:  

/s/ TRYGVE SEGLEM

  Name:   Trygve Seglem
  Title:   Chairman of the Board
Address for Notice:
Smedasundet 40
P.O. Box 2017
5504 Haugesund, Norway
Attn:   Trygve Seglem
Telephone:     +47 (0) 1224 618420
Fax:     +47 52 70 40 40

 

S IGNATURE P AGE TO

O MNIBUS A GREEMENT


KNOT SHUTTLE TANKERS 18 AS
By:  

/s/ TRYGVE SEGLEM

  Name:   Trygve Seglem
  Title:   Chairman of the Board
Address for Notice:
Smedasundet 40
P.O. Box 2017
5504 Haugesund, Norway
Attn:   Trygve Seglem
Telephone:     +47 (0) 1224 618420
Fax:     +47 52 70 40 40

 

S IGNATURE P AGE TO

O MNIBUS A GREEMENT

Exhibit 4.6

 

SHIP MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT  

THE BALTIC AND INTERNATIONAL MARITIME COUNCIL (BIMCO)

STANDARD SHIP MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT

CODE NAME: “SHIPMAN 98”

 

PART I

1. Date of Agreement

 

    27 th June 2011

 

Name of Vessel

 

NB 2518

   
2. Owners (name, place of registered office and law of registry) (CI. 1)   3. Managers (name, place of registered office and law of registry) (CI. 1)
   

Name

    Knutsen Shuttle Tankers 13 AS

 

Name

Knutsen OAS Shipping AS

   

Place of registered office

    Smedasundet 40, 5529 Haugesund

 

Place of registered office

Smedasundet 40, 5529 Haugesund

   

Law of registry

    Norway

 

Law of registry

Norway

   

4. Day and year of commencement of Agreement (CI. 2)

    27 th  June 2011

   
   

5. Crew Management (state “yes” or “no” as agreed) (CI. 3.1)

    Yes

 

6. Technical Management (state “yes” or “no” as agreed) (CI. 3.2)

    Yes

   

7. Commercial Management (state “yes” or “no” as agreed) (CI. 3.3)

    No

 

8. Insurance Arrangements (state “yes” or “no” as agreed) (CI. 3.4)

    Yes

   

9. Accounting Services (state “yes” or “no” as agreed) (CI. 3.5)

    Yes

 

10. Sale or purchase of the Vessel (state “yes” or “no” as agreed) (CI. 3.6)

    No

   

11. Provisions (state “yes” or “no” as agreed) (CI. 3.7)

    Yes

 

12. Bunkering (state “yes” or “no” as agreed) (Cl. 3.8)

    Yes

   

13. Chartering Services Period (only to be filled in if “yes” stated in Box 7) (Cl. 3.3(i))

    Yes

 

14. Owners’ Insurance (state alternative (i), (ii) or (iii) of CI. 6.3)

    Yes

   

15. Annual Management Fee (state annual amount) (CI. 8.1)

    USD 365.000

 

16. Severance Costs (state maximum amount) (CI. 8.4(ii))

    A maximum of USD 50.000

   
17. Day and year of termination of Agreement (CI. 17)   18. Law and Arbitration (state alternative 19.1, 19.2 or 19.3; if 19.3 place of arbitration must be stated) (Cl. 19)
   
19. Notices (state postal and cable address, telex and telefax number for serving notice and communication to the Owners (CI. 20)   20. Notices (state postal and cable address, telex and telefax number for serving notice and communication to the Managers) (CI. 20)
   

Knutsen Shuttle Tankers 13 AS

Smedasundet 40, Postboks 2017

5504 Haugesund

Tlf 52 70 40 00 Fax 52 70 40 40

 

Knutsen OAS Shipping AS

Smedasundet 40, Postboks 2017

5504 Haugesund

Tlf 52 70 40 00 Fax 52 70 40 40

It is mutually agreed between the party stated in Box 2 and the party stated in Box 3 that this Agreement consisting of PART I and PART II as well as Annexes “A” (Details of Vessel), “B” (Details of Crew) and “D” (Associated Vessels) attached hereto, shall be performed subject to the conditions contained herein. In the event of a conflict of conditions, the provisions of PART I and Annexes “A” and “B”, “C” and “D” shall prevail over those of PART II to the extent of such conflict but no further.

 

Signature(s) (Owners)

/s/ TRYGVE SEGLEM

Knutsen Shuttle Tankers 13 AS

         

Signature(s) (Managers)

/s/ TRYGVE SEGLEM

Knutsen OAS Shipping AS


PART II

“Shipman 98” Standard Ship Management Agreement

 

1. Definitions

In this Agreement, save where the context otherwise requires, the following words and expressions shall have the meanings hereby assigned to them.

Owners ” means the party identified in Box 2.

Managers ” means the party identified in Box 3.

Vessel ” means the vessel or vessels, details of which are set out in Annex “A” attached hereto.

Crew ” means the Master, officers and ratings of the numbers, rank and nationality specified in Annex “B” attached hereto.

Crew Support Costs ” means all expenses of a general nature which are not particularly referable to any individual vessel for the time being managed by the Managers and which are incurred by the Managers for the purpose of providing an efficient and economic management service and, without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, shall include the cost of crew standby pay, training schemes for officers and ratings, cadet training schemes, sick pay, study pay, recruitment and interviews.

Severance Costs ” means the costs which the employers are legally obliged to pay to or in respect of the Crew as a result of the early termination of any employment contract for service on the Vessel.

Crew Insurances ” means insurances against crew risks which shall include but not be limited to death, sickness, repatriation, injury, shipwreck unemployment indemnity and loss of personal effects.

Management Services ” means the services specified in sub-clauses 3.1 to 3.8 as indicated affirmatively in Boxes 5 to 12.

ISM Code ” means the International Management Code for the Safe Operation of Ships and for Pollution Prevention as adopted by the International Maritime Organization (IMO) by resolution A.741(18) or any subsequent amendment thereto.

STCW 95 ” means the International Convention on Standards of Training, Certification and Watchkeeping for Seafarers, 1978, as amended in 1995 or any subsequent amendment thereto.

 

2. Appointment of Managers

With effect from the day and year stated in Box 4 and continuing unless and until terminated as provided herein, the Owners hereby appoint the Managers, and the Managers hereby agree to act, as the Managers of the Vessel.

 

3. Basis of Agreement

Subject to the terms and conditions herein provided, during the period of this Agreement, the Managers shall carry out Management Services in respect of the Vessel as agents for and on behalf of the Owners. The Managers shall have authority to take such actions as they may from time to time in their absolute discretion consider to be necessary to enable them to perform this Agreement in accordance with sound ship management practice.

3.1 Crew Management

(only applicable if agreed according to Box 5)

The Managers shall provide suitably qualified Crew for the Vessel as required by the Owners in accordance with the STCW 95 requirements, provision of which includes but is not limited to the following functions:

 

  (i) selecting and engaging the Vessel’s Crew, including payroll arrangements, pension administration, and insurances for the Crew other than those mentioned in Clause 6;

 

  (ii) ensuring that the applicable requirements of the law of the flag of the Vessel are satisfied in respect of manning levels, rank, qualification and certification of the Crew and employment regulations including Crew’s tax, social insurance, discipline and other requirements;

 

  (iii) ensuring that all members of the Crew have passed a medical examination with a qualified doctor certifying that they are fit for the duties for which they are engaged and are in possession of valid medical certificates issued in accordance with appropriate flag State requirements. In the absence of applicable flag State requirements the medical certificate shall be dated not more than three months prior to the respective Crew members leaving their country of domicile and maintained for the duration of their service on board the Vessel;

 

  (iv) ensuring that the Crew shall have a command of the English language of a sufficient standard to enable them to perform their duties safely;

 

  (v) arranging transportation of the Crew, including repatriation;

 

  (vi) training of the Crew and supervising their efficiency;

 

  (vii) conducting union negotiations;

 

  (viii) operating the Managers’ drug and alcohol policy unless otherwise agreed.

 

3.2 Technical Management

(only applicable if agreed according to Box 6)

The Managers shall provide technical management, which includes, but is not limited to, the following functions:

 

 

  (i) provision of competent personnel to supervise the maintenance and general efficiency of the Vessel;

 

  (ii) arrangement and supervision of dry dockings, repairs, alterations and the upkeep of the Vessel to the standards required by the Owners, provided that the Managers shall be entitled to incur the necessary expenditure to ensure that the Vessel will comply with the law of the flag of the Vessel and of the places where she trades, and all requirements and recommendations of the classification society.

 

  (iii) arrangement of the supply of necessary stores, spares and lubricating oil;

 

  (iv) appointment of surveyors and technical consultants as the Managers may consider from time to time to be necessary;
 


PART II

“Shipman 98” Standard Ship Management Agreement

 

  (v) development, implementation and maintenance of a Safety Management System (SMS) in accordance with the ISM Code (see sub-clauses 4.2 and 5.3).

3.3 Commercial Management

(only applicable if agreed according to Box 7)

The Managers shall provide the commercial operation of the Vessel, as required by the Owners, which includes, but is not limited to, the following functions:

 

  (i) providing chartering services in accordance with the Owners’ instructions which include, but are not limited to, seeking and negotiating employment for the Vessel and the conclusion (including the execution thereof) of charter parties or other contracts relating to the employment of the Vessel. If such a contract exceeds the period stated in Box 13, consent thereto in writing shall first be obtained from the Owners.

 

  (ii) arranging of the proper payment to Owners or their nominees of all hire and/or freight revenues or other moneys of whatsoever nature to which Owners may be entitled arising out of the employment of or otherwise in connection with the Vessel.

 

  (iii) providing voyage estimates and accounts and calculating of hire, freights, demurrage and/or despatch moneys due from or due to the charterers passengers of the Vessel;

 

  (iv) issuing of voyage instructions;

 

  (v) appointing agents;

 

  (vi) appointing stevedores;

 

  (vii) arranging surveys associated with the commercial operation of the Vessel.

3.4 Insurance Arrangements

(only applicable if agreed according to Box 8)

The Managers shall arrange insurances in accordance with Clause 6, on such terms and conditions as the Owners shall have instructed or agreed, in particular regarding conditions, insured values, deductibles and franchises.

3.5 Accounting Services

(only applicable if agreed according to Box 9)

The Managers shall:

 

  (i) establish an accounting system which meets the requirements of the Owners and provide regular accounting services, supply regular reports and records,

 

  (ii) maintain the records of all costs and expenditure incurred as well as data necessary or proper for the settlement of accounts between the parties.

3.6 Sale or Purchase of the Vessel

(only applicable if agreed according to Box 10)

The Managers shall, in accordance with the Owners’ instructions, supervise the sale or purchase of the Vessel, including the performance of any sale or purchase agreement, but not negotiation of the same.

3.7 Provisions (only applicable if agreed according to Box 11)

The Managers shall arrange for the supply of provisions.

3.8 Bunkering (only applicable if agreed according to Box 12)

The Managers shall arrange for the provision of bunker, of the quality specified by the Owners as required for the Vessel’s trade.

 

4. Managers’ Obligations

4.1 The Managers undertake to use their best endeavours to provide the agreed Management Services as agents for and on behalf of the Owners in accordance with sound ship management practice and to protect and promote the interests of the Owners in all matters relating to the provision of services hereunder.

Provided, however, that the Managers in the performance of their management responsibilities under this Agreement shall be entitled to have regard to their overall responsibility in relation to all vessels as may from time to time be entrusted to their management and in particular, but without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, the Managers shall be entitled to allocate available supplies, manpower and services in such manner as in the prevailing circumstances the Managers in their absolute discretion consider to be fair and reasonable.

4.2 Where the Managers are providing Technical Management in accordance with sub-clause 3.2, they shall procure that the requirements of the law of the flag of the Vessel are satisfied and they shall in particular be deemed to be the “Company” as defined by the ISM Code, assuming the responsibility for the operation of the Vessel and taking over the duties and responsibilities imposed by the ISM Code when applicable.

 

5. Owners’ Obligations

5.1 The Owners shall pay all sums due to the Managers punctually in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

5.2 Where the Managers are providing Technical Management in accordance with sub-clause 3.2, the Owners shall:

 

  (i) procure that all officers and ratings supplied by them or on their behalf comply with the requirements of STCW 95;

 

  (ii) instruct such officers and ratings to obey all reasonable orders of the Managers in connection with the operation of the Managers’ safety management system.

5.3 Where the Managers are not providing Technical Management in accordance with sub-clause 3.2, the Owners shall procure that the requirements of the law of the flag of the Vessel are satisfied and that they, or such other entity as may be appointed by them and identified to the Managers, shall be deemed to be the “Company” as defined by the ISM Code assuming the responsibility for the operation of the Vessel and taking over the duties and responsibilities imposed by the ISM Code when applicable.

 


PART II

“Shipman 98” Standard Ship Management Agreement

 

6. Insurance Policies

The Owners shall procure, whether by instructing the Managers under sub-clause 3.4 or otherwise, that throughout the period of this Agreement:

6.1 at the Owners’ expense, the Vessel is insured for not less than her sound market value or entered for her full gross tonnage, as the case may be for:

 

  (i) usual hull and machinery marine risks (including crew negligence) and excess liabilities;

 

  (ii) protection and indemnity risks (including pollution risks and Crew Insurances); and

 

  (iii) war risks (including protection and indemnity and crew risks) in accordance with the best practice of prudent owners of vessels of a similar type to the Vessel, with first class insurance companies, underwriters or associations (“the Owners’ Insurances”);

6.2 all premiums and calls on the Owners’ insurances are paid promptly by their due date,

6.3 the Owners’ Insurances name the Managers and, subject to underwriters’ agreement, any third party designated by the Managers as a joint assured, with full cover, with the Owners obtaining cover in respect of each of the insurances specified in sub-clause 6.1:

 

  (i) on terms whereby the Managers and any such third party are liable in respect of premiums or calls arising in connection with the Owners’ Insurances; or

 

  (ii) if reasonably obtainable, on terms such that neither the Managers nor any such third party shall be under any liability in respect of premiums or calls arising in connection with the Owners’ Insurances; or

 

  (iii) on such other terms as may be agreed in writing.

Indicate alternative (i), (ii) or (ill) in Box 14. If Box 14 is left blank then (i) applies

6.4 written evidence is provided, to the reasonable satisfaction of the Managers, of their compliance with their obligations under Clause 6 within a reasonable time of the commencement of the Agreement, and of each renewal date and, if specifically requested, of each payment date of the Owners’ Insurances.

 

7. Income Collected and Expenses Paid on Behalf of Owners

7.1 All moneys collected by the Managers under the terms of this Agreement (other than moneys payable by the Owners to the Managers) and any interest thereon shall be held to the credit of the Owners in a separate bank account.

7.2 All expenses incurred by the Managers under the terms of this Agreement on behalf of the Owners (including expenses as provided in Clause 8) may be debited against the Owners in the account referred to under sub-clause 7.1 but shall in any event remain payable by the Owners to the Managers on demand.

8. Management Fee

8.1 The Owners shall pay to the Managers for their services as Managers under this Agreement an annual management fee as stated in Box 15 which shall be payable, by equal monthly instalments in advance, the first instalment being payable on the commencement of this Agreement (see Clause 2 and Box 4) and subsequent instalments being payable every month.

8.2 The management fee shall be subject to an annual review on the anniversary date of the Agreement and the proposed fee shall be presented in the annual budget referred to in sub-clause 9.1.

8.3 The Managers shall, at no extra cost to the Owners, provide their own office accommodation, office staff, facilities and stationery. Without limiting the generality of Clause 7 the Owners shall reimburse the Managers for postage and communication expenses, travelling expenses, and other out of pocket expenses properly incurred by the Managers in pursuance of the Management Services.

8.4 In the event of the appointment of the Managers being terminated by the Owners or the Managers in accordance with the provisions of Clauses 17 and 18 other than by reason of default by the Managers, or if the Vessel is lost, sold or otherwise disposed of, the “management fee” payable to the Managers according to the provisions of sub-clause 8.1, shall continue to be payable for a further period of three calendar months as from the termination date. In addition, provided that the Managers provide Crew for the Vessel in accordance with sub-clause 3.1:

 

  (i) the Owners shall continue to pay Crew Support Costs during the said further period of three calendar months and

 

  (ii) the Owners shall pay an equitable proportion of any Severance Costs which may materialize, not exceeding the amount stated in Box 16.

8.5 If the Owners decide to lay-up the Vessel whilst this Agreement remains in force and such lay-up lasts for more than three months, an appropriate reduction of the management fee for the period exceeding three months until one month before the Vessel is again put into service shall be mutually agreed between the parties.

8.6 Unless otherwise agreed in writing all discounts and commissions obtained by the Managers in the course of the management of the Vessel shall be credited to the Owners.

 

9. Budgets and Management of Funds

9.1 The Managers shall present to the Owners annually a budget for the following twelve months in such form as the Owners require. The budget for the first year hereof is set out in Annex “C” hereto. Subsequent annual budgets shall be prepared by the Managers and submitted to the Owners by 15 November each year not less than three months before the anniversary date of the commencement of this Agreement (see Clause 2 and Box 4).

 


PART II

“Shipman 98” Standard Ship Management Agreement

 

9.2 The Owners shall indicate to the Managers their acceptance and approval of the annual budget within one month of presentation and in the absence of any such indication the Managers shall be entitled to assume that the Owners have accepted the proposed budget.

9.3 Following the agreement of the budget, the Managers shall prepare and present to the Owners their estimate of the working capital requirement of the Vessel and the Managers shall each month update this estimate. Based thereon, the Managers shall each month request the Owners in writing for the funds required to run the Vessel for the ensuing month, including the payment of any occasional or extraordinary item of expenditure, such as emergency repair costs, additional insurance premiums, bunkers or provisions. Such funds shall be received by the Managers within ten running days after the receipt by the Owners of the Managers’ written request and shall be held to the credit of the Owners in a separate bank account.

9.4 The Managers shall produce a comparison between budgeted and actual income and expenditure of the Vessel, in such form as required by the Owners, monthly or at such other intervals as mutually agreed.

9.5 Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, the Managers shall in no circumstances be required to use or commit their own funds to finance the provision of the Management Services.

 

10. Managers’ Right to Sub-Contract

The Managers shall not have the right to sub-contract any of their obligations hereunder, including those mentioned in sub-clause 3.1, without the prior written consent of the Owners, which shall not be unreasonably withheld. In the event of such a subcontract, the Managers shall remain fully liable for the due performance of their obligations under this Agreement.

 

11. Responsibilities

11.1 Force Majeure - Neither the Owners nor the Managers shall be under any liability for any failure to perform any of their obligations hereunder by reason of any cause whatsoever of any nature or kind beyond their reasonable control.

11.2 Liability to Owners - (i) Without prejudice to sub-clause 11.1, the Managers shall be under no liability whatsoever to the Owners for any loss, damage, delay or expense of whatsoever nature, whether direct or indirect, (including but not limited to loss of profit arising out of or in connection with detention of or delay to the Vessel) and howsoever arising in the course of performance of the Management Services UNLESS same is proved to have resulted solely from the negligence, gross negligence or wilful default of the Managers or their employees, or agents or sub-contractors employed by them in connection with the Vessel, in which case (save where loss, damage, delay or expense has resulted from the Managers’ personal act or omission committed with the intent to cause same or

recklessly and with knowledge that such loss, damage, delay or expense would probably result) the Managers’ liability for each incident or series of incidents giving rise to a claim or claims shall never exceed; a total of ten times the annual management fee payable hereunder.

 

  (ii) Notwithstanding anything that may appear to the contrary in this Agreement, the Managers shall not be liable for any of the actions of the Crew, even if such actions are negligent, grossly negligent or wilful, except only to the extent that they are shown to have resulted from a failure by the Managers to discharge their obligations under sub-clause 3.1, in which case their liability shall be limited in accordance with the terms of this Clause 11.

11.3 Indemnity - Except to the extent and solely for the amount therein set out that the Managers would be liable under sub-clause 11.2, the Owners hereby undertake to keep the Managers and their employees, agents and sub-contractors indemnified and to hold them harmless against all actions, proceedings, claims, demands or liabilities whatsoever or howsoever arising which may be brought against them or incurred or suffered by them arising out of or in connection with the performance of the Agreement, and against and in respect of all costs, losses, damages and expenses (including legal costs and expenses on a full indemnity basis) which the Managers may suffer or incur (either directly or indirectly) in the course of the performance of this Agreement.

11.4 “Himalaya” - It is hereby expressly agreed that no employee or agent of the Managers (including every subcontractor from time to time employed by the Managers) shall in any circumstances whatsoever be under any liability whatsoever to the Owners for any loss, damage or delay of whatsoever kind arising or resulting directly or indirectly from any act, neglect or default on his part while acting in the course of or in connection with his employment and, without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing provisions in this Clause 11, every exemption, limitation, condition and liberty herein contained and every right, exemption from liability, defence and immunity of whatsoever nature applicable to the Managers or to which the Managers are entitled hereunder shall also be available and shall extend to protect every such employee or agent of the Managers acting as aforesaid and for the purpose of all the foregoing provisions of this Clause 11 the Managers are or shall be deemed to be acting as agent or trustee on behalf of and for the benefit of all persons who are or might be their servants or agents from time to time (including sub-contractors as aforesaid) and all such persons shall to this extent be or be deemed to be parties to this Agreement.

 

12. Documentation

Where the Managers are providing Technical Management in accordance with sub-clause 3.2 and/or Crew Management in accordance with sub-clause 3.1, they shall make available, upon Owners’ request, all documentation and records related to the Safety Management System (SMS) and/or the Crew which the Owners need in order to demonstrate compliance with the ISM Code and STCW 95 or to defend a claim against a third party.

 


PART II

“Shipman 98” Standard Ship Management Agreement

 

13. General Administration

13.1 The Managers shall handle and settle all claims arising out of the Management Services hereunder and keep the Owners informed regarding any incident of which the Managers become aware which gives or may give rise to claims or disputes involving third parties.

13.2 The Managers shall, as instructed by the Owners, bring or defend actions, suits or proceedings in connection with matters entrusted to the Managers according to this Agreement.

13.3 The Managers shall also have power to obtain legal or technical or other outside expert advice in relation to the handling and settlement of claims and disputes or all other matters affecting the interests of the Owners in respect of the Vessel.

13.4 The Owners shall arrange for the provision of any necessary guarantee bond or other security.

13.5 Any costs reasonably incurred by the Managers in carrying out their obligations according to Clause 13 shall be reimbursed by the Owners.

 

14. Auditing

The Managers shall at all times maintain and keep true and correct accounts and shall make the same available for inspection and auditing by the Owners at such times as may be mutually agreed. On the termination, for whatever reasons, of this Agreement the Managers shall release to the Owners, if so requested, the originals where possible, or otherwise certified copies, of all such accounts and all documents specifically relating to the Vessel and her operation.

 

15. Inspection of Vessel

The Owners shall have the right at any time after giving reasonable notice to the Managers to inspect the Vessel for any reason they consider necessary.

 

16. Compliance with Laws and Regulations

The Managers will not do or permit to be done anything which might cause any breach or infringement of the laws and regulations of the Vessel’s flag, or of the places where she trades.

 

17. Duration of the Agreement

This Agreement shall come into effect on the clay and year stated in Box 4 and shall continue until the date stated in Box 17. Thereafter it shall continue until terminated by either party giving to the other notice in writing, in which event the Agreement shall terminate upon the expiration of a period of three months from the date upon which such notice was given.

18. Termination

18.1 Owners’ Default

 

  (i) The Managers shall be entitled to terminate the Agreement with immediate effect by notice in writing if any moneys payable by the Owners under this Agreement and/or the owners of any associated vessel, details of which are listed in Annex “D”, shall not have been received in the Managers’ nominated account within ten running days of receipt by the Owners of the Manager’s written request or if the Vessel is repossessed by the Mortgagees.

 

  (ii) if the Owners:

 

  (a) fail to meet their obligations under sub-clauses 5.2 and 5.3 of this Agreement for any reason within their control, or

 

  (b) proceed with the employment of or continue to employ the Vessel in the carriage of contraband, blockade running, or an unlawful trade, or on a voyage which in the reasonable opinion of the Managers is unduly hazardous or improper,

the Managers may give notice of the default to the Owners, requiring them to remedy it as soon as practically possible. In the event that the Owners fail to remedy it within a reasonable time to the satisfaction of the Managers, the Managers shall be entitled to terminate the Agreement with immediate effect by notice in writing.

18.2 Managers’ Default

If the Managers fail to meet their obligations under Clauses 3 and 4 of this Agreement for any reason within the control of the Managers, the Owners may give notice to the Managers of the default, requiring them to remedy it as soon as practically possible. In the event that the Managers fail to remedy it within a reasonable time to the satisfaction of the Owners, the Owners shall be entitled to terminate the Agreement with immediate effect by notice in writing.

18.3 Extraordinary Termination

This Agreement shall be deemed to be terminated in the case of the sale of the Vessel or if the Vessel becomes a total loss or is declared as a constructive or compromised or arranged total loss or is requisitioned.

18.4 For the purpose of sub-clause 18.3 hereof

 

  (i) the date upon which the Vessel is to be treated as having been sold or otherwise disposed of shall be the date on which the Owners cease to be registered as Owners of the Vessel;

 

  (ii) the Vessel shall not be deemed to be lost unless either she has become an actual total loss or agreement has been reached with her underwriters in respect of her constructive, compromised or arranged total loss or if such agreement with her underwriters is not reached it is adjudged by a competent tribunal that a constructive loss of the Vessel has occurred.

18.5 This Agreement shall terminate forthwith in the event of an order being made or resolution passed for the winding up, dissolution, liquidation or bankruptcy of either party (otherwise than for the purpose of reconstruction or amalgamation) or if a receiver is appointed, or if it suspends payment, ceases to carry on business or makes any special arrangement or composition with its creditors.

 


PART II

“Shipman 98” Standard Ship Management Agreement

 

18.6 The termination of this Agreement shall be without prejudice to all rights accrued due between the parties prior to the date of termination.

 

19. Law and Arbitration

19.1 This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with English law and any dispute arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be referred to arbitration in London in accordance with the Arbitration Act 1996 or any statutory modification or re-enactment thereof save to the extent necessary to give effect to the provisions of this Clause.

The arbitration shall be conducted in accordance with the London Maritime Arbitrators Association (LMAA) Terms current at the time when the arbitration proceedings are commenced.

The reference shall be to three arbitrators. A party wishing to refer a dispute to arbitration shall appoint its arbitrator and send notice of such appointment in writing to the other party requiring the other party to appoint its own arbitrator within 14 calendar days of that notice and stating that it will appoint its arbitrator as sole arbitrator unless the other party appoints its own arbitrator and gives notice that it has done so within the 14 days specified. If the other party does not appoint its own arbitrator and give notice that it has done so within the 14 days specified, the party referring a dispute to arbitration may, without the requirement of any further prior notice to the other party, appoint its arbitrator as sole arbitrator and shall advise the other party accordingly. The award of a sole arbitrator shall be binding on both parties as if he had been appointed by agreement.

Nothing herein shall prevent the parties agreeing in writing to vary these provisions to provide for the appointment of a sole arbitrator.

In cases where neither the claim nor any counterclaim exceeds the sum of €50,000 (or such other sum as the parties may agree) the arbitration shall be conducted in accordance with the LMAA Small Claims Procedure current at the time when the arbitration proceedings are commenced.

19.2 This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with Title 9 of the United States Code and the Maritime Law of the United States and any dispute arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be referred to three persons at New York, one to be appointed by each of the parties hereto, and the third by the two so chosen; their decision or that of any two of them shall be final, and for the purposes of enforcing any award, judgement may be entered on an award by any court of competent jurisdiction. The proceedings shall be conducted in accordance with the rules of the Society of Maritime Arbitrators, Inc.

In cases where neither the claim nor any counterclaim exceeds the sum of USD 50,000 (or such other sum as the parties may agree) the arbitration shall be conducted in accordance with the Shortened Arbitration Procedure of the Society of Maritime Arbitrators, Inc. current at the time when the arbitration proceedings are commenced.

19.3 This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the place mutually agreed by the parties and any dispute arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be referred to arbitration at a mutually agreed place, subject to the procedures applicable there.

19.4 If Box 18 in Part I is not appropriately filled in, sub-clause 19.1 of this Clause shall apply.

Note: 19.1, 19.2 and 19.3 are alternatives; indicate alternative agreed in Box 18.

 

20. Notices

20.1 Any notice to be given by either party to the other party shall be in writing and may be sent by fax, telex, registered or recorded mail or by personal service.

20.2 The address of the Parties for service of such communication shall be as stated in Boxes 19 and 20, respectively.

 


ANNEX “A” ( DETAILS OF VESSEL OR VESSELS ) TO

THE BALTIC AND INTERNATIONAL MARITIME COUNCIL (BIMCO)

STANDARD SHIP MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT-CODE NAME: “SHIPMAN 98”

 

 

 

Date of Agreement:   27..06.2011
Name of Vessel(s):   NB 2518 Hyundai Heavy Industries Co.,Ltd
Particulars of Vessel(s):   Shuttle Tanker


Date of Agreement 27th June 2011 – Re: NB 2518 Hyundai Heavy Industries Co.,Ltd

Clauses

Clause 17

This Agreement shall come into effect on the day stated in Box 4 and shall continue until terminated by either party giving to the other notice in writing, in which event the Agreement shall terminate upon the expiration of a period of six months from the date upon which such notice was given,

The Owner may only terminate this Agreement if so decided in the Company meeting in accordance with the Company Agreement. Documentation for such decision shall be presented to Manager along with the termination letter.

Clause 19

The Ship Management Agreement shall be governed by Norwegian Law and the parties accept Haugesund City Court as proper legal venue for for the settlement of any controversy or dispute that may araise in connection with, or as a result of this contract that cannot be resolved by mutual agreement between the parties hereto.


ADDENDUM NO. 1

TO

SHIP MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT

NB 2518

“CARMEN KNUTSEN”

This Addendum No. 1 (this “ Addendum ”) to the Ship Management Agreement (the “ Agreement ”), dated June 27, 2011, between Knutsen Shuttle Tankers 13 AS, a Norwegian private limited liability company (the “ Owners ”), and Knutsen OAS Shipping AS, a Norwegian private limited liability company (the “ Prior Managers ”), is made as of July 11, 2013, between the Owners, the Prior Managers and KNOT Management AS, a Norwegian private limited liability company (the “ Managers ”).

RECITALS

WHEREAS, the Owners, the Prior Managers and the Managers desire that as of July 1, 2012 (the “ Substitution Effective Date ”), the Managers shall be substituted for the Prior Managers under the Agreement, whereupon the Prior Managers shall be relieved of their rights, obligations and liabilities thereunder, and the Managers shall assume the same; and

WHEREAS, the Owners and the Managers wish to amend certain provisions of the Agreement and agree that such amendments shall take effect as of either the Substitution Effective Date or the date (the “ Transfer Effective Date ”) on which the shares in the Owner have been transferred to KNOT Shuttle Tankers AS, a Norwegian limited liability company, as indicated.

AGREEMENT

NOW, THEREFORE, for and in consideration of good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged by the parties’ execution and delivery hereof, the parties agree as follows:

Section 1.   Substitution for Prior Owners . With effect as of the Substitution Effective Date, each party to this Addendum agrees that: (a) the Managers shall be substituted for the Prior Managers as the “Managers” in the Agreement, and the Agreement shall be construed and treated in all respects as if the Managers were named therein instead of the Prior Managers; (b) the Managers shall assume all rights, obligations and liabilities of the Prior Managers under the Agreement and (c) the Owners shall be released from all rights, obligations and liabilities owed to the Prior Managers under the Agreement, and the Owners shall release the Prior Managers from all rights, obligations and liabilities under the Agreement.

Section 2.   Amendments to the Agreement as of the Substitution Effective Date . With effect as of the Substitution Effective Date, the Agreement shall be modified as follows:

2.1   Box 3, Name of the Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

“KNOT Management AS”


2.2   Box 3, Place of registered office is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

“Smedasundet 40, 5529 Haugesund”

2.3   Box 3, Law of registry is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

“Norway”

Section 3.   Amendments to the Agreement as of the Transfer Effective Date . With effect as of the Transfer Effective Date, the Agreement shall be modified as follows:

3.1   Box 1, Name of Vessel is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

“Carmen Knutsen”

3.2   Box 13 of the Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

“Until the Agreement is terminated”

3.3   Box 14 of the Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

“(ii)”

3.4   Box 17 of the Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

“One year after commencement”

3.5   Box 18 of the Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

“19.3 Norwegian law, Haugesund as place of arbitration”

3.6   The paragraph located above the signature block on page 1 of the Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

“It is mutually agreed between the party stated in Box 2 and the party stated in Box 3 that this Agreement consisting of PART I and PART II, as well as Annexes “A” (Details of Vessel), “B” (Details of Crew) and “C” (Budget) attached hereto, shall be performed subject to the conditions contained herein. In the event of a conflict of conditions, the provisions of PART I and Annexes “A”, “B” and “C” shall prevail over those of PART II to the extent of such conflict but no further.”


3.7   Sub-clause 3.2 of the Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

“The Managers shall provide technical management, which includes, but is not limited to, the following functions:

 

  (i) provision of competent personnel to supervise the maintenance and general efficiency of the Vessel;

 

  (ii) arrangement and supervision of dry dockings, repairs, alterations and the upkeep of the Vessel to the standards required by the Owners, provided that the Managers shall be entitled to incur the necessary expenditure to ensure that the Vessel will comply with the law of the flag of the Vessel and of the places where she trades and all requirements and recommendations of the classification society;

 

  (iii) arrangement of the supply of necessary stores, spares and lubricating oil;

 

  (iv) appointment of surveyors and technical consultants as the Managers may consider from time to time to be necessary;

 

  (v) development, implementation and maintenance of a Safety Management System (SMS) in accordance with the ISM Code (see sub-clauses 4.2 and 5.3);

 

  (vi) arrangement of the lay-up of the Vessel; and

 

  (vii) arrangement of the loading and discharging and all related matters, subject to the provisions of the time charter.

3.8   Sub-clause 9.3 of the Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

“Following the agreement of the budget, the Managers shall prepare and present to the Owners their estimate of the working capital requirement of the Vessel and the Managers shall each quarter update this estimate. Based thereon, the Managers shall each quarter request the Owners in writing for the funds required to run the Vessel for the ensuing quarter, including the payment of any occasional or extraordinary item of expenditure, such as emergency repair costs, additional insurance premiums, bunkers or provisions. Such funds shall be received by the Managers within 60 running days after the receipt by the Owners of the Managers’ written request and shall be held to the credit of the Owners in a separate bank account.”

3.9   Sub-clause 11.2(i) of the Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

“Without prejudice to sub-clause 11.1, the Managers shall be under no liability whatsoever to the Owners for any loss, damage, delay or expense of whatsoever nature, whether direct or indirect, including, but not limited to, loss of profit arising out of or in connection with detention of or delay to the Vessel and howsoever arising in the course of performance of the Management Services (such loss, damage, delay or expense, a “ Loss ”); provided, however, that if such Loss is proved to be caused by or due to the fraud, gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Managers, the Managers shall be liable for any claim or claims in connection with such Loss in an amount not to exceed ten times the annual management fee payable hereunder.”


3.10   Sub-clause 18.1(i) of the Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

“The Managers shall be entitled to terminate the Agreement with immediate effect by notice in writing if any moneys payable by the Owners under this Agreement shall not have been received in the Managers’ nominated account within 60 running days of receipt by the Owners of the Managers’ written request or if the Vessel is repossessed by the Mortgagees.”

3.11   Annex “A” of the Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A .

3.12   The Agreement is hereby amended by adding Annex “B,” in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B , and Annex “C,” in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C , at the end thereof.

Section 4.   No Other Changes . Except as specifically set forth in this Addendum, the terms and provisions of the Agreement shall remain unmodified, and the Agreement is hereby confirmed by the parties in full force and effect as amended herein. The Agreement (as amended by this Addendum) constitutes the entire understanding of the parties with respect to the subject matter thereof, and no other covenants have been made by either party to the other.

Section 5.   Counterparts . This Addendum may be executed in one or more counterparts, all of which shall be considered one and the same agreement and shall become effective when one or more counterparts have been signed by each of the parties and delivered to the other party, it being understood that all parties need not sign the same counterpart.

Section 6.   Severability . If any provision of this Addendum is held to be unenforceable under applicable law, such provision shall be excluded from this Addendum and the balance of this Addendum shall be interpreted as if such provision was so excluded and shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms.

[ Signature Page Follows. ]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Addendum as of the date first above written.

 

OWNERS
KNUTSEN SHUTTLE TANKERS 13 AS
By:  

/s/ KARL GERHARD BRÅSTEIN DAHL

Name:   Karl Gerhard Bråstein Dahl
Title:   Senior Vice President
PRIOR MANAGERS
KNUTSEN OAS SHIPPING AS
By:  

/s/ TRYGVE SEGLEM

Name:   Trygve Seglem
Title:   Chairman
MANAGERS
KNOT MANAGEMENT AS
By:  

/s/ KARL GERHARD BRÅSTEIN DAHL

Name:   Karl Gerhard Bråstein Dahl
Title:   Senior Vice President

Signature Page to

Addendum No. 1 to Ship Management Agreement


EXHIBIT A

ANNEX “A” (DETAILS OF VESSEL OR VESSELS) TO

THE BALTIC AND INTERNATIONAL MARITIME COUNCIL (BIMCO)

STANDARD SHIP MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT – CODE NAME: “SHIPMAN 98”

 

 

Carmen Knutsen

   
Main Particulars     
   
Owner    Knutsen Shuttle Tankers 13 AS
   
Operator    KNOT Management AS
   
Classification / Notation   

+1A1, CSR Tanker for Oil ESP BOW LOADING SPM HELDK-SH OPP-F EO F-AMC DYNPOS-AUTR (A) NAUT-OC VCS-2

 

Recyclable BWM-E(s) COAT-PSPC(B) BIS TMON (CAA-N)

   
Flag / Register    MALTA
   
Home Port    VALETTA
   
IMO Number / Call sign    9623635 / 9HA2914
   
Service Speed    13,5 (Charter Party Speed)
   
Main Dimensions     
   
Length overall    280,64 m
   
Length between Perpendiculars    264,764 m
   
Breath (Moulded)    48,0 m
   
Depth (Moulded)    23,10
   
Keel to masthead    58,5 m


   
Ballast parallel body length Total/ Bow-mid manifold/stern-mid manifold    97,10 / 56,55 / 40,52
   
Summer deadweight (SDWT) parallel body length Total/ Bow-mid manifold/stern-mid manifold    97,10 / 56,55 / 40,52
   
Manifold arrangement    Arrangement: OCIMF Standard (Steel) 3x 406 mm (16”) ANSI
         
Draft/Displacement/Deadweight    Loadline    Draft    Displacement    Deadweight
     Summer:    17,13 metres    183,453 MT    156,298 MT
     Winter:    16,817 metres    179,221 MT    152,064 MT
     Tropical:    17,531 metres    187,589 MT    160,532 MT
     Lightship:    2,935 Metres    27,157.20 MT     
     Normal Ballast    7,59 Metres    73,658.80    46,501.60 MT
      
   
Gross tonnage    82,803
   
Net tonnage    50,398
   
Machinery     
   
Main engine   

Hyundai-Man B&W MAN

6S70ME-C8,2         15200 KW

   
Propeller    KAWASAKI HEAVY INDUSTRIES controllable pitch propeller
   
Boilers (Maker / Type / Pressure / Capacity))    2x Aalborg Mission OL 18 bars /35000kg/hr
   
Alternators   

Hyundai Himsen 4-stroke, trunk piston in line type

2x 3500 kw

2x 4500 KW

   
Steering gear (Maker / Type)    Rolls Royce /Electro hydraulic rotary vane type with electric pump control
   
Bow Thrusters    Brunvoll 2 x 2200 KW + AZIMUT 1 x 2500 KW
   
Stern Thrusters    Brunvoll 1 x 2200 KW + AZIMUT 1 x 2500 KW
   
Cargo Equipment     
   
Cargo tanks   

No of tanks:     12 + 2 slops

No of grades:     3

98% capacity, cargo tanks:     161399,37 m3

98% slop tanks capacity:         2812,4 m3

Total 98% capacity:                164211,77 m3


   
Cargo pumps (Type/Maker/Capacity/head)    3x centrifugal / Hamworthy/4000 m3/h / 130 m
   
Spray/stripping pumps (Maker/Capacity/head)    CSP 300/300m3/h /135 m
   
Ballast pumps (Type/Maker/Capacity)    Centrifugal/HAMWORTHY/2500m3/h 25 m
   
High duty Compressor (Type/Maker/Capacity)    N/A
   
Low duty Compressor (Type/Maker/Capacity    N/A
   
Mooring equipment     
   
Mooring Winches (Type/Maker/heaving power/break capacity    Hydraulic double drum / Pusnes / 25 t / 81,5 t
   
Mooring ropes on drums /No/diameter/material/length/Breaking strength   

Wire (rope tails)

16 /38 mm/ wire+(rope tail) / 220 m+(11m)/100 t


EXHIBIT B

ANNEX “B” (MANNING) TO

THE BALTIC AND INTERNATIONAL MARITIME COUNCIL (BIMCO)

STANDARD SHIP MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT-CODE NAME: “SHIPMAN 98”

 

 

CARMEN KNUTSEN

 

 

LOGO


EXHIBIT C

ANNEX “C” (BUDGET) TO

THE BALTIC AND INTERNATIONAL MARITIME COUNCIL (BIMCO)

STANDARD SHIP MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT-CODE NAME: “SHIPMAN 98”

 

 

Manager’s Budget for the 2013:

CARMEN KNUTSEN

 

DESCRIPTION    USD PER DAY      USD PER YEAR  

1. Technical Expences

     2 436,4         889 300   

2. Victually

     356         130 000   

3. Lubrication oils

     684,9         250 000   

4. Manning

     7 518,1         2 744 112   

5. Insurance

     1 249,3         456 000   

6. Management fee

     1 172,1         430 014   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     13 423,0         4 899 426   

EXHIBIT 4.7

DATED 11 July 2013

KNUTSEN SHUTTLE TANKERS XII KS

as Borrower

KNOT SHUTTLE TANKERS AS

KNOT OFFSHORE PARTNERS LP

as Guarantors

KNOT SHUTTLE TANKERS 12 AS

KNUTSEN SHUTTLE TANKERS XII AS

as Partners

DNB BANK ASA

NORDEA BANK NORGE ASA

as Lenders, Mandated Lead Arrangers and Bookrunners

THE EXPORT-IMPORT BANK OF CHINA

as Lender and Mandated Lead Arranger

SUMITOMO MITSUI BANKING CORPORATION EUROPE LIMITED

as Lender

- and -

DNB BANK ASA

as Agent and Security Trustee

 

 

SECOND AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT DEED

 

 

Loan facility of up to US$160,000,000 to assist

finance the construction and acquisition of

“FORTALEZA KNUTSEN” and “RECIFE KNUTSEN”

 

LOGO


CONTENTS

 

Clause        Page  
1.  

DEFINITIONS AND CONSTRUCTION

     2   
2.  

AGREEMENT OF THE BANKS

     2   
3.  

RELEASE OF CRÉDIT AGRICOLE CORPORATE AND INVESTMENT BANK AS MANDATED LEAD ARRANGER

     2   
4.  

AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT OF THE LOAN AGREEMENT

     3   
5.  

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

     3   
6.  

REDUCTION IN SHARE CAPITAL

     3   
7.  

NO OTHER AMENDMENTS

     4   
8.  

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

     4   
9.  

CONFIRMATION

     4   
10.  

FEES AND EXPENSES

     4   
11.  

COUNTERPARTS

     4   
12.  

GOVERNING LAW AND JURISDICTION

     4   

SCHEDULE 1 - CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

     5   

EXECUTION PAGES

     7   

APPENDIX 1 - FORM OF AMENDED AND RESTATED LOAN AGREEMENT

     10   


THIS DEED is made on 11 July 2013

BETWEEN :

 

1. KNUTSEN SHUTTLE TANKERS XII KS as Borrower;

 

2. KNOT SHUTTLE TANKERS AS and KNOT OFFSHORE PARTNERS LP as Guarantors;

 

3. KNOT SHUTTLE TANKERS 12 AS as Limited Partner and KNUTSEN SHUTTLE TANKERS XII AS as General Partner;

 

4. DNB BANK ASA , NORDEA BANK NORGE ASA , THE EXPORT-IMPORT BANK OF CHINA and SUMITOMO MITSUI BANKING CORPORATION EUROPE LIMITED as Lenders;

 

5. DNB BANK ASA , NORDEA BANK NORGE ASA and THE EXPORT-IMPORT BANK OF CHINA as Mandated Lead Arrangers and, in the case of DNB BANK ASA and NORDEA BANK NORGE ASA only, also in their capacity as Bookrunners;

 

6. DNB BANK ASA as Agent; and

 

7. DNB BANK ASA as Security Trustee.

WHEREAS

 

(A) By a loan agreement dated 1 December 2009 (as amended by a supplemental agreement dated 14 February 2011, a second supplemental deed dated 6 July 2012, a third supplemental deed dated 27 February 2013, an amendment and restatement deed dated 9 April 2013, a fourth supplemental deed dated 29 April 2013 and certain Transfer Certificates) now made between (1) the Borrower, (2) the Lenders, (3) the Mandated Lead Arrangers and Bookrunners, (4) the Agent and (5) the Security Trustee (the “ Loan Agreement ”), the Lenders agreed to make available to the Borrower a loan of up to $160,000,000 to finance the construction and acquisition of “FORTALEZA KNUTSEN” and “RECIFE KNUTSEN”, of which $113,052,748.01 remains outstanding on the date of this Deed.

 

(B) The Borrower has requested that the Loan be increased by an additional amount of up to $25,422,252 (the “ Additional Amount ”) to be advanced to it for general corporate purposes of which $12,544,020 is to form an additional part of Tranche A and of which $12,878,232 is to form an additional part of Tranche B.

 

(C) Two of the Lenders, namely DNB Bank ASA and Nordea Bank Norge ASA (in that capacity, the “ Increase Lenders ”), have agreed to make the Additional Amount available to the Borrower and the Banks have consented to the Additional Amount being added to the Loan on a pari passu basis upon the terms set out in the Amended and Restated Loan Agreement.

 

(D) This Deed provides for the consequential amendment and restatement of the Loan Agreement so as to set out the terms and conditions on which, with the approval of the Banks, the Increase Lenders agree to make the Additional Amount available to the Borrower.


NOW IT IS AGREED as follows:

 

1. DEFINITIONS AND CONSTRUCTION

 

1.1 In this Deed including its recitals (unless the context otherwise requires) any terms and expressions not defined herein but whose meanings are defined in the Loan Agreement shall have the meanings set out therein.

 

1.2 In this Deed:

Amended and Restated Loan Agreement ” means the Loan Agreement as amended and restated by this Deed in the form set out in Appendix 1;

Amendment Fee Letter ” means the amendment fee letter agreement dated the same date as this Deed made between the Agent and the Borrower in respect of the amendment fee payable in respect of this Deed;

Effective Time ” means the time at which the Agent has notified each of the other parties to this Deed that the conditions precedent in Clause 5.2 are satisfied;

Existing Borrower Shares Security ” means the first priority Norwegian law instrument of pledge dated 16 April 2013 creating security in respect of the partnership shares in the Borrower owned by the Limited Partner executed by the Limited Partner in favour of the Security Trustee.

 

1.3 The provisions of Clauses 1.2 and 1.3 of the Loan Agreement shall extend and apply hereto as if the same were (mutatis mutandis) herein expressly set forth.

 

1.4 Other than Crédit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank in respect of Clause 3, a person who is not a party to this Deed may not enforce, or otherwise have the benefit of, any provision of this Deed under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999.

 

2. AGREEMENT OF THE BANKS

 

2.1 The Banks (including for that purpose the Increase Lenders) agree, subject to and upon the terms and conditions of this Deed, to:

 

  2.1.1 the Additional Amount being made available to the Borrower by the Increase Lenders; and

 

  2.1.2 the consequential amendments to the Loan Agreement and the other Finance Documents as set out in this Deed.

The agreement of the Banks contained in this Clause 2.1 shall have effect on and from the Effective Time.

 

3. RELEASE OF CRÉDIT AGRICOLE CORPORATE AND INVESTMENT BANK AS MANDATED LEAD ARRANGER

The parties to this Deed acknowledge that Crédit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank resigned as a Mandated Lead Arranger under the Loan Agreement with effect from 9 July 2013 (being the date on which, by reason of certain Transfer Certificates, it ceased to be a Lender). Accordingly, it is agreed that Crédit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank ceased to be a party to the Loan Agreement on and with effect from that date.

 

2


4. AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT OF THE LOAN AGREEMENT

With effect on and from the Effective Time the Loan Agreement shall be, and shall be deemed by this Deed to be, amended and restated in the form of the Amended and Restated Loan Agreement as attached in Appendix 1.

 

5. CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

 

5.1 The agreement of the Banks contained in Clause 2.1 is subject to the fulfilment of the conditions precedent in Clause 5.2.

 

5.2 The conditions referred to in Clause 5.1 are that:

 

  5.2.1 the Agent has received payment of the fees and expenses specified in Clause 10 to the extent due and payable on or before the Effective Time;

 

  5.2.2 the Agent has received all of the documents and evidence specified in Schedule 1 in all respects in form and substance satisfactory to the Lenders on or before 23 August 2013 or such later date as the Banks may agree with the Borrower and the other Obligors; and

 

  5.2.3 at the Effective Time:

 

  (a) the representations and warranties contained in Clause 8 are true and correct; and

 

  (b) no Event of Default or Potential Event of Default has occurred or will arise following the completion of the transactions contemplated by this Deed.

 

5.3 The conditions precedent set out in this Clause 5 are for the exclusive benefit of the Banks, and the Banks may accordingly waive any or all of them on such conditions as they may think fit.

 

6. REDUCTION IN SHARE CAPITAL

 

6.1 Subject to Clause 6.2 and to the conditions precedent in Clause 5.2 being satisfied or waived, the Security Trustee undertakes that, in order for the reduction in the share capital of the Borrower to be completed as permitted by Clause 11.3.12 of the Amended and Restated Loan Agreement, it will release the Existing Borrower Shares Security and redeliver to the Limited Partner the original share certificate representing the Limited Partner’s shares in the Borrower (which share certificate is held by the Security Trustee pursuant to the Existing Borrower Shares Security).

 

6.2 The undertaking given by the Security Trustee under Clause 6.1 is given subject to the condition that, upon the said share reduction taking place and in immediate exchange for the release of the Existing Borrower Shares Security and redelivery of the said share certificate by the Security Trustee, the Limited Partner will:

 

  6.2.1 execute a new first priority Norwegian law instrument of pledge in favour of the Security Trustee over its partnership shares in the Borrower following the said share capital reduction, such instrument to be in the same terms as the Existing Borrower Shares Security, save for logical changes only (a “ Replacement Borrower Shares Security ”); and

 

  6.2.2 deliver the new share certificate for its partnership shares in the Borrower to the Security Trustee.

 

3


6.3 Any failure by the Limited Partner to comply with its obligations under Clause 6.2 shall be an Event of Default.

 

6.4 The other Banks confirm that they agree to the provisions of this Clause 6 and irrevocably authorise and instruct the Security Trustee to act in accordance with such provisions.

 

7. NO OTHER AMENDMENTS

Save as expressly amended hereby, all other terms and conditions of the Loan Agreement and the other Finance Documents shall remain unaltered in full force and effect.

 

8. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

The Borrower represents and warrants to the Banks as at the Effective Time that the representations and warranties in Clause 10 of the Amended and Restated Loan Agreement are true and not misleading.

 

9. CONFIRMATION

Each party to this Deed acknowledges and agrees, for the avoidance of doubt, that each of the Finance Documents to which it is a party shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding the terms of this Deed and shall continue to secure the Outstanding Indebtedness as well as the Additional Amount and all interest thereon.

 

10. FEES AND EXPENSES

 

10.1 The Borrower shall pay to the Agent for distribution to the Lenders a non-refundable amendment fee on such date and in such amount as is specified in the Amendment Fee Letter.

 

10.2 The Borrower agrees to pay to the Banks on a full indemnity basis on demand all expenses (including legal and out-of-pocket expenses) incurred by the Banks in connection with the negotiation, preparation, execution and, where relevant, registration of this Deed.

 

11. COUNTERPARTS

This Deed may be executed in any number of counterparts each of which shall be deemed to be an original and, when executed, all such counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument.

 

12. GOVERNING LAW AND JURISDICTION

 

12.1 This Deed and any non contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it shall be governed by and construed in accordance with English law.

 

12.2 The provisions of Clause 25.2 to 25.6 of the Loan Agreement shall extend and apply hereto as if the same were (mutatis mutandis) herein expressly set forth.

THIS DEED has been duly executed by or on behalf of the parties hereto as a Deed and has, on the date stated at the beginning of this Deed, been delivered as a deed.

 

4


SCHEDULE 1

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

The following are the documents or evidence referred to in Clause 5.2.2.

 

1. 7 originals of this Deed duly executed by the parties to it.

 

2. 2 originals of the Amendment Fee Letter duly executed by the parties to it.

 

3. A certificate from a director or officer of the Borrower, the Parent Guarantor, KNOT Shuttle Tankers, the General Partner and the Limited Partner confirming that there have been no changes to the constitutional documents of that party since copies were last provided to the Agent (or attaching copies of any amendments to such constitutional documents if there have been any changes).

 

4. A certificate of good standing or other evidence for the Borrower, the Parent Guarantor, KNOT Shuttle Tankers, the General Partner and the Limited Partner that it is in good standing.

 

5. A certificate signed by the secretary or a director of the Borrower, the Parent Guarantor, KNOT Shuttle Tankers, the General Partner and the Limited Partner stating:

 

  (a) its directors (if any) and its officers;

 

  (b) the names and holdings of its partners (in the case of the Borrower) or its shareholders (in the case of each other such party except the Parent Guarantor);

 

  (c) that no licences, authorisations, approvals or consents are required by it in connection with the execution, delivery, performance, validity and enforceability of this Deed or, if any such licences, authorisations, approvals or consents are required by it, attaching certified copies of the same.

 

6. Certified copies of resolutions of the Borrower, the Parent Guarantor, KNOT Shuttle Tankers, the General Partner and the Limited Partner approving this Deed and approving the transactions contemplated thereby and authorising the execution of such documents by an officer or attorney of that party.

 

7. Originals of the powers of attorney, if any, issued pursuant to the resolutions referred to in paragraph 6 above.

 

8. Such certificates and documents as any Bank may reasonably require in order to comply with any anti-money laundering or “know your customer” legislation, regulation or procedures applicable to it.

 

9. Legal opinions in form and substance acceptable to the Lenders (or confirmation satisfactory to the Agent that such legal opinions will be issued in form and substance acceptable to the Lenders) from:

 

  (a) Holman Fenwick Willan LLP concerning such matters of English law as the Agent may reasonably require;

 

  (b) Wikborg Rein concerning such matters of Norwegian law as the Agent may reasonably require;

 

5


  (c) Seward & Kissel LLP concerning such matters of Marshall Islands law as the Agent may reasonably require; and

 

  (d) Higgs & Johnson concerning such matters of Bahamian law as the Agent may reasonably require.

 

6


EXECUTION PAGES

 

THE BORROWER    
SIGNED and DELIVERED as a DEED   )  
by   )  
duly authorised for and on behalf of   )  

/s/ BJØRN SANDE URTEGAARD

KNUTSEN SHUTTLE TANKERS   )   Bjørn Sande Urtegaard
XII KS   )   (attorney-in-fact)
in the presence of:   )  
/s/ ERIK MEYER-LAMPE    
Erik Meyer-Lampe    
THE GUARANTORS    
SIGNED and DELIVERED as a DEED   )  
by   )  
duly authorised for and on behalf of   )  

/s/ BJØRN SANDE URTEGAARD

KNOT SHUTTLE TANKERS AS   )   Bjørn Sande Urtegaard
in the presence of:   )   (attorney-in-fact)
/s/ ERIK MEYER-LAMPE    
Erik Meyer-Lampe    
SIGNED and DELIVERED as a DEED   )  
by   )  
duly authorised for and on behalf of   )  

/s/ ARILD VIK

KNOT OFFSHORE PARTNERS LP   )   Arild Vik
in the presence of:   )  
/s/ MORAG O’NEILL    
Morag O’Neill    
THE PARTNERS    
SIGNED and DELIVERED as a DEED   )  
by   )  
duly authorised for and on behalf of   )  

/s/ BJØRN SANDE URTEGAARD

KNOT SHUTTLE TANKERS 12 AS   )   Bjørn Sande Urtegaard
in the presence of:   )   (attorney-in-fact)
/s/ ERIK MEYER-LAMPE    
Erik Meyer-Lampe    

 

7


SIGNED and DELIVERED as a DEED   )  
by   )  
duly authorised for and on behalf of   )  

/s/ BJØRN SANDE URTEGAARD

KNUTSEN SHUTTLE TANKERS   )   Bjørn Sande Urtegaard
XII AS   )   (attorney-in-fact)
in the presence of:   )  
/s/ ERIK MEYER-LAMPE    
Erik Meyer-Lampe    
THE BANKS    
SIGNED and DELIVERED as a DEED   )  
by   )  
duly authorised for and on behalf of   )  

/s/ KATHERINE NOBLE

DNB BANK ASA   )   Katherine Noble
as Lender, Mandated Lead Arranger,   )   Attorney-in-fact
Bookrunner, Agent and Security Trustee   )  
in the presence of:   )  
/s/ HOLLY FOSTER    
Holly Foster    
SIGNED and DELIVERED as a DEED   )  
by   )  
duly authorised for and on behalf of   )  

/s/ KATHERINE NOBLE

T HE EXPORT-IMPORT BANK   )   Katherine Noble
OF CHINA as Lender and Mandated Lead   )   Attorney-in-fact
Arranger   )  
in the presence of:   )  
/s/ HOLLY FOSTER    
Holly Foster    
SIGNED and DELIVERED as a DEED   )  
by   )  
duly authorised for and on behalf of   )  

/s/ KATHERINE NOBLE

NORDEA BANK NORGE ASA   )   Katherine Noble
as Lender, Mandated Lead Arranger and   )   Attorney-in-fact
Bookrunner   )  
in the presence of:   )  
/s/ HOLLY FOSTER    
Holly Foster    

 

8


SIGNED and DELIVERED as a DEED   )  
by   )  
duly authorised for and on behalf of   )  

/s/ KATHERINE NOBLE

SUMITOMO MITSUI BANKING   )   Katherine Noble
CORPORATION EUROPE   )   Attorney-in-fact
LIMITED   )  
as Lender   )  
in the presence of:   )  
/s/ HOLLY FOSTER    
Holly Foster    

 

9


APPENDIX 1

FORM OF AMENDED AND RESTATED LOAN AGREEMENT

 

10


DATED 1 December 2009

(as amended by a supplemental agreement dated 14 February 2011, a second supplemental agreement dated 6 July 2012, a third supplemental agreement dated 27 February 2013, an amendment and restatement deed dated 9 April 2013, a fourth supplemental agreement dated 29 April 2013 and a second amendment and restatement deed dated 11 July 2013)

KNUTSEN SHUTTLE TANKERS XII KS

as Borrower

DNB BANK ASA

NORDEA BANK NORGE ASA

THE EXPORT-IMPORT BANK OF CHINA

SUMITOMO MITSUI BANKING CORPORATION EUROPE LIMITED

as Lenders

DNB BANK ASA

NORDEA BANK NORGE ASA

as Mandated Lead Arrangers and Bookrunners

THE EXPORT-IMPORT BANK OF CHINA

as Mandated Lead Arranger

- and -

DNB BANK ASA

as Agent and Security Trustee

 

 

LOAN AGREEMENT

 

 

relating to a senior pre- and post-delivery loan facility

of up to US$160,000,000 to assist finance the

construction and acquisition of “FORTALEZA KNUTSEN” and

“RECIFE KNUTSEN”

 

LOGO


INDEX

 

NO.

 

DESCRIPTION

   PAGE  
1.  

DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

     2   
2.  

THE LOAN

     17   
3.  

DRAWDOWN

     20   
4.  

REPAYMENT

     21   
5.  

PREPAYMENT AND CANCELLATION

     24   
6.  

INTEREST

     26   
7.  

PAYMENTS

     28   
8.  

NO SET-OFF, COUNTERCLAIM OR TAX DEDUCTION

     29   
9.  

EARNINGS

     31   
10.  

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

     31   
11.  

GENERAL UNDERTAKINGS

     35   
12.  

INFORMATION UNDERTAKINGS

     39   
13  

PROVISIONS RELATING TO THE CHARTERS

     40   
14.  

EVENTS OF DEFAULT

     42   
15.  

FEES, EXPENSES AND INDEMNITIES

     46   
16.  

THE AGENT

     48   
17.  

THE SECURITY TRUSTEE

     52   
18.  

RETIREMENT OF A SERVICE BANK

     55   
19.  

LIMITS OF THE SERVICE BANKS’ OBLIGATIONS

     56   
20.  

SHARING OF PAYMENTS

     58   
21.  

ASSIGNMENT, TRANSFER AND RELEASE

     59   
22.  

SET-OFF

     62   
23.  

MISCELLANEOUS

     62   
24.  

NOTICES

     64   
25.  

APPLICABLE LAW AND JURISDICTION

     65   

Schedule 1 - LENDERS, COMMITMENTS AND CONTRIBUTIONS

     67   

Schedule 2 - FORM OF NOTICE OF DRAWDOWN

     69   

Schedule 3 - INTENTIONALLY OMITTED

     70   

Schedule 4 - FORM OF TRANSFER CERTIFICATE

     71   

Schedule 5 - INTENTIONALLY OMITTED

     76   


THIS AGREEMENT BETWEEN:

 

1. KNUTSEN SHUTTLE TANKERS XII KS , a limited partnership established under the laws of Norway with organisation number 991959610 and having its registered office at Smedasundet 40, 5529 Haugesund, Norway (the “ Borrower ”);

 

2. DNB BANK ASA, a company incorporated under the laws of Norway acting through its office at Lars Hillesgt. 30, N-5020 Bergen, Norway, NORDEA BANK NORGE ASA , a company incorporated under the laws of Norway acting through its office at Middelthuns gate 17, P.O. Box 1166 Sentrum, NO-0107 Oslo, Norway, THE EXPORT-IMPORT BANK OF CHINA , a company incorporated under the laws of the People’s Republic of China acting through its office at No. 30, Fu Xing Men Nei Street, Xicheng District, Beijing 100031, People’s Republic of China and SUMITOMO MITSUI BANKING CORPORATION EUROPE LIMITED , a company incorporated under the laws of England and Wales acting through its office at 99 Queen Victoria Street, London EC4V 4EH in their capacity as lenders of the Original Sub-Tranches (the “ Original Lenders ”) and, in the case of DNB Bank ASA and Nordea Bank Norge ASA only, also in their capacity as lenders of the Additional Sub-Tranches (the “ Increase Lenders ”);

 

3. DNB BANK ASA, a company incorporated under the laws of Norway acting through its office at Lars Hillesgt. 30, N-5020 Bergen, Norway, NORDEA BANK NORGE ASA , a company incorporated under the laws of Norway acting through its office at Middelthuns gate 17, P.O. Box 1166 Sentrum, NO-0107 Oslo, Norway and THE EXPORT-IMPORT BANK OF CHINA , a company incorporated under the laws of the People’s Republic of China acting through its office at No. 30, Fu Xing Men Nei Street, Xicheng District, Beijing 100031, People’s Republic of China, in their capacity as mandated lead arrangers (the “ Mandated Lead Arrangers ”) and, in the case of DNB Bank ASA and Nordea Bank Norge ASA only, also in their capacity as bookrunners (the “ Bookrunners ”);

 

4. DNB BANK ASA, a company incorporated under the laws of Norway acting through its office at Lars Hillesgt. 30, N-5020 Bergen, Norway in its capacity as agent for the Lenders (the “ Agent ”); and

 

5. DNB BANK ASA, a company incorporated under the laws of Norway acting through its office at Lars Hillesgt. 30, N-5020 Bergen, Norway in its capacity as security trustee for the Banks (the “ Security Trustee ”)

was originally made on 1 December 2009 and was amended by a supplemental agreement dated 14 February 2011, a second supplemental agreement dated 6 July 2012, a third supplemental agreement dated 27 February 2013, an amendment and restatement deed dated 9 April 2013, a fourth supplemental deed dated 29 April 2013 and the Second Amendment and Restatement Deed as well as being amended by certain Transfer Certificates.

WHEREAS:

 

(A)

Pursuant to the Original Loan Agreement the Original Lenders advanced the Original Sub-Tranches to the Borrower in the aggregate amount of $160,000,000 for the


  purpose of assisting it to finance the construction and acquisition of the Vessels. As at the date of the Second Amendment and Restatement the outstanding principal amount of the Original Sub-Tranches was $113,052,748.01.

 

(B) Pursuant to the Second Amendment and Restatement Deed the Increase Lenders agreed to advance the Additional Sub-Tranches to the Borrower in the aggregate amount of up to $25,422,252 to be used by the Borrower for general corporate purposes (on a pari passu basis with the Original Sub-Tranches) and it was agreed that the Original Loan Agreement should be amended and restated on the basis set out in this Agreement.

 

(C) Pursuant to the Junior Loan Agreement the Junior Lenders advanced the Junior Loan to the Borrower in the aggregate amount of $19,000,000 for the purpose of assisting it to finance the construction and acquisition of the Vessels. The Junior Loan has since been prepaid in full (and the Junior Loan Facility cancelled in full) but the Junior Security Documents remain in place for the benefit of the Swap Providers as security for the Master Agreement Liabilities incurred by the Borrower under Master Agreements entered into by it on or after the closing date of the initial public offering of the common units representing limited partner interests in the Parent Guarantor.

IT IS AGREED AS FOLLOWS:

 

1. DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

 

1.1 Definitions

In this Agreement, including the Recitals, the following expressions shall have the following meanings:

Account Pledge ” means a first priority Norwegian law instrument of pledge creating security in respect of the Earnings Accounts dated 30 March 2011 executed by the Borrower as security for the Borrower’s obligations under the Finance Documents;

Additional Sub-Tranches ” means:

 

  (a) the amount of up to $12,544,020 to be advanced by the Increase Lenders to the Borrower for general corporate purposes and which is to form part of Tranche A and, as the context may require, means the principal amount from time to time drawn in respect of that Additional Sub-Tranche and outstanding under this Agreement (“ Sub-Tranche A2 ”); and

 

  (b) the amount of up to $12,878,232 to be advanced by the Increase Lenders to the Borrower for general corporate purposes and which is to form part of Tranche B and, as the context may require, means the principal amount from time to time drawn in respect of that Additional Sub-Tranche and outstanding under this Agreement (“ Sub-Tranche B2 ”);

Advance ” refers to each advance of the Original Sub-Tranches and has the meaning given in Clause 2.1;

 

2


Agency Fee Letter ” means the fee letter agreement dated 1 December 2009 made between the Agent and the Borrower in respect of the agency fee payable under Clause 15.3;

Amendment Date ” means the date on which the Agent has notified each of the other parties to this Agreement that the conditions precedent in Clause 5.2 of the Second Amendment and Restatement Deed are satisfied;

Amendment Fee Letter ” means the fee letter agreement dated the same date as the Second Amendment and Restatement Deed and made between the Agent and the Borrower in respect of the amendment fee payable under Clause 15.1;

Applicable Margin ” means 3.00% per annum;

Availability Period ” means, for each Additional Sub-Tranche, the period commencing on the date of the Second Amendment and Restatement Deed and ending on the earlier of (a) 23 August 2013 (or such later date as the Increase Lenders may agree) and (b) the date on which the obligations of the Increase Lenders in respect of that Additional Sub-Tranche are cancelled in full;

Bank ” means any of the Lenders, the Mandated Lead Arrangers, the Bookrunners, the Agent and the Security Trustee;

Banking Day ” means a day (excluding Saturdays and Sundays) on which banks are open in London, Bergen, Paris and Beijing and, in respect of a day on which a payment is required to be made under a Finance Document, also in New York City;

Borrower Shares Security ” means a first priority Norwegian law instrument of pledge creating security in respect of the partnership shares in the Borrower owned by the Limited Partner dated 16 April 2013 and executed by the Limited Partner in favour of the Security Trustee as security for the Borrower’s obligations under the Finance Documents or, as the case may be, a Replacement Borrower Shares Security as referred to in Clause 6.2.1 of the Second Amendment and Restatement Deed;

Break Costs ” means, in respect of a Lender, all costs, losses, premiums or penalties incurred by that Lender as a result of its receiving any prepayment of all or any part of the Loan on a day other than the last day of an Interest Period in respect of the same, or any other payment under or in relation to the Finance Documents on a day other than the due date for payment of the sum in question, including (without limitation) any losses or costs incurred in liquidating or re-employing deposits from third parties acquired to effect or maintain all or any part of its Contribution, and any liabilities, expenses or losses incurred by that Lender in terminating or reversing, or otherwise in connection with, any interest rate and/or currency swap, transaction or arrangement entered into by that Lender to hedge any exposure arising under this Agreement, or in terminating or reversing, or otherwise in connection with, any open position arising under this Agreement;

Charter ” means, in relation to a Vessel, the bareboat charter in respect of that Vessel dated 14 November 2007 (as amended and novated from time to time) now made between the Borrower and the Charterers pursuant to which the Charterers have agreed to take such Vessel on bareboat charter for a period of 12 years at a net rate of $33,300 per day (exclusive of deductions for brokerage commission);

 

3


Charter Assignment ” means, in relation to a Vessel, the first priority assignment of the Charter in respect of that Vessel dated 6 July 2012 and executed by the Borrower in favour of the Security Trustee;

Charter Period ” means, in relation to a Vessel, the period during which that Vessel is in the possession and control of the Charterers (or either of them) under and in accordance with the Charter relating to it (whether or not off hire);

Charter Termination Event ” means, in relation to a Vessel, any of the following events or circumstances:

 

  (a) it becomes impossible or unlawful for any party to the Charter in respect of that Vessel to fulfil any of its obligations thereunder or to exercise any rights vested in it thereby; or

 

  (b) the Charter in respect of that Vessel being breached in any material respect by any party thereto or being terminated or for any reason becoming invalid or unenforceable or otherwise ceases to be in full force and effect; or

 

  (c) the Charter in respect of that Vessel being repudiated in accordance with any applicable law;

Charterers ” means Fronape and Transpetro;

Classification Society ” means, in relation to a Vessel, Det Norske Veritas or such other classification society as may from time to time be approved in writing by the Lenders;

Commitment ” means in relation to an Increase Lender in respect of an Additional Sub-Tranche, the amount set opposite its name in Part 2 of Schedule 1 in respect of that Additional Sub-Tranche to the extent not cancelled, reduced or transferred by it under Clause 2.2 or any other provision of this Agreement (and “ Total Commitments ” means the aggregate of the Commitments of all the Increase Lenders);

Contribution ” means:

 

  (a) in relation to an Original Lender in respect of an Original Sub-Tranche, the outstanding principal part of that Sub-Tranche owing to such Original Lender at any time (as reduced by any relevant term of this Agreement) and being, as at the date of the Second Amendment and Restatement Deed, the amount set out opposite its name in Part 1 of Schedule 1 in respect of that Sub-Tranche;

 

  (b) in relation to an Increase Lender in respect of an Additional Sub-Tranche, the outstanding principal part of that Sub-Tranche owing to such Increase Lender at any time (as reduced by any relevant term of this Agreement);

 

  (c) in relation to a Transferee Lender in respect of a Sub-Tranche, the outstanding principal part of that Sub-Tranche transferred to it and owing to it at any time (as reduced by any relevant term of this Agreement),

 

4


and, as the context may require, means such other amount owing to any relevant Lender at any relevant time and “ Total Contributions ” means the aggregate of the Contributions of all the Lenders;

Coordination Agreement ” means the coordination agreement dated 9 April 2013 (as amended and supplemented from time to time) and made between (1) the Borrower, (2) the Security Trustee and (3) the Junior Security Trustee setting out the terms on which the Junior Security Documents are subordinated to the Security Documents;

Deed of Covenant ” means:

 

  (a) in relation to Vessel A, the deed of covenants collateral to the Mortgage on that Vessel dated 30 March 2011 and executed by the Borrower in favour of the Security Trustee as security for the Borrower’s obligations under the Finance Documents; and

 

  (b) in relation to Vessel B, the deed of covenants collateral to the Mortgage on that Vessel dated 3 August 2011 and executed by the Borrower in favour of the Security Trustee as security for the Borrower’s obligations under the Finance Documents;

Default Rate ” means the annual rate of interest determined in accordance with Clause 6.3;

Deregistration Document ” has the meaning given to it in Clause 13.3.5;

Dollars ” and “ $ ” means the lawful currency for the time being of the United States of America;

Drawdown Date ” means:

 

  (a) in respect of an Advance of an Original Sub-Tranche, the date of drawing of that Advance as specified in Clause 2.1; and

 

  (b) in respect of the Additional Sub-Tranches, the Banking Day on which the Borrower specifies that it wishes the Additional Sub-Tranches to be advanced or (as the context requires) the date on which the Additional Sub-Tranches are actually advanced to the Borrower;

Dual Registration ” has the meaning given to it in Clause 13.1.1;

Earnings ” means, in relation to a Vessel, all moneys whatsoever (and all claims for such moneys), present and future, which are earned or recoverable by, or become payable to or for the account of, the Borrower at any time during the Security Period arising (whether in contract, tort or otherwise howsoever), directly or indirectly, out of the ownership, use or operation of that Vessel, including (but not limited to) all freight, hire and passage moneys, compensation payable in the event of requisition of

 

5


that Vessel for hire, remuneration for salvage and towage services, demurrage and detention moneys, contributions in general average, damages for breach (or payments for variation or termination) of any charterparty or other contract for employment of that Vessel, and all moneys (other than in respect of Insurances or Requisition Compensation) arising from a Total Loss, together with the benefit of any guarantee, indemnity or other security which may at any time be given as security for the payment of such moneys;

Earnings Accounts ” means, together, the Dollar denominated earnings account with account number 1250.04.13857, the Euro denominated earnings account with account number 1250.60.20814 and the Norwegian Kroner denominated earnings account with account number 1503.01.88559, each opened by the Borrower with the Agent as required under Clause 9.1;

Encumbrance ” means any mortgage, charge, (whether fixed or floating), pledge, lien, hypothecation, assignment, trust arrangement or security interest or other encumbrance of any kind securing any obligation of any person or having the effect of conferring security or any type of preferential arrangement (including, without limitation, title transfer and/or retention arrangements having a similar effect);

Euro ” and “ ” mean the lawful currency of the participating member states of the European Monetary Union pursuant to Council Regulation (EC) 974/98 of 3 May 1998, as amended from time to time;

Event of Default ” means any of the events listed in Clause 14.1;

Execution Date ” means 1 December 2009;

Factoring Agreement ” means the first priority Norwegian law factoring agreement and collateral declaration of pledge in respect thereof dated 3 December 2009 and executed by the Borrower in favour of the Security Trustee as security for the Borrower’s obligations under the Finance Documents;

Fee Letters ” means the Agency Fee Letter and the Amendment Fee Letter;

Final Maturity Date ” means 3 August 2016 or, if earlier, the date on which the final Repayment Instalment falls due;

Finance Documents ” means this Agreement, the Fee Letters, the Security Documents and any other documents designated as such by the Agent and the Borrower;

Financial Indebtedness ” means any indebtedness in respect of:

 

  (a) moneys borrowed;

 

  (b) any amount raised by acceptance under any acceptance credit facility or dematerialised equivalent;

 

  (c) any amount raised pursuant to any note purchase facility or the issue of bonds, notes, debentures, loan stock or any similar instrument;

 

6


  (d) the amount of any liability in respect of any lease or hire purchase contract which would, in accordance with GAAP, be treated as a finance or capital lease;

 

  (e) receivables sold or discounted (other than any receivables to the extent they are sold on a non-recourse basis);

 

  (f) any amount raised under any other transaction (including any forward sale or purchase agreement) having the commercial effect of a borrowing;

 

  (g) any derivative transaction entered into in connection with protection against or benefit from fluctuation in any rate or price (and, when calculating the value of any derivative transaction, only the marked to market value shall be taken into account);

 

  (h) any counter-indemnity obligation in respect of a guarantee, indemnity, bond, standby or documentary letter of credit or any other instrument issued by a bank or financial institution; and

 

  (i) the amount of any liability in respect of any guarantee or indemnity for any of the items referred to in paragraphs (a) to (h) above;

Fronape ” means Fronape International Company B.V. a company incorporated under the laws of the Netherlands with registered number 53561767 and having its registered office at Prins Bernhardplein 200, 1097JBM, Amsterdam;

GAAP ” means the Norwegian accounting requirements, practices and regulations as set out in the Norwegian Accounting Act of 17 July 1998 no. 56, and as recommended by the guidelines and standards from time to time issued by Norsk Regnskapsstiftelse, and the regulations and guidelines of the IFRS (all as amended or supplemented from time to time);

General Assignment ” means:

 

  (a) in relation to Vessel A, the first priority assignment of the Insurances, Earnings and Requisition Compensation of that Vessel dated 30 March 2011 and executed by the Borrower in favour of the Security Trustee as security for the Borrower’s obligations under the Finance Documents; and

 

  (b) in relation to Vessel B, the first priority assignment of the Insurances, Earnings and Requisition Compensation of that Vessel dated 3 August 2011 and executed by the Borrower in favour of the Security Trustee as security for the Borrower’s obligations under the Finance Documents;

General Partner ” means Knutsen Shuttle Tankers XII AS, a company incorporated under the laws of Norway with organisation number 991959556 and having its registered office at Smedasundet 40, 5529 Haugesund, Norway;

General Partner Shares Security ” means a first priority Norwegian law instrument of pledge creating security in respect of the shares in the General Partner dated 27 February 2013 and executed by KNOT Shuttle Tankers as security for the Borrower’s obligations under the Finance Documents;

 

7


Group ” means the Parent Guarantor and its subsidiaries for the time being;

Guarantees ” means the KNOT Shuttle Tankers Guarantee and the Parent Guarantee;

IFRS ” means international accounting standards within the meaning of the IAS Regulation 1606/2002 to the extent applicable to the relevant financial statements;

Insurances ” means, in relation to a Vessel, all policies and contracts of insurance (including all entries of that Vessel in a protection and indemnity association and a war risks association) which are from time to time taken out or entered into in respect of that Vessel or her Earnings or otherwise howsoever and all benefits of such policies and contracts, including all claims of whatsoever nature and return of premiums;

Interest Date ” means, in relation to a Tranche or any part thereof (as the case may be), a date upon which interest is due and payable in accordance with Clause 6.1;

Interest Period ” means, in relation to a Tranche or any part thereof (as the case may be), each period determined in accordance with Clause 6.4;

Interest Rate ” means, in relation to a Tranche or any part thereof (as the case may be), the annual rate of interest which is determined by the Agent in accordance with Clause 6.2;

ISM Code ” means The International Management Code for the Safe Operation of Ships and for Pollution Prevention as adopted by the International Maritime Organisation as Resolutions A.741(18) and A.913(22) (as amended, supplemented or replaced from time to time);

ISPS Code ” means The International Ship and Port Facility Security Code as adopted by the International Maritime Organisation (as amended, supplemented or replaced from time to time);

Junior Agent ” means DNB Bank ASA acting in its capacity as agent under and in relation to the Junior Loan Agreement;

Junior Finance Documents ” means the Junior Loan Agreement, the Master Agreements, the Junior Loan Guarantees and the Junior Security Documents;

Junior KNOT Shuttle Tankers Guarantee ” means the irrevocable and unconditional deed of guarantee and indemnity of the Borrower’s obligations under the Junior Finance Documents executed by KNOT Shuttle Tankers in favour of the Junior Security Trustee dated 9 April 2013;

Junior Lenders ” means DNB Bank ASA and Nordea Bank Norge ASA acting in their capacity as lenders under the Junior Loan Agreement;

 

8


Junior Loan ” means the loan of $19,000,000 originally made available to the Borrower under the Junior Loan Agreement and which has since been prepaid in full as referred to in Recital (C);

Junior Loan Agreement ” means the loan facility agreement dated 1 December 2009 (as amended and supplemented from time to time) made between, amongst others, (1) the Borrower, (2) the Junior Lenders, (3) the Swap Providers, (4) the Junior Agent and (5) the Junior Security Trustee setting out the terms and conditions on which the Junior Loan Facility was made available to the Borrower and setting out also the terms and conditions on which the Junior Security Trustee has been appointed to hold the Junior Security Documents on behalf of the Swap Providers;

Junior Loan Facility ” means the loan facility in the amount originally of $19,000,000 made available to the Borrower by the Junior Lenders under the Junior Loan Agreement and which has since been cancelled and prepaid in full as referred to in Recital (C);

Junior Loan Guarantees ” means the Junior KNOT Shuttle Tankers Guarantee and the Junior Parent Guarantee;

Junior Parent Guarantee ” means the irrevocable and unconditional deed of guarantee and indemnity of the Borrower’s obligations under the Junior Finance Documents executed by the Parent Guarantor in favour of the Junior Security Trustee dated 11 April 2013;

Junior Security Documents ” means the following documents executed in favour of the Junior Security Trustee and which, following the prepayment in full of the Junior Loan as referred to in Recital (C), are held by it as security for repayment of the Master Agreement Liabilities:

 

  (a) in relation to each Vessel, a second priority mortgage (and, if relevant, deed of covenants) on that Vessel executed by the Borrower;

 

  (b) in relation to each Vessel, a second priority assignment of the Insurances and Requisition Compensation of that Vessel executed by the Borrower;

 

  (c) in relation to each Vessel, a second priority assignment of the Charter in respect of that Vessel executed by the Borrower;

 

  (d) a second priority Norwegian law instrument of pledge creating security in respect of the Earnings Accounts executed by the Borrower;

 

  (e) a second priority Norwegian law factoring agreement and collateral declaration of pledge in respect thereof executed by the Borrower;

 

  (f) a second priority Norwegian law instrument of pledge creating security in respect of the partnership shares in the Borrower owned by the Limited Partner executed by the Limited Partner; and

 

  (g) a second priority Norwegian law instrument of pledge creating security in respect of the shares in the General Partner executed by KNOT Shuttle Tankers;

 

9


Junior Security Trustee ” means DNB Bank ASA acting in its capacity as security trustee under and in relation to the Junior Loan Agreement;

KNOT Shuttle Tankers ” means KNOT Shuttle Tankers AS, a company incorporated under the laws of Norway with organisation number 998 942 829 and having its registered office at Smedasundet 40, 5529 Haugesund, Norway;

KNOT Shuttle Tankers Guarantee ” means the irrevocable and unconditional deed of guarantee and indemnity of the Borrower’s obligations under the Finance Documents executed by KNOT Shuttle Tankers in favour of the Security Trustee dated 9 April 2013;

Lenders ” means:

 

  (a) any Original Lender;

 

  (b) any Increase Lender; and

 

  (c) any bank, financial institution or other entity which has become a Party in accordance with Clause 21,

which in each case has not ceased to be a Party in accordance with the terms of this Agreement;

Lending Office ” means, in respect of a Lender, the office through which it will perform its obligations under this Agreement being, in the case of an Original Lender, the office set out against its name in Part 1 of Schedule 1 and, in the case of an Increase Lender, the office set out against its name in Part 2 of Schedule 1 and, in the case of each other Lender, the office specified in the relevant Transfer Certificate by which it becomes a Party (or such other office in respect of any Lender as may be selected by it in accordance with Clause 21.11);

LIBOR ” means, in relation to an Interest Period or any other relevant period:

 

  (a) the applicable Screen Rate; or

 

  (b) (if no Screen Rate is available for that period) the rate quoted to the Agent by leading banks in the London interbank market,

at or about 11.00 a.m. London time on the Quotation Day for the offering of deposits in Dollars and for a period comparable to that period provided that, if any such rate is below zero, LIBOR will be deemed to be zero;

Limited Partner ” means KNOT Shuttle Tankers 12 AS, a company incorporated under the laws of Norway with organisation number 999 328 024 and having its registered office at Smedasundet 40, 5529, Haugesund, Norway;

Limited Partnership Agreement ” means the partnership agreement dated 15 April 2013 (as amended and supplemented from time to time) in respect of the Parent Guarantor limited partnership;

 

10


Liquidity ” mean the aggregate net amount of all cash beneficially owned by the Borrower and which is free from Encumbrances (other than Permitted Encumbrances and any bankers’ ordinary rights of set-off);

Loan ” means the aggregate outstanding principal amount from time to time of the Tranches;

Majority Lenders ” means Lenders the aggregate of whose Contributions at any relevant time exceeds 50% of the Total Contributions at such time;

Market Disruption Event ” has the meaning given to it in Clause 6.6;

Master Agreement ” means, in relation to a Swap Provider, any ISDA Master Agreement (or any other form of master agreement relating to interest or currency exchange transactions) entered or to be entered into by the Borrower with that Swap Provider and includes all transactions from time to time entered into, and all confirmations from time to time exchanged or deemed exchanged, thereunder;

Master Agreement Liabilities ” means, as at any relevant date, all liabilities of the Borrower to the Swap Providers under or pursuant to the Master Agreements, whether actual or contingent, present or future;

Material Adverse Change ” or “ Material Adverse Effect ” means a material adverse change in or a material adverse effect on:

 

  (a) the financial condition or business of any Obligor;

 

  (b) the ability of any Obligor to perform and comply with its obligations under any Finance Document or Charter;

 

  (c) the validity, legality or enforceability of any Finance Document or Charter; or

 

  (d) the validity, legality or enforceability of any Encumbrance expressed to be created pursuant to any Finance Document or the priority or ranking of that Encumbrance;

Material of Environmental Concern ” means and includes chemicals, pollutants, contaminants, waste, toxic or hazardous substances, oil, petroleum and oil and petroleum products and any other polluting substances, the release, discharge, disposal or emission of which into the environment is regulated, prohibited or penalised by or pursuant to any applicable environmental law;

MLP General Partner ” means KNOT Offshore Partners GP LLC, a company incorporated under the laws of the Marshall Islands and having its registered office at Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, the Marshall Islands;

 

11


Mortgage ” means:

 

  (a) in relation to Vessel A, the first priority Bahamian statutory ship mortgage on that Vessel dated 30 March 2011 and executed by the Borrower in favour of the Security Trustee as security for the Borrower’s obligations under the Finance Documents; and

 

  (b) in relation to Vessel B, the first priority Bahamian statutory ship mortgage on that Vessel dated 3 August 2011 and executed by the Borrower in favour of the Security Trustee as security for the Borrower’s obligations under the Finance Documents;

Norwegian Kroner ” and “ NOK ” means the lawful currency for the time being of Norway;

Notice of Drawdown ” means a notice in the form set out in Schedule 2;

Obligor ” means any party from time to time to any of the Finance Documents, other than (a) any Bank, (b) the Junior Security Trustee and (c), for the avoidance of doubt, a Charterer;

Original Loan Agreement ” means this Agreement as originally executed on 1 December 2009 as amended by a supplemental agreement dated 14 February 2011, a second supplemental agreement dated 6 July 2012, a third supplemental agreement dated 27 February 2013, an amendment and restatement deed dated 9 April 2013 and a fourth supplemental agreement dated 29 April 2013;

Original Sub-Tranches ” means:

 

  (a) the amount of $80,000,000 advanced by the Lenders to the Borrower in respect of the construction and acquisition of Vessel A and, as the context may require, means the principal amount from time to time drawn and outstanding under this Agreement in respect of that Original Sub-Tranche, being $55,205,980.01 as at the date of the Second Amendment and Restatement Deed (“ Sub-Tranche A1 ”); and

 

  (b) the amount of $80,000,000 advanced by the Lenders to the Borrower in respect of the construction and acquisition of Vessel B and, as the context may require, means the principal amount from time to time drawn in respect of Vessel B and outstanding under this Agreement in respect of that Original Sub-Tranche, being $57,846,768.00 as at the date of the Second Amendment and Restatement Deed (“ Sub-Tranche B1 ”);

Outstanding Indebtedness ” means the aggregate of the Loan, all interest accrued on the Loan and all other sums of money whatsoever from time to time due or owing actually or contingently to the Banks (or any of them) under or pursuant to the Finance Documents;

Parent Guarantee ” means the irrevocable and unconditional deed of guarantee and indemnity of the Borrower’s obligations under the Finance Documents executed by the Parent Guarantor in favour of the Security Trustee dated 11 April 2013;

 

12


Parent Guarantor ” means KNOT Offshore Partners LP, a limited partnership organised under the laws of the Marshall Islands and having its registered office at Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, the Marshall Islands and its principal executive office at 2 Queen’s Cross, Aberdeen, Aberdeenshire AB15 4YB, United Kingdom;

Partners ” means the General Partner and the Limited Partner;

Party ” means a party to this Agreement;

Permitted Encumbrance ” means:

 

  (a) any Encumbrance created by or pursuant to the Finance Documents;

 

  (b) any Encumbrance created by or pursuant to the Junior Security Documents (provided that the Coordination Agreement has been executed by all of the parties thereto);

 

  (c) liens on a Vessel for crew’s wages or salvage and possessory liens on a Vessel for work carried out on that Vessel which has been approved by the Agent;

 

  (d) any other lien on a Vessel arising in the ordinary course of trading by statute or by operation of law in respect of obligations which are not more than 14 days overdue or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings (and for the payment of which adequate reserves have been provided) so long as any such proceedings or the continued existence of such lien do not involve any likelihood of the sale, forfeiture or loss of, or of any interest in, that Vessel;

Potential Event of Default ” means any event or circumstance specified in Clause 13.5 which would (with the expiry of a grace period, the giving of notice, the making of any determination under the Finance Documents or any combination of any of the foregoing) be an Event of Default;

Quiet Enjoyment Letter ” means, in relation to a Vessel, the quiet enjoyment letter relating thereto dated 17 September 2012 and issued by the Security Trustee in favour of the Charterers as referred to in Clause 11 of the relevant Charter;

Quotation Day ” means, in relation to any period for which an interest rate is to be determined, the day falling 2 Banking Days before the first day of that period;

Repayment Date ” means, in relation to a Tranche or Sub-Tranche, each of the Banking Days upon which a Repayment Instalment is due and payable in accordance with Clause 4.1;

Repayment Instalment ” means, in relation to a Tranche or Sub-Tranche, each of the instalments of that Tranche or Sub-Tranche becoming due on a Repayment Date in accordance with Clause 4.1;

Requisition Compensation ” means, in relation to a Vessel, all moneys or other compensation payable during the Security Period by reason of requisition for title or other compulsory acquisition of that Vessel otherwise than by requisition for hire;

 

13


Screen Rate ” means, in respect of LIBOR for any period, the British Bankers’ Association Interest Settlement Rate for Dollars for the relevant period, displayed on the appropriate page of the Reuters screen. If the agreed page is replaced or service ceases to be available, the Agent may specify another page or service displaying the appropriate rate after consultation with the Borrower;

Second Amendment and Restatement Deed ” means the second deed of amendment and restatement dated 11 July 2013 and made between (1) the Borrower, (2) KNOT Shuttle Tankers and the Parent Guarantor, (3) the Partners, (4) the Lenders, (5) the Mandated Lead Arrangers and Bookrunners, (6) the Agent and (7) the Security Trustee setting out the terms and conditions upon which (amongst other things) the Original Lenders consented to additional tranches in the aggregate amount of $25,422,252 being advanced to the Borrower by the Increase Lenders and this Agreement was amended and restated;

Security Documents ” means the Guarantees, the Charter Assignments, the Borrower Shares Security, the General Partner Shares Security, the Mortgages, the Deeds of Covenant, the General Assignments, the Factoring Agreement, the Account Pledge and any and every other document from time to time executed to secure, or to establish a subordination or priorities arrangement in relation to, all or any of the obligations of any person to the Banks (or any of them) under this Agreement or any other Finance Document;

Security Period ” means the period from the Execution Date until the discharge of the security created by the Security Documents by final and irrevocable repayment or payment in full of the Outstanding Indebtedness;

Service Bank ” means the Agent or the Security Trustee;

Sponsor ” means Knutsen NYK Offshore Tankers AS, a company incorporated under the laws of Norway with organisation number 995 221 713 and having its registered office at Smedasundet 40, 5529 Haugesund, Norway;

Sub-Tranches ” means Sub-Tranche A1, Sub-Tranche A2, Sub-Tranche B1 and Sub-Tranche B2 (each individually a “ Sub-Tranche ”);

Swap Providers ” means DNB Bank ASA and Nordea Bank Finland Plc;

Total Loss ” means, in relation to a Vessel, (a) actual, constructive, compromised, agreed or arranged total loss of that Vessel; or (b) requisition for title or other compulsory acquisition of that Vessel, otherwise than by requisition for hire; or (c) capture, seizure, arrest, detention or confiscation of that Vessel by any government or by any persons acting or purporting to act on behalf of any government, unless the Vessel be released and restored to its owner within 30 days thereafter;

 

14


Total Loss Date ” means, in relation to a Vessel, the date upon which a Total Loss of that Vessel shall be deemed to have occurred, being:

 

  (a) if it consists of an actual loss, at noon London time on the actual date of loss or, if that is not known, on the date when the Vessel was last heard of;

 

  (b) if it consists of a requisitioning for title, at noon London time on the date on which the requisition is expressed to take effect by the person requisitioning the Vessel; and

 

  (c) if it consists of a constructive or compromised or arranged or agreed Total Loss, at noon London time on the earliest of:

 

  (i) the date on which notice of abandonment of the Vessel is given to its insurers;

 

  (ii) if her insurers do not admit the claim for Total Loss, the actual date of loss or alleged loss; and

 

  (iii) the date of any compromise, arrangement or agreement entered into by or on behalf of the Borrower with the Vessel’s insurers in respect of the Total Loss;

Tranches ” means:

 

  (a) the aggregate amount of Sub-Tranche A1 and Sub-Tranche A2 advanced or to be advanced to the Borrower under this Agreement and, as the context may require, means the aggregate principal amount from time to time of Sub-Tranche A1 and Sub-Tranche A2 outstanding under this Agreement (“ Tranche A ”); and

 

  (b) the aggregate amount of Sub-Tranche B1 and Sub-Tranche B2 advanced or to be advanced to the Borrower under this Agreement and, as the context may require, means the aggregate principal amount from time to time of Sub-Tranche B1 and Tranche B2 outstanding under this Agreement (“ Tranche B ”);

Transaction Documents ” means the Charters and the Limited Partnership Agreement;

Transfer Certificate ” means a transfer certificate in the form set out in Schedule 4 with any modifications or amendments approved or required by the Agent;

Transferee Lender ” has the meaning given in Clause 21.3;

Transpetro ” means Petrobras Transporte S.A., a company incorporated under the laws of Brazil and having its principal place of business at Av. Presidente Vargas 328, 20091-060 Rio de Janeiro - RJ, Brazil;

Trust Property ” has the meaning given in Clause 17.1;

TSSI ” means TS Shipping Invest AS, a company incorporated under the laws of Norway with organisation number 975 883 914 and having its registered office at Smedasundet 40, 5529 Haugesund, Norway;

 

15


Vessels ” means:

 

  (a) the 105,000 dwt shuttle tanker named “FORTALEZA KNUTSEN” registered in the ownership of the Borrower under the laws and flag of the Bahamas at the port of Nassau with official number 8001830 and IMO number 9499876 (“ Vessel A ”);

 

  (b) the 105,000 dwt shuttle tanker named “RECIFE KNUTSEN” registered in the ownership of the Borrower under the laws and flag of the Bahamas at the port of Nassau with official number 8001832 and IMO number 9499888 (“ Vessel B ”);

(but, unless the context otherwise requires, shall not include either such vessel which has been sold or become a Total Loss); and

Working Capital ” means, at the date of calculation, the current assets less current liabilities of the Borrower on the basis of GAAP (but excluding from the current liabilities instalments on long-term debt and capital lease payments falling within 6 months after the date of calculation).

 

1.2 Construction of certain expressions

The following expressions shall be construed in the following manner:

affiliate ” means, in relation to any person, a subsidiary of that person or a holding company of that person or any other subsidiary of that holding company;

certified copy ” means, in respect of any document, a copy thereof certified as a true and complete and up to date copy of the original by a director or the secretary of the Borrower or other relevant Obligor or by its lawyers or by another person acceptable to the Agent;

environmental law ” means all national and international laws, ordinances, rules, regulations, rules of common law, conventions and agreements pertaining to pollution or protection of human health or the environment;

person ” includes a corporate entity and any body of persons (including a partnership) whether corporate or unincorporate;

subsidiary ” and “ holding company ” have the meanings given to them by 1159 of the Companies Act 2006;

taxes ” includes all present and future income, corporation and value-added taxes and all stamp and other taxes, duties, levies, imposts, deductions, charges and withholdings whatsoever, together with interest thereon and penalties with respect thereto, if any, and any payments of principal, interest, charges, fees or other amounts made on or in respect thereof, and references to “ tax ” and “ taxation ” shall be construed accordingly.

 

16


1.3 General interpretation

In this Agreement:

 

  1.3.1 unless the context otherwise requires, words in the singular include the plural and vice versa;

 

  1.3.2 references to any document include the same as varied, supplemented or replaced from time to time;

 

  1.3.3 references to any enactment include re-enactments, amendments and extensions thereof;

 

  1.3.4 references to any person include that person’s successors and permitted assigns;

 

  1.3.5 clause headings are for convenience of reference only and are not to be taken into account in construction;

 

  1.3.6 unless otherwise specified, references to Clauses, Recitals and Schedules are respectively to Clauses of and Recitals and Schedules to this Agreement;

 

  1.3.7 references to a period of one or more “ months ” shall mean a period beginning in one calendar month and ending in the relevant calendar month on the day numerically corresponding to the day of the calendar month in which such period started, provided that (a) if such period started on the last day in a calendar month, or if there is no such numerically corresponding day, such period shall end on the last Banking Day in the relevant calendar month and (b) if such numerically corresponding day is not a Banking Day, such period shall end on the next following Banking Day in the same calendar month, or if there is no such Banking Day, such period shall end on the preceding Banking Day (and “ month ” and “ monthly ” shall be construed accordingly);

 

  1.3.8 references to a Tranche relating to a Vessel (or vice versa) mean Tranche A in the case of Vessel A and Tranche B in the case of Vessel B (and all similar expressions shall be construed accordingly).

 

1.4 Third party rights

Except for the Junior Agent, the Junior Security Trustee and the Junior Lenders in respect of the provisions contained in Clause 7.2.3 and Clause 17.13, a person who is not a Party may not enforce, or otherwise have the benefit of, any provision of this Agreement under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999.

 

2. THE LOAN

 

2.1 Original Sub-Tranches - agreement to advance and purpose

Under the terms of the Original Loan Agreement, the Original Lenders agreed to make Sub-Tranche A1 available to the Borrower in up to 3 separate drawings and to

 

17


make Sub-Tranche B1 available to the Borrower in up to 4 separate drawings (each such drawing of the Original Sub-Tranches being an “ Advance ”). Each Advance was made available by the Original Lenders to the Borrower in the amounts and on the dates set out below:

 

Sub-Tranche A1
Advance    Amount      Drawdown Date

First Advance

   $ 52,000,000       7 December 2009

Second Advance

   $ 20,000,000       10 February 2010

Third Advance

   $ 8,000,000       10 February 2011

 

Sub-Tranche B1
Advance    Amount      Drawdown Date

First Advance

   $ 37,000,000       7 December 2009

Second Advance

   $ 15,000,000       1 February 2010

Third Advance

   $ 20,000,000       8 October 2010

Fourth Advance

   $ 8,000,000       3 August 2011

As at the date of the Second Amendment and Restatement Deed, the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Original Sub-Tranches was $113,052,748.01 of which $55,205,980.01 was outstanding in respect of Sub-Tranche A1 and $57,846,768.00 was outstanding in respect of Sub-Tranche B1. No further amounts shall be advanced to the Borrower by the Original Lenders under this Agreement.

 

2.2 Additional Sub-Tranches - agreement to advance and purpose

Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, the Increase Lenders agree to make the Additional Sub-Tranches available to the Borrower in the maximum amounts set out below:

 

Additional Sub-Tranche    Amount  

Sub-Tranche A2

   $ 12,544,020   

Sub-Tranche B2

   $ 12,878,232   

provided that, if Sub-Tranche B2 is not drawn on or before 4 August 2013, the maximum amount of Sub-Tranche B2 available for drawing on or after 5 August 2013 shall be reduced to $12,524,464 and each Increase Lender’s Commitment shall be reduced pro rata accordingly.

Each Additional Sub-Tranche shall be used by the Borrower for general corporate purposes.

 

18


2.3 Availability

Each Additional Sub-Tranche will be available to be drawn in one amount on the Drawdown Date and is to be applied exclusively for the purpose referred to in Clause 2.2, provided that none of the Banks shall be bound to monitor or verify the application of the proceeds of any Additional Sub-Tranche. Both Additional Sub-Tranches shall be drawn on the same Drawdown Date.

 

2.4 Lenders’ participations

Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, each Increase Lender will participate in each Additional Sub-Tranche in the proportion which its Commitments bear to the Total Commitments. No Increase Lender is obliged to lend more than its aggregate Commitments.

 

2.5 No advance after expiry of Availability Period

No Increase Lender will have any liability whatsoever to make available the relevant proportion of its Commitment in relation to an Additional Sub-Tranche after the expiry date of the Availability Period relating to that Additional Sub-Tranche and any part of an Increase Lender’s Commitment in respect of an Additional Sub-Tranche which has not been advanced to the Borrower at close of business on such date shall be cancelled.

 

2.6 Obligations of Banks several

The obligations of each Bank under this Agreement and the other Finance Documents are several and, accordingly:

 

  2.6.1 no Bank shall be liable for the failure of any other Bank to perform its obligations under this Agreement or any of the other Finance Documents; and

 

  2.6.2 the failure of a Bank to perform any of its obligations under this Agreement or any of the other Finance Documents shall not relieve any other Bank or any Obligor from any of their respective obligations hereunder or thereunder.

 

2.7 Rights of Banks several

The rights and interests of each Bank under this Agreement and the other Finance Documents are several and, accordingly, notwithstanding any provision to the contrary herein or therein:

 

  2.7.1 the aggregate of the amounts outstanding at any time under this Agreement and the other Finance Documents to each Bank shall be due as a separate and independent debt; and

 

  2.7.2 each Bank shall have the right to sue for any amount due and payable to it from the Borrower or any other Obligor under this Agreement or any of the other Finance Documents and it shall not be necessary for any other Bank to be joined as an additional party in any proceedings to that end.

 

19


2.8 Restrictions on other proceedings by individual Banks

Except as provided in Clause 2.6, no Bank shall, except with the prior written consent of the Majority Lenders, bring any proceedings against the Borrower or any other Obligor in respect of any other claim (whether in contract, tort or otherwise) which that Bank may have under or in connection with this Agreement or any of the other Finance Documents. For the avoidance of doubt, this Clause 2.8 applies to any proceedings against the Borrower or any other Obligor to enforce any Encumbrance created in favour of the Security Trustee by any Security Document.

 

3. DRAWDOWN

 

3.1 Drawdown of Original Sub-Tranches

The Borrower drew each Advance of each Original Sub-Tranche in the amounts and on the Drawdown Dates specified in Clause 2.1.

 

3.2 Drawdown of Additional Sub-Tranches; Notice of Drawdown

The Borrower may draw the Additional Sub-Tranches subject to giving the Agent a duly completed Notice of Drawdown not later than 10:00 a.m. London time 3 Banking Days before the proposed Drawdown Date, which notice shall be irrevocable and will not be regarded as having been duly completed unless the proposed Drawdown Date is a Banking Day within the Availability Period.

 

3.3 Agent’s notification to Increase Lenders

Upon receipt of a Notice of Drawdown in relation to an Additional Sub-Tranche given in accordance with Clause 3.2, the Agent shall promptly notify each Increase Lender of the contents thereof and the relevant proportion of that Additional Sub-Tranche to be funded by that Increase Lender.

 

3.4 Availability of Lenders’ Commitments

Each Increase Lender shall, subject to the provisions of this Agreement, make available to the Agent on the Drawdown Date of the Additional Sub-Tranches the relevant proportion of its Commitment in respect of each Additional Sub-Tranche.

 

3.5 Conditions precedent

Notwithstanding the giving of a Notice of Drawdown in relation thereto pursuant to Clause 3.2, neither the Increase Lenders nor the Agent shall be obliged to disburse any funds in respect of the Additional Sub-Tranche unless the following conditions precedent are satisfied:

 

  3.5.1 the Agent has received payment of the fees and expenses specified in Clause 15 to the extent due and payable on or before the Drawdown Date of the Additional Sub-Tranches;

 

  3.5.2 the Agent is satisfied that at the Drawdown Date of the Additional Sub-Tranches:

 

  (a) the representations and warranties contained in Clause 10 are true and correct;

 

20


  (b) none of the circumstances specified in Clauses 5.2, 6.6 or 15.8 is subsisting; and

 

  (c) no Event of Default or Potential Event of Default has occurred or will arise following the advance of the Additional Sub-Tranches.

 

3.6 Waiver of conditions precedent

If the Increase Lenders in their absolute discretion advance the Additional Sub-Tranches notwithstanding that one or more of the conditions precedent specified above in relation thereto remains unsatisfied on their Drawdown Date, the Borrower shall procure the satisfaction of such condition or conditions precedent within 7 days thereafter or such longer or shorter period as the Increase Lenders may in their absolute discretion agree in writing.

 

3.7 Application of Loan proceeds

Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, the Agent will pay to the Borrower on the Drawdown Date of the Additional Sub-Tranches the amounts which the Agent receives from the Increase Lenders under Clause 3.4 in like funds as are received by the Agent from the Increase Lenders by applying the same in accordance with the Notice of Drawdown given by the Borrower. Such payment shall constitute the advance of that Additional Sub-Tranche and the Borrower shall at that time become indebted, as principal and direct obligors, to each Increase Lender accordingly, in an amount equal to that Increase Lender’s proportion of that Additional Sub-Tranche.

 

4. REPAYMENT

 

4.1 Repayment by instalments and Repayment Dates

Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, the Borrower shall repay the Loan in instalments as follows:

 

  4.1.1 the Borrower shall repay the remaining outstanding balance of Sub-Tranche A1 in the following amounts on the following dates:

 

Repayment Date    Amount  

30.09.2013

   $ 1,074,520.00   

20.12.2013

   $ 1,074,520.00   

30.03.2014

   $ 1,074,520.00   

30.06.2014

   $ 1,074,520.00   

30.09.2014

   $ 1,074,520.00   

20.12.2014

   $ 1,074,520.00   

30.03.2015

   $ 1,074,520.00   

30.06.2015

   $ 1,074,520.00   

30.09.2015

   $ 1,074,520.00   

30.12.2015

   $ 1,074,520.00   

30.03.2016

   $ 44,460,780.01   

 

21


  4.1.2 the Borrower shall repay Sub-Tranche A2 in the following amounts on the following dates:

 

Repayment Date    Amount  

30.09.2013

   $ 462,980   

20.12.2013

   $ 462,980   

30.03.2014

   $ 462,980   

30.06.2014

   $ 575,480   

30.09.2014

   $ 575,480   

20.12.2014

   $ 575,480   

30.03.2015

   $ 575,480   

30.06.2015

   $ 700,480   

30.09.2015

   $ 700,480   

30.12.2015

   $ 700,480   

30.03.2016

   $ 6,751,720   

save that, if the full amount of Sub-Tranche A2 is not advanced to the Borrower, the amount of each Repayment Instalment in respect of it shall be reduced pro rata to the amount actually advanced;

 

  4.1.3 the Borrower shall repay the remaining outstanding balance of Sub-Tranche B1 in the following amounts on the following dates:

 

Repayment Date    Amount  

05.08.2013

   $ 1,083,732   

02.11.2013

   $ 1,083,732   

03.02.2014

   $ 1,083,732   

05.05.2014

   $ 1,083,732   

04.08.2014

   $ 1,083,732   

03.11.2014

   $ 1,083,732   

03.02.2015

   $ 1,083,732   

04.05.2015

   $ 1,083,732   

03.08.2015

   $ 1,083,732   

03.11.2015

   $ 1,083,732   

03.02.2016

   $ 1,083,732   

03.05.2016

   $ 1,083,732   

03.08.2016

   $ 44,841,984   

 

22


  4.1.4 the Borrower shall repay Sub-Tranche B2 in the following amounts on the following dates:

 

Repayment Date    Amount  

05.08.2013

   $ 353,768   

02.11.2013

   $ 453,768   

03.02.2014

   $ 453,768   

05.05.2014

   $ 453,768   

04.08.2014

   $ 453,768   

03.11.2014

   $ 566,268   

03.02.2015

   $ 566,268   

04.05.2015

   $ 566,268   

03.08.2015

   $ 566,268   

03.11.2015

   $ 691,268   

03.02.2016

   $ 691,268   

03.05.2016

   $ 691,268   

03.08.2016

   $ 6,370,516   

save that:

 

  (a) if Sub-Tranche B2 is not drawn on or before 4 August 2013, the Repayment Instalment of Sub-Tranche B2 specified to fall due on 5 August 2013 shall be cancelled in full (such amount being applied instead in reduction of the available amount of Sub-Tranche B2 in accordance with Clause 2.2); and

 

  (b) if Sub-Tranche B2 is not advanced to the Borrower in the full amount available on the relevant Drawdown Date (being $12,878,232 on or before 4 August 2013 and $12,524,464 on or after 5 August 2013), the amount of each Repayment Instalment in respect of Sub-Tranche B2 shall be reduced pro rata to the amount actually advanced.

 

4.2 [Intentionally omitted]

 

4.3 Final repayment

On the Final Maturity Date the Borrower shall additionally pay to the Agent all sums which are then accrued or owing to any Bank under any Finance Document.

 

23


5. PREPAYMENT AND CANCELLATION

 

5.1 Voluntary prepayment

The Borrower shall have the right to prepay any Tranche, in whole or in part, on any Banking Day subject to the following conditions:

 

  5.1.1 any prepayment of part of a Tranche must be in a minimum amount or an integral multiple of $1,000,000; and

 

  5.1.2 the Agent must receive not less than 21 days’ notice specifying the amount to be prepaid and the date on which the prepayment is to be made.

The Agent shall promptly notify the Lenders of any notice which is received from the Borrower under this Clause 5.1.

 

5.2 Mandatory prepayment and cancellation upon illegality

If it becomes unlawful in any applicable jurisdiction for a Lender to perform any of its obligations as contemplated by this Agreement or to fund or maintain its Commitments or Contributions:

 

  5.2.1 that Lender shall promptly notify the Agent upon becoming aware of that event and the Agent shall immediately notify the Borrower thereof;

 

  5.2.2 upon the Agent notifying the Borrower thereof, the Commitments of that Lender will be immediately cancelled; and

 

  5.2.3 the Borrower shall repay that Lender’s Contribution in respect of each Sub-Tranche on the next Interest Date for that Sub-Tranche falling after the date of the Agent’s notice to the Borrower or, if earlier, the date specified by the Lender in its notice to the Agent (being no earlier than the last day of any applicable grace period permitted by law).

 

5.3 Other mandatory prepayment and cancellation events

If any of the following events occurs, the Borrower shall prepay the Loan (or relevant part thereof) and the remaining Commitments of the Lenders in respect of the Additional Sub-Tranches shall be cancelled, as follows:

 

  5.3.1 if a Vessel is sold, the Borrower shall simultaneously with the completion of such sale prepay the whole of the Tranche relating to that Vessel;

 

  5.3.2

if a Vessel becomes a Total Loss, the Borrower shall prepay the whole of the Tranche relating to that Vessel on the date which is the earlier of (a) the date falling 90 days after the Total Loss Date and (b) the date upon which the insurance proceeds or Requisition Compensation in respect of the relevant Vessel are received by the Security Trustee pursuant to the relevant Security Documents unless that Vessel was not insured at the time of the Total Loss in

 

24


  accordance with the Finance Documents or an insurer has refused to meet or has disputed the claim for the Total Loss, in which case the Borrower shall prepay the whole of the relevant Tranche within 10 Banking Days of its receipt of a demand from the Agent for prepayment of that amount; and

 

  5.3.3 if a Charter Termination Event occurs in respect of a Vessel, the Borrower shall prepay the whole of the Tranche relating to that Vessel within 90 days of its receipt of a demand from the Agent for prepayment of that amount.

 

5.4 Conditions of prepayment and cancellation

The following shall apply to any prepayment under this Agreement:

 

  5.4.1 each prepayment must be made together with the accrued interest on the amount prepaid and all other sums payable in respect thereof under the provisions of this Agreement and, in the case of prepayment of the whole of the Loan, shall be accompanied by payment of all other Outstanding Indebtedness;

 

  5.4.2 unless otherwise specifically stated herein, any partial prepayment of the Loan made hereunder shall be applied as follows:

 

  (a) any partial prepayment of a Tranche made pursuant to Clause 5.1 shall be applied pro rata against each Sub-Tranche of that Tranche and shall be applied towards the discharge of the remaining Repayment Instalments of each such Sub-Tranche in inverse order of maturity; and

 

  (b) any partial prepayment of a Sub-Tranche made pursuant to Clause 5.2 or any other relevant provision of this Agreement shall be paid to the relevant Lender or Lenders and all of the remaining Repayment Instalments of such Sub-Tranche shall be reduced pro rata accordingly;

 

  5.4.3 any notice of prepayment or cancellation given by the Borrower shall be given in writing, shall be effective on receipt by the Agent and shall be irrevocable once given and, in the case of a notice of prepayment, the Borrower shall be bound to make the relevant prepayment in accordance with it;

 

  5.4.4 except as specifically provided in this Agreement, in the absence of an Event of Default and demand for repayment by the Agent, the Lenders shall not be obliged to accept any other prepayment of the whole or any part of the Loan;

 

  5.4.5 any part of the Loan which is repaid or prepaid by the Borrower may not be redrawn; and

 

  5.4.6 any prepayment made on a day other than the last day of an Interest Period applicable to the whole amount prepaid shall be made together with any Break Costs.

 

25


6. INTEREST

 

6.1 Payment of interest

Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, the Borrower shall pay interest on each Tranche or any part thereof (as the case may be) at the Interest Rate applicable thereto in arrears on the last day of each Interest Period, except in the case of an Interest Period longer than 3 months where interest shall be paid every 3 months during that Interest Period and on the last day of that Interest Period.

 

6.2 Interest Rate

Subject to Clause 6.3, the Interest Rate applicable in respect of a Tranche for each Interest Period relating to that Tranche will be the annual rate of interest determined by the Agent to be the aggregate of:

 

  6.2.1 the Applicable Margin; and

 

  6.2.2 LIBOR (or, if a Market Disruption Event has occurred, the rate determined in accordance with the substitute basis agreed by the Parties under Clause 6.6 or, if no substitute basis has been agreed under such Clause, the rate notified by the Agent to be that which expresses as a percentage rate per annum the aggregate cost to the Lenders of funding their Contributions from whatever sources they may each reasonably select).

 

6.3 Default Rate

If the Borrower fails to pay any amount payable by it under a Finance Document on its due date, interest shall accrue on the overdue amount from the due date up to the date of actual payment (both before and after judgment) at a rate which is 2% higher than the rate which would have been payable if the overdue amount had, during the period of non-payment, constituted the Loan for successive Interest Periods, each of a duration selected by the Agent (acting reasonably). Any interest accruing under this Clause 6.3 shall be immediately payable by the Borrower on demand by the Agent. If unpaid, any such interest will be compounded with the overdue amount at the end of each Interest Period applicable to that overdue amount but will remain immediately due and payable.

 

6.4 Borrower’s selection of Interest Periods

Subject to Clauses 6.4.1 to 6.4.8 and the other provisions of this Agreement, the Borrower may, by giving notice in writing to the Agent not later than 10.00 a.m. London time 3 Banking Days before the first day of each Interest Period, select the duration of that Interest Period (being a period of 3 or 6 months or such other period for which a Screen Rate is published as the Borrower may select and the Lenders may agree).

The following shall apply in determining the duration of an Interest Period in respect of a Tranche:

 

  6.4.1 except as provided in this Clause 6.4, the Borrower may select the duration of an Interest Period only in relation to the whole of the Tranche to which it relates;

 

26


  6.4.2 each Interest Period in respect of an Original Sub-Tranche shall commence on the last day of the immediately preceding Interest Period for that Original Sub-Tranche;

 

  6.4.3 the first Interest Period in respect of the Additional Sub-Tranche for a Tranche shall commence on its Drawdown Date and shall end on the last day of the then current Interest Period for the Original Sub-Tranche for that Tranche (so that the Interest Periods for the whole Tranche shall be consolidated);

 

  6.4.4 each subsequent Interest Period in respect of a Tranche shall commence on the last day of the immediately preceding Interest Period;

 

  6.4.5 the Borrower shall make each selection under this Clause 6.4 (and in the case of the duration of the Interest Period being determined in accordance with Clause 6.4.6 below shall be deemed to have selected the period so determined) in such manner as to ensure that, in the event that any Repayment Date in respect of the relevant Tranche falls within the Interest Period so selected, a separate Interest Period is selected in respect of the part of the Tranche due to be repaid under Clause 4.1 on such Repayment Date, the expiry of which period coincides with the relevant Repayment Date (and for this purpose alone the Borrower shall be entitled to select Interest Periods of different lengths in relation to a Tranche);

 

  6.4.6 in the absence of any such selection by the Borrower of the duration of an Interest Period, or if the Agent shall certify to the Borrower that the funds requested are not available for an Interest Period of the duration selected by the Borrower, the duration of that Interest Period shall (subject as provided in this Clause 6.4) be 3 months or such other period as the Lender may specify;

 

  6.4.7 if an Interest Period would otherwise end on a day which is not a Banking Day, that Interest Period will instead end on the next Banking Day in that calendar month (if there is one) or the preceding Banking Day (if there is not); and

 

  6.4.8 no Interest Period in respect of a Tranche shall extend beyond the final Repayment Date of that Tranche.

 

6.5 Agent’s notification

The Agent shall promptly notify the Borrower and the Lenders of each determination under this Agreement of (a) the duration of an Interest Period and/or (b) a rate of interest.

 

6.6 Market disruption

In this Agreement a “ Market Disruption Event ” shall occur if:

 

  6.6.1 at or about noon on the Quotation Day for the relevant Interest Period the Screen Rate is not available and the Agent is unable to supply a rate to determine LIBOR for the relevant Interest Period; or

 

27


  6.6.2 before close of business in London on the Quotation Day for the relevant Interest Period, the Agent receives notification from a Lender or Lenders whose Contributions exceed 50% of the Total Contributions that the cost to it or them of obtaining matching deposits in the London interbank market for that Interest Period would be in excess of LIBOR.

If a Market Disruption Event occurs and the Agent or the Borrower so requires, the Agent and the Borrower shall enter into negotiations (for a period of not more than 30 days) with a view to agreeing a substitute basis for determining the rate of interest for the Loan. Any substitute basis so agreed shall, with the prior consent of the Borrower and all the Lenders, be binding on all of the Parties. In the absence of such agreement, the Interest Rate for the Loan shall be determined in accordance with Clause 6.2 provided that the Borrower shall have the right, upon giving 5 Banking Days notice to the Agent, to prepay the whole of the Loan.

 

7. PAYMENTS

 

7.1 Place, time and manner of payment

Unless otherwise specified by the Agent, all moneys to be paid by the Lenders to the Agent or by the Borrower to any Bank under this Agreement, the Fee Letters and the Security Documents shall be paid to the Agent in Dollars by not later than 10.00 a.m. (London time) on the due date and in same day funds to such account as the Agent may from time to time notify the Borrower. The Borrower waives any right it may have in any jurisdiction to pay any amount under the Finance Documents in a currency or currency unit other than that in which it is expressed to be payable.

 

7.2 Order of application

Except as otherwise specifically provided in this Agreement or in any other of the Finance Documents, all moneys received or recovered by any Bank under the Security Documents will, after discharging the cost (if any) incurred in collecting such moneys, be applied as follows:

 

  7.2.1 first, in or towards payment of any Outstanding Indebtedness which are then due and payable, whether by reason of payment demanded or otherwise, pro rata between the relevant Banks in such order of application as the Agent may, with the Majority Lenders’ approval, direct;

 

  7.2.2 secondly, at the Agent’s discretion, in retention on a suspense account of such amount as the Agent may consider appropriate to secure the discharge of any part of the Outstanding Indebtedness not then due and payable, and, upon the same becoming due and payable, in or towards the discharge thereof in accordance with the foregoing provisions of this Clause 7.2;

 

28


  7.2.3 lastly, the surplus (if any) shall be paid to the Junior Agent for application in accordance with the Junior Loan Agreement (unless all moneys secured by the Junior Security Documents have been finally and irrevocably repaid or paid in which case the surplus shall be paid to the Borrower or whomsoever else shall be entitled thereto).

The provisions of this Clause 7.2 will override any appropriation made by the Borrower.

 

7.3 Availability of funds conditional upon receipt by Agent

The Agent shall not be obliged to make available to any other Party any amount which it is due to receive for the account of that Party unless it is satisfied that it has unconditionally received the funds concerned.

 

7.4 Refunds by Borrower

Without prejudice to Clause 7.3, if the Agent makes an amount available to the Borrower which has not (but should have) been made unconditionally available to the Agent by a Lender, the Borrower shall on demand refund such amount to the Agent.

 

7.5 Refunds by Banks

Without prejudice to Clause 7.3, if the Agent makes an amount available to a Bank which has not (but should have) been paid to the Agent by the Borrower, such Bank shall:

 

  7.5.1 on demand refund such amount to the Agent; and

 

  7.5.2 pay to the Agent on demand such further amount (as conclusively certified by the Agent) as shall indemnify the Agent against any cost, loss, liability or expense suffered or incurred by the Agent as a result of its having made available such amount to that Bank before receiving it from the Borrower.

 

7.6 Non-Banking Days

Any payment which is due to be made on a day that is not a Banking Day shall be made on the next Banking Day in the same calendar month (if there is one) or the preceding Banking Day (if there is not).

 

7.7 Accrual of interest and periodic payments

All payments of interest and other payments of an annual or periodic nature to be made by the Borrower shall accrue from day to day and be calculated on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed and a 360 day year.

 

8. NO SET-OFF, COUNTERCLAIM OR TAX DEDUCTION

 

8.1 No set-off or counterclaim

All payments to be made by the Borrower under this Agreement and the other Finance Documents shall be made without set-off or counterclaim free and clear of, and without deduction for or on account of, any present or future taxes, unless the Borrower is compelled by law to make payment subject to any such tax.

 

29


8.2 Gross up

If the Borrower is compelled by law to make any tax deduction from any payment due under any of the Finance Documents, the Borrower will:

 

  8.2.1 promptly notify the Agent upon becoming aware of such requirement;

 

  8.2.2 pay the tax deducted to the appropriate taxation authority promptly, and in any event before any fine or penalty arises;

 

  8.2.3 pay the Bank to which such payment is made such additional amount as is necessary to ensure that such Bank receives a net amount equal to the full amount which it would have received had such tax deduction not been required to be made; and

 

  8.2.4 as soon as reasonably practicable after making the relevant tax deduction, deliver to the Agent a copy of the receipt from the relevant taxation authority evidencing that the tax had been paid to such authority.

 

8.3 Tax credit

If, following any such tax deduction as is referred to in Clause 8.1 from any payment by the Borrower, the recipient of that payment shall receive or be granted a credit against or remission for any taxes payable by it, such recipient shall, subject to the Borrower having made any increased payment in accordance with Clause 8.2.3 and to the extent that such recipient can do so without prejudicing the retention of the amount of such credit or remission and without prejudice to the right of such recipient to obtain any other relief or allowance which may be available to it, reimburse the Borrower with such amount as such recipient shall in its absolute discretion certify to be the proportion of such credit or remission as will leave it (after such reimbursement) in no worse position than it would have been in had there been no such deduction or withholding from the payment to such recipient as aforesaid. Such reimbursement shall be made forthwith upon the recipient certifying that the amount of such credit or remission has been received by it. Nothing contained in this Agreement shall oblige any Bank to rearrange its tax affairs or to disclose any information regarding its tax affairs and computations. Without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, the Borrower shall not by virtue of this Clause 8.3 be entitled to enquire about the tax affairs of any Bank.

 

8.4 Double tax treaties

Where the Borrower is or may be obliged to withhold tax from any payment to a Bank under the Finance Documents and its obligation to withhold such tax may be eliminated or reduced under any applicable double taxation agreement or treaty, the relevant Bank will promptly comply with all appropriate formalities required to be performed by it under such double taxation agreement or treaty (save as may depend on action being taken by a third party which has not been taken) so that it can receive

 

30


payments from the Borrower under the Finance Documents without deduction of such tax or with deduction at the reduced level permitted by such double taxation agreement or treaty.

 

9. EARNINGS

 

9.1 Earnings Account

The Borrower has established and undertakes to maintain with the Agent (free of Encumbrances and rights of set off other than Permitted Encumbrances) (i) a Dollar denominated earnings account, (ii) a Euro denominated earnings account and (iii) a Norwegian Kroner denominated earnings account for the purpose of collecting the Earnings of the Vessels.

 

9.2 Payment of Earnings

The Borrower undertakes to procure that throughout the Security Period, unless and until the Agent shall otherwise direct in accordance with Clause 9.3.2, all Earnings due to the Borrower in respect of a Vessel shall be paid and credited to the applicable Earnings Account.

 

9.3 Withdrawals; appropriation

Any amounts from time to time credited to the Earnings Accounts may be withdrawn by the Borrower without restriction unless and until an Event of Default has occurred in which case:

 

  9.3.1 the Borrower shall not be entitled to make any further withdrawal without the prior consent of the Majority Lenders; and

 

  9.3.2 the Agent shall forthwith become entitled to direct that the Earnings be paid to such place and account as the Agent may think fit, and following such Event of Default (without prejudice to the Banks’ rights under Clause 14.2) at any time and, without notice to the Borrower, to appropriate all or any of the moneys standing to the credit of the Earnings Accounts and any Earnings which may thereafter be received by the Security Trustee or Agent and apply the same in or towards the discharge of the Outstanding Indebtedness in accordance with Clause 7.2.

 

9.4 Continuing obligations of Borrower

Nothing in this Clause 9 or in the Account Pledge, whether express or implied, shall relieve the Borrower of its absolute and unconditional obligation to repay the Loan, to pay interest thereon and to pay all other sums from time to time due, owing or payable hereunder and under any of the other Finance Documents.

 

10. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

10.1 Date of representations and warranties

The Borrower represents and warrants that the following matters are true at date of the Second Amendment and Restatement Deed.

 

31


10.2 Existence, powers, compliance and solvency

The Borrower:

 

  10.2.1 is a limited liability partnership which is duly established, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of Norway;

 

  10.2.2 has full power to own its property and assets and to carry on its business as it is now being conducted;

 

  10.2.3 has complied with all statutory and other requirements relative to its business;

 

  10.2.4 is solvent and not in liquidation or administration or subject to any other insolvency procedure, and no receiver, administrative receiver, administrator, liquidator, trustee or analogous officer has been appointed in respect of it or all or any part of its assets.

 

10.3 Capacity and authorisation

The entry into and performance by the Borrower of this Agreement and the other Finance Documents and the Charters to which it is (or is to become) a party are within the corporate powers of the Borrower and have been duly authorised by all necessary corporate actions and approvals. In entering into this Agreement and the other relevant Finance Documents and Charters the Borrower is acting on its own account and not as agent or nominee of any person.

 

10.4 No contravention of laws or contractual restrictions

The entry into and performance by the Borrower of this Agreement and the other Finance Documents and the Charters to which it is (or is to become) a party do not and will not:

 

  10.4.1 contravene in any respect the constitutional documents of the Borrower or any law, regulation or contractual restriction which does, or may, bind the Borrower or any of its assets; or

 

  10.4.2 result in the creation or imposition of any Encumbrance (other than a Permitted Encumbrance) on any of its assets in favour of any party.

 

10.5 Licences and approvals in force

All licences, authorisations, approvals and consents necessary for the entry into, performance, validity, enforceability or admissibility in evidence of this Agreement, the other Finance Documents and the Charters have been obtained and are in full force and effect and there has been no breach of any condition or restriction imposed in this respect.

 

32


10.6 Validity and enforceability

When duly executed and delivered, and where applicable registered, each of the Finance Documents will constitute the legal, valid and binding obligations of each Obligor which is a party thereto enforceable against such Obligor in accordance with its terms, except insofar as enforcement may be limited by any applicable laws relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, administration and similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally.

 

10.7 Status of Transaction Documents

The copies of the Transaction Documents delivered to the Agent are true and complete copies. The Transaction Documents constitute legal, valid, binding and enforceable obligations of the parties thereto in accordance with their respective terms. No material amendments or additions to the Transaction Documents have been agreed nor has any party thereto waived any of its respective rights under any of the Transaction Documents.

 

10.8 No litigation current or pending

No litigation, arbitration, tax claim or administrative proceeding is current or pending or (to the knowledge of the Borrower) threatened, which, if adversely determined, would have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

10.9 No default

 

  10.9.1 No Event of Default or Potential Event of Default is continuing or might reasonably be expected to result from the advance of all or any part of the Loan.

 

  10.9.2 The Borrower is not in default under any other agreement where such default would or might have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

10.10 Governing law and enforcement

The choice of English law as the governing law of any Finance Document expressed to be governed by English law will be recognised and enforced in the jurisdiction of incorporation of each relevant Obligor, and any judgment obtained in England in relation to any such Finance Document will be recognised and enforced in the jurisdiction of incorporation of each relevant Obligor.

 

10.11 Truth of financial and other information

All factual information furnished in writing to any Bank by or on behalf of the Borrower or any other Obligor in connection with the negotiation and preparation of this Agreement, the Second Amendment and Restatement Deed and the other Finance Documents was (when given) true and correct in all material respects and there are no other facts or considerations the omission of which would render any such information materially misleading.

 

33


10.12 No liability to deduction or withholding

All payments to be made by the Borrower under this Agreement and the other Finance Documents may be made free and clear of and without deduction or withholding for or on account of any taxes, and neither this Agreement nor any of the other Finance Documents is liable to any registration charge or any stamp, documentary or similar taxes imposed by any authority, including without limitation, in connection with the admissibility in evidence of any thereof.

 

10.13 Tax compliance

The Borrower has complied in all material respects with all relevant tax laws and regulations applicable to it and its business.

 

10.14 Ownership of Borrower and Partners

 

  10.14.1 All of the partnership shares in the capital of the Borrower are wholly owned, legally and beneficially, as to 10% by the General Partner and as to 90% by the Limited Partner.

 

  10.14.2 Each of the Partners is legally and beneficially owned as to 100% directly or indirectly by the Parent Guarantor.

 

  10.14.3 The Parent Guarantor is legally and beneficially owned as to at least one-third directly or indirectly by the Sponsor.

 

  10.14.4 The MLP General Partner is legally and beneficially owned as to 100% directly or indirectly by the Sponsor.

 

10.15 Pari passu obligations

The payment obligations of the Borrower under the Finance Documents rank at least pari passu with the claims of all its other unsecured and unsubordinated creditors, except for obligations mandatorily preferred by law applying to limited partnerships generally.

 

10.16 No commissions or rebates

There are no commissions, rebates, premiums or other payments by or to or for the account of any Obligor, its shareholders or partners (as the case may be) or directors in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, other than as disclosed to the Agent in writing.

 

10.17 Continuing nature of representations and warranties

The Borrower agrees that the representations set out in this Clause 10 (other than the ones in Clauses 10.5, 10.8, 10.9.1, 10.12 and 10.14) shall survive the execution of this Agreement and shall be deemed to be repeated on each Interest Date with reference to the facts and circumstances then subsisting, as if made on such date.

 

34


11. GENERAL UNDERTAKINGS

 

11.1 Duration of undertakings

The undertakings in this Clause 11 shall remain in force from the date of the Second Amendment and Restatement Deed to the end of the Security Period.

 

11.2 General undertakings

The Borrower shall:

 

  11.2.1 perform and observe the several covenants and obligations imposed upon it under the Finance Documents;

 

  11.2.2 without affecting its obligations under the applicable provisions of the Finance Documents, perform and observe its obligations under the Charters and use its best endeavours to procure that each of the other parties to the Charters performs and observes its obligations thereunder;

 

  11.2.3 maintain its corporate existence as a limited liability partnership duly established, validly existing and in good standing in Norway;

 

  11.2.4 obtain and maintain in force, and promptly furnish certified copies to the Agent of, all licences, authorisations, approvals and consents, and do all other acts and things, which may from time to time be necessary or desirable for the continued due performance of its obligations under the Finance Documents and the Transaction Documents or which may be required for the validity, enforceability or admissibility in evidence of the Finance Documents and the Transaction Documents;

 

  11.2.5 ensure that its obligations under the Finance Documents rank at least pari passu with all its other present, future and/or contingent unsecured and unsubordinated obligations;

 

  11.2.6 conduct its business in a proper and efficient manner and not change the nature, organisation or conduct of its business or conduct any business other than that of its ownership of the Vessels;

 

  11.2.7 manage its business in compliance with all relevant applicable laws and regulations (including, without limitation, all relevant environmental laws and regulations) and shall notify the Agent immediately upon becoming aware of any breach of the same;

 

  11.2.8 pay all taxes, assessments and other governmental charges as they fall due, except to the extent that it is contesting the same in good faith by appropriate proceedings and has set aside adequate reserves for their payment if such proceedings fail;

 

  11.2.9 keep proper books of account in respect of its business in accordance with GAAP consistently applied and whenever so requested by the Agent make the same available for inspection by or on behalf of the Agent; and

 

35


  11.2.10 be permitted to declare or pay any dividends upon any of its partnership shares or stock or otherwise distribute any assets to any of the Partners whether in cash or otherwise, provided that:

 

  (a) no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing at the time of payment of such dividend; and

 

  (b) the Agent is satisfied that, after payment of such dividend, the remaining Liquidity of the Borrower will equal or exceed the aggregate amount of (i) the Repayment Instalments falling due in the next 6 months after the dividend payment date and (ii) the amount estimated by the Agent as being the amount of interest on the Loan which will fall due for payment by the Borrower under Clause 6 during that 6 month period.

 

11.3 Consent of Lenders required

The Borrower shall not without the prior consent of the Lenders:

 

  11.3.1 except as contemplated by this Agreement:

 

  (a) sell or agree to sell or otherwise dispose of a Vessel or any share therein, other than a sale upon the completion of which the Tranche relating to that Vessel is prepaid in full in accordance with Clause 5.3.1; or

 

  (b) convey, assign, transfer, sell or otherwise dispose of or deal with any of its other real or personal property, assets or rights, whether present or future;

 

  11.3.2 create or permit to exist any Encumbrance (other than a Permitted Encumbrance) over any part of its undertaking, property, assets or rights, whether present or future (provided that where any such Encumbrance arises in the ordinary course of business, the Borrower shall promptly discharge the same);

 

  11.3.3 incur any Financial Indebtedness (except for the Loan, the Junior Loan, any Master Agreement Liabilities and any loans or advances made to it by any member of the Group) nor incur any obligations as lessee under leases;

 

  11.3.4 except as contemplated by this Agreement, assume, guarantee or endorse, or otherwise become or remain liable for, any obligation of any other person (other than a member of the Group);

 

  11.3.5 authorise or accept any capital commitment (except for any capital commitments made by any other member of the Group);

 

  11.3.6 issue any further shares or stock or register any transfer of any of its shares or stock, or admit any new partner, whether by subscription or transfer (except to any member of the Group);

 

36


  11.3.7 consolidate, amalgamate or merge with any other entity or demerge or enter into any form of reconstruction or reorganisation or do anything analogous thereto;

 

  11.3.8 form or acquire any subsidiary;

 

  11.3.9 alter or extend its financial year for the purposes of the preparation of its accounts, or change its auditors;

 

  11.3.10 make any loans or advances to, or any investments in, any person (including, without limitation, any officer, director, stockholder, employee or customer of the Borrower) except for loans to any member of the Group and loans made in the ordinary course of the Borrower’s business in respect of the Vessels;

 

  11.3.11 if a Potential Event of Default or Event of Default has occurred, make any payment of principal or interest to any of the Partners or their affiliates in respect of any loans or loan capital made available to it by the Partners or their affiliates;

 

  11.3.12 consolidate or subdivide or alter any of the rights attached to, or reduce, any of its share capital, or capitalise, repay or otherwise distribute any amount outstanding to the credit of any capital or revenue reserves, redeem any of its share capital in any way or enter into any arrangement with its creditors, except that (provided that no Event of Default or Potential Event of Default has occurred and is then continuing) the Borrower may on any date before 1 January 2014 reduce its share capital by an aggregate amount of up to NOK 170,524,000 and repay the amount of such reduction to the Partners in accordance with their pro rata interests in the capital of the Borrower;

 

  11.3.13 charter-in any vessel;

 

  11.3.14 undertake any transaction with any person, company or other entity which is an affiliate of the Borrower unless such transaction is conducted at arm’s length on normal commercial terms;

 

  11.3.15 change its name or its place of incorporation or its domicile or alter its legal status as a limited liability partnership (and the Borrower undertakes to procure that, except with the prior consent of the Lenders, no other Obligor shall change its name or its place of incorporation or its domicile or alter its legal status as a limited liability company or limited liability partnership, as the case may be).

 

11.4 Minimum value

 

  11.4.1 The Borrower shall arrange at its own expense for valuations of each Vessel to be carried out twice annually as at 30 June and 31 December in each year in order to determine its market value as at each such date. Such valuations shall be prepared:

 

  (a) with or without a physical inspection of the relevant Vessel (at the discretion of the Agent) in Dollars on the basis of a sale for prompt delivery, charter-free, at arm’s length between a willing seller and a willing buyer;

 

37


  (b) by any two reputable and independent firms of shipbrokers selected by the Borrower and approved by the Agent;

and the market value of a Vessel shall be the mean average of those valuations.

 

  11.4.2 If the aggregate of (a) the market values of the Vessels determined pursuant to Clause 11.4.1 or Clause 11.4.4 and (b) the market value of any additional security previously provided under this Clause 11.4 is at any time less than 100% of the aggregate from time to time of the Loan and the Junior Loan (a “ security shortfall ”), the Borrower shall, as soon as reasonably possible but in any case not later than 30 days after a demand by the Agent to that effect (as directed by the Majority Lenders), either:

 

  (a) provide additional security over such assets and in such form as is reasonably acceptable to the Majority Lenders where such assets have an aggregate market value at least equal to the security shortfall (it being agreed that a cash collateral deposit denominated in Dollars and deposited with the Agent is an acceptable asset); or

 

  (b) prepay such part of the Loan as will eliminate the security shortfall in accordance with the relevant provisions of Clause 5.1; or

 

  (c) make good the security shortfall by combining the provision of additional security under paragraph (a) with a partial prepayment of the Loan under paragraph (b).

 

  11.4.3 The market value of any additional security provided or to be provided under this Clause 11.4 shall be determined at the cost of the Borrower on such basis and by such independent valuers as the Borrower and the Agent may agree (or, in the absence of such agreement, on such basis and by such independent valuers as shall be selected by the Agent), provided that a cash collateral deposit denominated in Dollars and deposited with the Agent shall be valued at par.

 

  11.4.4 If an Event of Default or Potential Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Agent shall be entitled from time to time to obtain its own valuations of:

 

  (a) each Vessel and any additional vessel in accordance with Clause 11.4.1 from any two reputable and independent firms of shipbrokers selected by it; and/or

 

  (b) any other additional security in accordance with Clause 11.4.3 from such independent valuers as the Agent shall select,

 

38


and the Borrower shall reimburse the Agent on demand for the costs of each such valuation. The Borrower undertakes to provide such assistance as the Agent shall require in connection with all valuations obtained by the Agent in accordance with this Clause 11.4.4, and each such valuation shall be conclusive and binding on the Borrower save in the case of manifest error.

 

12. INFORMATION UNDERTAKINGS

 

12.1 Duration of undertakings

The undertakings in this Clause 12 shall remain in force from the date of this Agreement to the end of the Security Period.

 

12.2 Financial information

The Borrower will provide to the Agent:

 

  12.2.1 within 150 days of the end of each financial year of the Borrower, certified copies (in a sufficient number for each of the Banks) of the profit and loss accounts and balance sheets of the Borrower for that financial year, prepared in accordance with GAAP and audited by auditors previously approved in writing by the Agent;

 

  12.2.2 within 90 days of 31 March, 30 June, 30 September and 31 December in each year, certified copies (in a sufficient number for each of the Banks) of the unaudited profit and loss accounts and balance sheets of the Borrower for the relevant financial year to date, prepared in accordance with GAAP;

 

  12.2.3 as at 31 March, 30 June and 30 September in each year (and within 90 days of each such date) and as at 31 December in each year (and within 150 days of each such date), a compliance certificate in the form set out in the Parent Guarantee signed by the chief financial officer or chief executive officer of the Parent Guarantor and the Borrower confirming that they and the other Obligors are, as at the date of such certificate, in compliance with their respective obligations under the Finance Documents and that no Event of Default or Potential Event of Default has occurred, or, if any has occurred, that none is continuing;

 

  12.2.4 within 60 days after 31 December in each year, a certified copy of the financial projections of the Borrower for that year and the next 5 years (including profit and loss, balance sheet and cash flow forecasts with supporting schedules and calculations);

 

  12.2.5 within 30 days after 30 June and 30 December of each year, copies of the valuations of the Vessels obtained by the Borrower in accordance with Clause 11.4;

 

  12.2.6 promptly, such further information in the possession or control of the Borrower regarding its financial condition and operations as the Agent may reasonably request.

 

39


12.3 Notification of material litigation

The Borrower will inform the Agent promptly of any litigation, arbitration, tax claim or administrative proceeding instituted or (to its knowledge) threatened and of any other occurrence of which it becomes aware which, in any such case, might have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

12.4 Notification of default

The Borrower will

 

  12.4.1 promptly after the happening of any Event of Default or a Potential Event of Default, notify the Agent of such event and of the steps (if any) which are being taken to remedy it; and

 

  12.4.2 without prejudice to Clause 12.4.1, promptly upon a request by the Agent if an Event of Default or a Potential Event of Default has occurred and is continuing (or the Agent reasonably believes that an Event of Default or a Potential Event of Default may have occurred and then be continuing), supply to the Agent a certificate signed on behalf of the Borrower by any two of its directors and/or executive officers identifying all of the Events of Default and Potential Events of Default, if any, of which the Borrower is aware and which are then continuing (and specifying the steps, if any, being taken to remedy them).

 

12.5 “Know your customer” checks

The Borrower will provide the Agent with any information requested by a Lender in order for it to comply with any anti-money laundering or “know your customer” legislation, regulation or procedures applicable to that Lender from time to time.

 

12.6 Provision of further information

The Borrower will promptly provide the Agent with such other financial and other information concerning itself and its affairs and the Vessels as the Agent, for itself or on behalf of any Lender, may from time to time require.

 

13. PROVISIONS RELATING TO THE CHARTERS

 

13.1 Banks’ acknowledgment of Charter requirements

The Banks acknowledge that under the terms of the Charters:

 

  13.1.1 during the Charter Period in respect of a Vessel, the Charterers are entitled to register that Vessel in the name of a Charterer in the Brazilian bareboat registry and that during the period of such registration (“ Dual Registration ”) the Vessel will fly the Brazilian flag and her right to fly the flag of the Bahamas will be suspended;

 

  13.1.2 the Borrower is required to procure a letter of quiet enjoyment from the Security Trustee as mortgagee in respect of each Vessel, such letter of quiet enjoyment to be in a form approved by the Charterers and the Lenders;

 

40


  13.1.3 the terms of the Mortgage and Deed of Covenant for each Vessel are to be approved by the Charterers.

The Banks further acknowledge that, notwithstanding the provisions of Clause 11 of the Charters which require the Charterers to countersign the Deed of Covenant in respect of each Vessel (a) to acknowledge that they are acquainted with its terms and (b) to undertake that they will comply with all instructions or directions in regard to the employment, insurance, repair and maintenance of that Vessel as laid down in the Deed of Covenant or as may be directed by the Security Trustee during the relevant Charter Period in conformity with the Deed of Covenant, the Charterers may not in fact be willing to countersign the Deeds of Covenant and that all direct agreements between the Security Trustee and the Charterers may be set out in the Quiet Enjoyment Letter instead.

 

13.2 Consent to Dual Registration

Subject to satisfaction of the conditions specified in Clause 13.3, the Banks consent to the Dual Registration of each Vessel at any time on or after the commencement of the Charter Period relating to it and irrevocably authorise the Security Trustee to give any requisite consents required by any applicable ship registrar or other official in the Bahamas and/or Brazil to permit such Dual Registration.

 

13.3 Conditions of consent to Dual Registration

The Banks’ consent to the Dual Registration of a Vessel is subject to the following conditions precedent being satisfied on or prior to the commencement of such Dual Registration:

 

  13.3.1 receipt by the Agent of opinions satisfactory to the Agent from lawyers qualified to advise on the laws of the Bahamas and Brazil that the Dual Registration is permitted by their respective laws for the duration of the relevant Charter Period and that the Mortgage over the relevant Vessel and the Borrower’s title thereto remain duly registered under the laws of the Bahamas following the Dual Registration and that on termination of the relevant Charter or a judicial sale of that Vessel the Dual Registration will be terminated without unreasonable delay and without any discretionary consents from any authorities in Brazil;

 

  13.3.2 receipt by the Agent of evidence that the Bahamian ship registry has consented to (a) the suspension of the relevant Vessel’s right to fly the flag of that state and (b) the temporary registration of that Vessel in the Brazilian bareboat registry during the relevant Charter Period in the name of a Charterer;

 

  13.3.3 receipt by the Agent of evidence that the Brazilian bareboat registry has consented to the temporary registration of the relevant Vessel in the Brazilian bareboat registry during the relevant Charter Period in the name of a Charterer and that such registration has been effected;

 

41


  13.3.4 evidence that details of (a) the Borrower’s ownership title in the relevant Vessel and (b) the Mortgage on that Vessel have been noted or registered against the Vessel in the Brazilian bareboat registry and that no other Encumbrances are registered against the Vessel in such registry;

 

  13.3.5 receipt by the Agent in form and substance acceptable to the Lenders of any powers of attorney, instruction letters or other documents as the Lenders may reasonably require from the Borrower and the Charterers (but, in the case of the Charterers, only if and to the extent that the Charterers agree to provide the same) in order to enable the Agent or Security Trustee, upon termination of the relevant Charter or a judicial sale of that Vessel, to apply for cancellation of that Vessel’s registration in the Brazilian bareboat registry and the reinstatement of her full registry under the laws and flag of the Bahamian ship registry (each such document, if any, being a “ Deregistration Document ”).

 

13.4 Quiet enjoyment

Each of the other Banks confirms that it has authorised and instructed the Security Trustee to execute and perform the Quiet Enjoyment Letter in respect of each Vessel.

 

13.5 Charter Assignments

The Borrower has executed on 6 July 2012 and delivered to the Agent the Charter Assignment in respect of each Vessel.

 

14. EVENTS OF DEFAULT

 

14.1 Defaults

Each of the following events or circumstances is an Event of Default:

 

  14.1.1 Non-payment An Obligor does not pay on the due date any amount payable pursuant to the Finance Documents at the place and in the currency in which it is expressed to be payable or, in respect of moneys payable on demand, (unless otherwise specifically provided) within 3 Banking Days from the date of such demand.

 

  14.1.2 Other obligations An Obligor does not comply with any provision of the Finance Documents (other than those referred to in Clause 14.1.1 and Clause 14.1.15) provided that no Event of Default will occur under this Clause 14.1.2 if (a) the failure to comply does not relate to the Insurances, (b) is capable of remedy and (c) is remedied within 10 Banking Days of the Agent giving notice to the Borrower or the Borrower becoming aware of the failure to comply.

 

  14.1.3 Misrepresentation Any representation or statement made or deemed to be made by an Obligor in the Finance Documents or any other document delivered by or on behalf of an Obligor under or in connection with any Finance Document is or proves to have been incorrect or misleading in any material respect when made or deemed to be made.

 

42


  14.1.4 Cross default

 

  (a) Any Event of Default (as therein defined) occurs under the Junior Loan Agreement; or

 

  (b) Any Financial Indebtedness of any member of the Group:

 

  (i) is not paid when due or within any originally applicable grace period; or

 

  (ii) is declared to be or otherwise becomes due and payable prior to its specified maturity as a result of an event of default (however described); or

 

  (iii) becomes capable of being declared due and payable prior to its specified maturity as a result of an event of default (however described).

 

  14.1.5 Insolvency

 

  (a) An Obligor is unable or admits inability to pay its debts as they fall due, suspends making payments on any of its debts or, by reason of actual or anticipated financial difficulties, commences negotiations with one or more of its creditors with a view to rescheduling any of its indebtedness; or

 

  (b) the value of the assets of an Obligor is less than its liabilities (taking into account contingent and prospective liabilities); or

 

  (c) a moratorium is declared in respect of any indebtedness of an Obligor.

 

  14.1.6 Insolvency proceedings Any corporate action, legal proceedings or other procedure or step is taken in relation to:

 

  (a) the suspension of payments, a moratorium of any indebtedness, winding-up, dissolution, administration or reorganisation (by way of voluntary arrangement, scheme of arrangement or otherwise) of an Obligor; or

 

  (b) a composition, compromise, assignment or arrangement with any creditor of an Obligor; or

 

  (c) the appointment of a liquidator, receiver, administrative receiver, administrator, compulsory manager or other similar officer in respect of an Obligor or any of its assets; or

 

  (d) enforcement of any Encumbrance over any assets of an Obligor, or any analogous procedure or step is taken in any jurisdiction.

 

43


  14.1.7 Creditors’ process Any expropriation, attachment, sequestration, distress or execution affects any asset or assets of an Obligor having an aggregate value of at least $500,000 and is not discharged within 14 days.

 

  14.1.8 Change of ownership Except with the prior consent of the Lenders:

 

  (a) the Borrower is not or ceases to be wholly-owned directly or indirectly by the Parent Guarantor; or

 

  (b) the MLP General Partner is not or ceases to be wholly-owned directly or indirectly by the Sponsor; or

 

  (c) the Sponsor does not own or ceases to own at least one-third of the share capital and voting rights (subject to the limitations on voting rights relating to election of board members, amendments and certain other matters as set out in the Limited Partnership Agreement) of the Parent Guarantor; or

 

  (d) any person or group of persons acting in concert (other than the Sponsor or any wholly-owned subsidiaries thereof) acquires more than 33% of the share capital or voting rights (subject to the limitations on voting rights relating to election of board members, amendments and certain other matters as set out in the Limited Partnership Agreement) of the Parent Guarantor.

 

  14.1.9 Change or cessation of business An Obligor ceases, or threatens to cease, to carry on its business, or disposes or threatens to dispose of what the Agent considers a material part of its properties, assets or undertakings, or such a part is seized or nationalised, appropriated or compulsorily purchased by or under the authority of any government.

 

  14.1.10 Unlawfulness, impossibility or repudiation It becomes impossible or unlawful for an Obligor to fulfil any of its obligations under the Finance Documents, or for any Bank to exercise any of the rights vested in it by, or to enforce the security constituted by, the Finance Documents, or any of the Finance Documents for any reason becomes invalid or unenforceable or ceases to be in full force and effect or an Obligor repudiates or evidences an intention to repudiate any of the Finance Documents.

 

  14.1.11 Revocation or modification of authorisations Any licence, approval, consent, authorisation or registration at any time necessary or desirable for the validity, enforceability or admissibility in evidence of the Finance Documents, or for an Obligor to comply with its obligations thereunder, or in connection with the ownership or operation of any Vessel, is revoked, withheld or expires, or is modified in what the Agent considers a material respect.

 

44


  14.1.12 Material litigation Any final and conclusive judgment, order or award is made by any court, arbitration board or other tribunal against any Obligor or any other member of the Group the effect of complying with which would, in the opinion of the Agent, have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

  14.1.13 Material Adverse Change There is any Material Adverse Change.

 

  14.1.14 Working Capital The Borrower has a negative Working Capital at any time.

 

  14.1.15 Breach of financial covenants The Parent Guarantor fails at any time to comply with the financial covenants set out in Clause 11 of the Parent Guarantee.

 

  14.1.16 Listing of the Parent Guarantor The Parent Guarantor ceases to be listed on the New York Stock Exchange.

 

  14.1.17 MLP General Partner The MLP General Partner ceases to:

 

  (a) be the general partner of the Parent Guarantor; and/or

 

  (b) own a minimum of 2% of the interests in the Parent Guarantor; and/or

 

  (c) have the right to appoint 3 out of 7 directors to the board of directors in the Parent Guarantor (provided that if the total number of directors is increased or decreased, this number shall be increased or decreased pro rata to the total number of directors).

 

14.2 Banks’ remedies

Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default and at any time thereafter without prejudice to any of the rights and remedies of the Agent and/or the other Banks under any of the other Finance Documents or otherwise:

 

  14.2.1 the Agent may, and shall if so requested by the Majority Lenders, take any one or more of the following actions:

 

  (a) by written notice to the Borrower declare the Total Commitments of the Increase Lenders cancelled, whereupon the same shall be cancelled;

 

  (b) by written notice to the Borrower demand the immediate repayment of the Loan, all interest accrued thereon and all other Outstanding Indebtedness, whereupon the same shall become immediately due and payable; and

 

  (c) take steps to exercise the rights and remedies conferred upon the Agent and/or the other Banks by this Agreement and the other Finance Documents and exercisable on or after the occurrence of an Event of Default; and

 

  14.2.2

the Security Trustee may, and shall if so requested by the Majority Lenders,

 

45


  take steps to enforce the security created by the Security Documents and/or otherwise exercise the rights and remedies conferred on the Security Trustee by this Agreement and the Security Documents and exercisable on or after the occurrence of an Event of Default.

 

15. FEES, EXPENSES AND INDEMNITIES

 

15.1 [Intentionally omitted]

 

15.2 Amendment fee

The Borrower shall pay to the Agent for distribution to the Lenders in such proportions as they may agree with the Agent a non-refundable amendment fee on such date and in such amount as is specified in the Amendment Fee Letter.

 

15.3 Agency fee

The Borrower shall pay to the Agent for its own account a non-refundable agency fee on such dates and in such amount as is specified in the Agency Fee Letter.

 

15.4 Indemnity against costs

The Borrower shall pay to the Agent on demand, and the Borrower shall indemnify and keep each Bank indemnified against, all costs, charges, expenses, claims, liabilities, losses, duties and fees (including, but not limited to, legal fees and expenses on a full indemnity basis) and taxes thereon suffered or incurred by that Bank:

 

  15.4.1 in the negotiation, preparation, printing, execution and registration of the Second Amendment and Restatement Deed and the other Finance Documents;

 

  15.4.2 in the enforcement or preservation or the attempted enforcement or preservation of any of the rights and powers of the Banks (or any of them) under this Agreement and the other Finance Documents or of the security constituted by the Finance Documents;

 

  15.4.3 in connection with any actual or proposed amendment of or supplement to this Agreement or any other Finance Document, or with any request to the Banks (or any of them) to grant any consent or waiver in respect of any provision of this Agreement or any other Finance Document, whether or not the same is given;

 

  15.4.4 arising out of any act or omission made by the Banks (or any of them) in good faith in connection with any of the matters dealt with in the Finance Documents;

 

  15.4.5 in the case of a Lender, resulting from its compliance with any requirement of the Bank of England and/or the Financial Services Authority (or, in either case, any other authority which replaces all or any of its functions) or, as the case may be, the European Central Bank to pay fees calculated by reference to liabilities used to fund its Contribution.

 

46


15.5 Tax indemnity

The Borrower shall pay all taxes imposed in relation to the Finance Documents (other than tax on any Bank’s overall net income) and shall on the Agent’s written demand indemnify the Banks against any and all liabilities with respect to, or resulting from, delay or omission on the part of the Borrower to pay such taxes.

 

15.6 Break costs and other general indemnities

The Borrower shall pay to the Agent on demand, and shall indemnify each Bank against, any Break Costs and/or other losses, expenses or liabilities whether actual or contingent (as to the amount of which the Agent’s certificate shall be conclusive and binding upon the Borrower, except in case of manifest error) suffered or incurred by that Bank in connection with or as a result of:

 

  15.6.1 any repayment or prepayment of the whole or any part of a Tranche being made on any date other than the last day of the Interest Period applicable to it;

 

  15.6.2 any default in payment by the Borrower of any sum due under the Finance Documents on its due date; or

 

  15.6.3 the occurrence or continuance of an Event of Default and/or a Potential Event of Default.

 

15.7 Currency indemnity

If any sum due from an Obligor under the Finance Documents (a “ Sum ”), or any order, judgment or award given or made in relation to a Sum, has to be converted from the currency (the “ First Currency ”) in which that Sum is payable into another currency (the “ Second Currency ”) for the purpose of making or filing a claim or proof against that Obligor or obtaining or enforcing an order, judgment or award in relation to any litigation or arbitration proceedings, the Borrower shall as an independent obligation, within 3 Banking Days of demand, indemnify each Bank to whom that Sum is due against any cost, loss or liability arising out of or as a result of the conversion including any discrepancy between (a) the rate of exchange used to convert that Sum from the First Currency into the Second Currency and (b) the rate or rates of exchange available to that Bank at the time of its receipt of that Sum.

 

15.8 Increased costs

The Borrower shall, within 3 Banking Days of a demand by the Agent, pay for the account of a Bank the amount of any Increased Cost incurred by that Bank or any of its affiliates as a result of (a) the introduction of or any change in (or in the interpretation, administration or application of) any law or regulation or (b) compliance with any law or regulation made after the date of this Agreement except that this Clause does not apply to the extent any Increased Cost is:

 

  15.8.1 compensated for by a payment under Clause 8.2 or Clause 15.5; or

 

47


  15.8.2 attributable to the wilful breach by that Bank or its affiliates of any law or regulation.

In this Agreement “ Increased Cost ” means, in respect of a Bank, (a) a reduction in the rate of return from that Bank’s (or its affiliate’s) overall capital, (b) an additional or increased cost or (c) a reduction of any amount due and payable under any Finance Document, which is incurred or suffered by that Bank or any of its affiliates to the extent that it is attributable to that Bank funding or performing its obligations under any Finance Document.

 

15.9 Environmental indemnity

Without prejudice to or limitation of any other rights or remedies that may at any time be available to or exercisable by the Agent or any of the other Banks, the Borrower shall indemnify and hold harmless the Agent and each of the other Banks on demand against all costs, expenses, liabilities, losses, damages, and injury, personal or economic, sustained or incurred by any of them or their property (real or personal) for any reason as a result of or in connection with any release or the emission, presence, discharge of Material of Environmental Concern on, from, affecting or caused by a Vessel under any applicable environmental laws including, but not limited to, costs and expenses incurred to clean up or remove discharged oil or other Material of Environmental Concern, damages to third parties, natural resource damage, assessments or penalties, and whether sustained or incurred during or after the Security Period.

 

15.10 Survival of indemnities

The indemnities contained in the Finance Documents shall continue in full force and effect after the full and final discharge of the Outstanding Indebtedness with respect to matters arising prior to such discharge.

 

16. THE AGENT

 

16.1 Appointment of Agent

Each Lender hereby irrevocably appoints and authorises the Agent to act as its agent under this Agreement and the other Finance Documents.

 

16.2 Agent’s powers and discretions

The Agent shall have such powers and discretions:

 

  16.2.1 which are expressly delegated to the Agent by the terms of this Agreement and the other Finance Documents;

 

  16.2.2 which the Majority Lenders consider appropriate and give to the Agent (generally or in a particular case) with the Agent’s consent; and

 

  16.2.3 which the Agent considers to be reasonably incidental to the discharge and performance of any of its functions under this Agreement or any of the other Finance Documents or otherwise appropriate in the context of those functions, including the exercise of any powers given to it by the Majority Lenders.

 

48


16.3 Agent is agent only

The relationship between the Agent and each Lender is that of agent and principal only. Nothing in this Agreement or the other Finance Documents shall constitute the Agent a trustee or fiduciary for any Lender or any other person and no action taken by the Lenders pursuant hereto or thereto, shall be deemed to constitute the Lenders a partnership, association, joint venture or other entity.

 

16.4 Agent to have no responsibility to Borrower

In performing its functions and duties under this Agreement and the other Finance Documents, the Agent shall act solely as agent of the Lenders and does not assume and shall not be deemed to have assumed any responsibility, liability or obligation (whether fiduciary or otherwise) towards, or relationship of agency or trust with or for, the Borrower or any other Obligor in any circumstances whatsoever.

 

16.5 Matters within Agent’s authority

Subject to Clause 16.6 and the other provisions of this Agreement and the other Finance Documents, the Agent is hereby irrevocably authorised by the Lenders in their name and on their behalf (and shall, if so directed by written notice from the Majority Lenders after the Lenders shall have consulted for a period of not less than 5 days, which direction shall be binding on all the Lenders):

 

  16.5.1 to waive, modify, vary or otherwise amend or excuse performance of any provisions of this Agreement or any of the other Finance Documents; and

 

  16.5.2 to enforce or take or refrain from taking any other action or proceedings with regard to this Agreement or any of the other Finance Documents,

 

16.6 Notification of proposed waivers and amendments

Except in cases where the Agent is of the opinion that the Lenders would be prejudiced by any delay in the Agent enforcing or taking action, in which event the Agent may, but shall not be obliged to, enforce or take action without prior notification to the Lenders, the Agent shall be obliged to notify the Lenders if it proposes to waive, modify, vary or otherwise amend or excuse performance of any provision of this Agreement or any of the other Finance Documents or to enforce or take or refrain from taking any action under Clause 14.2 and the Agent shall not be entitled to proceed with that proposal unless the Majority Lenders shall give notice to the Agent agreeing to that proposal. The Agent shall be entitled to cancel that proposal if written notice pursuant to this Clause 16.6 is not received within 5 days of the Lenders being so notified by the Agent.

 

49


16.7 Agent to act in accordance with instructions of Majority Lenders

Subject to the provisions of this Agreement and the other Finance Documents, the Agent agrees to act with respect to this Agreement and the other Finance Documents in accordance with the written instructions of the Majority Lenders. Any such instructions given by the Majority Lenders shall be binding on all the Banks. In the absence of any such instructions, the Agent shall not be obliged to act.

 

16.8 Agent not required to act

In no event shall the Agent be required to take any action which exposes, or is likely to expose, the Agent to personal liability or which is contrary to the provisions of:

 

  16.8.1 this Agreement or any of the other Finance Documents; or

 

  16.8.2 any law, regulation or directive.

 

16.9 Provision of copy documents to Lenders

The Agent shall furnish each Lender:

 

  16.9.1 with copies of any documents received by it under Clause 12 (but the Agent shall not be obliged to review or check the accuracy or completeness thereof);

 

  16.9.2 with details of any communication received from the Borrower or any other Obligor referring to this Agreement and which:

 

  (a) contains a request for a consent or waiver which, under the terms of this Agreement or any other Security Document, requires the consent of the Lenders or the Majority Lenders; or

 

  (b) states that an Event of Default or Potential Event of Default has occurred and is continuing; or

 

  (c) contains any other request or information which, in the reasonable opinion of the Agent, is of a material nature.

 

16.10 Provision of copy communications to Agent

Each Lender will, promptly after receipt or despatch thereof, forward to the Agent a copy of any communication:

 

  16.10.1 sent by that Lender to the Borrower or any other Obligor in relation to this Agreement or any other Finance Document; or

 

  16.10.2 received by that Lender from the Borrower or any other Obligor and, in each case, relating to this Agreement or any of the Finance Documents.

 

16.11 Distributions of sums received and deductions by Agent

The Agent shall (subject to Clause 7.3) distribute promptly to each Lender its due proportion of all sums received by the Agent on behalf of the Lenders under this

 

50


Agreement or any of the other Security Documents, subject to the Agent’s right to deduct and withhold from any such payment any amount which is then (or which will, upon demand by the Agent, become) due and payable to the Agent from that Lender.

 

16.12 Agent’s retention of fees and expenses

The Agent may retain for its own use and benefit (and shall not be liable to account to any Lender for all or any part of) any sums received by it by way of fees (and not payable to any Lender) or by way of reimbursement of expenses incurred by it.

 

16.13 Waiver on instructions of Majority Lenders

Subject to Clause 16.14, the provisions of this Agreement and any of the Security Documents may be waived, and (subject to the written agreement of each of the other parties thereto, other than the Lenders) varied or amended, by the Agent acting on the written instructions of the Majority Lenders, in each case evidenced by an instrument in writing, and any such waiver, variation or amendment shall be binding upon all the Lenders.

 

16.14 Consent of Agent and all Lenders required

Nothing in Clause 16.13 shall authorise the effecting, without the prior written consent of the Agent and all the Lenders, of:

 

  16.14.1 any change in the Applicable Margin or in the definitions of “ Majority Lenders ”, “ Finance Documents ” or “ Security Documents ”;

 

  16.14.2 any change in the date for, or alteration in the amount (or the basis of determining the amount) of, any payment of principal, interest, fees, or other amounts payable under this Agreement;

 

  16.14.3 any change to Clauses 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7.2, 9, 11.3, 20 and 25;

 

  16.14.4 any change to this Clause 16.14;

 

  16.14.5 the release of any of the security created by or pursuant to the Security Documents (or any of them); or

 

  16.14.6 any other matter in respect of which the terms of this Agreement or any other of the Finance Documents expressly requires the agreement of all the Lenders.

 

16.15 Borrower’ reliance upon Agent

At all times throughout the Security Period the Borrower shall be entitled to rely upon the advice of the Agent as to the giving of any approvals or consents or the exercise of any discretions by the Lenders or any other act of the Lenders as required by this Agreement and/or the Security Documents or any of them.

 

51


16.16 Consultation by Agent with Lenders

The Agent shall, subject to Clause 16.6, at all times keep the Lenders informed of each and every approval or consent given and each exercise of any such discretion and each performance of any such other act which the Agent may have performed on behalf of the Lenders as required by this Agreement or any of the Security Documents.

 

16.17 Consent of Agent required

Notwithstanding the provisions of Clauses 16.13 and 16.14, no provision of this Agreement or of any other of the Finance Documents which in any way relates to the duties, functions, powers or responsibilities of the Agent may be amended, waived or suspended without the prior consent of the Agent.

 

17. THE SECURITY TRUSTEE

 

17.1 Trust Property defined

In this Clause 17, “ Trust Property ” means:

 

  17.1.1 all rights, title and interests that may be mortgaged, charged, pledged or assigned in favour of the Security Trustee under or by virtue of the Security Documents;

 

  17.1.2 all rights granted to, or held or exercisable by, the Security Trustee by virtue of this Agreement and the Security Documents;

 

  17.1.3 all moneys and other assets, which are received or recovered by or on behalf of the Security Trustee under or by virtue of any of the foregoing rights, including as a result of the enforcement or exercise of any such right; and

 

  17.1.4 all moneys and other assets accrued in respect of or derived from any of the foregoing.

 

17.2 Duties of Security Trustee

The Security Trustee shall:

 

  17.2.1 hold the Trust Property on trust for the Banks in accordance with provisions of this Agreement and the Security Documents; and

 

  17.2.2 perform and exercise the rights and benefits vested in it and deal with the Trust Property in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement and the Security Documents.

 

17.3 Security Trustee to have no responsibility to Borrower

The Security Trustee does not assume and shall not be deemed to have assumed any responsibility, liability or obligation (whether fiduciary or otherwise) towards, or relationship of agency or trust with or for, the Borrower or any other Obligor in any circumstances whatsoever.

 

52


17.4 Security Trustee’s powers and discretions

The Security Trustee shall have such powers and discretions:

 

  17.4.1 which are expressly delegated to the Security Trustee by the terms of this Agreement and the Security Documents;

 

  17.4.2 which the Majority Lenders consider appropriate and give to the Security Trustee (generally or in a particular case) with the Security Trustee’s consent;

 

  17.4.3 which the Security Trustee considers to be reasonably incidental and conducive to the discharge and performance of any of its functions under this Agreement or any of the Security Documents or otherwise appropriate in the context of those functions, including the exercise of any powers given to it by the Majority Lenders; and

 

  17.4.4 which are conferred on a trustee by the Trustee Act 1925 and any other applicable law for the time being in force.

 

17.5 Security Trustee to act in accordance with instructions of Majority Lenders

Subject to the provisions of the Agreement and the Security Documents, the Security Trustee agrees to act with respect to this Agreement and the Security Documents in accordance with the written instructions of the Agent, or, if the Agent and the Security Trustee are the same person, the Majority Lenders. Any such instructions given by the Majority Lenders shall be binding on all the Banks. In the absence of any such instructions, the Security Trustee shall not be obliged to act.

 

17.6 Security Trustee not required to act

In no event shall the Security Trustee be required to take any action which exposes, or is likely to expose, the Security Trustee to personal liability or which is contrary to the provisions of:

 

  17.6.1 this Agreement or any of the Security Documents; or

 

  17.6.2 any law, regulation or directive.

 

17.7 Provision of copy documents to Banks

The Security Trustee shall furnish the Agent, or, if the Agent and the Security Trustee are the same person, each Lender, with copies of any documents received by it under or in connection with this Agreement or any Security Documents which it considers to be of material importance to the Banks.

 

17.8 Transfer of moneys to Agent

The Security Trustee shall, except as expressly stated to the contrary in this Agreement or any Security Document, transfer any moneys forming part of the Trust

 

53


Property to the Agent for application in accordance with the relevant provisions of this Agreement and the Security Documents, subject to the Security Trustee’s right to deduct and withhold from any such payment any amount which is then (or which will, upon demand by the Security Trustee, become) due and payable to it, or to any receiver or agent appointed by it, under this Agreement and the Security Documents.

 

17.9 Security Trustee’s retention of fees and expenses

The Security Trustee may retain for its own use and benefit (and shall not be liable to account to any other Bank for all or any part of) any sums received by it by way of fees (and not payable to any other Bank) or by way of reimbursement of expenses incurred by it.

 

17.10 Release of security

At the end of the Security Period the Security Trustee shall release without any recourse, warranty or covenants for title whatsoever, all security granted to it pursuant to the Security Documents then held by it, whereupon the Security Trustee shall be discharged from all liabilities and obligations under this Agreement and the Security Documents.

 

17.11 Perpetuity period

The perpetuity period applicable to the trusts created by this Clause 17 is 125 years from the date of this Agreement.

 

17.12 Parallel debt

 

  17.12.1 Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement the Borrower hereby irrevocably and unconditionally undertakes to pay to the Security Trustee, as creditor in its own right and not as representative of the Banks, sums equal to and in the currency of each amount payable by the Borrower to each of the Banks under or by virtue of this Agreement and the other Finance Documents as and when that amount falls due for payment under the relevant Finance Document or would have fallen due but for any suspension of payment, moratorium, discharge by operation of law or analogous event.

 

  17.12.2 The Security Trustee shall have its own independent right to demand payment of the amounts payable by the Borrower under this Clause 17.12, irrespective of any suspension, extinction or any other discharge for any reason whatsoever (otherwise than by payment) of the Borrower’s obligation to pay those amounts to the Banks other than a discharge by virtue of payment which those Banks are entitled to retain.

 

  17.12.3 Any amount due and payable by the Borrower to the Security Trustee under this Clause 17.12 shall be decreased to the extent that the Banks have received (and are able to retain) payment in full of the corresponding amount under the other provisions of the Finance Documents and any amount due and payable by the Borrower to the Banks under those provisions shall be decreased to the extent that the Security Trustee has received (and is able to retain) payment in full of the corresponding amount under this Clause 17.12.

 

54


  17.12.4 The rights of the Banks (other than the Security Trustee) to receive payment of amounts payable by the Borrower under the Finance Documents are several and are separate and independent from, and without prejudice to, the rights of the Security Trustee to receive payment under this Clause 17.12.

 

  17.12.5 Any amounts received by the Security Trustee shall, to the extent permitted by the mandatory provisions of the applicable law, be applied in accordance with Clause 7.2.

 

17.13 Coordination Agreement

Each of the Banks authorises and instructs the Security Trustee to execute and perform the Coordination Agreement and each Lender undertakes for the benefit of the other Parties, the Junior Security Trustee and the Junior Lenders that, if the Security Trustee (acting on the instructions of the Junior Lenders) exercises its option under Clause 7.1 of the Coordination Agreement, it will execute and deliver a Transfer Certificate in favour of each relevant Junior Lender in the amount, at the time and in the manner required by Clause 7.2 of the Coordination Agreement.

 

18. RETIREMENT OF A SERVICE BANK

 

18.1 Resignation of Service Bank

Each Service Bank may at any time resign its appointment under this Agreement by giving the Obligors and the other Banks not less than 30 days’ prior written notice to that effect.

 

18.2 Appointment of successor by Majority Lenders

After the giving by any Service Bank of a notice of termination the Majority Lenders may in writing appoint a successor.

 

18.3 Appointment by retiring Service Bank

If no such successor is appointed within the period specified in Clause 18.1, the relevant Service Bank may appoint as its successor any reputable bank or financial institution with an office in Bergen, Oslo or London.

 

18.4 Consequence of change of Service Bank

Upon the acceptance by a successor to a Service Bank of its appointment, which acceptance shall be in such form as the Majority Lenders shall approve:

 

  18.4.1 that successor shall become bound by all the obligations of that Service Bank and become entitled to all the rights, privileges, powers, authorities and discretions of that Service Bank under this Agreement and the Security Documents;

 

  18.4.2 the obligations of that Service Bank under this Agreement and the Security Documents shall terminate but without prejudice to any liabilities which that Service Bank may have incurred prior to that termination;

 

55


  18.4.3 that Service Bank shall be discharged from any further liability or obligations under this Agreement and the Security Documents; and

 

  18.4.4 the provisions of this Agreement and the Security Documents shall continue in effect for the benefit of that Service Bank in respect of any action taken or omitted to be taken by it or any event occurring before the termination of its obligations pursuant to this Clause 18.

 

19. LIMITS OF THE SERVICE BANKS’ OBLIGATIONS

 

19.1 No duty to enquire

Neither Service Bank shall be obliged to ascertain or enquire:

 

  19.1.1 either initially or on a continuing basis, as to the credit or financial condition or affairs of the Borrower, any other Obligor or any other person;

 

  19.1.2 as to the performance or observance by the Borrower or any other Obligor of any of the terms and conditions of this Agreement or any of the other Finance Documents or any other agreement; or

 

  19.1.3 whether any Event of Default or Potential Event of Default has occurred, and until it shall have actual knowledge or express notice to the contrary, the Service Bank shall be entitled to assume that no Event of Default or Potential Event of Default has occurred.

 

19.2 Responsibilities excluded

Neither Service Bank and none of their respective officers, employees or agents shall be responsible to any other Bank for:

 

  19.2.1 any failure or delay in performance, or breach by the Borrower, of its obligations under this Agreement or any of the other Finance Documents or any other agreement or any failure or delay in performance, or breach by any of the other Obligors, of their respective obligations under any of the Finance Documents or any other agreement; or

 

  19.2.2 any recitals, statements, representations or warranties in, or for the legality, validity, effectiveness, enforceability, admissibility in evidence or sufficiency of, this Agreement or any of the other Finance Documents or any other agreement; or

 

  19.2.3 the legality, validity, effectiveness or enforceability of any of the security created, or purported to be created, pursuant to any of the Security Documents.

 

56


19.3 Limitation of liability

 

  19.3.1 Neither Service Bank and none of its respective officers, employees or agents shall be liable for any loss, damage or expense suffered or incurred by the Borrower or any other Bank or any other person in consequence of any action taken or omitted to be taken by it under this Agreement or any of the other Finance Documents or in connection herewith or therewith unless caused by its gross negligence or wilful misconduct.

 

  19.3.2 Without prejudice to the provisions of Clause 19.3.1, none of the other Parties shall take any proceedings against any officer, employee or agent of a Service Bank in respect of any claim which it may have against that Service Bank or in respect of any act or omission (including, without limitation, negligence or wilful misconduct) by that officer, employee or agent in relation to this Agreement or any of the other Finance Documents.

 

19.4 Other Banks’ representations and undertakings

Each Lender:

 

  19.4.1 severally represents and warrants to the Service Banks that it has made its own independent investigation of the financial condition and affairs of the Borrower and the other Obligors in connection with the entry by it into this Agreement and the other relevant Finance Documents and in that respect has not relied on any information provided to it by either Service Bank; and

 

  19.4.2 undertakes that it will continue to make its own independent appraisal of the creditworthiness of the Borrower and the other Obligors and will not rely on any information provided to it by either Service Bank.

 

19.5 Indemnification by other Banks of the Service Banks

The Lenders agree (which agreement shall survive payment of all sums due under this Agreement) to indemnify each Service Bank (to the extent not reimbursed by the Borrower) rateably according to their respective Contributions from and against any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses and disbursements of any kind or nature whatsoever which may be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against that Service Bank in performing its functions or duties under this Agreement or any of the other Finance Documents, or in connection with any action taken or omitted to be taken by that Service Bank in enforcing or preserving or attempting to enforce or preserve the rights of the Banks under this Agreement or any of the other Finance Documents or any other documents or security.

 

19.6 Service Banks’ rights

Each Service Bank may:

 

  19.6.1

engage and pay for the advice and services of any lawyers, accountants or other experts whose advice or services may to that Service Bank seem

 

57


  necessary or desirable and that Service Bank shall be entitled to rely on the advice and opinions of such lawyers, accountants and other experts and shall not be liable to any of the other parties hereto for any of the consequences of any such reliance;

 

  19.6.2 perform all or any of its functions and duties hereunder or under the Security Documents through employees or agents or any office or branch of that Service Bank from time to time selected by it and notified to the other parties hereto;

 

  19.6.3 rely on any communication or document believed by it to be genuine and correct and to have been communicated or signed by the person by whom it purports to be communicated or signed and shall not be liable to any of the other parties hereto for any of the consequences of such reliance; and

 

  19.6.4 without liability to account, make loans to, accept deposits from and generally engage in any kind of banking or trust business with the Borrower or the other Obligors as though that Service Bank was not a Service Bank.

 

19.7 Service Banks as Lender

If and for so long as it is also a Lender each Service Bank shall have the same rights and powers under this Agreement as any other Lender and may exercise those rights and powers as though it were not a Service Bank.

 

20. SHARING OF PAYMENTS

 

20.1 Relevant circumstances

This Clause 20 applies if any Lender (the “ Sharing Lender ”) at any time receives or recovers (whether by way of voluntary or involuntary payment, by virtue of the exercise of its legal rights including but not limited to the right of set-off, counterclaim or otherwise howsoever) the whole or any part of any amounts due to it from the Borrower under this Agreement or any of the other relevant Finance Documents otherwise than by distribution from the Agent in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

20.2 Payment by Sharing Lender to Agent

Subject to Clauses 20.3 and 20.4:

 

  20.2.1 the Sharing Lender shall forthwith pay to the Agent the full amount or (as the case may be) an amount equal to the equivalent of the full amount so received or recovered;

 

  20.2.2 as between the Borrower and the Sharing Lender, the Borrower shall remain or again become indebted to such Sharing Lender under this Agreement in the amount so paid as if it had not been received or recovered as aforesaid; and

 

  20.2.3 the Agent shall treat the amount so paid as if it were a payment by the Borrower on account of amounts due from the Borrower under this Agreement or any of the other Finance Documents for distribution to the Sharing Lender and such of the other Lenders in the proportions in which the Sharing Lender and the other Lenders would have been entitled to receive such amount had it been paid by the Borrower to the Agent hereunder or under such Finance Documents.

 

58


20.3 Refund by Agent

Any payment and adjustment made pursuant to Clause 20.2 shall be subject to the condition that, if the amount (or any part thereof) so paid by the Sharing Lender to the Agent subsequently falls to be repaid by the Sharing Lender to the Borrower or any other person, then each of the Lenders who has received any part thereof from the Agent shall repay the amount received by it to the Sharing Lender, together with such amount (if any) as is necessary to reimburse the Sharing Lender the appropriate portion of any interest it has been obliged to pay when repaying such amount as aforesaid, and the relevant adjustments pursuant to Clause 20.2 shall be cancelled.

 

20.4 No sharing required

A Sharing Lender which has commenced or joined in an action or proceeding in any court to recover sums due to it under this Agreement or any of the other Finance Documents, and pursuant to a judgment obtained therein or a settlement or compromise of that action or proceeding shall have received any amount, shall not be required to share any proportion of that amount with a Lender which has the legal right to, but does not, join such action or proceeding or commence and diligently prosecute a separate action or proceeding to enforce its rights under this Agreement or any of the other Finance Documents in the same or another court.

 

20.5 Matters notifiable

Each Lender shall promptly give notice to the Agent of:

 

  20.5.1 the institution by that Lender of a legal action or proceedings against the Borrower under this Agreement or under any of the other relevant Finance Documents or in connection therewith as soon as practicable thereafter (and, in any event, within 5 Banking Days); and

 

  20.5.2 the receipt or recovery by that Lender of any amount due and payable by the Borrower under this Agreement or under any of the other relevant Finance Documents which is received or recovered otherwise than through the Agent.

Upon receipt of any such notice the Agent will as soon as practicable thereafter notify the other Banks.

 

21. ASSIGNMENT, TRANSFER AND RELEASE

 

21.1 Successors and assigns

This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of each Party and its successors and assigns.

 

59


21.2 No assignment by Borrower

The Borrower may not assign or transfer all or any of its rights, benefits or obligations under this Agreement or under any of the other Finance Documents without the prior written consent of the Majority Lenders.

 

21.3 Transfer by Lenders

Subject to obtaining the prior consent of the Borrower, which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, any Lender (the “ Transferor Lender ”) may transfer all or any of its rights and obligations in its capacity as a Lender under this Agreement and under the other Finance Documents to another bank or financial institution (the “ Transferee Lender ”), provided that no such consent shall be required if the transfer is made to an affiliate of the Transferor Lender or to another Lender (or any affiliate thereof) or if the transfer is made after an Event of Default has occurred and has been continuing for 30 days. No assignment or transfer by a Lender of any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement and the other Finance Documents shall be binding on, or effective in relation to, any other Party unless it is effected, evidenced and perfected by the delivery by the Transferor Lender to the Agent of a Transfer Certificate executed by the Transferor Lender and the Transferee Lender.

 

21.4 Signature of Transfer Certificate

The Agent shall as soon as practicable, but not later than the 5th Banking Day after receipt by it of a Transfer Certificate, sign the Transfer Certificate on behalf of the Obligors, itself and each of the other Banks and give notice to the Obligors and the Banks of its receipt of that Transfer Certificate (attaching a copy of it).

 

21.5 Authorisation of Agent to sign Transfer Certificate

Each of the other Parties irrevocably authorises the Agent to sign any Transfer Certificate on its behalf.

 

21.6 Effective date of Transfer Certificate

A Transfer Certificate becomes effective on the date, if any, specified in the Transfer Certificate as its effective date, provided always that it is signed by the Agent under Clause 21.4 on or before that date.

 

21.7 Effect of Transfer Certificate

A Transfer Certificate shall have effect in accordance with the following:

 

  21.7.1 to the extent that in that Transfer Certificate the Transferor Lender seeks to transfer its rights and/or its obligations under this Agreement and the other Finance Documents, each Obligor and the Transferor Lender shall each be released from further obligations to the other under this Agreement and the other Finance Documents and their respective rights against each other shall be cancelled (such rights and obligations being referred to in this Clause 21.7 as “ discharged rights and obligations ”);

 

60


  21.7.2 each Obligor, the Transferee Lender and the other Banks shall each assume obligations towards each other and/or acquire rights against each other which differ from the discharged rights and obligations only insofar as the Transferee Lender has assumed and/or acquired the same in place of the Transferor Lender;

 

  21.7.3 the Transferee Lender and the other Banks shall acquire the same rights and assume the same obligations between themselves as they would have acquired and assumed had the Transferee Lender been an original party to this Agreement as a Lender with the rights and/or obligations acquired or assumed by it as a result of that transfer; and

 

  21.7.4 if a Transferor Lender is also a Mandated Lead Arranger and that Transferor Lender transfers all of its rights and obligations as a Lender in accordance with Clause 21.3, upon that transfer becoming effective under the relevant Transfer Certificate that Transferor Lender shall automatically be released from being a Party to this Agreement in its capacity as a Mandated Lead Arranger.

 

21.8 Transfer fee

The Transferee Lender shall pay to the Agent for its own account a transfer fee of $2,000 on the date on which the transfer effected by the relevant Transfer Certificate becomes effective.

 

21.9 Sub-participation by Lenders

Any Lender may at any time without the consent of the Borrower or any other Obligor sub-participate all or any of its rights and/or obligations under this Agreement and the other Finance Documents.

 

21.10 Disclosure of information

Any Lender may disclose to any potential Transferee Lender, assignee or sub-participant, or to any other party with whom it may propose to enter into contractual relations in connection with this Agreement or any other of the Finance Documents, such information about the Borrower and the other Obligors and their respective businesses, assets or financial condition as that Lender shall consider appropriate.

 

21.11 Change of Lending Office

Any Lender may at any time and from time to time change its Lending Office by giving notice to the Agent and that change shall be effective on the later of (a) the date specified in that notice and (b) the date of receipt by the Agent of that notice from that Lender. The Agent shall promptly notify the Obligors and the other Banks of any notice received by it pursuant to this Clause 21.11.

 

61


21.12 Mitigation

If:

 

  21.12.1 a Lender transfers any of its rights and obligations under this Agreement and the other Finance Documents in accordance with Clause 21.3 or changes its Lending Office in accordance with Clause 21.11; and

 

  21.12.2 as a result of circumstances existing at the date the transfer or change occurs, an Obligor would be obliged to make a payment to the Transferee Lender or Lender acting through its new Lending Office under Clause 8.2 or Clause 15.8,

then the Transferee Lender or Lender acting through its new Lending Office is only entitled to receive payment under those Clauses to the same extent as the Transferor Lender or Lender acting through its previous Lending Office would have been if the transfer or change had not occurred.

 

21.13 Delegation

Any Bank may at any time and from to time to time delegate any one or more of its rights, powers and/or obligations under this Agreement and the other Finance Documents to any person.

 

21.14 Register

The Agent shall keep a register of all the Lenders for the time being with details of their respective Contributions and Lending Office and shall provide any other Party (at that Party’s expense) with a copy of the register on request.

 

22. SET-OFF

 

22.1 A Bank may set off any matured obligation due from the Borrower under this Agreement or any other Finance Document (to the extent beneficially owned by that Bank) against any matured obligation owed by that Bank to the Borrower, regardless of the place of payment, booking branch or currency of either obligation. If the obligations are in different currencies, the Bank may convert either obligation at a market rate of exchange in its usual course of business for the purpose of the set-off.

 

23. MISCELLANEOUS

 

23.1 Remedies and waivers

No failure to exercise, nor any delay in exercising, on the part of any Bank, any right or remedy under the Finance Documents shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right or remedy prevent any further or other exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right or remedy. The rights and remedies provided in this Agreement are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law.

 

62


23.2 Waivers and amendments to be in writing

Any waiver by any Bank of any provision of this Agreement or any other of the Finance Documents, and any consent or approval given by any Bank, shall only be effective if given in writing and then only strictly for the purpose and upon the terms for which it is given. Neither this Agreement nor any of the other Finance Documents may be amended or varied orally but only by an instrument signed by or on behalf of each of the parties thereto.

 

23.3 Severability

If at any time one or more of the provisions of this Agreement or any other of the Finance Documents is or becomes invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect under any law by which it may be governed or affected, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not be in any way affected or impaired as a result.

 

23.4 Counterparts

This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and all such counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute but one and the same instrument.

 

23.5 Conclusiveness of Bank’s certificates

The certificate or determination of a Bank of a rate or amount under this Agreement and any other Finance Document is, in the absence of manifest error, conclusive evidence of the matters to which it relates and is binding on the Borrower.

 

23.6 Force majeure

No Lender will be liable for any failure on its part to maintain its Contributions or any part thereof resulting, directly or indirectly, from any action, inaction or purported action of any government or governmental agency or any strike, boycott or blockade or any cause whatsoever outside its control.

 

23.7 Further assurance

The Borrower shall, upon demand, and at its own expense, sign, perfect, do, execute and register all such further assurances, documents, acts and things as the Agent may require for the purpose of more effectually accomplishing or perfecting the transaction or security contemplated by this Agreement and the other Finance Documents.

 

63


24. NOTICES

 

24.1 Addresses

All notices (which expression includes any demand, request, consent or other communication) to be given by one Party to another under this Agreement shall be in writing and (unless delivered personally) shall be given by telefax or first class pre-paid post (airmail if sent internationally) and be addressed:

 

  24.1.1 in the case of the Agent and the Security Trustee, to it at:

Lars Hillesgt. 30

N-5020 Bergen

Norway

Telefax No: +47 55 21 19 24

Attn: Shipping Department

 

  24.1.2 in the case of an Original Lender, Mandated Lead Arranger or Bookrunner, to it at the address set out beneath its name in Schedule 1 and, in the case of any other Lender, to it at the address specified in the relevant Transfer Certificate;

 

  24.1.3 in the case of the Borrower, to it at:

Smedasundet 40

5529 Haugesund

Norway

Telefax No: +47 52 70 40 40

Attn: Trygve Seglem

or to such other address and/or number as is notified by any Party to the others under this Agreement.

 

24.2 Deemed receipt of notices

Notices addressed as provided above shall be deemed to have been duly given when despatched (in the case of telefax), when delivered (in the case of personal delivery), 2 days after posting (in the case of letters sent within the same country), or 5 days after posting (in the case of letters sent internationally), provided that any notice to the Agent or the Security Trustee shall be effective only upon its actual receipt by the Agent or the Security Trustee (as appropriate) and then only if it is expressly marked for the attention of the relevant department or officer named above (or any substitute from time to time notified by the Agent or the Security Trustee, as the case may be). In each of the above cases any notice received on a non-working day or after business hours in the country of receipt shall be deemed to be given at the opening of business hours on the next working day in such country.

 

24.3 English language

All notices and documents to be given or delivered pursuant to or otherwise in relation to this Agreement and the Finance Documents shall be in the English language or be accompanied by a certified English translation.

 

64


25. APPLICABLE LAW AND JURISDICTION

 

25.1 Governing law

This Agreement and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it shall be governed by and construed in accordance with English law.

 

25.2 Submission to jurisdiction

The Borrower hereby irrevocably agrees for the exclusive benefit of the Banks that the English courts shall have jurisdiction in relation to any dispute and any suit, action or proceeding (referred to together in this Clause 25 as “ Proceedings ”) which may arise out of or in connection with this Agreement and/or any of the other Finance Documents, and for such purposes irrevocably submits to the jurisdiction of such courts.

 

25.3 Service of process

The Borrower hereby irrevocably agrees:

 

  25.3.1 that, for the purpose of Proceedings in England, any legal process may be served upon SH Process Agents Limited whose registered office is presently at 1 Finsbury Circus, London EC2M 7SH (Ref: 748/47-03533) who are hereby authorised to accept service on behalf of the Borrower, which shall be deemed to be good service on such Borrower; and

 

  25.3.2 that throughout the Security Period it will maintain a duly appointed process agent in England, duly notified to the Agent, and that failure by any such process agent to give notice thereof to it shall not impair the validity of such service or of a judgment or order based thereon.

 

25.4 Choice of forum

Nothing in this Clause 25 shall affect the right of any Bank to serve process in any manner permitted by law or limit the right of any Bank to take Proceedings against the Borrower in any other court of competent jurisdiction, nor shall the taking of Proceedings in one or more jurisdictions preclude the taking of Proceedings by any Bank in any other jurisdiction, whether concurrently or not.

The Borrower shall not commence any Proceedings in any country other than England in relation to any matter arising out of or in connection with this Agreement and/or any of the other Finance Documents.

 

25.5 Forum convenience

The Borrower irrevocably waives any objection which it may now or hereafter have on the grounds of inconvenient forum or otherwise to Proceedings being brought in any such court as is referred to in this Clause 25, and further irrevocably agrees that a judgment or order in any Proceedings brought in the English courts shall be conclusive and binding upon the Borrower and may be enforced without review in the courts of any other jurisdiction.

 

65


25.6 Consent

The Borrower consents generally in respect of any Proceedings arising out of or in connection with this Agreement to the giving of any relief or the issue of any process in connection with such Proceedings, including without limitation, the making, enforcement or execution against any property or assets whatsoever of any order or judgment which may be made or given in such Proceedings.

AS WITNESS the hands of the duly authorised representatives of the parties hereto the day and year first before written.

 

66


Schedule 1

LENDERS, COMMITMENTS AND CONTRIBUTIONS

Part 1 – Original Lenders and their Contributions

 

Original Lender

  

Lending Office

   Sub-Tranche A1
Contribution ($)
     Sub-Tranche B1
Contribution ($)
 

DNB Bank ASA

  

Lars Hillesgt. 30

N-5020 Bergen

Norway

Fax: +47 55 21 19 24

Attn: Shipping Department

     10,688,273.02         11,327,693.53   

Nordea Bank Norge ASA

  

Middelthuns gate 17

P.O. Box 1166 Sentrum

NO-0107 Oslo

Norway

Fax: +47 22 48 66 68

Attn: Shipping, Offshore and Oil Services

     12,413,459.90         13,135,405.03   

The Export-Import Bank of China

  

No. 30, Fu Xing Men Nei Street, Xicheng District

Beijing 100031

People’s Republic of China

Fax: +86 10 83578428 / 83578429

Attn: Xiong Jie / Derek Wu

     24,842,691.00         26,031,045.60   

Sumitomo Mitsui Banking Corporation Europe Limited

  

99 Queen Victoria Street

London

EC4V 4EH

Fax: +44 207 786 1569

Attn: Lesley Kelly

     7,261,556.09         7,352,623.84   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 
        55,205,980.01         57,846,768.00   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

67


Part 2 – Increase Lenders and their Commitments

 

Increase Lender

  

Lending Office

   Sub-Tranche A2
Commitment ($)
     Sub-Tranche B2
Commitment ($)
 

DNB Bank ASA

  

Lars Hillesgt. 30

N-5020 Bergen

Norway

Fax: +47 55 21 19 24

Attn: Shipping Department

     6,272,010.00         6,439,116.00   

Nordea Bank Norge ASA

  

Middelthuns gate 17

P.O. Box 1166 Sentrum

NO-0107 Oslo

Norway

Fax: +47 22 48 66 68

Attn: Shipping, Offshore and Oil Services

     6,272,010.00         6,439,116.00   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 
        12,544,020.00         12,878,232.00   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

68


Schedule 2

FORM OF NOTICE OF DRAWDOWN

 

To: DNB Bank ASA

Lars Hillesgt. 30

N-5020 Bergen

Norway

Date: [ ] 2013

Dear Sirs

Notice of Drawdown of Additional Sub-Tranches under the $160m Loan Agreement dated 1 December 2009 (as amended and restated)

We refer to the loan agreement dated 1 December 2009 (as amended and restated by a deed of amendment and restatement dated 11 July 2013, the “ Loan Agreement ”) made between, amongst others, (1) ourselves as Borrower, (2) the banks and financial institutions listed in Schedule 1 thereto as Original Lenders and Increase Lenders and (3) DNB Bank ASA as Agent and Security Trustee pursuant to which, amongst other things, the Increase Lenders have agreed to make available to us Additional Sub-Tranches in the amount of up to $25,422,252.

Expressions defined in the Loan Agreement shall have the same meanings when used in this letter.

Pursuant to Clause 3 of the Loan Agreement we hereby give you notice that we wish to draw the Additional Sub-Tranches on [ ] 2013 in the amount of $[$12,544,020] (for Sub-Tranche A2) and in the amount of $[12,878,232] (for Sub-Tranche B2).

We hereby request and authorise you to pay the proceeds of the Additional Sub-Tranches to [ ] quoting the reference [ ].

We confirm that:

 

(a) the representations and warranties made by us as set out in Clause 10 of the Loan Agreement are true and accurate on the date hereof as if made on such date; and

 

(b) no Event of Default or Potential Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or will occur as a result of the proposed borrowing.

 

Yours faithfully,

 

For and on behalf of
Knutsen Shuttle Tankers XII KS

 

69


Schedule 3

[INTENTIONALLY OMITTED]

 

70


Schedule 4

FORM OF TRANSFER CERTIFICATE

TRANSFER CERTIFICATE

The Transferor Lender and the Transferee Lender accept exclusive responsibility for ensuring that this Transfer Certificate and the transaction to which it relates comply with all legal and regulatory requirements applicable to them respectively.

 

To: DNB Bank ASA as agent on its own behalf and for and on behalf of the Obligors and Banks defined in the Agreement referred to below:

 

1. This Transfer Certificate relates to a $160,000,000 senior loan agreement dated 1 December 2009 (as amended and supplemented from time to time, the “ Loan Agreement ”) now made between (1) Knutsen Shuttle Tankers XII KS as borrower (the “ Borrower ”), (2) the banks and financial institutions defined therein as lenders (the “ Lenders ”), (3) DNB Bank ASA and Nordea Bank Norge ASA as mandated lead arrangers and bookrunners and The Export-Import Bank of China as mandated lead arranger, (4) DNB Bank ASA as agent and (5) DNB Bank ASA as security trustee (as the same may from time to time be amended or varied).

 

2. Terms defined in the Loan Agreement shall, unless otherwise defined herein, have the same meanings when used in this Transfer Certificate.

 

3. In this Certificate:

Relevant Party ” means each Obligor and each Bank (other than the Transferor Lender and the Transferee Lender);

Transferor Lender ” means [full name] of [lending office]; and

Transferee Lender ” means [full name] of [lending office].

 

4. The Transferor Lender as beneficial owner hereby transfers to the Transferee Lender absolutely in accordance with Clause 21 of the Loan Agreement all its rights and benefit (present, future or contingent) under the Loan Agreement and the other Finance Documents to the extent of [ ]% of the Transferor Lender’s Contributions outstanding, details of which are set out below:

 

Transferor Lender’s Contribution

   Amount to be Transferred  

Sub-Tranche A1

   $ [ ]   

[Sub-Tranche A2

   $ [ ]]   

Sub-Tranche B1

   $ [ ]   

[Sub-Tranche B2

   $ [ ]]   

 

71


5. By virtue of this Transfer Certificate and Clause 21 of the Loan Agreement the Transferor Lender is discharged [entirely from its Contributions][from [ ]% of its Contributions].

 

6. The Transferee Lender hereby requests the Agent and the other Banks to accept the executed copies of this Transfer Certificate as being delivered pursuant to and for the purposes of Clause 21 of the Loan Agreement so as to take effect in accordance with the terms thereof on [ ].

 

7. The Transferee Lender:

 

  7.1 confirms that it has received copies of the Loan Agreement and the other Finance Documents together with such other documents and information as it has required in connection with the transaction contemplated thereby;

 

  7.2 confirms that it has not relied and will not hereafter rely on the Transferor Lender or any other Bank to check or enquire on its behalf into the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy, accuracy or completeness of the Loan Agreement, any of the other Finance Documents or any such other documents or information;

 

  7.3 agrees that it has not relied and will not rely on the Transferor Lender or any other Bank to assess or keep under review on its behalf the financial condition, creditworthiness, condition, affairs, status or nature of the Borrower or any other party to the Loan Agreement or any of the other Finance Documents (save as otherwise expressly provided therein);

 

  7.4 warrants to the Transferor Lender and each Relevant Party that it has power and authority to become a party to the Loan Agreement and has taken all necessary action to authorise execution of this Transfer Certificate and to obtain all necessary approvals and consents to the assumption of its obligations under the Loan Agreement and the other Finance Documents;

 

  7.5 if not already a Lender, appoints the Agent to act as its agent as provided in the Loan Agreement and the other Finance Documents and agrees to be bound by the terms thereof; and

 

  7.6 confirms the accuracy of the administrative details set out in the Schedule to this Transfer Certificate.

 

8. The Transferor Lender:

 

  8.1 warrants to the Transferee Lender and each Relevant Party that it has full power to enter into this Transfer Certificate and has taken all corporate action necessary to authorise it to do so; and

 

  8.2 undertakes with the Transferee Lender that it will, at its own expense, execute any documents which the Transferee Lender reasonably requests for perfecting in any relevant jurisdiction the Transferee Lender’s title under this Transfer Certificate or for a similar purpose.

 

72


9. The Transferee Lender hereby undertakes with the Transferor Lender and each Relevant Party that it will perform all those obligations which by the terms of the Loan Agreement will be assumed by it after this Transfer Certificate takes effect.

 

10. If this Transfer Certificate takes effect during an Interest Period, the Agent shall make all payments which would have become due to the Transferor Lender under the Loan Agreement during that Interest Period if no such transfer had been effected to the Transferor Lender and the Transferee Lender according to the percentages of the Transferor Lender’s Contributions transferred and retained pursuant to Clauses 4 and 5 of this Transfer Certificate, and the Transferor Lender and the Transferee Lender shall be responsible for paying to each other pro rata all amounts (if any) due to them from each other for that Interest Period. On and from the commencement of the immediately succeeding Interest Period, the Agent shall make all payments due under the Loan Agreement for the account of the Transferor Lender to the Transferor Lender and shall make all payments due under the Loan Agreement for the account of the Transferee Lender to the Transferee Lender. This provision is for administrative convenience only and shall not affect the rights of the Transferor Lender and the Transferee Lender under the Loan Agreement.

 

11. Neither the Transferor Lender nor any other Bank:

 

  11.1 makes any representation or warranty nor assumes any responsibility with respect to the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of the Loan Agreement or any of the other Finance Documents or any other document relating thereto;

 

  11.2 assumes any responsibility for the financial condition of the Borrower or any other party to the Loan Agreement or any of the other Finance Documents or any other document relating thereto or for the performance and observance thereof by (save as otherwise expressly provided therein) and any and all such conditions and warranties, whether expressed or implied by law or otherwise, are hereby excluded (except as aforesaid).

 

12. The Transferor Lender and the Transferee Lender undertake that they will on demand fully indemnify the Agent and the Security Trustee in respect of any claim, proceeding, liability or expense which relates to or results from this Transfer Certificate or any matter connected with or arising out of it unless caused by the Agent’s or Security Trustee’s gross negligence or wilful misconduct, as the case may be.

 

13. The agreements and undertaking of the Transferee Lender in this Transfer Certificate are given to and for the benefit of and made with each of the Relevant Parties.

 

14. This Transfer Certificate shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, English law.

 

73


Transferor Lender

By: [ ]

Dated: [ ]

Transferee Lender

By: [ ]

Dated: [ ]

Agent (for and on behalf of itself and for every other Relevant Party)

By: [ ]

Dated: [ ]

 

74


Schedule

ADMINISTRATIVE DETAILS OF TRANSFEREE LENDER

Name of Transferee Lender:

Lending Office:

Contact Person

(Loan Administration Department):

Telephone:

Fax:

Contact Person

(Credit Administration Department):

Telephone:

Fax:

Account for Payments:

 

75


Schedule 5

[INTENTIONALLY OMITTED]

 

76


[EXECUTION PAGES INTENTIONALLY OMITTED]

 

77

EXHIBIT 4.8

DATED 11 April 2013

KNOT OFFSHORE PARTNERS LP

as Guarantor

- and -

DNB BANK ASA

as Security Trustee

 

 

GUARANTEE AND INDEMNITY

 

 

in respect of the obligations of Knutsen Shuttle Tankers XII KS

under a US$160,000,000 loan facility relating to

“FORTALEZA KNUTSEN” and “RECIFE KNUTSEN”

 

LOGO


CONTENTS

 

Clause        Page  
1.   DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION      1   
2.   GUARANTEE AND INDEMNITY      2   
3.   CONTINUING SECURITY      2   
4.   RESTRICTIONS ON GUARANTOR      3   
5.   WAIVER BY GUARANTOR      4   
6.   PAYMENTS AND APPLICATION OF FUNDS      4   
7.   NO SET-OFF, COUNTERCLAIM OR TAX DEDUCTION      4   
8.   PROVISO TO RELEASE OF THIS GUARANTEE      5   
9.   REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES      6   
10.   UNDERTAKINGS      7   
11.   FINANCIAL COVENANTS      9   
12.   INDEMNITIES AND EXPENSES      11   
13.   ASSIGNMENTS AND TRANSFERS      12   
14.   SET-OFF      12   
15.   MISCELLANEOUS      12   
16.   NOTICES      13   
17.   APPLICABLE LAW AND JURISDICTION      14   

EXECUTION PAGE

     16   

SCHEDULE 1 - FORM OF COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

     17   


THIS GUARANTEE is made on                     2013

BETWEEN:

 

(1) KNOT OFFSHORE PARTNERS LP , a limited partnership organised under the laws of the Marshall Islands and having its registered office at Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, the Marshall Islands (the “ Guarantor ”); and

 

(2) DNB BANK ASA , a company incorporated under the laws of Norway acting through its office at Lars Hillesgt. 30, N-5020 Bergen, Norway in its capacity as security trustee for the Banks (the “ Security Trustee ”).

WHEREAS:

 

(A) By a loan agreement dated 1 December 2009 (as amended by a supplemental agreement dated 14 February 2011, a second supplemental agreement dated 6 July 2012, a third supplemental agreement dated 27 February 2013 and as amended and restated by an amendment and restatement deed dated     April 2013, the “ Agreement ”) now made between (1) Knutsen Shuttle Tankers XII KS as borrower (the “ Borrower ”), (2) DNB Bank ASA, Nordea Bank Norge ASA, The Export-Import Bank of China, Crédit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank and Sumitomo Mitsui Banking Corporation Europe Limited as lenders (the “ Lenders ”), (3) DNB Bank ASA and Nordea Bank Norge ASA as mandated lead arrangers and bookrunners and The Export-Import Bank of China and Crédit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank as mandated lead arrangers, (4) DNB Bank ASA as agent (the “ Agent ”) and (5) the Security Trustee, the Lenders agreed to make available to the Borrower a term loan facility of up to $160,000,000.

 

(B) At the request of the Borrower and as additional security for the repayment of the Loan and the payment of interest thereon and all other moneys from time to time due or owing to the Banks or any of them under or pursuant to the Finance Documents, the Guarantor has agreed to enter into this Guarantee.

 

(C) This Guarantee forms part of the Trust Property which pursuant to the Agreement the Security Trustee holds on trust for itself and the other Banks.

IT IS AGREED as follows:

 

1. DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

 

1.1 Words and expressions defined in the Agreement shall, unless otherwise expressly provided herein or the context otherwise requires, have the same meanings when used in this Guarantee, including the Recitals. In addition:

US GAAP ” means accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

 

1.2 In this Guarantee:

 

  1.2.1 unless the context otherwise requires, words in the singular include the plural and vice versa;

 

  1.2.2 references to any document include the same as varied, supplemented or replaced from time to time;


  1.2.3 references to any enactment include re-enactments, amendments and extensions thereof;

 

  1.2.4 references to any person include that person’s successors and permitted assigns;

 

  1.2.5 clause headings are for convenience of reference only and are not to be taken into account in construction; and

 

  1.2.6 unless otherwise specified, references to Clauses, Recitals and Schedules are respectively to Clauses of and Recitals and Schedules to this Guarantee.

 

1.3 Except for the Banks, a person who is not a party to this Guarantee may not enforce, or otherwise have the benefit of, any provision of this Guarantee under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999.

 

2. GUARANTEE AND INDEMNITY

 

2.1 The Guarantor irrevocably and unconditionally:

 

  2.1.1 guarantees the due and punctual performance by the Borrower of all the Borrower’s obligations under the Finance Documents;

 

  2.1.2 undertakes as primary obligor and not as surety only that whenever the Borrower does not pay any part of the Outstanding Indebtedness when due under or in connection with any Finance Document, the Guarantor shall immediately on demand by the Security Trustee pay that amount to the Security Trustee; and

 

  2.1.3 agrees, as a separate and independent stipulation, that if any amounts intended to be guaranteed hereby are not recoverable on the footing of a guarantee, whether by reason of any legal limitation, disability or incapacity on or of the Borrower or any other fact or circumstance, whether or not known to any Bank or the Guarantor, then such amounts shall nevertheless be recoverable from the Guarantor as sole or principal debtor by way of indemnity and shall be payable by the Guarantor to the Security Trustee on demand.

 

2.2 If the Guarantor fails to pay on the due date any sum (whether of principal, interest or otherwise) due under this Guarantee, interest will accrue, and become payable by it upon the Security Trustee’s demand, upon the sum unpaid from and including the date upon which it fell due for payment until the date of actual payment (as well after as before judgment) at the rate per annum determined by the Agent to be 2% higher than the rate which would have been payable if the overdue amount had, during the period of non-payment, constituted part of the Loan for successive periods, each of a duration selected by the Agent (acting reasonably). Any such interest shall accrue from day to day, be calculated on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed and a 360 day year and be compounded at the end of each such period determined by the Agent for so long as it remains unpaid.

 

2.3 The guarantee contained in this Clause 2 is a guarantee of payment and performance and not of collection.

 

3. CONTINUING SECURITY

 

3.1 This Guarantee:

 

  3.1.1 is and shall at all times be a continuing security for the payment of the full amount of the Outstanding Indebtedness from time to time;

 

2


  3.1.2 shall not be satisfied by any intermediate payment or satisfaction of any part of the Outstanding Indebtedness;

 

  3.1.3 shall be in addition to and shall not merge with or be prejudiced or affected by any other security for the Outstanding Indebtedness which may have been, or may at any time hereafter be, given to the Banks (or any of them) by the Borrower or any other person.

 

3.2 The obligations of the Guarantor under this Guarantee shall not be reduced, discharged or otherwise adversely affected by reason of any act, omission, matter or thing (whether or not known to the Guarantor and/or any Bank) which, but for this provision, might operate to release the Guarantor from all or part of its liability under this Guarantee including, without limitation:

 

  3.2.1 any time or indulgence granted to, or composition with, the Borrower or any other person; or

 

  3.2.2 any termination, renewal, extension or variation of any credit, accommodation or facility granted by the Banks (or any of them) to the Borrower or any other person or any amendment of, or the making of any supplement to, any Finance Document or any other document or security; or

 

  3.2.3 the taking, variation, compromise, renewal, enforcement, realisation or release of, or refusal or neglect or failure to take, perfect, release or enforce, any rights, remedies or securities against, or granted by, any Obligor or other person; or

 

  3.2.4 any incapacity, disability, or defect in powers of any Obligor or other person, or any irregular exercise thereof by, or lack of authority of, any person purporting to act on behalf of any Obligor or other person; or

 

  3.2.5 any illegality, invalidity, avoidance or unenforceability on any grounds whatsoever of, or of any obligations of any Obligor or other person under, any Finance Document or any other document or security; or

 

  3.2.6 the death, liquidation, administration, insolvency, amalgamation, reorganisation or dissolution, or any change in the constitution, name or style, of any Obligor, any Bank or any other person.

 

4. RESTRICTIONS ON GUARANTOR

 

4.1 Until the moneys and liabilities hereby guaranteed have been paid and discharged in full, the Guarantor shall not be entitled, nor shall the Guarantor claim, by virtue of any payment made by it under this Guarantee:

 

  4.1.1 to exercise any right of subrogation or indemnity or any other right or remedy in relation to any rights, security or moneys held by or recovered or receivable by the Security Trustee or any other Bank under the Finance Documents; or

 

  4.1.2 to exercise any right of set-off or counterclaim against the Borrower or any other Obligor; or

 

3


  4.1.3 to exercise any right of contribution from any other Obligor in respect of the Outstanding Indebtedness; or

 

  4.1.4 to receive, claim or have the benefit of any payment, distribution or security from the Borrower or any other Obligor; or

 

  4.1.5 unless so directed by the Security Trustee (in which case the Guarantor shall prove in accordance with the Security Trustee’s directions), to rank as a creditor or have any right of proof in the bankruptcy, liquidation or insolvency of the Borrower or any other Obligor in competition with the Security Trustee.

 

4.2 The Guarantor hereby represents and warrants that it has not taken, and undertakes that it will not take, without the prior written consent of the Security Trustee (as directed by the Lenders), any security from the Borrower or any other Obligor in respect of the Guarantor’s liability under this Guarantee.

 

4.3 If the Guarantor is required by the Security Trustee to prove in the bankruptcy, liquidation or insolvency of the Borrower or any other Obligor, or receives any payment, distribution or security from the Borrower or any other Obligor, or exercises any right of set-off or counterclaim, or otherwise acts in breach of any provision of this Clause 4, then in each such case the Guarantor shall hold on trust for the Security Trustee and forthwith pay or transfer (as may be appropriate) to the Security Trustee any such payment, amount set off, distribution or benefit of such security received by it.

 

5. WAIVER BY GUARANTOR

 

5.1 The Guarantor hereby waives any rights which the Guarantor may have to require the Security Trustee first to enforce any of the other Finance Documents or claim payment from the Borrower or any other person, before enforcing any rights of the Security Trustee against the Guarantor under this Guarantee.

 

6. PAYMENTS AND APPLICATION OF FUNDS

 

6.1 Unless otherwise specified by the Security Trustee, all moneys to be paid by the Guarantor under this Guarantee shall be paid to the Security Trustee in Dollars on the due date and in same day funds to such account as the Security Trustee may from time to time notify the Guarantor.

 

6.2 Subject as provided below, all moneys received or recovered by the Security Trustee pursuant to this Guarantee shall be held by it upon trust, in the first place to pay or make good all costs, expenses and liabilities whatsoever incurred by the Security Trustee in or about or incidental to the recovery of such moneys, and the balance shall be applied in accordance with Clause 7.2 of the Agreement. The Security Trustee may at its discretion place and keep any moneys so received or recovered to the credit of a suspense account for so long as the Security Trustee may think fit with a view to preserving the rights of the Security Trustee to prove for the whole of its claims against the Borrower or other person liable.

 

6.3 The Guarantor hereby irrevocably waives any rights of appropriation to which it may be entitled.

 

7. NO SET-OFF, COUNTERCLAIM OR TAX DEDUCTION

 

7.1 All payments to be made by the Guarantor under this Guarantee shall be made without set-off or counterclaim and free and clear of, and without deduction for or on account of, any present or future taxes, unless the Guarantor is compelled by law to make payment subject to any such tax.

 

4


7.2 If the Guarantor is compelled by law to make payment subject to such taxes, the Guarantor will:

 

  7.2.1 promptly notify the Security Trustee upon becoming aware of such requirement;

 

  7.2.2 pay the tax deducted to the appropriate taxation authority promptly, and in any event before any fine or penalty arises;

 

  7.2.3 pay the Security Trustee such additional amount as is necessary to ensure that the Security Trustee or (if the payment is not due to the Security Trustee for its own account) the Bank beneficially interested in the payment (the “ relevant recipient ”) receives a net amount equal to the full amount which it would have received had such tax deduction not been required to be made; and

 

  7.2.4 as soon as reasonably practicable after making the relevant tax deduction, deliver to the Security Trustee for forwarding to the relevant recipient a copy of the receipt from the relevant taxation authority evidencing that the tax had been paid to such authority.

 

7.3 If, following any such tax deduction as is referred to in Clause 7.2 from any payment by the Guarantor, the relevant recipient shall receive or be granted a credit against or remission for any taxes payable by it, the relevant recipient shall, subject to the Guarantor having made any increased payment in accordance with Clause 7.2 and to the extent that the relevant recipient can do so without prejudicing the retention of the amount of such credit or remission and without prejudice to the right of the relevant recipient to obtain any other relief or allowance which may be available to it, reimburse the Guarantor with such amount as the relevant recipient shall in its absolute discretion certify to be the proportion of such credit or remission as will leave the relevant recipient (after such reimbursement) in no worse position than it would have been in had there been no such deduction or withholding from the payment to the relevant recipient as aforesaid. Such reimbursement shall be made forthwith upon the relevant recipient certifying that the amount of such credit or remission has been received by it. Nothing contained in this Guarantee shall oblige any Bank to rearrange its tax affairs or to disclose any information regarding its tax affairs and computations. Without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, the Guarantor shall not by virtue of this Clause 7.3 be entitled to enquire about the tax affairs of any Bank.

 

8. PROVISO TO RELEASE OF THIS GUARANTEE

 

8.1 Any release, discharge or settlement between the Guarantor and the Security Trustee in relation to this guarantee shall be conditional on no right, security, disposition or payment to the Banks (or any of them) by the Guarantor, the Borrower or any other person in respect of the Outstanding Indebtedness being avoided, set aside or ordered to be refunded pursuant to any enactment or law relating to breach of duty by any person, bankruptcy, liquidation, administration, protection from creditors generally or insolvency or for any other reason. If any such right, security, disposition or payment is avoided, set aside or ordered to be refunded, the Security Trustee shall be entitled subsequently to enforce this Guarantee against the Guarantor as if such release, discharge or settlement had not occurred and any such security, disposition or payment had not been made.

 

5


9. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

9.1 The Guarantor represents and warrants that the following matters are true at the date of this Guarantee.

 

9.2 The Guarantor:

 

  9.2.1 is a limited liability partnership which is duly organised, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the Marshall Islands;

 

  9.2.2 has full power to own its property and assets and to carry on its business as it is now being conducted;

 

  9.2.3 has complied with all statutory and other requirements relative to its business;

 

  9.2.4 is solvent and not in liquidation or administration or subject to any other insolvency procedure, and no receiver, administrative receiver, administrator, liquidator, trustee or analogous officer has been appointed in respect of it or all or any part of its assets.

 

9.3 The entry into and performance by the Guarantor of this Guarantee are within the corporate powers of the Guarantor and have been duly authorised by all necessary corporate actions and approvals. In entering into this Guarantee the Guarantor is acting on its own account and not as agent or nominee of any person.

 

9.4 The entry into and performance by the Guarantor of this Guarantee do not and will not:

 

  9.4.1 contravene in any respect the constitutional documents of the Guarantor or any law, regulation or contractual restriction which does, or may, bind the Guarantor or any of its assets; or

 

  9.4.2 result in the creation or imposition of any Encumbrance (other than a Permitted Encumbrance) on any of its assets in favour of any party.

 

9.5 All licences, authorisations, approvals and consents necessary for the entry into, performance, validity, enforceability or admissibility in evidence of this Guarantee have been obtained and are in full force and effect and there has been no breach of any condition or restriction imposed in this respect.

 

9.6 This Guarantee constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligations of the Guarantor enforceable against the Guarantor in accordance with its terms, except insofar as enforcement may be limited by any applicable laws relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, administration and similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally.

 

9.7 No litigation, arbitration, tax claim or administrative proceeding is current or pending or (to the knowledge of the Guarantor) threatened, which, if adversely determined, would have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

9.8 No continuing Event of Default or Potential Event of Default has occurred.

 

9.9 All factual information furnished in writing to any Bank by or on behalf of the Guarantor in connection with the negotiation and preparation of the Finance Documents was (when given) true and correct in all material respects and there are no other facts or considerations the omission of which would render any such information materially misleading.

 

6


9.10 All payments to be made by the Guarantor under this Guarantee may be made free and clear of and without deduction or withholding for or on account of any taxes, and this Guarantee is not liable to any registration charge or any stamp, documentary or similar taxes imposed by any authority, including without limitation, in connection with the admissibility in evidence of any thereof.

 

9.11 The Guarantor has complied in all material respects with all relevant tax laws and regulations applicable to it and its business.

 

9.12 The payment obligations of the Guarantor under this Guarantee rank at least pari passu with the claims of all its other unsecured and unsubordinated creditors, except for obligations mandatorily preferred by law applying to companies generally.

 

9.13 The Guarantor has received a copy of the Agreement and is familiar with and has approved its terms and conditions.

 

9.14 The Guarantor agrees that the representations set out in this Clause 9 (other than the ones in Clauses 9.5, 9.7, 9.8 and 9.10) shall survive the execution of this Guarantee and shall be deemed to be repeated on each Interest Date with reference to the facts and circumstances then subsisting, as if made on such date.

 

10. UNDERTAKINGS

 

10.1 The undertakings in this Clause 10 shall remain in force from the date of this Guarantee to the end of the Security Period.

 

10.2 The Guarantor shall:

 

  10.2.1 procure the performance and observance by the Borrower of the covenants and obligations imposed upon it under the Finance Documents;

 

  10.2.2 maintain its corporate existence as a limited liability partnership duly organised, validly existing and in good standing in the Marshall Islands;

 

  10.2.3 obtain and maintain in force, and promptly furnish certified copies to the Security Trustee of, all licences, authorisations, approvals and consents, and do all other acts and things, which may from time to time be necessary or desirable for the continued due performance of its obligations under this Guarantee or which may be required for the validity, enforceability or admissibility in evidence of this Guarantee;

 

  10.2.4 ensure that its obligations under this Guarantee rank at least pari passu with all its other present, future and/or contingent unsecured and unsubordinated obligations;

 

  10.2.5 conduct its business in a proper and efficient manner and not change the nature, organisation or conduct of its business;

 

  10.2.6 pay all taxes, assessments and other governmental charges as they fall due, except to the extent that it is contesting the same in good faith by appropriate proceedings and has set aside adequate reserves for their payment if such proceedings fail;

 

7


  10.2.7 keep proper books of account in respect of its business in accordance with US GAAP consistently applied and whenever so requested by the Security Trustee make the same available for inspection by or on behalf of the Agent;

 

  10.2.8 provide to the Security Trustee:

 

  (a) within 150 days of the end of each financial year of the Guarantor, certified copies (in a sufficient number for each of the Banks) of the consolidated profit and loss accounts and balance sheets of the Group for that financial year, prepared in accordance with US GAAP and audited by auditors previously approved in writing by the Agent;

 

  (b) within 90 days of 31 March, 30 June, 30 September and 31 December in each year, certified copies (in a sufficient number for each of the Banks) of the unaudited consolidated profit and loss accounts and balance sheets of the Group for the relevant financial year to date, prepared in accordance with US GAAP;

 

  (c) as at 31 March, 30 June and 30 September in each year (and within 90 days of each such date) and as at 31 December in each year (and within 150 days of each such date), a compliance certificate in the form set out in Schedule 1 signed by the chief financial officer or chief executive officer of the Guarantor and the Borrower confirming that they and the other Obligors are, as at the date of such certificate, in compliance with their respective obligations under the Finance Documents and that no Event of Default or Potential Event of Default has occurred, or, if any has occurred, that none is continuing;

 

  (d) within 60 days after 31 December in each year, a certified copy of the financial projections of the Group for that year and the next 5 years (including consolidated profit and loss, balance sheet and cash flow forecasts with supporting schedules and calculations); and

 

  (e) promptly, such further information in the possession or control of the Guarantor regarding the financial condition and operations of the Group as the Security Trustee may reasonably request.

 

  10.2.9 inform the Security Trustee promptly of any litigation, arbitration, tax claim or administrative proceeding instituted or (to its knowledge) threatened and of any other occurrence of which it becomes aware which, in any such case, might have a Material Adverse Effect;

 

  10.2.10 promptly after the happening of any Event of Default or a Potential Event of Default, notify the Security Trustee of such event and of the steps (if any) which are being taken to remedy it;

 

  10.2.11 without prejudice to Clause 10.2.10, promptly upon a request by the Security Trustee if an Event of Default or a Potential Event of Default has occurred and is continuing (or the Security Trustee reasonably believes that an Event of Default or a Potential Event of Default may have occurred and then be continuing), supply to the Security Trustee a certificate signed on behalf of the Guarantor by any two of its directors and/or executive officers identifying all of the Events of Default and Potential Events of Default, if any, of which the Guarantor is aware and which are then continuing (and specifying the steps, if any, being taken to remedy them);

 

8


  10.2.12 promptly provide the Security Trustee with such other financial and other information concerning the Group and its affairs as the Security Trustee may from time to time require; and

 

  10.2.13 ensure that:

 

  (a) the Borrower is wholly-owned directly or indirectly by the Guarantor; and

 

  (b) the MLP General Partner is wholly-owned directly or indirectly by the Sponsor; and

 

  (c) the MLP General Partner is the general partner of the Guarantor; and

 

  (d) the Sponsor owns not less than one-third of the share capital and voting rights (subject to the limitations on voting rights relating to election of board members, amendments and certain other matters as set out in the Limited Partnership Agreement) of the Guarantor; and

 

  (e) no person or group of persons acting in concert (other than the Sponsor or any wholly-owned subsidiaries thereof) owns more than 33% of the share capital or voting rights (subject to the limitations on voting rights relating to election of board members, amendments and certain other matters as set out in the Limited Partnership Agreement) of the Guarantor; and

 

  (f) the Guarantor is and remains listed on the New York Stock Exchange,

except as agreed in writing by the Security Trustee (acting on the instructions of the Lenders).

 

10.3 The Guarantor shall not without the prior consent of the Security Trustee (as directed by the Lenders):

 

  10.3.1 consolidate, amalgamate or merge with any other entity;

 

  10.3.2 alter or extend its financial year for the purposes of the preparation of its accounts, or change its auditors; or

 

  10.3.3 undertake any transaction with any person, company or other entity which is an affiliate of the Guarantor unless such transaction is conducted at arm’s length on normal commercial terms.

 

11. FINANCIAL COVENANTS

 

11.1 The Guarantor shall ensure that at all times from the date of this Guarantee until the end of the Security Period:

 

  11.1.1 the amount of Free Liquidity is not less than the aggregate of:

 

  (a) $15,000,000; plus

 

9


  (b) $1,500,000 for each Long-term Charter Free Group Vessel on the date of computation; plus

 

  (c) $1,000,000 for each Additional Group Vessel on the date of computation;

 

  11.1.2 the Book Equity is not less than 30% of the Total Assets; and

 

  11.1.3 EBITDA is not less than 250% of Interest Expense.

 

11.2 For the purposes of this Guarantee:

Additional Group Vessels ” means the number of Group Vessels at any relevant time by which the total number of Group Vessels exceeds 8;

Book Equity ” means the book value of equity of the Group determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with US GAAP;

EBITDA ” means the earnings before interest, depreciation, amortisation and taxes for the Group determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with US GAAP for each period of twelve months ending on the last day of each quarter of the financial year;

Free Liquidity ” means, in respect of the Group on a consolidated basis, the aggregate value of:

 

  (a) cash in hand and unencumbered bank deposits; and

 

  (b) unencumbered liquid bonds and other debt instruments with an “ A ” - rating or better of Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group or Moody’s Investor’s Service, Inc. and liquid equities listed on any major stock exchange; and

 

  (c) any other bond or debt instrument accepted by the Agent on instructions of the Lenders in writing;

provided, however, that the Free Liquidity shall not include undrawn amounts under any loan agreement with a lender which is not a member of the Group to which the Borrower, the Guarantor and/or any other member of the Group is a party;

Group Vessel ” means a vessel which is either:

 

  (a) in the registered ownership of a member of the Group;

 

  (b) on bareboat charter to a member of the Group;

 

  (c) subject to a time charterparty to a member of the Group which has a remaining duration (excluding optional periods which have not been declared) of at least 12 months; or

 

  (d) leased to a member of the Group or is subject to any other operating agreement which would be treated as a finance or capital lease.

Interest Expense ” means the interest expense of the Group determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with US GAAP;

Long-term Charter Free Group Vessel ” means a Group Vessel which, as at any relevant date, is not subject to a charterparty which satisfies all of the following criteria:

 

  (e) is to a charterer which is not a member of the Group;

 

10


  (f) is on terms approved by the Security Trustee (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders); and

 

  (g) has a remaining duration (excluding optional periods which have not been declared) of at least 12 months; and

Total Assets ” means the total assets of the Group determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with US GAAP.

 

12. INDEMNITIES AND EXPENSES

 

12.1 The Guarantor shall pay to the Security Trustee on demand, and indemnify and keep each Bank indemnified against, all costs, charges, expenses, claims, liabilities, losses, duties and fees (including, but not limited to, legal fees and expenses on a full indemnity basis) and taxes thereon suffered or incurred by the Security Trustee:

 

  12.1.1 in the negotiation, preparation, printing, execution and registration of this Guarantee and the other Security Documents;

 

  12.1.2 in the enforcement or preservation or the attempted enforcement or preservation of any of the rights and powers of the Security Trustee under this Guarantee or of the security constituted by the Security Documents;

 

  12.1.3 in connection with any actual or proposed amendment or release of or supplement to this Guarantee, or with any request to the Security Trustee to grant any consent or waiver in respect of any provision of this Guarantee, whether or not the same is given;

 

  12.1.4 arising out of any act or omission made by the Banks (or any of them) in good faith in connection with any of the matters dealt with in this Guarantee.

 

12.2 The Guarantor shall pay any and all stamp, documentary, registration and like taxes or charges imposed by governmental authorities in relation to this Guarantee and shall indemnify each Bank against any and all liabilities with respect to, or resulting from, delay or omission on the part of the Guarantor to pay such taxes or charges.

 

12.3 If any sum due from the Guarantor under the Finance Documents (a “ Sum ”), or any order, judgment or award given or made in relation to a Sum, has to be converted from the currency (the “ First Currency ”) in which that Sum is payable into another currency (the “ Second Currency ”) for the purpose of making or filing a claim or proof against the Guarantor or obtaining or enforcing an order, judgment or award in relation to any litigation or arbitration proceedings, the Guarantor shall as an independent obligation, within 3 Banking Days of demand, indemnify each Bank to whom that Sum is due against any cost, loss or liability arising out of or as a result of the conversion including any discrepancy between (a) the rate of exchange used to convert that Sum from the First Currency into the Second Currency and (b) the rate or rates of exchange available to that Bank at the time of its receipt of that Sum.

 

12.4 The indemnities contained in the Finance Documents shall continue in full force and effect after the full and final discharge of the Outstanding Indebtedness with respect to matters arising prior to such discharge.

 

11


13. ASSIGNMENTS AND TRANSFERS

 

13.1 This Guarantee shall be binding upon the Guarantor and shall inure to the benefit of the Security Trustee and the other Banks.

 

13.2 The Guarantor may not assign or transfer all or any of its rights, benefits or obligations under this Guarantee.

 

13.3 Any Bank may freely assign or transfer or sub-participate all or any of its rights, benefits or obligations under this Guarantee in accordance with the relevant provisions of the Agreement as if the same were, mutatis mutandis, set out in full in this Guarantee.

 

13.4 Any Bank may disclose to any potential transferee, assignee or sub-participant, or to any other party with whom it may propose to enter into contractual relations in connection with this Guarantee, such information about the Guarantor and its business, assets or financial condition as that Bank shall consider appropriate.

 

13.5 Any Bank may at any time and from time to time change its lending office and/or delegate any one or more of its rights, powers and/or obligations under this Guarantee to any person.

 

13.6 The Guarantor undertakes to do or to procure all such acts and things and to sign, execute and deliver or procure the signing, execution and delivery of all such instruments and documents as the Security Trustee may reasonably require for the purpose of perfecting any such assignment, transfer, sub-participation, change or delegation as aforesaid.

 

13.7 Without prejudice to Clause 13.6, the Guarantor irrevocably authorises the Agent to sign any Transfer Certificate on its behalf.

 

14. SET-OFF

 

14.1 A Bank may set off any matured obligation due from the Guarantor under this Guarantee (to the extent beneficially owned by that Bank) against any matured obligation owed by that Bank to the Guarantor, regardless of the place of payment, booking branch or currency of either obligation. If the obligations are in different currencies, the Bank may convert either obligation at a market rate of exchange in its usual course of business for the purpose of the set-off.

 

15. MISCELLANEOUS

 

15.1 No failure to exercise, nor any delay in exercising, on the part of the Security Trustee, any right or remedy under this Guarantee shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right or remedy prevent any further or other exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right or remedy. The rights and remedies provided in this Guarantee are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law.

 

15.2 Any waiver by the Security Trustee of any provision of this Guarantee, and any consent or approval given by the Security Trustee hereunder, shall only be effective if given in writing and then only strictly for the purpose and upon the terms for which it is given. This Guarantee may not be amended or varied orally but only by an instrument signed by or on behalf of each of the parties hereto.

 

15.3 If at any time one or more of the provisions of this Guarantee is or becomes invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect under any law by which it may be governed or affected, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not be in any way affected or impaired as a result.

 

12


15.4 This Guarantee may be executed in any number of counterparts and all such counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute but one and the same instrument.

 

15.5 A certificate or determination by the Security Trustee or any other Bank as to the amount of the Outstanding Indebtedness or any part thereof, without limitation as to any other matter provided for in this Guarantee or the other Security Documents, shall (save in case of manifest error) for all purposes be conclusive and binding upon the Guarantor.

 

15.6 The Guarantor shall, upon demand, and at its own expense, sign, perfect, do, execute and register all such further assurances, documents, acts and things as the Security Trustee may require for the purpose of more effectually accomplishing or perfecting the transaction or security contemplated by this Guarantee.

 

16. NOTICES

 

16.1 All notices (which expression includes any demand, request, consent or other communication) to be given by one party to the other under this Guarantee shall be in writing and (unless delivered personally) shall be given by telefax or first class pre-paid post (airmail if sent internationally) and be addressed:

 

  16.1.1 in the case of the Security Trustee, to it at:

Lars Hillesgt. 30

N-5020 Bergen

Norway

 

Telefax No:    +47 55 21 19 24
Attn:    Shipping Department

 

  16.1.2 in the case of the Guarantor, to it at:

2 Queen’ Cross

Aberdeen

Aberdeenshire

AB15 4YB

United Kingdom

 

Telefax No:    +44 1224 624 891
Attn:    Arild Vik

or to such other address and/or number as is notified by one party to the other under this Guarantee.

 

16.2 Notices addressed as provided above shall be deemed to have been duly given when despatched (in the case of telefax), when delivered (in the case of personal delivery), 2 days after posting (in the case of letters sent within the same country), or 5 days after posting (in the case of letters sent internationally), provided that any notice to the Security Trustee shall be effective only upon its actual receipt by the Security Trustee and then only if it is expressly marked for the attention of the relevant department or officer named above (or any substitute from time to time notified by the Security Trustee). In each of the above cases any notice received on a non-working day or after business hours in the country of receipt shall be deemed to be given at the opening of business hours on the next working day in such country.

 

13


16.3 All notices and documents to be given or delivered pursuant to or otherwise in relation to this Guarantee shall be in the English language or be accompanied by a certified English translation.

 

17. APPLICABLE LAW AND JURISDICTION

 

17.1 This Guarantee and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it shall be governed by and construed in accordance with English law.

 

17.2 The Guarantor hereby irrevocably agrees for the exclusive benefit of the Security Trustee that the English courts shall have jurisdiction in relation to any dispute and any suit, action or proceeding (referred to together in this Clause 17 as “ Proceedings ”) which may arise out of or in connection with this Guarantee and/or any of the other Finance Documents to which the Guarantor may be party, and for such purposes irrevocably submits to the jurisdiction of such courts.

 

17.3 The Guarantor hereby irrevocably agrees:

 

  17.3.1 that, for the purpose of Proceedings in England, any legal process may be served upon SH Process Agents Limited whose registered office is presently at 1 Finsbury Circus, London EC2M 7SH (Ref: 748/47-03533) who are hereby authorised to accept service on behalf of the Guarantor, which shall be deemed to be good service on the Guarantor; and

 

  17.3.2 that throughout the Security Period the Guarantor will maintain a duly appointed process agent in England, duly notified to the Security Trustee, and that failure by any such process agent to give notice thereof to the Guarantor shall not impair the validity of such service or of a judgment or order based thereon.

 

17.4 Nothing in this Clause 17 shall affect the right of the Security Trustee to serve process in any manner permitted by law or limit the right of the Security Trustee to take Proceedings against the Guarantor in any other court of competent jurisdiction, nor shall the taking of Proceedings in one or more jurisdictions preclude the taking of Proceedings by the Security Trustee in any other jurisdiction, whether concurrently or not.

The Guarantor shall not commence any Proceedings in any country other than England in relation to any matter arising out of or in connection with this Guarantee and/or any of the other Security Documents.

 

17.5 The Guarantor irrevocably waives any objection which it may now or hereafter have on the grounds of inconvenient forum or otherwise to Proceedings being brought in any such court as is referred to in this Clause 17, and further irrevocably agrees that a judgment or order in any Proceedings brought in the English courts shall be conclusive and binding upon the Guarantor and may be enforced without review in the courts of any other jurisdiction.

 

17.6 The Guarantor consents generally in respect of any Proceedings arising out of or in connection with this Guarantee and/or any of the other Finance Documents to the giving of any relief or the issue of any process in connection with such Proceedings, including, without limitation, the making, enforcement or execution against any property or assets whatsoever of any order or judgment which may be made or given in such Proceedings.

 

14


IN WITNESS of which the parties to this Guarantee have executed this Guarantee as a deed the day and year first before written.

 

15


EXECUTION PAGE

 

SIGNED AND DELIVERED as a DEED   )  
by   )  
duly authorised for and on behalf of   )  

/s/ ARILD VIK

KNOT OFFSHORE PARTNERS LP   )   Arild Vik
in the presence of:   )  
Signature: /s/ EDWARD L. SZARMACH    
Name: Edward L. Szarmach    
Occupation: Paralegal    
Address: Vinson & Elkins LLP    
666 5 th Ave    
N.Y., N.Y. 10103    
SIGNED AND DELIVERED as a DEED   )  
by   )  
duly authorised for and on behalf of   )  

/s/ KATHERINE NOBLE

DNB BANK ASA   )   Katherine Noble
in the presence of:   )  
Signature: /s/ HOLLY FOSTER    
Name: Holly Foster    
Occupation: Trainee Solicitor    
Address: Holman Fenwick Willian LLP    

 

16


SCHEDULE 1

FORM OF COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

 

To: DNB Bank ASA

Lars Hillesgt. 30

N-5020 Bergen

Norway

Attn: Shipping Department

Telefax No: +47 55 21 19 24

Date: [ ] 201[ ]

Dear Sirs

$160,000,000 Loan to Knutsen Shuttle Tankers XII KS

We refer to:

 

(A) the loan agreement dated 1 December 2009 (as amended and restated, the “ Loan Agreement ”) now made between (1) Knutsen Shuttle Tankers XII KS as borrower (the “ Borrower ”), (2) DNB Bank ASA, Nordea Bank Norge ASA, The Export-Import Bank of China, Crédit Agricole CIB and Sumitomo Mitsui Banking Corporation Europe Limited as lenders (the “ Lenders ”), (3) DNB Bank ASA and Nordea Bank Norge ASA as mandated lead arrangers and bookrunners and The Export-Import Bank of China and Crédit Agricole CIB as mandated lead arrangers, (4) DNB Bank ASA as agent and (5) DNB Bank ASA as security trustee providing for the making available to the Borrower of a secured term loan in the amount of up to $160,000,000; and

 

(B) the deed of guarantee and indemnity dated [•] 2013 (the “ Guarantee ”) made by KNOT Offshore Partners LP (the “ Parent Guarantor ”) in favour of the Security Trustee as security for the performance by the Borrower of its obligations under the Loan Agreement.

This certificate is issued to you pursuant to Clause 12.2.3 of the Loan Agreement and Clause 10.2.8(c) of the Guarantee and we hereby certify that, as of [31 March][30 June][30 September][31 December] 201[ ]:

 

1. The amount of Free Liquidity was $[ ] and there were [ ] Long-term Charter Free Group Vessels and [no][ ] Additional Group Vessels. Accordingly, the minimum required amount of Free Liquidity on that date was $[ ], being:

 

  (a) $15,000,000; plus

 

  (b) $1,500,000 x [ ]; plus

 

  (c) $1,000,000 x [ ]

 

Requirement:    Free Liquidity to be not less than $[ ].
Satisfied:    Yes/ No

 

17


2. The Book Equity was $[ ] and the Total Assets were $[ ]

 

Requirement:    Book Equity to be not less than 30% of the Total Assets at any time.
Satisfied:    Yes/ No

 

3. EBITDA was $[ ] and the Interest Expense was $[ ]

 

Requirement:    EBITDA to be not less than 250% of the Interest Expense at any time.
Satisfied:    Yes/ No

 

4. The Working Capital of the Borrower was $[ ] based on current assets of $[ ] less current liabilities (excluding instalments on long-term debt and capital lease payments falling within 6 months after the date of calculation) of $[ ]

 

Requirement:    The Borrower not to have a negative Working Capital at any time.
Satisfied:    Yes/ No

We also certify that, as of the date of this certificate, we and the other Obligors are in compliance with our respective obligations under the Security Documents and that no Potential Event of Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

Words and expressions whose meanings are defined in the Loan Agreement and/or the Guarantee shall have the same meanings when used herein.

 

Yours faithfully,
For and on behalf of
KNOT Offshore Partners LP

 

By:  
Chief [Financial][Executive] Officer
For and on behalf of
Knutsen Shuttle Tankers XII KS

 

By:  
Chief [Financial][Executive] Officer

 

18

EXHIBIT 4.9

DATED 9 April 2013

KNOT SHUTTLE TANKERS AS

as Guarantor

- and -

DNB BANK ASA

as Security Trustee

 

 

GUARANTEE AND INDEMNITY

 

 

in respect of the obligations of Knutsen Shuttle Tankers XII KS

under a US$160,000,000 loan facility relating to

“FORTALEZA KNUTSEN” and “RECIFE KNUTSEN”

 

LOGO


CONTENTS

 

Clause    Page  

1.

 

DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

     1   

2.

 

GUARANTEE AND INDEMNITY

     2   

3.

 

CONTINUING SECURITY

     3   

4.

 

RESTRICTIONS ON GUARANTOR

     3   

5.

 

WAIVER BY GUARANTOR

     4   

6.

 

PAYMENTS AND APPLICATION OF FUNDS

     4   

7.

 

NO SET-OFF, COUNTERCLAIM OR TAX DEDUCTION

     5   

8.

 

PROVISO TO RELEASE OF THIS GUARANTEE

     5   

9.

 

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

     6   

10.

 

UNDERTAKINGS

     7   

11.

 

INDEMNITIES AND EXPENSES

     8   

12.

 

ASSIGNMENTS AND TRANSFERS

     9   

13.

 

SET-OFF

     10   

14.

 

MISCELLANEOUS

     10   

15.

 

NOTICES

     10   

16.

 

APPLICABLE LAW AND JURISDICTION

     11   

EXECUTION PAGE

     13   


THIS GUARANTEE is made on    April 2013

BETWEEN:

 

(1) KNOT SHUTTLE TANKERS AS , a company incorporated under the laws of Norway with organisation number 998 942 829 and having its registered office at Smedasundet 40, 5529 Haugesund, Norway (the “ Guarantor ”); and

 

(2) DNB BANK ASA , a company incorporated under the laws of Norway acting through its office at Lars Hillesgt, 30, N-5020 Bergen, Norway in its capacity as security trustee for the Banks (the “ Security Trustee ”).

WHEREAS:

 

(A) By a loan agreement dated 1 December 2009 (as amended by a supplemental agreement dated 14 February 2011, a second supplemental agreement dated 6 July 2012, a third supplemental agreement dated 27 February 2013 and as amended and restated by an amendment and restatement deed dated    April 2013, the “ Agreement ”) now made between (1) Knutsen Shuttle Tankers XII KS as borrower (the “ Borrower ”), (2) DNB Bank ASA, Nordea Bank Norge ASA, The Export-Import Bank of China, Crédit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank and Sumitomo Mitsui Banking Corporation Europe Limited as lenders (the “ Lenders ”), (3) DNB Bank ASA and Nordea Bank Norge ASA as mandated lead arrangers and bookrunners and The Export-Import Bank of China and Crédit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank as mandated lead arrangers, (4) DNB Bank ASA as agent (the “ Agent ”) and (5) the Security Trustee, the Lenders agreed to make available to the Borrower a term loan facility of up to $160,000,000.

 

(B) At the request of the Borrower and as additional security for the repayment of the Loan and the payment of interest thereon and all other moneys from time to time due or owing to the Banks or any of them under or pursuant to the Finance Documents, the Guarantor has agreed to enter into this Guarantee.

 

(C) This Guarantee forms part of the Trust Property which pursuant to the Agreement the Security Trustee holds on trust for itself and the other Banks.

IT IS AGREED as follows:

 

1. DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

 

1.1 Words and expressions defined in the Agreement shall, unless otherwise expressly provided herein or the context otherwise requires, have the same meanings when used in this Guarantee, including the Recitals.

 

1.2 In this Guarantee:

 

  1.2.1 unless the context otherwise requires, words in the singular include the plural and vice versa;

 

  1.2.2 references to any document include the same as varied, supplemented or replaced from time to time;

 

  1.2.3 references to any enactment include re-enactments, amendments and extensions thereof;

 


  1.2.4 references to any person include that person’s successors and permitted assigns;

 

  1.2.5 clause headings are for convenience of reference only and are not to be taken into account in construction; and

 

  1.2.6 unless otherwise specified, references to Clauses, Recitals and Schedules are respectively to Clauses of and Recitals and Schedules to this Guarantee.

 

1.3 Except for the Banks, a person who is not a party to this Guarantee may not enforce, or otherwise have the benefit of, any provision of this Guarantee under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999.

 

2. GUARANTEE AND INDEMNITY

 

2.1 The Guarantor irrevocably and unconditionally:

 

  2.1.1 guarantees the due and punctual performance by the Borrower of all the Borrower’s obligations under the Finance Documents;

 

  2.1.2 undertakes as primary obligor and not as surety only that whenever the Borrower does not pay any part of the Outstanding Indebtedness when due under or in connection with any Finance Document, the Guarantor shall immediately on demand by the Security Trustee pay that amount to the Security Trustee; and

 

  2.1.3 agrees, as a separate and independent stipulation, that if any amounts intended to be guaranteed hereby are not recoverable on the footing of a guarantee, whether by reason of any legal limitation, disability or incapacity on or of the Borrower or any other fact or circumstance, whether or not known to any Bank or the Guarantor, then such amounts shall nevertheless be recoverable from the Guarantor as sole or principal debtor by way of indemnity and shall be payable by the Guarantor to the Security Trustee on demand,

provided that:

 

  (a) the aggregate amount in respect of the Outstanding Indebtedness recoverable from the Guarantor under this Guarantee shall not exceed $141,450,000; and

 

  (b) the foregoing limitation of liability shall not apply in respect of any interest which accrues under Clause 2.2 or any amounts payable under Clauses 7.2 and 11.

 

2.2 If the Guarantor fails to pay on the due date any sum (whether of principal, interest or otherwise) due under this Guarantee, interest will accrue, and become payable by it upon the Security Trustee’s demand, upon the sum unpaid from and including the date upon which it fell due for payment until the date of actual payment (as well after as before judgment) at the rate per annum determined by the Agent to be 2% higher than the rate which would have been payable if the overdue amount had, during the period of non-payment, constituted part of the Loan for successive periods, each of a duration selected by the Agent (acting reasonably). Any such interest shall accrue from day to day, be calculated on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed and a 360 day year and be compounded at the end of each such period determined by the Agent for so long as it remains unpaid.

 

2


2.3 The guarantee contained in this Clause 2 is a guarantee of payment and performance and not of collection.

 

3. CONTINUING SECURITY

 

3.1 This Guarantee:

 

  3.1.1 is and shall at all times be a continuing security for the payment of the full amount of the Outstanding Indebtedness from time to time;

 

  3.1.2 shall not be satisfied by any intermediate payment or satisfaction of any part of the Outstanding Indebtedness;

 

  3.1.3 shall be in addition to and shall not merge with or be prejudiced or affected by any other security for the Outstanding Indebtedness which may have been, or may at any time hereafter be, given to the Banks (or any of them) by the Borrower or any other person.

 

3.2 The obligations of the Guarantor under this Guarantee shall not be reduced, discharged or otherwise adversely affected by reason of any act, omission, matter or thing (whether or not known to the Guarantor and/or any Bank) which, but for this provision, might operate to release the Guarantor from all or part of its liability under this Guarantee including, without limitation:

 

  3.2.1 any time or indulgence granted to, or composition with, the Borrower or any other person; or

 

  3.2.2 any termination, renewal, extension or variation of any credit, accommodation or facility granted by the Banks (or any of them) to the Borrower or any other person or any amendment of, or the making of any supplement to, any Finance Document or any other document or security; or

 

  3.2.3 the taking, variation, compromise, renewal, enforcement, realisation or release of, or refusal or neglect or failure to take, perfect, release or enforce, any rights, remedies or securities against, or granted by, any Obligor or other person; or

 

  3.2.4 any incapacity, disability, or defect in powers of any Obligor or other person, or any irregular exercise thereof by, or lack of authority of, any person purporting to act on behalf of any Obligor or other person; or

 

  3.2.5 any illegality, invalidity, avoidance or unenforceability on any grounds whatsoever of, or of any obligations of any Obligor or other person under, any Finance Document or any other document or security; or

 

  3.2.6 the death, liquidation, administration, insolvency, amalgamation, reorganisation or dissolution, or any change in the constitution, name or style, of any Obligor, any Bank or any other person.

 

4. RESTRICTIONS ON GUARANTOR

 

4.1 Until the moneys and liabilities hereby guaranteed have been paid and discharged in full, the Guarantor shall not be entitled, nor shall the Guarantor claim, by virtue of any payment made by it under this Guarantee:

 

  4.1.1 to exercise any right of subrogation or indemnity or any other right or remedy in relation to any rights, security or moneys held by or recovered or receivable by the Security Trustee or any other Bank under the Finance Documents; or

 

3


  4.1.2 to exercise any right of set-off or counterclaim against the Borrower or any other Obligor; or

 

  4.1.3 to exercise any right of contribution from any other Obligor in respect of the Outstanding Indebtedness; or

 

  4.1.4 to receive, claim or have the benefit of any payment, distribution or security from the Borrower or any other Obligor; or

 

  4.1.5 unless so directed by the Security Trustee (in which case the Guarantor shall prove in accordance with the Security Trustee’s directions), to rank as a creditor or have any right of proof in the bankruptcy, liquidation or insolvency of the Borrower or any other Obligor in competition with the Security Trustee.

 

4.2 The Guarantor hereby represents and warrants that it has not taken, and undertakes that it will not take, without the prior written consent of the Security Trustee (as directed by the Lenders), any security from the Borrower or any other Obligor in respect of the Guarantor’s liability under this Guarantee.

 

4.3 If the Guarantor is required by the Security Trustee to prove in the bankruptcy, liquidation or insolvency of the Borrower or any other Obligor, or receives any payment, distribution or security from the Borrower or any other Obligor, or exercises any right of set-off or counterclaim, or otherwise acts in breach of any provision of this Clause 4, then in each such case the Guarantor shall hold on trust for the Security Trustee and forthwith pay or transfer (as may be appropriate) to the Security Trustee any such payment, amount set off, distribution or benefit of such security received by it.

 

5. WAIVER BY GUARANTOR

The Guarantor hereby waives any rights which the Guarantor may have to require the Security Trustee first to enforce any of the other Finance Documents or claim payment from the Borrower or any other person, before enforcing any rights of the Security Trustee against the Guarantor under this Guarantee.

 

6. PAYMENTS AND APPLICATION OF FUNDS

 

6.1 Unless otherwise specified by the Security Trustee, all moneys to be paid by the Guarantor under this Guarantee shall be paid to the Security Trustee in Dollars on the due date and in same day funds to such account as the Security Trustee may from time to time notify the Guarantor.

 

6.2 Subject as provided below, all moneys received or recovered by the Security Trustee pursuant to this Guarantee shall be held by it upon trust, in the first place to pay or make good all costs, expenses and liabilities whatsoever incurred by the Security Trustee in or about or incidental to the recovery of such moneys, and the balance shall be applied in accordance with Clause 7.2 of the Agreement. The Security Trustee may at its discretion place and keep any moneys so received or recovered to the credit of a suspense account for so long as the Security Trustee may think fit with a view to preserving the rights of the Security Trustee to prove for the whole of its claims against the Borrower or other person liable.

 

4


6.3 The Guarantor hereby irrevocably waives any rights of appropriation to which it may be entitled.

 

7. NO SET-OFF, COUNTERCLAIM OR TAX DEDUCTION

 

7.1 All payments to be made by the Guarantor under this Guarantee shall be made without set-off or counterclaim and free and clear of, and without deduction for or on account of, any present or future taxes, unless the Guarantor is compelled by law to make payment subject to any such tax.

 

7.2 If the Guarantor is compelled by law to make payment subject to such taxes, the Guarantor will:

 

  7.2.1 promptly notify the Security Trustee upon becoming aware of such requirement;

 

  7.2.2 pay the tax deducted to the appropriate taxation authority promptly, and in any event before any fine or penalty arises;

 

  7.2.3 pay the Security Trustee such additional amount as is necessary to ensure that the Security Trustee or (if the payment is not due to the Security Trustee for its own account) the Bank beneficially interested in the payment (the “ relevant recipient ”) receives a net amount equal to the full amount which it would have received had such tax deduction not been required to be made; and

 

  7.2.4 as soon as reasonably practicable after making the relevant tax deduction, deliver to the Security Trustee for forwarding to the relevant recipient a copy of the receipt from the relevant taxation authority evidencing that the tax had been paid to such authority.

 

7.3 If, following any such tax deduction as is referred to in Clause 7.2 from any payment by the Guarantor, the relevant recipient shall receive or be granted a credit against or remission for any taxes payable by it, the relevant recipient shall, subject to the Guarantor having made any increased payment in accordance with Clause 7.2 and to the extent that the relevant recipient can do so without prejudicing the retention of the amount of such credit or remission and without prejudice to the right of the relevant recipient to obtain any other relief or allowance which may be available to it, reimburse the Guarantor with such amount as the relevant recipient shall in its absolute discretion certify to be the proportion of such credit or remission as will leave the relevant recipient (after such reimbursement) in no worse position than it would have been in had there been no such deduction or withholding from the payment to the relevant recipient as aforesaid. Such reimbursement shall be made forthwith upon the relevant recipient certifying that the amount of such credit or remission has been received by it. Nothing contained in this Guarantee shall oblige any Bank to rearrange its tax affairs or to disclose any information regarding its tax affairs and computations. Without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, the Guarantor shall not by virtue of this Clause 7.3 be entitled to enquire about the tax affairs of any Bank.

 

8. PROVISO TO RELEASE OF THIS GUARANTEE

 

8.1

Any release, discharge or settlement between the Guarantor and the Security Trustee in relation to this guarantee shall be conditional on no right, security, disposition or payment to the Banks (or any of them) by the Guarantor, the Borrower or any other person in respect of the Outstanding Indebtedness being avoided, set aside or ordered to be refunded pursuant to any enactment or law relating to breach of duty by any person, bankruptcy, liquidation, administration, protection from creditors generally or insolvency or for any other reason. If

 

5


  any such right, security, disposition or payment is avoided, set aside or ordered to be refunded, the Security Trustee shall be entitled subsequently to enforce this Guarantee against the Guarantor as if such release, discharge or settlement had not occurred and any such security, disposition or payment had not been made.

 

9. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

9.1 The Guarantor represents and warrants that the following matters are true at the date of this Guarantee.

 

9.2 The Guarantor:

 

  9.2.1 is a limited liability company which is duly incorporated, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of Norway;

 

  9.2.2 has full power to own its property and assets and to carry on its business as it is now being conducted;

 

  9.2.3 has complied with all statutory and other requirements relative to its business;

 

  9.2.4 is solvent and not in liquidation or administration or subject to any other insolvency procedure, and no receiver, administrative receiver, administrator, liquidator, trustee or analogous officer has been appointed in respect of it or all or any part of its assets.

 

9.3 The entry into and performance by the Guarantor of this Guarantee are within the corporate powers of the Guarantor and have been duly authorised by all necessary corporate actions and approvals. In entering into this Guarantee the Guarantor is acting on its own account and not as agent or nominee of any person.

 

9.4 The entry into and performance by the Guarantor of this Guarantee do not and will not:

 

  9.4.1 contravene in any respect the constitutional documents of the Guarantor or any law, regulation or contractual restriction which does, or may, bind the Guarantor or any of its assets; or

 

  9.4.2 result in the creation or imposition of any Encumbrance (other than a Permitted Encumbrance) on any of its assets in favour of any party.

 

9.5 All licences, authorisations, approvals and consents necessary for the entry into, performance, validity, enforceability or admissibility in evidence of this Guarantee have been obtained and are in full force and effect and there has been no breach of any condition or restriction imposed in this respect.

 

9.6 This Guarantee constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligations of the Guarantor enforceable against the Guarantor in accordance with its terms, except insofar as enforcement may be limited by any applicable laws relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, administration and similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally.

 

9.7 No litigation, arbitration, tax claim or administrative proceeding is current or pending or (to the knowledge of the Guarantor) threatened, which, if adversely determined, would have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

9.8 No continuing Event of Default or Potential Event of Default has occurred.

 

6


9.9 All factual information furnished in writing to any Bank by or on behalf of the Guarantor in connection with the negotiation and preparation of the Finance Documents was (when given) true and correct in all material respects and there are no other facts or considerations the omission of which would render any such information materially misleading.

 

9.10 All payments to be made by the Guarantor under this Guarantee may be made free and clear of and without deduction or withholding for or on account of any taxes, and this Guarantee is not liable to any registration charge or any stamp, documentary or similar taxes imposed by any authority, including without limitation, in connection with the admissibility in evidence of any thereof.

 

9.11 The Guarantor has complied in all material respects with all relevant tax laws and regulations applicable to it and its business.

 

9.12 All of the issued shares in the share capital of the Guarantor are wholly owned, legally and beneficially, directly or indirectly by the Parent Guarantor.

 

9.13 The payment obligations of the Guarantor under this Guarantee rank at least pari passu with the claims of all its other unsecured and unsubordinated creditors, except for obligations mandatorily preferred by law applying to companies generally.

 

9.14 The Guarantor has received a copy of the Agreement and is familiar with and has approved its terms and conditions.

 

9.15 The Guarantor agrees that the representations set out in this Clause 9 (other than the ones in Clauses 9.5, 9.7, 9.8 and 9.10) shall survive the execution of this Guarantee and shall be deemed to be repeated on each Interest Date with reference to the facts and circumstances then subsisting, as if made on such date.

 

10. UNDERTAKINGS

 

10.1 The undertakings in this Clause 10 shall remain in force from the date of this Guarantee to the end of the Security Period.

 

10.2 The Guarantor shall:

 

  10.2.1 procure the performance and observance by the Borrower of the covenants and obligations imposed upon it under the Finance Documents;

 

  10.2.2 maintain its corporate existence as a limited liability company duly organised, validly existing and in good standing in Norway;

 

  10.2.3 obtain and maintain in force, and promptly furnish certified copies to the Security Trustee of, all licences, authorisations, approvals and consents, and do all other acts and things, which may from time to time be necessary or desirable for the continued due performance of its obligations under this Guarantee or which may be required for the validity, enforceability or admissibility in evidence of this Guarantee;

 

  10.2.4 ensure that its obligations under this Guarantee rank at least pari passu with all its other present, future and/or contingent unsecured and unsubordinated obligations;

 

  10.2.5 conduct its business in a proper and efficient manner and not change the nature, organisation or conduct of its business;

 

7


  10.2.6 pay all taxes, assessments and other governmental charges as they fall due, except to the extent that it is contesting the same in good faith by appropriate proceedings and has set aside adequate reserves for their payment if such proceedings fail;

 

  10.2.7 keep proper books of account in respect of its business in accordance with GAAP consistently applied and whenever so requested by the Security Trustee make the same available for inspection by or on behalf of the Agent;

 

  10.2.8 inform the Security Trustee promptly of any litigation, arbitration, tax claim or administrative proceeding instituted or (to its knowledge) threatened and of any other occurrence of which it becomes aware which, in any such case, might have a Material Adverse Effect;

 

  10.2.9 promptly after the happening of any Event of Default or a Potential Event of Default, notify the Security Trustee of such event and of the steps (if any) which are being taken to remedy it;

 

  10.2.10 promptly provide the Security Trustee with such financial and other information concerning the Group and its affairs as the Security Trustee may from time to time require; and

 

  10.2.11 ensure that the Borrower remains its wholly-owned subsidiary.

 

10.3 The Guarantor shall not without the prior consent of the Security Trustee (as directed by the Lenders):

 

  10.3.1 consolidate, amalgamate or merge with any other entity;

 

  10.3.2 alter or extend its financial year for the purposes of the preparation of its accounts, or change its auditors; or

 

  10.3.3 undertake any transaction with any person, company or other entity which is an affiliate of the Guarantor unless such transaction is conducted at arm’s length on normal commercial terms.

 

11. INDEMNITIES AND EXPENSES

 

11.1 The Guarantor shall pay to the Security Trustee on demand, and indemnify and keep each Bank indemnified against, all costs, charges, expenses, claims, liabilities, losses, duties and fees (including, but not limited to, legal fees and expenses on a full indemnity basis) and taxes thereon suffered or incurred by the Security Trustee:

 

  11.1.1 in the negotiation, preparation, printing, execution and registration of this Guarantee and the other Security Documents;

 

  11.1.2 in the enforcement or preservation or the attempted enforcement or preservation of any of the rights and powers of the Security Trustee under this Guarantee or of the security constituted by the Security Documents;

 

  11.1.3 in connection with any actual or proposed amendment or release of or supplement to this Guarantee, or with any request to the Security Trustee to grant any consent or waiver in respect of any provision of this Guarantee, whether or not the same is given;

 

  11.1.4 arising out of any act or omission made by the Banks (or any of them) in good faith in connection with any of the matters dealt with in this Guarantee.

 

8


11.2 The Guarantor shall pay any and all stamp, documentary, registration and like taxes or charges imposed by governmental authorities in relation to this Guarantee and shall indemnify each Bank against any and all liabilities with respect to, or resulting from, delay or omission on the part of the Guarantor to pay such taxes or charges.

 

11.3 If any sum due from the Guarantor under the Finance Documents (a “ Sum ”), or any order, judgment or award given or made in relation to a Sum, has to be converted from the currency (the “ First Currency ”) in which that Sum is payable into another currency (the “ Second Currency ”) for the purpose of making or filing a claim or proof against the Guarantor or obtaining or enforcing an order, judgment or award in relation to any litigation or arbitration proceedings, the Guarantor shall as an independent obligation, within 3 Banking Days of demand, indemnify each Bank to whom that Sum is due against any cost, loss or liability arising out of or as a result of the conversion including any discrepancy between (a) the rate of exchange used to convert that Sum from the First Currency into the Second Currency and (b) the rate or rates of exchange available to that Bank at the time of its receipt of that Sum.

 

11.4 The indemnities contained in the Finance Documents shall continue in full force and effect after the full and final discharge of the Outstanding Indebtedness with respect to matters arising prior to such discharge.

 

12. ASSIGNMENTS AND TRANSFERS

 

12.1 This Guarantee shall be binding upon the Guarantor and shall inure to the benefit of the Security Trustee and the other Banks.

 

12.2 The Guarantor may not assign or transfer all or any of its rights, benefits or obligations under this Guarantee.

 

12.3 Any Bank may freely assign or transfer or sub-participate all or any of its rights, benefits or obligations under this Guarantee in accordance with the relevant provisions of the Agreement as if the same were, mutatis mutandis, set out in full in this Guarantee.

 

12.4 Any Bank may disclose to any potential transferee, assignee or sub-participant, or to any other party with whom it may propose to enter into contractual relations in connection with this Guarantee, such information about the Guarantor and its business, assets or financial condition as that Bank shall consider appropriate.

 

12.5 Any Bank may at any time and from time to time change its lending office and/or delegate any one or more of its rights, powers and/or obligations under this Guarantee to any person.

 

12.6 The Guarantor undertakes to do or to procure all such acts and things and to sign, execute and deliver or procure the signing, execution and delivery of all such instruments and documents as the Security Trustee may reasonably require for the purpose of perfecting any such assignment, transfer, sub-participation, change or delegation as aforesaid.

 

12.7 Without prejudice to Clause 12.6, the Guarantor irrevocably authorises the Agent to sign any Transfer Certificate on its behalf.

 

9


13. SET-OFF

 

13.1 A Bank may set off any matured obligation due from the Guarantor under this Guarantee (to the extent beneficially owned by that Bank) against any matured obligation owed by that Bank to the Guarantor, regardless of the place of payment, booking branch or currency of either obligation. If the obligations are in different currencies, the Bank may convert either obligation at a market rate of exchange in its usual course of business for the purpose of the set-off.

 

14. MISCELLANEOUS

 

14.1 No failure to exercise, nor any delay in exercising, on the part of the Security Trustee, any right or remedy under this Guarantee shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right or remedy prevent any further or other exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right or remedy. The rights and remedies provided in this Guarantee are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law.

 

14.2 Any waiver by the Security Trustee of any provision of this Guarantee, and any consent or approval given by the Security Trustee hereunder, shall only be effective if given in writing and then only strictly for the purpose and upon the terms for which it is given. This Guarantee may not be amended or varied orally but only by an instrument signed by or on behalf of each of the parties hereto.

 

14.3 If at any time one or more of the provisions of this Guarantee is or becomes invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect under any law by which it may be governed or affected, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not be in any way affected or impaired as a result.

 

14.4 This Guarantee may be executed in any number of counterparts and all such counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute but one and the same instrument.

 

14.5 A certificate or determination by the Security Trustee or any other Bank as to the amount of the Outstanding Indebtedness or any part thereof, without limitation as to any other matter provided for in this Guarantee or the other Security Documents, shall (save in case of manifest error) for all purposes be conclusive and binding upon the Guarantor.

 

14.6 The Guarantor shall, upon demand, and at its own expense, sign, perfect, do, execute and register all such further assurances, documents, acts and things as the Security Trustee may require for the purpose of more effectually accomplishing or perfecting the transaction or security contemplated by this Guarantee.

 

15. NOTICES

 

15.1 All notices (which expression includes any demand, request, consent or other communication) to be given by one party to the other under this Guarantee shall be in writing and (unless delivered personally) shall be given by telefax or first class pre-paid post (airmail if sent internationally) and be addressed:

 

  15.1.1 in the case of the Security Trustee, to it at:

 

Lars Hillesgt. 30
N-5020 Bergen
Norway
Telefax No:    +47 55 21 19 24
Attn:    Shipping Department

 

10


  15.1.2 in the case of the Guarantor, to it at:

 

Smedasundet 40
5529 Haugesund
Norway
Telefax No:    +47 52 70 40 40
Attn:    Trygve Seglem

or to such other address and/or number as is notified by one party to the other under this Guarantee.

 

15.2 Notices addressed as provided above shall be deemed to have been duly given when despatched (in the case of telefax), when delivered (in the case of personal delivery), 2 days after posting (in the case of letters sent within the same country), or 5 days after posting (in the case of letters sent internationally), provided that any notice to the Security Trustee shall be effective only upon its actual receipt by the Security Trustee and then only if it is expressly marked for the attention of the relevant department or officer named above (or any substitute from time to time notified by the Security Trustee). In each of the above cases any notice received on a non-working day or after business hours in the country of receipt shall be deemed to be given at the opening of business hours on the next working day in such country.

 

15.3 All notices and documents to be given or delivered pursuant to or otherwise in relation to this Guarantee shall be in the English language or be accompanied by a certified English translation.

 

16. APPLICABLE LAW AND JURISDICTION

 

16.1 This Guarantee and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it shall be governed by and construed in accordance with English law.

 

16.2 The Guarantor hereby irrevocably agrees for the exclusive benefit of the Security Trustee that the English courts shall have jurisdiction in relation to any dispute and any suit, action or proceeding (referred to together in this Clause 16 as “ Proceedings ”) which may arise out of or in connection with this Guarantee and/or any of the other Finance Documents to which the Guarantor may be party, and for such purposes irrevocably submits to the jurisdiction of such courts.

 

16.3 The Guarantor hereby irrevocably agrees:

 

  16.3.1 that, for the purpose of Proceedings in England, any legal process may be served upon SH Process Agents Limited whose registered office is presently at 1 Finsbury Circus, London EC2M 7SH (Ref: 748/47-03533) who are hereby authorised to accept service on behalf of the Guarantor, which shall be deemed to be good service on the Guarantor; and

 

  16.3.2 that throughout the Security Period the Guarantor will maintain a duly appointed process agent in England, duly notified to the Security Trustee, and that failure by any such process agent to give notice thereof to the Guarantor shall not impair the validity of such service or of a judgment or order based thereon.

 

11


16.4 Nothing in this Clause 16 shall affect the right of the Security Trustee to serve process in any manner permitted by law or limit the right of the Security Trustee to take Proceedings against the Guarantor in any other court of competent jurisdiction, nor shall the taking of Proceedings in one or more jurisdictions preclude the taking of Proceedings by the Security Trustee in any other jurisdiction, whether concurrently or not.

The Guarantor shall not commence any Proceedings in any country other than England in relation to any matter arising out of or in connection with this Guarantee and/or any of the other Security Documents.

 

16.5 The Guarantor irrevocably waives any objection which it may now or hereafter have on the grounds of inconvenient forum or otherwise to Proceedings being brought in any such court as is referred to in this Clause 16, and further irrevocably agrees that a judgment or order in any Proceedings brought in the English courts shall be conclusive and binding upon the Guarantor and may be enforced without review in the courts of any other jurisdiction.

 

16.6 The Guarantor consents generally in respect of any Proceedings arising out of or in connection with this Guarantee and/or any of the other Finance Documents to the giving of any relief or the issue of any process in connection with such Proceedings, including, without limitation, the making, enforcement or execution against any property or assets whatsoever of any order or judgment which may be made or given in such Proceedings.

IN WITNESS of which the parties to this Guarantee have executed this Guarantee as a deed the day and year first before written.

 

12


EXECUTION PAGE

 

SIGNED AND DELIVERED as a DEED   )  
by   )  
duly authorised for and on behalf of   )  

/s/ BJØRN SANDE URTEGAARD

KNOT SHUTTLE TANKERS AS   )   Bjørn Sande Urtegaard
in the presence of:   )   Attorney-in-fact
Signature:    

/s/ ERIK HOFFMANN-DAHL

   
Name:    
Erik Hoffmann-Dahl    
Occupation:    
Associate    
Address: Olav Kyrresgt. 11 Norway    
SIGNED AND DELIVERED as a DEED   )  
by   )  
duly authorised for and on behalf of   )  

/s/ CHRISTIAN FRIIS

DNB BANK ASA   )   Christian Friis
in the presence of:   )   Attorney-in-fact
Signature:    

/s/ ERIK HOFFMANN-DAHL

   
Name:    
Erik Hoffmann-Dahl    
Occupation:    
Associate    
Address: Olav Kyrresgt. 11 Norway    

 

13

Exhibit 4.10

DATED 9 April 2013

KNUTSEN SHUTTLE TANKERS XII KS

as Borrower

KNUTSEN NYK OFFSHORE TANKERS AS

as Original Guarantor

DNB BANK ASA

NORDEA BANK NORGE ASA

as Lenders, Mandated Lead Arrangers and Bookrunners

DNB BANK ASA

NORDEA BANK FINLAND PLC

as Swap Providers

- and -

DNB BANK ASA

as Agent and Security Trustee

 

 

AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT DEED

 

 

Loan facility of up to US$19,000,000 to assist

finance the construction and acquisition of

“FORTALEZA KNUTSEN” and “RECIFE KNUTSEN”

 

LOGO


CONTENTS

 

Clause         Page  
1.    DEFINITIONS AND CONSTRUCTION      2   
2.    AGREEMENT OF THE BANKS      3   
3.    RELEASE OF THE ORIGINAL GUARANTEES      3   
4.    AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT OF THE LOAN AGREEMENT      3   
5.    CONDITIONS PRECEDENT AND CONDITIONS SUBSEQUENT      3   
6.    NO OTHER AMENDMENTS      4   
7.    REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES      4   
8.    CONFIRMATION      4   
9.    FEES AND EXPENSES      4   
10.    COUNTERPARTS      4   
11.    GOVERNING LAW AND JURISDICTION      5   
SCHEDULE 1 - CONDITIONS PRECEDENT      6   
EXECUTION PAGES      9   
APPENDIX 1 - FORM OF AMENDED AND RESTATED LOAN AGREEMENT      11   
APPENDIX 2 - FORM OF PARENT GUARANTEE      12   
APPENDIX 3 - FORM OF KNOT SHUTTLE TANKERS GUARANTEE      13   


THIS DEED is made on      April 2013

BETWEEN :

 

1. KNUTSEN SHUTTLE TANKERS XII KS as Borrower;

 

2. KNUTSEN NYK OFFSHORE TANKERS AS as Original Guarantor;

 

3. DNB BANK ASA and NORDEA BANK NORGE ASA as Lenders;

 

4. DNB BANK ASA and NORDEA BANK NORGE ASA as Mandated Lead Arrangers and Bookrunners;

 

5. DNB BANK ASA and NORDEA BANK FINLAND PLC as Swap Providers;

 

6. DNB BANK ASA as Agent; and

 

7. DNB BANK ASA as Security Trustee,

WHEREAS

 

(A) By a loan agreement dated 1 December 2009 (as amended by a supplemental agreement dated 14 February 2011, a second supplemental deed dated 14 September 2012 and a third supplemental deed dated 27 February 2013) now made between (1) the Borrower, (2) the Lenders, (3) the Mandated Lead Arrangers and Bookrunners, (4) the Swap Providers, (5) the Agent and (6) the Security Trustee (the “ Loan Agreement ”) the Lenders agreed to make available to the Borrower a loan of up to $19,000,000 to finance the construction and acquisition of “FORTALEZA KNUTSEN” and “RECIFE KNUTSEN”.

 

(B) The Borrower has requested that the Banks consent to the Borrower becoming wholly owned, directly or indirectly, by KNOT Offshore Partners LP (the “ New Parent ”), a Marshall Islands limited partnership organised under the laws of the Marshall Islands which is to be listed on the New York Stock Exchange and which will effect such acquisition by acquiring via its wholly-owned subsidiary KNOT Offshore Partners UK LLC all of the shares in KNOT Shuttle Tankers AS (“ KNOT Shuttle Tankers ”) from Knutsen NYK Offshore Tankers AS (“ KNOT ”) in connection with the initial public offering of the common units representing limited partners interest in the New Parent (the “ IPO ”).

 

(C) Under the proposed terms of the IPO, the proceeds of the IPO are to be applied in part in providing funds directly or indirectly to the Borrower by way of one or more intercompany loans or capital contributions from the New Parent to the Borrower to enable it to:

 

  (i) repay the Loan in the amount of $9,025,000; and

 

  (ii) repay the Senior Loan in the amount of $9,100,000.

 

(D) This Deed sets out the terms and conditions on which the Banks agree to the transfer of ownership of KNOT Shuttle Tankers to the New Parent as referred to in Recital (B) and provides for the consequential amendment and restatement of the Loan Agreement.


NOW IT IS AGREED as follows:

 

1. DEFINITIONS AND CONSTRUCTION

 

1.1 In this Deed including its recitals (unless the context otherwise requires) any terms and expressions not defined herein but whose meanings are defined in the Loan Agreement shall have the meanings set out herein.

 

1.2 In this Deed:

Amended and Restated Loan Agreement ” means the Loan Agreement as amended and restated by this Deed in the form set out in Appendix 1;

Amendment Fee Letter ” means the amendment fee letter agreement dated the same date as this Deed made between the Agent and the Borrower in respect of the amendment fee payable in respect of this Deed;

Coordination Agreement ” means the coordination agreement dated on or about the date of this deed made between (1) the Borrower, (2) the Security Trustee and (3) the DNB Bank ASA as senior security trustee setting out the terms on which the Security Documents are subordinated to the Senior Security Documents;

Effective Time ” means the time at which the Agent has notified each of the other parties to this Deed that the conditions precedent in Clause 5.2 are satisfied;

KNOT Shuttle Tankers Guarantee ” means the irrevocable and unconditional deed of guarantee and indemnity of the Borrower’s obligations under the Finance Documents to be executed by KNOT Shuttle Tankers in favour of the Security Trustee in the form set out in Appendix 3;

New Finance Documents ” means this Deed, the Coordination Agreement, the Amendment Fee Letter, the Parent Guarantee and the KNOT Shuttle Tankers Guarantee;

Original Guarantee ” means the irrevocable and unconditional deed of guarantee and indemnity dated 14 September 2012 executed by KNOT in favour of the Security Trustee;

Parent Guarantee ” means the irrevocable and unconditional deed of guarantee and indemnity of the Borrower’s obligations under the Finance Documents to be executed by the New Parent in favour of the Security Trustee in the form set out in Appendix 2;

Guarantee Release Time ” means the time at which the Agent has notified each of the other parties to this Deed that the conditions subsequent in Clause 5.3 are satisfied;

Underwriters ” means those persons named as underwriters in the Underwriting Agreement; and

Underwriting Agreement ” means the underwriting agreement made or to be made between the Underwriters, the New Parent, KNOT Offshore Partners GP LLC, KNOT Offshore Partners UK LLC, KNOT Shuttle Tankers and KNOT, providing for the purchase of common units from the New Parent by the Underwriters in connection with the IPO.

 

1.3 The provisions of Clauses 1.2 and 1.3 of the Loan Agreement shall extend and apply hereto as if the same were (mutatis mutandis) herein expressly set forth.

 

1.4 A person who is not a party to this Deed may not enforce, or otherwise have the benefit of, any provision of this Deed under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999.

 

2


2. AGREEMENT OF THE BANKS

 

2.1 The Banks agree, subject to and upon the terms and conditions of this Deed, to:

 

  2.1.1 the transfer of ownership of KNOT Shuttle Tankers from KNOT to the New Parent as contemplated by Recital (B);

 

  2.1.2 the IPO and the transactions entered into, or to be entered into, by the Borrower, KNOT, the New Parent and KNOT Shuttle Tankers in connection therewith; and

 

  2.1.3 the consequential amendments to the Loan Agreement and the other Finance Documents as set out in this Deed.

The agreement of the Banks contained in this Clause 2.1 shall have effect on and from the Effective Time.

 

2.2 The Banks further agree, subject to and upon the terms and conditions of this Deed, to the release of the Original Guarantees by the Security Trustee under and in accordance with Clause 3 and the agreement of the Banks contained in this Clause 2.2 shall have effect on and from the Guarantee Release Time.

 

3. RELEASE OF THE ORIGINAL GUARANTEES

 

3.1 With effect on and from the Guarantee Release Time, the Security Trustee, releases KNOT from all of its obligations under the KNOT Guarantee.

 

4. AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT OF THE LOAN AGREEMENT

With effect on and from the Effective Time the Loan Agreement shall be, and shall be deemed by this Deed to be, amended and restated in the form of the Amended and Restated Loan Agreement as attached in Appendix 1.

 

5. CONDITIONS PRECEDENT AND CONDITIONS SUBSEQUENT

 

5.1 The agreement of the Banks contained in Clause 2.1 is subject to the fulfilment of the conditions precedent in Clause 5.2.

 

5.2 The conditions referred to in Clause 5.1 are that:

 

  5.2.1 the Agent has received payment of the fees and expenses specified in Clause 9 to the extent due and payable on or before the Effective Time;

 

  5.2.2 the Agent has received all of the documents and evidence specified in Schedule 1 in all respects in form and substance satisfactory to the Lenders on or before 30 June 2013 or such later date as the Banks may agree with the Borrower and the other Obligors;

 

  5.2.3 at the Effective Time:

 

  (a) the representations and warranties contained in Clause 7 are true and correct; and

 

  (b) no Event of Default or Potential Event of Default has occurred or will arise following the completion of the transactions contemplated by this Deed.

 

3


5.3 The agreement of the Banks contained in Clause 2.2 is subject fulfilment of the conditions subsequent that within 5 Banking Days of the Effective Time:

 

  5.3.1 the Agent has received from the Borrower a partial repayment of the Loan in the amount of $9,025,000 to be applied against Tranche A in the amount of $4,512,500 and against Tranche B in the amount of $4,512,500;

 

  5.3.2 the Senior Agent has received from the Borrower a partial repayment of the Senior Loan in the amount of $9,100,000; and

 

  5.3.3 at the Guarantee Release Time:

 

  (a) the representations and warranties contained in Clause 7 are true and correct; and

 

  (b) no Event of Default or Potential Event of Default has occurred or will arise following the completion of the transactions contemplated by this Deed.

 

5.4 The conditions precedent and conditions subsequent set out in this Clause 5 are for the exclusive benefit of the Banks, and the Banks may accordingly waive any or all of them on such conditions as they may think fit.

 

6. NO OTHER AMENDMENTS

Save as expressly amended hereby, all other terms and conditions of the Loan Agreement and the other Finance Documents shall remain unaltered in full force and effect.

 

7. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

The Borrower represents and warrants to the Banks as at the Effective Time that the representations and warranties in Clause 10 of the Amended and Restated Loan Agreement are true and not misleading.

 

8. CONFIRMATION

Each party acknowledges and agrees, for the avoidance of doubt, that each of the other Finance Documents to which it is a party shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding the terms of this Deed and shall continue to secure the Outstanding Indebtedness.

 

9. FEES AND EXPENSES

 

9.1 The Borrower shall pay to the Agent for distribution to the Lenders a non-refundable amendment fee on such date and in such amount as is specified in the Amendment Fee Letter.

 

9.2 The Borrower agrees to pay to the Banks on a full indemnity basis on demand all expenses (including legal and out-of-pocket expenses) incurred by the Banks in connection with the negotiation, preparation, execution and, where relevant, registration of this Deed and any other Finance Documents.

 

10. COUNTERPARTS

This Deed may be executed in any number of counterparts each of which shall be deemed to be an original and, when executed, all such counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument.

 

4


11. GOVERNING LAW AND JURISDICTION

 

11.1 This Deed and any non contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it shall be governed by and construed in accordance with English law.

 

11.2 The provisions of Clause 25.2 to 25.6 of the Loan Agreement shall extend and apply hereto as if the same were (mutatis mutandis) herein expressly set forth.

THIS DEED has been duly executed by or on behalf of the parties hereto as a Deed and has, on the date stated at the beginning of this Deed, been delivered as a deed.

 

5


SCHEDULE 1

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

The following are the documents or evidence referred to in Clause 5.2.2.

 

1. 4 originals of this Deed duly executed by the parties to it.

 

2. 3 originals of the Coordination Agreement executed by the parties to it.

 

3. 2 originals of the Parent Guarantee duly executed by the parties to it.

 

4. 2 originals of the KNOT Shuttle Tankers Guarantee duly executed by the parties to it.

 

5. 2 originals of the Amendment Fee Letter duly executed by the parties to it.

 

6. Confirmation from the General Partner, the Limited Partner and KNOT Shuttle Tankers that they each consent to the terms of this Deed and that the Finance Documents to which they are respectively a party remain unaltered in full force and effect.

 

7. A certificate from a director or officer of the Borrower, the General Partner, the Limited Partner and KNOT Shuttle Tankers confirming that there have been no changes to the constitutional documents of that party since copies were last provided to the Agent (or attaching copies of any amendments to such constitutional documents if there have been any changes).

 

8. A certified copy of the certificate of incorporation and partnership agreement (or equivalent constitutional documents) of the New Parent.

 

9. A certified copy of the certificate of incorporation and constitutional documents of KNOT Offshore Partners UK LLC.

 

10. A certificate of good standing or other evidence for the Borrower, KNOT Shuttle Tankers and the New Parent that it is in good standing.

 

11. A certificate signed by the secretary or a director of the Borrower, KNOT Shuttle Tankers and the New Parent stating:

 

  (a) its directors (if any) and its officers;

 

  (b) the names and holdings of its partners (in the case of the Borrower) or its shareholders (in the case of KNOT Shuttle Tankers);

 

  (c) that no licences, authorisations, approvals or consents are required by it in connection with the execution, delivery, performance, validity and enforceability of the New Finance Documents to which it is a party or, if any such licences, authorisations, approvals or consents are required by it, attaching certified copies of the same.

 

12. Certified copies of resolutions of the Borrower, KNOT Shuttle Tankers and the New Parent approving this Deed and the New Finance Documents to which that relevant party is a party and approving the transactions contemplated thereby and authorising the execution of such documents by an officer or attorney of that party.

 

6


13. Originals of the powers of attorney, if any, issued pursuant to the resolutions referred to in paragraph 12 above.

 

14. Such evidence as the Agent may reasonably require as to the due execution of:

 

  (a) this Deed by KNOT; and

 

  (b) the confirmations referred to in paragraph 6 above by the General Partner and the Limited Partner respectively.

 

15. A certified copy of the Limited Partnership Agreement (as such term is defined in the Amended and Restated Loan Agreement).

 

16. Evidence satisfactory to the Agent that:

 

  (a) common units in the New Parent have been sold by the New Parent to the Underwriters pursuant to the provisions of the Underwriting Agreement;

 

  (b) the New Parent has been listed on the New York Stock Exchange;

 

  (c) at least one-third of the share capital and voting rights (subject to the limitations on voting rights relating to election of board members, amendments and certain other matters as set out in the Limited Partnership Agreement) in the New Parent are owned by KNOT (and/or any wholly-owned subsidiaries of KNOT);

 

  (d) other than KNOT (and/or any wholly-owned subsidiaries of KNOT), no person or group of persons acting in concert owns more than 33% of the share capital or voting rights (subject to the limitations on voting rights relating to election of board members, amendments and certain other matters as set out in the Limited Partnership Agreement) of the New Parent;

 

  (e) closing of the IPO, and capitalisation of the New Parent, has otherwise been completed on terms satisfactory to the Lenders.

 

17. Evidence satisfactory to the Agent that:

 

  (a) the New Parent is the direct legal and beneficial owner of 100% of the shares in KNOT Offshore Partners UK LLC;

 

  (b) KNOT Offshore Partners UK LLC is the direct legal and beneficial owner of 100% of the shares in KNOT Shuttle Tankers;

 

  (c) KNOT Shuttle Tankers is the direct legal and beneficial owner of 100% of the shares in each of the General Partner and the Limited Partner;

 

  (d) the General Partner is the direct legal and beneficial owner of 10% of the shares in the Borrower and the Limited Partner is the direct legal and beneficial owner of the other 90% of the shares in the Borrower.

 

18. A compliance certificate in the form set out in Schedule 1 to the Parent Guarantee signed by the chief financial officer or chief executive officer of the New Parent and the Borrower demonstrating compliance with the financial covenants set out in the Parent Guarantee and the Amended and Restated Loan Agreement.

 

7


19. Confirmation from the agents in England nominated by the New Parent and KNOT Shuttle Tankers for the acceptance of service of process under the Parent Guarantee and the KNOT Shuttle Tankers Guarantee respectively that they consent to such nomination.

 

20. Such certificates and documents as any Bank may reasonably require in order to comply with any anti-money laundering or “know your customer” legislation, regulation or procedures applicable to it.

 

21. Legal opinions in form and substance acceptable to the Lenders (or confirmation satisfactory to the Agent that such legal opinions will be issued in form and substance acceptable to the Lenders) from:

 

  (a) Holman Fenwick Willan LLP concerning such matters of English law as the Agent may reasonably require;

 

  (b) Wikborg Rein concerning such matters of Norwegian law as the Agent may reasonably require; and

 

  (c) Seward & Kissel LLP concerning such matters of Marshall Islands law as the Agent may reasonably require.

 

22. Written confirmation from Higgs & Johnson to the Agent that the Mortgages on the Vessels continue to secure the Outstanding Indebtedness notwithstanding the amendment and restatement of the Loan Agreement pursuant to this Deed.

 

23. Written confirmation from Wikborg Rein to the Agent that the Account Pledge, the Factoring Agreement, the Borrower Shares Security and the General Partner Shares Security continue to secure the Outstanding Indebtedness notwithstanding the amendment and restatement of the Loan Agreement pursuant to this Deed.

 

8


EXECUTION PAGES

 

THE BORROWER    
SIGNED and DELIVERED as a DEED   )  
by   )  
duly authorised for and on behalf of   )  

/s/ BJØRN SANDE URTEGAARD

KNUTSEN SHUTTLE TANKERS   )   Bjørn Sande Urtegaard
XII KS   )   (attorney-in-fact)
in the presence of:   )  
/s/ ERIK HOFFMANN-DAHL    
Erik Hoffmann-Dahl    
Associate    
THE ORIGINAL GUARANTOR    
SIGNED and DELIVERED as a DEED   )  
by   )  
duly authorised for and on behalf of   )  

/s/ BJØRN SANDE URTEGAARD

KNUTSEN NYK OFFSHORE   )   Bjørn Sande Urtegaard
TANKERS AS   )   (attorney-in-fact)
in the presence of:   )  
/s/ ERIK HOFFMANN-DAHL    
Erik Hoffmann-Dahl    
Associate    
THE BANKS    
SIGNED and DELIVERED as a DEED   )  
by   )  
duly authorised for and on behalf of   )  

/s/ CHRISTIAN FRIIS

DNB BANK ASA   )   Christian Friis
as Lender, Mandated Lead Arranger,   )   Attorney-in-fact
Bookrunner, Agent and Security Trustee   )  
in the presence of:   )  
/s/ ERIK HOFFMANN-DAHL    
Erik Hoffmann-Dahl    
Associate    
SIGNED and DELIVERED as a DEED   )  
by   )  

/s/ CHRISTIAN FRIIS

duly authorised for and on behalf of   )   Christian Friis
NORDEA BANK NORGE ASA   )   Attorney-in-fact
as Lender, Mandated Lead Arranger and   )  
Bookrunner   )  
in the presence of:   )  
/s/ ERIK HOFFMANN-DAHL    
Erik Hoffmann-Dahl    
Associate    

 

9


SIGNED and DELIVERED as a DEED   )  
by   )  
duly authorised for and on behalf of   )  

/s/ CHRISTIAN FRIIS

NORDEA BANK FINLAND PLC   )   Christian Friis
as Swap Provider   )   Attorney-in-fact
in the presence of:   )  
/s/ ERIK HOFFMANN-DAHL    
Erik Hoffmann-Dahl    
Associate    

 

10


APPENDIX 1

FORM OF AMENDED AND RESTATED LOAN AGREEMENT

 

11


DATED 1 December 2009

(as amended by a supplemental agreement dated 14 February 2011, a second supplemental agreement dated 14 September 2012, a third supplemental agreement dated 27 February 2013 and as amended and restated by an amendment and restatement deed dated April 2013)

KNUTSEN SHUTTLE TANKERS XII KS

as Borrower

DNB BANK ASA

NORDEA BANK NORGE ASA

as Mandated Lead Arrangers and Bookrunners

DNB BANK ASA

NORDEA BANK NORGE ASA

as Lenders

DNB BANK ASA

NORDEA BANK FINLAND PLC

as Swap Providers

- and -

DNB BANK ASA

as Agent and Security Trustee

 

 

LOAN AGREEMENT

 

 

relating to a junior pre- and post-delivery loan facility

of up to US$19,000,000 to assist finance the

construction and acquisition of “FORTALEZA KNUTSEN” and

“RECIFE KNUTSEN”

 

LOGO


INDEX

 

NO.

 

DESCRIPTION

  

PAGE

 

1.

  DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION      2   

2.

  THE LOAN      17   

3.

  DRAWDOWN      18   

4.

  REPAYMENT      18   

5.

  PREPAYMENT AND CANCELLATION      20   

6.

  INTEREST      22   

7.

  PAYMENTS      24   

8.

  NO SET-OFF, COUNTERCLAIM OR TAX DEDUCTION      25   

9.

  EARNINGS      27   

10.

  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES      27   

11.

  GENERAL UNDERTAKINGS      31   

12.

  INFORMATION UNDERTAKINGS      33   

13

  PROVISIONS RELATING TO THE CHARTERS      35   

14.

  EVENTS OF DEFAULT      37   

15.

  FEES, EXPENSES AND INDEMNITIES      40   

16.

  THE AGENT      43   

17.

  THE SECURITY TRUSTEE      47   

18.

  RETIREMENT OF A SERVICE BANK      50   

19.

  LIMITS OF THE SERVICE BANKS’ OBLIGATIONS      51   

20.

  SHARING OF PAYMENTS      53   

21.

  ASSIGNMENT, TRANSFER AND RELEASE      55   

22.

  SET-OFF      57   

23.

  MISCELLANEOUS      58   

24.

  NOTICES      59   

25.

  APPLICABLE LAW AND JURISDICTION      60   

Schedule 1 - LENDERS AND CONTRIBUTIONS

     62   

Schedule 2 - SWAP PROVIDERS

     63   

Schedule 3 - INTENTIONALLY OMITTED

     64   

Schedule 4 - INTENTIONALLY OMITTED

     65   

Schedule 5 - FORM OF TRANSFER CERTIFICATE

     66   

Schedule 6 - INTENTIONALLY OMITTED

     71   

Schedule 7 - INTENTIONALLY OMITTED

     72   


THIS AGREEMENT BETWEEN:

 

1. KNUTSEN SHUTTLE TANKERS XII KS , a limited partnership established under the laws of Norway with organisation number 991959610 and having its registered office at Smedasundet 40, 5529 Haugesund, Norway (the “ Borrower ”);

 

2. DNB BANK ASA, a company incorporated under the laws of Norway acting through its office at Lars Hillesgt. 30, N-5020 Bergen, Norway and NORDEA BANK NORGE ASA , a company incorporated under the laws of Norway acting through its office at Middelthuns gate 17, P.O. Box 1166 Sentrum, NO-0107 Oslo, Norway, in their capacity as mandated lead arrangers (the “ Mandated Lead Arrangers ”) and bookrunners (the “ Bookrunners ”);

 

3. DNB BANK ASA, a company incorporated under the laws of Norway acting through its office at Lars Hillesgt. 30, N-5020 Bergen, Norway and NORDEA BANK NORGE ASA , a company incorporated under the laws of Norway acting through its office at Middelthuns gate 17, P.O. Box 1166 Sentrum, NO-0107 Oslo, Norway as lenders (the “ Original Lenders ”);

 

4. DNB BANK ASA, a company incorporated under the laws of Norway acting through its office at Lars Hillesgt. 30, N-5020 Bergen, Norway and NORDEA BANK FINLAND PLC , a company incorporated under the laws of Finland acting through its office at Aleksanterinkatu 36, FIN-00020 Nordea, Helsinki, Finland as swap providers (the “ Swap Providers ”);

 

5. DNB BANK ASA, a company incorporated under the laws of Norway acting through its office at Lars Hillesgt. 30, N-5020 Bergen, Norway in its capacity as agent for the Lenders (the “ Agent ”); and

 

6. DNB BANK ASA, a company incorporated under the laws of Norway acting through its office at Lars Hillesgt. 30, N-5020 Bergen, Norway in its capacity as security trustee for the Banks (the “ Security Trustee ”).

was originally made on 1 December 2009 and was amended by a supplemental agreement dated 14 February 2011, a second supplemental agreement dated 14 September 2012, a third supplemental agreement dated 27 February 2013 and was amended and restated by the Amendment and Restatement Deed.

WHEREAS:

 

(A) The Bookrunners and the Mandated Lead Arrangers arranged, and the Lenders agreed to make available to the Borrower, a secured term loan facility of up to $19,000,000 for the purpose of providing pre- and post-delivery finance to assist the Borrower in financing the construction and acquisition of the Vessels.

 

(B) Pursuant to the Amendment and Restatement Deed, it was agreed that the Original Loan Agreement should be amended and restated on the basis set out in this Agreement.


IT IS AGREED AS FOLLOWS:

 

1. DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

 

1.1 Definitions

In this Agreement, including the Recitals, the following expressions shall have the following meanings:

Account Pledge ” means a second priority Norwegian law instrument of pledge creating security in respect of the Earnings Accounts dated 30 March 2011 executed by the Borrower as security for the Borrower’s obligations under the Finance Documents;

Advance ” has the meaning given in Clause 2.1;

Agency Fee Letter ” means the fee letter agreement dated 1 December 2009 made between the Agent and the Borrower in respect of the agency fee payable under Clause 15.3;

Amendment and Restatement Deed ” means the deed of amendment and restatement dated April 2013 and made between (1) the Borrower, (2) the Sponsor as original guarantor, (3) the Lenders, (4) the Mandated Lead Arrangers and Bookrunners, (5) the Swap Providers, (6) the Agent and (7) the Security Trustee setting out the terms and conditions upon which (amongst other things) the Lenders consented to the change of ownership of the Borrower and this Agreement was amended and restated;

Amendment Date ” means the date on which the Agent has notified each of the other parties to this Agreement that the conditions precedent in Clause 5.2 of the Amendment and Restatement Deed are satisfied;

Amendment Fee Letter ” means the fee letter agreement dated the same date as the Amendment and Restatement Deed made between the Agent and the Borrower in respect of the amendment fee payable under Clause 15.1;

Applicable Margin ” means 4.50% per annum;

Bank ” means any of the Mandated Lead Arrangers, the Bookrunners, the Lenders, the Swap Providers, the Agent and the Security Trustee;

Banking Day ” means a day (excluding Saturdays and Sundays) on which banks are open in London and Bergen and, in respect of a day on which a payment is required to be made under a Finance Document, also in New York City;

Borrower Shares Security ” means a second priority Norwegian law instrument of pledge creating security in respect of the partnership shares in the Borrower owned by the Limited Partner dated 21 March 2013 and executed by the Limited Partner in favour of the Security Trustee as security for the Borrower’s obligations under the Finance Documents;

 

2


Break Costs ” means the amount (if any) by which:

 

  (a) the interest (excluding the Applicable Margin) which a Lender should have received for the period from the date of receipt of all or any part of the Loan to the last day of the current Interest Period, had the principal amount received been paid on the last day of that Interest Period;

exceeds:

 

  (b) the amount which that Lender would be able to obtain by placing an amount equal to the principal amount received by it on deposit with a leading bank in the London interbank market for a period starting on the Banking Day of receipt or recovery and ending on the last day of the current Interest Period;

Charter ” means, in relation to a Vessel, the bareboat charter in respect of that Vessel dated 14 November 2007 (as amended and novated from time to time) now made between the Borrower and the Charterers pursuant to which the Charterers have agreed to take such Vessel on bareboat charter for a period of 12 years at a net rate of $33,300 per day (exclusive of deductions for brokerage commission);

Charter Assignment ” means, in relation to a Vessel, the second priority assignment of the Charter in respect of that Vessel dated 6 July 2012 and executed by the Borrower in favour of the Security Trustee;

Charter Period ” means, in relation to a Vessel, the period during which that Vessel is in the possession and control of the Charterers (or either of them) under and in accordance with the Charter relating to it (whether or not off hire);

Charter Termination Event ” means, in relation to a Vessel, any of the following events or circumstances:

 

  (a) it becomes impossible or unlawful for any party to the Charter in respect of that Vessel to fulfil any of its obligations thereunder or to exercise any rights vested in it thereby; or

 

  (b) the Charter in respect of that Vessel being breached in any material respect by any party thereto or being terminated or for any reason becoming invalid or unenforceable or otherwise ceases to be in full force and effect; or

 

  (c) the Charter in respect of that Vessel being repudiated in accordance with any applicable law;

Charterers ” means Fronape and Transpetro;

Classification Society ” means, in relation to a Vessel, Det Norske Veritas or such other classification society as may from time to time be approved in writing by the Lenders;

 

3


Contribution ” means, in relation to a Lender, the amount set out opposite its name in Schedule 1 or, as the case may be, in any relevant Transfer Certificate, as reduced by any relevant term of this Agreement, and, as the context may require, means such other amount owing to that Lender at any relevant time, and “ Total Contributions ” means the aggregate of the Contributions of all the Lenders;

Coordination Agreement ” means the coordination agreement dated April 2013 (as amended and supplemented from time to time) and made between (1) the Borrower, (2) the Senior Security Trustee and (3) the Security Trustee setting out the terms on which the Security Documents are subordinated to the Senior Security Documents;

Deed of Covenant ” means,

 

  (a) in relation to Vessel A, the second priority deed of covenants collateral to the Mortgage on that Vessel dated 30 March 2011 and executed by the Borrower in favour of the Security Trustee as security for the Borrower’s obligations under the Finance Documents; and

 

  (b) in relation to Vessel B, the second priority deed of covenants collateral to the Mortgage on that Vessel dated 3 August 2011 and executed by the Borrower in favour of the Security Trustee as security for the Borrower’s obligations under the Finance Documents;

Default Rate ” means the annual rate of interest determined in accordance with Clause 6.3;

Deregistration Document ” has the meaning given to it in Clause 13.3.5;

Designated Transaction ” means a transaction:

 

  (a) which is entered into by the Borrower with a Swap Provider pursuant to a Master Agreement; and

 

  (b) whose purpose is the hedging of all or part of any interest rate risk or foreign exchange risk of the Borrower arising from the funding of the Senior Loan or the Loan (or any part thereof) or any other purpose approved by that Swap Provider; and

 

  (c) which is for a period expiring no later than the last Repayment Date; and

 

  (d) which the Borrower agrees with the relevant Swap Provider is a Designated Transaction;

Dollars ” and “ $ ” means the lawful currency for the time being of the United States of America;

Drawdown Date ” means, in respect of an Advance, the date of drawing of that Tranche as specified in Clause 2.1;

 

4


Dual Registration ” has the meaning given to it in Clause 13.1.1;

Earnings ” means, in relation to a Vessel, all moneys whatsoever (and all claims for such moneys), present and future, which are earned or recoverable by, or become payable to or for the account of, the Borrower at any time during the Security Period arising (whether in contract, tort or otherwise howsoever), directly or indirectly, out of the ownership, use or operation of that Vessel, including (but not limited to) all freight, hire and passage moneys, compensation payable in the event of requisition of that Vessel for hire, remuneration for salvage and towage services, demurrage and detention moneys, contributions in general average, damages for breach (or payments for variation or termination) of any charterparty or other contract for employment of that Vessel, and all moneys (other than in respect of Insurances or Requisition Compensation) arising from a Total Loss, together with the benefit of any guarantee, indemnity or other security which may at any time be given as security for the payment of such moneys;

Earnings Accounts ” means, together, the Dollar denominated earnings account with account number 1250.04.13857, the Euro denominated earnings account with account number 1250.60.20814 and the Norwegian Kroner denominated earnings account with account number 1503.01.88559, each opened by the Borrower with the Agent as required under Clause 9.1;

Encumbrance ” means any mortgage, charge, (whether fixed or floating), pledge, lien, hypothecation, assignment, trust arrangement or security interest or other encumbrance of any kind securing any obligation of any person or having the effect of conferring security or any type of preferential arrangement (including, without limitation, title transfer and/or retention arrangements having a similar effect);

Euro ” and “ ” mean the lawful currency of the participating member states of the European Monetary Union pursuant to Council Regulation (EC) 974/98 of 3 May 1998, as amended from time to time;

Event of Default ” means any of the events listed in Clause 14.1;

Execution Date ” means 1 December 2009;

Factoring Agreement ” means the second priority Norwegian law factoring agreement and collateral declaration of pledge in respect thereof dated 3 December 2009 and executed by the Borrower in favour of the Security Trustee as security for the Borrower’s obligations under the Finance Documents;

Fee Letters ” means the Agency Fee Letter and the Amendment Fee Letter;

Final Maturity Date ” means 3 August 2016 or, if earlier, the date on which the final Repayment Instalment falls due;

Finance Documents ” means this Agreement, the Fee Letters, the Master Agreements, the Security Documents and any other documents designated as such by the Agent and the Borrower;

 

5


Financial Indebtedness ” means any indebtedness in respect of:

 

  (a) moneys borrowed;

 

  (b) any amount raised by acceptance under any acceptance credit facility or dematerialised equivalent;

 

  (c) any amount raised pursuant to any note purchase facility or the issue of bonds, notes, debentures, loan stock or any similar instrument;

 

  (d) the amount of any liability in respect of any lease or hire purchase contract which would, in accordance with GAAP, be treated as a finance or capital lease;

 

  (e) receivables sold or discounted (other than any receivables to the extent they are sold on a non-recourse basis);

 

  (f) any amount raised under any other transaction (including any forward sale or purchase agreement) having the commercial effect of a borrowing;

 

  (g) any derivative transaction entered into in connection with protection against or benefit from fluctuation in any rate or price (and, when calculating the value of any derivative transaction, only the marked to market value shall be taken into account);

 

  (h) any counter-indemnity obligation in respect of a guarantee, indemnity, bond, standby or documentary letter of credit or any other instrument issued by a bank or financial institution; and

 

  (i) the amount of any liability in respect of any guarantee or indemnity for any of the items referred to in paragraphs (a) to (h) above;

Fronape ” means Fronape International Company B.V. a company incorporated under the laws of the Netherlands with registered number 53561767 and having its registered office at Prins Bernhardplein 200, 1097JBM, Amsterdam;

GAAP ” means the Norwegian accounting requirements, practices and regulations as set out in the Norwegian Accounting Act of 17 July 1998 no. 56, and as recommended by the guidelines and standards from time to time issued by Norsk Regnskapsstiftelse, and the regulations and guidelines of the IFRS (all as amended or supplemented from time to time);

General Assignment ” means,

 

  (a) in relation to Vessel A, the second priority assignment of the Insurances, Earnings and Requisition Compensation of that Vessel dated 30 March 2011 and executed by the Borrower in favour of the Security Trustee as security for the Borrower’s obligations under the Finance Documents; and

 

  (b) in relation to Vessel B, the second priority assignment of the Insurances, Earnings and Requisition Compensation of that Vessel dated 3 August 2011 and executed by the Borrower in favour of the Security Trustee as security for the Borrower’s obligations under the Finance Documents;

 

6


General Partner ” means Knutsen Shuttle Tankers XII AS, a company incorporated under the laws of Norway with organisation number 991959556 and having its registered office at Smedasundet 40, 5529 Haugesund, Norway;

General Partner Shares Security ” means a second priority Norwegian law instrument of pledge creating security in respect of the shares in the General Partner dated 27 February 2013 and executed by KNOT Shuttle Tankers as security for the Borrower’s obligations under the Finance Documents;

Group ” means the Parent Guarantor and its subsidiaries for the time being;

Guarantees ” means the KNOT Shuttle Tankers Guarantee and the Parent Guarantee;

IFRS ” means international accounting standards within the meaning of the IAS Regulation 1606/2002 to the extent applicable to the relevant financial statements;

Insurances ” means, in relation to a Vessel, all policies and contracts of insurance (including all entries of that Vessel in a protection and indemnity association and a war risks association) which are from time to time taken out or entered into in respect of that Vessel or her Earnings or otherwise howsoever and all benefits of such policies and contracts, including all claims of whatsoever nature and return of premiums;

Interest Date ” means, in relation to a Tranche or any part thereof (as the case may be), a date upon which interest is due and payable in accordance with Clause 6.1;

Interest Period ” means, in relation to a Tranche or any part thereof (as the case may be), each period determined in accordance with Clause 6.4;

Interest Rate ” means, in relation to a Tranche or any part thereof (as the case may be), the annual rate of interest which is determined by the Agent in accordance with Clause 6.2;

IPO Repayment Date ” means the Banking Day falling no later than 5 Banking Days after the Amendment Date;

ISM Code ” means The International Management Code for the Safe Operation of Ships and for Pollution Prevention as adopted by the International Maritime Organisation as Resolutions A.741(18) and A.913(22) (as amended, supplemented or replaced from time to time);

 

7


ISPS Code ” means The International Ship and Port Facility Security Code as adopted by the International Maritime Organisation (as amended, supplemented or replaced from time to time);

KNOT Shuttle Tankers ” means KNOT Shuttle Tankers AS, a company incorporated under the laws of Norway with organisation number 998 942 829 and having its registered office at Smedasundet 40, 5529 Haugesund, Norway;

KNOT Shuttle Tankers Guarantee ” means the irrevocable and unconditional deed of guarantee and indemnity of the Borrower’s obligations under the Finance Documents executed by KNOT Shuttle Tankers in favour of the Security Trustee as required by the Amendment and Restatement Deed;

Lenders ” means:

 

  (a) any Original Lender; and

 

  (b) any bank, financial institution or other entity which has become a Party in accordance with Clause 21,

which in each case has not ceased to be a Party in accordance with the terms of this Agreement;

Lending Office ” means, in respect of a Lender, the office through which it will perform its obligations under this Agreement being, in the case of an Original Lender, the office set out against its name in Schedule 1 and, in the case of each other Lender, the office specified in the relevant Transfer Certificate by which it becomes a Party (or such other office in respect of any Lender as may be selected by it in accordance with Clause 21.11);

LIBOR ” means, in relation to an Interest Period or any other relevant period:

 

  (a) the applicable Screen Rate; or

 

  (b) (if no Screen Rate is available for that period) the rate quoted to the Agent by leading banks in the London interbank market,

at or about 11.00 a.m. London time on the Quotation Day for the offering of deposits in Dollars and for a period comparable to that period provided that, if any such rate is below zero, LIBOR will be deemed to be zero;

Limited Partner ” means KNOT Shuttle Tankers 12 AS, a company incorporated under the laws of Norway with organisation number 999 328 024 and having its registered office at Smedasundet 40, 5529, Haugesund, Norway;

Limited Partnership Agreement ” means the partnership agreement dated 21 February 2013 (as amended and supplemented from time to time) in respect of the Parent Guarantor limited partnership;

 

8


Liquidity ” mean the aggregate net amount of all cash beneficially owned by the Borrower and which is free from Encumbrances (other than Permitted Encumbrances and any bankers’ ordinary rights of set-off);

Loan ” means the sum of originally up to $19,000,000 advanced by the Lenders to the Borrower under this Agreement and, as the context may require, means the aggregate principal amount of the Advances from time to time outstanding under this Agreement being $18,125,000 as at the date of the Amendment and Restatement Deed

Loan Indebtedness ” means the aggregate of the Loan, all interest accrued on the Loan and all other sums of money whatsoever (other than in respect of the Master Agreement Liabilities) from time to time due or owing actually or contingently to the Banks (or any of them) under or pursuant to the Finance Documents;

Majority Lenders ” means the Lenders the aggregate of whose Contributions at any relevant time exceeds 50% of the Total Contributions at such time;

Market Disruption Event ” has the meaning given to it in Clause 6.6;

Master Agreement ” means, in relation to a Swap Provider, any ISDA Master Agreement (or any other form of master agreement relating to interest or currency exchange transactions) entered or to be entered into by the Borrower with that Swap Provider and includes all Designated Transactions from time to time entered into, and all confirmations from time to time exchanged or deemed exchanged, thereunder;

Master Agreement Liabilities ” means, as at any relevant date, all liabilities of the Borrower to the Swap Providers under or pursuant to the Master Agreements, whether actual or contingent, present or future;

Material Adverse Change ” or “ Material Adverse Effect ” means a material adverse change in or a material adverse effect on:

 

  (a) the financial condition or business of any Obligor;

 

  (b) the ability of any Obligor to perform and comply with its obligations under any Finance Document or Charter;

 

  (c) the validity, legality or enforceability of any Finance Document or Charter; or

 

  (d) the validity, legality or enforceability of any Encumbrance expressed to be created pursuant to any Finance Document or the priority or ranking of that Encumbrance;

Material of Environmental Concern ” means and includes chemicals, pollutants, contaminants, waste, toxic or hazardous substances, oil, petroleum and oil and petroleum products and any other polluting substances, the release, discharge, disposal or emission of which into the environment is regulated, prohibited or penalised by or pursuant to any applicable environmental law;

 

9


MLP General Partner ” means KNOT Offshore Partners GP LLC, a company incorporated under the laws of the Marshall Islands and having its registered office at Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, the Marshall Islands;

Mortgage ” means,

 

  (a) in relation to Vessel A, the second priority Bahamian statutory ship mortgage on that Vessel dated 30 March 2011 and executed by the Borrower in favour of the Security Trustee as security for the Borrower’s obligations under the Finance Documents; and

 

  (b) in relation to Vessel B, the second priority Bahamian statutory ship mortgage on that Vessel dated 3 August 2011 and executed by the Borrower in favour of the Security Trustee as security for the Borrower’s obligations under the Finance Documents;

Norwegian Kroner ” and “ NOK ” means the lawful currency for the time being of Norway;

Obligor ” means any party from time to time to any of the Finance Documents, other than (a) any Bank, (b) the Senior Security Trustee and (c), for the avoidance of doubt, a Charterer;

Original Guarantee ” means the irrevocable and unconditional deed of guarantee and indemnity dated 14 September 2012 executed by the Sponsor in favour of the Security Trustee which shall be released by the Security Trustee subject to the terms of the Amendment and Restatement Deed;

Original Loan Agreement ” means this Agreement as originally executed on 1 December 2009 as amended by a supplemental agreement dated 14 February 2011, a second supplemental agreement dated 14 September 2012 and a third supplemental agreement dated 27 February 2013;

Outstanding Indebtedness ” means the aggregate of the Loan Indebtedness and the Master Agreement Liabilities;

Parent Guarantee ” means the irrevocable and unconditional deed of guarantee and indemnity of the Borrower’s obligations under the Finance Documents executed by the Parent Guarantor in favour of the Security Trustee as required by the Amendment and Restatement Deed;

Parent Guarantor ” means KNOT Offshore Partners LP, a limited partnership organised under the laws of the Marshall Islands and having its registered office at Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, the Marshall Islands and its principal executive office at 2 Queen’s Cross, Aberdeen, Aberdeenshire AB15 4YB, United Kingdom;

Partners ” means the General Partner and the Limited Partner;

 

10


Party ” means a party to this Agreement;

Permitted Encumbrance ” means:

 

  (a) any Encumbrance created by or pursuant to the Finance Documents;

 

  (b) any Encumbrance created by or pursuant to the Senior Security Documents (provided that the Coordination Agreement has been executed by all of the parties thereto);

 

  (c) liens on a Vessel for crew’s wages or salvage and possessory liens on a Vessel for work carried out on that Vessel which has been approved by the Agent;

 

  (d) any other lien on a Vessel arising in the ordinary course of trading by statute or by operation of law in respect of obligations which are not more than 14 days overdue or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings (and for the payment of which adequate reserves have been provided) so long as any such proceedings or the continued existence of such lien do not involve any likelihood of the sale, forfeiture or loss of, or of any interest in, that Vessel;

Potential Event of Default ” means any event or circumstance specified in Clause 14 which would (with the expiry of a grace period, the giving of notice, the making of any determination under the Finance Documents or any combination of any of the foregoing) be an Event of Default;

Quiet Enjoyment Letter ” means, in relation to a Vessel, the quiet enjoyment letter relating thereto dated 17 September 2012 and issued by the Security Trustee in favour of the Charterers as referred to in Clause 11 of the relevant Charter;

Quotation Day ” means, in relation to any period for which an interest rate is to be determined, the day falling 2 Banking Days before the first day of that period;

Repayment Date ” means, in relation to a Tranche, each of the Banking Days upon which a Repayment Instalment is due and payable in accordance with Clause 4.1;

Repayment Instalment ” means, in relation to a Tranche, each of the instalments of that Tranche becoming due on a Repayment Date in accordance with Clause 4.1;

Requisition Compensation ” means, in relation to a Vessel, all moneys or other compensation payable during the Security Period by reason of requisition for title or other compulsory acquisition of that Vessel otherwise than by requisition for hire;

Screen Rate ” means, in respect of LIBOR for any period, the British Bankers’ Association Interest Settlement Rate for Dollars for the relevant period, displayed on the appropriate page of the Reuters screen. If the agreed page is replaced or service ceases to be available, the Agent may specify another page or service displaying the appropriate rate after consultation with the Borrower;

 

11


Security Documents ” means the Original Guarantee (until released under the Amendment and Restatement Deed), the Guarantee, the Charter Assignments, the Borrower Shares Security, the General Partner Shares Security, the Mortgages, the Deeds of Covenant, the General Assignments, the Factoring Agreement, the Account Pledge and any and every other document from time to time executed to secure, or to establish a subordination or priorities arrangement in relation to, all or any of the obligations of any person to the Banks (or any of them) under this Agreement, the Master Agreements or any other Finance Document;

Security Period ” means the period from the Execution Date until the discharge of the security created by the Security Documents by final and irrevocable repayment or payment in full of the Outstanding Indebtedness;

Senior Agent ” means DNB Bank ASA acting in its capacity as agent under and in relation to the Senior Loan Agreement;

Senior Finance Documents ” means the Senior Loan Agreement, the Senior Loan Original Guarantees, the Senior Loan Guarantees and the Senior Security Documents;

Senior Lenders ” means DNB Bank ASA, Nordea Bank Norge ASA, The Export Import Bank of China, Crédit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank and Sumitomo Mitsui Banking Corporation Europe Limited;

Senior Loan ” means the principal amount from time to time drawn and outstanding under the Senior Loan Agreement;

Senior Loan Agreement ” means the loan facility agreement dated 1 December 2009 (as amended and supplemented from time to time) made between, amongst others, (1) the Borrower, (2) the Senior Lenders, (3) the Senior Agent and (4) the Senior Security Trustee setting out the terms and conditions on which the Senior Loan Facility is to be made available to the Borrower;

Senior Loan Facility ” means the loan facility in the amount of up to $160,000,000 to be made available to the Borrower by the Senior Lenders under the Senior Loan Agreement;

Senior Loan Guarantees ” means:

 

  (a) the irrevocable and unconditional deed of guarantee and indemnity dated 1 December 2009 executed by TSSI in favour of the Security Trustee; and

 

  (b) the irrevocable and unconditional deed of guarantee and indemnity dated 30 January 2012 executed by the Sponsor in favour of the Security Trustee,

both of which shall be released on or around the date of the release of the Original Guarantee;

Senior Parent Guarantee ” means the irrevocable and unconditional deed of guarantee and indemnity of the Borrower’s obligations under the Senior Finance Documents executed by the Parent Guarantor in favour of the Senior Security Trustee as required by the Senior Loan Agreement;

 

12


Senior Security Documents ” means the following documents executed in favour of the Senior Security Trustee as security for repayment of the Senior Loan and payment of all other amounts from time to time due under the Senior Loan Agreement:

 

  (a) in relation to each Vessel, a first priority mortgage (and, if relevant, deed of covenants) on that Vessel executed by the Borrower;

 

  (b) in relation to each Vessel, a first priority assignment of the Insurances and Requisition Compensation of that Vessel executed by the Borrower;

 

  (c) in relation to each Vessel, a first priority assignment of the Charter in respect of that Vessel executed by the Borrower;

 

  (d) a first priority Norwegian law instrument of pledge creating security in respect of the Earnings Account executed by the Borrower;

 

  (e) a first priority Norwegian law factoring agreement and collateral declaration of pledge in respect thereof executed by the Borrower;

 

  (f) a first priority Norwegian law instrument of pledge creating security in respect of the partnership shares in the Borrower owned by the Limited Partner executed by the Limited Partner; and

 

  (g) a first priority Norwegian law instrument of pledge creating security in respect of the shares in the General Partner executed by KNOT Shuttle Tankers;

Senior Security Trustee ” means DNB Bank ASA acting in its capacity as security trustee under and in relation to the Senior Loan Agreement;

Service Bank ” means the Agent or the Security Trustee;

Sponsor ” means Knutsen NYK Offshore Tankers AS, a company incorporated under the laws of Norway with organisation number 995 221 713 and having its registered office at Smedasundet 40, 5529 Haugesund, Norway;

Total Loss ” means, in relation to a Vessel, (a) actual, constructive, compromised, agreed or arranged total loss of that Vessel; or (b) requisition for title or other compulsory acquisition of that Vessel, otherwise than by requisition for hire; or (c) capture, seizure, arrest, detention or confiscation of that Vessel by any government or by any persons acting or purporting to act on behalf of any government, unless the Vessel be released and restored to its owner within 30 days thereafter;

Total Loss Date ” means, in relation to a Vessel, the date upon which a Total Loss of that Vessel shall be deemed to have occurred, being:

 

  (a) if it consists of an actual loss, at noon London time on the actual date of loss or, if that is not known, on the date when the Vessel was last heard of;

 

13


  (b) if it consists of a requisitioning for title, at noon London time on the date on which the requisition is expressed to take effect by the person requisitioning the Vessel; and

 

  (c) if it consists of a constructive or compromised or arranged or agreed Total Loss, at noon London time on the earliest of:

 

  (i) the date on which notice of abandonment of the Vessel is given to its insurers;

 

  (ii) if her insurers do not admit the claim for Total Loss, the actual date of loss or alleged loss; and

 

  (iii) the date of any compromise, arrangement or agreement entered into by or on behalf of the Borrower with the Vessel’s insurers in respect of the Total Loss;

Tranches ” means:

 

  (a) the amount of $9,500,000 advanced by the Lenders to the Borrower in respect of the construction and acquisition of Vessel A and, as the context may require, means the principal amount from time to time drawn in respect of Vessel A and outstanding under this Agreement, being $8,950,000 as at the date of the Amendment and Restatement Deed (“ Tranche A ”);

 

  (b) the amount of $9,500,000 advanced by the Lenders to the Borrower in respect of the construction and acquisition of Vessel B and, as the context may require, means the principal amount from time to time drawn in respect of Vessel B and outstanding under this Agreement, being $9,175,000 as at the date of the Amendment and Restatement Deed (“ Tranche B ”);

Transaction Documents ” means the Charters and the Limited Partnership Agreement;

Transfer Certificate ” means a transfer certificate in the form set out in Schedule 5 with any modifications or amendments approved or required by the Agent;

Transpetro ” means Petrobras Transporte S.A., a company incorporated under the laws of Brazil and having its principal place of business at Av. Presidente Vargas 328, 20091-060 Rio de Janeiro - RJ, Brazil;

Trust Property ” has the meaning given in Clause 17.1;

TSSI ” means TS Shipping Invest AS, a company incorporated under the laws of Norway with organisation number 975 883 914 and having its registered office at Smedasundet 40, 5529 Haugesund, Norway;

 

14


Vessels ” means:

 

  (c) the 105,000 dwt shuttle tanker named “FORTALEZA KNUTSEN” registered in the ownership of the Borrower under the laws and flag of the Bahamas at the port of Nassau with official number 8001830 and IMO number 9499876 (“ Vessel A ”);

 

  (d) the 105,000 dwt shuttle tanker named “RECIFE KNUTSEN” registered in the ownership of the Borrower under the laws and flag of the Bahamas at the port of Nassau with official number 8001832 and IMO number 9499888 (“ Vessel B ”);

(but, unless the context otherwise requires, shall not include either such vessel which has been sold or become a Total Loss); and

Working Capital ” means, at the date of calculation, the current assets less current liabilities of the Borrower on the basis of GAAP (but excluding from the current liabilities instalments on long-term debt and capital lease payments falling within 6 months after the date of calculation).

 

1.2 Construction of certain expressions

The following expressions shall be construed in the following manner:

affiliate ” means, in relation to any person, a subsidiary of that person or a holding company of that person or any other subsidiary of that holding company;

certified copy ” means, in respect of any document, a copy thereof certified as a true and complete and up to date copy of the original by a director or the secretary of the Borrower or other relevant Obligor or by its lawyers or by another person acceptable to the Agent;

environmental law ” means all national and international laws, ordinances, rules, regulations, rules of common law, conventions and agreements pertaining to pollution or protection of human health or the environment;

person ” includes a corporate entity and any body of persons (including a partnership) whether corporate or unincorporate;

subsidiary ” and “ holding company ” have the meanings given to them by 1159 of the Companies Act 2006;

taxes ” includes all present and future income, corporation and value-added taxes and all stamp and other taxes, duties, levies, imposts, deductions, charges and withholdings whatsoever, together with interest thereon and penalties with respect thereto, if any, and any payments of principal, interest, charges, fees or other amounts made on or in respect thereof, and references to “ tax ” and “ taxation ” shall be construed accordingly.

 

15


1.3 General interpretation

In this Agreement:

 

  1.3.1 unless the context otherwise requires, words in the singular include the plural and vice versa;

 

  1.3.2 references to any document include the same as varied, supplemented or replaced from time to time;

 

  1.3.3 references to any enactment include re-enactments, amendments and extensions thereof;

 

  1.3.4 references to any person include that person’s successors and permitted assigns;

 

  1.3.5 clause headings are for convenience of reference only and are not to be taken into account in construction;

 

  1.3.6 unless otherwise specified, references to Clauses, Recitals and Schedules are respectively to Clauses of and Recitals and Schedules to this Agreement;

 

  1.3.7 references to a period of one or more “ months ” shall mean a period beginning in one calendar month and ending in the relevant calendar month on the day numerically corresponding to the day of the calendar month in which such period started, provided that (a) if such period started on the last day in a calendar month, or if there is no such numerically corresponding day, such period shall end on the last Banking Day in the relevant calendar month and (b) if such numerically corresponding day is not a Banking Day, such period shall end on the next following Banking Day in the same calendar month, or if there is no such Banking Day, such period shall end on the preceding Banking Day (and “ month ” and “ monthly ” shall be construed accordingly).

 

1.4 Third party rights

A person who is not a Party may not enforce, or otherwise have the benefit of, any provision of this Agreement under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999.

 

16


2. THE LOAN

 

2.1 Agreement to advance and purpose

Under the terms of the Original Loan Agreement, the Lenders agreed to make Tranche A available to the Borrower in up to 2 separate drawings and to make Tranche B available to the Borrower in up to 2 separate drawings (each such drawing of a Tranche being an “ Advance ”). Each Advance was made available by the Lenders to the Borrower in the amounts and on the dates set out below:

 

Tranche A
Advance    Amount      Drawdown Date

First Advance

   $ 3,000,000       10.02.2010

Second Advance

   $ 6,500,000       03.08.2011

 

Tranche B
Advance    Amount      Drawdown Date

First Advance

   $ 3,000,000       01.02.2010

Second Advance

   $ 6,500,000       18.03.2011

As at the date of the Amendment and Restatement Deed, an amount of $18,125,000 was outstanding. No further amounts shall be advanced to the Borrower by the Lenders under this Agreement.

 

2.2 [Intentionally omitted]

 

2.3 [Intentionally omitted]

 

2.4 [Intentionally omitted]

 

2.5 Obligations of Banks several

The obligations of each Bank under this Agreement and the other Finance Documents are several and, accordingly:

 

  2.5.1 no Bank shall be liable for the failure of any other Bank to perform its obligations under this Agreement or any of the other Finance Documents; and

 

  2.5.2 the failure of a Bank to perform any of its obligations under this Agreement or any of the other Finance Documents shall not relieve any other Bank or any Obligor from any of their respective obligations hereunder or thereunder.

 

2.6 Rights of Banks several

The rights and interests of each Bank under this Agreement and the other Finance Documents are several and, accordingly, notwithstanding any provision to the contrary herein or therein:

 

  2.6.1 the aggregate of the amounts outstanding at any time under this Agreement and the other Finance Documents to each Bank shall be due as a separate and independent debt; and

 

  2.6.2 each Bank shall have the right to sue for any amount due and payable to it from the Borrower or any other Obligor under this Agreement or any of the other Finance Documents and it shall not be necessary for any other Bank to be joined as an additional party in any proceedings to that end.

 

17


2.7 Restrictions on other proceedings by individual Banks

Except as provided in Clause 2.6, no Bank shall, except with the prior written consent of the Majority Lenders, bring any proceedings against the Borrower or any other Obligor in respect of any other claim (whether in contract, tort or otherwise) which that Bank may have under or in connection with this Agreement or any of the other Finance Documents. For the avoidance of doubt, this Clause 2.7 applies to any proceedings against the Borrower or any other Obligor to enforce any Encumbrance created in favour of the Security Trustee by any Security Document.

 

3. DRAWDOWN

 

3.1 Notice of Drawdown

The Borrower drew each Advance in the amounts and on the Drawdown Dates specified in Clause 2.1.

 

3.2 [Intentionally omitted]

 

3.3 [Intentionally omitted]

 

3.4 [Intentionally omitted]

 

3.5 [Intentionally omitted]

 

3.6 [Intentionally omitted]

 

4. REPAYMENT

 

4.1 Repayment by instalments and Repayment Dates

Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, the Borrower shall repay the Loan in instalments as follows

 

  4.1.1 the Borrower shall repay the remaining outstanding balance of Tranche A in the amount of $4,512,500 on the IPO Repayment Date and as to the remainder in the following amounts on the following dates:

 

Repayment Date    Amount  

28 June 2013

   $ 212,500   

30 September 2013

   $ 212,500   

30 December 2013

   $ 212,500   

28 March 2014

   $ 212,500   

30 June 2014

   $ 325,000   

30 September 2014

   $ 325,000   

30 December 2014

   $ 325,000   

30 March 2015

   $ 325,000   

30 June 2015

   $ 450,000   

30 September 2015

   $ 450,000   

30 December 2015

   $ 450,000   

30 March 2016

   $ 937,500   

 

18


  4.1.2 the Borrower shall repay the remaining outstanding balance of Tranche B in the amount of $4,512,500 on the IPO Repayment Date and as to the remainder in the following amounts on the following dates:

 

Repayment Date    Amount  

3 May 2013

   $ 112,500   

5 August 2013

   $ 112,500   

4 November 2013

   $ 212,500   

3 February 2014

   $ 212,500   

5 May 2014

   $ 212,500   

4 August 2014

   $ 212,500   

3 November 2014

   $ 325,000   

3 February 2015

   $ 325,000   

4 May 2015

   $ 325,000   

3 August 2015

   $ 325,000   

3 November 2015

   $ 450,000   

3 February 2016

   $ 450,000   

3 May 2016

   $ 450,000   

3 August 2016

   $ 937,500   

 

4.2 [Intentionally omitted]

 

4.3 Final repayment

On the Final Maturity Date the Borrower shall additionally pay to the Agent all sums which are then accrued or owing to any Bank under any Finance Document.

 

19


5. PREPAYMENT AND CANCELLATION

 

5.1 Voluntary prepayment

The Borrower shall have the right to prepay any Tranche, in whole or in part, on any Banking Day subject to the following conditions:

 

  5.1.1 any prepayment of part of a Tranche must be in a minimum amount or an integral multiple of $1,000,000; and

 

  5.1.2 the Agent must receive not less than 21 days’ notice specifying the amount to be prepaid and the date on which the prepayment is to be made.

The Agent shall promptly notify the Lenders of any notice which is received from the Borrower under this Clause 5.1.

 

5.2 Mandatory prepayment and cancellation upon illegality

If it becomes unlawful in any applicable jurisdiction for a Lender to perform any of its obligations as contemplated by this Agreement or to fund or maintain its Contributions:

 

  5.2.1 that Lender shall promptly notify the Agent upon becoming aware of that event and the Agent shall immediately notify the Borrower thereof; and

 

  5.2.2 the Borrower shall repay that Lender’s Contribution in respect of each Tranche on the next Interest Date for that Tranche falling after the date of the Agent’s notice to the Borrower or, if earlier, the date specified by the Lender in its notice to the Agent (being no earlier than the last day of any applicable grace period permitted by law).

 

5.3 Other mandatory prepayment and cancellation events

If any of the following events occurs, the Borrower shall prepay the Loan (or relevant part thereof) as follows:

 

  5.3.1 if a Vessel is sold the Borrower shall simultaneously with the completion of such sale prepay the whole of that Tranche;

 

  5.3.2 if a Vessel becomes a Total Loss, the Borrower shall prepay the whole of the Tranche relating to that Vessel on the date which is the earlier of (a) the date falling 90 days after the Total Loss Date and (b) the date upon which the insurance proceeds or Requisition Compensation in respect of the relevant Vessel are received by the Security Trustee pursuant to the relevant Security Documents unless that Vessel was not insured at the time of the Total Loss in accordance with the Finance Documents or an insurer has refused to meet or has disputed the claim for the Total Loss, in which case the Borrower shall prepay the whole of the relevant Tranche within 10 Banking Days of its receipt of a demand from the Agent for prepayment of that amount; and

 

  5.3.3 if a Charter Termination Event occurs in respect of a Vessel the Borrower shall prepay the whole of that Tranche within 90 days of its receipt of a demand from the Agent for prepayment of that amount.

 

20


5.4 Conditions of prepayment and cancellation

The following shall apply to any prepayment under this Agreement:

 

  5.4.1 each prepayment must be made together with the accrued interest on the amount prepaid and all other sums payable in respect thereof under the provisions of this Agreement and, in the case of prepayment of the whole of the Loan, shall be accompanied by payment of all other Outstanding Indebtedness;

 

  5.4.2 unless otherwise specifically stated herein, any partial prepayment of the Loan made hereunder shall be applied as follows:

 

  (a) any partial prepayment of a Tranche made pursuant to Clause 5.1 shall be applied towards the discharge of the remaining Repayment Instalments of that Tranche in inverse order of maturity; and

 

  (b) any partial prepayment of the Loan made pursuant to Clause 5.2 or any other relevant provision of this Agreement shall be paid to the relevant Lender or Lenders and all of the remaining Repayment Instalments shall be reduced pro rata accordingly;

 

  5.4.3 any notice of prepayment or cancellation given by the Borrower shall be given in writing, shall be effective on receipt by the Agent and shall be irrevocable once given and, in the case of a notice of prepayment, the Borrower shall be bound to make the relevant prepayment in accordance with it;

 

  5.4.4 except as specifically provided in this Agreement, in the absence of an Event of Default and demand for repayment by the Agent, the Lenders shall not be obliged to accept any other prepayment of the whole or any part of the Loan;

 

  5.4.5 any part of the Loan which is repaid or prepaid by the Borrower may not be redrawn; and

 

  5.4.6 any prepayment made on a day other than the last day of an Interest Period applicable to the whole amount prepaid shall be made together with any Break Costs.

 

5.5 Unwinding of Designated Transactions

On or prior to any prepayment or repayment of all or any part of the Senior Loan or the Loan under any relevant provision of the Senior Loan Agreement or this Agreement, the Borrower shall wholly or partially reverse, offset, unwind or otherwise terminate one or more of the continuing Designated Transactions so that the notional principal amount of the continuing Designated Transactions thereafter remaining does not and will not in the future (taking into account scheduled amortisation) exceed the aggregate amount of the Senior Loan and the Loan.

 

21


6. INTEREST

 

6.1 Payment of interest

Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, the Borrower shall pay interest on each Tranche or any part thereof (as the case may be) at the Interest Rate applicable thereto in arrears on the last day of each Interest Period, except in the case of an Interest Period longer than 3 months where interest shall be paid every 3 months during that Interest Period and on the last day of that Interest Period.

 

6.2 Interest Rate

Subject to Clause 6.3, the Interest Rate applicable in respect of a Tranche for each Interest Period relating to that Tranche will be the annual rate of interest determined by the Agent to be the aggregate of:

 

  6.2.1 the Applicable Margin; and

 

  6.2.2 LIBOR (or, if a Market Disruption Event has occurred, the rate determined in accordance with the substitute basis agreed by the Parties under Clause 6.6 or, if no substitute basis has been agreed under such Clause, the rate notified by the Agent to be that which expresses as a percentage rate per annum the aggregate cost to the Lenders of funding their Contributions from whatever sources they may each reasonably select).

 

6.3 Default Rate

If the Borrower fails to pay any amount payable by it under a Finance Document on its due date, interest shall accrue on the overdue amount from the due date up to the date of actual payment (both before and after judgment) at a rate which is 2% higher than the rate which would have been payable if the overdue amount had, during the period of non-payment, constituted the Loan for successive Interest Periods, each of a duration selected by the Agent (acting reasonably). Any interest accruing under this Clause 6.3 shall be immediately payable by the Borrower on demand by the Agent. If unpaid, any such interest will be compounded with the overdue amount at the end of each Interest Period applicable to that overdue amount but will remain immediately due and payable.

 

6.4 Borrower’s selection of Interest Periods

Subject to Clauses 6.4.1 to 6.4.6 and the other provisions of this Agreement, the Borrower may, by giving notice in writing to the Agent not later than 10.00 a.m. London time 3 Banking Days before the first day of each Interest Period, select the duration of that Interest Period (being a period of 3 or 6 months or such other period for which a Screen Rate is published as the Borrower may select and the Lenders may agree).

The following shall apply in determining the duration of an Interest Period in respect of a Tranche:

 

  6.4.1 except as provided in this Clause 6.4, the Borrower may select the duration of an Interest Period only in relation to the whole of the Tranche to which it relates;

 

22


  6.4.2 each Interest Period in respect of a Tranche shall commence on the last day of the immediately preceding Interest Period for that Tranche;

 

  6.4.3 the Borrower shall make each selection under this Clause 6.4 (and in the case of the duration of the Interest Period being determined in accordance with Clause 6.4.4 below shall be deemed to have selected the period so determined) in such manner as to ensure that, in the event that any Repayment Date in respect of the relevant Tranche falls within the Interest Period so selected, a separate Interest Period is selected in respect of the part of the Tranche due to be repaid under Clause 4.1 on such Repayment Date, the expiry of which period coincides with the relevant Repayment Date (and for this purpose alone the Borrower shall be entitled to select Interest Periods of different lengths in relation to a Tranche);

 

  6.4.4 in the absence of any such selection by the Borrower of the duration of an Interest Period, or if the Agent shall certify to the Borrower that the funds requested are not available for an Interest Period of the duration selected by the Borrower, the duration of that Interest Period shall (subject as provided in this Clause 6.4) be 3 months or such other period as the Lender may specify;

 

  6.4.5 if an Interest Period would otherwise end on a day which is not a Banking Day, that Interest Period will instead end on the next Banking Day in that calendar month (if there is one) or the preceding Banking Day (if there is not); and

 

  6.4.6 no Interest Period in respect of a Tranche shall extend beyond the final Repayment Date of that Tranche.

 

6.5 Agent’s notification

The Agent shall promptly notify the Borrower and the Lenders of each determination under this Agreement of (a) the duration of an Interest Period and/or (b) a rate of interest.

 

6.6 Market disruption

In this Agreement a “ Market Disruption Event ” shall occur if:

 

  6.6.1 at or about noon on the Quotation Day for the relevant Interest Period the Screen Rate is not available and the Agent is unable to supply a rate to determine LIBOR for the relevant Interest Period; or

 

  6.6.2 before close of business in London on the Quotation Day for the relevant Interest Period, the Agent receives notification from a Lender or Lenders whose Contributions exceed 50% of the Total Contributions that the cost to it or them of obtaining matching deposits in the London interbank market for that Interest Period would be in excess of LIBOR.

 

23


If a Market Disruption Event occurs and the Agent or the Borrower so requires, the Agent and the Borrower shall enter into negotiations (for a period of not more than 30 days) with a view to agreeing a substitute basis for determining the rate of interest for the Loan. Any substitute basis so agreed shall, with the prior consent of the Borrower and all the Lenders, be binding on all of the Parties. In the absence of such agreement, the Interest Rate for the Loan shall be determined in accordance with Clause 6.2 provided that the Borrower shall have the right, upon giving 5 Banking Days notice to the Agent, to prepay the whole of the Loan.

 

7. PAYMENTS

 

7.1 Place, time and manner of payment

Unless otherwise specified by the Agent, all moneys to be paid by the Lenders to the Agent or by the Borrower to any Bank under this Agreement, the Fee Letters and the Security Documents shall be paid to the Agent in Dollars by not later than 10.00 a.m. (London time) on the due date and in same day funds to such account as the Agent may from time to time notify the Borrower. The Borrower waives any right it may have in any jurisdiction to pay any amount under the Finance Documents in a currency or currency unit other than that in which it is expressed to be payable.

 

7.2 Order of application

Except as otherwise specifically provided in this Agreement or in any other of the Finance Documents (and subject always to the Coordination Agreement), all moneys received or recovered by any Bank under the Security Documents will, after discharging the cost (if any) incurred in collecting such moneys, be applied as follows:

 

  7.2.1 first, in or towards payment of any Loan Indebtedness which is then due and payable, whether by reason of payment demanded or otherwise, pro rata between the relevant Banks in such order of application as the Agent may, with the Majority Lenders’ approval, think fit;

 

  7.2.2 secondly, in or towards payment of any Master Agreement Liabilities due but unpaid under the Master Agreements, pro rata between the Swap Providers;

 

  7.2.3 thirdly, at the Agent’s discretion, in retention on a suspense account of such amount as the Agent may consider appropriate to secure the discharge of any part of the Outstanding Indebtedness not then due and payable, and, upon the same becoming due and payable, in or towards the discharge thereof in accordance with the foregoing provisions of this Clause 7.2;

 

  7.2.4 lastly, the surplus (if any) shall be paid to the Borrower or whomsoever else shall be entitled thereto.

The provisions of this Clause 7.2 will override any appropriation made by the Borrower.

 

24


7.3 Availability of funds conditional upon receipt by Agent

The Agent shall not be obliged to make available to any other Party any amount which it is due to receive for the account of that Party unless it is satisfied that it has unconditionally received the funds concerned.

 

7.4 Refunds by Borrower

Without prejudice to Clause 7.3, if the Agent makes an amount available to the Borrower which has not (but should have) been made unconditionally available to the Agent by a Lender, the Borrower shall on demand refund such amount to the Agent.

 

7.5 Refunds by Banks

Without prejudice to Clause 7.3, if the Agent makes an amount available to a Bank which has not (but should have) been paid to the Agent by the Borrower, such Bank shall:

 

  7.5.1 on demand refund such amount to the Agent; and

 

  7.5.2 pay to the Agent on demand such further amount (as conclusively certified by the Agent) as shall indemnify the Agent against any cost, loss, liability or expense suffered or incurred by the Agent as a result of its having made available such amount to that Bank before receiving it from the Borrower.

 

7.6 Non-Banking Days

Any payment which is due to be made on a day that is not a Banking Day shall be made on the next Banking Day in the same calendar month (if there is one) or the preceding Banking Day (if there is not).

 

7.7 Accrual of interest and periodic payments

All payments of interest and other payments of an annual or periodic nature to be made by the Borrower shall accrue from day to day and be calculated on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed and a 360 day year.

 

8. NO SET-OFF, COUNTERCLAIM OR TAX DEDUCTION

 

8.1 No set-off or counterclaim

All payments to be made by the Borrower under this Agreement and the other Finance Documents shall be made without set-off or counterclaim free and clear of, and without deduction for or on account of, any present or future taxes, unless the Borrower is compelled by law to make payment subject to any such tax.

 

25


8.2 Gross up

If the Borrower is compelled by law to make any tax deduction from any payment due under any of the Finance Documents, the Borrower will:

 

  8.2.1 promptly notify the Agent upon becoming aware of such requirement;

 

  8.2.2 pay the tax deducted to the appropriate taxation authority promptly, and in any event before any fine or penalty arises;

 

  8.2.3 pay the Bank to which such payment is made such additional amount as is necessary to ensure that such Bank receives a net amount equal to the full amount which it would have received had such tax deduction not been required to be made; and

 

  8.2.4 as soon as reasonably practicable after making the relevant tax deduction, deliver to the Agent a copy of the receipt from the relevant taxation authority evidencing that the tax had been paid to such authority.

 

8.3 Tax credit

If, following any such tax deduction as is referred to in Clause 8.1 from any payment by the Borrower, the recipient of that payment shall receive or be granted a credit against or remission for any taxes payable by it, such recipient shall, subject to the Borrower having made any increased payment in accordance with Clause 8.2.3 and to the extent that such recipient can do so without prejudicing the retention of the amount of such credit or remission and without prejudice to the right of such recipient to obtain any other relief or allowance which may be available to it, reimburse the Borrower with such amount as such recipient shall in its absolute discretion certify to be the proportion of such credit or remission as will leave it (after such reimbursement) in no worse position than it would have been in had there been no such deduction or withholding from the payment to such recipient as aforesaid. Such reimbursement shall be made forthwith upon the recipient certifying that the amount of such credit or remission has been received by it. Nothing contained in this Agreement shall oblige any Bank to rearrange its tax affairs or to disclose any information regarding its tax affairs and computations. Without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, the Borrower shall not by virtue of this Clause 8.3 be entitled to enquire about the tax affairs of any Bank.

 

8.4 Double tax treaties

Where the Borrower is or may be obliged to withhold tax from any payment to a Bank under the Finance Documents and its obligation to withhold such tax may be eliminated or reduced under any applicable double taxation agreement or treaty, the relevant Bank will promptly comply with all appropriate formalities required to be performed by it under such double taxation agreement or treaty (save as may depend on action being taken by a third party which has not been taken) so that it can receive payments from the Borrower under the Finance Documents without deduction of such tax or with deduction at the reduced level permitted by such double taxation agreement or treaty.

 

26


9. EARNINGS

 

9.1 Earnings Account

The Borrower has established and undertakes to maintain with the Senior Agent (free of Encumbrances and rights of set off other than Permitted Encumbrances) (i) a Dollar denominated earnings account, (ii) a Euro denominated earnings account and (iii) a Norwegian Kroner denominated earnings account for the purpose of collecting the Earnings of the Vessels.

 

9.2 Payment of Earnings

The Borrower undertakes to procure that throughout the Security Period, unless and until the Agent shall otherwise direct in accordance with Clause 9.3.2, all Earnings due to the Borrower in respect of a Vessel shall be paid and credited to the applicable Earnings Account.

 

9.3 Withdrawals; appropriation

Any amounts from time to time credited to the Earnings Accounts may be withdrawn by the Borrower without restriction unless and until an Event of Default has occurred in which case (subject always to the Coordination Agreement):

 

  9.3.1 the Borrower shall not be entitled to make any further withdrawal without the prior consent of the Majority Lenders; and

 

  9.3.2 the Agent shall forthwith become entitled to direct that the Earnings be paid to such place and account as the Agent may think fit, and following such Event of Default (without prejudice to the Banks’ rights under Clause 14.1.14) at any time and, without notice to the Borrower, to appropriate all or any of the moneys standing to the credit of the Earnings Accounts and any Earnings which may thereafter be received by the Security Trustee or Agent and apply the same in or towards the discharge of the Outstanding Indebtedness in accordance with Clause 7.2.

 

9.4 Continuing obligations of Borrower

Nothing in this Clause 9 or in the Account Pledge, whether express or implied, shall relieve the Borrower of its absolute and unconditional obligation to repay the Loan, to pay interest thereon and to pay all other sums from time to time due, owing or payable hereunder and under any of the other Finance Documents.

 

10. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

10.1 Date of representations and warranties

The Borrower represents and warrants that the following matters are true at the date of the Amendment and Restatement Deed.

 

27


10.2 Existence, powers, compliance and solvency

The Borrower:

 

  10.2.1 is a limited liability partnership which is duly established, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of Norway;

 

  10.2.2 has full power to own its property and assets and to carry on its business as it is now being conducted;

 

  10.2.3 has complied with all statutory and other requirements relative to its business;

 

  10.2.4 is solvent and not in liquidation or administration or subject to any other insolvency procedure, and no receiver, administrative receiver, administrator, liquidator, trustee or analogous officer has been appointed in respect of it or all or any part of its assets.

 

10.3 Capacity and authorisation

The entry into and performance by the Borrower of this Agreement and the other Finance Documents and the Charters to which it is (or is to become) a party are within the corporate powers of the Borrower and have been duly authorised by all necessary corporate actions and approvals. In entering into this Agreement and the other relevant Finance Documents and Charters the Borrower is acting on its own account and not as agent or nominee of any person.

 

10.4 No contravention of laws or contractual restrictions

The entry into and performance by the Borrower of this Agreement and the other Finance Documents and the Charters to which it is (or is to become) a party do not and will not:

 

  10.4.1 contravene in any respect the constitutional documents of the Borrower or any law, regulation or contractual restriction which does, or may, bind the Borrower or any of its assets; or

 

  10.4.2 result in the creation or imposition of any Encumbrance (other than a Permitted Encumbrance) on any of its assets in favour of any party.

 

10.5 Licences and approvals in force

All licences, authorisations, approvals and consents necessary for the entry into, performance, validity, enforceability or admissibility in evidence of this Agreement, the other Finance Documents and the Charters have been obtained and are in full force and effect and there has been no breach of any condition or restriction imposed in this respect.

 

28


10.6 Validity and enforceability

When duly executed and delivered, and where applicable registered, each of the Finance Documents will constitute the legal, valid and binding obligations of each Obligor which is a party thereto enforceable against such Obligor in accordance with its terms, except insofar as enforcement may be limited by any applicable laws relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, administration and similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally.

 

10.7 Status of Transaction Documents

The copies of the Transaction Documents delivered to the Agent are true and complete copies. The Transaction Documents constitute legal, valid, binding and enforceable obligations of the parties thereto in accordance with their respective terms. No material amendments or additions to the Transaction Documents have been agreed nor has any party thereto waived any of its respective rights under any of the Transaction Documents.

 

10.8 No litigation current or pending

No litigation, arbitration, tax claim or administrative proceeding is current or pending or (to the knowledge of the Borrower) threatened, which, if adversely determined, would have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

10.9 No default

 

  10.9.1 No Event of Default or Potential Event of Default is continuing or might reasonably be expected to result from the advance of all or any part of the Loan.

 

  10.9.2 The Borrower is not in default under any other agreement where such default would or might have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

10.10 Governing law and enforcement

The choice of English law as the governing law of any Finance Document expressed to be governed by English law will be recognised and enforced in the jurisdiction of incorporation of each relevant Obligor, and any judgment obtained in England in relation to any such Finance Document will be recognised and enforced in the jurisdiction of incorporation of each relevant Obligor.

 

10.11 Truth of financial and other information

All factual information furnished in writing to any Bank by or on behalf of the Borrower or any other Obligor in connection with the negotiation and preparation of this Agreement, the Amendment and Restatement Deed and the other Finance Documents was (when given) true and correct in all material respects and there are no other facts or considerations the omission of which would render any such information materially misleading.

 

29


10.12 No liability to deduction or withholding

All payments to be made by the Borrower under this Agreement and the other Finance Documents may be made free and clear of and without deduction or withholding for or on account of any taxes, and neither this Agreement nor any of the other Finance Documents is liable to any registration charge or any stamp, documentary or similar taxes imposed by any authority, including without limitation, in connection with the admissibility in evidence of any thereof.

 

10.13 Tax compliance

The Borrower has complied in all material respects with all relevant tax laws and regulations applicable to it and its business.

 

10.14 Ownership of Borrower and Partners

 

  10.14.1 All of the partnership shares in the capital of the Borrower are wholly owned, legally and beneficially, as to 10% by the General Partner and as to 90% by the Limited Partner.

 

  10.14.2 Each of the Partners is legally and beneficially owned as to 100% directly or indirectly by the Parent Guarantor.

 

  10.14.3 The Parent Guarantor is legally and beneficially owned as to at least one-third directly or indirectly by the Sponsor.

 

  10.14.4 The MLP General Partner is legally and beneficially owned as to 100% directly or indirectly by the Sponsor.

 

10.15 Pari passu obligations

The payment obligations of the Borrower under the Finance Documents rank at least pari passu with the claims of all its other unsecured and unsubordinated creditors, except for obligations mandatorily preferred by law applying to limited partnerships generally.

 

10.16 No commissions or rebates

There are no commissions, rebates, premiums or other payments by or to or for the account of any Obligor, its shareholders or partners (as the case may be) or directors in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, other than as disclosed to the Agent in writing.

 

10.17 Continuing nature of representations and warranties

The Borrower agrees that the representations set out in this Clause 10 (other than the ones in Clauses 10.5, 10.8, 10.9.1, 10.12 and 10.14) shall survive the execution of this Agreement and shall be deemed to be repeated on each Interest Date with reference to the facts and circumstances then subsisting, as if made on such date.

 

30


11. GENERAL UNDERTAKINGS

 

11.1 Duration of undertakings

The undertakings in this Clause 11 shall remain in force from the date of the Amendment and Restatement Deed to the end of the Security Period.

 

11.2 General undertakings

The Borrower shall:

 

  11.2.1 perform and observe the several covenants and obligations imposed upon it under the Finance Documents;

 

  11.2.2 without affecting its obligations under the applicable provisions of the Finance Documents, perform and observe its obligations under the Charters and use its best endeavours to procure that each of the other parties to the Charters performs and observes its obligations thereunder;

 

  11.2.3 maintain its corporate existence as a limited liability partnership duly established, validly existing and in good standing in Norway;

 

  11.2.4 obtain and maintain in force, and promptly furnish certified copies to the Agent of, all licences, authorisations, approvals and consents, and do all other acts and things, which may from time to time be necessary or desirable for the continued due performance of its obligations under the Finance Documents and the Transaction Documents or which may be required for the validity, enforceability or admissibility in evidence of the Finance Documents and the Transaction Documents;

 

  11.2.5 ensure that its obligations under the Finance Documents rank at least pari passu with all its other present, future and/or contingent unsecured and unsubordinated obligations;

 

  11.2.6 conduct its business in a proper and efficient manner and not change the nature, organisation or conduct of its business or conduct any business other than that of ownership of the Vessels;

 

  11.2.7 manage its business in compliance with all relevant applicable laws and regulations (including, without limitation, all relevant environmental laws and regulations) and shall notify the Agent immediately upon becoming aware of any breach of the same;

 

  11.2.8 pay all taxes, assessments and other governmental charges as they fall due, except to the extent that it is contesting the same in good faith by appropriate proceedings and has set aside adequate reserves for their payment if such proceedings fail;

 

  11.2.9 keep proper books of account in respect of its business in accordance with GAAP consistently applied and whenever so requested by the Agent make the same available for inspection by or on behalf of the Agent; and

 

31


  11.2.10 be permitted to declare or pay any dividends upon any of its partnership shares or stock or otherwise distribute any assets to any of the Partners whether in cash or otherwise, provided that:

 

  (a) no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing at the time of payment of such dividend; and

 

  (b) the Agent is satisfied that, after payment of such dividend, the remaining Liquidity of the Borrower will equal or exceed the aggregate amount of (i) the Repayment Instalments falling due in the next 6 months after the dividend payment date and (ii) the amount estimated by the Agent as being the amount of interest on the Loan which will fall due for payment by the Borrower under Clause 6 during that 6 month period.

 

11.3 Consent of Lenders required

The Borrower shall not without the prior consent of the Lenders:

 

  11.3.1 except as contemplated by this Agreement:

 

  (a) sell or agree to sell or otherwise dispose of a Vessel or any share therein other than a sale upon the completion of which the Tranche relating to that Vessel is prepaid in full in accordance with Clause 5.3.1; or

 

  (b) convey, assign, transfer, sell or otherwise dispose of or deal with any of its other real or personal property, assets or rights, whether present or future;

 

  11.3.2 create or permit to exist any Encumbrance (other than a Permitted Encumbrance) over any part of its undertaking, property, assets or rights, whether present or future (provided that where any such Encumbrance arises in the ordinary course of business, the Borrower shall promptly discharge the same);

 

  11.3.3 incur any Financial Indebtedness (except for the Loan, the Senior Loan, any Master Agreement Liabilities and any loans or advances made to it by any member of the Group) nor incur any obligations as lessee under leases;

 

  11.3.4 except as contemplated by this Agreement, assume, guarantee or endorse, or otherwise become or remain liable for, any obligation of any other person (other than a member of the Group);

 

  11.3.5 authorise or accept any capital commitment (except for any capital commitments made by any other member of the Group);

 

32


  11.3.6 issue any further shares or stock or register any transfer of any of its shares or stock, or admit any new partner, whether by subscription or transfer (except to any member of the Group);

 

  11.3.7 consolidate, amalgamate or merge with any other entity or demerge or enter into any form of reconstruction or reorganisation or do anything analogous thereto;

 

  11.3.8 form or acquire any subsidiary;

 

  11.3.9 alter or extend its financial year for the purposes of the preparation of its accounts, or change its auditors;

 

  11.3.10 make any loans or advances to, or any investments in, any person (including, without limitation, any officer, director, stockholder, employee or customer of the Borrower) except for loans made in the ordinary course of the Borrower’s business in respect of the Vessels;

 

  11.3.11 if a Potential Event of Default or Event of Default has occurred, make any payment of principal or interest to any of the Partners or their affiliates in respect of any loans or loan capital made available to it by the Partners or their affiliates;

 

  11.3.12 consolidate or subdivide or alter any of the rights attached to, or reduce, any of its share capital, or capitalise, repay or otherwise distribute any amount outstanding to the credit of any capital or revenue reserves, redeem any of its share capital in any way or enter into any arrangement with its creditors;

 

  11.3.13 charter-in any vessel;

 

  11.3.14 undertake any transaction with any person, company or other entity which is an affiliate of the Borrower unless such transaction is conducted at arm’s length on normal commercial terms;

 

  11.3.15 change its name or its place of incorporation or its domicile or alter its legal status as a limited liability partnership (and the Borrower undertakes to procure that, except with the prior consent of the Lenders, no other Obligor shall change its name or its place of incorporation or its domicile or alter its legal status as a limited liability company or limited liability partnership, as the case may be).

 

12. INFORMATION UNDERTAKINGS

 

12.1 Duration of undertakings

The undertakings in this Clause 12 shall remain in force from the date of this Agreement to the end of the Security Period.

 

33


12.2 Financial information

The Borrower will provide to the Agent:

 

  12.2.1 within 150 days of the end of each financial year of the Borrower, certified copies (in a sufficient number for each of the Banks) of the profit and loss accounts and balance sheets of the Borrower for that financial year, prepared in accordance with GAAP and audited by auditors previously approved in writing by the Agent;

 

  12.2.2 within 90 days of 31 March, 30 June, 30 September and 31 December in each year, certified copies (in a sufficient number for each of the Banks) of the unaudited profit and loss accounts and balance sheets of the Borrower for the relevant financial year to date, prepared in accordance with GAAP;

 

  12.2.3 as at 31 March, 30 June and 30 September in each year (and within 90 days of each such date) and as at 31 December in each year (and within 150 days of each such date), a compliance certificate in the form set out in the Parent Guarantee signed by the chief financial officer or chief executive officer of the Parent Guarantor and the Borrower confirming that they and the other Obligors are, as at the date of such certificate, in compliance with their respective obligations under the Finance Documents and that no Event of Default or Potential Event of Default has occurred, or, if any has occurred, that none is continuing;

 

  12.2.4 within 60 days after 31 December in each year, a certified copy of the financial projections of the Borrower for that year and the next 5 years (including profit and loss, balance sheet and cash flow forecasts with supporting schedules and calculations);

 

  12.2.5 promptly, such further information in the possession or control of the Borrower regarding its financial condition and operations as the Agent may reasonably request.

 

12.3 Notification of material litigation

The Borrower will inform the Agent promptly of any litigation, arbitration, tax claim or administrative proceeding instituted or (to its knowledge) threatened and of any other occurrence of which it becomes aware which, in any such case, might have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

12.4 Notification of default

The Borrower will

 

  12.4.1 promptly after the happening of any Event of Default or a Potential Event of Default, notify the Agent of such event and of the steps (if any) which are being taken to remedy it; and

 

34


  12.4.2 without prejudice to Clause 12.4.1, promptly upon a request by the Agent if an Event of Default or a Potential Event of Default has occurred and is continuing (or the Agent reasonably believes that an Event of Default or a Potential Event of Default may have occurred and then be continuing), supply to the Agent a certificate signed on behalf of the Borrower by any two of its directors and/or executive officers identifying all of the Events of Default and Potential Events of Default, if any, of which the Borrower is aware and which are then continuing (and specifying the steps, if any, being taken to remedy them).

 

12.5 “Know your customer” checks

The Borrower will provide the Agent with any information requested by a Lender in order for it to comply with any anti-money laundering or “know your customer” legislation, regulation or procedures applicable to that Lender from time to time.

 

12.6 Provision of further information

The Borrower will promptly provide the Agent with such other financial and other information concerning itself and its affairs and the Vessels as the Agent, for itself or on behalf of any Lender, may from time to time require.

 

13. PROVISIONS RELATING TO THE CHARTERS

 

13.1 Banks’ acknowledgment of Charter requirements

The Banks acknowledge that under the terms of the Charters:

 

  13.1.1 during the Charter Period in respect of a Vessel, the Charterers are entitled to register that Vessel in the name of a Charterer in the Brazilian bareboat registry and that during the period of such registration (“ Dual Registration ”) the Vessel will fly the Brazilian flag and her right to fly the flag of the Bahamas will be suspended;

 

  13.1.2 the Borrower is required to procure a letter of quiet enjoyment from the Security Trustee as mortgagee in respect of each Vessel, such letter of quiet enjoyment to be in a form approved by the Charterers and the Lenders;

 

  13.1.3 the terms of the Mortgage and Deed of Covenant for each Vessel are to be approved by the Charterers.

The Banks further acknowledge that, notwithstanding the provisions of Clause 11 of the Charters which require the Charterers to countersign the Deed of Covenant in respect of each Vessel (a) to acknowledge that they are acquainted with its terms and (b) to undertake that they will comply with all instructions or directions in regard to the employment, insurance, repair and maintenance of that Vessel as laid down in the Deed of Covenant or as may be directed by the Security Trustee during the relevant Charter Period in conformity with the Deed of Covenant, the Charterers may not in fact be willing to countersign the Deeds of Covenant and that all direct agreements between the Security Trustee and the Charterers may be set out in the Quiet Enjoyment Letter instead.

 

35


13.2 Consent to Dual Registration

Subject to satisfaction of the conditions specified in Clause 13.3, the Banks consent to the Dual Registration of each Vessel at any time on or after the commencement of the Charter Period relating to it and irrevocably authorise the Security Trustee to give any requisite consents required by any applicable ship registrar or other official in the Bahamas and/or Brazil to permit such Dual Registration.

 

13.3 Conditions of consent to Dual Registration

The Banks’ consent to the Dual Registration of a Vessel is subject to the following conditions precedent being satisfied on or prior to the commencement of such Dual Registration:

 

  13.3.1 receipt by the Agent of opinions satisfactory to the Agent from lawyers qualified to advise on the laws of the Bahamas and Brazil that the Dual Registration is permitted by their respective laws for the duration of the relevant Charter Period and that the Mortgage over the relevant Vessel and the Borrower’s title thereto remain duly registered under the laws of the Bahamas following the Dual Registration and that on termination of the relevant Charter or a judicial sale of that Vessel the Dual Registration will be terminated without unreasonable delay and without any discretionary consents from any authorities in Brazil;

 

  13.3.2 receipt by the Agent of evidence that the Bahamian ship registry has consented to (a) the suspension of the relevant Vessel’s right to fly the flag of that state and (b) the temporary registration of that Vessel in the Brazilian bareboat registry during the relevant Charter Period in the name of a Charterer;

 

  13.3.3 receipt by the Agent of evidence that the Brazilian bareboat registry has consented to the temporary registration of the relevant Vessel in the Brazilian bareboat registry during the relevant Charter Period in the name of a Charterer and that such registration has been effected;

 

  13.3.4 evidence that details of (a) the Borrower’s ownership title in the relevant Vessel and (b) the Mortgage on that Vessel have been noted or registered against the Vessel in the Brazilian bareboat registry and that no other Encumbrances are registered against the Vessel in such registry;

 

  13.3.5

receipt by the Agent in form and substance acceptable to the Lenders of any powers of attorney, instruction letters or other documents as the Lenders may reasonably require from the Borrower and the Charterers (but, in the case of the Charterers, only if and to the extent that the Charterers agree to provide the same) in order to enable the Agent or Security Trustee, upon termination

 

36


  of the relevant Charter or a judicial sale of that Vessel, to apply for cancellation of that Vessel’s registration in the Brazilian bareboat registry and the reinstatement of her full registry under the laws and flag of the Bahamian ship registry (each such document, if any, being a “ Deregistration Document ”).

 

13.4 Quiet enjoyment

Each of the other Banks confirms that it has authorised and instructed the Security Trustee to execute and perform the Quiet Enjoyment Letter in respect of each Vessel.

 

13.5 Charter Assignments

The Borrower has executed on 6 July 2012 and delivered to the Agent the Charter Assignment in respect of each Vessel.

 

14. EVENTS OF DEFAULT

 

14.1 Defaults

Each of the following events or circumstances is an Event of Default:

 

  14.1.1 Non-payment An Obligor does not pay on the due date any amount payable pursuant to the Finance Documents at the place and in the currency in which it is expressed to be payable or, in respect of moneys payable on demand, (unless otherwise specifically provided) within 3 Banking Days from the date of such demand.

 

  14.1.2 Other obligations An Obligor does not comply with any provision of the Finance Documents (other than those referred to in Clause 14.1.1) provided that no Event of Default will occur under this Clause 14.1.2 if (a) the failure to comply does not relate to the Insurances, (b) is capable of remedy and (c) is remedied within 10 Banking Days of the Agent giving notice to the Borrower or the Borrower becoming aware of the failure to comply.

 

  14.1.3 Misrepresentation Any representation or statement made or deemed to be made by an Obligor in the Finance Documents or any other document delivered by or on behalf of an Obligor under or in connection with any Finance Document is or proves to have been incorrect or misleading in any material respect when made or deemed to be made.

 

  14.1.4 Cross default

 

  (a) Any Event of Default (as therein defined) occurs under the Senior Loan Agreement; or

 

  (b) Any Financial Indebtedness of any member of the Group:

 

  (i) is not paid when due or within any originally applicable grace period; or

 

37


  (ii) is declared to be or otherwise becomes due and payable prior to its specified maturity as a result of an event of default (however described); or

 

  (iii) becomes capable of being declared due and payable prior to its specified maturity as a result of an event of default (however described).

 

  14.1.5 Insolvency

 

  (a) An Obligor is unable or admits inability to pay its debts as they fall due, suspends making payments on any of its debts or, by reason of actual or anticipated financial difficulties, commences negotiations with one or more of its creditors with a view to rescheduling any of its indebtedness; or

 

  (b) the value of the assets of an Obligor is less than its liabilities (taking into account contingent and prospective liabilities); or

 

  (c) a moratorium is declared in respect of any indebtedness of an Obligor.

 

  14.1.6 Insolvency proceedings Any corporate action, legal proceedings or other procedure or step is taken in relation to:

 

  (a) the suspension of payments, a moratorium of any indebtedness, winding-up, dissolution, administration or reorganisation (by way of voluntary arrangement, scheme of arrangement or otherwise) of an Obligor; or

 

  (b) a composition, compromise, assignment or arrangement with any creditor of an Obligor; or

 

  (c) the appointment of a liquidator, receiver, administrative receiver, administrator, compulsory manager or other similar officer in respect of an Obligor or any of its assets; or

 

  (d) enforcement of any Encumbrance over any assets of an Obligor,

or any analogous procedure or step is taken in any jurisdiction.

 

  14.1.7 Creditors’ process Any expropriation, attachment, sequestration, distress or execution affects any asset or assets of an Obligor having an aggregate value of at least $500,000 and is not discharged within 14 days.

 

38


  14.1.8 Change of ownership Except with the prior consent of the Lenders:

 

  (a) the Borrower is not or ceases to be wholly-owned directly or indirectly by the Parent Guarantor; or

 

  (b) the MLP General Partner is not or ceases to be wholly-owned directly or indirectly by the Sponsor; or

 

  (c) the Sponsor does not own or ceases to own at least one-third of the share capital and voting rights (subject to the limitations on voting rights relating to election of board members, amendments and certain other matters as set out in the Limited Partnership Agreement) of the Parent Guarantor; or

 

  (d) any person or group of persons acting in concert (other than the Sponsor or any wholly-owned subsidiaries thereof) acquires more than 33% of the share capital or voting rights (subject to the limitations on voting rights relating to election of board members, amendments and certain other matters as set out in the Limited Partnership Agreement) of the Parent Guarantor.

 

  14.1.9 Change or cessation of business An Obligor ceases, or threatens to cease, to carry on its business, or disposes or threatens to dispose of what the Agent considers a material part of its properties, assets or undertakings, or such a part is seized or nationalised, appropriated or compulsorily purchased by or under the authority of any government

 

  14.1.10 Unlawfulness, impossibility or repudiation It becomes impossible or unlawful for an Obligor to fulfil any of its obligations under the Finance Documents, or for any Bank to exercise any of the rights vested in it by, or to enforce the security constituted by, the Finance Documents, or any of the Finance Documents for any reason becomes invalid or unenforceable or ceases to be in full force and effect or an Obligor repudiates or evidences an intention to repudiate any of the Finance Documents.

 

  14.1.11 Revocation or modification of authorisations Any licence, approval, consent, authorisation or registration at any time necessary or desirable for the validity, enforceability or admissibility in evidence of the Finance Documents, or for an Obligor to comply with its obligations thereunder, or in connection with the ownership or operation of any Vessel, is revoked, withheld or expires, or is modified in what the Agent considers a material respect.

 

  14.1.12 Material litigation Any final and conclusive judgment, order or award is made by any court, arbitration board or other tribunal against any Obligor or any other member of the Group the effect of complying with which would, in the opinion of the Agent, have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

  14.1.13 Material Adverse Change There is any Material Adverse Change.

 

39


  14.1.14 Working Capital The Borrower has a negative Working Capital at any time.

 

  14.1.15 Breach of financial covenants The Parent Guarantor fails at any time to comply with the financial covenants set out in Clause 11 of the Parent Guarantee.

 

  14.1.16 Listing of the Parent Guarantor The Parent Guarantor ceases to be listed on the New York Stock Exchange.

 

  14.1.17 MLP General Partner The MLP General Partner ceases to:

 

  (a) be the general partner of the Parent Guarantor; and/or

 

  (b) own a minimum of 2% of the interests in the Parent Guarantor; and/or

 

  (c) have the right to appoint 3 out of the 7 directors to the board of directors in the Parent Guarantor (provided that if the total number of directors is increased or decreased, the number shall be increased or decreased pro rata to the total number directors).

 

14.2 Banks’ remedies

Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default and at any time thereafter without prejudice to any of the rights and remedies of the Agent and/or the other Banks under any of the other Finance Documents or otherwise:

 

  14.2.1 the Agent may, and shall if so requested by the Majority Lenders, take any one or more of the following actions:

 

  (a) by written notice to the Borrower demand the immediate repayment of the Loan, all interest accrued thereon and all other Outstanding Indebtedness, whereupon the same shall become immediately due and payable; and

 

  (b) take steps to exercise the rights and remedies conferred upon the Agent and/or the other Banks by this Agreement and the other Finance Documents and exercisable on or after the occurrence of an Event of Default; and

 

  14.2.2 the Security Trustee may, and shall if so requested by the Majority Lenders, take steps to enforce the security created by the Security Documents and/or otherwise exercise the rights and remedies conferred on the Security Trustee by this Agreement and the Security Documents and exercisable on or after the occurrence of an Event of Default.

 

15. FEES, EXPENSES AND INDEMNITIES

 

15.1 [Intentionally omitted]

 

40


15.2 Amendment fee

The Borrower shall pay to the Agent for distribution to the Lenders in such proportions as they may agree with the Agent a non-refundable amendment fee on such date and in such amount as is specified in the Amendment Fee Letter.

 

15.3 Agency fee

The Borrower shall pay to the Agent for its own account a non-refundable agency fee on such dates and in such amount as is specified in the Agency Fee Letter.

 

15.4 Indemnity against costs

The Borrower shall pay to the Agent on demand, and the Borrower shall indemnify and keep each Bank indemnified against, all costs, charges, expenses, claims, liabilities, losses, duties and fees (including, but not limited to, legal fees and expenses on a full indemnity basis) and taxes thereon suffered or incurred by that Bank:

 

  15.4.1 in the negotiation, preparation, printing, execution and registration of the Amendment and Restatement Deed and the other Finance Documents;

 

  15.4.2 in the enforcement or preservation or the attempted enforcement or preservation of any of the rights and powers of the Banks (or any of them) under this Agreement and the other Finance Documents or of the security constituted by the Finance Documents;

 

  15.4.3 in connection with any actual or proposed amendment of or supplement to this Agreement or any other Finance Document, or with any request to the Banks (or any of them) to grant any consent or waiver in respect of any provision of this Agreement or any other Finance Document, whether or not the same is given;

 

  15.4.4 arising out of any act or omission made by the Banks (or any of them) in good faith in connection with any of the matters dealt with in the Finance Documents;

 

  15.4.5 in the case of a Lender, resulting from its compliance with any requirement of the Bank of England and/or the Financial Services Authority (or, in either case, any other authority which replaces all or any of its functions) or, as the case may be, the European Central Bank to pay fees calculated by reference to liabilities used to fund its Contribution.

 

15.5 Tax indemnity

The Borrower shall pay all taxes imposed in relation to the Finance Documents (other than tax on any Bank’s overall net income) and shall on the Agent’s written demand indemnify the Banks against any and all liabilities with respect to, or resulting from, delay or omission on the part of the Borrower to pay such taxes.

 

41


15.6 Break costs and other general indemnities

The Borrower shall pay to the Agent on demand, and shall indemnify each Bank against, any Break Costs and/or other losses, expenses or liabilities whether actual or contingent (as to the amount of which the Agent’s certificate shall be conclusive and binding upon the Borrower, except in case of manifest error) suffered or incurred by that Bank in connection with or as a result of:

 

  15.6.1 any repayment or prepayment of the whole or any part of a Tranche being made on any date other than the last day of the Interest Period applicable to it;

 

  15.6.2 any default in payment by the Borrower of any sum due under the Finance Documents on its due date; or

 

  15.6.3 the occurrence or continuance of an Event of Default and/or a Potential Event of Default.

 

15.7 Currency indemnity

If any sum due from an Obligor under the Finance Documents (a “ Sum ”), or any order, judgment or award given or made in relation to a Sum, has to be converted from the currency (the “ First Currency ”) in which that Sum is payable into another currency (the “ Second Currency ”) for the purpose of making or filing a claim or proof against that Obligor or obtaining or enforcing an order, judgment or award in relation to any litigation or arbitration proceedings, the Borrower shall as an independent obligation, within 3 Banking Days of demand, indemnify each Bank to whom that Sum is due against any cost, loss or liability arising out of or as a result of the conversion including any discrepancy between (a) the rate of exchange used to convert that Sum from the First Currency into the Second Currency and (b) the rate or rates of exchange available to that Bank at the time of its receipt of that Sum.

 

15.8 Increased costs

The Borrower shall, within 3 Banking Days of a demand by the Agent, pay for the account of a Bank the amount of any Increased Cost incurred by that Bank or any of its affiliates as a result of (a) the introduction of or any change in (or in the interpretation, administration or application of) any law or regulation or (b) compliance with any law or regulation made after the date of this Agreement except that this Clause does not apply to the extent any Increased Cost is:

 

  15.8.1 compensated for by a payment under Clause 8.2 or Clause 15.5; or

 

  15.8.2 attributable to the wilful breach by that Bank or its affiliates of any law or regulation.

In this Agreement “ Increased Cost ” means, in respect of a Bank, (a) a reduction in the rate of return from that Bank’s (or its affiliate’s) overall capital, (b) an additional or increased cost or (c) a reduction of any amount due and payable under any Finance

 

42


Document, which is incurred or suffered by that Bank or any of its affiliates to the extent that it is attributable to that Bank funding or performing its obligations under any Finance Document.

 

15.9 Environmental indemnity

Without prejudice to or limitation of any other rights or remedies that may at any time be available to or exercisable by the Agent or any of the other Banks, the Borrower shall indemnify and hold harmless the Agent and each of the other Banks on demand against all costs, expenses, liabilities, losses, damages, and injury, personal or economic, sustained or incurred by any of them or their property (real or personal) for any reason as a result of or in connection with any release or the emission, presence, discharge of Material of Environmental Concern on, from, affecting or caused by a Vessel under any applicable environmental laws including, but not limited to, costs and expenses incurred to clean up or remove discharged oil or other Material of Environmental Concern, damages to third parties, natural resource damage, assessments or penalties, and whether sustained or incurred during or after the Security Period.

 

15.10 Survival of indemnities

The indemnities contained in the Finance Documents shall continue in full force and effect after the full and final discharge of the Outstanding Indebtedness with respect to matters arising prior to such discharge.

 

16. THE AGENT

 

16.1 Appointment of Agent

Each Lender hereby irrevocably appoints and authorises the Agent to act as its agent under this Agreement and the other Finance Documents.

 

16.2 Agent’s powers and discretions

The Agent shall have such powers and discretions:

 

  16.2.1 which are expressly delegated to the Agent by the terms of this Agreement and the other Finance Documents;

 

  16.2.2 which the Majority Lenders consider appropriate and give to the Agent (generally or in a particular case) with the Agent’s consent; and

 

  16.2.3 which the Agent considers to be reasonably incidental to the discharge and performance of any of its functions under this Agreement or any of the other Finance Documents or otherwise appropriate in the context of those functions, including the exercise of any powers given to it by the Majority Lenders.

 

43


16.3 Agent is agent only

The relationship between the Agent and each Lender is that of agent and principal only. Nothing in this Agreement or the other Finance Documents shall constitute the Agent a trustee or fiduciary for any Lender or any other person and no action taken by the Lenders pursuant hereto or thereto, shall be deemed to constitute the Lenders a partnership, association, joint venture or other entity.

 

16.4 Agent to have no responsibility to Borrower

In performing its functions and duties under this Agreement and the other Finance Documents, the Agent shall act solely as agent of the Lenders and does not assume and shall not be deemed to have assumed any responsibility, liability or obligation (whether fiduciary or otherwise) towards, or relationship of agency or trust with or for, the Borrower or any other Obligor in any circumstances whatsoever.

 

16.5 Matters within Agent’s authority

Subject to Clause 16.6 and the other provisions of this Agreement and the other Finance Documents, the Agent is hereby irrevocably authorised by the Lenders in their name and on their behalf (and shall, if so directed by written notice from the Majority Lenders after the Lenders shall have consulted for a period of not less than 5 days, which direction shall be binding on all the Lenders):

 

  16.5.1 to waive, modify, vary or otherwise amend or excuse performance of any provisions of this Agreement or any of the other Finance Documents; and

 

  16.5.2 to enforce or take or refrain from taking any other action or proceedings with regard to this Agreement or any of the other Finance Documents,

 

16.6 Notification of proposed waivers and amendments

Except in cases where the Agent is of the opinion that the Lenders would be prejudiced by any delay in the Agent enforcing or taking action, in which event the Agent may, but shall not be obliged to, enforce or take action without prior notification to the Lenders, the Agent shall be obliged to notify the Lenders if it proposes to waive, modify, vary or otherwise amend or excuse performance of any provision of this Agreement or any of the other Finance Documents or to enforce or take or refrain from taking any action under Clause 14.2 and the Agent shall not be entitled to proceed with that proposal unless the Majority Lenders shall give notice to the Agent agreeing to that proposal. The Agent shall be entitled to cancel that proposal if written notice pursuant to this Clause 16.6 is not received within 5 days of the Lenders being so notified by the Agent.

 

16.7 Agent to act in accordance with instructions of Majority Lenders

Subject to the provisions of this Agreement and the other Finance Documents, the Agent agrees to act with respect to this Agreement and the other Finance Documents in accordance with the written instructions of the Majority Lenders. Any such instructions given by the Majority Lenders shall be binding on all the Banks. In the absence of any such instructions, the Agent shall not be obliged to act.

 

44


16.8 Agent not required to act

In no event shall the Agent be required to take any action which exposes, or is likely to expose, the Agent to personal liability or which is contrary to the provisions of:

 

  16.8.1 this Agreement or any of the other Finance Documents; or

 

  16.8.2 any law, regulation or directive.

 

16.9 Provision of copy documents to Lenders

The Agent shall furnish each Lender:

 

  16.9.1 with copies of any documents received by it under Clause 12 (but the Agent shall not be obliged to review or check the accuracy or completeness thereof);

 

  16.9.2 with details of any communication received from the Borrower or any other Obligor referring to this Agreement and which:

 

  (a) contains a request for a consent or waiver which, under the terms of this Agreement or any other Security Document, requires the consent of the Lenders or the Majority Lenders; or

 

  (b) states that an Event of Default or Potential Event of Default has occurred and is continuing; or

 

  (c) contains any other request or information which, in the reasonable opinion of the Agent, is of a material nature.

 

16.10 Provision of copy communications to Agent

Each Lender will, promptly after receipt or despatch thereof, forward to the Agent a copy of any communication:

 

  16.10.1 sent by that Lender to the Borrower or any other Obligor in relation to this Agreement or any other Finance Document; or

 

  16.10.2 received by that Lender from the Borrower or any other Obligor and, in each case, relating to this Agreement or any of the Finance Documents.

 

16.11 Distributions of sums received and deductions by Agent

The Agent shall (subject to Clause 7.3) distribute promptly to each Lender its due proportion of all sums received by the Agent on behalf of the Lenders under this Agreement or any of the other Security Documents, subject to the Agent’s right to deduct and withhold from any such payment any amount which is then (or which will, upon demand by the Agent, become) due and payable to the Agent from that Lender.

 

45


16.12 Agent’s retention of fees and expenses

The Agent may retain for its own use and benefit (and shall not be liable to account to any Lender for all or any part of) any sums received by it by way of fees (and not payable to any Lender) or by way of reimbursement of expenses incurred by it.

 

16.13 Waiver on instructions of Majority Lenders

Subject to Clause 16.14, the provisions of this Agreement and any of the Security Documents may be waived, and (subject to the written agreement of each of the other parties thereto, other than the Lenders) varied or amended, by the Agent acting on the written instructions of the Majority Lenders, in each case evidenced by an instrument in writing, and any such waiver, variation or amendment shall be binding upon all the Lenders.

 

16.14 Consent of Agent and all Lenders required

Nothing in Clause 16.13 shall authorise the effecting, without the prior written consent of the Agent and all the Lenders, of:

 

  16.14.1 any change in the Applicable Margin or in the definitions of “ Majority Lenders ”, “ Finance Documents ” or “ Security Documents ”;

 

  16.14.2 any change in the date for, or alteration in the amount (or the basis of determining the amount) of, any payment of principal, interest, fees, or other amounts payable under this Agreement;

 

  16.14.3 any change to Clauses 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7.2, 9, 11.3, 20 and 25;

 

  16.14.4 any change to this Clause 16.14;

 

  16.14.5 the release of any of the security created by or pursuant to the Security Documents (or any of them); or

 

  16.14.6 any other matter in respect of which the terms of this Agreement or any other of the Finance Documents expressly requires the agreement of all the Lenders.

 

16.15 Borrower’ reliance upon Agent

At all times throughout the Security Period the Borrower shall be entitled to rely upon the advice of the Agent as to the giving of any approvals or consents or the exercise of any discretions by the Lenders or any other act of the Lenders as required by this Agreement and/or the Security Documents or any of them.

 

46


16.16 Consultation by Agent with Lenders

The Agent shall, subject to Clause 16.6, at all times keep the Lenders informed of each and every approval or consent given and each exercise of any such discretion and each performance of any such other act which the Agent may have performed on behalf of the Lenders as required by this Agreement or any of the Security Documents.

 

16.17 Consent of Agent required

Notwithstanding the provisions of Clauses 16.13 and 16.14, no provision of this Agreement or of any other of the Finance Documents which in any way relates to the duties, functions, powers or responsibilities of the Agent may be amended, waived or suspended without the prior consent of the Agent.

 

17. THE SECURITY TRUSTEE

 

17.1 Trust Property defined

In this Clause 17, “ Trust Property ” means:

 

  17.1.1 all rights, title and interests that may be mortgaged, charged, pledged or assigned in favour of the Security Trustee under or by virtue of the Security Documents;

 

  17.1.2 all rights granted to, or held or exercisable by, the Security Trustee by virtue of this Agreement and the Security Documents;

 

  17.1.3 all moneys and other assets, which are received or recovered by or on behalf of the Security Trustee under or by virtue of any of the foregoing rights, including as a result of the enforcement or exercise of any such right; and

 

  17.1.4 all moneys and other assets accrued in respect of or derived from any of the foregoing.

 

17.2 Duties of Security Trustee

The Security Trustee shall:

 

  17.2.1 hold the Trust Property on trust for the Banks in accordance with provisions of this Agreement and the Security Documents; and

 

  17.2.2 perform and exercise the rights and benefits vested in it and deal with the Trust Property in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement and the Security Documents.

 

17.3 Security Trustee to have no responsibility to Borrower

The Security Trustee does not assume and shall not be deemed to have assumed any responsibility, liability or obligation (whether fiduciary or otherwise) towards, or relationship of agency or trust with or for, the Borrower or any other Obligor in any circumstances whatsoever.

 

47


17.4 Security Trustee’s powers and discretions

The Security Trustee shall have such powers and discretions:

 

  17.4.1 which are expressly delegated to the Security Trustee by the terms of this Agreement and the Security Documents;

 

  17.4.2 which the Majority Lenders consider appropriate and give to the Security Trustee (generally or in a particular case) with the Security Trustee’s consent;

 

  17.4.3 which the Security Trustee considers to be reasonably incidental and conducive to the discharge and performance of any of its functions under this Agreement or any of the Security Documents or otherwise appropriate in the context of those functions, including the exercise of any powers given to it by the Majority Lenders; and

 

  17.4.4 which are conferred on a trustee by the Trustee Act 1925 and any other applicable law for the time being in force.

 

17.5 Security Trustee to act in accordance with instructions of Majority Lenders

Subject to the provisions of the Agreement and the Security Documents, the Security Trustee agrees to act with respect to this Agreement and the Security Documents in accordance with the written instructions of the Agent, or, if the Agent and the Security Trustee are the same person, the Majority Lenders. Any such instructions given by the Majority Lenders shall be binding on all the Banks. In the absence of any such instructions, the Security Trustee shall not be obliged to act.

 

17.6 Security Trustee not required to act

In no event shall the Security Trustee be required to take any action which exposes, or is likely to expose, the Security Trustee to personal liability or which is contrary to the provisions of:

 

  17.6.1 this Agreement or any of the Security Documents; or

 

  17.6.2 any law, regulation or directive.

 

17.7 Provision of copy documents to Banks

The Security Trustee shall furnish the Agent, or, if the Agent and the Security Trustee are the same person, each Lender, with copies of any documents received by it under or in connection with this Agreement or any Security Documents which it considers to be of material importance to the Banks.

 

17.8 Transfer of moneys to Agent

The Security Trustee shall, except as expressly stated to the contrary in this Agreement or any Security Document, transfer any moneys forming part of the Trust Property to the Agent for application in accordance with the relevant provisions of

 

48


this Agreement and the Security Documents, subject to the Security Trustee’s right to deduct and withhold from any such payment any amount which is then (or which will, upon demand by the Security Trustee, become) due and payable to it, or to any receiver or agent appointed by it, under this Agreement and the Security Documents.

 

17.9 Security Trustee’s retention of fees and expenses

The Security Trustee may retain for its own use and benefit (and shall not be liable to account to any other Bank for all or any part of) any sums received by it by way of fees (and not payable to any other Bank) or by way of reimbursement of expenses incurred by it.

 

17.10 Release of security

At the end of the Security Period the Security Trustee shall release without any recourse, warranty or covenants for title whatsoever, all security granted to it pursuant to the Security Documents then held by it, whereupon the Security Trustee shall be discharged from all liabilities and obligations under this Agreement and the Security Documents.

 

17.11 Perpetuity period

The perpetuity period applicable to the trusts created by this Clause 17 is 125 years from the date of this Agreement.

 

17.12 Parallel debt

 

  17.12.1 Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement the Borrower hereby irrevocably and unconditionally undertakes to pay to the Security Trustee, as creditor in its own right and not as representative of the Banks, sums equal to and in the currency of each amount payable by the Borrower to each of the Banks under or by virtue of this Agreement and the other Finance Documents as and when that amount falls due for payment under the relevant Finance Document or would have fallen due but for any suspension of payment, moratorium, discharge by operation of law or analogous event.

 

  17.12.2 The Security Trustee shall have its own independent right to demand payment of the amounts payable by the Borrower under this Clause 17.12, irrespective of any suspension, extinction or any other discharge for any reason whatsoever (otherwise than by payment) of the Borrower’s obligation to pay those amounts to the Banks other than a discharge by virtue of payment which those Banks are entitled to retain.

 

  17.12.3 Any amount due and payable by the Borrower to the Security Trustee under this Clause 17.12 shall be decreased to the extent that the Banks have received (and are able to retain) payment in full of the corresponding amount under the other provisions of the Finance Documents and any amount due and payable by the Borrower to the Banks under those provisions shall be decreased to the extent that the Security Trustee has received (and is able to retain) payment in full of the corresponding amount under this Clause 17.12.

 

49


  17.12.4 The rights of the Banks (other than the Security Trustee) to receive payment of amounts payable by the Borrower under the Finance Documents are several and are separate and independent from, and without prejudice to, the rights of the Security Trustee to receive payment under this Clause 17.12.

 

  17.12.5 Any amounts received by the Security Trustee shall, to the extent permitted by the mandatory provisions of the applicable law, be applied in accordance with Clause 7.2.

 

17.13 Coordination Agreement

Each of the Banks authorises and instructs the Security Trustee to execute and perform the Coordination Agreement.

 

18. RETIREMENT OF A SERVICE BANK

 

18.1 Resignation of Service Bank

Each Service Bank may at any time resign its appointment under this Agreement by giving the Obligors and the other Banks not less than 30 days’ prior written notice to that effect.

 

18.2 Appointment of successor by Majority Lenders

After the giving by any Service Bank of a notice of termination the Majority Lenders may in writing appoint a successor.

 

18.3 Appointment by retiring Service Bank

If no such successor is appointed within the period specified in Clause 18.1, the relevant Service Bank may appoint as its successor any reputable bank or financial institution with an office in Bergen, Oslo or London.

 

18.4 Consequence of change of Service Bank

Upon the acceptance by a successor to a Service Bank of its appointment, which acceptance shall be in such form as the Majority Lenders shall approve:

 

  18.4.1 that successor shall become bound by all the obligations of that Service Bank and become entitled to all the rights, privileges, powers, authorities and discretions of that Service Bank under this Agreement and the Security Documents;

 

  18.4.2 the obligations of that Service Bank under this Agreement and the Security Documents shall terminate but without prejudice to any liabilities which that Service Bank may have incurred prior to that termination;

 

50


  18.4.3 that Service Bank shall be discharged from any further liability or obligations under this Agreement and the Security Documents; and

 

  18.4.4 the provisions of this Agreement and the Security Documents shall continue in effect for the benefit of that Service Bank in respect of any action taken or omitted to be taken by it or any event occurring before the termination of its obligations pursuant to this Clause 18.

 

19. LIMITS OF THE SERVICE BANKS’ OBLIGATIONS

 

19.1 No duty to enquire

Neither Service Bank shall be obliged to ascertain or enquire:

 

  19.1.1 either initially or on a continuing basis, as to the credit or financial condition or affairs of the Borrower, any other Obligor or any other person;

 

  19.1.2 as to the performance or observance by the Borrower or any other Obligor of any of the terms and conditions of this Agreement or any of the other Finance Documents or any other agreement; or

 

  19.1.3 whether any Event of Default or Potential Event of Default has occurred, and until it shall have actual knowledge or express notice to the contrary, the Agent shall be entitled to assume that no Event of Default or Potential Event of Default has occurred.

 

19.2 Responsibilities excluded

Neither Service Bank and none of their respective officers, employees or agents shall be responsible to any other Bank for:

 

  19.2.1 any failure or delay in performance, or breach by the Borrower, of its obligations under this Agreement or any of the other Finance Documents or any other agreement or any failure or delay in performance, or breach by any of the other Obligors, of their respective obligations under any of the Finance Documents or any other agreement; or

 

  19.2.2 any recitals, statements, representations or warranties in, or for the legality, validity, effectiveness, enforceability, admissibility in evidence or sufficiency of, this Agreement or any of the other Finance Documents or any other agreement; or

 

  19.2.3 the legality, validity, effectiveness or enforceability of any of the security created, or purported to be created, pursuant to any of the Security Documents.

 

51


19.3 Limitation of liability

 

  19.3.1 Neither Service Bank and none of its respective officers, employees or agents shall be liable for any loss, damage or expense suffered or incurred by the Borrower or any other Bank or any other person in consequence of any action taken or omitted to be taken by it under this Agreement or any of the other Finance Documents or in connection herewith or therewith unless caused by its gross negligence or wilful misconduct.

 

  19.3.2 Without prejudice to the provisions of Clause 19.3.1, none of the other Parties shall take any proceedings against any officer, employee or agent of a Service Bank in respect of any claim which it may have against that Service Bank or in respect of any act or omission (including, without limitation, negligence or wilful misconduct) by that officer, employee or agent in relation to this Agreement or any of the other Finance Documents.

 

19.4 Other Banks’ representations and undertakings

Each Lender and Swap Provider:

 

  19.4.1 severally represents and warrants to the Service Banks that it has made its own independent investigation of the financial condition and affairs of the Borrower and the other Obligors in connection with the entry by it into this Agreement and the other relevant Finance Documents and in that respect has not relied on any information provided to it by either Service Bank; and

 

  19.4.2 undertakes that it will continue to make its own independent appraisal of the creditworthiness of the Borrower and the other Obligors and will not rely on any information provided to it by either Service Bank.

 

19.5 Indemnification by other Banks of the Service Banks

The Lenders and the Swap Providers agree (which agreement shall survive payment of all sums due under this Agreement) to indemnify each Service Bank (to the extent not reimbursed by the Borrower) rateably:

 

  19.5.1 in the case of the Lenders, according to their respective Contributions; and

 

  19.5.2 in the case of the Swap Providers, according to the respective maximum net exposures of the Borrower to the Swap Providers determined in accordance with the terms of the relevant Master Agreements as if the Master Agreement Liabilities were terminated and/or closed out at that time or, as the case may be, if they have actually been terminated and/or closed out, the aggregate amounts (whether actual or contingent) payable thereunder,

from and against any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses and disbursements of any kind or nature whatsoever which may be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against that Service Bank in performing its functions or duties under this Agreement or any of the other Finance Documents, or in connection with any action taken or omitted to be taken by that Service Bank in enforcing or preserving or attempting to enforce or preserve the rights of the Banks under this Agreement or any of the other Finance Documents or any other documents or security.

 

52


19.6 Service Banks’ rights

Each Service Bank may:

 

  19.6.1 engage and pay for the advice and services of any lawyers, accountants or other experts whose advice or services may to that Service Bank seem necessary or desirable and that Service Bank shall be entitled to rely on the advice and opinions of such lawyers, accountants and other experts and shall not be liable to any of the other parties hereto for any of the consequences of any such reliance;

 

  19.6.2 perform all or any of its functions and duties hereunder or under the Security Documents through employees or agents or any office or branch of that Service Bank from time to time selected by it and notified to the other parties hereto;

 

  19.6.3 rely on any communication or document believed by it to be genuine and correct and to have been communicated or signed by the person by whom it purports to be communicated or signed and shall not be liable to any of the other parties hereto for any of the consequences of such reliance; and

 

  19.6.4 without liability to account, make loans to, accept deposits from and generally engage in any kind of banking or trust business with the Borrower or the other Obligors as though that Service Bank was not a Service Bank.

 

19.7 Service Banks as Lender and/or Swap Provider

If and for so long as it is also a Lender and/or a Swap Provider each Service Bank shall have the same rights and powers under this Agreement as any other Lender or Swap Provider (as the case may be) and may exercise those rights and powers as though it were not a Service Bank.

 

20. SHARING OF PAYMENTS

 

20.1 Relevant circumstances

This Clause 20 applies if any Lender (the “ Sharing Lender ”) at any time receives or recovers (whether by way of voluntary or involuntary payment, by virtue of the exercise of its legal rights including but not limited to the right of set-off, counterclaim or otherwise howsoever) the whole or any part of any amounts due to it from the Borrower under this Agreement or any of the other relevant Finance Documents otherwise than by distribution from the Agent in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

53


20.2 Payment by Sharing Lender to Agent

Subject to Clauses 20.3 and 20.4:

 

  20.2.1 the Sharing Lender shall forthwith pay to the Agent the full amount or (as the case may be) an amount equal to the equivalent of the full amount so received or recovered;

 

  20.2.2 as between the Borrower and the Sharing Lender, the Borrower shall remain or again become indebted to such Sharing Lender under this Agreement in the amount so paid as if it had not been received or recovered as aforesaid; and

 

  20.2.3 the Agent shall treat the amount so paid as if it were a payment by the Borrower on account of amounts due from the Borrower under this Agreement or any of the other Finance Documents for distribution to the Sharing Lender and such of the other Lenders in the proportions in which the Sharing Lender and the other Lenders would have been entitled to receive such amount had it been paid by the Borrower to the Agent hereunder or under such Finance Documents.

 

20.3 Refund by Agent

Any payment and adjustment made pursuant to Clause 20.2 shall be subject to the condition that, if the amount (or any part thereof) so paid by the Sharing Lender to the Agent subsequently falls to be repaid by the Sharing Lender to the Borrower or any other person, then each of the Lenders who has received any part thereof from the Agent shall repay the amount received by it to the Sharing Lender, together with such amount (if any) as is necessary to reimburse the Sharing Lender the appropriate portion of any interest it has been obliged to pay when repaying such amount as aforesaid, and the relevant adjustments pursuant to Clause 20.2 shall be cancelled.

 

20.4 No sharing required

A Sharing Lender which has commenced or joined in an action or proceeding in any court to recover sums due to it under this Agreement or any of the other Finance Documents, and pursuant to a judgment obtained therein or a settlement or compromise of that action or proceeding shall have received any amount, shall not be required to share any proportion of that amount with a Lender which has the legal right to, but does not, join such action or proceeding or commence and diligently prosecute a separate action or proceeding to enforce its rights under this Agreement or any of the other Finance Documents in the same or another court.

 

20.5 Matters notifiable

Each Lender shall promptly give notice to the Agent of:

 

  20.5.1 the institution by that Lender of a legal action or proceedings against the Borrower under this Agreement or under any of the other relevant Finance Documents or in connection therewith as soon as practicable thereafter (and, in any event, within 5 Banking Days); and

 

54


  20.5.2 the receipt or recovery by that Lender of any amount due and payable by the Borrower under this Agreement or under any of the other relevant Finance Documents which is received or recovered otherwise than through the Agent.

Upon receipt of any such notice the Agent will as soon as practicable thereafter notify the other Banks.

 

21. ASSIGNMENT, TRANSFER AND RELEASE

 

21.1 Successors and assigns

This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of each Party and its successors and assigns.

 

21.2 No assignment by Borrower

The Borrower may not assign or transfer all or any of its rights, benefits or obligations under this Agreement or under any of the other Finance Documents without the prior written consent of the Majority Lenders.

 

21.3 Transfer by Lenders

Subject to obtaining the prior consent of the Borrower, which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, any Lender (the “ Transferor Lender ”) may transfer all or any of its rights and obligations in its capacity as a Lender under this Agreement and under the other Finance Documents to another bank or financial institution (the “ Transferee Lender ”), provided that no such consent shall be required if the transfer is made to an affiliate of the Transferor Lender or to another Lender (or any affiliate thereof) or if the transfer is made after an Event of Default has occurred and has been continuing for 30 days. No assignment or transfer by a Lender of any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement and the other Finance Documents shall be binding on, or effective in relation to, any other Party unless it is effected, evidenced and perfected by the delivery by the Transferor Lender to the Agent of a Transfer Certificate executed by the Transferor Lender and the Transferee Lender.

 

21.4 Signature of Transfer Certificate

The Agent shall as soon as practicable, but not later than the 5th Banking Day after receipt by it of a Transfer Certificate, sign the Transfer Certificate on behalf of the Obligors, itself and each of the other Banks and give notice to the Obligors and the Banks of its receipt of that Transfer Certificate (attaching a copy of it).

 

21.5 Authorisation of Agent to sign Transfer Certificate

Each of the other Parties irrevocably authorises the Agent to sign any Transfer Certificate on its behalf.

 

55


21.6 Effective date of Transfer Certificate

A Transfer Certificate becomes effective on the date, if any, specified in the Transfer Certificate as its effective date, provided always that it is signed by the Agent under Clause 21.4 on or before that date.

 

21.7 Effect of Transfer Certificate

A Transfer Certificate shall have effect in accordance with the following:

 

  21.7.1 to the extent that in that Transfer Certificate the Transferor Lender seeks to transfer its rights and/or its obligations under this Agreement and the other Finance Documents, each Obligor and the Transferor Lender shall each be released from further obligations to the other under this Agreement and the other Finance Documents and their respective rights against each other shall be cancelled (such rights and obligations being referred to in this Clause 21.7 as “ discharged rights and obligations ”);

 

  21.7.2 each Obligor, the Transferee Lender and the other Banks shall each assume obligations towards each other and/or acquire rights against each other which differ from the discharged rights and obligations only insofar as the Transferee Lender has assumed and/or acquired the same in place of the Transferor Lender; and

 

  21.7.3 the Transferee Lender and the other Banks shall acquire the same rights and assume the same obligations between themselves as they would have acquired and assumed had the Transferee Lender been an original party to this Agreement as a Lender with the rights and/or obligations acquired or assumed by it as a result of that transfer.

 

21.8 Transfer fee

The Transferee Lender shall pay to the Agent for its own account a transfer fee of $2,000 on the date on which the transfer effected by the relevant Transfer Certificate becomes effective.

 

21.9 Sub-participation by Lenders

Any Lender may at any time without the consent of the Borrower or any other Obligor sub-participate all or any of its rights and/or obligations under this Agreement and the other Finance Documents.

 

21.10 Disclosure of information

Any Lender may disclose to any potential Transferee Lender, assignee or sub-participant, or to any other party with whom it may propose to enter into contractual relations in connection with this Agreement or any other of the Finance Documents, such information about the Borrower and the other Obligors and their respective businesses, assets or financial condition as that Lender shall consider appropriate.

 

56


21.11 Change of Lending Office

Any Lender may at any time and from time to time change its Lending Office by giving notice to the Agent and that change shall be effective on the later of (a) the date specified in that notice and (b) the date of receipt by the Agent of that notice from that Lender. The Agent shall promptly notify the Obligors and the other Banks of any notice received by it pursuant to this Clause 21.11.

 

21.12 Mitigation

If:

 

  21.12.1 a Lender transfers any of its rights and obligations under this Agreement and the other Finance Documents in accordance with Clause 21.3 or changes its Lending Office in accordance with Clause 21.11; and

 

  21.12.2 as a result of circumstances existing at the date the transfer or change occurs, an Obligor would be obliged to make a payment to the Transferee Lender or Lender acting through its new Lending Office under Clause 8.2 or Clause 15.8,

then the Transferee Lender or Lender acting through its new Lending Office is only entitled to receive payment under those Clauses to the same extent as the Transferor Lender or Lender acting through its previous Lending Office would have been if the transfer or change had not occurred.

 

21.13 Delegation

Any Bank may at any time and from to time to time delegate any one or more of its rights, powers and/or obligations under this Agreement and the other Finance Documents to any person.

 

21.14 Register

The Agent shall keep a register of all the Lenders for the time being with details of their respective Contributions and Lending Office and shall provide any other Party (at that Party’s expense) with a copy of the register on request.

 

21.15 Swap Providers

Any Swap Provider may at any time assign or transfer all or any of its rights, benefits or obligations under this Agreement and the other Finance Documents to any person to whom it assigns or transfers all or any of its rights under the Master Agreement to which it is a party.

 

22. SET-OFF

 

22.1

A Bank may set off any matured obligation due from the Borrower under this Agreement or any other Finance Document (to the extent beneficially owned by that

 

57


  Bank) against any matured obligation owed by that Bank to the Borrower, regardless of the place of payment, booking branch or currency of either obligation. If the obligations are in different currencies, the Bank may convert either obligation at a market rate of exchange in its usual course of business for the purpose of the set-off.

 

23. MISCELLANEOUS

 

23.1 Remedies and waivers

No failure to exercise, nor any delay in exercising, on the part of any Bank, any right or remedy under the Finance Documents shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right or remedy prevent any further or other exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right or remedy. The rights and remedies provided in this Agreement are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law.

 

23.2 Waivers and amendments to be in writing

Any waiver by any Bank of any provision of this Agreement or any other of the Finance Documents, and any consent or approval given by any Bank, shall only be effective if given in writing and then only strictly for the purpose and upon the terms for which it is given. Neither this Agreement nor any of the other Finance Documents may be amended or varied orally but only by an instrument signed by or on behalf of each of the parties thereto.

 

23.3 Severability

If at any time one or more of the provisions of this Agreement or any other of the Finance Documents is or becomes invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect under any law by which it may be governed or affected, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not be in any way affected or impaired as a result.

 

23.4 Counterparts

This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and all such counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute but one and the same instrument.

 

23.5 Conclusiveness of Bank’s certificates

The certificate or determination of a Bank of a rate or amount under this Agreement and any other Finance Document is, in the absence of manifest error, conclusive evidence of the matters to which it relates and is binding on the Borrower.

 

23.6 Force majeure

No Lender will be liable for any failure on its part to maintain its Contributions or any part thereof resulting, directly or indirectly, from any action, inaction or purported action of any government or governmental agency or any strike, boycott or blockade or any cause whatsoever outside its control.

 

58


23.7 Further assurance

The Borrower shall, upon demand, and at its own expense, sign, perfect, do, execute and register all such further assurances, documents, acts and things as the Agent may require for the purpose of more effectually accomplishing or perfecting the transaction or security contemplated by this Agreement and the other Finance Documents.

 

24. NOTICES

 

24.1 Addresses

All notices (which expression includes any demand, request, consent or other communication) to be given by one Party to another under this Agreement shall be in writing and (unless delivered personally) shall be given by telefax or first class pre-paid post (airmail if sent internationally) and be addressed:

 

  24.1.1 in the case of the Agent and the Security Trustee, to it at:

Lars Hillesgt. 30

N-5020 Bergen

Norway

Telefax No: +47 55 21 19 24

Attn: Shipping Department

 

  24.1.2 in the case of an Original Lender, Mandated Lead Arranger or Bookrunner to it at the address set out beneath its name in Schedule 1 and, in the case of any other Lender, to it at the address specified in the relevant Transfer Certificate;

 

  24.1.3 in the case of a Swap Provider, to it at the address set out beneath its name in Schedule 2;

 

  24.1.4 in the case of the Borrower, to it at:

Smedasundet 40

5529 Haugesund

Norway

Telefax No: +47 52 70 40 40

Attn: Trygve Seglem

or to such other address and/or number as is notified by any Party to the others under this Agreement.

 

59


24.2 Deemed receipt of notices

Notices addressed as provided above shall be deemed to have been duly given when despatched (in the case of telefax), when delivered (in the case of personal delivery), 2 days after posting (in the case of letters sent within the same country), or 5 days after posting (in the case of letters sent internationally), provided that any notice to the Agent or the Security Trustee shall be effective only upon its actual receipt by the Agent or the Security Trustee (as appropriate) and then only if it is expressly marked for the attention of the relevant department or officer named above (or any substitute from time to time notified by the Agent or the Security Trustee, as the case may be). In each of the above cases any notice received on a non-working day or after business hours in the country of receipt shall be deemed to be given at the opening of business hours on the next working day in such country.

 

24.3 English language

All notices and documents to be given or delivered pursuant to or otherwise in relation to this Agreement and the Finance Documents shall be in the English language or be accompanied by a certified English translation.

 

25. APPLICABLE LAW AND JURISDICTION

 

25.1 Governing law

This Agreement and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it shall be governed by and construed in accordance with English law.

 

25.2 Submission to jurisdiction

The Borrower hereby irrevocably agrees for the exclusive benefit of the Banks that the English courts shall have jurisdiction in relation to any dispute and any suit, action or proceeding (referred to together in this Clause 25 as “ Proceedings ”) which may arise out of or in connection with this Agreement and/or any of the other Finance Documents, and for such purposes irrevocably submits to the jurisdiction of such courts.

 

25.3 Service of process

The Borrower hereby irrevocably agrees:

 

  25.3.1 that, for the purpose of Proceedings in England, any legal process may be served upon SH Process Agents Limited whose registered office is presently at 1 Finsbury Circus, London EC2M 7SH (Ref: 748/47-03533) who are hereby authorised to accept service on behalf of the Borrower, which shall be deemed to be good service on such Borrower; and

 

  25.3.2 that throughout the Security Period it will maintain a duly appointed process agent in England, duly notified to the Agent, and that failure by any such process agent to give notice thereof to it shall not impair the validity of such service or of a judgment or order based thereon.

 

60


25.4 Choice of forum

Nothing in this Clause 25 shall affect the right of any Bank to serve process in any manner permitted by law or limit the right of any Bank to take Proceedings against the Borrower in any other court of competent jurisdiction, nor shall the taking of Proceedings in one or more jurisdictions preclude the taking of Proceedings by any Bank in any other jurisdiction, whether concurrently or not.

The Borrower shall not commence any Proceedings in any country other than England in relation to any matter arising out of or in connection with this Agreement and/or any of the other Finance Documents.

 

25.5 Forum convenience

The Borrower irrevocably waives any objection which it may now or hereafter have on the grounds of inconvenient forum or otherwise to Proceedings being brought in any such court as is referred to in this Clause 25, and further irrevocably agrees that a judgment or order in any Proceedings brought in the English courts shall be conclusive and binding upon the Borrower and may be enforced without review in the courts of any other jurisdiction.

 

25.6 Consent

The Borrower consents generally in respect of any Proceedings arising out of or in connection with this Agreement to the giving of any relief or the issue of any process in connection with such Proceedings, including without limitation, the making, enforcement or execution against any property or assets whatsoever of any order or judgment which may be made or given in such Proceedings.

AS WITNESS the hands of the duly authorised representatives of the parties hereto the day and year first before written.

 

61


Schedule 1

LENDERS AND CONTRIBUTIONS

 

Lender

  

Lending Office

   Tranche A
Contribution
($)
     Tranche B
Contribution

($)
 

DNB Bank ASA

  

Lars Hillesgt. 30

N-5020 Bergen

Norway

Fax: +47 55 21 19 24

Attn: Shipping Department

     4,475,000         4,587,500   

Nordea Bank Norge ASA

  

Middelthuns gate 17

P.O. Box 1166 Sentrum

NO-0107 Oslo

Norway

Fax: +47 22 48 66 68

Attn: Shipping, Offshore and Oil Services

     4,475,000         4,587,500   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 
        8,950,000         9,175,000   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

62


Schedule 2

SWAP PROVIDERS

 

Swap Provider

  

Address

DNB Bank ASA   

Lars Hillesgt. 30

N-5020 Bergen

Norway

Fax: +47 55 21 19 24

Attn: Shipping Department

Nordea Bank Finland plc   

c/o Nordea Bank Norge ASA

Middelthuns Gate 17

P.O. Box 1166 Sentrum

NO-0107 Oslo

Norway

Fax: +47 22 48 66 68

Attn: Shipping, Offshore and Oil Services

 

63


Schedule 3

[INTENTIONALLY OMITTED]

 

64


Schedule 4

[INTENTIONALLY OMITTED]

 

65


Schedule 5

FORM OF TRANSFER CERTIFICATE

TRANSFER CERTIFICATE

The Transferor Lender and the Transferee Lender accept exclusive responsibility for ensuring that this Transfer Certificate and the transaction to which it relates comply with all legal and regulatory requirements applicable to them respectively.

 

To: DNB Bank ASA as agent on its own behalf and for and on behalf of the Obligors and Banks defined in the Agreement referred to below:

 

1. This Transfer Certificate relates to a $19,000,000 junior loan agreement (the “ Loan Agreement ”) dated 1 December 2009 (as amended and supplemented from time to time) and made between (1) Knutsen Shuttle Tankers XII KS as borrower (the “ Borrower ”), (2) DNB Bank ASA and Nordea Bank Norge ASA as mandated lead arrangers and bookrunners, (3) the banks and financial institutions defined therein as lenders (the “ Lenders ”), (4) the banks and financial institutions defined therein as swap providers, (5) DNB Bank ASA as agent and (6) DNB Bank ASA as security trustee (as the same may from time to time be amended or varied).

 

2. Terms defined in the Loan Agreement shall, unless otherwise defined herein, have the same meanings when used in this Transfer Certificate.

 

3. In this Certificate:

Relevant Party ” means each Obligor and each Bank (other than the Transferor Lender and the Transferee Lender);

Transferor Lender ” means [full name] of [lending office]; and

Transferee Lender ” means [full name] of [lending office].

 

4. The Transferor Lender as beneficial owner hereby transfers to the Transferee Lender absolutely in accordance with Clause 21 of the Loan Agreement all its rights and benefit (present, future or contingent) under the Loan Agreement and the other Finance Documents to the extent of [ ]% of the Transferor Lender’s Contributions outstanding, details of which are set out below:

 

Transferor Lender’s Contribution

   Amount to be Transferred  

Tranche A

   $ [ ]   

Tranche B

   $ [ ]   

 

5. By virtue of this Transfer Certificate and Clause 21 of the Loan Agreement the Transferor Lender is discharged [entirely from its Contributions][from [ ]% of its Contributions].

 

66


6. The Transferee Lender hereby requests the Agent and the other Banks to accept the executed copies of this Transfer Certificate as being delivered pursuant to and for the purposes of Clause 21 of the Loan Agreement so as to take effect in accordance with the terms thereof on [ ].

 

7. The Transferee Lender:

 

  7.1 confirms that it has received copies of the Loan Agreement and the other Finance Documents together with such other documents and information as it has required in connection with the transaction contemplated thereby;

 

  7.2 confirms that it has not relied and will not hereafter rely on the Transferor Lender or any other Bank to check or enquire on its behalf into the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy, accuracy or completeness of the Loan Agreement, any of the other Finance Documents or any such other documents or information;

 

  7.3 agrees that it has not relied and will not rely on the Transferor Lender or any other Bank to assess or keep under review on its behalf the financial condition, creditworthiness, condition, affairs, status or nature of the Borrower or any other party to the Loan Agreement or any of the other Finance Documents (save as otherwise expressly provided therein);

 

  7.4 warrants to the Transferor Lender and each Relevant Party that it has power and authority to become a party to the Loan Agreement and has taken all necessary action to authorise execution of this Transfer Certificate and to obtain all necessary approvals and consents to the assumption of its obligations under the Loan Agreement and the other Finance Documents;

 

  7.5 if not already a Lender, appoints the Agent to act as its agent as provided in the Loan Agreement and the other Finance Documents and agrees to be bound by the terms thereof; and

 

  7.6 confirms the accuracy of the administrative details set out in the Schedule to this Transfer Certificate.

 

8. The Transferor Lender:

 

  8.1 warrants to the Transferee Lender and each Relevant Party that it has full power to enter into this Transfer Certificate and has taken all corporate action necessary to authorise it to do so; and

 

  8.2 undertakes with the Transferee Lender that it will, at its own expense, execute any documents which the Transferee Lender reasonably requests for perfecting in any relevant jurisdiction the Transferee Lender’s title under this Transfer Certificate or for a similar purpose.

 

67


9. The Transferee Lender hereby undertakes with the Transferor Lender and each Relevant Party that it will perform all those obligations which by the terms of the Loan Agreement will be assumed by it after this Transfer Certificate takes effect.

 

10. If this Transfer Certificate takes effect during an Interest Period, the Agent shall make all payments which would have become due to the Transferor Lender under the Loan Agreement during that Interest Period if no such transfer had been effected to the Transferor Lender and the Transferee Lender according to the percentages of the Transferor Lender’s Contributions transferred and retained pursuant to Clauses 4 and 5 of this Transfer Certificate, and the Transferor Lender and the Transferee Lender shall be responsible for paying to each other pro rata all amounts (if any) due to them from each other for that Interest Period. On and from the commencement of the immediately succeeding Interest Period, the Agent shall make all payments due under the Loan Agreement for the account of the Transferor Lender to the Transferor Lender and shall make all payments due under the Loan Agreement for the account of the Transferee Lender to the Transferee Lender. This provision is for administrative convenience only and shall not affect the rights of the Transferor Lender and the Transferee Lender under the Loan Agreement.

 

11. Neither the Transferor Lender nor any other Bank:

 

  11.1 makes any representation or warranty nor assumes any responsibility with respect to the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of the Loan Agreement or any of the other Finance Documents or any other document relating thereto;

 

  11.2 assumes any responsibility for the financial condition of the Borrower or any other party to the Loan Agreement or any of the other Finance Documents or any other document relating thereto or for the performance and observance thereof by (save as otherwise expressly provided therein) and any and all such conditions and warranties, whether expressed or implied by law or otherwise, are hereby excluded (except as aforesaid).

 

12. The Transferor Lender and the Transferee Lender undertake that they will on demand fully indemnify the Agent and the Security Trustee in respect of any claim, proceeding, liability or expense which relates to or results from this Transfer Certificate or any matter connected with or arising out of it unless caused by the Agent’s or Security Trustee’s gross negligence or wilful misconduct, as the case may be.

 

13. The agreements and undertaking of the Transferee Lender in this Transfer Certificate are given to and for the benefit of and made with each of the Relevant Parties.

 

14. This Transfer Certificate shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, English law.

 

68


Transferor Lender

By: [ ]

Dated: [ ]

Transferee Lender

By: [ ]

Dated: [ ]

Agent (for and on behalf of itself and for every other Relevant Party)

By: [ ]

Dated: [ ]

 

69


Schedule

ADMINISTRATIVE DETAILS OF TRANSFEREE LENDER

Name of Transferee Lender:

Lending Office:

Contact Person

(Loan Administration Department):

Telephone:

Fax:

Contact Person

(Credit Administration Department):

Telephone:

Fax:

Account for Payments:

 

70


Schedule 6

[INTENTIONALLY OMITTED]

 

71


Schedule 7

[INTENTIONALLY OMITTED]

 

72


[EXECUTION PAGES INTENTIONALLY OMITTED]

 

73


APPENDIX 2

FORM OF PARENT GUARANTEE


DATED                      2013

KNOT OFFSHORE PARTNERS LP

as Guarantor

- and -

DNB BANK ASA

as Security Trustee

 

 

GUARANTEE AND INDEMNITY

 

 

in respect of the obligations of Knutsen Shuttle Tankers XII KS

under a US$19,000,000 loan facility relating to

“FORTALEZA KNUTSEN” and “RECIFE KNUTSEN”

 

LOGO


CONTENTS

 

Clause        Page  
1.   DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION      1   
2.   GUARANTEE AND INDEMNITY      2   
3.   CONTINUING SECURITY      2   
4.   RESTRICTIONS ON GUARANTOR      3   
5.   WAIVER BY GUARANTOR      4   
6.   PAYMENTS AND APPLICATION OF FUNDS      4   
7.   NO SET-OFF, COUNTERCLAIM OR TAX DEDUCTION      4   
8.   PROVISO TO RELEASE OF THIS GUARANTEE      5   
9.   REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES      5   
10.   UNDERTAKINGS      7   
11.   FINANCIAL COVENANTS      9   
12.   INDEMNITIES AND EXPENSES      11   
13.   ASSIGNMENTS AND TRANSFERS      11   
14.   SET-OFF      12   
15.   MISCELLANEOUS      12   
16.   NOTICES      13   
17.   APPLICABLE LAW AND JURISDICTION      14   
EXECUTION PAGE      15   
SCHEDULE 1 - FORM OF COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE      16   


THIS GUARANTEE is made on              2013

BETWEEN:

 

(1) KNOT OFFSHORE PARTNERS LP , a limited partnership organised under the laws of the Marshall Islands and having its registered office at Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, the Marshall Islands (the “ Guarantor ”); and

 

(2) DNB BANK ASA , a company incorporated under the laws of Norway acting through its office at Lars Hillesgt. 30, N-5020 Bergen, Norway in its capacity as security trustee for the Banks (the “ Security Trustee ”).

WHEREAS:

 

(A) By a loan agreement dated 1 December 2009 (as amended by a supplemental agreement dated 14 February 2011, a second supplemental agreement dated 14 September 2012, a third supplemental agreement dated 27 February 2013 and as amended and restated by an amendment and restatement deed dated April 2013, the “ Agreement ”) now made between (1) Knutsen Shuttle Tankers XII KS as borrower (the “ Borrower ”), (2) DNB Bank ASA and Nordea Bank Norge ASA as lenders (the “ Lenders ”), (3) DNB Bank ASA and Nordea Bank Norge ASA as mandated lead arrangers and bookrunners, (4) DNB Bank ASA and Nordea Bank Finland plc as swap providers (5) DNB Bank ASA as agent (the “ Agent ”) and (6) the Security Trustee, the Lenders agreed to make available to the Borrower a term loan facility of up to $19,000,000.

 

(B) At the request of the Borrower and as additional security for the repayment of the Loan and the payment of interest thereon and all other moneys from time to time due or owing to the Banks or any of them under or pursuant to the Finance Documents, the Guarantor has agreed to enter into this Guarantee.

 

(C) This Guarantee forms part of the Trust Property which pursuant to the Agreement the Security Trustee holds on trust for itself and the other Banks.

IT IS AGREED as follows:

 

1. DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

 

1.1 Words and expressions defined in the Agreement shall, unless otherwise expressly provided herein or the context otherwise requires, have the same meanings when used in this Guarantee, including the Recitals. In addition:

US GAAP ” means accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

 

1.2 In this Guarantee:

 

  1.2.1 unless the context otherwise requires, words in the singular include the plural and vice versa;

 

  1.2.2 references to any document include the same as varied, supplemented or replaced from time to time;

 

  1.2.3 references to any enactment include re-enactments, amendments and extensions thereof;


  1.2.4 references to any person include that person’s successors and permitted assigns;

 

  1.2.5 clause headings are for convenience of reference only and are not to be taken into account in construction; and

 

  1.2.6 unless otherwise specified, references to Clauses, Recitals and Schedules are respectively to Clauses of and Recitals and Schedules to this Guarantee.

 

1.3 Except for the Banks, a person who is not a party to this Guarantee may not enforce, or otherwise have the benefit of, any provision of this Guarantee under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999.

 

2. GUARANTEE AND INDEMNITY

 

2.1 The Guarantor irrevocably and unconditionally:

 

  2.1.1 guarantees the due and punctual performance by the Borrower of all the Borrower’s obligations under the Finance Documents;

 

  2.1.2 undertakes as primary obligor and not as surety only that whenever the Borrower does not pay any part of the Outstanding Indebtedness when due under or in connection with any Finance Document, the Guarantor shall immediately on demand by the Security Trustee pay that amount to the Security Trustee; and

 

  2.1.3 agrees, as a separate and independent stipulation, that if any amounts intended to be guaranteed hereby are not recoverable on the footing of a guarantee, whether by reason of any legal limitation, disability or incapacity on or of the Borrower or any other fact or circumstance, whether or not known to any Bank or the Guarantor, then such amounts shall nevertheless be recoverable from the Guarantor as sole or principal debtor by way of indemnity and shall be payable by the Guarantor to the Security Trustee on demand.

 

2.2 If the Guarantor fails to pay on the due date any sum (whether of principal, interest or otherwise) due under this Guarantee, interest will accrue, and become payable by it upon the Security Trustee’s demand, upon the sum unpaid from and including the date upon which it fell due for payment until the date of actual payment (as well after as before judgment) at the rate per annum determined by the Agent to be 2% higher than the rate which would have been payable if the overdue amount had, during the period of non-payment, constituted part of the Loan for successive periods, each of a duration selected by the Agent (acting reasonably). Any such interest shall accrue from day to day, be calculated on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed and a 360 day year and be compounded at the end of each such period determined by the Agent for so long as it remains unpaid.

 

2.3 The guarantee contained in this Clause 2 is a guarantee of payment and performance and not of collection.

 

3. CONTINUING SECURITY

 

3.1 This Guarantee:

 

  3.1.1 is and shall at all times be a continuing security for the payment of the full amount of the Outstanding Indebtedness from time to time;

 

2


  3.1.2 shall not be satisfied by any intermediate payment or satisfaction of any part of the Outstanding Indebtedness;

 

  3.1.3 shall be in addition to and shall not merge with or be prejudiced or affected by any other security for the Outstanding Indebtedness which may have been, or may at any time hereafter be, given to the Banks (or any of them) by the Borrower or any other person.

 

3.2 The obligations of the Guarantor under this Guarantee shall not be reduced, discharged or otherwise adversely affected by reason of any act, omission, matter or thing (whether or not known to the Guarantor and/or any Bank) which, but for this provision, might operate to release the Guarantor from all or part of its liability under this Guarantee including, without limitation:

 

  3.2.1 any time or indulgence granted to, or composition with, the Borrower or any other person; or

 

  3.2.2 any termination, renewal, extension or variation of any credit, accommodation or facility granted by the Banks (or any of them) to the Borrower or any other person or any amendment of, or the making of any supplement to, any Finance Document or any other document or security; or

 

  3.2.3 the taking, variation, compromise, renewal, enforcement, realisation or release of, or refusal or neglect or failure to take, perfect, release or enforce, any rights, remedies or securities against, or granted by, any Obligor or other person; or

 

  3.2.4 any incapacity, disability, or defect in powers of any Obligor or other person, or any irregular exercise thereof by, or lack of authority of, any person purporting to act on behalf of any Obligor or other person; or

 

  3.2.5 any illegality, invalidity, avoidance or unenforceability on any grounds whatsoever of, or of any obligations of any Obligor or other person under, any Finance Document or any other document or security; or

 

  3.2.6 the death, liquidation, administration, insolvency, amalgamation, reorganisation or dissolution, or any change in the constitution, name or style, of any Obligor, any Bank or any other person.

 

4. RESTRICTIONS ON GUARANTOR

 

4.1 Until the moneys and liabilities hereby guaranteed have been paid and discharged in full, the Guarantor shall not be entitled, nor shall the Guarantor claim, by virtue of any payment made by it under this Guarantee:

 

  4.1.1 to exercise any right of subrogation or indemnity or any other right or remedy in relation to any rights, security or moneys held by or recovered or receivable by the Security Trustee or any other Bank under the Finance Documents; or

 

  4.1.2 to exercise any right of set-off or counterclaim against the Borrower or any other Obligor; or

 

  4.1.3 to exercise any right of contribution from any other Obligor in respect of the Outstanding Indebtedness; or

 

3


  4.1.4 to receive, claim or have the benefit of any payment, distribution or security from the Borrower or any other Obligor; or

 

  4.1.5 unless so directed by the Security Trustee (in which case the Guarantor shall prove in accordance with the Security Trustee’s directions), to rank as a creditor or have any right of proof in the bankruptcy, liquidation or insolvency of the Borrower or any other Obligor in competition with the Security Trustee.

 

4.2 The Guarantor hereby represents and warrants that it has not taken, and undertakes that it will not take, without the prior written consent of the Security Trustee (as directed by the Lenders), any security from the Borrower or any other Obligor in respect of the Guarantor’s liability under this Guarantee.

 

4.3 If the Guarantor is required by the Security Trustee to prove in the bankruptcy, liquidation or insolvency of the Borrower or any other Obligor, or receives any payment, distribution or security from the Borrower or any other Obligor, or exercises any right of set-off or counterclaim, or otherwise acts in breach of any provision of this Clause 4, then in each such case the Guarantor shall hold on trust for the Security Trustee and forthwith pay or transfer (as may be appropriate) to the Security Trustee any such payment, amount set off, distribution or benefit of such security received by it.

 

5. WAIVER BY GUARANTOR

 

5.1 The Guarantor hereby waives any rights which the Guarantor may have to require the Security Trustee first to enforce any of the other Finance Documents or claim payment from the Borrower or any other person, before enforcing any rights of the Security Trustee against the Guarantor under this Guarantee.

 

6. PAYMENTS AND APPLICATION OF FUNDS

 

6.1 Unless otherwise specified by the Security Trustee, all moneys to be paid by the Guarantor under this Guarantee shall be paid to the Security Trustee in Dollars on the due date and in same day funds to such account as the Security Trustee may from time to time notify the Guarantor.

 

6.2 Subject as provided below, all moneys received or recovered by the Security Trustee pursuant to this Guarantee shall be held by it upon trust, in the first place to pay or make good all costs, expenses and liabilities whatsoever incurred by the Security Trustee in or about or incidental to the recovery of such moneys, and the balance shall be applied in accordance with Clause 7.2 of the Agreement. The Security Trustee may at its discretion place and keep any moneys so received or recovered to the credit of a suspense account for so long as the Security Trustee may think fit with a view to preserving the rights of the Security Trustee to prove for the whole of its claims against the Borrower or other person liable.

 

6.3 The Guarantor hereby irrevocably waives any rights of appropriation to which it may be entitled.

 

7. NO SET-OFF, COUNTERCLAIM OR TAX DEDUCTION

 

7.1 All payments to be made by the Guarantor under this Guarantee shall be made without set-off or counterclaim and free and clear of, and without deduction for or on account of, any present or future taxes, unless the Guarantor is compelled by law to make payment subject to any such tax.

 

4


7.2 If the Guarantor is compelled by law to make payment subject to such taxes, the Guarantor will:

 

  7.2.1 promptly notify the Security Trustee upon becoming aware of such requirement;

 

  7.2.2 pay the tax deducted to the appropriate taxation authority promptly, and in any event before any fine or penalty arises;

 

  7.2.3 pay the Security Trustee such additional amount as is necessary to ensure that the Security Trustee or (if the payment is not due to the Security Trustee for its own account) the Bank beneficially interested in the payment (the “ relevant recipient ”) receives a net amount equal to the full amount which it would have received had such tax deduction not been required to be made; and

 

  7.2.4 as soon as reasonably practicable after making the relevant tax deduction, deliver to the Security Trustee for forwarding to the relevant recipient a copy of the receipt from the relevant taxation authority evidencing that the tax had been paid to such authority.

 

7.3 If, following any such tax deduction as is referred to in Clause 7.2 from any payment by the Guarantor, the relevant recipient shall receive or be granted a credit against or remission for any taxes payable by it, the relevant recipient shall, subject to the Guarantor having made any increased payment in accordance with Clause 7.2 and to the extent that the relevant recipient can do so without prejudicing the retention of the amount of such credit or remission and without prejudice to the right of the relevant recipient to obtain any other relief or allowance which may be available to it, reimburse the Guarantor with such amount as the relevant recipient shall in its absolute discretion certify to be the proportion of such credit or remission as will leave the relevant recipient (after such reimbursement) in no worse position than it would have been in had there been no such deduction or withholding from the payment to the relevant recipient as aforesaid. Such reimbursement shall be made forthwith upon the relevant recipient certifying that the amount of such credit or remission has been received by it. Nothing contained in this Guarantee shall oblige any Bank to rearrange its tax affairs or to disclose any information regarding its tax affairs and computations. Without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, the Guarantor shall not by virtue of this Clause 7.3 be entitled to enquire about the tax affairs of any Bank.

 

8. PROVISO TO RELEASE OF THIS GUARANTEE

 

8.1 Any release, discharge or settlement between the Guarantor and the Security Trustee in relation to this guarantee shall be conditional on no right, security, disposition or payment to the Banks (or any of them) by the Guarantor, the Borrower or any other person in respect of the Outstanding Indebtedness being avoided, set aside or ordered to be refunded pursuant to any enactment or law relating to breach of duty by any person, bankruptcy, liquidation, administration, protection from creditors generally or insolvency or for any other reason. If any such right, security, disposition or payment is avoided, set aside or ordered to be refunded, the Security Trustee shall be entitled subsequently to enforce this Guarantee against the Guarantor as if such release, discharge or settlement had not occurred and any such security, disposition or payment had not been made.

 

9. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

9.1 The Guarantor represents and warrants that the following matters are true at the date of this Guarantee.

 

9.2 The Guarantor:

 

  9.2.1 is a limited liability partnership which is duly organised, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the Marshall Islands;

 

5


  9.2.2 has full power to own its property and assets and to carry on its business as it is now being conducted;

 

  9.2.3 has complied with all statutory and other requirements relative to its business;

 

  9.2.4 is solvent and not in liquidation or administration or subject to any other insolvency procedure, and no receiver, administrative receiver, administrator, liquidator, trustee or analogous officer has been appointed in respect of it or all or any part of its assets.

 

9.3 The entry into and performance by the Guarantor of this Guarantee are within the corporate powers of the Guarantor and have been duly authorised by all necessary corporate actions and approvals. In entering into this Guarantee the Guarantor is acting on its own account and not as agent or nominee of any person.

 

9.4 The entry into and performance by the Guarantor of this Guarantee do not and will not:

 

  9.4.1 contravene in any respect the constitutional documents of the Guarantor or any law, regulation or contractual restriction which does, or may, bind the Guarantor or any of its assets; or

 

  9.4.2 result in the creation or imposition of any Encumbrance (other than a Permitted Encumbrance) on any of its assets in favour of any party.

 

9.5 All licences, authorisations, approvals and consents necessary for the entry into, performance, validity, enforceability or admissibility in evidence of this Guarantee have been obtained and are in full force and effect and there has been no breach of any condition or restriction imposed in this respect.

 

9.6 This Guarantee constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligations of the Guarantor enforceable against the Guarantor in accordance with its terms, except insofar as enforcement may be limited by any applicable laws relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, administration and similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally.

 

9.7 No litigation, arbitration, tax claim or administrative proceeding is current or pending or (to the knowledge of the Guarantor) threatened, which, if adversely determined, would have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

9.8 No continuing Event of Default or Potential Event of Default has occurred.

 

9.9 All factual information furnished in writing to any Bank by or on behalf of the Guarantor in connection with the negotiation and preparation of the Finance Documents was (when given) true and correct in all material respects and there are no other facts or considerations the omission of which would render any such information materially misleading.

 

9.10 All payments to be made by the Guarantor under this Guarantee may be made free and clear of and without deduction or withholding for or on account of any taxes, and this Guarantee is not liable to any registration charge or any stamp, documentary or similar taxes imposed by any authority, including without limitation, in connection with the admissibility in evidence of any thereof.

 

6


9.11 The Guarantor has complied in all material respects with all relevant tax laws and regulations applicable to it and its business.

 

9.12 The payment obligations of the Guarantor under this Guarantee rank at least pari passu with the claims of all its other unsecured and unsubordinated creditors, except for obligations mandatorily preferred by law applying to companies generally.

 

9.13 The Guarantor has received a copy of the Agreement and is familiar with and has approved its terms and conditions.

 

9.14 The Guarantor agrees that the representations set out in this Clause 9 (other than the ones in Clauses 9.5, 9.7, 9.8 and 9.10) shall survive the execution of this Guarantee and shall be deemed to be repeated on each Interest Date with reference to the facts and circumstances then subsisting, as if made on such date.

 

10. UNDERTAKINGS

 

10.1 The undertakings in this Clause 10 shall remain in force from the date of this Guarantee to the end of the Security Period.

 

10.2 The Guarantor shall:

 

  10.2.1 procure the performance and observance by the Borrower of the covenants and obligations imposed upon it under the Finance Documents;

 

  10.2.2 maintain its corporate existence as a limited liability partnership duly organised, validly existing and in good standing in the Marshall Islands;

 

  10.2.3 obtain and maintain in force, and promptly furnish certified copies to the Security Trustee of, all licences, authorisations, approvals and consents, and do all other acts and things, which may from time to time be necessary or desirable for the continued due performance of its obligations under this Guarantee or which may be required for the validity, enforceability or admissibility in evidence of this Guarantee;

 

  10.2.4 ensure that its obligations under this Guarantee rank at least pari passu with all its other present, future and/or contingent unsecured and unsubordinated obligations;

 

  10.2.5 conduct its business in a proper and efficient manner and not change the nature, organisation or conduct of its business;

 

  10.2.6 pay all taxes, assessments and other governmental charges as they fall due, except to the extent that it is contesting the same in good faith by appropriate proceedings and has set aside adequate reserves for their payment if such proceedings fail;

 

  10.2.7 keep proper books of account in respect of its business in accordance with US GAAP consistently applied and whenever so requested by the Security Trustee make the same available for inspection by or on behalf of the Agent;

 

  10.2.8 provide to the Security Trustee:

 

  (a)

within 150 days of the end of each financial year of the Guarantor, certified copies (in a sufficient number for each of the Banks) of the consolidated profit and loss

 

7


  accounts and balance sheets of the Group for that financial year, prepared in accordance with US GAAP and audited by auditors previously approved in writing by the Agent;

 

  (b) within 90 days of 31 March, 30 June, 30 September and 31 December in each year, certified copies (in a sufficient number for each of the Banks) of the unaudited consolidated profit and loss accounts and balance sheets of the Group for the relevant financial year to date, prepared in accordance with US GAAP;

 

  (c) as at 31 March, 30 June and 30 September in each year (and within 90 days of each such date) and as at 31 December in each year (and within 150 days of each such date), a compliance certificate in the form set out in Schedule 1 signed by the chief financial officer or chief executive officer of the Guarantor and the Borrower confirming that they and the other Obligors are, as at the date of such certificate, in compliance with their respective obligations under the Finance Documents and that no Event of Default or Potential Event of Default has occurred, or, if any has occurred, that none is continuing;

 

  (d) within 60 days after 31 December in each year, a certified copy of the financial projections of the Group for that year and the next 5 years (including consolidated profit and loss, balance sheet and cash flow forecasts with supporting schedules and calculations); and

 

  (e) promptly, such further information in the possession or control of the Guarantor regarding the financial condition and operations of the Group as the Security Trustee may reasonably request.

 

  10.2.9 inform the Security Trustee promptly of any litigation, arbitration, tax claim or administrative proceeding instituted or (to its knowledge) threatened and of any other occurrence of which it becomes aware which, in any such case, might have a Material Adverse Effect;

 

  10.2.10 promptly after the happening of any Event of Default or a Potential Event of Default, notify the Security Trustee of such event and of the steps (if any) which are being taken to remedy it;

 

  10.2.11 without prejudice to Clause 10.2.10, promptly upon a request by the Security Trustee if an Event of Default or a Potential Event of Default has occurred and is continuing (or the Security Trustee reasonably believes that an Event of Default or a Potential Event of Default may have occurred and then be continuing), supply to the Security Trustee a certificate signed on behalf of the Guarantor by any two of its directors and/or executive officers identifying all of the Events of Default and Potential Events of Default, if any, of which the Guarantor is aware and which are then continuing (and specifying the steps, if any, being taken to remedy them);

 

  10.2.12 promptly provide the Security Trustee with such other financial and other information concerning the Group and its affairs as the Security Trustee may from time to time require; and

 

  10.2.13 ensure that:

 

  (a) the Borrower is wholly-owned directly or indirectly by the Guarantor; and

 

8


  (b) the MLP General Partner is wholly-owned directly or indirectly by the Sponsor; and

 

  (c) the MLP General Partner is the general partner of the Guarantor; and

 

  (d) the Sponsor owns not less than one-third of the share capital and voting rights (subject to the limitations on voting rights relating to election of board members, amendments and certain other matters as set out in the Limited Partnership Agreement) of the Guarantor; and

 

  (e) no person or group of persons acting in concert (other than the Sponsor or any wholly-owned subsidiaries thereof) owns more than 33% of the share capital or voting rights (subject to the limitations on voting rights relating to election of board members, amendments and certain other matters as set out in the Limited Partnership Agreement) of the Guarantor; and

 

  (f) the Guarantor is and remains listed on the New York Stock Exchange,

except as agreed in writing by the Security Trustee (acting on the instructions of the Lenders).

 

10.3 The Guarantor shall not without the prior consent of the Security Trustee (as directed by the Lenders):

 

  10.3.1 consolidate, amalgamate or merge with any other entity;

 

  10.3.2 alter or extend its financial year for the purposes of the preparation of its accounts, or change its auditors; or

 

  10.3.3 undertake any transaction with any person, company or other entity which is an affiliate of the Guarantor unless such transaction is conducted at arm’s length on normal commercial terms.

 

11. FINANCIAL COVENANTS

 

11.1 The Guarantor shall ensure that at all times from the date of this Guarantee until the end of the Security Period:

 

  11.1.1 the amount of Free Liquidity is not less than the aggregate of:

 

  (a) $15,000,000; plus

 

  (b) $1,500,000 for each Long-term Charter Free Group Vessel on the date of computation; plus

 

  (c) $1,000,000 for each of the Additional Group Vessels on the date of computation;

 

  11.1.2 the Book Equity is not less than 30% of the Total Assets; and

 

  11.1.3 EBITDA is not less than 250% of Interest Expense.

 

9


11.2 For the purposes of this Guarantee:

Additional Group Vessels ” means the number of Group Vessels at any relevant time by which the total number of Group Vessels exceeds 8;

Book Equity ” means the book value of equity of the Group determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with US GAAP;

EBITDA ” means the earnings before interest, depreciation, amortisation and taxes for the Group determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with US GAAP for each period of twelve months ending on the last day of each quarter of the financial year;

Free Liquidity ” means, in respect of the Group on a consolidated basis, the aggregate value of:

 

  (a) cash in hand and unencumbered bank deposits; and

 

  (b) unencumbered liquid bonds and other debt instruments with an “A” - rating or better of Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group or Moody’s Investor’s Service, Inc. and liquid equities listed on any major stock exchange; and

 

  (c) any other bond or debt instrument accepted by the Agent on instructions of the Lenders in writing;

provided, however, that the Free Liquidity shall not include undrawn amounts under any loan agreement with a lender which is not a member of the Group to which the Borrower, the Guarantor and/or any other member of the Group is a party;

Group Vessel ” means a vessel which is either:

 

  (a) in the registered ownership of a member of the Group;

 

  (b) on bareboat charter to a member of the Group;

 

  (c) subject to a time charterparty to a member of the Group which has a remaining duration (excluding optional periods which have not been declared) of at least 12 months; or

 

  (d) leased to a member of the Group or is subject to any other operating agreement which would be treated as a finance or capital lease.

Interest Expense ” means the interest expense of the Group determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with US GAAP;

Long-term Charter Free Group Vessel ” means a Group Vessel which, as at any relevant date, is not subject to a charterparty which:

 

  (e) is with a charterer which is not a member of the Group;

 

  (f) is on terms approved by the Security Trustee (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders); and

 

  (g) has a remaining duration (excluding optional periods which have not been declared) of at least 12 months;

Total Assets ” means the total assets of the Group determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with US GAAP.

 

10


12. INDEMNITIES AND EXPENSES

 

12.1 The Guarantor shall pay to the Security Trustee on demand, and indemnify and keep each Bank indemnified against, all costs, charges, expenses, claims, liabilities, losses, duties and fees (including, but not limited to, legal fees and expenses on a full indemnity basis) and taxes thereon suffered or incurred by the Security Trustee:

 

  12.1.1 in the negotiation, preparation, printing, execution and registration of this Guarantee and the other Security Documents;

 

  12.1.2 in the enforcement or preservation or the attempted enforcement or preservation of any of the rights and powers of the Security Trustee under this Guarantee or of the security constituted by the Security Documents;

 

  12.1.3 in connection with any actual or proposed amendment or release of or supplement to this Guarantee, or with any request to the Security Trustee to grant any consent or waiver in respect of any provision of this Guarantee, whether or not the same is given;

 

  12.1.4 arising out of any act or omission made by the Banks (or any of them) in good faith in connection with any of the matters dealt with in this Guarantee.

 

12.2 The Guarantor shall pay any and all stamp, documentary, registration and like taxes or charges imposed by governmental authorities in relation to this Guarantee and shall indemnify each Bank against any and all liabilities with respect to, or resulting from, delay or omission on the part of the Guarantor to pay such taxes or charges.

 

12.3 If any sum due from the Guarantor under the Finance Documents (a “ Sum ”), or any order, judgment or award given or made in relation to a Sum, has to be converted from the currency (the “ First Currency ”) in which that Sum is payable into another currency (the “ Second Currency ”) for the purpose of making or filing a claim or proof against the Guarantor or obtaining or enforcing an order, judgment or award in relation to any litigation or arbitration proceedings, the Guarantor shall as an independent obligation, within 3 Banking Days of demand, indemnify each Bank to whom that Sum is due against any cost, loss or liability arising out of or as a result of the conversion including any discrepancy between (a) the rate of exchange used to convert that Sum from the First Currency into the Second Currency and (b) the rate or rates of exchange available to that Bank at the time of its receipt of that Sum.

 

12.4 The indemnities contained in the Finance Documents shall continue in full force and effect after the full and final discharge of the Outstanding Indebtedness with respect to matters arising prior to such discharge.

 

13. ASSIGNMENTS AND TRANSFERS

 

13.1 This Guarantee shall be binding upon the Guarantor and shall inure to the benefit of the Security Trustee and the other Banks.

 

13.2 The Guarantor may not assign or transfer all or any of its rights, benefits or obligations under this Guarantee.

 

11


13.3 Any Bank may freely assign or transfer or sub-participate all or any of its rights, benefits or obligations under this Guarantee in accordance with the relevant provisions of the Agreement as if the same were, mutatis mutandis, set out in full in this Guarantee.

 

13.4 Any Bank may disclose to any potential transferee, assignee or sub-participant, or to any other party with whom it may propose to enter into contractual relations in connection with this Guarantee, such information about the Guarantor and its business, assets or financial condition as that Bank shall consider appropriate.

 

13.5 Any Bank may at any time and from time to time change its lending office and/or delegate any one or more of its rights, powers and/or obligations under this Guarantee to any person.

 

13.6 The Guarantor undertakes to do or to procure all such acts and things and to sign, execute and deliver or procure the signing, execution and delivery of all such instruments and documents as the Security Trustee may reasonably require for the purpose of perfecting any such assignment, transfer, sub-participation, change or delegation as aforesaid.

 

13.7 Without prejudice to Clause 13.6, the Guarantor irrevocably authorises the Agent to sign any Transfer Certificate on its behalf.

 

14. SET-OFF

 

14.1 A Bank may set off any matured obligation due from the Guarantor under this Guarantee (to the extent beneficially owned by that Bank) against any matured obligation owed by that Bank to the Guarantor, regardless of the place of payment, booking branch or currency of either obligation. If the obligations are in different currencies, the Bank may convert either obligation at a market rate of exchange in its usual course of business for the purpose of the set-off.

 

15. MISCELLANEOUS

 

15.1 No failure to exercise, nor any delay in exercising, on the part of the Security Trustee, any right or remedy under this Guarantee shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right or remedy prevent any further or other exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right or remedy. The rights and remedies provided in this Guarantee are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law.

 

15.2 Any waiver by the Security Trustee of any provision of this Guarantee, and any consent or approval given by the Security Trustee hereunder, shall only be effective if given in writing and then only strictly for the purpose and upon the terms for which it is given. This Guarantee may not be amended or varied orally but only by an instrument signed by or on behalf of each of the parties hereto.

 

15.3 If at any time one or more of the provisions of this Guarantee is or becomes invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect under any law by which it may be governed or affected, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not be in any way affected or impaired as a result.

 

15.4 This Guarantee may be executed in any number of counterparts and all such counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute but one and the same instrument.

 

12


15.5 A certificate or determination by the Security Trustee or any other Bank as to the amount of the Outstanding Indebtedness or any part thereof, without limitation as to any other matter provided for in this Guarantee or the other Security Documents, shall (save in case of manifest error) for all purposes be conclusive and binding upon the Guarantor.

 

15.6 The Guarantor shall, upon demand, and at its own expense, sign, perfect, do, execute and register all such further assurances, documents, acts and things as the Security Trustee may require for the purpose of more effectually accomplishing or perfecting the transaction or security contemplated by this Guarantee.

 

16. NOTICES

 

16.1 All notices (which expression includes any demand, request, consent or other communication) to be given by one party to the other under this Guarantee shall be in writing and (unless delivered personally) shall be given by telefax or first class pre-paid post (airmail if sent internationally) and be addressed:

 

  16.1.1 in the case of the Security Trustee, to it at:

Lars Hillesgt. 30

N-5020 Bergen

Norway

Telefax No:        +47 55 21 19 24

Attn:                   Shipping Department

 

  16.1.2 in the case of the Guarantor, to it at:

2 Queen’ Cross

Aberdeen

Aberdeenshire

AB15 4YB

United Kingdom

Telefax No:        +44 1224 624 891

Attn:                   Arild Vik

or to such other address and/or number as is notified by one party to the other under this Guarantee.

 

16.2 Notices addressed as provided above shall be deemed to have been duly given when despatched (in the case of telefax), when delivered (in the case of personal delivery), 2 days after posting (in the case of letters sent within the same country), or 5 days after posting (in the case of letters sent internationally), provided that any notice to the Security Trustee shall be effective only upon its actual receipt by the Security Trustee and then only if it is expressly marked for the attention of the relevant department or officer named above (or any substitute from time to time notified by the Security Trustee). In each of the above cases any notice received on a non-working day or after business hours in the country of receipt shall be deemed to be given at the opening of business hours on the next working day in such country.

 

16.3 All notices and documents to be given or delivered pursuant to or otherwise in relation to this Guarantee shall be in the English language or be accompanied by a certified English translation.

 

13


17. APPLICABLE LAW AND JURISDICTION

 

17.1 This Guarantee and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it shall be governed by and construed in accordance with English law.

 

17.2 The Guarantor hereby irrevocably agrees for the exclusive benefit of the Security Trustee that the English courts shall have jurisdiction in relation to any dispute and any suit, action or proceeding (referred to together in this Clause 17 as “ Proceedings ”) which may arise out of or in connection with this Guarantee and/or any of the other Finance Documents to which the Guarantor may be party, and for such purposes irrevocably submits to the jurisdiction of such courts.

 

17.3 The Guarantor hereby irrevocably agrees:

 

  17.3.1 that, for the purpose of Proceedings in England, any legal process may be served upon SH Process Agents Limited whose registered office is presently at 1 Finsbury Circus, London EC2M 7SH (Ref: 748/47-03533) who are hereby authorised to accept service on behalf of the Guarantor, which shall be deemed to be good service on the Guarantor; and

 

  17.3.2 that throughout the Security Period the Guarantor will maintain a duly appointed process agent in England, duly notified to the Security Trustee, and that failure by any such process agent to give notice thereof to the Guarantor shall not impair the validity of such service or of a judgment or order based thereon.

 

17.4 Nothing in this Clause 17 shall affect the right of the Security Trustee to serve process in any manner permitted by law or limit the right of the Security Trustee to take Proceedings against the Guarantor in any other court of competent jurisdiction, nor shall the taking of Proceedings in one or more jurisdictions preclude the taking of Proceedings by the Security Trustee in any other jurisdiction, whether concurrently or not.

The Guarantor shall not commence any Proceedings in any country other than England in relation to any matter arising out of or in connection with this Guarantee and/or any of the other Security Documents.

 

17.5 The Guarantor irrevocably waives any objection which it may now or hereafter have on the grounds of inconvenient forum or otherwise to Proceedings being brought in any such court as is referred to in this Clause 17, and further irrevocably agrees that a judgment or order in any Proceedings brought in the English courts shall be conclusive and binding upon the Guarantor and may be enforced without review in the courts of any other jurisdiction.

 

17.6 The Guarantor consents generally in respect of any Proceedings arising out of or in connection with this Guarantee and/or any of the other Finance Documents to the giving of any relief or the issue of any process in connection with such Proceedings, including, without limitation, the making, enforcement or execution against any property or assets whatsoever of any order or judgment which may be made or given in such Proceedings.

IN WITNESS of which the parties to this Guarantee have executed this Guarantee as a deed the day and year first before written.

 

14


EXECUTION PAGE

 

SIGNED AND DELIVERED as a DEED     )  
by     )  
duly authorised for and on behalf of     )  

 

KNOT OFFSHORE PARTNERS LP     )  
in the presence of:     )  
Signature:      
Name:      
Occupation:      
Address:      
SIGNED AND DELIVERED as a DEED     )  
by     )  
duly authorised for and on behalf of     )  

 

DNB BANK ASA     )  
in the presence of:     )  
Signature:      
Name:      
Occupation:      
Address:      

 

15


SCHEDULE 1

FORM OF COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

 

To: DNB Bank ASA

Lars Hillesgt. 30

N-5020 Bergen

Norway

Attn: Shipping Department

Telefax No: +47 55 21 19 24

Date: [ ] 201[ ]

Dear Sirs

$160,000,000 Loan to Knutsen Shuttle Tankers XII KS

We refer to:

 

(A) the loan agreement dated 1 December 2009 (as amended and restated, the “ Loan Agreement ”) now made between (1) Knutsen Shuttle Tankers XII KS as borrower (the “ Borrower ”), (2) DNB Bank ASA and Nordea Bank Norge ASA as lenders (the “ Lenders ”), (3) DNB Bank ASA and Nordea Bank Norge ASA as mandated lead arrangers and bookrunners, (4) DNB Bank ASA and Nordea Bank Finland plc as swap providers (5) DNB Bank ASA as agent and (6) DNB Bank ASA as security trustee providing for the making available to the Borrower of a secured term loan in the amount of up to $19,000,000; and

 

(B) the deed of guarantee and indemnity dated [ ] 2013 (the “ Guarantee ”) made by KNOT Offshore Partners LP (the “ Parent Guarantor ”) in favour of the Security Trustee as security for the performance by the Borrower of its obligations under the Loan Agreement.

This certificate is issued to you pursuant to Clause 12.2.3 of the Loan Agreement and Clause 10.2.8(c) of the Guarantee and we hereby certify that, as of [31 March][30 June][30 September][31 December] 201[ ]:

 

1. The amount of Free Liquidity was $[ ] and there were [ ] Long-term Charter Free Group Vessels and [no][ ] Additional Group Vessels. Accordingly, the minimum required amount of Free Liquidity on that date was $[ ], being:

 

  (a) $15,000,000; plus

 

  (b) $1,500,000 x [ ]; plus

 

  (c) $1,000,000 x [ ]

Requirement: Free Liquidity to be not less than $[ ].

Satisfied: Yes

 

16


2. The Book Equity was $[ ] and the Total Assets were $[ ]

Requirement: Book Equity to be not less than 30% of the Total Assets at any time.

Satisfied: Yes

 

3. EBITDA was $[ ] and the Interest Expense was $[ ]

Requirement: EBITDA to be not less than 250% of the Interest Expense at any time.

Satisfied: Yes

 

4. The Working Capital of the Borrower was $[ ] based on current assets of $[ ] less current liabilities (excluding instalments on long-term debt and capital lease payments falling within 6 months after the date of calculation) of $[ ]

Requirement: The Borrower not to have a negative Working Capital at any time.

Satisfied: Yes

We also certify that, as of the date of this certificate, we and the other Obligors are in compliance with our respective obligations under the Security Documents and that no Potential Event of Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

Words and expressions whose meanings are defined in the Loan Agreement and/or the Guarantee shall have the same meanings when used herein.

 

Yours faithfully,
For and on behalf of
KNOT Offshore Partners LP

 

By:
Chief [Financial][Executive] Officer
For and on behalf of
Knutsen Shuttle Tankers XII KS

 

By:
Chief [Financial][Executive] Officer

 

17


APPENDIX 3

FORM OF KNOT SHUTTLE TANKERS GUARANTEE


DATED      April 2013

KNOT SHUTTLE TANKERS AS

as Guarantor

- and -

DNB BANK ASA

as Security Trustee

 

 

GUARANTEE AND INDEMNITY

 

 

in respect of the obligations of Knutsen Shuttle Tankers XII KS

under a US$19,000,000 loan facility relating to

“FORTALEZA KNUTSEN” and “RECIFE KNUTSEN”

 

LOGO


CONTENTS

 

Clause        Page  
1.   DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION      1   
2.   GUARANTEE AND INDEMNITY      2   
3.   CONTINUING SECURITY      3   
4.   RESTRICTIONS ON GUARANTOR      3   
5.   WAIVER BY GUARANTOR      4   
6.   PAYMENTS AND APPLICATION OF FUNDS      4   
7.   NO SET-OFF, COUNTERCLAIM OR TAX DEDUCTION      5   
8.   PROVISO TO RELEASE OF THIS GUARANTEE      5   
9.   REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES      6   
10.   UNDERTAKINGS      7   
11.   INDEMNITIES AND EXPENSES      8   
12.   ASSIGNMENTS AND TRANSFERS      9   
13.   SET-OFF      10   
14.   MISCELLANEOUS      10   
15.   NOTICES      11   
16.   APPLICABLE LAW AND JURISDICTION      11   
EXECUTION PAGE      13   


THIS GUARANTEE is made on      April 2013

BETWEEN:

 

(1) KNOT SHUTTLE TANKERS AS , a company incorporated under the laws of Norway with organisation number 998 942 829 and having its registered office at Smedasundet 40, 5529 Haugesund, Norway (the “ Guarantor ”); and

 

(2) DNB BANK ASA , a company incorporated under the laws of Norway acting through its office at Lars Hillesgt, 30, N-5020 Bergen, Norway in its capacity as security trustee for the Banks (the “ Security Trustee ”).

WHEREAS:

 

(A) By a loan agreement dated 1 December 2009 (as amended by a supplemental agreement dated 14 February 2011, a second supplemental agreement dated 14 September 2012, a third supplemental agreement dated 27 February 2013 and as amended and restated by an amendment and restatement deed dated April 2013, the “ Agreement ”) now made between (1) Knutsen Shuttle Tankers XII KS as borrower (the “ Borrower ”), (2) DNB Bank ASA and Nordea Bank Norge ASA as lenders (the “ Lenders ”), (3) DNB Bank ASA and Nordea Bank Norge ASA as mandated lead arrangers and bookrunners, (4) DNB Bank ASA and Nordea Bank Finland plc as swap providers (5) DNB Bank ASA as agent (the “ Agent ”) and (6) the Security Trustee, the Lenders agreed to make available to the Borrower a term loan facility of up to $19,000,000.

 

(B) At the request of the Borrower and as additional security for the repayment of the Loan and the payment of interest thereon and all other moneys from time to time due or owing to the Banks or any of them under or pursuant to the Finance Documents, the Guarantor has agreed to enter into this Guarantee.

 

(C) This Guarantee forms part of the Trust Property which pursuant to the Agreement the Security Trustee holds on trust for itself and the other Banks.

IT IS AGREED as follows:

 

1. DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

 

1.1 Words and expressions defined in the Agreement shall, unless otherwise expressly provided herein or the context otherwise requires, have the same meanings when used in this Guarantee, including the Recitals.

 

1.2 In this Guarantee:

 

  1.2.1 unless the context otherwise requires, words in the singular include the plural and vice versa;

 

  1.2.2 references to any document include the same as varied, supplemented or replaced from time to time;

 

  1.2.3 references to any enactment include re-enactments, amendments and extensions thereof;

 

  1.2.4 references to any person include that person’s successors and permitted assigns;


  1.2.5 clause headings are for convenience of reference only and are not to be taken into account in construction; and

 

  1.2.6 unless otherwise specified, references to Clauses, Recitals and Schedules are respectively to Clauses of and Recitals and Schedules to this Guarantee.

 

1.3 Except for the Banks, a person who is not a party to this Guarantee may not enforce, or otherwise have the benefit of, any provision of this Guarantee under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999.

 

2. GUARANTEE AND INDEMNITY

 

2.1 The Guarantor irrevocably and unconditionally:

 

  2.1.1 guarantees the due and punctual performance by the Borrower of all the Borrower’s obligations under the Finance Documents;

 

  2.1.2 undertakes as primary obligor and not as surety only that whenever the Borrower does not pay any part of the Outstanding Indebtedness when due under or in connection with any Finance Document, the Guarantor shall immediately on demand by the Security Trustee pay that amount to the Security Trustee; and

 

  2.1.3 agrees, as a separate and independent stipulation, that if any amounts intended to be guaranteed hereby are not recoverable on the footing of a guarantee, whether by reason of any legal limitation, disability or incapacity on or of the Borrower or any other fact or circumstance, whether or not known to any Bank or the Guarantor, then such amounts shall nevertheless be recoverable from the Guarantor as sole or principal debtor by way of indemnity and shall be payable by the Guarantor to the Security Trustee on demand,

provided that:

 

  (a) the aggregate amount in respect of the Outstanding Indebtedness recoverable from the Guarantor under this Guarantee shall not exceed $18,125,000 1 ; and

 

  (b) the foregoing limitation of liability shall not apply in respect of any interest which accrues under Clause 12 or any amounts payable under Clauses 7.2 and 11.

 

2.2 If the Guarantor fails to pay on the due date any sum (whether of principal, interest or otherwise) due under this Guarantee, interest will accrue, and become payable by it upon the Security Trustee’s demand, upon the sum unpaid from and including the date upon which it fell due for payment until the date of actual payment (as well after as before judgment) at the rate per annum determined by the Agent to be 2% higher than the rate which would have been payable if the overdue amount had, during the period of non-payment, constituted part of the Loan for successive periods, each of a duration selected by the Agent (acting reasonably). Any such interest shall accrue from day to day, be calculated on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed and a 360 day year and be compounded at the end of each such period determined by the Agent for so long as it remains unpaid.

 

2.3 The guarantee contained in this Clause 2 is a guarantee of payment and performance and not of collection.

 

1   Note: This assumes that the Guarantee is executed and dated before 28 March 2013.

 

2


3. CONTINUING SECURITY

 

3.1 This Guarantee:

 

  3.1.1 is and shall at all times be a continuing security for the payment of the full amount of the Outstanding Indebtedness from time to time;

 

  3.1.2 shall not be satisfied by any intermediate payment or satisfaction of any part of the Outstanding Indebtedness;

 

  3.1.3 shall be in addition to and shall not merge with or be prejudiced or affected by any other security for the Outstanding Indebtedness which may have been, or may at any time hereafter be, given to the Banks (or any of them) by the Borrower or any other person.

 

3.2 The obligations of the Guarantor under this Guarantee shall not be reduced, discharged or otherwise adversely affected by reason of any act, omission, matter or thing (whether or not known to the Guarantor and/or any Bank) which, but for this provision, might operate to release the Guarantor from all or part of its liability under this Guarantee including, without limitation:

 

  3.2.1 any time or indulgence granted to, or composition with, the Borrower or any other person; or

 

  3.2.2 any termination, renewal, extension or variation of any credit, accommodation or facility granted by the Banks (or any of them) to the Borrower or any other person or any amendment of, or the making of any supplement to, any Finance Document or any other document or security; or

 

  3.2.3 the taking, variation, compromise, renewal, enforcement, realisation or release of, or refusal or neglect or failure to take, perfect, release or enforce, any rights, remedies or securities against, or granted by, any Obligor or other person; or

 

  3.2.4 any incapacity, disability, or defect in powers of any Obligor or other person, or any irregular exercise thereof by, or lack of authority of, any person purporting to act on behalf of any Obligor or other person; or

 

  3.2.5 any illegality, invalidity, avoidance or unenforceability on any grounds whatsoever of, or of any obligations of any Obligor or other person under, any Finance Document or any other document or security; or

 

  3.2.6 the death, liquidation, administration, insolvency, amalgamation, reorganisation or dissolution, or any change in the constitution, name or style, of any Obligor, any Bank or any other person.

 

4. RESTRICTIONS ON GUARANTOR

 

4.1 Until the moneys and liabilities hereby guaranteed have been paid and discharged in full, the Guarantor shall not be entitled, nor shall the Guarantor claim, by virtue of any payment made by it under this Guarantee:

 

  4.1.1 to exercise any right of subrogation or indemnity or any other right or remedy in relation to any rights, security or moneys held by or recovered or receivable by the Security Trustee or any other Bank under the Finance Documents; or

 

3


  4.1.2 to exercise any right of set-off or counterclaim against the Borrower or any other Obligor; or

 

  4.1.3 to exercise any right of contribution from any other Obligor in respect of the Outstanding Indebtedness; or

 

  4.1.4 to receive, claim or have the benefit of any payment, distribution or security from the Borrower or any other Obligor; or

 

  4.1.5 unless so directed by the Security Trustee (in which case the Guarantor shall prove in accordance with the Security Trustee’s directions), to rank as a creditor or have any right of proof in the bankruptcy, liquidation or insolvency of the Borrower or any other Obligor in competition with the Security Trustee.

 

4.2 The Guarantor hereby represents and warrants that it has not taken, and undertakes that it will not take, without the prior written consent of the Security Trustee (as directed by the Lenders), any security from the Borrower• or any other Obligor in respect of the Guarantor’s liability under this Guarantee.

 

4.3 If the Guarantor is required by the Security Trustee to prove in the bankruptcy, liquidation or insolvency of the Borrower or any other Obligor, or receives any payment, distribution or security from the Borrower or any other Obligor, or exercises any right of set-off or counterclaim, or otherwise acts in breach of any provision of this Clause 4, then in each such case the Guarantor shall hold on trust for the Security Trustee and forthwith pay or transfer (as may be appropriate) to the Security Trustee any such payment, amount set off, distribution or benefit of such security received by it.

 

5. WAIVER BY GUARANTOR

The Guarantor hereby waives any rights which the Guarantor may have to require the Security Trustee first to enforce any of the other Finance Documents or claim payment from the Borrower or any other person, before enforcing any rights of the Security Trustee against the Guarantor under this Guarantee.

 

6. PAYMENTS AND APPLICATION OF FUNDS

 

6.1 Unless otherwise specified by the Security Trustee, all moneys to be paid by the Guarantor under this Guarantee shall be paid to the Security Trustee in Dollars on the due date and in same day funds to such account as the Security Trustee may from time to time notify the Guarantor.

 

6.2 Subject as provided below, all moneys received or recovered by the Security Trustee pursuant to this Guarantee shall be held by it upon trust, in the first place to pay or make good all costs, expenses and liabilities whatsoever incurred by the Security Trustee in or about or incidental to the recovery of such moneys, and the balance shall be applied in accordance with Clause 7.2 of the Agreement. The Security Trustee may at its discretion place and keep any moneys so received or recovered to the credit of a suspense account for so long as the Security Trustee may think fit with a view to preserving the rights of the Security Trustee to prove for the whole of its claims against the Borrower or other person liable.

 

6.3 The Guarantor hereby irrevocably waives any rights of appropriation to which it may be entitled.

 

4


7. NO SET-OFF, COUNTERCLAIM OR TAX DEDUCTION

 

7.1 All payments to be made by the Guarantor under this Guarantee shall be made without set-off or counterclaim and free and clear of; and without deduction for or on account of; any present or future taxes, unless the Guarantor is compelled by law to make payment subject to any such tax.

 

7.2 Utile Guarantor is compelled by law to make payment subject to such taxes, the Guarantor will:

 

  7.2.1 promptly notify the Security Trustee upon becoming aware of such requirement;

 

  7.2.2 pay the tax deducted to the appropriate taxation authority promptly, and in any event before any fine or penalty arises;

 

  7.2.3 pay the Security Trustee such additional amount as is necessary to ensure that the Security Trustee or (if the payment is not due to the Security Trustee for its own account) the Bank beneficially interested in the payment (the “ relevant recipient ”) receives a net amount equal to the full amount which it would have received had such tax deduction not been required to be made; and

 

  7.2.4 as soon as reasonably practicable after making the relevant tax deduction, deliver to the Security Trustee for forwarding to the relevant recipient a copy of the receipt from the relevant taxation authority evidencing that the tax had been paid to such authority.

 

7.3 If, following any such tax deduction as is referred to in Clause 7.2 from any payment by the Guarantor, the relevant recipient shall receive or be granted a credit against or remission for any taxes payable by it, the relevant recipient shall, subject to the Guarantor having made any increased payment in accordance with Clause 7.2 and to the extent that the relevant recipient can do so without prejudicing the retention of the amount of such credit or remission and without prejudice to the right of the relevant recipient to obtain any other relief or allowance which may be available to it, reimburse the Guarantor with such amount as the relevant recipient shall in its absolute discretion certify to be the proportion of such credit or remission as will leave the relevant recipient (after such reimbursement) in no worse position than it would have been in had there been no such deduction or withholding from the payment to the relevant recipient as aforesaid. Such reimbursement shall be made forthwith upon the relevant recipient certifying that the amount of such credit or remission has been received by it. Nothing contained in this Guarantee shall oblige any Bank to rearrange its tax affairs or to disclose any information regarding its tax affairs and computations. Without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, the Guarantor shall not by virtue of this Clause 7.3 be entitled to enquire about the tax affairs of any Bank.

 

8. PROVISO TO RELEASE OF THIS GUARANTEE

 

8.1

Any release, discharge or settlement between the Guarantor and the Security Trustee in relation to this guarantee shall he conditional on no right, security, disposition or payment to the Banks (or any of them) by the Guarantor, the Borrower or any other person in respect of the Outstanding Indebtedness being avoided, set aside or ordered to be refunded pursuant to any enactment or law relating to breach of duty by any person, bankruptcy, liquidation, administration, protection from creditors generally or insolvency or for any other reason. If

 

5


  any such right, security, disposition or payment is avoided, set aside or ordered to be refunded, the Security Trustee shall be entitled subsequently to enforce this Guarantee against the Guarantor as if such release, discharge or settlement had not occurred and any such security, disposition or payment had not been made.

 

9. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

9.1 The Guarantor represents and warrants that the following matters are true at the date of this Guarantee.

 

9.2 The Guarantor:

 

  9.2.1 is a limited liability company which is duly incorporated, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of Norway;

 

  9.2.2 has full power to own its property and assets and to carry on its business as it is now being conducted;

 

  9.2.3 has complied with all statutory and other requirements relative to its business;

 

  9.2.4 is solvent and not in liquidation or administration or subject to any other insolvency procedure, and no receiver, administrative receiver, administrator, liquidator, trustee or analogous officer has been appointed in respect of it or all or any part of its assets.

 

9.3 The entry into and performance by the Guarantor of this Guarantee are within the corporate powers of the Guarantor and have been duty authorised by all necessary corporate actions and approvals. In entering into this Guarantee the Guarantor is acting on its own account and not as agent or nominee of any person.

 

9.4 The entry into and performance by the Guarantor of this Guarantee do not and will not:

 

  9.4.1 contravene in any respect the constitutional documents of the Guarantor or any law, regulation or contractual restriction which does, or may, bind the Guarantor or any of its assets; or

 

  9.4.2 result in the creation or imposition of any Encumbrance (other than a Permitted Encumbrance) on any of its assets in favour of any party.

 

9.5 All licences, authorisations, approvals and consents necessary for the entry into, performance, validity, enforceability or admissibility in evidence of this Guarantee have been obtained and are in full force and effect and there has been no breach of any condition or restriction imposed in this respect.

 

9.6 This Guarantee constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligations of the Guarantor enforceable against the Guarantor in accordance with its terms, except insofar as enforcement may be limited by any applicable laws relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, administration and similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally.

 

9.7 No litigation, arbitration, tax claim or administrative proceeding is current or pending or (to the knowledge of the Guarantor) threatened, which, if adversely determined, would have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

9.8 No continuing Event of Default or Potential Event of Default has occurred.

 

6


9.9 All factual information furnished in writing to any Bank by or on behalf of the Guarantor in connection with the negotiation and preparation of the Finance Documents was (when given) true and correct in all material respects and there are no other facts or considerations the omission of which would render any such information materially misleading.

 

9.10 All payments to be made by the Guarantor under this Guarantee may be made free and clear of and without deduction or withholding for or on account of any taxes, and this Guarantee is not liable to any registration charge or any stamp, documentary or similar taxes imposed by any authority, including without limitation, in connection with the admissibility in evidence of any thereof.

 

9.11 The Guarantor has complied in all material respects with all relevant tax laws and regulations applicable to it and its business.

 

9.12 All of the issued shares in the share capital of the Guarantor are wholly owned, legally and beneficially, directly or indirectly by the Parent Guarantor.

 

9.13 The payment obligations of the Guarantor under this Guarantee rank at least pari passu with the claims of all its other unsecured and unsubordinated creditors, except for obligations mandatorily preferred by law applying to companies generally.

 

9.14 The Guarantor has received a copy of the Agreement and is familiar with and has approved its terms and conditions,

 

9.15 The Guarantor agrees that the representations set out in this Clause 9 (other than the ones in Clauses 9.5, 9.7, 9.8 and 9.10) shall survive the execution of this Guarantee and shall be deemed to be repeated on each Interest Date with reference to the facts and circumstances then subsisting, as if made on such date.

 

10. UNDERTAKINGS

 

10.1 The undertakings in this Clause 10 shall remain in force from the date of this Guarantee to the end of the Security Period.

 

10.2 The Guarantor shall:

 

  10.2.1 procure the performance and observance by the Borrower of the covenants and obligations imposed upon it under the Finance Documents;

 

  10.2.2 maintain its corporate existence as a limited liability company duly organised, validly existing and in good standing in Norway;

 

  10.2.3 obtain and maintain in force, and promptly furnish certified copies to the Security Trustee of; all licences, authorisations, approvals and consents, and do all other acts and things, which may from time to time be necessary or desirable for the continued due performance of its obligations under this Guarantee or which may be required for the validity, enforceability or admissibility in evidence of this Guarantee;

 

  10.2.4 ensure that its obligations under this Guarantee rank at least pari passu with all its other present, future and/or contingent unsecured and unsubordinated obligations;

 

  10.2.5 conduct its business in a proper and efficient manner and not change the nature, organisation or conduct of its business;

 

7


  10.2.6 pay all taxes, assessments and other governmental charges as they fall due, except to the extent that it is contesting the same in good faith by appropriate proceedings and has set aside adequate reserves for their payment if such proceedings fail;

 

  10.2.7 keep proper books of account in respect of its business in accordance with GAAP consistently applied and whenever so requested by the Security Trustee make the same available for inspection by or on behalf of the Agent;

 

  10.2.8 inform the Security Trustee promptly of any litigation, arbitration, tax claim or administrative proceeding instituted or (to its knowledge) threatened and of any other occurrence of which it becomes aware which, in any such case, might have a Material Adverse Effect;

 

  10.2.9 promptly after the happening of any Event of Default or a Potential Event of Default, notify the Security Trustee of such event and of the steps (if any) which are being taken to remedy it;

 

  10.2.10 promptly provide the Security Trustee with such financial and other information concerning the Group and its affairs as the Security Trustee may from time to time require; and

 

  10.2.11 ensure that the Borrower remains its wholly-owned subsidiary.

 

10.3 The Guarantor shall not without the prior consent of the Security Trustee (as directed by the Lenders):

 

  10.3.1 consolidate, amalgamate or merge with any other entity;

 

  10.3.2 alter or extend its financial year for the purposes of the preparation of its accounts, or change its auditors; or

 

  10.3.3 undertake any transaction with any person, company or other entity which is an affiliate of the Guarantor unless such transaction is conducted at arm’s length on normal commercial terms.

 

11. INDEMNITIES AND EXPENSES

 

11.1 The Guarantor shall pay to the Security Trustee on demand, and indemnify and keep each Bank indemnified against, all costs, charges, expenses, claims, liabilities, losses, duties and fees (including, but not limited to, legal fees and expenses on a full indemnity basis) and taxes thereon suffered or incurred by the Security Trustee:

 

  11.1.1 in the negotiation, preparation, printing, execution and registration of this Guarantee and the other Security Documents;

 

  11.1.2 in the enforcement or preservation or the attempted enforcement or preservation of any of the rights and powers of the Security Trustee under this Guarantee or of the security constituted by the Security Documents;

 

  11.1.3 in connection with any actual or proposed amendment or release of or supplement to this Guarantee, or with any request to the Security Trustee to grant any consent or waiver in respect of any provision of this Guarantee, whether or not the same is given;

 

  11.1.4 arising out of any act or omission made by the Banks (or any of them) in good faith in connection with any of the matters dealt with in this Guarantee.

 

8


11.2 The Guarantor shall pay any and all stamp, documentary, registration and like taxes or charges imposed by governmental authorities in relation to this Guarantee and shall indemnify each Bank against any and all liabilities with respect to, or resulting from, delay or omission on the part of the Guarantor to pay such taxes or charges.

 

11.3 If any sum due from the Guarantor under the Finance Documents (a “ Sum ”), or any order, judgment or award given or made in relation to a Sum, has to be converted from the currency (the “ First Currency ”) in which that Sum is payable into another currency (the “ Second Currency ”) for the purpose of making or filing a claim or proof against the Guarantor or obtaining or enforcing an order, judgment or award in relation to any litigation or arbitration proceedings, the Guarantor shall as an independent obligation, within 3 Banking Days of demand, indemnify each Bank to whom that Sum is due against any cost, loss or liability arising out of or as a result of the conversion including any discrepancy between (a) the rate of exchange used to convert that Sum from the First Currency into the Second Currency and (b) the rate or rates of exchange available to that Bank at the time of its receipt of that Sum.

 

11.4 The indemnities contained in the Finance Documents shall continue in full force and effect after the full and final discharge of the Outstanding Indebtedness with respect to matters arising prior to such discharge.

 

12. ASSIGNMENTS AND TRANSFERS

 

12.1 This Guarantee shall be binding upon the Guarantor and shall inure to the benefit of the Security Trustee and the other Banks.

 

12.2 The Guarantor may not assign or transfer all or any of its rights, benefits or obligations under this Guarantee.

 

12.3 Any Bank may freely assign or transfer or sub-participate all or any of its rights, benefits or obligations under this Guarantee in accordance with the relevant provisions of the Agreement as if the same were, mutatis mutandis, set out in full in this Guarantee.

 

12.4 Any Bank may disclose to any potential transferee, assignee or sub-participant, or to any other party with whom it may propose to enter into contractual relations in connection with this Guarantee, such information about the Guarantor and its business, assets or financial condition as that Bank shall consider appropriate.

 

12.5 Any Bank may at any time and from time to time change its lending office and/or delegate any one or more of its rights, powers and/or obligations under this Guarantee to any person.

 

12.6 The Guarantor undertakes to do or to procure all such acts and things and to sign, execute and deliver or procure the signing, execution and delivery of all such instruments and documents as the Security Trustee may reasonably require for the purpose of perfecting any such assignment, transfer, sub-participation, change or delegation as aforesaid.

 

12.7 Without prejudice to Clause 12.6, the Guarantor irrevocably authorises the Agent to sign any Transfer Certificate on its behalf.

 

9


13. SET-OFF

 

13.1 A Bank may set off any matured obligation due from the Guarantor under this Guarantee (to the extent beneficially owned by that Bank) against any matured obligation owed by that Bank to the Guarantor, regardless of the place of payment, booking branch or currency of either obligation. If the obligations are in different currencies, the Bank may convert either obligation at a market rate of exchange in its usual course of business for the purpose of the set-off.

 

14. MISCELLANEOUS

 

14.1 No failure to exercise, nor any delay in exercising, on the part of the Security Trustee, any right or remedy under this Guarantee shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right or remedy prevent any further or other exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right or remedy. The rights and remedies provided in this Guarantee are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law.

 

14.2 Any waiver by the Security Trustee of any provision of this Guarantee, and any consent or approval given by the Security Trustee hereunder, shall only be effective if given in writing and then only strictly for the purpose and upon the terms for which it is given. This Guarantee may not be amended or varied orally but only by an instrument signed by or on behalf of each of the parties hereto.

 

14.3 If at any time one or more of the provisions of this Guarantee is or becomes invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect under any law by which it may be governed or affected, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not be in any way affected or impaired as a result.

 

14.4 This Guarantee may be executed in any number of counterparts and all such counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute but one and the same instrument.

 

14.5 A certificate or determination by the Security Trustee or any other Bank as to the amount of the Outstanding Indebtedness or any part thereof, without limitation as to any other matter provided for in this Guarantee or the other Security Documents, shall (save in case of manifest error) for all purposes be conclusive and binding upon the Guarantor.

 

14.6 The Guarantor shall, upon demand, and at its own expense, sign, perfect, do, execute and register all such further assurances, documents, acts and things as the Security Trustee may require for the purpose of more effectually accomplishing or perfecting the transaction or security contemplated by this Guarantee.

 

10


15. NOTICES

 

15.1 All notices (which expression includes any demand, request, consent or other communication) to be given by one party to the other under this Guarantee shall be in writing and (unless delivered personally) shall be given by telefax or first class pre-paid post (airmail if sent internationally) and be addressed:

 

  15.1.1 in the case of the Security Trustee, to it at:

Lars Hillesgt. 30

N-5020 Bergen

Norway

Telefax No:        +47 55 21 19 24

Attn:                   Shipping Department

 

  15.1.2 in the case of the Guarantor, to it at:

Smedasundet 40

5529 Haugesund

Norway

Telefax No:        +47 52 70 40 40

Attn:                   Trygve Seglem

or to such other address and/or number as is notified by one party to the other under this Guarantee.

 

15.2 Notices addressed as provided above shall be deemed to have been duly given when despatched (in the case of telefax), when delivered (in the case of personal delivery), 2 days after posting (in the case of letters sent within the same country), or 5 days after posting (in the case of letters sent internationally), provided that any notice to the Security Trustee shall be effective only upon its actual receipt by the Security Trustee and then only if it is expressly marked for the attention of the relevant department or officer named above (or any substitute from time to time notified by the Security Trustee). In each of the above cases any notice received on a non-working day or after business hours in the country of receipt shall be deemed to be given at the opening of business hours on the next working day in such country.

 

15.3 All notices and documents to be given or delivered pursuant to or otherwise in relation to this Guarantee shall be in the English language or be accompanied by a certified English translation.

 

16. APPLICABLE LAW AND JURISDICTION

 

16.1 This Guarantee and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it shall be governed by and construed in accordance with English law.

 

16.2 The Guarantor hereby irrevocably agrees for the exclusive benefit of the Security Trustee that the English courts shall have jurisdiction in relation to any dispute and any suit, action or proceeding (referred to together in this Clause 16 as “ Proceedings ”) which may arise out of or in connection with this Guarantee and/or any of the other Finance Documents to which the Guarantor may be party, and for such purposes irrevocably submits to the jurisdiction of such courts.

 

16.3 The Guarantor hereby irrevocably agrees:

 

  16.3.1 that, for the purpose of Proceedings in England, any legal process may be served upon SH Process Agents Limited whose registered office is presently at 1 Finsbury Circus, London EC2M 7SH (Ref: 748/47-03533) who are hereby authorised to accept service on behalf of the Guarantor, which shall be deemed to be good service on the Guarantor; and

 

  16.3.2 that throughout the Security Period the Guarantor will maintain a duly appointed process agent in England, duly notified to the Security Trustee, and that failure by any such process agent to give notice thereof to the Guarantor shall not impair the validity of such service or of a judgment or order based thereon.

 

11


16.4 Nothing in this Clause 16 shall affect the right of the Security Trustee to serve process in any manner permitted by law or limit the right of the Security Trustee to take Proceedings against the Guarantor in any other court of competent jurisdiction, nor shall the taking of Proceedings in one or more jurisdictions preclude the taking of Proceedings by the Security Trustee in any other jurisdiction, whether concurrently or not.

The Guarantor shall not commence any Proceedings in any country other than England in relation to any matter arising out of or in connection with this Guarantee and/or any of the other Security Documents.

 

16.5 The Guarantor irrevocably waives any objection which it may now or hereafter have on the grounds of inconvenient forum or otherwise to Proceedings being brought in any such court as is referred to in this Clause 16, and further irrevocably agrees that a judgment or order in any Proceedings brought in the English courts shall be conclusive and binding upon the Guarantor and may be enforced without review in the courts of any other jurisdiction.

 

16.6 The Guarantor consents generally in respect of any Proceedings arising out of or in connection with this Guarantee and/or any of the other Finance Documents to the giving of any relief or the issue of any process in connection with such Proceedings, including, without limitation, the making, enforcement or execution against any property or assets whatsoever of any order or judgment which may be made or given in such Proceedings.

IN WITNESS of which the parties to this Guarantee have executed this Guarantee as a deed the day and year first before written.

 

12


EXECUTION PAGE

 

SIGNED AND DELIVERED as a DEED     )  
by     )  
duly authorised for and on behalf of     )  

 

KNOT SHUTTLE TANKERS AS     )  
in the presence of:     )  
Signature:      
Name:      
Occupation:      
Address:      
SIGNED AND DELIVERED as a DEED     )  
by     )  
duly authorised for and on behalf of     )  

 

DNB BANK ASA     )  
in the presence of:     )  
Signature:      
Name:      
Occupation:      
Address:      

 

13


DATED 11 July 2013

KNUTSEN SHUTTLE TANKERS XII KS

as Borrower

KNOT SHUTTLE TANKERS AS

KNOT OFFSHORE PARTNERS LP

as Guarantors

KNOT SHUTTLE TANKERS 12 AS

KNUTSEN SHUTTLE TANKERS XII AS

as Partners

DNB BANK ASA

NORDEA BANK NORGE ASA

as Lenders, Mandated Lead Arrangers and Bookrunners

DNB BANK ASA

NORDEA BANK FINLAND PLC

as Swap Providers

- and -

DNB BANK ASA

as Agent and Security Trustee

 

 

FOURTH SUPPLEMENTAL AGREEMENT

 

 

Loan facility of up to US$19,000,000 to assist finance the

construction and acquisition of

“FORTALEZA KNUTSEN” and “RECIFE KNUTSEN”

 

LOGO


CONTENTS

 

Clause    Page  
1.   DEFINITIONS AND CONSTRUCTION      1   
2.   AGREEMENT OF THE PARTIES      2   
3.   REDUCTION IN SHARE CAPITAL      3   
4.   NO OTHER AMENDMENTS      4   
5.   CONFIRMATION      4   
6.   FEES AND EXPENSES      4   
7.   COUNTERPARTS      4   
8.   GOVERNING LAW AND JURISDICTION      4   


THIS AGREEMENT dated 11 July 2013 is made BETWEEN :

 

1. KNUTSEN SHUTTLE TANKERS XII KS as Borrower;

 

2. KNOT SHUTTLE TANKERS AS and KNOT OFFSHORE PARTNERS LP as Guarantors;

 

3. KNOT SHUTTLE TANKERS 12 AS as Limited Partner and KNUTSEN SHUTTLE TANKERS XII AS as General Partner;

 

4. DNB BANK ASA and NORDEA BANK NORGE ASA as Lenders;

 

5. DNB BANK ASA and NORDEA BANK NORGE ASA as Mandated Lead Arrangers and Bookrunners;

 

6. DNB BANK ASA and NORDEA BANK FINLAND PLC as Swap Providers;

 

7. DNB BANK ASA as Agent; and

 

8. DNB BANK ASA as Security Trustee,

and amends a $19,000,000 loan agreement dated 1 December 2009 (as amended by a supplemental agreement dated 14 February 2011, a second supplemental deed dated 14 September 2012, a third supplemental agreement dated 27 February 2013 and an amendment and restatement deed dated 9 April 2013) now made between (1) the Borrower, (2) the Lenders, (3) the Mandated Lead Arrangers and the Bookrunners, (4) the Swap Providers, (5) the Agent and (6) the Security Trustee (the “ Loan Agreement ”).

WHEREAS

 

(A) The Borrower prepaid the Junior Loan in full on 26 April 2013 but the Master Liabilities remain outstanding.

 

(B) It has been agreed to release the Lenders, the Mandated Lead Arrangers and the Bookrunners as parties to the Loan Agreement and to make certain amendments to the Loan Agreement to reflect that release.

NOW IT IS AGREED as follows:

 

1. DEFINITIONS AND CONSTRUCTION

 

1.1 In this Agreement including its recitals (unless the context otherwise requires) any terms and expressions not defined herein but whose meanings are defined in the Loan Agreement shall have the meanings set out therein.

 

1.2 In this Agreement:

Existing Borrower Shares Security ” means the second priority Norwegian law instrument of pledge dated 16 April 2013 creating security in respect of the partnership shares in the Borrower owned by the Limited Partner executed by the Limited Partner in favour of the Security Trustee.


1.3 The provisions of Clauses 1.2 and 1.3 of the Loan Agreement shall extend and apply hereto as if the same were (mutatis mutandis) herein expressly set forth.

 

1.4 A person who is not a party to this Agreement may not enforce, or otherwise have the benefit of, any provision of this Agreement under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999.

 

2. AGREEMENT OF THE PARTIES

 

2.1 The Lenders acknowledge that all amounts owing to them under the Loan Agreement have been paid or repaid in full.

 

2.2 On and with effect from the date of this Agreement:

 

  2.2.1 The Lenders, the Mandated Lead Arrangers and the Bookrunners shall each cease to be parties to the Loan Agreement (meaning that they are each released from all of their obligations under the Loan Agreement to the other parties and themselves release each of those other parties from their obligations to them under the Loan Agreement).

 

  2.2.2 All references in the Loan Agreement and other Finance Documents to the Lenders shall, unless the context otherwise requires, be construed as references to the Swap Providers and all references in the Loan Agreement and other Finance Documents to the Majority Lenders shall, unless the context otherwise requires, be construed as references to Swap Providers the aggregate of whose Master Agreement Liabilities exceeds 66% of the total Master Agreement Liabilities at such time.

 

  2.2.3 The definition of “ Bank ” in Clause 1.1 of the Loan Agreement shall be amended to mean the Swap Providers, the Agent and the Security Trustee.

 

  2.2.4 The definition of “ Borrower Shares Security ” in Clause 1.1 of the Loan Agreement shall be amended to mean a second priority Norwegian law instrument of pledge creating security in respect of the partnership shares in the Borrower owned by the Limited Partner dated 16 April 2013 and executed by the Limited Partner in favour of the Security Trustee as security for the Borrower’s obligations under the Finance Documents or, as the case may be, a Replacement Borrower Shares Security as referred to in Clause 3.2.1 of this Agreement;

 

  2.2.5 The definition of “ Designated Transaction ” in Clause 1.1 of the Loan Agreement shall be amended in paragraph (c) by replacing “last Repayment Date” with “Final Maturity Date”.

 

  2.2.6 The definition of “ Final Maturity Date ” in Clause 1.1 of the Loan Agreement shall be amended to mean 3 August 2016 or such other date as the Swap Providers may agree.

 

2


  2.2.7 Clause 11.3.10 of the Loan Agreement shall be amended to read:

“make any loans or advances to, or any investments in, any person (including, without limitation, any officer, director, stockholder, employee or customer of the Borrower) except for loans to any member of the Group and loans made in the ordinary course of the Borrower’s business in respect of the Vessels”.

 

  2.2.8 Clause 11.3.12 of the Loan Agreement shall be amended to read:

“consolidate or subdivide or alter any of the rights attached to, or reduce, any of its share capital, or capitalise, repay or otherwise distribute any amount outstanding to the credit of any capital or revenue reserves, redeem any of its share capital in any way or enter into any arrangement with its creditors, except that (provided that no Event of Default or Potential Event of Default has occurred and is then continuing) the Borrower may on any date before 1 January 2014 reduce its share capital by an aggregate amount of up to NOK 170,524,000 and repay the amount of such reduction to the Partners in accordance with their pro rata interests in the capital of the Borrower”.

 

2.3 References in the Loan Agreement to “ this Agreement ”, “ hereunder ”, “ herein ”, “ hereof ” and all like terms shall be read and construed to include references to the Loan Agreement as amended, varied and supplemented by this Agreement.

 

3. REDUCTION IN SHARE CAPITAL

 

3.1 Subject to Clause 3.2, the Security Trustee undertakes that, in order for the reduction in the share capital of the Borrower to be completed as permitted by Clause 11.3.12 of the Loan Agreement (as amended by this Agreement), it will release the Existing Borrower Shares Security.

 

3.2 The undertaking given by the Security Trustee under Clause 3.1 is given subject to the condition that, upon the said share reduction taking place and in immediate exchange for the release of the Existing Borrower Shares Security by the Security Trustee, the Limited Partner will:

 

  3.2.1 execute a new second priority Norwegian law instrument of pledge in favour of the Security Trustee over its partnership shares in the Borrower following the said share capital reduction, such instrument to be in the same terms as the Existing Borrower Shares Security, save for logical changes only (a “ Replacement Borrower Shares Security ”); and

 

  3.2.2 deliver the new share certificate for its partnership shares in the Borrower to the Senior Security Trustee.

 

3.3 Any failure by the Limited Partner to comply with its obligations under Clause 3.2 shall be an Event of Default.

 

3.4 The Swap Providers and the Agent confirm that they agree to the provisions of this Clause 3 and irrevocably authorise and instruct the Security Trustee to act in accordance with such provisions.

 

3


4. NO OTHER AMENDMENTS

Save as expressly amended hereby, all other terms and conditions of the Loan Agreement and the other Finance Documents shall remain unaltered in full force and effect.

 

5. CONFIRMATION

The Borrower, each Guarantor and each Partner acknowledges and agrees, for the avoidance of doubt, that the Loan Agreement and each of the other Finance Documents to which it is a party, shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding the terms of this Agreement and the Security Documents shall continue to secure the Outstanding Indebtedness.

 

6. FEES AND EXPENSES

The Borrower agrees to pay to the Banks on a full indemnity basis on demand all expenses (including legal and out-of-pocket expenses) incurred by the Banks in connection with the negotiation, preparation and execution of this Agreement.

 

7. COUNTERPARTS

This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts each of which shall be deemed to be an original and, when executed, all such counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument.

 

8. GOVERNING LAW AND JURISDICTION

 

8.1 This Agreement and any non contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it shall be governed by and construed in accordance with English law.

 

8.2 The provisions of Clause 25.2 to 25.6 of the Loan Agreement shall extend and apply hereto as if the same were (mutatis mutandis) herein expressly set forth.

IN WITNESS whereof the parties to this Agreement have caused this Agreement to be duly executed on the date first above written.

 

4


EXECUTION PAGES

 

THE BORROWER    
SIGNED   )  
by   )  
duly authorised for and on behalf of   )  

/s/ BJØRN SANDE URTEGAARD

KNUTSEN SHUTTLE TANKERS   )   Bjørn Sande Urtegaard
XII KS   )   (attorney-in-fact)
/s/ ERIK MEYER-LAMPE    
Erik Meyer-Lampe    
THE GUARANTORS    
SIGNED   )  
by   )  

/s/ BJØRN SANDE URTEGAARD

duly authorised for and on behalf of   )   Bjørn Sande Urtegaard
KNOT SHUTTLE TANKERS AS   )   (attorney-in-fact)
/s/ ERIK MEYER-LAMPE    
Erik Meyer-Lampe    
SIGNED   )  
by   )  

/s/ ARILD VIK

duly authorised for and on behalf of   )   Arild Vik
KNOT OFFSHORE PARTNERS LP   )  
/s/ MORAG O’NEILL    
Morag O’Neill    
THE PARTNERS    
SIGNED   )  
by   )  

/s/ BJØRN SANDE URTEGAARD

duly authorised for and on behalf of   )   Bjørn Sande Urtegaard
KNOT SHUTTLE TANKERS 12 AS   )   (attorney-in-fact)
/s/ ERIK MEYER-LAMPE    
Erik Meyer-Lampe    
SIGNED   )  
by   )  
duly authorised for and on behalf of   )  

/s/ BJØRN SANDE URTEGAARD

KNUTSEN SHUTTLE TANKERS   )   Bjørn Sande Urtegaard
XII AS   )   (attorney-in-fact)
/s/ ERIK MEYER-LAMPE    
Erik Meyer-Lampe    

 

5


THE BANKS    
SIGNED   )  
by   )  
duly authorised for and on behalf of   )  

/s/ KATHERINE NOBLE

DNB BANK ASA   )   Katherine Noble
as Lender, Swap Provider,   )   Attorney-in-fact
Mandated Lead Arranger, Bookrunner   )  
Agent and Security Trustee   )  
/s/ HOLLY FOSTER    
Holly Foster    
SIGNED   )  
by   )  
duly authorised for and on behalf of   )  

/s/ KATHERINE NOBLE

NORDEA BANK NORGE ASA   )   Katherine Noble
as Lender, Mandated Lead   )   Attorney-in-fact
Arranger and Bookrunner   )  
/s/ HOLLY FOSTER    
Holly Foster    
SIGNED   )  
by   )  
duly authorised for and on behalf of   )  

/s/ KATHERINE NOBLE

NORDEA BANK FINLAND PLC   )   Katherine Noble
as Swap Provider   )   Attorney-in-fact
/s/ HOLLY FOSTER    
Holly Foster    

 

6

EXHIBIT 4.11

DATED 11 April 2013

KNOT OFFSHORE PARTNERS LP

as Guarantor

- and -

DNB BANK ASA

as Security Trustee

 

 

GUARANTEE AND INDEMNITY

 

 

in respect of the obligations of Knutsen Shuttle Tankers XII KS

under a US$19,000,000 loan facility relating to

“FORTALEZA KNUTSEN” and “RECIFE KNUTSEN”

 

LOGO


CONTENTS

 

Clause    Page  
1.  

DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

     1   
2.  

GUARANTEE AND INDEMNITY

     2   
3.  

CONTINUING SECURITY

     2   
4.  

RESTRICTIONS ON GUARANTOR

     3   
5.  

WAIVER BY GUARANTOR

     4   
6.  

PAYMENTS AND APPLICATION OF FUNDS

     4   
7.  

NO SET-OFF, COUNTERCLAIM OR TAX DEDUCTION

     4   
8.  

PROVISO TO RELEASE OF THIS GUARANTEE

     5   
9.  

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

     5   
10.  

UNDERTAKINGS

     7   
11.  

FINANCIAL COVENANTS

     9   
12.  

INDEMNITIES AND EXPENSES

     11   
13.  

ASSIGNMENTS AND TRANSFERS

     11   
14.  

SET-OFF

     12   
15.  

MISCELLANEOUS

     12   
16.  

NOTICES

     13   
17.  

APPLICABLE LAW AND JURISDICTION

     14   

EXECUTION PAGE

     15   

SCHEDULE 1 - FORM OF COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

     16   


THIS GUARANTEE is made on                      2013

BETWEEN:

 

(1) KNOT OFFSHORE PARTNERS LP , a limited partnership organised under the laws of the Marshall Islands and having its registered office at Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, the Marshall Islands (the “ Guarantor ”); and

 

(2) DNB BANK ASA , a company incorporated under the laws of Norway acting through its office at Lars Hillesgt. 30, N-5020 Bergen, Norway in its capacity as security trustee for the Banks (the “ Security Trustee ”).

WHEREAS:

 

(A) By a loan agreement dated 1 December 2009 (as amended by a supplemental agreement dated 14 February 2011, a second supplemental agreement dated 14 September 2012, a third supplemental agreement dated 27 February 2013 and as amended and restated by an amendment and restatement deed dated      April 2013, the “ Agreement ”) now made between (1) Knutsen Shuttle Tankers XII KS as borrower (the “ Borrower ”), (2) DNB Bank ASA and Nordea Bank Norge ASA as lenders (the “ Lenders ”), (3) DNB Bank ASA and Nordea Bank Norge ASA as mandated lead arrangers and bookrunners, (4) DNB Bank ASA and Nordea Bank Finland plc as swap providers (5) DNB Bank ASA as agent (the “ Agent ”) and (6) the Security Trustee, the Lenders agreed to make available to the Borrower a term loan facility of up to $19,000,000.

 

(B) At the request of the Borrower and as additional security for the repayment of the Loan and the payment of interest thereon and all other moneys from time to time due or owing to the Banks or any of them under or pursuant to the Finance Documents, the Guarantor has agreed to enter into this Guarantee.

 

(C) This Guarantee forms part of the Trust Property which pursuant to the Agreement the Security Trustee holds on trust for itself and the other Banks.

IT IS AGREED as follows:

 

1. DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

 

1.1 Words and expressions defined in the Agreement shall, unless otherwise expressly provided herein or the context otherwise requires, have the same meanings when used in this Guarantee, including the Recitals. In addition:

US GAAP ” means accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

 

1.2 In this Guarantee:

 

  1.2.1 unless the context otherwise requires, words in the singular include the plural and vice versa;

 

  1.2.2 references to any document include the same as varied, supplemented or replaced from time to time;

 

  1.2.3 references to any enactment include re-enactments, amendments and extensions thereof;


  1.2.4 references to any person include that person’s successors and permitted assigns;

 

  1.2.5 clause headings are for convenience of reference only and are not to be taken into account in construction; and

 

  1.2.6 unless otherwise specified, references to Clauses, Recitals and Schedules are respectively to Clauses of and Recitals and Schedules to this Guarantee.

 

1.3 Except for the Banks, a person who is not a party to this Guarantee may not enforce, or otherwise have the benefit of, any provision of this Guarantee under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999.

 

2. GUARANTEE AND INDEMNITY

 

2.1 The Guarantor irrevocably and unconditionally:

 

  2.1.1 guarantees the due and punctual performance by the Borrower of all the Borrower’s obligations under the Finance Documents;

 

  2.1.2 undertakes as primary obligor and not as surety only that whenever the Borrower does not pay any part of the Outstanding Indebtedness when due under or in connection with any Finance Document, the Guarantor shall immediately on demand by the Security Trustee pay that amount to the Security Trustee; and

 

  2.1.3 agrees, as a separate and independent stipulation, that if any amounts intended to be guaranteed hereby are not recoverable on the footing of a guarantee, whether by reason of any legal limitation, disability or incapacity on or of the Borrower or any other fact or circumstance, whether or not known to any Bank or the Guarantor, then such amounts shall nevertheless be recoverable from the Guarantor as sole or principal debtor by way of indemnity and shall be payable by the Guarantor to the Security Trustee on demand.

 

2.2 If the Guarantor fails to pay on the due date any sum (whether of principal, interest or otherwise) due under this Guarantee, interest will accrue, and become payable by it upon the Security Trustee’s demand, upon the sum unpaid from and including the date upon which it fell due for payment until the date of actual payment (as well after as before judgment) at the rate per annum determined by the Agent to be 2% higher than the rate which would have been payable if the overdue amount had, during the period of non-payment, constituted part of the Loan for successive periods, each of a duration selected by the Agent (acting reasonably). Any such interest shall accrue from day to day, be calculated on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed and a 360 day year and be compounded at the end of each such period determined by the Agent for so long as it remains unpaid.

 

2.3 The guarantee contained in this Clause 2 is a guarantee of payment and performance and not of collection.

 

3. CONTINUING SECURITY

 

3.1 This Guarantee:

 

  3.1.1 is and shall at all times be a continuing security for the payment of the full amount of the Outstanding Indebtedness from time to time;

 

2


  3.1.2 shall not be satisfied by any intermediate payment or satisfaction of any part of the Outstanding Indebtedness;

 

  3.1.3 shall be in addition to and shall not merge with or be prejudiced or affected by any other security for the Outstanding Indebtedness which may have been, or may at any time hereafter be, given to the Banks (or any of them) by the Borrower or any other person.

 

3.2 The obligations of the Guarantor under this Guarantee shall not be reduced, discharged or otherwise adversely affected by reason of any act, omission, matter or thing (whether or not known to the Guarantor and/or any Bank) which, but for this provision, might operate to release the Guarantor from all or part of its liability under this Guarantee including, without limitation:

 

  3.2.1 any time or indulgence granted to, or composition with, the Borrower or any other person; or

 

  3.2.2 any termination, renewal, extension or variation of any credit, accommodation or facility granted by the Banks (or any of them) to the Borrower or any other person or any amendment of, or the making of any supplement to, any Finance Document or any other document or security; or

 

  3.2.3 the taking, variation, compromise, renewal, enforcement, realisation or release of, or refusal or neglect or failure to take, perfect, release or enforce, any rights, remedies or securities against, or granted by, any Obligor or other person; or

 

  3.2.4 any incapacity, disability, or defect in powers of any Obligor or other person, or any irregular exercise thereof by, or lack of authority of, any person purporting to act on behalf of any Obligor or other person; or

 

  3.2.5 any illegality, invalidity, avoidance or unenforceability on any grounds whatsoever of, or of any obligations of any Obligor or other person under, any Finance Document or any other document or security; or

 

  3.2.6 the death, liquidation, administration, insolvency, amalgamation, reorganisation or dissolution, or any change in the constitution, name or style, of any Obligor, any Bank or any other person.

 

4. RESTRICTIONS ON GUARANTOR

 

4.1 Until the moneys and liabilities hereby guaranteed have been paid and discharged in full, the Guarantor shall not be entitled, nor shall the Guarantor claim, by virtue of any payment made by it under this Guarantee:

 

  4.1.1 to exercise any right of subrogation or indemnity or any other right or remedy in relation to any rights, security or moneys held by or recovered or receivable by the Security Trustee or any other Bank under the Finance Documents; or

 

  4.1.2 to exercise any right of set-off or counterclaim against the Borrower or any other Obligor; or

 

  4.1.3 to exercise any right of contribution from any other Obligor in respect of the Outstanding Indebtedness; or

 

3


  4.1.4 to receive, claim or have the benefit of any payment, distribution or security from the Borrower or any other Obligor; or

 

  4.1.5 unless so directed by the Security Trustee (in which case the Guarantor shall prove in accordance with the Security Trustee’s directions), to rank as a creditor or have any right of proof in the bankruptcy, liquidation or insolvency of the Borrower or any other Obligor in competition with the Security Trustee.

 

4.2 The Guarantor hereby represents and warrants that it has not taken, and undertakes that it will not take, without the prior written consent of the Security Trustee (as directed by the Lenders), any security from the Borrower or any other Obligor in respect of the Guarantor’s liability under this Guarantee.

 

4.3 If the Guarantor is required by the Security Trustee to prove in the bankruptcy, liquidation or insolvency of the Borrower or any other Obligor, or receives any payment, distribution or security from the Borrower or any other Obligor, or exercises any right of set-off or counterclaim, or otherwise acts in breach of any provision of this Clause 4, then in each such case the Guarantor shall hold on trust for the Security Trustee and forthwith pay or transfer (as may be appropriate) to the Security Trustee any such payment, amount set off, distribution or benefit of such security received by it.

 

5. WAIVER BY GUARANTOR

 

5.1 The Guarantor hereby waives any rights which the Guarantor may have to require the Security Trustee first to enforce any of the other Finance Documents or claim payment from the Borrower or any other person, before enforcing any rights of the Security Trustee against the Guarantor under this Guarantee.

 

6. PAYMENTS AND APPLICATION OF FUNDS

 

6.1 Unless otherwise specified by the Security Trustee, all moneys to be paid by the Guarantor under this Guarantee shall be paid to the Security Trustee in Dollars on the due date and in same day funds to such account as the Security Trustee may from time to time notify the Guarantor.

 

6.2 Subject as provided below, all moneys received or recovered by the Security Trustee pursuant to this Guarantee shall be held by it upon trust, in the first place to pay or make good all costs, expenses and liabilities whatsoever incurred by the Security Trustee in or about or incidental to the recovery of such moneys, and the balance shall be applied in accordance with Clause 7.2 of the Agreement. The Security Trustee may at its discretion place and keep any moneys so received or recovered to the credit of a suspense account for so long as the Security Trustee may think fit with a view to preserving the rights of the Security Trustee to prove for the whole of its claims against the Borrower or other person liable.

 

6.3 The Guarantor hereby irrevocably waives any rights of appropriation to which it may be entitled.

 

7. NO SET-OFF, COUNTERCLAIM OR TAX DEDUCTION

 

7.1 All payments to be made by the Guarantor under this Guarantee shall be made without set-off or counterclaim and free and clear of, and without deduction for or on account of, any present or future taxes, unless the Guarantor is compelled by law to make payment subject to any such tax.

 

4


7.2 If the Guarantor is compelled by law to make payment subject to such taxes, the Guarantor will:

 

  7.2.1 promptly notify the Security Trustee upon becoming aware of such requirement;

 

  7.2.2 pay the tax deducted to the appropriate taxation authority promptly, and in any event before any fine or penalty arises;

 

  7.2.3 pay the Security Trustee such additional amount as is necessary to ensure that the Security Trustee or (if the payment is not due to the Security Trustee for its own account) the Bank beneficially interested in the payment (the “ relevant recipient ”) receives a net amount equal to the full amount which it would have received had such tax deduction not been required to be made; and

 

  7.2.4 as soon as reasonably practicable after making the relevant tax deduction, deliver to the Security Trustee for forwarding to the relevant recipient a copy of the receipt from the relevant taxation authority evidencing that the tax had been paid to such authority.

 

7.3 If, following any such tax deduction as is referred to in Clause 7.2 from any payment by the Guarantor, the relevant recipient shall receive or be granted a credit against or remission for any taxes payable by it, the relevant recipient shall, subject to the Guarantor having made any increased payment in accordance with Clause 7.2 and to the extent that the relevant recipient can do so without prejudicing the retention of the amount of such credit or remission and without prejudice to the right of the relevant recipient to obtain any other relief or allowance which may be available to it, reimburse the Guarantor with such amount as the relevant recipient shall in its absolute discretion certify to be the proportion of such credit or remission as will leave the relevant recipient (after such reimbursement) in no worse position than it would have been in had there been no such deduction or withholding from the payment to the relevant recipient as aforesaid. Such reimbursement shall be made forthwith upon the relevant recipient certifying that the amount of such credit or remission has been received by it. Nothing contained in this Guarantee shall oblige any Bank to rearrange its tax affairs or to disclose any information regarding its tax affairs and computations. Without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, the Guarantor shall not by virtue of this Clause 7.3 be entitled to enquire about the tax affairs of any Bank.

 

8. PROVISO TO RELEASE OF THIS GUARANTEE

 

8.1 Any release, discharge or settlement between the Guarantor and the Security Trustee in relation to this guarantee shall be conditional on no right, security, disposition or payment to the Banks (or any of them) by the Guarantor, the Borrower or any other person in respect of the Outstanding Indebtedness being avoided, set aside or ordered to be refunded pursuant to any enactment or law relating to breach of duty by any person, bankruptcy, liquidation, administration, protection from creditors generally or insolvency or for any other reason. If any such right, security, disposition or payment is avoided, set aside or ordered to be refunded, the Security Trustee shall be entitled subsequently to enforce this Guarantee against the Guarantor as if such release, discharge or settlement had not occurred and any such security, disposition or payment had not been made.

 

9. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

9.1 The Guarantor represents and warrants that the following matters are true at the date of this Guarantee.

 

9.2 The Guarantor:

 

  9.2.1 is a limited liability partnership which is duly organised, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the Marshall Islands;

 

5


  9.2.2 has full power to own its property and assets and to carry on its business as it is now being conducted;

 

  9.2.3 has complied with all statutory and other requirements relative to its business;

 

  9.2.4 is solvent and not in liquidation or administration or subject to any other insolvency procedure, and no receiver, administrative receiver, administrator, liquidator, trustee or analogous officer has been appointed in respect of it or all or any part of its assets.

 

9.3 The entry into and performance by the Guarantor of this Guarantee are within the corporate powers of the Guarantor and have been duly authorised by all necessary corporate actions and approvals. In entering into this Guarantee the Guarantor is acting on its own account and not as agent or nominee of any person.

 

9.4 The entry into and performance by the Guarantor of this Guarantee do not and will not:

 

  9.4.1 contravene in any respect the constitutional documents of the Guarantor or any law, regulation or contractual restriction which does, or may, bind the Guarantor or any of its assets; or

 

  9.4.2 result in the creation or imposition of any Encumbrance (other than a Permitted Encumbrance) on any of its assets in favour of any party.

 

9.5 All licences, authorisations, approvals and consents necessary for the entry into, performance, validity, enforceability or admissibility in evidence of this Guarantee have been obtained and are in full force and effect and there has been no breach of any condition or restriction imposed in this respect.

 

9.6 This Guarantee constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligations of the Guarantor enforceable against the Guarantor in accordance with its terms, except insofar as enforcement may be limited by any applicable laws relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, administration and similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally.

 

9.7 No litigation, arbitration, tax claim or administrative proceeding is current or pending or (to the knowledge of the Guarantor) threatened, which, if adversely determined, would have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

9.8 No continuing Event of Default or Potential Event of Default has occurred.

 

9.9 All factual information furnished in writing to any Bank by or on behalf of the Guarantor in connection with the negotiation and preparation of the Finance Documents was (when given) true and correct in all material respects and there are no other facts or considerations the omission of which would render any such information materially misleading.

 

9.10 All payments to be made by the Guarantor under this Guarantee may be made free and clear of and without deduction or withholding for or on account of any taxes, and this Guarantee is not liable to any registration charge or any stamp, documentary or similar taxes imposed by any authority, including without limitation, in connection with the admissibility in evidence of any thereof.

 

6


9.11 The Guarantor has complied in all material respects with all relevant tax laws and regulations applicable to it and its business.

 

9.12 The payment obligations of the Guarantor under this Guarantee rank at least pari passu with the claims of all its other unsecured and unsubordinated creditors, except for obligations mandatorily preferred by law applying to companies generally.

 

9.13 The Guarantor has received a copy of the Agreement and is familiar with and has approved its terms and conditions.

 

9.14 The Guarantor agrees that the representations set out in this Clause 9 (other than the ones in Clauses 9.5, 9.7, 9.8 and 9.10) shall survive the execution of this Guarantee and shall be deemed to be repeated on each Interest Date with reference to the facts and circumstances then subsisting, as if made on such date.

 

10. UNDERTAKINGS

 

10.1 The undertakings in this Clause 10 shall remain in force from the date of this Guarantee to the end of the Security Period.

 

10.2 The Guarantor shall:

 

  10.2.1 procure the performance and observance by the Borrower of the covenants and obligations imposed upon it under the Finance Documents;

 

  10.2.2 maintain its corporate existence as a limited liability partnership duly organised, validly existing and in good standing in the Marshall Islands;

 

  10.2.3 obtain and maintain in force, and promptly furnish certified copies to the Security Trustee of, all licences, authorisations, approvals and consents, and do all other acts and things, which may from time to time be necessary or desirable for the continued due performance of its obligations under this Guarantee or which may be required for the validity, enforceability or admissibility in evidence of this Guarantee;

 

  10.2.4 ensure that its obligations under this Guarantee rank at least pari passu with all its other present, future and/or contingent unsecured and unsubordinated obligations;

 

  10.2.5 conduct its business in a proper and efficient manner and not change the nature, organisation or conduct of its business;

 

  10.2.6 pay all taxes, assessments and other governmental charges as they fall due, except to the extent that it is contesting the same in good faith by appropriate proceedings and has set aside adequate reserves for their payment if such proceedings fail;

 

  10.2.7 keep proper books of account in respect of its business in accordance with US GAAP consistently applied and whenever so requested by the Security Trustee make the same available for inspection by or on behalf of the Agent;

 

  10.2.8 provide to the Security Trustee:

 

  (a)

within 150 days of the end of each financial year of the Guarantor, certified copies (in a sufficient number for each of the Banks) of the consolidated profit and loss

 

7


  accounts and balance sheets of the Group for that financial year, prepared in accordance with US GAAP and audited by auditors previously approved in writing by the Agent;

 

  (b) within 90 days of 31 March, 30 June, 30 September and 31 December in each year, certified copies (in a sufficient number for each of the Banks) of the unaudited consolidated profit and loss accounts and balance sheets of the Group for the relevant financial year to date, prepared in accordance with US GAAP;

 

  (c) as at 31 March, 30 June and 30 September in each year (and within 90 days of each such date) and as at 31 December in each year (and within 150 days of each such date), a compliance certificate in the form set out in Schedule 1 signed by the chief financial officer or chief executive officer of the Guarantor and the Borrower confirming that they and the other Obligors are, as at the date of such certificate, in compliance with their respective obligations under the Finance Documents and that no Event of Default or Potential Event of Default has occurred, or, if any has occurred, that none is continuing;

 

  (d) within 60 days after 31 December in each year, a certified copy of the financial projections of the Group for that year and the next 5 years (including consolidated profit and loss, balance sheet and cash flow forecasts with supporting schedules and calculations); and

 

  (e) promptly, such further information in the possession or control of the Guarantor regarding the financial condition and operations of the Group as the Security Trustee may reasonably request.

 

  10.2.9 inform the Security Trustee promptly of any litigation, arbitration, tax claim or administrative proceeding instituted or (to its knowledge) threatened and of any other occurrence of which it becomes aware which, in any such case, might have a Material Adverse Effect;

 

  10.2.10 promptly after the happening of any Event of Default or a Potential Event of Default, notify the Security Trustee of such event and of the steps (if any) which are being taken to remedy it;

 

  10.2.11 without prejudice to Clause 10.2.10, promptly upon a request by the Security Trustee if an Event of Default or a Potential Event of Default has occurred and is continuing (or the Security Trustee reasonably believes that an Event of Default or a Potential Event of Default may have occurred and then be continuing), supply to the Security Trustee a certificate signed on behalf of the Guarantor by any two of its directors and/or executive officers identifying all of the Events of Default and Potential Events of Default, if any, of which the Guarantor is aware and which are then continuing (and specifying the steps, if any, being taken to remedy them);

 

  10.2.12 promptly provide the Security Trustee with such other financial and other information concerning the Group and its affairs as the Security Trustee may from time to time require; and

 

  10.2.13 ensure that:

 

  (a) the Borrower is wholly-owned directly or indirectly by the Guarantor; and

 

8


  (b) the MLP General Partner is wholly-owned directly or indirectly by the Sponsor; and

 

  (c) the MLP General Partner is the general partner of the Guarantor; and

 

  (d) the Sponsor owns not less than one-third of the share capital and voting rights (subject to the limitations on voting rights relating to election of board members, amendments and certain other matters as set out in the Limited Partnership Agreement) of the Guarantor; and

 

  (e) no person or group of persons acting in concert (other than the Sponsor or any wholly-owned subsidiaries thereof) owns more than 33% of the share capital or voting rights (subject to the limitations on voting rights relating to election of board members, amendments and certain other matters as set out in the Limited Partnership Agreement) of the Guarantor; and

 

  (f) the Guarantor is and remains listed on the New York Stock Exchange,

except as agreed in writing by the Security Trustee (acting on the instructions of the Lenders).

 

10.3 The Guarantor shall not without the prior consent of the Security Trustee (as directed by the Lenders):

 

  10.3.1 consolidate, amalgamate or merge with any other entity;

 

  10.3.2 alter or extend its financial year for the purposes of the preparation of its accounts, or change its auditors; or

 

  10.3.3 undertake any transaction with any person, company or other entity which is an affiliate of the Guarantor unless such transaction is conducted at arm’s length on normal commercial terms.

 

11. FINANCIAL COVENANTS

 

11.1 The Guarantor shall ensure that at all times from the date of this Guarantee until the end of the Security Period:

 

  11.1.1 the amount of Free Liquidity is not less than the aggregate of:

 

  (a) $15,000,000; plus

 

  (b) $1,500,000 for each Long-term Charter Free Group Vessel on the date of computation; plus

 

  (c) $1,000,000 for each of the Additional Group Vessels on the date of computation;

 

  11.1.2 the Book Equity is not less than 30% of the Total Assets; and

 

  11.1.3 EBITDA is not less than 250% of Interest Expense.

 

11.2 For the purposes of this Guarantee:

Additional Group Vessels ” means the number of Group Vessels at any relevant time by which the total number of Group Vessels exceeds 8;

 

9


Book Equity ” means the book value of equity of the Group determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with US GAAP;

EBITDA ” means the earnings before interest, depreciation, amortisation and taxes for the Group determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with US GAAP for each period of twelve months ending on the last day of each quarter of the financial year;

Free Liquidity ” means, in respect of the Group on a consolidated basis, the aggregate value of:

 

  (a) cash in hand and unencumbered bank deposits; and

 

  (b) unencumbered liquid bonds and other debt instruments with an “A” - rating or better of Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group or Moody’s Investor’s Service, Inc. and liquid equities listed on any major stock exchange; and

 

  (c) any other bond or debt instrument accepted by the Agent on instructions of the Lenders in writing;

provided, however, that the Free Liquidity shall not include undrawn amounts under any loan agreement with a lender which is not a member of the Group to which the Borrower, the Guarantor and/or any other member of the Group is a party;

Group Vessel ” means a vessel which is either:

 

  (a) in the registered ownership of a member of the Group;

 

  (b) on bareboat charter to a member of the Group;

 

  (c) subject to a time charterparty to a member of the Group which has a remaining duration (excluding optional periods which have not been declared) of at least 12 months; or

 

  (d) leased to a member of the Group or is subject to any other operating agreement which would be treated as a finance or capital lease.

Interest Expense ” means the interest expense of the Group determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with US GAAP;

Long-term Charter Free Group Vessel ” means a Group Vessel which, as at any relevant date, is not subject to a charterparty which:

 

  (e) is with a charterer which is not a member of the Group;

 

  (f) is on terms approved by the Security Trustee (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders); and

 

  (g) has a remaining duration (excluding optional periods which have not been declared) of at least 12 months;

Total Assets ” means the total assets of the Group determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with US GAAP.

 

10


12. INDEMNITIES AND EXPENSES

 

12.1 The Guarantor shall pay to the Security Trustee on demand, and indemnify and keep each Bank indemnified against, all costs, charges, expenses, claims, liabilities, losses, duties and fees (including, but not limited to, legal fees and expenses on a full indemnity basis) and taxes thereon suffered or incurred by the Security Trustee:

 

  12.1.1 in the negotiation, preparation, printing, execution and registration of this Guarantee and the other Security Documents;

 

  12.1.2 in the enforcement or preservation or the attempted enforcement or preservation of any of the rights and powers of the Security Trustee under this Guarantee or of the security constituted by the Security Documents;

 

  12.1.3 in connection with any actual or proposed amendment or release of or supplement to this Guarantee, or with any request to the Security Trustee to grant any consent or waiver in respect of any provision of this Guarantee, whether or not the same is given;

 

  12.1.4 arising out of any act or omission made by the Banks (or any of them) in good faith in connection with any of the matters dealt with in this Guarantee.

 

12.2 The Guarantor shall pay any and all stamp, documentary, registration and like taxes or charges imposed by governmental authorities in relation to this Guarantee and shall indemnify each Bank against any and all liabilities with respect to, or resulting from, delay or omission on the part of the Guarantor to pay such taxes or charges.

 

12.3 If any sum due from the Guarantor under the Finance Documents (a “ Sum ”), or any order, judgment or award given or made in relation to a Sum, has to be converted from the currency (the “ First Currency ”) in which that Sum is payable into another currency (the “ Second Currency ”) for the purpose of making or filing a claim or proof against the Guarantor or obtaining or enforcing an order, judgment or award in relation to any litigation or arbitration proceedings, the Guarantor shall as an independent obligation, within 3 Banking Days of demand, indemnify each Bank to whom that Sum is due against any cost, loss or liability arising out of or as a result of the conversion including any discrepancy between (a) the rate of exchange used to convert that Sum from the First Currency into the Second Currency and (b) the rate or rates of exchange available to that Bank at the time of its receipt of that Sum.

 

12.4 The indemnities contained in the Finance Documents shall continue in full force and effect after the full and final discharge of the Outstanding Indebtedness with respect to matters arising prior to such discharge.

 

13. ASSIGNMENTS AND TRANSFERS

 

13.1 This Guarantee shall be binding upon the Guarantor and shall inure to the benefit of the Security Trustee and the other Banks.

 

13.2 The Guarantor may not assign or transfer all or any of its rights, benefits or obligations under this Guarantee.

 

11


13.3 Any Bank may freely assign or transfer or sub-participate all or any of its rights, benefits or obligations under this Guarantee in accordance with the relevant provisions of the Agreement as if the same were, mutatis mutandis, set out in full in this Guarantee.

 

13.4 Any Bank may disclose to any potential transferee, assignee or sub-participant, or to any other party with whom it may propose to enter into contractual relations in connection with this Guarantee, such information about the Guarantor and its business, assets or financial condition as that Bank shall consider appropriate.

 

13.5 Any Bank may at any time and from time to time change its lending office and/or delegate any one or more of its rights, powers and/or obligations under this Guarantee to any person.

 

13.6 The Guarantor undertakes to do or to procure all such acts and things and to sign, execute and deliver or procure the signing, execution and delivery of all such instruments and documents as the Security Trustee may reasonably require for the purpose of perfecting any such assignment, transfer, sub-participation, change or delegation as aforesaid.

 

13.7 Without prejudice to Clause 13.6, the Guarantor irrevocably authorises the Agent to sign any Transfer Certificate on its behalf.

 

14. SET-OFF

 

14.1 A Bank may set off any matured obligation due from the Guarantor under this Guarantee (to the extent beneficially owned by that Bank) against any matured obligation owed by that Bank to the Guarantor, regardless of the place of payment, booking branch or currency of either obligation. If the obligations are in different currencies, the Bank may convert either obligation at a market rate of exchange in its usual course of business for the purpose of the set-off.

 

15. MISCELLANEOUS

 

15.1 No failure to exercise, nor any delay in exercising, on the part of the Security Trustee, any right or remedy under this Guarantee shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right or remedy prevent any further or other exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right or remedy. The rights and remedies provided in this Guarantee are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law.

 

15.2 Any waiver by the Security Trustee of any provision of this Guarantee, and any consent or approval given by the Security Trustee hereunder, shall only be effective if given in writing and then only strictly for the purpose and upon the terms for which it is given. This Guarantee may not be amended or varied orally but only by an instrument signed by or on behalf of each of the parties hereto.

 

15.3 If at any time one or more of the provisions of this Guarantee is or becomes invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect under any law by which it may be governed or affected, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not be in any way affected or impaired as a result.

 

15.4 This Guarantee may be executed in any number of counterparts and all such counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute but one and the same instrument.

 

12


15.5 A certificate or determination by the Security Trustee or any other Bank as to the amount of the Outstanding Indebtedness or any part thereof, without limitation as to any other matter provided for in this Guarantee or the other Security Documents, shall (save in case of manifest error) for all purposes be conclusive and binding upon the Guarantor.

 

15.6 The Guarantor shall, upon demand, and at its own expense, sign, perfect, do, execute and register all such further assurances, documents, acts and things as the Security Trustee may require for the purpose of more effectually accomplishing or perfecting the transaction or security contemplated by this Guarantee.

 

16. NOTICES

 

16.1 All notices (which expression includes any demand, request, consent or other communication) to be given by one party to the other under this Guarantee shall be in writing and (unless delivered personally) shall be given by telefax or first class pre-paid post (airmail if sent internationally) and be addressed:

 

  16.1.1 in the case of the Security Trustee, to it at:

 

Lars Hillesgt. 30
N-5020 Bergen
Norway
Telefax No:    +47 55 21 19 24
Attn:    Shipping Department

 

  16.1.2 in the case of the Guarantor, to it at:

 

2 Queen’ Cross
Aberdeen
Aberdeenshire
AB15 4YB
United Kingdom
Telefax No:    +44 1224 624 891
Attn:    Arild Vik

or to such other address and/or number as is notified by one party to the other under this Guarantee.

 

16.2 Notices addressed as provided above shall be deemed to have been duly given when despatched (in the case of telefax), when delivered (in the case of personal delivery), 2 days after posting (in the case of letters sent within the same country), or 5 days after posting (in the case of letters sent internationally), provided that any notice to the Security Trustee shall be effective only upon its actual receipt by the Security Trustee and then only if it is expressly marked for the attention of the relevant department or officer named above (or any substitute from time to time notified by the Security Trustee). In each of the above cases any notice received on a non-working day or after business hours in the country of receipt shall be deemed to be given at the opening of business hours on the next working day in such country.

 

16.3 All notices and documents to be given or delivered pursuant to or otherwise in relation to this Guarantee shall be in the English language or be accompanied by a certified English translation.

 

13


17. APPLICABLE LAW AND JURISDICTION

 

17.1 This Guarantee and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it shall be governed by and construed in accordance with English law.

 

17.2 The Guarantor hereby irrevocably agrees for the exclusive benefit of the Security Trustee that the English courts shall have jurisdiction in relation to any dispute and any suit, action or proceeding (referred to together in this Clause 17 as “ Proceedings ”) which may arise out of or in connection with this Guarantee and/or any of the other Finance Documents to which the Guarantor may be party, and for such purposes irrevocably submits to the jurisdiction of such courts.

 

17.3 The Guarantor hereby irrevocably agrees:

 

  17.3.1 that, for the purpose of Proceedings in England, any legal process may be served upon SH Process Agents Limited whose registered office is presently at 1 Finsbury Circus, London EC2M 7SH (Ref: 748/47-03533) who are hereby authorised to accept service on behalf of the Guarantor, which shall be deemed to be good service on the Guarantor; and

 

  17.3.2 that throughout the Security Period the Guarantor will maintain a duly appointed process agent in England, duly notified to the Security Trustee, and that failure by any such process agent to give notice thereof to the Guarantor shall not impair the validity of such service or of a judgment or order based thereon.

 

17.4 Nothing in this Clause 17 shall affect the right of the Security Trustee to serve process in any manner permitted by law or limit the right of the Security Trustee to take Proceedings against the Guarantor in any other court of competent jurisdiction, nor shall the taking of Proceedings in one or more jurisdictions preclude the taking of Proceedings by the Security Trustee in any other jurisdiction, whether concurrently or not.

The Guarantor shall not commence any Proceedings in any country other than England in relation to any matter arising out of or in connection with this Guarantee and/or any of the other Security Documents.

 

17.5 The Guarantor irrevocably waives any objection which it may now or hereafter have on the grounds of inconvenient forum or otherwise to Proceedings being brought in any such court as is referred to in this Clause 17, and further irrevocably agrees that a judgment or order in any Proceedings brought in the English courts shall be conclusive and binding upon the Guarantor and may be enforced without review in the courts of any other jurisdiction.

 

17.6 The Guarantor consents generally in respect of any Proceedings arising out of or in connection with this Guarantee and/or any of the other Finance Documents to the giving of any relief or the issue of any process in connection with such Proceedings, including, without limitation, the making, enforcement or execution against any property or assets whatsoever of any order or judgment which may be made or given in such Proceedings.

IN WITNESS of which the parties to this Guarantee have executed this Guarantee as a deed the day and year first before written.

 

14


EXECUTION PAGE

 

SIGNED AND DELIVERED as a DEED   )  
by   )  
duly authorised for and on behalf of   )  

/s/ ARILD VIK

KNOT OFFSHORE PARTNERS LP   )   Arild Vik
in the presence of:   )  
Signature: /s/ EDWARD L. SZARMACH    
Name: Edward L. Szarmach    
Occupation: Paralegal    
Address: Vinson & Elkins LLP    
666 5 th Ave    
N.Y., N.Y. 10103    
SIGNED AND DELIVERED as a DEED   )  
by   )  
duly authorised for and on behalf of   )  

/s/ KATHERINE NOBLE

DNB BANK ASA   )   Katherine Noble
in the presence of:   )  
Signature: /s/ HOLLY FOSTER    
Name: Holly Foster    
Occupation: Trainee Solicitor    
Address: Holman Fenwick Willian LLP    

 

15


SCHEDULE 1

FORM OF COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

 

To:    DNB Bank ASA
   Lars Hillesgt. 30
   N-5020 Bergen
   Norway
   Attn: Shipping Department
   Telefax No: +47 55 21 19 24

Date: [ ] 201[ ]

Dear Sirs

$160,000,000 Loan to Knutsen Shuttle Tankers XII KS

We refer to:

 

(A) the loan agreement dated 1 December 2009 (as amended and restated, the “ Loan Agreement ”) now made between (1) Knutsen Shuttle Tankers XII KS as borrower (the “ Borrower ”), (2) DNB Bank ASA and Nordea Bank Norge ASA as lenders (the “ Lenders ”), (3) DNB Bank ASA and Nordea Bank Norge ASA as mandated lead arrangers and bookrunners, (4) DNB Bank ASA and Nordea Bank Finland plc as swap providers (5) DNB Bank ASA as agent and (6) DNB Bank ASA as security trustee providing for the making available to the Borrower of a secured term loan in the amount of up to $19,000,000; and

 

(B) the deed of guarantee and indemnity dated [ ] 2013 (the “ Guarantee ”) made by KNOT Offshore Partners LP (the “ Parent Guarantor ”) in favour of the Security Trustee as security for the performance by the Borrower of its obligations under the Loan Agreement.

This certificate is issued to you pursuant to Clause 12.2.3 of the Loan Agreement and Clause 10.2.8(c) of the Guarantee and we hereby certify that, as of [31 March][30 June][30 September][31 December] 201[ ]:

 

1. The amount of Free Liquidity was $[ ] and there were [ ] Long-term Charter Free Group Vessels and [no][ ] Additional Group Vessels. Accordingly, the minimum required amount of Free Liquidity on that date was $[ ], being:

 

  (a) $15,000,000; plus

 

  (b) $1,500,000 x [ ]; plus

 

  (c) $1,000,000 x [ ]

 

Requirement:    Free Liquidity to be not less than $[ ].
Satisfied:    Yes/

 

16


2. The Book Equity was $[ ] and the Total Assets were $[ ]

 

Requirement:    Book Equity to be not less than 30% of the Total Assets at any time.
Satisfied:    Yes/

 

3. EBITDA was $[ ] and the Interest Expense was $[ ]

 

Requirement:    EBITDA to be not less than 250% of the Interest Expense at any time.
Satisfied:    Yes/

 

4. The Working Capital of the Borrower was $[ ] based on current assets of $[ ] less current liabilities (excluding instalments on long-term debt and capital lease payments falling within 6 months after the date of calculation) of $[ ]

 

Requirement:    The Borrower not to have a negative Working Capital at any time.
Satisfied:    Yes/

We also certify that, as of the date of this certificate, we and the other Obligors are in compliance with our respective obligations under the Security Documents and that no Potential Event of Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

Words and expressions whose meanings are defined in the Loan Agreement and/or the Guarantee shall have the same meanings when used herein.

 

Yours faithfully,
For and on behalf of
KNOT Offshore Partners LP

 

By:  
Chief [Financial][Executive] Officer
For and on behalf of
Knutsen Shuttle Tankers XII KS

 

By:  
Chief [Financial][Executive] Officer

 

17

EXHIBIT 4.12

DATED 9 April 2013

KNOT SHUTTLE TANKERS AS

as Guarantor

- and -

DNB BANK ASA

as Security Trustee

 

 

GUARANTEE AND INDEMNITY

 

 

in respect of the obligations of Knutsen Shuttle Tankers XII KS

under a US$19,000,000 loan facility relating to

“FORTALEZA KNUTSEN” and “RECIFE KNUTSEN”

 

LOGO


CONTENTS

 

Clause    Page  

1.

  

DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

     1   

2.

  

GUARANTEE AND INDEMNITY

     2   

3.

  

CONTINUING SECURITY

     3   

4.

  

RESTRICTIONS ON GUARANTOR

     3   

5.

  

WAIVER BY GUARANTOR

     4   

6.

  

PAYMENTS AND APPLICATION OF FUNDS

     4   

7.

  

NO SET-OFF, COUNTERCLAIM OR TAX DEDUCTION

     5   

8.

  

PROVISO TO RELEASE OF THIS GUARANTEE

     5   

9.

  

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

     6   

10.

  

UNDERTAKINGS

     7   

11.

  

INDEMNITIES AND EXPENSES

     8   

12.

  

ASSIGNMENTS AND TRANSFERS

     9   

13.

  

SET-OFF

     10   

14.

  

MISCELLANEOUS

     10   

15.

  

NOTICES

     10   

16.

  

APPLICABLE LAW AND JURISDICTION

     11   
  

EXECUTION PAGE

     13   


THIS GUARANTEE is made on      April 2013

BETWEEN:

 

(1) KNOT SHUTTLE TANKERS AS , a company incorporated under the laws of Norway with organisation number 998 942 829 and having its registered office at Smedasundet 40, 5529 Haugesund, Norway (the “ Guarantor ”); and

 

(2) DNB BANK ASA , a company incorporated under the laws of Norway acting through its office at Lars Hillesgt, 30, N-5020 Bergen, Norway in its capacity as security trustee for the Banks (the “ Security Trustee ”).

WHEREAS:

 

(A) By a loan agreement dated 1 December 2009 (as amended by a supplemental agreement dated 14 February 2011, a second supplemental agreement dated 14 September 2012, a third supplemental agreement dated 27 February 2013 and as amended and restated by an amendment and restatement deed dated     April 2013, the “ Agreement ”) now made between (1) Knutsen Shuttle Tankers XII KS as borrower (the “ Borrower ”), (2) DNB Bank ASA and Nordea Bank Norge ASA as lenders (the “ Lenders ”), (3) DNB Bank ASA and Nordea Bank Norge ASA as mandated lead arrangers and bookrunners, (4) DNB Bank ASA and Nordea Bank Finland plc as swap providers (5) DNB Bank ASA as agent (the “ Agent ”) and (6) the Security Trustee, the Lenders agreed to make available to the Borrower a term loan facility of up to $19,000,000.

 

(B) At the request of the Borrower and as additional security for the repayment of the Loan and the payment of interest thereon and all other moneys from time to time due or owing to the Banks or any of them under or pursuant to the Finance Documents, the Guarantor has agreed to enter into this Guarantee.

 

(C) This Guarantee forms part of the Trust Property which pursuant to the Agreement the Security Trustee holds on trust for itself and the other Banks.

IT IS AGREED as follows:

 

1. DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

 

1.1 Words and expressions defined in the Agreement shall, unless otherwise expressly provided herein or the context otherwise requires, have the same meanings when used in this Guarantee, including the Recitals.

 

1.2 In this Guarantee:

 

  1.2.1 unless the context otherwise requires, words in the singular include the plural and vice versa;

 

  1.2.2 references to any document include the same as varied, supplemented or replaced from time to time;

 

  1.2.3 references to any enactment include re-enactments, amendments and extensions thereof;

 

  1.2.4 references to any person include that person’s successors and permitted assigns;


  1.2.5 clause headings are for convenience of reference only and are not to be taken into account in construction; and

 

  1.2.6 unless otherwise specified, references to Clauses, Recitals and Schedules are respectively to Clauses of and Recitals and Schedules to this Guarantee.

 

1.3 Except for the Banks, a person who is not a party to this Guarantee may not enforce, or otherwise have the benefit of, any provision of this Guarantee under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999.

 

2. GUARANTEE AND INDEMNITY

 

2.1 The Guarantor irrevocably and unconditionally:

 

  2.1.1 guarantees the due and punctual performance by the Borrower of all the Borrower’s obligations under the Finance Documents;

 

  2.1.2 undertakes as primary obligor and not as surety only that whenever the Borrower does not pay any part of the Outstanding Indebtedness when due under or in connection with any Finance Document, the Guarantor shall immediately on demand by the Security Trustee pay that amount to the Security Trustee; and

 

  2.1.3 agrees, as a separate and independent stipulation, that if any amounts intended to be guaranteed hereby are not recoverable on the footing of a guarantee, whether by reason of any legal limitation, disability or incapacity on or of the Borrower or any other fact or circumstance, whether or not known to any Bank or the Guarantor, then such amounts shall nevertheless be recoverable from the Guarantor as sole or principal debtor by way of indemnity and shall be payable by the Guarantor to the Security Trustee on demand,

provided that:

 

  (a) the aggregate amount in respect of the Outstanding Indebtedness recoverable from the Guarantor under this Guarantee shall not exceed $18,125,000 1 ; and

 

  (b) the foregoing limitation of liability shall not apply in respect of any interest which accrues under Clause 12 or any amounts payable under Clauses 7.2 and 11.

 

2.2 If the Guarantor fails to pay on the due date any sum (whether of principal, interest or otherwise) due under this Guarantee, interest will accrue, and become payable by it upon the Security Trustee’s demand, upon the sum unpaid from and including the date upon which it fell due for payment until the date of actual payment (as well after as before judgment) at the rate per annum determined by the Agent to be 2% higher than the rate which would have been payable if the overdue amount had, during the period of non-payment, constituted part of the Loan for successive periods, each of a duration selected by the Agent (acting reasonably). Any such interest shall accrue from day to day, be calculated on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed and a 360 day year and be compounded at the end of each such period determined by the Agent for so long as it remains unpaid.

 

1   Note: This assumes that the Guarantee is executed and dated before 28 March 2013.

 

2


2.3 The guarantee contained in this Clause 2 is a guarantee of payment and performance and not of collection.

 

3. CONTINUING SECURITY

 

3.1 This Guarantee:

 

  3.1.1 is and shall at all times be a continuing security for the payment of the full amount of the Outstanding Indebtedness from time to time;

 

  3.1.2 shall not be satisfied by any intermediate payment or satisfaction of any part of the Outstanding Indebtedness;

 

  3.1.3 shall be in addition to and shall not merge with or be prejudiced or affected by any other security for the Outstanding Indebtedness which may have been, or may at any time hereafter be, given to the Banks (or any of them) by the Borrower or any other person.

 

3.2 The obligations of the Guarantor under this Guarantee shall not be reduced, discharged or otherwise adversely affected by reason of any act, omission, matter or thing (whether or not known to the Guarantor and/or any Bank) which, but for this provision, might operate to release the Guarantor from all or part of its liability under this Guarantee including, without limitation:

 

  3.2.1 any time or indulgence granted to, or composition with, the Borrower or any other person; or

 

  3.2.2 any termination, renewal, extension or variation of any credit, accommodation or facility granted by the Banks (or any of them) to the Borrower or any other person or any amendment of, or the making of any supplement to, any Finance Document or any other document or security; or

 

  3.2.3 the taking, variation, compromise, renewal, enforcement, realisation or release of, or refusal or neglect or failure to take, perfect, release or enforce, any rights, remedies or securities against, or granted by, any Obligor or other person; or

 

  3.2.4 any incapacity, disability, or defect in powers of any Obligor or other person, or any irregular exercise thereof by, or lack of authority of, any person purporting to act on behalf of any Obligor or other person; or

 

  3.2.5 any illegality, invalidity, avoidance or unenforceability on any grounds whatsoever of, or of any obligations of any Obligor or other person under, any Finance Document or any other document or security; or

 

  3.2.6 the death, liquidation, administration, insolvency, amalgamation, reorganisation or dissolution, or any change in the constitution, name or style, of any Obligor, any Bank or any other person.

 

4. RESTRICTIONS ON GUARANTOR

 

4.1 Until the moneys and liabilities hereby guaranteed have been paid and discharged in full, the Guarantor shall not be entitled, nor shall the Guarantor claim, by virtue of any payment made by it under this Guarantee:

 

  4.1.1 to exercise any right of subrogation or indemnity or any other right or remedy in relation to any rights, security or moneys held by or recovered or receivable by the Security Trustee or any other Bank under the Finance Documents; or

 

3


  4.1.2 to exercise any right of set-off or counterclaim against the Borrower or any other Obligor; or

 

  4.1.3 to exercise any right of contribution from any other Obligor in respect of the Outstanding Indebtedness; or

 

  4.1.4 to receive, claim or have the benefit of any payment, distribution or security from the Borrower or any other Obligor; or

 

  4.1.5 unless so directed by the Security Trustee (in which case the Guarantor shall prove in accordance with the Security Trustee’s directions), to rank as a creditor or have any right of proof in the bankruptcy, liquidation or insolvency of the Borrower or any other Obligor in competition with the Security Trustee.

 

4.2 The Guarantor hereby represents and warrants that it has not taken, and undertakes that it will not take, without the prior written consent of the Security Trustee (as directed by the Lenders), any security from the Borrower• or any other Obligor in respect of the Guarantor’s liability under this Guarantee.

 

4.3 If the Guarantor is required by the Security Trustee to prove in the bankruptcy, liquidation or insolvency of the Borrower or any other Obligor, or receives any payment, distribution or security from the Borrower or any other Obligor, or exercises any right of set-off or counterclaim, or otherwise acts in breach of any provision of this Clause 4, then in each such case the Guarantor shall hold on trust for the Security Trustee and forthwith pay or transfer (as may be appropriate) to the Security Trustee any such payment, amount set off, distribution or benefit of such security received by it.

 

5. WAIVER BY GUARANTOR

The Guarantor hereby waives any rights which the Guarantor may have to require the Security Trustee first to enforce any of the other Finance Documents or claim payment from the Borrower or any other person, before enforcing any rights of the Security Trustee against the Guarantor under this Guarantee.

 

6. PAYMENTS AND APPLICATION OF FUNDS

 

6.1 Unless otherwise specified by the Security Trustee, all moneys to be paid by the Guarantor under this Guarantee shall be paid to the Security Trustee in Dollars on the due date and in same day funds to such account as the Security Trustee may from time to time notify the Guarantor.

 

6.2 Subject as provided below, all moneys received or recovered by the Security Trustee pursuant to this Guarantee shall be held by it upon trust, in the first place to pay or make good all costs, expenses and liabilities whatsoever incurred by the Security Trustee in or about or incidental to the recovery of such moneys, and the balance shall be applied in accordance with Clause 7.2 of the Agreement. The Security Trustee may at its discretion place and keep any moneys so received or recovered to the credit of a suspense account for so long as the Security Trustee may think fit with a view to preserving the rights of the Security Trustee to prove for the whole of its claims against the Borrower or other person liable.

 

4


6.3 The Guarantor hereby irrevocably waives any rights of appropriation to which it may be entitled.

 

7. NO SET-OFF, COUNTERCLAIM OR TAX DEDUCTION

 

7.1 All payments to be made by the Guarantor under this Guarantee shall be made without set-off or counterclaim and free and clear of; and without deduction for or on account of; any present or future taxes, unless the Guarantor is compelled by law to make payment subject to any such tax.

 

7.2 Utile Guarantor is compelled by law to make payment subject to such taxes, the Guarantor will:

 

  7.2.1 promptly notify the Security Trustee upon becoming aware of such requirement;

 

  7.2.2 pay the tax deducted to the appropriate taxation authority promptly, and in any event before any fine or penalty arises;

 

  7.2.3 pay the Security Trustee such additional amount as is necessary to ensure that the Security Trustee or (if the payment is not due to the Security Trustee for its own account) the Bank beneficially interested in the payment (the “ relevant recipient ”) receives a net amount equal to the full amount which it would have received had such tax deduction not been required to be made; and

 

  7.2.4 as soon as reasonably practicable after making the relevant tax deduction, deliver to the Security Trustee for forwarding to the relevant recipient a copy of the receipt from the relevant taxation authority evidencing that the tax had been paid to such authority.

 

7.3 If, following any such tax deduction as is referred to in Clause 7.2 from any payment by the Guarantor, the relevant recipient shall receive or be granted a credit against or remission for any taxes payable by it, the relevant recipient shall, subject to the Guarantor having made any increased payment in accordance with Clause 7.2 and to the extent that the relevant recipient can do so without prejudicing the retention of the amount of such credit or remission and without prejudice to the right of the relevant recipient to obtain any other relief or allowance which may be available to it, reimburse the Guarantor with such amount as the relevant recipient shall in its absolute discretion certify to be the proportion of such credit or remission as will leave the relevant recipient (after such reimbursement) in no worse position than it would have been in had there been no such deduction or withholding from the payment to the relevant recipient as aforesaid. Such reimbursement shall be made forthwith upon the relevant recipient certifying that the amount of such credit or remission has been received by it. Nothing contained in this Guarantee shall oblige any Bank to rearrange its tax affairs or to disclose any information regarding its tax affairs and computations. Without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, the Guarantor shall not by virtue of this Clause 7.3 be entitled to enquire about the tax affairs of any Bank.

 

8. PROVISO TO RELEASE OF THIS GUARANTEE

 

8.1

Any release, discharge or settlement between the Guarantor and the Security Trustee in relation to this guarantee shall he conditional on no right, security, disposition or payment to the Banks (or any of them) by the Guarantor, the Borrower or any other person in respect of the Outstanding Indebtedness being avoided, set aside or ordered to be refunded pursuant to any enactment or law relating to breach of duty by any person, bankruptcy, liquidation, administration, protection from creditors generally or insolvency or for any other reason. If

 

5


  any such right, security, disposition or payment is avoided, set aside or ordered to be refunded, the Security Trustee shall be entitled subsequently to enforce this Guarantee against the Guarantor as if such release, discharge or settlement had not occurred and any such security, disposition or payment had not been made.

 

9. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

9.1 The Guarantor represents and warrants that the following matters are true at the date of this Guarantee.

 

9.2 The Guarantor:

 

  9.2.1 is a limited liability company which is duly incorporated, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of Norway;

 

  9.2.2 has full power to own its property and assets and to carry on its business as it is now being conducted;

 

  9.2.3 has complied with all statutory and other requirements relative to its business;

 

  9.2.4 is solvent and not in liquidation or administration or subject to any other insolvency procedure, and no receiver, administrative receiver, administrator, liquidator, trustee or analogous officer has been appointed in respect of it or all or any part of its assets.

 

9.3 The entry into and performance by the Guarantor of this Guarantee are within the corporate powers of the Guarantor and have been duty authorised by all necessary corporate actions and approvals. In entering into this Guarantee the Guarantor is acting on its own account and not as agent or nominee of any person.

 

9.4 The entry into and performance by the Guarantor of this Guarantee do not and will not:

 

  9.4.1 contravene in any respect the constitutional documents of the Guarantor or any law, regulation or contractual restriction which does, or may, bind the Guarantor or any of its assets; or

 

  9.4.2 result in the creation or imposition of any Encumbrance (other than a Permitted Encumbrance) on any of its assets in favour of any party.

 

9.5 All licences, authorisations, approvals and consents necessary for the entry into, performance, validity, enforceability or admissibility in evidence of this Guarantee have been obtained and are in full force and effect and there has been no breach of any condition or restriction imposed in this respect.

 

9.6 This Guarantee constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligations of the Guarantor enforceable against the Guarantor in accordance with its terms, except insofar as enforcement may be limited by any applicable laws relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, administration and similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally.

 

9.7 No litigation, arbitration, tax claim or administrative proceeding is current or pending or (to the knowledge of the Guarantor) threatened, which, if adversely determined, would have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

9.8 No continuing Event of Default or Potential Event of Default has occurred.

 

6


9.9 All factual information furnished in writing to any Bank by or on behalf of the Guarantor in connection with the negotiation and preparation of the Finance Documents was (when given) true and correct in all material respects and there are no other facts or considerations the omission of which would render any such information materially misleading.

 

9.10 All payments to be made by the Guarantor under this Guarantee may be made free and clear of and without deduction or withholding for or on account of any taxes, and this Guarantee is not liable to any registration charge or any stamp, documentary or similar taxes imposed by any authority, including without limitation, in connection with the admissibility in evidence of any thereof.

 

9.11 The Guarantor has complied in all material respects with all relevant tax laws and regulations applicable to it and its business.

 

9.12 All of the issued shares in the share capital of the Guarantor are wholly owned, legally and beneficially, directly or indirectly by the Parent Guarantor.

 

9.13 The payment obligations of the Guarantor under this Guarantee rank at least pari passu with the claims of all its other unsecured and unsubordinated creditors, except for obligations mandatorily preferred by law applying to companies generally.

 

9.14 The Guarantor has received a copy of the Agreement and is familiar with and has approved its terms and conditions,

 

9.15 The Guarantor agrees that the representations set out in this Clause 9 (other than the ones in Clauses 9.5, 9.7, 9.8 and 9.10) shall survive the execution of this Guarantee and shall be deemed to be repeated on each Interest Date with reference to the facts and circumstances then subsisting, as if made on such date.

 

10. UNDERTAKINGS

 

10.1 The undertakings in this Clause 10 shall remain in force from the date of this Guarantee to the end of the Security Period.

 

10.2 The Guarantor shall:

 

  10.2.1 procure the performance and observance by the Borrower of the covenants and obligations imposed upon it under the Finance Documents;

 

  10.2.2 maintain its corporate existence as a limited liability company duly organised, validly existing and in good standing in Norway;

 

  10.2.3 obtain and maintain in force, and promptly furnish certified copies to the Security Trustee of; all licences, authorisations, approvals and consents, and do all other acts and things, which may from time to time be necessary or desirable for the continued due performance of its obligations under this Guarantee or which may be required for the validity, enforceability or admissibility in evidence of this Guarantee;

 

  10.2.4 ensure that its obligations under this Guarantee rank at least pari passu with all its other present, future and/or contingent unsecured and unsubordinated obligations;

 

  10.2.5 conduct its business in a proper and efficient manner and not change the nature, organisation or conduct of its business;

 

7


  10.2.6 pay all taxes, assessments and other governmental charges as they fall due, except to the extent that it is contesting the same in good faith by appropriate proceedings and has set aside adequate reserves for their payment if such proceedings fail;

 

  10.2.7 keep proper books of account in respect of its business in accordance with GAAP consistently applied and whenever so requested by the Security Trustee make the same available for inspection by or on behalf of the Agent;

 

  10.2.8 inform the Security Trustee promptly of any litigation, arbitration, tax claim or administrative proceeding instituted or (to its knowledge) threatened and of any other occurrence of which it becomes aware which, in any such case, might have a Material Adverse Effect;

 

  10.2.9 promptly after the happening of any Event of Default or a Potential Event of Default, notify the Security Trustee of such event and of the steps (if any) which are being taken to remedy it;

 

  10.2.10 promptly provide the Security Trustee with such financial and other information concerning the Group and its affairs as the Security Trustee may from time to time require; and

 

  10.2.11 ensure that the Borrower remains its wholly-owned subsidiary.

 

10.3 The Guarantor shall not without the prior consent of the Security Trustee (as directed by the Lenders):

 

  10.3.1 consolidate, amalgamate or merge with any other entity;

 

  10.3.2 alter or extend its financial year for the purposes of the preparation of its accounts, or change its auditors; or

 

  10.3.3 undertake any transaction with any person, company or other entity which is an affiliate of the Guarantor unless such transaction is conducted at arm’s length on normal commercial terms.

 

11. INDEMNITIES AND EXPENSES

 

11.1 The Guarantor shall pay to the Security Trustee on demand, and indemnify and keep each Bank indemnified against, all costs, charges, expenses, claims, liabilities, losses, duties and fees (including, but not limited to, legal fees and expenses on a full indemnity basis) and taxes thereon suffered or incurred by the Security Trustee:

 

  11.1.1 in the negotiation, preparation, printing, execution and registration of this Guarantee and the other Security Documents;

 

  11.1.2 in the enforcement or preservation or the attempted enforcement or preservation of any of the rights and powers of the Security Trustee under this Guarantee or of the security constituted by the Security Documents;

 

  11.1.3 in connection with any actual or proposed amendment or release of or supplement to this Guarantee, or with any request to the Security Trustee to grant any consent or waiver in respect of any provision of this Guarantee, whether or not the same is given;

 

  11.1.4 arising out of any act or omission made by the Banks (or any of them) in good faith in connection with any of the matters dealt with in this Guarantee.

 

8


11.2 The Guarantor shall pay any and all stamp, documentary, registration and like taxes or charges imposed by governmental authorities in relation to this Guarantee and shall indemnify each Bank against any and all liabilities with respect to, or resulting from, delay or omission on the part of the Guarantor to pay such taxes or charges.

 

11.3 If any sum due from the Guarantor under the Finance Documents (a “ Sum ”), or any order, judgment or award given or made in relation to a Sum, has to be converted from the currency (the “ First Currency ”) in which that Sum is payable into another currency (the “ Second Currency ”) for the purpose of making or filing a claim or proof against the Guarantor or obtaining or enforcing an order, judgment or award in relation to any litigation or arbitration proceedings, the Guarantor shall as an independent obligation, within 3 Banking Days of demand, indemnify each Bank to whom that Sum is due against any cost, loss or liability arising out of or as a result of the conversion including any discrepancy between (a) the rate of exchange used to convert that Sum from the First Currency into the Second Currency and (b) the rate or rates of exchange available to that Bank at the time of its receipt of that Sum.

 

11.4 The indemnities contained in the Finance Documents shall continue in full force and effect after the full and final discharge of the Outstanding Indebtedness with respect to matters arising prior to such discharge.

 

12. ASSIGNMENTS AND TRANSFERS

 

12.1 This Guarantee shall be binding upon the Guarantor and shall inure to the benefit of the Security Trustee and the other Banks.

 

12.2 The Guarantor may not assign or transfer all or any of its rights, benefits or obligations under this Guarantee.

 

12.3 Any Bank may freely assign or transfer or sub-participate all or any of its rights, benefits or obligations under this Guarantee in accordance with the relevant provisions of the Agreement as if the same were, mutatis mutandis, set out in full in this Guarantee.

 

12.4 Any Bank may disclose to any potential transferee, assignee or sub-participant, or to any other party with whom it may propose to enter into contractual relations in connection with this Guarantee, such information about the Guarantor and its business, assets or financial condition as that Bank shall consider appropriate.

 

12.5 Any Bank may at any time and from time to time change its lending office and/or delegate any one or more of its rights, powers and/or obligations under this Guarantee to any person.

 

12.6 The Guarantor undertakes to do or to procure all such acts and things and to sign, execute and deliver or procure the signing, execution and delivery of all such instruments and documents as the Security Trustee may reasonably require for the purpose of perfecting any such assignment, transfer, sub-participation, change or delegation as aforesaid.

 

12.7 Without prejudice to Clause 12.6, the Guarantor irrevocably authorises the Agent to sign any Transfer Certificate on its behalf.

 

9


13. SET-OFF

 

13.1 A Bank may set off any matured obligation due from the Guarantor under this Guarantee (to the extent beneficially owned by that Bank) against any matured obligation owed by that Bank to the Guarantor, regardless of the place of payment, booking branch or currency of either obligation. If the obligations are in different currencies, the Bank may convert either obligation at a market rate of exchange in its usual course of business for the purpose of the set-off.

 

14. MISCELLANEOUS

 

14.1 No failure to exercise, nor any delay in exercising, on the part of the Security Trustee, any right or remedy under this Guarantee shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right or remedy prevent any further or other exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right or remedy. The rights and remedies provided in this Guarantee are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law.

 

14.2 Any waiver by the Security Trustee of any provision of this Guarantee, and any consent or approval given by the Security Trustee hereunder, shall only be effective if given in writing and then only strictly for the purpose and upon the terms for which it is given. This Guarantee may not be amended or varied orally but only by an instrument signed by or on behalf of each of the parties hereto.

 

14.3 If at any time one or more of the provisions of this Guarantee is or becomes invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect under any law by which it may be governed or affected, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not be in any way affected or impaired as a result.

 

14.4 This Guarantee may be executed in any number of counterparts and all such counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute but one and the same instrument.

 

14.5 A certificate or determination by the Security Trustee or any other Bank as to the amount of the Outstanding Indebtedness or any part thereof, without limitation as to any other matter provided for in this Guarantee or the other Security Documents, shall (save in case of manifest error) for all purposes be conclusive and binding upon the Guarantor.

 

14.6 The Guarantor shall, upon demand, and at its own expense, sign, perfect, do, execute and register all such further assurances, documents, acts and things as the Security Trustee may require for the purpose of more effectually accomplishing or perfecting the transaction or security contemplated by this Guarantee.

 

15. NOTICES

 

15.1 All notices (which expression includes any demand, request, consent or other communication) to be given by one party to the other under this Guarantee shall be in writing and (unless delivered personally) shall be given by telefax or first class pre-paid post (airmail if sent internationally) and be addressed:

 

  15.1.1 in the case of the Security Trustee, to it at:

 

Lars Hillesgt. 30
N-5020 Bergen
Norway
Telefax No:   +47 55 21 19 24
Attn:   Shipping Department

 

10


  15.1.2 in the case of the Guarantor, to it at:

 

Smedasundet 40
5529 Haugesund
Norway
Telefax No:   +47 52 70 40 40
Attn:   Trygve Seglem

or to such other address and/or number as is notified by one party to the other under this Guarantee.

 

15.2 Notices addressed as provided above shall be deemed to have been duly given when despatched (in the case of telefax), when delivered (in the case of personal delivery), 2 days after posting (in the case of letters sent within the same country), or 5 days after posting (in the case of letters sent internationally), provided that any notice to the Security Trustee shall be effective only upon its actual receipt by the Security Trustee and then only if it is expressly marked for the attention of the relevant department or officer named above (or any substitute from time to time notified by the Security Trustee). In each of the above cases any notice received on a non-working day or after business hours in the country of receipt shall be deemed to be given at the opening of business hours on the next working day in such country.

 

15.3 All notices and documents to be given or delivered pursuant to or otherwise in relation to this Guarantee shall be in the English language or be accompanied by a certified English translation.

 

16. APPLICABLE LAW AND JURISDICTION

 

16.1 This Guarantee and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it shall be governed by and construed in accordance with English law.

 

16.2 The Guarantor hereby irrevocably agrees for the exclusive benefit of the Security Trustee that the English courts shall have jurisdiction in relation to any dispute and any suit, action or proceeding (referred to together in this Clause 16 as “ Proceedings ”) which may arise out of or in connection with this Guarantee and/or any of the other Finance Documents to which the Guarantor may be party, and for such purposes irrevocably submits to the jurisdiction of such courts.

 

16.3 The Guarantor hereby irrevocably agrees:

 

  16.3.1 that, for the purpose of Proceedings in England, any legal process may be served upon SH Process Agents Limited whose registered office is presently at 1 Finsbury Circus, London EC2M 7SH (Ref: 748/47-03533) who are hereby authorised to accept service on behalf of the Guarantor, which shall be deemed to be good service on the Guarantor; and

 

  16.3.2 that throughout the Security Period the Guarantor will maintain a duly appointed process agent in England, duly notified to the Security Trustee, and that failure by any such process agent to give notice thereof to the Guarantor shall not impair the validity of such service or of a judgment or order based thereon.

 

11


16.4 Nothing in this Clause 16 shall affect the right of the Security Trustee to serve process in any manner permitted by law or limit the right of the Security Trustee to take Proceedings against the Guarantor in any other court of competent jurisdiction, nor shall the taking of Proceedings in one or more jurisdictions preclude the taking of Proceedings by the Security Trustee in any other jurisdiction, whether concurrently or not.

The Guarantor shall not commence any Proceedings in any country other than England in relation to any matter arising out of or in connection with this Guarantee and/or any of the other Security Documents.

 

16.5 The Guarantor irrevocably waives any objection which it may now or hereafter have on the grounds of inconvenient forum or otherwise to Proceedings being brought in any such court as is referred to in this Clause 16, and further irrevocably agrees that a judgment or order in any Proceedings brought in the English courts shall be conclusive and binding upon the Guarantor and may be enforced without review in the courts of any other jurisdiction.

 

16.6 The Guarantor consents generally in respect of any Proceedings arising out of or in connection with this Guarantee and/or any of the other Finance Documents to the giving of any relief or the issue of any process in connection with such Proceedings, including, without limitation, the making, enforcement or execution against any property or assets whatsoever of any order or judgment which may be made or given in such Proceedings.

IN WITNESS of which the parties to this Guarantee have executed this Guarantee as a deed the day and year first before written.

 

12


EXECUTION PAGE

 

SIGNED AND DELIVERED as a DEED   )  
by   )  
duly authorised for and on behalf of   )  

/s/ BJØRN SANDE URTEGAARD

KNOT SHUTTLE TANKERS AS   )   Bjørn Sande Urtegaard
in the presence of:   )   Attorney-in-fact
Signature:    

/s/ ERIK HOFFMANN-DAHL

   
Name:    
Erik Hoffmann-Dahl    
Occupation:    
Associate    
Address: Olav Kyrresgt. 11 Norway    
SIGNED AND DELIVERED as a DEED   )  
by   )  
duly authorised for and on behalf of   )  

/s/ CHRISTIAN FRIIS

DNB BANK ASA   )   Christian Friis
in the presence of:   )   Attorney-in-fact
Signature:    

/s/ ERIK HOFFMANN-DAHL

   
Name:    
Erik Hoffmann-Dahl    
Occupation:    
Associate    
Address: Olav Kyrresgt. 11 Norway    

 

13

Exhibit 4.13

Execution version

Dated 9 April 2013

FOURTH SUPPLEMENTAL AGREEMENT

between

KNOT SHUTTLE TANKERS 17 AS

as Borrower

and

EKSPORTFINANS ASA

as lender for Loan A

and

KNUTSEN NYK OFFSHORE TANKERS AS

as Parent Guarantor

and

KNOT OFFSHORE PARTNERS LP

KNOT SHUTTLE TANKERS AS

as Guarantors

and

DNB BANK ASA

NORDEA BANK NORGE ASA

as lenders for Loan B and the Revolving Credit Facility,

Bookrunners and Mandated Lead Arrangers

and

NORDEA BANK NORGE ASA

as Agent

 

 

Relating to a USD 120,000,000.-

Loan and Guarantee Facility Agreement dated 11 February 2011

as amended by a first supplemental agreement dated 6 June 2011,

a second supplemental agreement dated 20 September 2012

and as amended and restated by a third supplemental agreement dated 22 February 2013

in respect of the Borrower’s vessel

“BODIL KNUTSEN”

 

 

 

 

LOGO


THIS FOURTH SUPPLEMENTAL AGREEMENT (the “ Supplemental Agreement ”) is made the 9 th day of April 2013 between:

 

(1) KNOT SHUTTLE TANKERS 17 AS , (organisation no 998 942 969), Smedasundet 40, P.O.Box 2017, 5504 Haugesund, Norway (hereinafter called the “ Borrower ”),

 

(2) EKSPORTFINANS ASA , P.O.Box 1601 Vika, 0119 Oslo, Norway (organisation no 816 521 432) as Loan A lender (“ Eksportfinans ”),

 

(3) KNUTSEN NYK OFFSHORE TANKERS AS , P.O Box 2017, 5504 Haugesund, Norway, (organisation no 995 221 713) as parent guarantor (the “ Parent Guarantor ”),

 

(4) KNOT OFFSHORE PARTNERS LP , Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Island, Ajeltake Road, Majuro, Marshall Islands MH96960as new guarantor,

 

(5) KNOT SHUTTLE TANKERS AS , P.O Box 2017, 5504 Haugesund, Norway, (organisation no 998 942 829) as new guarantor (together with KNOT Offshore Partners LP, the “ Guarantors ”),

 

(6) DNB BANK ASA , Lars Hillesgt. 30, P.O.Box 7100, 5020 Bergen, Norway, (organisation no 984 851 006) as lender under Loan B and the Revolving Credit Facility,

 

(7) NORDEA BANK NORGE ASA , P.O.Box 1166 Sentrum, 0107 Oslo, Norway (organisation no 911 044 110) as lender under Loan B and the Revolving Credit Facility (together with DNB Bank ASA, the “ Commercial Lenders ”) and as bookrunners and mandated lead arrangers, and

 

(8) NORDEA BANK NORGE ASA , P.O.Box 1166 Sentrum, 0107 Oslo, Norway (organisation no 911 044 110) as agent for Eksportfinans and the Commercial Lenders (the “ Agent ”).

(Eksportfinans and the Commercial Lenders are hereinafter collectively referred to as the “ Lenders ”)

WHEREAS

 

A. Eksportfinans has granted the Borrower a loan in the amount of USD 56,000,000.- (“ Loan A ”) and the Commercial Lenders have granted the Borrower a loan in the amount of USD 64,000,000.- (“ Loan B ”) pursuant to a loan and guarantee facility agreement dated 11 February 2011 as amended by a first supplemental agreement dated 6 June 2011, a second supplemental agreement dated 20 September 2012 as amended and restated by a third supplemental agreement dated 22 February 2013 entered into between the Borrower, Eksportfinans, the Parent Guarantor, the Commercial Lenders and the Agent (the “ Facility Agreement ”). The outstanding principal amount under the Facility Agreement is at the date hereof USD 102,133,334.-.

 

B. The Borrower has requested that the Lenders’ consent to the Borrower becoming wholly owned, directly or indirectly, by KNOT Offshore Partners LP a Marshall Islands limited partnership organised under the laws of the Marshall Islands which is to be listed on the New York Stock Exchange and which will effect such acquisition by acquiring via its wholly-owned subsidiary KNOT Offshore Partners UK LLC all of the shares in KNOT Shuttle Tankers AS from the Parent Guarantor in connection with the initial public offering of common units representing limited partner interests in KNOT Offshore Partners LP (the “IPO”).

 

2/10


C. Under the proposed terms of the IPO, the proceeds of the IPO are to be applied in part in providing funds directly or indirectly to the Borrower by way of one or more intercompany loans or capital contributions from KNOT Offshore Partners LP to the Borrower to enable it to:

 

  (i) repay Loan A in the amount of USD 6,666,667.-.; and

 

  (ii) repay Loan B in the amount of USD 45,466,667.-.

 

D. Under the proposed terms of the IPO, the Borrower has requested the Lender’s consent to the following:

 

  (i) the transfer of ownership of KNOT Shuttle Tankers AS from the Parent Guarantor to KNOT Offshore Partners LP as contemplated by Whereas B;

 

  (ii) the entering into of the IPO described in Whereas B and the transactions entered into, or to be entered into, by the Borrower, the Guarantors and the Parent Guarantor in connection therewith;

 

  (iii) the release of Knutsen NYK Offshore Tankers AS as Parent Guarantor under the Facility Agreement and it being replaced by KNOT Offshore Partners LP and KNOT Shuttle Tankers AS as new guarantors under the Facility Agreement, subject to the prepayments set out in Whereas C;

 

  (iv) granting by the Commercial Lenders of a new revolving credit facility in the maximum amount of USD 20,000,000.- to be incorporated in the Facility Agreement, subject to the prepayments set out in Whereas C;

 

  (v) certain amendments to the set of financial covenants in the Facility Agreement.

 

E. The Lenders have approved the Borrower’s request subject to the execution and delivery of this Supplemental Agreement, the Amended and Restated Facility Agreement and the amended Security Documents (where relevant) and that the terms and condition of this Supplemental Agreement are complied with.

 

F. This Supplemental Agreement shall together with the Amended and Restated Facility Agreement be construed as being in all respect supplemental to the Facility Agreement.

NOW IT IS HEREBY AGREED AS FOLLOWS:

 

  1. DEFINITIONS

 

1.01 In this Supplemental Agreement, unless the context otherwise requires, terms defined in the Facility Agreement shall bear the same meaning when used herein. In addition, the Facility Agreement means the Facility Agreement as supplemented and amended by this Supplemental Agreement.

 

3/10


1.02 In this Supplemental Agreement, the following words and expressions shall have the meaning set opposite them below:

“Amended and Restated Facility Agreement”

means the Facility Agreement as amended and restated by this Supplemental Agreement in the form set out in Schedule 1 ( Form of Amended and Restated Facility Agreement ).

“Effective Date”

means the date when IPO proceeds have been received by KNOT Offshore Partners LP and the conditions listed in Clause 3.01 and 3.03 have been fulfilled.

 

2. REPRESENTATION AND WARRANTIES

 

2.01 The Borrower represents and warrants to the Agent (on behalf of the Lenders) that:

 

  (a) The Borrower is duly formed and is validly existing in good standing under the laws of the Kingdom of Norway, and has full power to carry on its business as it is now being conducted and has complied with all statutory and other requirements relative to such business.

 

  (b) KNOT Offshore Partners LP is duly formed and is validly existing in good standing under the laws of the Marshall Islands, and has full power to carry on its business as it is now being conducted and has complied with all statutory and other requirements relative to such business.

 

  (c) KNOT Shuttle Tankers AS is duly formed and is validly existing in good standing under the laws of the Kingdom of Norway, and has full power to carry on its business as it is now being conducted and has complied with all statutory and other requirements relative to such business.

 

  (d) All corporate actions required on the part of the Borrower and the Guarantors and their respective directors and officers have been taken in order to authorise this Supplemental Agreement, the Amended and Restated Facility Agreement and the Security Documents (as relevant), and the execution and performance thereof, in accordance with the laws of Norway and the Marshall Islands (respectively) and with their own constitution, and this Supplemental Agreement, the Amended and Restated Facility Agreement and the Security Documents have been validly executed, and are binding upon the Borrower and the Guarantors and enforceable against them in accordance with their terms.

 

  (e) All approvals required from any government, tax, monetary or other authority to enable the Borrower make this Supplemental Agreement and to borrow and repay the Loans and to pay interest thereon without deduction or withholding of any taxes or other money and to execute the Security Documents to which it is a party, have been obtained and are in full force and effect.

 

  (f) The making of this Supplemental Agreement and the execution of the Security Documents by the Borrower and the Guarantors will not infringe any other agreement to which each of the Borrower and the Guarantors is a party.

 

  (g) Neither of the Borrower and the Guarantors is at the time of signing of this Supplemental Agreement in default under any other agreement to which it is a party nor is it a subject of any actual, pending or threatened legal proceedings either to which has or may have a material adverse effect on its financial condition.

 

4/10


  (h) The Vessel will upon the Effective Date be:

 

  (i) in the absolute and (save as the Mortgage) unencumbered ownership of the Borrower.

 

  (ii) registered in the name of the Borrower in the Approved Registry.

 

  (iii) operationally seaworthy and in every way fit for service and classed with the highest class of a classification society acceptable to the Agent.

 

  (iv) free of all requirements and overdue recommendations affecting class of said classification society.

 

  (v) insured in accordance with the provisions of Clause 18.5 of the Facility Agreement.

 

3. CONDITIONS

 

3.01 The obligations of the Lenders to accept as from the Effective Date i.a. (i) KNOT Offshore Partners LP and KNOT Shuttle Tankers AS as new Guarantors, (ii) the establishment of a new revolving credit facility in the maximum amount of USD 20,000,000.- (subject to IPO Prepayment – Loan A and IPO Prepayment – Loan B) and (iii) certain amendments to the financial covenants in the Facility Agreement shall be subject to the condition that the Agent (on behalf of the Lenders) has received the following documents in form satisfactory to the Agent and its legal advisors (to the extent not satisfied as a condition precedent to the drawing under the Facility Agreement):

 

  (a) This Supplemental Agreement duly executed by the parties hereto, and

 

  (b) The Certificate of incorporation or similar in respect of the Borrower and each of the Guarantors, and

 

  (c) The articles of association in respect of the Borrower and each of the Guarantors, and

 

  (d) The Partnership Agreement for KNOT Offshore Partners LP, and

 

  (e) A certificate of good standing for KNOT Offshore Partners LP, and

 

  (f) Resolutions from the board of directors of the Borrower in respect of this Supplemental Agreement and the Security Documents (if required), and

 

  (g) Resolutions from the board of directors of each of the Guarantors in respect of the Guarantees and this Supplemental Agreement, and

 

  (h) A copy of the certificate of incorporation and constitutional documents of KNOT Offshore Partners UK LLC and KNOT Offshore Partners GP LLC, and

 

5/10


  (i) A duly executed Compliance Certificate, and

 

  (j) Closing of the IPO, and capitalisation of KNOT Offshore Partners LP, has been completed on terms satisfactory to the Lenders, and

 

  (k) Satisfactory evidence that KNOT Offshore Partners LP is listed at the New York Stock Exchange, and

 

  (l) Satisfactory evidence that KNOT Offshore Partners LP is the direct or indirect owner of 100 % of the shares and voting rights in the Borrower; and

 

  (m) The Security Documents listed in the Facility Agreement having been executed and registered (as applicable) with first priority in favour of the Agent, including but not limited to the following Security Documents:

 

  (i) the Mortgage;

 

  (ii) the Deed of Covenants;

 

  (iii) the GIEK Guarantee (for Loan A);

 

  (iv) the Guarantees, and

 

  (n) Evidence that:-

 

  (i) the Vessel is registered in the name of the Borrower in the Approved Registry,

 

  (ii) the Vessel is in the absolute and registered ownership of the Borrower,

 

  (iii) the Mortgage is registered against the Vessel in favour of the Agent with first priority, and

 

  (iv) the Vessel complies with the ISM Code requirement set forth in Clause 18.8 of the Facility Agreement, and

 

  (o) Copy of the addendum to the GIEK Guarantee; and

 

  (p) Such “Know Your Customer”- documents as the Lenders require for each of the Obligors; and

 

  (q) Satisfactory evidence that all fees in accordance with Clause 3.03 below has been paid, and

 

  (r) Favourable legal opinions as the Agent may require from the jurisdictions involved.

 

3.02 The following conditions shall be fulfilled within 5 Business Days after the Effective Date:

 

  (a) Satisfactory evidence that Loan A has been prepaid with USD 6,666,667.- in accordance with Clause 7.6 in the Facility Agreement; and

 

  (b) Satisfactory evidence that Loan B has been prepaid with USD 45,466,667.- in accordance with Clause 7.7 in the Facility Agreement.

 

6/10


3.03 Further, the obligation of the Lenders to accept the requests listed in Whereas D shall be subject to that the Borrower shall pay to the Agent (on behalf of the Lenders) on demand (i) all costs, expenses and disbursements (including but not limited to legal fees and printing, publication and travelling expenses) incurred by the Lenders in negotiation, preparation and completion of this Supplemental Agreement and the Security Documents and the maintenance, protection and enforcement of any of their rights thereunder and (ii) a non refundable amendment fee equal to USD 20,000.- to each Lender and payable to Agent on the Effective Date for further distribution to the Lenders.

 

4. TRANSFER OF GUARANTORS AND OWNERSHIP

 

4.01 With effect on and from the Effective Date and subject as aforesaid each of the parties to this Supplemental Agreement agree that:-

 

  (a) Each of KNOT Offshore Partners LP and KNOT Shuttle Tankers AS will execute new irrevocable, unconditional and on-demand guarantees in favour of the Agent on behalf of the Lenders and the Swap Banks and shall accede to the Facility Agreement as Obligors.

 

4.02 With effect on and from the IPO Prepayment – Loan A and the IPO Prepayment – Loan B and subject as aforesaid each of the parties to this Supplemental Agreement agree that:-

 

  (a) Knutsen NYK Offshore Tankers AS shall be released as Parent Guarantor and Obligor under the Facility Agreement.

 

5. AMENDMENTS TO THE FACILITY AGREEMENT

 

5.01 With effect on and from the Effective Date the Facility Agreement shall be amended and restated as set out in Schedule 1 ( Form of Amended and Restated Facility Agreement ).

 

5.02 By construing references therein to “this Facility Agreement”, “this Agreement”, “herein”, “hereunder” and like terms, they shall be construed as if the same referred to the Facility Agreement as amended hereby.

 

5.03 Subject only to the modifications set out in this Supplemental Agreement, the Facility Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and binding upon the Lenders, the Guarantors, the Parent Guarantor and the Borrower.

 

5.04 In the Security Documents, any reference to the Facility Agreement shall mean the Facility Agreement as supplemented and amended by this Supplemental Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, each party agree that the Security Documents shall remain in full force and effect and continue to secure the Loans notwithstanding the terms of this Supplemental Agreement.

 

6. APPLICABLE LAW

 

6.01 This Supplemental Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with Norwegian law. The Borrower, the Parent Guarantor, the Guarantors and the Lenders accept Oslo tingrett as venue.

 

7/10


IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Agreement to be duly executed the day and the year above written.

EXECUTION PAGE

The Borrower:

KNOT SHUTTLE TANKERS 17 AS

/s/ BJØRN SANDE URTEGAARD

Bjørn Sande Urtegaard

Attorney-in-fact

Name in block letters

The Parent Guarantor:

KNUTSEN NYK OFFSHORE TANKERS AS

/s/ BJØRN SANDE URTEGAARD

Bjørn Sande Urtegaard

Attorney-in-fact

Name in block letters

The Guarantor:

KNOT OFFSHORE PARTNERS LP

/s/ ARILD VIK

Arild Vik, Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer

Name in block letters

The Guarantor:

KNOT SHUTTLE TANKERS AS

/s/ BJØRN SANDE URTEGAARD

Bjørn Sande Urtegaard

Attorney-in-fact

Name in block letters

 

8/10


The Lender for Loan A:

EKSPORTFINANS ASA

/s/ ERIK HOFFMANN-DAHL

Erik Hoffmann-Dahl

Attorney-in-Fact

Name in block letters

As lender for Loan B and the Revolving Credit Facility, Bookrunner and Mandated Lead Arranger

 

DNB BANK ASA

/s/ ERIK HOFFMANN-DAHL

Erik Hoffmann-Dahl

Attorney-in-Fact

As lender for Loan B and the Revolving Credit Facility, Bookrunner, Mandated Lead Arranger and Agent

 

NORDEA BANK NORGE ASA

/s/ ERIK HOFFMANN-DAHL

Erik Hoffmann-Dahl

Attorney-in-Fact

Name in block letters

 

9/10


SCHEDULE 1

Form of Amended and Restated Facility Agreement

(To form part of this Supplemental Agreement as if set out in full herein)

 

10/10


FORM OF

AMENDED AND RESTATED

USD 120,000,000.- LOAN AND GUARANTEE

FACILITY AGREEMENT

between

KNOT SHUTTLE TANKERS 17 AS

as Borrower

and

EKSPORTFINANS ASA

as lender for Loan A

and

KNUTSEN NYK OFFSHORE TANKERS AS

as Parent Guarantor

and

KNOT OFFSHORE PARTNERS LP

KNOT SHUTTLE TANKERS AS

as Guarantors

and

DNB BANK ASA

NORDEA BANK NORGE ASA

as lenders for Loan B and the Revolving Credit Facility, Bookrunners and Mandated Lead Arrangers

and

NORDEA BANK NORGE ASA

as Agent

 

 

Relating to a USD 120,000,000.-

Loan and Guarantee

Facility Agreement

 

 

 

 

LOGO


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

CLAUSE    PAGE  
1.    DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION      5   
2.    THE COMMITMENT AND NATURE OF OBLIGATIONS      19   
3.    PURPOSE      19   
4.    CONDITIONS PRECEDENT      20   
5.    DRAWDOWN      20   
6.    REPAYMENT      22   
7.    PREPAYMENT      23   
8.    INTEREST PERIODS      25   
9.    INTEREST      26   
10.    PAYMENTS      28   
11.    SECURITY      29   
12.    TAXES      31   
13.    MARKET DISRUPTION      31   
14.    INCREASED COSTS      32   
15.    ILLEGALITY      34   
16.    GUARANTEE AND INDEMNITY      34   
17.    PAYMENT AND INDEMNITY      38   
18.    REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES      39   
19.    UNDERTAKINGS      42   
20.    DEFAULT      48   
21.    THE AGENT      54   
22.    FEES      57   
23.    EXPENSES      58   
24.    INDEMNITIES      58   
25.    CALCULATIONS      59   
26.    AMENDMENTS AND WAIVERS      59   
27.    CHANGES TO THE PARTIES      60   
28.    PRO RATA SHARING      61   
29.    SEVERABILITY      62   
30.    NOTICES      62   
31.    JURISDICTION      63   
32.    GOVERNING LAW      64   

 

2/74


SCHEDULES

        PAGE
(1)    Lenders and commitments    65
(2)    Conditions precedent documents    66
(3)    Form of Drawdown Notice    67
(4)    Form of Renewal Notice    69
(5)    Form of Compliance Certificate    70

 

3/74


THIS AGREEMENT (the “ Agreement ”) is made the 11 February 2011 as amended by first supplemental agreement dated 6 June 2011, a second supplemental dated 20 September 2012,as amended and restated by a third supplemental agreement dated 22 February 2013 and as amended and restated by a fourth supplemental agreement dated 9 April 2013 (the “Fourth Supplemental Agreement”) between:

 

(1) KNOT SHUTTLE TANKERS 17 AS , P.O Box 2017, 5504 Haugesund, Norway, (organisation no 998 942 969) as borrower (the “ Borrower ”);

 

(2) EKSPORTFINANS ASA, P.O.Box 1601 Vika, 0119 Oslo, Norway (organisation no 816 521 432) as Loan A lender (“ Eksportfinans ”);

 

(3) KNUTSEN NYK OFFSHORE TANKERS AS, P.O Box 2017, 5504 Haugesund, Norway, (organisation no 995 221 713) as parent guarantor (the “ Parent Guarantor ”)

 

(4) KNOT OFFSHORE PARTNERS LP, Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Island, Ajeltake Road, Majuro, Marshall Islands MH96960, and

KNOT SHUTTLE TANKERS AS P.O Box 2017, 5504 Haugesund, Norway, (organisation no 998 942 829) as guarantors (together the “ Guarantors ”)

 

(5) DNB BANK ASA, Lars Hillesgt. 30, P.O.Box 7100, 5020 Bergen, Norway, (organisation no 984 851 006) and

NORDEA BANK NORGE ASA, P.O.Box 1166 Sentrum, 0107 Oslo, Norway (organisation no 911 044 110) as Loan B lenders and lenders under a Revolving Credit Facility (together the “ Commercial Lenders ”) and as bookrunners and mandated lead arrangers

 

(6) NORDEA BANK NORGE ASA, P.O.Box 1166 Sentrum, 0107 Oslo, Norway (organisation no 911 044 110) as agent for Eksportfinans and the Commercial Lenders (the “ Agent ”).

This loan and guarantee facility agreement sets out the terms and conditions upon and subject to which

 

(i) Eksportfinans will continue to make available to the Borrower a term loan in the amount of up to USD 46,666,667.- (to be reduced to USD 40,000,000.- subject to the IPO Prepayment – Loan A);

 

(ii) the Commercial Lenders will continue to make available to the Borrower a term loan in the amount of up to USD 55,466,667.- (to be reduced to USD 10,000,000.- subject to the IPO Prepayment – Loan B).

 

(iii) the Commercial Lenders will make available to the Borrower a revolving credit facility in the maximum amount of up to USD 20,000,000.-.

 

4/74


IT IS HEREBY AGREED as follows:

 

1. DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

 

1.1 Definitions

In this Agreement and the preamble hereof;

“Accounts”

means the Earnings Account and the Retention Account.

“Approved Register”

means the Isle of Man Ship Register, the Bahamian Ship Register or the Norwegian International Ship Register or a ship register to be approved by the Lenders.

“Approved Shipbrokers”

means R.S. Platou Shipbrokers A.S, Fearnleys, Lorentzen & Stemoco, Clarkson, Nordic Shipping and any other shipbroker(s) the Lenders may approve.

“Availability Period”

means in respect of;

 

(i) Loan A the period from and including the date when all conditions precedent under this Agreement have been satisfied and until and including 1 March 2011;

 

(ii) Loan B the period from and including the date when all conditions precedent under this Agreement have been satisfied and until and including 1 March 2011.

 

(iii) in respect of the Revolving Credit Facility, a period up to and including the date falling one month prior to the Final Maturity Date - Revolving Credit Facility.

“Book Equity”

means the book value of equity as determined in accordance with NORGAAP.

“Break Costs”

means

 

(i) in respect of Loan A;

the aggregate of the Break Cost for Fixed Margin and LIBOR Break Cost.

 

(ii) in respect of Loan B;

 

5/74


  (a) the interest (excluding Margin Loan B) which a Commercial Lender should have received for the period from the date of receipt of all or any part of its participation in the Loan B to the last day of the current Interest Period in respect of the Loan B, had the principal amount received been paid on the last day of that Interest Period;

exceeds:

 

  (b) the amount which that Commercial Lender would be able to obtain by placing an amount equal to the principal amount received by it on deposit with a leading bank in the relevant interbank market for a period starting on the Business Day following receipt or recovery and ending on the last day of the current Interest Period.

 

(iii) in respect of the Revolving Credit Facility;

 

  (a) the interest (excluding Margin Revolving Credit Facility) which a Commercial Lender should have received for the period from the date of receipt of all or any part of its participation in the Revolving Credit Facility to the last day of the current Interest Period in respect of the Revolving Credit Facility, had the principal amount received been paid on the last day of that Interest Period;

exceeds:

 

  (b) the amount which that Commercial Lender would be able to obtain by placing an amount equal to the principal amount received by it on deposit with a leading bank in the relevant interbank market for a period starting on the Business Day following receipt or recovery and ending on the last day of the current Interest Period.

“Break Cost for Fixed Margin”

means the amount (if any) determined by Eksportfinans by which:

 

(a) the net present value of the interest which Eksportfinans should have received by applying Base Rate 1 on the Loan A or part thereof for the period starting on the date of receipt of the Loan A or part thereof to (and including) the last day of the Fixed Margin Period for the Loan A (such amount to be calculated to take into account all of the scheduled Repayment Dates of the Loan A and following the agreed repayment schedule of the Loan A, as if the Loan A had been paid on all of the scheduled Repayment Dates to and including the last day of the Fixed Margin Period for the Loan A;

exceeds:

 

(b) the net present value of the amount the Lender would be able to obtain by applying Base Rate 2 on the Loan A or a part thereof for the period starting on the date of receipt of the Loan A or a part thereof to (and including) the last day of the Fixed Margin Period (such amount to be calculated to take into account all of the scheduled Repayment Dates of the Loan A or part thereof and following the agreed repayment schedule of the Loan A).

For the purpose of this paragraph; “ Base Rate 1” is (non disclosed)Eksportfinans’ internal base rate applied to loans with fixed margins determined for the Fixed Margin Periods and/or New Fixed Margin Periods as of the start of the Fixed Margin Periods and/or New Fixed Margin Periods,

 

6/74


respectively; and “ Base Rate 2” is (non disclosed) Eksportfinans’ internal base rate applied to loans with fixed margins determined for the Fixed Margin Periods and/or New Fixed Margin Periods, at the time of receipt of the prepaid Loan A.

“Bridge Loans”

means (i) a loan in the amount of USD 10,000,000.- granted by Nordea Bank Norge ASA and DNB Bank ASA pursuant to a loan agreement dated 4 December 2007 (as amended) and (ii) a loan in the amount of USD 10,000,000.- granted by Nordea Bank Norge ASA and DNB Bank ASA pursuant to a loan agreement dated 10 September 2008 (as amended).

“Builder”

means Daewoo Shipbuilding & Marine Engineering Co. Ltd., Korea.

“Business Day”

means a day upon which banks and foreign exchange markets are open for business of the nature required by this Agreement in Oslo, London and New York.

“Charterer”

means Statoil ASA, Forusbeen 50, 4035 Stavanger, Norway.

“Charterparty”

means the time charterparty dated 7 October 2010 entered into between the Charterer and Knutsen Bøyelaster VI KS and novated to the Borrower by Knutsen Bøyelaster VI KS by a novation agreement dated 18 February 2013 with a period of 60 months from the delivery date under the Charterparty at a net t/c-rate of USD 60,000.- per day.

“Charterparty Assignment”

means a first priority assignment of the Charterparty executed or to be executed by the Borrower in favour of the Agent (on behalf of the Finance Parties and the Swap Banks) as security for the Loans, in the terms and form as the Agent may require.

“Commercial Lenders”

means DNB Bank ASA and Nordea Bank Norge ASA.

“Commercial Loans”

means together Loan B and the Revolving Credit Facility.

“Commitment”

means, in relation to a Lender, the amount set opposite its name in Schedule 1 to the extent not cancelled, reduced or transferred under this Agreement.

 

7/74


“Compliance Certificate”

means a certificate to be issued (and certified by CFO) by the Borrower and the Guarantors in respect of financial covenants, in the terms and form as set out in Schedule 5 (Form of Compliance Certificate).

“Co-ordination Agreement”

means a co-ordination agreement entered or to be entered into between the Lenders and the Borrower’s other financiers in respect of the Factoring Agreement and the factoring agreements registered in favour of other financiers and earnings related to the Vessel and vessels (financed by the other financiers) in the terms and form as the Agent on behalf of the Lenders may require.

“Deed of Covenants”

means a deed of covenants collateral to the Mortgage executed by the Borrower in respect of the Mortgage (if relevant), in the terms and form as the Agent on behalf of the Lenders and the Swap Banks may require.

“Default”

means an Event of Default or an event which, with the giving of notice, lapse of time, or fulfilment of any other applicable condition (or any combination of the foregoing), might constitute an Event of Default.

“Delivery Date”

means the date the Vessel is actually delivered by the Builder to the Borrower under the Shipbuilding Contract, however not later than 1 March 2011.

“Drawdown Date”

means the date on which Loan A and Loan B are advanced to the Borrower and the date of disbursement of any Drawing under the Revolving Credit Facility in accordance with a Drawdown Notice.

“Drawdown Notice”

means a request made by the Borrower for the drawdown of Loan A, Loan B and the Revolving Credit Facility, substantially in the form set out in Schedule 3 (Form of Drawdown Notice).

“Drawing”

means each borrowing by the Borrower under the Revolving Credit Facility being made available under this Agreement, or the principal amount outstanding of any such borrowing from time to time.

“Earnings Account”

means the Borrower’s account no 60050494910 with the Agent.

 

8/74


“EBITDA”

means the consolidated earnings for the MLP Group in accordance with US GAAP for each period of twelve months ending on the last day of each quarter of the financial year, before (i) any provision on account of taxation, (b) any interest, discount or other fees incurred or payable, by any member of the Group in respect of Financial Indebtedness, (c) any items treated as exceptional or extraordinary items; and (d) any amount attributable to the amortisation of intangible assets and depreciation of tangible assets, provided that for the purposes of the calculation of EBITDA, the earnings of a newbuilding (following its delivery and provided it has a committed third party charterparty of at least one year duration, at the date of reporting the covenant) shall be annualised (by reference to annual earnings of similar vessels acceptable to the Agent for this purpose) until it has operated for a period of twelve months.

“Effective Date”

means the effective date as defined in the Fourth Supplemental Agreement.

“Event of Default”

means any of the events specified as such in Clause 20 (Default).

“Factoring Agreement”

means an agreement including a declaration of pledge entered or to be entered into between the Borrower and the Agent (on behalf of the Finance Parties and the Swap Banks) whereby the Borrower pledges to the Agent on behalf of the Finance Parties all claims arising from the Borrower’s business operation as security for the Loans, in the terms and form as the Agent may require.

“Final Maturity Date Loan A”

means the date falling twelve (12) years after the Drawdown Date or the date as per Clause 6.3.

“Final Maturity Date Loan B”

means the date falling five (5) years after the Drawdown Date.

“Final Maturity Date Revolving Credit Facility”

means 15 February 2016.

“Finance Documents”

means this Agreement and the Security Documents.

“Finance Parties”

means the Agent, the Mandated Lead Arrangers, the Lenders and GIEK.

 

9/74


“Financial Indebtedness”

means any indebtedness for or in respect of:

 

(a) moneys borrowed;

 

(b) any amount raised by acceptance under any acceptance credit facility;

 

(c) any amount raised pursuant to any note purchase facility or the issue of bonds, notes, debentures, loan stock or any similar instrument;

 

(d) the amount of any liability in respect of any lease or hire purchase contract which would, in accordance with NORGAAP (as relevant), be treated as a finance or capital lease;

 

(e) receivables sold or discounted (other than any receivables to the extent they are sold on a non-recourse basis);

 

(f) any amount raised under any other transaction (including any forward sale or purchase agreement) having the commercial effect of a borrowing;

 

(g) any derivative transaction entered into in connection with protection against or benefit from fluctuation in any rate or price (and, when calculating the value of any derivative transaction, only the market to market value shall be taken into account); and

 

(h) any counter-indemnity obligation in respect of a guarantee, indemnity, bond, standby or documentary letter of credit or any other instrument issued by a bank or financial institution.

“Fixed Margin Period”

means a period of 36 months commencing on the Drawdown Date for Loan A from which the Margin Loan A shall be fixed.

“Free Liquidity”

means the aggregate value of;

 

(i) cash in hand and unencumbered bank deposits; and

 

(ii) unencumbered liquid bonds and other debt instruments with an “A” - rating or better of Standard & Poors or Moody’s and liquid equities listed on any major stock exchange; and

 

(iii) any other bond or debt instrument accepted by the Agent on instructions of the Lenders in writing.

PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the Free Liquidity shall not include undrawn amounts under this Agreement or any other loan agreement to which any of the Borrowers is a party.

 

10/74


“General Partner”

means KNOT Partners GP LLC, a company incorporated under the laws of the Marshall Islands and having its registered office at 2 Queen’s Cross, Aberdeen, Aberdeenshire, AB15 4YB, United Kingdom being the general partner in KNOT Offshore Partners LP

“GIEK”

means the Guarantee Institute for Export Credits (“Garanti-Instituttet for Eksportkreditt”), being the Norwegian central governmental agency responsible for furnishing guarantees and insurance of export credits, having its registered address at Dronning Mauds gate 15, N-0250 Oslo, Norway.

“GIEK Co-ordination Agreement”

means a co-ordination agreement to be entered into between GIEK and the Lenders in relation to the Loans, providing, inter alia, for certain procedures and mechanisms coming into effect upon the occurrence of a Default under this Agreement.

“GIEK Guarantee”

means guarantee policy no.101612, as amended at any time, which, subject to its terms, will be issued by GIEK in favour of Eksportfinans to guarantee the payment obligations of the Borrower in relation to Loan A, limited, however, always to USD 56,000,000,- plus any interest, fees and expenses under Loan A.

“Guarantees”

means the irrevocable and unconditional on-demand guarantees issued by each of the Guarantors, as security for the Borrower’s obligations under this Agreement.

“Guarantors”

means KNOT Offshore Partners L.P and KNOT Shuttle Tankers AS.

“Insurances Assignment”

means a first priority assignment executed or to be executed by the Borrower in favour of the Agent (on behalf of the Finance Parties and the Swap Banks), whereby the Borrower assigns the benefits of all insurances taken out related to the Vessel as security for the Loans and exposure under any Swap Agreements, in the terms and form as the Agent may require.

“Interest Bearing Debt”

means at the date of calculation the aggregate of all interest bearing debt (hereunder but not limited to the Loan) and lease obligations which would in accordance with NORGAAP be included in total debt in a balance sheet.

“Interest Payment Day”

means the last day of each Interest Period.

 

11/74


“Interest Period”

means each period determined in accordance with Clause 8.

“IPO Prepayment - Loan A”

means the prepayment set out in Clause 7.6 subject to which the Borrower will prepay Loan A with USD 6,666,667.-.

“IPO Prepayment - Loan B”

means the prepayment set out in Clause 7.7 subject to which the Borrower will prepay Loan B with USD 45,466,667.-.

“KNOT Group”

means the Parent Guarantor and its Subsidiaries.

“Lenders”

means together Eksportfinans and the Commercial Lenders and Lender means any of them.

“LIBOR”

means for any Interest Period:

 

(a) the rate per annum equal to the offered quotation for deposits in USD ascertained by the Agent to be the rate established by the British Bankers’ Association and appearing on the, Reuters LIBO 01 published or reported by Reuters through its monitor service or any equivalent successor to such service at or about 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the applicable Quotation Date; or

 

(b) if no such rate is available, the rate per annum at which the Agent in accordance with its normal practise is able to acquire USD for comparable borrowings for the relevant Interest Period in the London Interbank Euro-currency Market at about 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the applicable Quotation Date, as conclusively certified by the Agent to the Borrower.

“LIBOR Break Cost”

means the amount (if any) determined by Eksportfinans by which:

the net present value of the interest excluding the Margin Loan A Eksportfinans would have received for the period from the date of receipt of Loan A or part thereof to the last day of current Interest Period of Loan A had Loan A been paid on the last day of the Interest Period;

exceeds:

the net present value of the amount Eksportfinans would be able to obtain by placing an amount equal to the prepaid amount of Loan A with a leading bank in the London Interbank Market for the period starting on the Business Day following receipt or recovery and ending on the last day of the current Interest Period.

 

12/74


“Limited Partnership Agreement”

means the partnership agreement dated 21 February 2013 in respect of the limited partnership KNOT Offshore Partners LP.

“Loan A”

means an amount of up to but not exceeding USD 46,666,667.-, or as reduced to USD 40,000,000.- subject to the IPO Prepayment - Loan A.

“Loan B”

means an amount of up to but not exceeding USD 55,466,667.-, or as reduced to USD 10,000,000.- subject to the IPO Prepayment – Loan B.

“Loans”

means, at any time, the aggregate amount outstanding under Loan A, Loan B and the Revolving Credit Facility.

“Loan Period”

means the period commencing on the date of this Agreement and ending on the day the Loans and all amounts outstanding under this Agreement have been indefeasibly and in full repaid to the Lenders.

“Majority Lenders”

means, at any time, Lenders whose participation in the outstanding Total Commitment aggregate at least 66 2/3 per cent at any relevant time.

“Management Agreement”

means a management agreement to be entered into between the Borrower and the Manager in a form and substance acceptable to the Agent.

“Manager”

means KNOT Management AS, Smedasundet 40, P.O.Box 2017, 5504 Haugesund (enterprise no 996 124 916).

“Manager Subordination Letter”

means a letter from the Manager to the Agent in a form and substance required by the Lenders in which the Manager agrees, inter alia, to subordinate all claims against the Borrower to the Borrower’s obligation to repay the Loans and any other amount owing to the Lenders under this Agreement.

 

13/74


“Margin Loan A”

means 0.60 % per annum, or after the expiry of the Fixed Margin Period as calculated in accordance with Clause 9.3 (b).

“Margin Loan B”

means 3.00 % per annum.

“Margin Revolving Credit Facility”

means 3.00 % per annum.

“Market Value”

means with respect to the Vessel, the fair market value of the Vessel in USD determined by calculating the arithmetic mean of two independent valuations of the Vessel obtained from two Approved Shipbrokers at the Borrower’s cost. Such valuations to be made – on charter free basis - with or without physical inspection of the Vessel (as the Agent may require), on the basis of a sale for prompt delivery for cash at arm’s length on normal commercial terms as between a willing buyer and seller.

“Material Adverse Effect”

means, in the reasonable opinion of any of the Lenders, a material adverse effect on:

 

(a) the financial condition, assets or operations of any of the Obligors (on a consolidated basis); or

 

(b) the ability of any Obligor to perform and comply with its obligations under the Finance Documents; or

 

(c) the validity, legality or enforceability of the Finance Documents.

“MLP Group”

means KNOT Offshore Partners LP and its Subsidiaries.

“Mortgage”

a first priority Isle of Man ship mortgage over the Vessel in the amount of USD 150,000,000.- executed by the Borrower in favour of the Agent (on behalf of the Finance Parties and the Swap Banks), substantially in the terms and form as the Agent on behalf of the Lenders and the Swap Banks may require.

“New Fixed Margin”

means related to Loan A the new margin as set out in Clause 9.4 (b).

 

14/74


“New Fixed Margin Period”

means related to Loan A the period set out in Clause 9.4 (b).

“NOK”

means the lawful currency for the time being of the Kingdom of Norway.

“NORGAAP”

means the Norwegian accounting requirements, practices and regulations as set out in the Norwegian Accounting Act of 17 July 1998 no. 56, and as recommended by the guidelines and standards from time to time issued by Norsk Regnskapsstiftelse, and the regulations and guidelines of the IFRS (if relevant) (all as amended or supplemented from time to time).

“NYK”

means Nippon Yusen Kabushiki Kaisha with registered address 3-2, Marunouchi 2 Chome, Chiyoda-Ku, Tokyo 100-0005, Japan.

“Obligors”

means, collectively, the Borrower, the Parent Guarantor (until released pursuant to the IPO Prepayment – Loan A and the IPO Prepayment – Loan B), KNOT Shuttle Tankers AS and KNOT Offshore Partners LP.

“Party”

means a party to this Agreement.

“Pledge of Accounts”

means a first priority pledge of the Accounts entered or to be entered into between the Borrower and the Agent (on behalf of the Finance Parties and Swap Banks), in the terms and form as the Agent may require.

“Project Cost”

means the contract price of the Vessel interest cost prior to Delivery, building supervision, spares and fees, all as evidenced to the satisfaction of the Lenders estimated to USD 162,000,000.-.

“Quotation Date”

means, in relation to any Interest Period, the Business Day on which quotations would ordinarily be given in the London Interbank Euro-currency Market for USD deposits for delivery on the first day of that Interest Period.

 

15/74


“Renewal Notice”

means a request made by the Borrower for renewal of the Loan B, substantially in the form set out in Schedule 4 (Form of Renewal Notice).

“Repayment Date”

means a date for repayment of an instalment as determined according to Clause 6.1 and 6.2 (Repayment).

“Retention Account”

means the Borrower’s account no 60050494929 with the Agent.

“Revolving Credit Facility”

means the revolving credit facility made available under Clause 2.1 (c) (Revolving Credit Facility), the total amount of which shall be limited to USD 20,000,000.-.

“Security Documents”

means the documents referred to in Clause 11 (Security) and all or any documents having the effect of conferring security granted or entered into by the Obligors in favour of or with the Agent (on behalf of the Finance Parties) as security for the Borrower’s obligation under the Finance Documents.

“Security Interest”

means any mortgage, pledge, lien, charge (whether fixed or floating), assignment by way of security, finance lease, sale-and-repurchase or sale-and-leaseback arrangement, sale of receivables on a recourse basis or security interest or any other agreement or arrangement having the effect of conferring security, except for liens arising solely by operation of law and/or in the ordinary course of business securing amounts not more than 30 days overdue.

“Share Pledge”

a first priority pledge over all of the shares in the Borrower executed by KNOT Shuttle Tankers AS in favour of the Agent (on behalf of the Finance Parties and the Swap Banks), substantially in the terms and form as the Agent on behalf of the Lenders and the Swap Banks may require.

“Shipbuilding Contract”

means the shipbuilding contract dated 12 September 2007 as amended by an amendment dated 20 March 2009 between the Builder and the Borrower in respect of the Vessel.

“Sponsor”

means Knutsen NYK Offshore Tankers AS, P.O Box 2017, 5504 Haugesund, Norway, (organisation no 995 221 713).

 

16/74


“Subsidiary”

means an entity of which a person has direct or indirect control or owns directly or indirectly more than 50 per cent of the voting capital or similar right of ownership, and control for this purpose means the power to direct the management and the policies of the entity whether through the ownership of voting capital, by contract or otherwise.

“Swap Agreements”

means an agreement or agreements to be entered into by any of the Swap Banks and the Borrower for the purpose of interest and currency swap transactions related to the Loans.

“Swap Banks”

means DNB Bank ASA and Nordea Bank Finland Plc or any of them.

“Swap Banks Subordination Statement”

means a statement executed or to be executed by the Swap Banks in favour of the Finance Parties, subordinating the Swap Banks’ rights under the Security Documents to be the Finance Parties’ rights.

“Tax on Overall Net Income”

of a Lender shall be construed as a reference to tax imposed on that Lender by the jurisdiction under the laws of which it has been incorporated or in which it is located on (i) the net income, profits or gains of that Lender world wide or (ii) such of the net income, profits or gains of that Lender as are considered to arise in or to relate to or are taxable in that jurisdiction.

“Taxes”

includes any present or future taxes, levies, duties, imposts, withholdings, deductions, fees or charges of any nature, together with interest thereon and penalties in respect thereof, and “ tax ” and “ taxation ” shall be construed accordingly.

“Total Assets”

means the book value of all assets owned which would in accordance with NORGAAP be included in the balance sheet.

“Total Commitment”

means the aggregate of the Lenders’ Commitments.

“Total Revolving Credit Facility Commitments”

means the aggregate of the Commitments of the Commercial Lenders under the Revolving Credit Facility, being USD 20,000,000.- at the date of this Agreement.

 

17/74


“Total Loss”

means any event which will entitle the Borrower to claim payment of the total insured value under the hull and machinery or the war risk insurance taken out pursuant to Clause 19.5 (Insurances).

“Total Loss Date”

means;

 

(a) in the case of an actual loss of the Vessel, the date on which it occurred or, if that is unknown, the date when the Vessel was last heard of;

 

(b) in the case of a constructive, compromised or agreed total loss of the Vessel, the earlier of: (a) the date on which a notice of the abandonment is given to the insurers; and (b) the date of any compromise, arrangement or agreement made by or on behalf of the Borrower with the Vessel’s insurers pursuant to which the insurers agree to treat the Vessel as a total loss; and

 

(c) in the case of any other type of total loss, on the date (or the most likely date) on which it appears to the Lenders that the event constituting the total loss occurred.

“Transaction Documents”

means this Agreement, the Security Documents, the Management Agreement, the Manager Subordination Letter, the Swap Agreements, the Charterparty, the GIEK Co-ordination Agreement, the Limited Partnership Agreement and the agreements or documents contemplated herein or therein.

“TSSI”

means TS Shipping Invest AS, business enterprise number 975 883 914, P.O.Box 2017, 5504 Haugesund, Norway.

“USD”

means the lawful currency for the time being of the United States of America.

“US GAAP”

means accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

“Vessel”

means the 160,000 dwt Suezmax and named “Bodil Knutsen”.

“Working Capital”

means at the date of calculation the current assets less current liabilities on the basis of NORGAAP. Next year’s instalment and balloons on long term debt and capital lease payments not to be included in current liabilities.

 

18/74


1.2 Construction

 

(a) The index to and the headings in this Agreement are for convenience only and are to be ignored in construing this Agreement.

 

(b) Words importing the singular shall (unless the contrary intention appears) include the plural and vice versa.

 

(c) A Clause or a Schedule respectively is a reference to a clause of or schedule to this Agreement.

 

(d) A provision of law is a reference to that provision as amended or re-enacted, and to any regulations made by the appropriate authority pursuant to such law.

 

(e) References to any document are to be construed as references to such documents as amended or supplemented from time to time, but without prejudice to the Borrower’s obligations to obtain necessary consent in respect of such amendment or supplement.

 

2. THE COMMITMENT AND NATURE OF OBLIGATIONS

 

2.1 Commitment

Subject to the terms of this Agreement:

 

(a) Eksportfinans will continue to make available to the Borrower a term loan facility in the amount of up to USD 46,666,667.- (to be reduced to USD 40,000,000.- subject to the IPO Prepayment – Loan A) (Loan A), and

 

(b) the Commercial Lenders will continue to make available a term loan facility in the amount of up to USD 55,466,667.- (to be reduced to USD 10,000,000.- subject to the IPO Prepayment – Loan B) (Loan B).

 

(c) the Commercial Lenders will make available a revolving credit facility in the amount of up to USD 20,000,000.- (Revolving Credit Facility).

 

2.2 Nature of rights and obligations of the Lenders

 

(a) The obligations of the Lenders under this Agreement are several. Failure of a Lender to carry out its obligations under this Agreement shall not relieve any other party hereto of any of its obligations under this Agreement. No Lender shall be responsible for the obligations of any other Lender hereunder.

 

(b) The rights of each Lender under this Agreement are separate and independent rights.

 

3. PURPOSE

 

(a) The purpose of Loan A and Loan B is to assist the Borrower in the financing of the Vessel and to repay the Bridge Loans.

 

19/74


(b) The Revolving Credit Facility shall be used by the Obligors for general corporate purposes.

 

(c) Without affecting the obligations of the Borrower in any way, no Finance Party is bound to monitor or verify the application of any amounts drawn under this Agreement.

 

4. CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

 

4.1 Documentary conditions precedent

The obligations of each Lender to make the Loans available hereunder shall be subject to the condition precedent that the Agent has notified the Borrower and the Lenders that it has received all the documents set out in Clause 3.01 in the Fourth Supplemental Agreement (Conditions) in a form, content and substance satisfactory to the Agent.

 

4.2 Further conditions precedent

The obligation of each of the Lenders to participate in the Loans, is subject to the further conditions precedent that on both the date of the Drawdown Notice and the Drawdown Date:

 

(a) the representations and warranties in Clause 18 (Representations and warranties) deemed to be repeated on those dates are correct and not misleading and will be correct and not misleading immediately after disbursement of the Loans is made with reference to the facts and circumstances then prevailing, unless otherwise informed to the Agent in writing and, if not permitted under this Agreement, waived by the Lenders prior to such dates; and

 

(b) no Default is outstanding or would result from the disbursement of the Loans.

 

4.3 The General Partner

The obligation of each of the Lenders to participate in the Loans, is subject to the further conditions that the Lenders in all respect have approved the General Partner.

 

5. DRAWDOWN

 

5.1 Drawdown Notice

 

(a) The Borrower shall not later than 10:00 a.m. (London time) three Business Days prior to a requested Drawdown Date, or on such later date as may be agreed by the Lenders, serve to the Agent the Drawdown Notice which, once received by the Agent, shall be irrevocable.

 

(b) The Lenders shall upon confirmation from the Agent that the Agent has received a duly completed Drawdown Notice and subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, and provided that no Default has occurred and is continuing or is threatened, make Loan A and Loan B to the Borrower through the Agent in one disbursement on the requested Drawdown Date.

 

20/74


(c) The giving of the Drawdown Notice by the Borrower shall be deemed to constitute a representation and warranty by the Borrower that all the representations and warranties set forth in Clause 18 (Representations and warranties) hereof are true and correct as of such date as if made on such date, that the conditions specified in Clause 4 (Conditions precedent) have been or will upon the Drawdown Date be fully performed, and that no Default has occurred and is continuing or is threatened.

 

(d) The Borrower shall only be entitled to serve a Drawdown Notice to the Agent during the Availability Period.

 

5.2 Drawings – Revolving Credit Facility

Subject to Clause 4 (Conditions Precedent), a Drawing under this Agreement will be made available to the Borrower if:

 

  (i) not later than 10:00 hours (London time) three (3) Business Days prior to the requested Drawdown Date of such Drawing, the Agent has received a properly completed Drawdown Notice;

 

  (ii) the requested Drawdown Date is a Business Day during the Availability Period; and

 

  (iii) the sum of such Drawing is for (a) a minimum amount of USD 1,000,000 or integral multiples thereof, or (b) the balance of the undrawn portion of the Revolving Credit Facility Commitment (whichever may be relevant) on the requested Drawdown Date.

 

  (iv) The IPO Prepayment – Loan A and the IPO Prepayment – Loan B have both occurred.

 

(b) Subject to the terms of this Agreement, each Drawdown Notice shall be irrevocable and the Borrower shall be bound to accept each Drawing in accordance with each such Drawdown Notice.

 

(c) During the Availability Period the Borrower may utilise the Revolving Credit Facility on a fully revolving basis so that any amount repaid during the Availability Period may be redrawn by the Borrower, but the aggregate number of Drawings outstanding hereunder at any one time shall not exceed ten (10).

 

(d) Any amount of the Revolving Credit Facility not drawn by the expiry of the Availability Period shall be cancelled forthwith.

 

5.3 Each Commercial Lender’s participation in Drawings under the Revolving Credit Facility

The amount of a Commercial Lender’s participation in any Drawing will be the proportion of that Drawing which such Commitment as each Commercial Lender bears under the Revolving Credit Facility to the Total Revolving Credit Facility Commitments from time to time.

 

21/74


6. REPAYMENT

 

6.1 Repayment / Reduction Loan A

Without prejudice to Eksportfinans’ rights under this Agreement, the Loan A shall be repaid by 20 consecutive semi-annual instalments each in the amount of USD 2,000,000.-, the first instalment falling due 26 August 2013.

 

6.2 Repayment / Reduction Loan B

Without prejudice to the Commercial Lenders’ rights under this Agreement, the Loan B shall be repaid by (i) 6 consecutive semi-annual instalments each in the amount of USD 384,615.- the first instalment falling due 26 August 2013 and (ii) by one final instalment (balloon) corresponding to the outstanding amount under Loan B falling due simultaneously as the 6th instalment referred to under (i) above.

 

6.3. Non-refinancing of Loan B

In the event that the Loan B is not refinanced within five Business Days prior to the Final Maturity Date Loan B, the Loan A becomes due and payable at the Final Maturity Date Loan B.

 

6.4 Repayment / Reduction Revolving Credit Facility

Each Drawing shall be repaid by the Borrower to the Agent on behalf of the Commercial Lenders on the last day of its Interest Period unless the Borrower selects a further Interest Period for that Drawing. The Borrower unconditionally agrees and confirms that (i) (unless it has advised the Agent in writing to the contrary upon not less than three (3) prior Business Days’ notice) it shall on the last day of an Interest Period be deemed to have automatically selected a further three (3) month Interest Period for the maturing Drawing, and (ii) the Agent on behalf of the Commercial Lenders shall (without any further consent or approval from the Borrower) be entitled to rely upon the Borrower’s agreement and confirmation contained in this Clause 6.4, provided that the Borrower shall not be permitted to select such further Interest Period if an Event of Default has occurred which is continuing. The Borrower shall on the Final Maturity Date Revolving Credit Facility repay to the Agent as agent for the Commercial Lenders all Drawings then outstanding under this Agreement in full.

 

6.5 Final Maturity Date Loan A

On the Final Maturity Date Loan A the Borrower shall pay to the Agent on behalf of Eksportfinans all amounts then still outstanding under Loan A.

 

6.6 Final Maturity Date Loan B

On the Final Maturity Date Loan B the Borrower shall pay to the Agent on behalf of the Commercial Lenders all amounts then still outstanding under Loan B.

 

6.7 Final Maturity Date Revolving Credit Facility

On the Final Maturity Date Revolving Credit Facility the Borrower shall pay to the Agent on behalf of the Commercial Lenders all amounts then still outstanding under the Revolving Credit Facility.

 

22/74


6.8 Reduction of Guarantees

For each instalment paid pursuant to Clause 6.1 above, GIEK’s obligations under the GIEK Guarantee shall be reduced accordingly subject always to the provisions of the GIEK Guarantee.

 

7. PREPAYMENT

 

7.1 Voluntary prepayment and cancellation

 

(a) The Borrower may, subject to a handling fee of USD 7,500.- (for Loan A payable to Eksportfinans) from and including the Business Day falling two (2) years after the Drawdown Date for the Loans, by giving not less than twenty (20) Business Days prior written notice to the Agent, prepay the Loans in whole or in part on any Business Day subject to Break Costs, if any in an amount being a minimum of USD 10,000,000.- and an integral multiple of USD 10,000,000.- in each case.

 

(b) The Borrower may, by giving not less than 3 Business Days prior written notice to the Agent without penalty, cancel the whole or any undrawn part of the Total Commitment, but if in part, in an amount being a minimum of USD 10,000,000 and an integral multiple of USD 10,000,000 in each case. Any such cancellation shall reduce each Lender’s Commitment on a pro rata basis.

 

(c) The Borrower may (without penalty or premium), by giving not less than 3 Business Days prior written notice to the Agent, cancel any undrawn portion of the Revolving Credit Facility in an amount equal to the unutilised commitment.

 

7.2 Additional right of prepayment

If: -

 

(a) the Borrower is required to pay to a Lender any additional amounts under Clause 12 (Taxes); or

 

(b) the Borrower is required to pay to a Lender any amount under Clause 14 (Increased costs);

then, without prejudice to the obligations of the Borrower under those Clauses, the Borrower may, subject to Clause 7.4 (Miscellaneous provisions) and Clause 24.2 (Other indemnities) whilst the circumstances continue, serve a notice of prepayment and cancellation on that Lender through the Agent. On the date falling five Business Days after the date of service of the notice: -

 

(a) the Borrower shall prepay that Lenders’ participation in the Loans; and

 

(b) that Lenders’ undrawn participation in the Commitment (if any) shall be cancelled.

 

23/74


7.3 Mandatory prepayment due to a sale or Total Loss

Upon the sale (after the Lenders’ written consent) of the Vessel or a Total Loss of the Vessel, the Loans shall, upon payment of the sales proceeds or the insurance money (within 90 days from the Total Loss Date), be repaid in full.

 

7.4 Mandatory prepayment – Market Value

If the Market Value falls below 100% or 125% (as the case may be according to Clause 19.19) of the Loans at any time, the Borrower shall, unless otherwise agreed with the Agent (on behalf of the Lenders) within 30 days after being notified in writing by the Agent of such non-compliance, either:

 

a) prepay the Loans or a part of the Facility (as the case may be); or

 

b) provide the Lenders with such additional security, in form and substance satisfactory to the Majority Lenders (it being agreed that cash collateral comprised of USD is satisfactory and that it shall be valued at par),

required to restore the aforesaid ratio.

 

7.5 Mandatory prepayments due to Clause 9.4 (b) and (c)

If a situation described in Clause 9.4 (b) or 9.4 (c) occurs, the Loans shall be prepaid in full.

 

7.6 Mandatory prepayment – Loan A

Loan A shall be prepaid with USD 6,666,667.- within five (5) Business Days after the Effective Date.

 

7.7 Mandatory prepayment – Loan B

Loan B shall be prepaid with USD 45,466,667.- within five (5) Business Days after the Effective Date.

 

7.8 Miscellaneous provisions

 

(a) Any notice of prepayment under this Agreement is irrevocable and shall specify the date on which the prepayment is to become effective and the amount to be prepaid. The Agent shall notify the Lenders promptly of receipt and contents of any such notice.

 

(b) All prepayments under this Agreement shall be made together with accrued interest on the amount prepaid and any amounts due in respect of such prepayment under Clause 24.2 (Other indemnities) including Break Costs.

 

(c) An amount prepaid pursuant to this Clause 7 may not be drawn again.

 

(d) Any amount prepaid shall be applied as payment of the instalments in inverse order of maturity and pro rata between Loan A, Loan B and the Revolving Credit Facility.

 

24/74


8. INTEREST PERIODS

 

8.1 Duration and selection Loan A

Each Interest Period in respect of the Loan A shall be for a period of six (6) months.

 

8.2 Duration and selection Loan B

 

(a) The Borrower shall select the first Interest Period for Loan B in the Drawdown Notice for Loan B, and the first Interest Period for Loan B shall commence on its Drawdown Date.

 

(b) The Borrower shall, by serving the Renewal Notice to the Agent not later than 10:00 a.m. (London time) five Business Days before the beginning of each Interest Period, specify the duration of that Interest Period. The Renewal Notice shall constitute a representation and warranty to the effect that, on the date of that notice, the representations and warranties in Clause 18 remain true and correct and that no Default has occurred and is continuing or is threatening.

 

(c) Subject to the following provisions of this Clause 8.2, each Interest Period shall be for a period of three or six months, or such other period acceptable to the Commercial Lenders.

 

(d) If the Borrower fails to select an Interest Period in accordance with paragraph (a) above, that Interest Period will, subject to the other provisions of this Clause 8, be six (6) months.

 

(e) If the Borrower selects an Interest Period of more than six (6) months (after the Commercial Lenders’ consent) interest accruing during such period shall be paid every six (6) months in arrears.

 

8.3 Duration and selection Revolving Credit Facility

The Borrower shall select the Interest Period for each Drawing in each relevant Drawdown Notice for the Revolving Credit Facility, and the Interest Period shall commence on the Drawdown Date of each such Drawing. Each Interest Period shall be for a period of three (3) or six (6) months, or such other period acceptable to the Commercial Lenders.

 

8.4 Non-Business Days

If an Interest Period would end on a day which is not a Business Day, that Interest Period shall instead end on the next Business Day in that calendar month (if there is one) or the preceding Business Day (if there is not).

 

8.5 No overrunning

If an Interest Period for the Loans at any time would otherwise overrun a Repayment Date, it shall be shortened so that it ends on the Repayment Date for a portion of the Loans corresponding to the amount of the Loans to be repaid on that Repayment Date.

 

25/74


8.6 Notification

The Agent shall notify the Lenders of the duration of each Interest Period promptly after ascertaining its duration.

 

9. INTEREST

 

9.1 Payment of interest – Loan A

 

(a) The Borrower shall pay accrued interest on Loan A on the last day of each Interest Period in respect of Loan A.

 

(b) The rate of interest on Loan A for each Interest Period is the percentage rate per annum which is the aggregate of the applicable:

 

  (i) The Margin Loan A or the New Fixed Margin as applicable; and

 

  (ii) LIBOR.

 

9.2 Payment of interest – Loan B

 

(a) The Borrower shall pay accrued interest on Loan B on the last day of each Interest Period in respect of Loan B.

 

(b) The rate of interest on Loan B is the rate per annum determined by the Agent to be the aggregate of:

 

  (i) The Margin Loan B; and

 

  (ii) LIBOR.

 

9.3 Payment of interest – Revolving Credit Facility

 

(a) The Borrower shall pay accrued interest on the Revolving Credit Facility on the last day of each Interest Period in respect of the Revolving Credit Facility.

 

(b) The rate of interest on the Revolving Credit Facility is the rate per annum determined by the Agent to be the aggregate of:

 

  (i) The Margin Revolving Credit Facility; and

 

  (ii) LIBOR.

 

9.4 Fixing of the Margin Loan A

 

(a) The Margin Loan A shall be fixed for a period of 36 months from the Drawdown Date for Loan A (the “Fixed Margin Period”).

 

26/74


(b) Eksportfinans may within sixty (60) Business Days prior to the Interest Payment Date falling nearest to the expiry of the Fixed Margin Period (the “Margin Review Date”), give an offer to the Borrower for a fixed margin (“New Fixed Margin”) for an additional period and so on (the “New Fixed Margin Period”). No later than thirty (30) Business Days prior to the relevant Interest Payment Date falling nearest to the expiry of the Fixed Margin Period, the Borrower may accept or reject the margin offer. If the Borrower rejects the margin offer, Loan A shall terminate and all outstanding amounts under Loan A shall be due and payable by the Borrower on the expiring of the Fixed Margin Period.

 

(c) If Eksportfinans at the time of the Margin Review Date at its discretion determines that it is or will not be able to obtain funds to a sufficient extent and/or on terms that can support continuous lending and/or lending terms or practices, no new margin will be offered and whereupon Loan A will be cancelled and all outstanding amounts will become immediately due and payable. The Agent shall, on behalf of Eksportfinans, notify the Borrower without undue delay.

 

9.5 Default interest

In the event of the Borrower not making payment of any amounts due under this Agreement on the due date thereof, the Borrower shall pay interest on such amounts from the due date up to the date of actual payment at a rate to be determined by the Agent to be the aggregate sum of 2.0 per cent per annum and the Margin Loan A and the Margin Loan B respectively plus costs the Lenders will incur in financing such sums for such periods as the Lenders shall determine. Interest under this Clause 9.4 shall be payable by the Borrower upon written demand from the Agent.

 

9.5 Notification

The Agent shall promptly notify each relevant Party of the determination of a rate of interest under this Agreement.

 

9.6 Effective Interest Rate

It is not possible to calculate the effective interest rate on this Agreement in advance. The Lenders are nevertheless, according to the Finance Contracts Act (Finansavtaleloven) obliged to give a representative example. LIBOR for six months was at 21 December 2010 0.45719 % per annum. Provided unaltered LIBOR and (i) Margin Loan A for the duration of the Loan A, the effective interest rate will be 2.98 % for the Loan A and (ii) Margin Loan B for the duration of the Loan B, the effective interest rate will be 3.59 % for Loan B.

 

9.7 Break Costs

 

(a) The Borrower shall, within three Business Days of demand by a Finance Party, pay to that Finance Party its Break Costs attributable to all or any part of the relevant Loans being paid by the Borrower on a day other than agreed day for the Loans.

 

(b) Each Lender shall, as soon as reasonably practicable after a demand by the Facility Agent, provide a certificate confirming the amount of its Break Costs for any Interest Period in which they accrue.

 

27/74


10. PAYMENTS

 

10.1 Place

All payments by the Borrower or a Lender under this Agreement shall be made to the Agent to its account at such office or bank as it may notify to the Borrower or such Lender for this purpose.

 

10.2 Funds

Payments under this Agreement to the Agent shall be made for value on the due date at such times and in such funds as the Agent may specify to the Party concerned as being customary at the time for the settlement of transactions in the relevant currency in the place for payment.

 

10.3 Distribution

 

(a) Each payment received by the Agent under this Agreement for another Party shall, subject to paragraphs (b) and (c) below, be made available by the Agent to that Party by payment (on the date and in the currency and funds of receipt) to its account with such office or bank as it may notify to the Agent for this purpose by not less than five Business Days prior written notice. In case of payment by the Agent to the Lenders under this Agreement each Lender shall receive an amount corresponding to its respective Commitment related to the Total Commitment.

 

(b) The Agent may apply any amount received or held by it for the Borrower in or towards payment (on the date and in the currency and funds of receipt) of any amount due from the Borrower under this Agreement or in or towards the purchase of any amount of any currency to be so applied.

 

(c) Where a sum is to be paid to the Agent under this Agreement for distribution to another Party, the Agent is not obliged to pay that sum to that Party until it has established that it has actually received that sum. The Agent may, however, assume that the sum has been paid to it in accordance with this Agreement and, in reliance on that assumption, make available to that Party a corresponding amount. If the sum has not been made available but the Agent has paid a corresponding amount to another Party and the Party liable does not forthwith on demand pay such amount to the Agent together with interest on that amount from the date of payment to the date of receipt, calculated at a rate determined by the Agent to reflect its cost of funds, that Party shall forthwith on demand by the Agent refund such amount to the Agent together with interest on such amount calculated as above.

 

10.4 Currency

 

(a) Any amount payable under this Agreement is, except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, payable in USD.

 

(b) Amounts payable in respect of costs, expenses, taxes and the like are payable in the currency in which they are incurred.

 

28/74


10.5 Set-off and counterclaim

All payments made by the Borrower under this Agreement shall be made without set-off or counterclaim.

 

10.6 Non-Business Days

If a payment under this Agreement is due on a day which is not a Business Day, the due date for that payment shall instead be the next Business Day in the same calendar month provided that (i) if there is no next Business Day in the same calendar month or (ii) if the day on which that payment was otherwise due was the Final Maturity Date Loan A and/or Final Maturity Date Loan B and/or Final Maturity Date Revolving Credit Facility respectively, the due date for that payment shall instead be the preceding Business Day.

 

10.7 Partial payments

If the Agent receives a payment insufficient to discharge all the amounts then due and payable by the Borrower under this Agreement, the Agent shall apply that payment towards the discharge of the obligations of the Borrower under this Agreement in the following order:

 

(a) firstly , in or towards payment pro rata of any unpaid costs and expenses of the Finance Parties under this Agreement;

 

(b) secondly , in or towards payment pro rata of any accrued fees due but unpaid under Clause 22 (Fees);

 

(c) thirdly , in or towards payment pro rata of any accrued interest under this Agreement;

 

(d) fourthly , in or towards payment pro rata of any principal due from the Borrower but unpaid under this Agreement; and

 

(e) fifthly , in or towards payment pro rata of any other sum due but unpaid under this Agreement

 

11. SECURITY

 

11.1 Security

The Borrower’s obligations under this Agreement, including without limitation the obligation to repay the Loans together with all unpaid interest, default interest, commissions, charges, expenses and any derived liability whatsoever of the Borrower in connection with the Finance Documents shall be secured pari passu and on a pro-rata basis as follows:

 

  (i) the Mortgage;

 

  (ii) the Deed of Covenants;

 

  (iii) the Insurances Assignment;

 

  (iv) the GIEK Guarantee (for Loan A);

 

  (v) the Charterparty Assignment;

 

29/74


  (vi) the Factoring Agreement;

 

  (vii) the Pledge of Accounts;

 

  (viii) the Share Pledge;

 

  (ix) the Guarantees;

 

  (x) the Parent Guarantee (to the extent not released pursuant to Clause 16.9).

 

11.2 Co-ordination Agreements

The Lenders will, subject to the Swap Banks Subordination Statement allow the Swap Banks to participate in the Security Documents on a subordinated basis. Further the Lenders and GIEK will enter into the GIEK Co-ordination Agreement.

 

11.3 Right of subrogation

 

(a) Each Party acknowledges and accepts that GIEK, without any notice or formalities of any kind, shall have an automatic pari passu pro rata right of subrogation into the rights, entitlements and powers of Eksportfinans under this Agreement and the Security Documents immediately upon, and in each case to the extent of, any and all payments made by GIEK under the GIEK Guarantee. The Guarantors and the Parent Guarantor shall have no right of subrogation under this Agreement.

 

(b) For the avoidance of doubt, but subject as set forth in paragraph (a) above, the effect of such subrogation shall be the sharing of all rights, entitlements and powers conferred upon or otherwise vested in Eksportfinans under this Agreement and the Security Documents among GIEK and Eksportfinans in proportion to the amount of their respective claims and receivables from time to time under or in respect of this Agreement.

 

(c) Upon receipt by Eksportfinans of payment in full from GIEK under the GIEK Guarantee a written notice confirming the same shall be given by the Agent to all the Parties hereto. Following such notice, GIEK (or its respective nominees) shall accede to this Agreement as an additional lender. Following such accession, GIEK (or its respective nominees) shall for the purposes of this Agreement be included in the new definition of “Lender” and the rights, entitlements and powers of GIEK (or nominee) and Eksportfinans under this Agreement and the Security Documents shall be as set forth in paragraphs (a) and (b) above.

 

(d) As a third party undertaking for the benefit of GIEK each of the Obligors confirms and agrees that GIEK shall be entitled, save for manifest error, but not obliged, to accept any claim or demand made by Eksportfinans under the GIEK Guarantee as conclusive evidence that the amount claimed pursuant to any such demand is due and payable to Eksportfinans from the Borrower under this Agreement and covered by the GIEK Guarantee. Each of the Obligors waives any right to dispute or delay any subrogation of all or part of the rights of Eksportfinans under this Agreement and the Security Documents to GIEK (or its respective nominees), and each of the Obligors and Eksportfinans undertakes to sign and execute any documents reasonably required by GIEK in connection with any subrogation as aforesaid, and/or enforcement of the Security Documents.

 

30/74


11.4 Further documentation or acts upon request

Each Obligor undertakes during the Loan Period to execute or procure the execution of such further documentation and does and performs such further acts and things as the Agent, the Lenders or GIEK may reasonably require in order for the Lenders or GIEK to perfect and maintain the security position envisaged above.

 

11.5 Set-off

Following the occurrence of an Event of Default, the Agent (acting on its own behalf and on behalf of the Finance Parties) and each of the Finance Parties individually (acting on its own behalf and on behalf of the Agent and the other Finance Parties) shall to the extent permitted by applicable law, have a separate right of set-off in respect of any credit balance, in any currency, on any account the Borrower might have with the Agent and each of the Finance Parties individually (branches included) against any sum due to the Agent and the Finance Parties under any Finance Document.

 

12. TAXES

All payments by the Borrower under this Agreement shall be made free and clear of and without deduction for or on account of any taxes, except to the extent that the Borrower is required by law to make payment subject to any taxes. If by requirement of law any tax or amounts in respect of tax must be deducted or withheld from any amounts payable or paid by the Borrower, or paid or payable by the Agent to a Lender, under this Agreement, the Borrower (or the Agent, if required) shall pay such tax to the relevant authority and the Borrower shall pay such additional amounts as may be necessary to ensure that the relevant Lender and/or Guarantor receives (free from any liability in respect of any such deduction or withholding) a net amount equal to the full amount which it would have received had payment not been made subject to tax or other deduction. The Borrower shall promptly deliver to the Agent any receipts, certificates or other proof evidencing the amounts paid or payable in respect of any deduction or withholding as aforesaid.

 

13. MARKET DISRUPTION

 

13.1 Market Disruption

 

(a) If a Market Disruption Event occurs for any Interest Period, then the rate of interest on the Loan A for the Interest Period shall be the rate per annum, which is the sum of:

 

  (i) the Margin Loan A; and

 

  (ii) the rate notified to the Agent by Eksportfinans as soon as practicable and in any event before interest is due to be paid in respect of that Interest Period, to be that which expresses as a percentage rate per annum the cost to Eksportfinans of funding its participation in the Loan A from whatever source it may reasonably select.

 

31/74


If a Market Disruption Event occurs for any Interest Period, then the rate of interest on the Loan B for the Interest Period shall be the rate per annum, which is the sum of:

 

  (i) the Margin Loan B; and

 

  (ii) the rate notified to the Agent by a Commercial Lender as soon as practicable and in any event before interest is due to be paid in respect of that Interest Period, to be that which expresses as a percentage rate per annum the cost to Commercial Lenders of funding its participation in the Loan B from whatever source it may reasonably select.

If a Market Disruption Event occurs for any Interest Period, then the rate of interest on the Revolving Credit Facility for the Interest Period shall be the rate per annum, which is the sum of:

 

  (i) the Margin Revolving Credit; and

 

  (ii) the rate notified to the Agent by a Commercial Lender as soon as practicable and in any event before interest is due to be paid in respect of that Interest Period, to be that which expresses as a percentage rate per annum the cost to Commercial Lenders of funding its participation in the Revolving Credit Facility from whatever source it may reasonably select.

 

(b) In this Agreement “Market Disruption Event” means:

 

  (i) at or about 11.00 a.m. London time on the Quotation Day for the relevant Interest Period LIBOR is not available; or

 

  (ii) before close of business in London on the Quotation Day for the relevant Interest Period, the Agent receives notifications from a Lender or Lenders that the cost to it of obtaining matching deposits in the London interbank market would be in excess of LIBOR;

 

(c) The Agent will notify the Borrower as soon as reasonably possible after becoming aware of a Market Disruption Event.

 

13.2 Alternative basis of interest or funding

 

(a) If a Market Disruption Event occurs and the Agent or the Borrower so requires, the Agent and the Borrower shall enter into negotiations (for a period of not more than thirty days) with a view to agreeing a substitute basis for determining the rate of interest.

 

(b) Any alternative basis agreed pursuant to paragraph (a) above shall, with the prior consent of all the Lenders and the Borrower, be binding on all parties.

 

32/74


14. INCREASED COSTS

 

14.1 Increased costs

 

(a) Subject to Clause 14.2 (Exceptions) and the relevant Lender notifying the Borrower of any event referred to below promptly upon becoming aware thereof, the Borrower shall, promptly after demand by a Lender, pay to that Lender the amount of any increased cost relating to this Agreement incurred by it as a result of:

 

  (i) any change in, or any change in the interpretation or application by any competent authority of, any relevant law or regulation after the date of this Agreement (including but not limited to any law or regulation relating to taxation, or reserve asset, special deposit, cash ratio, liquidity or capital adequacy requirements or any other form of banking or monetary control); or

 

  (ii) Compliance with any regulation made by a competent authority of the jurisdiction in which it is incorporated and/or in which its principal office is located after the date of this Agreement, (including but not limited to any law or regulation relating to taxation, or reserve asset, special deposit, cash ratio, liquidity or capital adequacy requirements or any other form of banking or monetary control).

 

(b) In this Agreement “ increased cost ” means:

 

  (i) an additional cost incurred by a Lender as a result of the Lender having entered into, or performing, maintaining or funding its obligations under this Agreement; or

 

  (ii) that portion of an additional cost incurred by a Lender as a result of the Lender making, funding or maintaining all or any advances comprised in a class of advances formed by or including its participation in the Loans made or to be made under this Agreement as is attributable to it making, funding or maintaining those participations; or

 

  (iii) a reduction in any amount payable to a Lender; or

 

  (iv) the amount of any payment made by a Lender, or the amount of any interest or other return foregone by a Lender, calculated by reference to any amounts received or receivable by that Lender from the Agent or the Borrower under this Agreement,

all as certified by the relevant Lender, such certificate to set out in reasonable detail the circumstances giving rise to the claim for payment of increased costs and the calculations of the amount claimed and shall be conclusive evidence, save for manifest error, of the amount due from the Borrower.

 

14.2 Exceptions

Clause 14 (Increased costs) does not apply to any increased cost:

 

(a) provided for by the operation of Clause 12 (Taxes); or

 

(b) attributable to any change in the rate of Tax on Overall Net Income of a Lender.

 

33/74


15. ILLEGALITY

If it becomes unlawful in any jurisdiction by virtue of any law which is binding upon such Lender for it to give effect to any of its obligations as contemplated by this Agreement, then:

 

(a) that Lender may notify the Borrower through the Agent accordingly (specifying the obligations the performance of which is thereby rendered unlawful and the law giving rise to the same); and

 

(b) the Borrower shall forthwith (or at such later date as may be permitted by the relevant law) without premium or penalty other than as set out in Clause 24.2 (Other indemnities), prepay that Lender’s participation in all amounts payable by it to that Lender under this Agreement; and

 

(c) that Lender’s Commitment shall forthwith be cancelled.

 

16. GUARANTEE AND INDEMNITY

 

16.1 Guarantee obligations

The Parent Guarantor irrevocably and unconditionally:

 

(a) guarantees to the Agent and the Lenders as and for its own debt and not merely as surety the due and punctual observance and performance by the Borrower of the Loans;

 

(b) undertakes with the Lenders that whenever the Borrower does not pay any amount when due under or in connection with this Agreement, to pay that amount on first demand (“No: “påkravsgaranti”) as if it were the principal obligor; and

 

(c) agrees to indemnify the Lenders immediately on demand against any cost, loss or liability suffered by the Lenders if any obligation guaranteed by it hereunder is or becomes unenforceable, invalid or illegal. The amount of the cost, loss or liability shall be equal to the amount which each of the Lenders would otherwise have been entitled to recover.

 

16.2 Demands

The Parent Guarantor undertakes unconditionally and irrevocably immediately upon receipt of any written demand by the Agent from time to time to make payment(s) in accordance with its guarantee obligations (the “Guarantee Obligations”) under Clause 16.1 (Guarantee obligations) where such demand is accompanied by a statement of the Agent that a payment has fallen due under this Agreement, that the Borrower has failed to make such payment when due and that notice of such non-payment has been issued. Each such payment so demanded shall be made by the Parent Guarantor to such account as the Agent may from time to time notify in writing.

 

34/74


16.3 Scope of liability

The liability of the Parent Guarantor hereunder shall be limited to the at any time outstanding Loans, however limited to USD 120,000,000.- plus any unpaid amount of interest, fees, liability and expenses under this Agreement.

 

16.4 Number of claims

There is no limit on the number of claims that may be made by the Agent (on behalf of the Lenders) against the Parent Guarantor under this Agreement.

 

16.5 Continuing Guarantee

The obligations of the Parent Guarantor hereunder are continuing guarantee obligations and will extend to the ultimate balance of sums payable by the Borrower under this Agreement, regardless of any intermediate payment or discharge in whole or in part.

 

16.6 Survival of the Parent Guarantor’s liability

 

(a) The Parent Guarantor’s liability to the Agent and the Lenders under this Agreement (including for avoidance of doubt the obligation to make payment on first written demand) shall not be discharged, impaired or otherwise affected by reason of any of the following events or circumstances (regardless of whether any such events or circumstances occur with or without the Parent Guarantor’s knowledge or consent):

 

  (i) any time, waiver, consent, forbearance or other indulgence given or agreed by the Agent or any of the Lenders with the Borrower in respect of any of the Borrower’s obligations under this Agreement; or

 

  (ii) any legal limitation, disability or incapacity of the Borrower related to this Agreement; or

 

  (iii) any amendments to or variations of this Agreement agreed by the Agent or any of the Lenders with the Borrower; or

 

  (iv) the liquidation, bankruptcy or dissolution (or proceedings analogous thereto) of the Borrower; or

 

  (v) any conflict, dispute, challenge or defence between or made by, any of the parties to the Agreement or the Security Documents, that the Parent Guarantor could otherwise be entitled to invoke.

 

(b) The Parent Guarantor specifically waives all rights under the provisions of the Norwegian Financial Agreements Act of 25 June 1999 No. 46 not being mandatory provisions, including the following provisions (the main contents of the relevant provisions being as indicated in the brackets):

 

35/74


  (i) § 63 (1) - (2)  (the right of the Parent Guarantor to be notified of any Default or Event of Default under this Agreement and to be kept informed thereof, since no such obligation to notify the Parent Guarantor shall apply to the Lenders or the Agent);

 

  (ii) § 63 (3)  (the right of the Parent Guarantor to be notified of any extension granted by the Lenders to the Borrower in respect of any payment of principal and/or interest under this Agreement, since no such obligation to notify the Parent Guarantor shall apply to the Lenders or the Agent);

 

  (iii) § 63 (4)  (the right of the Parent Guarantor to be notified of the Borrower’s bankruptcy proceedings or debt reorganisation proceedings and/or any application or court filings in respect of the latter, since no such obligation to notify the Parent Guarantor shall apply to the Lenders or the Agent);

 

  (iv) § 67 (2)  (the right of the Parent Guarantor to deem their liabilities hereunder to be reduced over time irrespective of any possible non-performance by the Borrower of its payment obligations under this Agreement, since no such reduction of liability shall apply as long as any amount is outstanding under this Agreement);

 

  (v) § 67 (4)  (the right of the Parent Guarantor to deem their liabilities hereunder to expire ten years after the date of this Agreement, since the Parent Guarantor shall remain liable hereunder for as long as any amount is outstanding under this Agreement);

 

  (vi) § 70 (the right of the Parent Guarantor to be subrogated into the rights of the Lenders under this Agreement, since no such right of subrogation shall apply unless and until the Lenders have received payment of all amounts due or to become due to them under this Agreement);

 

  (vii) § 71 (the right of the Parent Guarantor to demand that any claim under this Agreement first be made against the Borrower, since no such obligation shall apply to the Lenders or the Agent);

 

  (viii) § 72 (the right of the Parent Guarantor to exclude from their liability hereunder interest and default interest accrued on the Loans prior to the date of any demand being made against it under this Agreement, since the Parent Guarantor’s liability for securing payment of interest and default interest under this Agreement shall include all interest and default interest accrued under this Agreement, both before and after the date of any such demand being made against it hereunder);

 

  (ix) § 73 ( 1 ) - ( 2 ) (the right of the Parent Guarantor to exclude certain costs and expenses from their liability hereunder, since the Parent Guarantor’s liability for securing costs and expenses under this Agreement shall include all costs and expenses which may be incurred by the Lenders and/or the Agent following the occurrence of a Default or an Event of Default under this Agreement); and

 

  (x) § 74 ( 1 ) - ( 2 ) (the right of the Parent Guarantor to make claims for payment against the Borrower, since no such claim shall be made by it unless and until the Lenders first shall have received all amounts due or to become due to them under this Agreement).

 

36/74


16.7 Deferral of the Parent Guarantor’s rights

The Parent Guarantor further undertakes to the Agent and the Lenders that as long as this Agreement is effective;

 

(a) following receipt by the Parent Guarantor of a notice from the Agent of the occurrence of any Event of Default which is unremedied, the Parent Guarantor will not make demand for or claim payment of any moneys due to the Parent Guarantor from the Borrower, or exercise any other right or remedy to which the Parent Guarantor are entitled in respect of such moneys unless and until all moneys owing or due and payable by the Borrower and the Parent Guarantor to the Lenders and the Agent under this Agreement have been irrevocably paid in full;

 

(b) if the Borrower shall become the subject of an insolvency proceeding or shall be wound up or liquidated, the Parent Guarantor shall not (unless so instructed by the Agent and then only on condition that the Parent Guarantor holds the benefit of any claim in such insolvency or liquidation to pay any amounts recovered thereunder to the Agent) make any claim in such insolvency, winding-up or liquidation until all moneys owing or due and payable by the Borrower and the Parent Guarantor to the Lenders and the Agent under this Agreement have been irrevocably paid in full;

 

(c) if the Parent Guarantor, in breach of paragraphs (i) and/or (ii) above of this Clause 16.7 receives or recovers any money pursuant to any such exercise, claim or proof as therein referred to, such money shall be held by the Parent Guarantor in custody for the Agent and immediately be paid to the Agent so as for the Agent to apply the same as if they were moneys received or recovered by the Agent under this Agreement; and

 

(d) the Parent Guarantor has not taken and will not take from the Borrower any security whatsoever for the moneys hereby guaranteed.

 

16.8 Enforcement

 

(a) The Agent, the Lenders and/or GIEK shall not be obliged before taking steps to enforce the Guarantee Obligations of the Parent Guarantor under this Agreement:

 

  (i) to obtain judgement against the Borrower or any third party in any court or other tribunal;

 

  (ii) to make or file any claim in a bankruptcy or liquidation of the Borrower or any third party; or

 

  (iii) to take any action whatsoever against the Borrower or any third party under this Agreement or the Security Documents, except the giving notice of any payment due hereunder,

and the Parent Guarantor hereby waives all such formalities or rights to which it would otherwise be entitled or which the Agent and the Lenders would otherwise first be required to satisfy or fulfil before proceeding or making any demand against the Parent Guarantor hereunder, except as required hereunder or by law.

 

37/74


(b) Any release, discharge or settlement between the Parent Guarantor, the Agent and the Lenders (or any of them) in relation to this Agreement shall be conditional upon no payment made by the Borrower to the Agent or the Lenders hereunder being void, set aside or ordered to be refunded pursuant to any enactment or law relating to breach of duty by any person, bankruptcy, liquidation, administration, protection from creditors generally or insolvency or for any other reason whatsoever. If any payment is void or at any time set aside or ordered to be refunded, the Agent and the Lenders shall be entitled subsequently to enforce the Guarantee Obligations of the Parent Guarantor hereunder as if such release, discharge or settlement had not occurred and any such payment had not been made.

 

16.9 Release of Parent Guarantor’s Guarantee Obligations

The Parent Guarantor’s Guarantee Obligations shall be released in writing by the Agent when the IPO Prepayment – Loan A and the IPO Prepayment – Loan B have occurred to the Lenders’ satisfaction.

 

17. PAYMENT AND INDEMNITY

 

17.1 Borrower’s indemnity

The Borrower hereby irrevocably and unconditionally;

 

(a) authorises and directs GIEK to pay upon any demand made by Eksportfinans under this Agreement on first request or demand being made without requiring proof that the amounts so demanded are or were due and notwithstanding that the Borrower may dispute the validity of any such request, demand or payments;

 

(b) undertakes to reimburse GIEK immediately after payment has been made, any and all sums which GIEK may pay Eksportfinans under this Agreement, in the currency paid, together with interest, being the aggregate of the cost of funds as conclusively specified by Eksportfinans and three (3) per cent per annum from the date such payment is made until payment of such reimbursement has been received in full;

 

(c) undertakes to keep the Lenders, GIEK and the Agent indemnified against any and all liabilities, losses, damages, claims, demands, expenses (including, without limitation, legal fees and VAT) or actions which the Agent on its own account and/or on behalf of the Lenders and/or GIEK, or any of them may suffer or incur in any way whatsoever or which may be made against any of the Lenders, GIEK and the Agent under or in connection with or arising out of this Agreement;

 

(d) agrees that GIEK shall be entitled to pay upon any demand by Eksportfinans which appears on its face to be in order and agrees that, in respect of the GIEK Guarantee, GIEK shall not be concerned with the legality of any claim or any underlying transaction or any set-off or counter-claim or defence as between the Borrower and Eksportfinans or any other person, and GIEK shall not be obliged to make inquiries of any kind and may assume that any request, demand, certificate or statement from Eksportfinans is correct and properly made.

 

38/74


17.2 Continuing indemnity

This indemnity shall be a continuing indemnity, and shall extend to the ultimate balance of all amounts which may be or become due, owing or payable under this indemnity and shall continue in force notwithstanding any intermediate payment in whole or in part of any such amounts.

 

17.3 Certificate from Eksportfinans

A certificate in writing signed by Eksportfinans, certifying any amount due from the Borrower under this indemnity shall be conclusive evidence of the matter so certified, save in the case of manifest error.

 

17.4 Additional nature of obligations

The obligations of the Borrower under this indemnity shall be in addition to and shall not, in any way, be prejudiced by any collateral or other security now or hereafter held by the Agent on behalf of the Lenders and GIEK as security for the Borrower’s obligation hereunder or any lien to which the Agent on behalf of the Lenders and GIEK may be entitled.

 

17.5 Invalidity

No invalidity or unenforceability of all or any part of this Clause 17 shall affect any rights of indemnity or otherwise which GIEK would or may have in absence of or in addition to this Clause 17.

 

18. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

18.1 Representations and warranties

Each Obligor makes the representations and warranties set out in this Clause 18 to each of the Finance Parties.

 

18.2 Status and ownership

 

(a) the Borrower is a duly constituted and properly incorporated private company with limited liability under Norwegian law.

 

(b) the General Partner is a duly constituted and properly incorporated company with limited liability under Marshall Islands law, wholly-owned by the Sponsor.

 

(c) KNOT Offshore Partners LP is a duly constituted and properly incorporated company with limited liability under Marshall Islands law, owned at least33.3% by the Sponsor (directly or indirectly).

 

(d) KNOT Shuttle Tankers AS is a duly constituted and properly incorporated company with limited liability under Norwegian law, owned 100% by KNOT Offshore Partners LP (directly or indirectly).

 

39/74


18.3 Powers and authority

Each Obligor has the power to enter into and perform, and have taken all necessary corporate actions to authorise the entry into, performance and delivery of, the Finance Documents and/or the Transaction Documents to which it is party, and the transactions contemplated herein and therein.

 

18.4 Legal validity and enforceability

The Finance Documents and the Transaction Documents will, subject always to mandatory law, when executed by the respective parties thereto constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of such parties, enforceable in accordance with their respective terms and conditions, and save as provided for herein or therein, including nominal fees related to registration and enforcement of any of the Finance Documents, no registration, filing, payment of tax or fees or other formalities are necessary or desirable to render the Finance Documents and/or the Transaction Documents enforceable against the parties thereto, and for the Security Documents to constitute valid and enforceable first priority Security Documents as contemplated therein or herein.

 

18.5 Non-conflict

The entry into and performance by each of the Obligors of the Finance Documents and the Transaction Documents to which it is a party, and the transactions contemplated herein and therein, do, in the opinion of any of the Obligors, not and will not conflict with:

 

(a) any articles of association or other constitutional documents of any of the Obligors; and

 

(b) any document or agreement which is binding upon the Obligors, or any of their assets.

 

18.6 No Money Laundering

In relation to the borrowing by the Borrower of the Loans, the performance and discharge of its obligations and liabilities under this Agreement or any of the Security Documents and the transactions and other arrangements effected or contemplated by this Agreement or any of the Security Documents to which the Borrower is a party, it is acting for its own account and the foregoing will not involve or lead to a contravention of any law, official requirement or other regulatory measure or procedure which has been implemented to combat “money laundering” (as defined in Article 1 of the Directive (91/308/EEC) of the Council of the European Community) and which is applicable to the Borrower.

 

18.7 No Default

 

(a) No Default is outstanding or might result from the disbursement of the Loans;

 

(b) no other event is outstanding which constitutes or, (with the giving of notice, lapse of time, determination of materiality or the fulfilment of any other applicable condition, or any combination of the foregoing,) might constitute an event of default under any document which is binding on the Borrower or any of its assets, and which may have a material effect on the Borrower’s ability to perform its obligations under this Agreement or the Security Documents (as the case may be); and

 

40/74


(c) no amendments or waivers have been made under any of the Transaction Documents, and no event of default has occurred and is continuing or is threatening thereunder.

 

18.8 Authorisations

All authorisations required in connection with the entry into, performance, validity and enforceability of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Finance Documents and the Transaction Documents have been obtained or effected (as appropriate) and are in full force and effect, as and so required thereunder.

 

18.9 Environmental issues

There are no conditions or circumstances known to it associated with the operation of the Vessel, which may give rise to any environmental liability of any of the Obligors.

 

18.10 Financial information

 

(a) The audited consolidated accounts of the Obligors:

 

  (i) have (save as stated therein) been prepared in accordance with NORGAAP or USGAAP (as relevant) consistently applied; and

 

  (ii) fairly represent the financial condition of the Borrower and the consolidated financial condition of the Guarantors as at the date to which they were drawn up,

and there has been no material adverse change in the consolidated financial condition of the Borrower and/or the Guarantors since the date on which those accounts were drawn up, which might reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the ability of the Borrower and/or the Guarantors to perform their respective obligations under the Finance Documents and the Transaction Documents to which they are a party.

 

(b) All financial documents and information relating to the Borrower or the Guarantors or otherwise relevant to the matters contemplated by this Agreement which have been supplied to the Agent or the Lenders are complete and correct in all material respects, and the Borrower has not omitted to disclose to the Finance Parties any information, documents or agreements known to the Borrower which, if disclosed, could in the Borrower’s opinion reasonably be expected to affect the decision of the Finance Parties to enter into this Agreement.

 

18.11 Litigation

No litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings are current or, to the Obligors’ knowledge, pending or threatened against any of the Obligors which might, if adversely determined, be reasonably expected to have a material adverse effect on the ability of any of the Obligors to perform their respective obligations under the Finance Documents or the Transaction Documents (as the case may be).

 

41/74


18.12 Pari passu

Each Obligors’ obligations under the Finance Documents to which it is a party are its direct, general and unconditional obligations and rank at least pari passu with all its other present and future unsecured and unsubordinated indebtedness.

 

18.13 No withholding Taxes

No Taxes are imposed by withholding or otherwise on any payment to be made by the Borrower under the Finance Documents or are imposed on or by virtue of the execution or delivery by the Borrower of the Finance Documents to which it is or is to be a party or any other document or instrument to be executed or delivered under the Finance Documents.

 

18.14 No material adverse change

There has been no material adverse change in the financial position of the Borrower or the Guarantors from that described to the Lenders during the negotiation of this Agreement.

 

18.15 Times for making representations and warranties

The representations and warranties set out in this Clause 18 are made by the Borrower on the Effective Date and are deemed to be repeated by the Borrower on the date of each Drawdown Notice, Drawing and each Renewal Notice, as well as the first day in each Interest Period, with reference to the facts and circumstances then existing, unless otherwise notified to the Agent in writing, and if not permitted under this Agreement, waived by the Majority Lenders prior to such dates.

 

19. UNDERTAKINGS

 

19.1 Duration

The undertakings in this Clause 19 remain in force throughout the Loan Period.

 

19.2 Financial information

 

(a) Each Obligor shall supply to the Agent in sufficient copies for all of the Lenders:

 

  (i) as soon as reasonably practicable after the same are available (and in any event no later than 150 days after each year-end) the audited unconsolidated and consolidated accounts of the Obligors for that financial year; and

 

  (ii) as soon as reasonably practicable after the same are available (and in any event no later than 90 days after the end of each quarter) the unaudited unconsolidated and consolidated accounts of the Obligors, and

 

  (iii) as soon as practicable (but in any event within 60 days after 31 December each year) financial projections including profit and loss, balance sheet and cash flow forecasts including supporting schedules and calculations for the MLP Group and the Borrower.

 

42/74


  (iv) the Compliance Certificate on a quarterly basis within 150 days after each year-end and 90 days after each 30 March, 30 June and 30 September.

 

  (v) appraisal reports from two Approved Brokers on a semi-annual basis stating the Market Value of the Vessel.

 

(b) The financial statements which shall be delivered to the Agent pursuant to sub-paragraphs (ii) and (iii) above shall have been prepared in accordance with NORGAAP or USGAAP (as relevant) or, if not, such financial statements shall be accompanied by a certificate setting out the adjustments to be made, and showing such adjustments as having been made, as are necessary to produce the amounts and totals in such accounts that would have been produced if NORGAAP or USGAAP (as relevant) had been applied.

 

19.3 Information – Miscellaneous

Each Obligor shall supply to the Agent, in sufficient copies for all of the Lenders:

 

(a) promptly, such specific financial or other information regarding the financial condition and operations or other information of the Obligors or the Vessel (hereunder but not limited to technical data) as the Agent (or any Lender through the Agent) may reasonably request;

 

(b) promptly upon becoming aware of them, relevant details of any material litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings which are current or, to its knowledge, threatened or pending against the Obligors and which might, if adversely determined, be reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on the ability of the Obligors to perform their respective obligations under this Agreement or the Transaction Documents (as the case may be), and further details of any such matters previously disclosed to the Agent, if the likelihood of an adverse determination has increased, as the Agent or any Lender acting through the Agent may reasonably request;

 

(c) all documents dispatched by it to all of its shareholders containing information relevant to any of the Transaction Documents, at the same time as they are dispatched;

 

(d) all information needed by the Lenders in order to comply with money laundering provisions and KYC requirements.

 

19.4 Notification of Default

Each Obligor shall notify the Agent of any Default which is continuing (and the steps, if any, being taken to remedy it) promptly upon its occurrence.

 

19.5 Insurances

 

(a)

The Borrower shall maintain the Vessel insured against such risks (including, but not limited) to Hull and Machinery, Hull Interest, Freight Interest, Protection & Indemnity (including highest possible maximum cover of at least USD 1,000,000,000 for the Vessel for pollution), Loss of Hire (cover at least 180 days with a maximum of 14 days deductible) and War Risk insurances (including War Risks, P & I and terrorism to the maximum extent), in

 

43/74


  such amount, on such terms (always applying Norwegian law and including the terms of the Norwegian Marine Insurance Plan of 1996 version 2010 and/or the Nordic Marine Insurance Plan of 2013 or equivalent terms in relation to losses payable thereunder) and with such insurers and through such brokers as the Agent on behalf of the Lenders shall approve.

 

(b) The insurance value of the Vessel (Hull and Machinery (includs Hull Interest and Freight Interest) and war risk) shall be equal to or higher than the Market Value of the Vessel and 125 per cent of the Loans.

The aggregate Hull and Machinery insurance values of the Vessel shall furthermore, at all times, cover the higher of the Loan and 80 per cent of the Vessel’s insurable value, while the remaining cover may be taken out by way of Hull Interest and Freight Interest insurances.

 

(c) Not later than 14 days prior to the expiry date of the relevant insurances the Borrower shall deliver to the Agent a certificate from the insurance broker(s) through whom the insurances relevant to the Vessel has been placed, evidencing that all insurances referred to in item (a) have been renewed and taken out in respect of each Vessel with insurance values as required by item (b), that such insurances are in full force and effect and that the Agent on behalf of the Lenders’ interest therein have been noted by the relevant insurers.

 

(d) The Agent shall (at the Borrower’s expense) take out a Mortgagee Interest Insurance (covering 120 per cent. of the principal amount outstanding hereunder) and may at request of any of the Lenders (at the Borrower’s expense) take out a Mortgagee Interest - Additional Perils Insurance (Pollution Cover) insurance relevant to the Vessel in a form and substance satisfactory to the Agent, such policy to be made in favour of the Agent (acting on its own behalf and on behalf of the Lenders), or, if so directed by the Agent, arrange for such insurance cover to be taken out in accordance with instructions from the Agent.

 

(e) The Borrower shall procure that the Vessel always is employed in conformity with the terms of the instruments of insurances (including any warranties expressed or implied therein) and comply with such requirements as to extra premium or otherwise as the insurers may prescribe.

 

(f) The Borrower shall before the Vessel is entering any US territory provide for the Vessel to be in Compliance with all US regulations relevant to such Vessel, including oil pollution regulations and requirements with respect to certificate of financial responsibility (“COFR”) which shall be arranged with insurers and on terms approved by the Agent.

 

(g) The Agent may (at the Borrower’s expense) obtain a favourable insurance report by an independent broker acceptable to the Agent.

 

19.6 Notification

The Borrower shall immediately notify the Agent of:

 

(a) any accident to the Vessel involving repairs the cost of which is likely to exceed USD 5,000,000.-;

 

(b) any Total Loss relevant to the Vessel; and

 

44/74


(c) any arrest of the Vessel or the exercise or purported exercise of any lien on the Vessel, the earnings or any of the Accounts; and

 

(d) any environmental matters in respect of the Vessel.

 

19.7 Total loss

In the event that the Vessel shall suffer a Total Loss, the Borrower shall, within a period of 90 days after the Total Loss Date, obtain and present to the Agent, a written confirmation from the relevant insurers that the claim relating to the Total Loss has been accepted in full, or – if sooner – promptly upon receipt of insurance proceeds in respect of the Total Loss, apply such proceeds as prepayment of the Loans.

 

19.8 Class and International Regulations

 

(a) The Borrower shall procure that the Vessel is classified and maintained in class with the highest possible class notation, free of overdue recommendations, with a classification society that is a member of the International Association of Classification Societies, and at all times comply with the rules and regulations of the relevant class society. Furthermore, the Borrower shall at all times ensure Compliance with all requirements of the International Convention for Safety of Life at Sea (SOLAS) 1974 as adopted, amended or replaced from time to time including, but not limited to, the STCW 95, the ISM Code and/or the ISPS Code (as each is defined in the respective amendments to SOLAS). Upon receipt of the Agent’s written request, the Borrower shall instruct the classification society to send to the Agent, copies of all information, documents and class records held by the classification society in relation to the Vessel.

 

(b) The Borrower shall not change the Vessel’s class without the prior written consent of the Lenders.

 

19.9 Flag and register

 

(a) The Borrower will at the Delivery Date register the Vessel in an Approved Register, and

 

(b) The Borrower shall not change the flag or the ship registry of the Vessel or allow the Vessel to be dual registered.

 

19.10 Environmental regulations

The Obligors shall indemnify and hold each of the Finance Parties harmless from and against any damages, losses or expenses which any of them may sustain or incur as a consequence of any claim by any governmental, judicial or regulatory authority which arises out of an environmental incident or an alleged environmental incident in connection with the operation of the Vessel or which relates to any environmental law in any jurisdiction.

 

45/74


19.11 Sale of Vessel

The Borrower shall not sell the Vessel without the prior written consent of the Lenders unless the sale proceed covers the Loans and subject to Clause 7.3.

 

19.12 Management Agreement

The Borrower shall not substantially amend or terminate the Management Agreement or enter into any further agreements related to the management of the Vessel provided however that the management of the Vessel can be transferred to another company acceptable to the Majority Lenders.

 

19.13 Charterparty

The Borrower shall not make any material amendment or supplement to, or waiver of the terms of, the Charterparty without the prior written consent of the Majority Lenders.

At the expiry date of the Charterparty, the Borrower will not enter into any new charterparty without the prior written consent of the Lenders.

 

19.14 Negative Pledge

Except as contemplated by this Agreement and/or the Security Documents, the Borrower shall not:

 

(a) undertake any other activity than owning and operating vessels;

 

(b) create, incur or assume any Security Interest on the Vessel or any of its other assets, and not make any assignment of right to receive earnings or proceeds of insurance policies covering the Vessel;

 

(c) make any intercompany loans or deposits to any company or person outside the MLP Group. As long as no Event of Default has occurred or is threatening, the Borrower shall be allowed to incur and to make intercompany loans or deposits and to freely accept and grant equity contributions in any form to or from companies in the MLP Group, such intercompany loans, deposits or equity contributions to be subordinated to the Lenders’ rights.

 

19.15 Dividend and other payments

The Borrower may declare or pay any dividends or otherwise make any other distribution of assets to any shareholder whether in cash or otherwise, provided that (a) no Event of Default has occurred or will occur at the time of payment of such dividend and (b) the Agent is satisfied that, after payment of such dividend, the remaining liquidity of the Borrower will equal or exceed the aggregate amount of (i) the instalments falling due in the next 6 months after the dividend payment date and (ii) the amount estimated by the Agent as being the amount of interest on the Loans which will fall due for payment by the Borrower under Clause 9 during that 6 month period.

 

19.16 Accounts

 

(a) The Borrower shall maintain all its bank accounts related to the Vessel with the Agent.

 

46/74


(b) The Borrower shall procure that all money whatsoever due under the operations of the Vessel (hereunder payment of hire under the Charterparty) shall be paid to the Earnings Account.

 

(c) The Borrower shall on a monthly basis transfer 1/6 of the next instalments and interest payments to the Retention Account for service of the Loans.

 

(d) The Earnings Account shall, until an Event of Default has occurred, be at the Borrower’s free disposal, provided however that moneys on the Earnings Account only shall be used related to the Vessel. The Retention Account shall be blocked.

 

(e) The Borrower shall procure that all its bank accounts in respect of the Vessel at any time are pledged to the Agent on behalf of the Lenders.

 

19.17 Transactions with affiliates

The Borrower will ensure that all transactions and agreements with companies affiliated to the Borrower shall be on a commercial basis and done on an arms-length-basis.

 

19.18 Maintenance and change of business

 

(i) The Borrower shall remain a private limited company under Norwegian law, with no other activity than the ownership of the vessels.

 

(ii) The Borrower shall not enter into any form of amalgamation, merger or demerger, divest or consolidate with any other entity or any form of reconstruction or reorganisation without the prior written consent of the Majority Lenders.

 

(iii) The Borrower will not change end of its fiscal year.

 

(iv) The Borrower will not change its legal name.

 

19.19 Market Value

Subject to Clause 7.4 (Mandatory prepayment – Market Value):

 

(a) The Borrower shall ensure that until the 4 anniversary of the Delivery Date the Market Value of the Vessel covers at all times at least 100 % of the Loans.

 

(b) The Borrower shall ensure that at the last year prior to the Final Maturity Date Loan B the Market Value of the Vessel covers at all times at least 125 % of the Loans.

 

19.20 Laws, regulations and statutes

 

(a) Each Obligor shall promptly obtain such registrations, certificates, licences, consents and approvals as may be required under applicable law or regulation to enable it to perform its obligations hereunder.

 

47/74


(b) Each Obligor shall promptly obtain such registrations, certificates, licences, consents and approvals as may be required under applicable law or regulation in respect of its ongoing offshore supply and support operations.

 

(c) The Borrower shall at all times comply with all environmental laws and all other laws and regulations relating to the Vessel, its ownership, operation and management, and take all reasonable precautions to ensure that the crews, employees, agents or representatives of the Borrower at all times comply with all applicable environmental laws and all laws and restrictions of every relevant jurisdiction concerning the use of drugs, alcohol or other illegal substances in connection with the offshore supply and support operations of the Borrower.

 

(d) Each Obligor shall at all times comply with all applicable competition laws and regulations relating to the Vessel, its ownership, operation and management or to its business.

 

(e) The Obligors shall not, and shall procure that none of their respective managers, agents or representatives shall breach any criminal laws or regulations passed for the combat of corruption or bribing (howsoever described), including laws similar or identical to the provisions set out in Sections 276 a. through 276 c. of the Norwegian Penal Act of 22 May 1902 No. 10.

 

(f) Each Obligor will at all times comply with its partnership agreement and articles of association.

 

(g) Each Obligor will pay all taxes when due and payable.

 

19.21 Acceptable Guarantees

Each of the Obligors shall at all times during the Loan Period maintain Loan A fully secured by guarantees acceptable to Eksportfinans.

 

20. DEFAULT

 

20.1 Events of Default

Each of the events set out in Clauses 20.2 to 20.32 (inclusive) is an Event of Default (whether or not caused by any reason whatsoever outside the control of the Borrower or any other person).

 

20.2 Non-payment

Each of the Obligors does not pay on the due date an amount payable by it under this Agreement at the place at, and in the currency in which it is expressed to be payable, provided that if such failure to pay has arisen as a consequence of an administrative or technical error only then such event shall not be an Event of Default unless such failure continues for a period in excess of three Business Days.

 

48/74


20.3 Breach of other obligations

The Borrower does not comply with any provision of any Finance Document (other than those referred to in Clause 20.2 (Non-payment)), provided that it shall not constitute an Event of Default:

 

(a) if

 

  (i) such non-Compliance is, in the opinion of the Majority Lenders, capable of remedy; and

 

  (ii) the Agent notifies the Obligors or the Obligors notify the Agent of such non-Compliance; and

 

  (iii) such non-Compliance does not exceed 14 Business Days from the date of its occurrence,

 

  or

 

(b) if such non-Compliance is in the sole discretion of the Majority Lenders of a minor nature and does not prejudice the security constituted by the Security Documents.

For the avoidance of doubt and without prejudicing whether any other breach is or is not capable of remedy, a breach of Clause 19.5 (Insurances) shall in any event be deemed not to be capable of remedy.

 

20.4 Breach under the Security Documents

Either of the Obligors does not comply with any obligation, undertaking or provision of any of the Security Documents or any document referred to therein.

 

20.5 Misrepresentation

A representation, warranty or statement made or repeated in or in connection with any Finance Document or in any document delivered by or on behalf of the Obligors under or in connection with any Finance Document was incorrect or misleading in any respect when made or deemed to be made or repeated.

 

20.6 Cross-default

 

a) An event of default howsoever described (or any event which with the giving of notice, lapse of time, determination of materiality or fulfilment of any other applicable condition or any combination of the foregoing would constitute such an event of default) occurs with respect to any of the Obligors and/or the MLP Group under any of the Transaction Documents to which any of the Obligors and/or the MLP Group is a party and such event of default may have effect on the financial condition of any of the Obligors or its/their ability to perform their respective obligation hereunder or under the Security Documents to which they are a party (as case may be).

 

b) Any Financial Indebtedness of an Obligor and/or any member of the MLP Group:

 

  (i) is not paid when due or within any originally applicable grace period; or

 

  (ii) is declared to be or otherwise becomes due and payable prior to its specified maturity as a result of an event of default (however described); or

 

49/74


  (ii) becomes capable of being declared due and payable prior to its specified maturity as a result of an event of default (however described).

 

20.7 Liens

A maritime or other lien, arrest, distress or similar charge is levied upon, or against the Vessel, the Pledged Accounts or any other part of the assets of any of the Obligors (save for as contemplated by this Agreement and/or the Security Documents) and is not discharged within 14 Business Days after the Borrower became aware of the same.

 

20.8 Insolvency

An order of a competent court is made or an event analogous thereto occurs or any effective resolution is passed with a view to the bankruptcy, commencement of composition proceedings, debt negotiations, liquidation, winding-up or similar event with respect to any of the Obligors.

 

20.9 Admittance of non-payment

Any of the Obligors is unable or admits in writing its inability to pay its lawful debts as they fall due.

 

20.10 Termination of business

Any of the Obligors ceases or threatens to cease to carry on its business or materially change its business, whether by one or a series of transactions.

 

20.11 Permits

Any licence, consent, permission or approval required in order to enforce, complete or perform the Agreement and/or any of the Transaction Documents is revoked, terminated or modified.

 

20.12 Impossibility or illegality

It becomes impossible or unlawful for any of the Obligors to fulfil any of the terms of the Finance Documents or for the Agent to exercise any right or power vested in the Agent under the Security Documents, or the security created by any of the Security Documents is imperilled, or for any reason whatsoever ceases to be valid and enforceable with its intended priority.

 

20.13 Transaction Documents

Without the prior written consent of the Agent on behalf of the Lenders any of the Transaction Documents

 

(i) is (in the Lenders’ sole discretion) materially amended or terminated,

 

(ii) ceases in whole or part to be valid, binding and enforceable, or

 

(iii) any waivers are agreed thereunder.

 

50/74


20.14 Material adverse change

Any event or series of events occurs in relation to any of the Obligors which, in the reasonable opinion of any of the Lenders, have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

20.15 Events in Security Documents

Any of the events of default specified in any of the Security Documents arise or occur.

 

20.16 Mergers, demerger and reconstructions

Any of the Obligors effects any demerger, merger, joint venture, reconstruction, splitup or divest without the prior written consent of the Lenders.

 

20.17 Change of ownership - the Borrower

The Borrower ceases to be a direct or indirect wholly owned (share capital and voting rights) subsidiary of KNOT Offshore Partners LP.

 

20.18 Change of ownership - KNOT Offshore Partners LP

KNOT Offshore Partners LP ceases to be in the 33.1/3 % ownership (share capital and voting rights subject to the limitations on voting rights relating to election of board members, amendments and certain other matters as set out in the Limited Partnership Agreement) of the Sponsor or if any person or group of persons acting in concert (other than the Sponsor (or any wholly owned Subsidiaries thereof)) acquires more than 33.1/3 % of the share capital or voting rights of KNOT Offshore Partners LP.

 

20.19 Change of ownership - the General Partner

The General Partner ceases to be a direct or indirect wholly owned (share capital and voting rights) subsidiary of the Sponsor.

 

20.20 Change of ownership - the Parent Guarantor

The Parent Guarantor ceases to be in the 50 % ownership of TSSI, or ceases to be in the 50 % (directly or indirectly) ownership of NYK.

This Clause 20.20 shall not be applicable after the IPO Prepayment – Loan A and the IPO Prepayment – Loan B have occurred.

 

20.21 Free Liquidity – KNOT Offshore Partners LP

KNOT Offshore Partners LP (on a consolidated basis) at any time during the Loan Period has a Free Liquidity of less than USD 15,000,000.- plus USD 1,500,000.- for each owned vessel with employment contract with less than 12 months remaining tenor. From the time KNOT Offshore Partners LP and its Subsidiaries own in total 8 vessels, the Free Liquidity shall be increased by USD 1,000,000.- for each additional vessel acquired (including vessels chartered in on bareboat

 

51/74


charterparties, vessels on long term financial leases and vessels on long term time charter parties (exceeding 12 months)) by KNOT Offshore Partners LP or any Subsidiary, plus USD 1,500,000.- for each owned vessel with employment contract with less than 12 months remaining tenor.

 

20.22 Free Liquidity – The Parent Guarantor

The Parent Guarantor at any time during the Loan Period has a Free Liquidity of less than USD 25,000,000.-,

This Clause 20.22 shall not be applicable after the IPO Prepayment – Loan A and the IPO Prepayment – Loan B have occurred.

 

20.23 Free Liquidity – The KNOT Group

The KNOT Group (on a consolidated basis (including shipowning companies owned more than 10 % on the gross method (actual share of EBITDA - KNOT Group, interest and debt)) any time during the Loan Period has a Free Liquidity of less than 4% of its Interest Bearing Debt measured quarterly.

This Clause 20.23 shall not be applicable after the IPO Prepayment – Loan A and the IPO Prepayment – Loan B have occurred.

 

20.24 Working Capital – the Borrower

The Borrower at any time in the Loan Period has a negative Working Capital.

 

20.25 Working Capital – the KNOT Group

The KNOT Group (on a consolidated basis (including shipowning companies owned more than 10 % on the gross method (actual share of EBITDA - KNOT Group, interest and debt)) at any time in the Loan Period has a negative Working Capital.

This Clause 20.25 shall not be applicable after the IPO Prepayment – Loan A and the IPO Prepayment – Loan B have occurred.

 

20.26 Minimum Equity Ratio

The Book Equity of KNOT Offshore Partners LP (on a consolidated basis) to Total Assets is less than 30 %.

 

20.27 Minimum Equity Ratio - the KNOT Group

The Book Equity of the KNOT Group (on a consolidated basis (including shipowning companies owned more than 10 % on the gross method (actual share of EBITDA - KNOT Group, interest and debt)) to Total Assets until 31 January 2014 is less than 19%, from 1 February 2014 until 31 December 2014 is less than 22.5%, and thereafter less than 25%, measured quarterly .

This Clause 20.27 shall not be applicable after the IPO Prepayment – Loan A and the IPO Prepayment – Loan B have occurred.

 

52/74


20.28 EBITDA

KNOT Offshore Partners LP (on a consolidated basis) at any time has an EBITDA (after payment of actual docking costs) of less than 2.5 x interest costs (including interest rate swap costs). EBITDA shall be measured on a quarterly rolling basis (last 4 quarters).

 

20.29 EBITDA - KNOT Group

The KNOT Group (on a consolidated basis (including shipowning companies owned more than 10 % on the gross method (actual share of EBITDA - KNOT Group, interest and debt)) at any time has an EBITDA (after payment of actual docking costs) of less than interest costs (including interest rate swap costs), instalments and hire in respect of any vessels on bareboat charter (if not already deducted in the EBITDA). EBITDA shall be measured on a quarterly rolling basis (last 4 quarters) and first time 31 January 2014 (based on unaudited 4 th quarter accounts).

Any breach of this Clause 20.29 shall automatically be repaired if the KNOT Group’s consolidated Free Liquidity is more than USD 75,000,000.-. However, the maximum repair period is limited to four (4) consecutive quarters.

This Clause 20.29 shall not be applicable after the IPO Prepayment – Loan A and the IPO Prepayment – Loan B have occurred.

 

20.30 Charterparty

 

(a) The Charterparty for any reason whatsoever is terminated or cancelled, or

 

(b) The Vessel is not delivered and accepted by the Charterer under the Charterparty within 31 March 2011.

 

20.31 Listing

KNOT Offshore Partners LP ceases to be listed on the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE).

 

20.32 General Partner

 

a) The General Partner ceases to be the general partner in KNOT Offshore Partners LP, and/or

 

b) the General Partner ceases to own minimum 2% of the interests in KNOT Offshore Partners LP, and/or

 

c) the General Partner ceases the right to appoint three (3) out of seven (7) board directors to the board of directors in KNOT Offshore Partners LP (or if there is a change in the number of directors, the corresponding numbers).

 

53/74


20.33 Acceleration

On and at any time after the occurrence of an Event of Default and whilst such Event of Default is continuing unremedied and unwaived, the Agent may, and shall (or shall refrain from) if so directed by the Majority Lenders, by notice to the Borrower:-

 

(a) without prejudice to any parts of the Loans advanced hereunder cancel the Total Commitment; and

 

(b) declare that all or part of the Loans, together with accrued interest, and all other amounts accrued under the Finance Documents are immediately due and payable, whereupon they shall become immediately due and payable.

 

(c) without prejudice to any of the Finance Parties’ other rights, with or without notice to the Borrower, take such other action as is available to the Finance Parties under the Finance Documents or by law.

 

21. THE AGENT

 

21.1 Appointment and duties of the Agent

The Lenders authorize the Agent to take such action on its behalf and to exercise such powers as are specifically delegated to it by the terms of this Agreement together with all such powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. In performing its duties and functions hereunder, the Agent shall exercise the same care as it normally exercises in making and handling loans and guarantee facilities for its own account. Any reference to the Agent in the Agreement or the Security Documents shall be understood as the Agent on behalf of the Lenders unless otherwise specifically stated. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, the Agent shall always follow the instructions from the Lenders.

In relation to the Security Documents, the Lenders hereby irrevocably:

 

(a) appoints the Agent to act as its agent and security trustee under and in connection with the Security Documents;

 

(b) authorises the Agent on its behalf to sign, execute and enforce the Security Documents;

 

(c) authorises the Agent on its behalf to perform the duties and to exercise the rights, powers, authorities and discretions that are specifically given to it under or in connection with the Security Documents, together with any other incidental rights, powers, authorities and discretions;

or to a nominee who shall be approved by the Lenders. The Agent shall act as security agent for and behalf of the Lenders and Swap Banks, provided however that in relation to the Security Documents the Agent shall receive instructions from the Lenders only.

 

21.2 Relationship

The relationship between the Agent and the Lenders is that of agent and principal only, and nothing herein shall be construed so as to constitute the Agent as a trustee for the Lenders or impose on any of them any duties or obligations other than those for which express provision is made in this Agreement.

 

54/74


21.3 Information

The Agent will promptly advise the Lenders of each notice received by it from the Obligors hereunder. The Agent shall not be under any obligation towards the Lenders to ascertain or enquire as to the performance or observance of any of the terms or conditions hereof, other than a failure to make payment of sums due.

 

21.4 Default

The Agent shall not (with the exception of the Borrower’s failure to pay sums due) be deemed to have knowledge of the occurrence of any Event of Default unless the Agent has received notice thereof from an Obligor or the Lenders. In the event the Agent receives such notice, the Agent shall promptly give notice thereof to the Lenders and GIEK. The Agent shall take such action with respect to such Event of Default as may be directed by the Lenders and GIEK provided that, unless and until the Agent shall have received such directions, the Agent may (but shall not be obliged to) take such action or refrain from taking such action, with respect to such Event of Default as the Agent shall in its absolute discretion deem advisable in the best interest of the Lenders and GIEK, provided always that the Agent shall advise the Lenders and GIEK of such action and shall consult with them as soon as possible thereafter in order to determine future action.

 

21.5 Rely on communication

In performing its duties and exercising its powers hereunder, the Agent shall be entitled to rely on any communication believed by it to be genuine and to have been sent or signed by the person by whom it purports to have been sent or signed.

 

21.6 Responsibility of the Agent

The Agent takes no responsibility for the truth of any covenants, representations or undertakings given or made herein or for the validity, effectiveness, adequacy, legality or enforceability of this Agreement or any of the Security Documents. Neither the Agent nor any of its directors, officers, employees or attorneys-in-fact shall be responsible for any action taken or omitted to be taken by it or them under or in connection herewith, except for its or their own gross negligence or willful misconduct.

 

21.7 Exclusion of liability

In respect of Eksportfinans, the Agent will not be liable for any action taken by it under or in connection with the Agreement or the Security Documents, unless directly caused by negligence.

 

21.8 Responsibility of the Lenders

Each of the Lenders shall be responsible for making its own independent investigation of the financial condition and affairs of the Obligors in connection with the making and continuance of the Loans and has made its own appraisal of the creditworthiness of the Obligors.

 

21.9 Set-off

If any of the Lenders at any time receives or recovers by set-off or otherwise any sum which it is obliged (or being so entitled has elected) to apply towards payment of any amount due to it hereunder

 

55/74


(otherwise than amounts specifically payable to any of the Lenders under the terms of this Agreement) then Eksportfinans or the Commercial Lenders shall be obliged to offer to the other party through the Agent such payment by way of adjustment as may be necessary to ensure that at all times Eksportfinans or the Commercial Lenders receives the portion of principal, interest, fees and commissions due to it under this Agreement, however, that such offer shall be conditional upon Eksportfinans or the Commercial Lenders who may accept such offer (the “Accepting Finance Party”) agreeing to indemnify Eksportfinans or the Commercial Lenders making such offer (the “Offering Finance Party”) on terms reasonably acceptable to the Offering Finance Party against any loss (other than the loss suffered by such payment by way of adjustment) which the Offering Finance Party may subsequently suffer by reason of having made such payment by way of adjustment to such Accepting Finance Party.

 

21.10 Distribution of payments

The Agent shall pay with funds having same day value as the funds received to the order of each of the Lenders each such party’s proportionate share of every sum of money received by the Agent pursuant to the Agreement or the Security Documents (with the exception of any amounts, which by the terms of the Agreement or the Security Documents, are paid to the Agent for the account of the Agent alone or specifically for the account of any of the Lenders) and until so paid such amount shall be held by the Agent on trust absolutely for the relevant party.

 

21.11 Reimbursement of cost

The Lenders shall ratably in accordance with its respective participation in the Loans (as the case may be), indemnify and hold the Agent harmless against any and all costs, claims, expenses (including legal fees), loss or liability, which the Agent may suffer or incur by reason of any action taken or omitted by it as the Agent hereunder to the extent that the Agent shall not have been reimbursed therefore by the Obligors, unless and to the extent such loss or liability is caused by the gross negligence (negligence in respect of the Lenders) or willful misconduct of the Agent.

 

21.12 Resignation

The Agent may and shall upon request from any of the Lenders and with the consent of the Borrower resign its appointment hereunder by giving written notice to that effect to each of the Lenders and to the Borrower, provided that no such resignation shall be effective until a successor for the Agent is appointed in accordance with the succeeding provisions of this clause. If the Agent gives notice of its resignation, then any of the Lenders or any reputable and experienced bank or other financial institution may be appointed as a successor to the Agent by the Lenders during the period of such notice. If no such successor is so appointed then (A) the outgoing Agent shall be discharged from any further obligation under this Agreement but shall remain entitled to the benefit of the provisions of this clause and (B) its successor and each of the other parties hereto shall have the same rights and obligations amongst themselves as they would have had if such successor had been a party hereto. The change of Agent shall be at no cost to the Borrower.

 

56/74


22. FEES

 

22.1 Commitment fee - Loan A

The Borrower shall pay to the Agent (for distribution to Eksportfinans) a commitment fee equal to 40 % of the Margin Loan A calculated on the undrawn portion of Loan A. Such commitment fee shall be calculated from 16 December 2010 and be payable at the Drawdown Date.

 

22.2 Commitment fee - Loan B

The Borrower shall pay to the Agent (for distribution to the Commercial Lenders) a commitment fee equal to 40 % of the Margin Loan B calculated on the undrawn portion of Loan B. Such commitment fee shall be calculated from 16 December 2010 and be payable at the Drawdown Date.

 

22.3 Commitment fee – Revolving Credit Facility

The Borrower shall pay to the Agent (for distribution to the Commercial Lenders) a commitment fee equal to 40 % of the Margin Revolving Credit Facility calculated on the daily undrawn portion of the Revolving Credit Facility. Such commitment fee shall be calculated from the Effective Date and be payable quarterly in arrears on the last day of each fiscal quarter (or such earlier date which the Revolving Credit Facility is terminated).

 

22.4 Arrangement fee - Loan A

The Borrower shall pay to the Agent (for further distribution to Eksportfinans and GIEK) a non-refundable fee of USD 448,000.- (USD 28,000.- to Eksportfinans and USD 420,000.- to GIEK) payable on the date hereof. The arrangement fee shall be payable whether or not Loan A is ever drawn pursuant to this Agreement upon demand from the Agent.

 

22.5 Arrangement fee - Loan B

The Borrower shall pay to the Agent (for further distribution to the Commercial Lenders) a non-refundable fee of USD 512,000.- payable on the date hereof. The Arrangement fee shall be payable whether or not the Loans are ever drawn pursuant to this Agreement upon demand from the Agent.

 

22.6 Arrangement fee – Revolving Credit Facility

The Borrower shall pay to the Agent (for further distribution to the Commercial Lenders on a prorate basis) a non-refundable fee of USD 200,000.- payable on the Effective Date. The Arrangement fee shall be payable whether or not the Revolving Credit Facility is ever drawn pursuant to this Agreement upon demand from the Agent.

 

22.7 Structuring fee

The Borrower shall pay to the Agent a structuring fee in accordance with a fee letter to be entered into between the Borrower and the Agent.

 

57/74


22.8 Guarantee commission

The Borrower shall pay to the Agent (for distribution to GIEK) a guarantee commission of 1.75% per annum of the outstanding amounts under the GIEK Guarantee, payable semi-annually in arrears, the first time6 months after the Drawdown Date.

 

22.9 Agency fee

The Borrower shall pay to the Agent a non-refundable annual agency fee in accordance with a fee letter to be entered into between the Borrower and the Agent.

 

23. EXPENSES

 

23.1 Initial and special costs

The Borrower shall promptly following demand pay the Agent the amount of all reasonable costs and expenses (including legal fees) reasonably and properly incurred by the Agent, the Mandated Lead Arrangers and/or the Lenders in connection with:

 

(a) the negotiation, preparation, printing and execution of the Finance Documents and any other documents referred to in the Finance Documents;

 

(b) execution and registration of the Security Documents;

 

(c) any amendment, waiver, consent or suspension of rights (or any proposal for any of the foregoing) requested (or, in the case of a proposal, made) by or on behalf of the Borrower and relating to the Finance Documents or a document referred to in the Finance Documents; and

 

(d) any other matter, not being of an ordinary administrative nature and arising out of or in connection with the Finance Documents.

 

23.2 Enforcement costs

Following an Event of Default, the Borrower shall promptly following demand pay to the Finance Parties the amount of all costs and expenses (including legal fees) properly incurred by it in connection with the enforcement of or the preservation of, any rights under the Finance Documents.

 

24. INDEMNITIES

 

24.1 Currency indemnity

 

(a) If a Finance Party receives an amount in respect of the Borrower’s liability under the Finance Documents or if that liability is converted into a claim, proof, judgement or order in a currency other than the currency in which the amount is expressed to be payable under the Finance Documents, the Borrower shall indemnify that the Finance Party as an independent obligation against any loss or liability arising out of or as a result of the conversion of the other currency into the currency owed under the Finance Documents.

 

58/74


(b) The Borrower waives any right it may have by law to pay any amount under the Finance Documents in a currency other than that in which it is expressed to be payable.

 

24.2 Other indemnities

The Borrower shall forthwith on demand indemnify each Finance Party against any loss or liability (including funding breakage costs) which that Lender reasonably and properly incurs and which the Finance Party certifies (in a certificate containing reasonable detail) that it has incurred as a consequence of:

 

(a) the occurrence of any Event of Default;

 

(b) the operation of Clause 20.33 (Acceleration);

 

(c) any repayment or prepayment of principal or payment of an overdue amount being made otherwise than on the last day of a relevant Interest Period relative to the amount so repaid, prepaid or paid; and

 

(d) investigation(s) of a potential Event of Default, and

 

(e) a disbursement of a Loan not being made after the Borrower has delivered a Drawdown Notice or the Loans (or part of the Loans) not being prepaid in accordance with a notice of prepayment.

The liability of the Borrower in each case includes any loss of margin or other loss or expense on account of funds borrowed, contracted for or utilised to fund any amount payable under the Finance Documents, but the Borrower’s liability shall in no circumstances extend to any loss or expense to the extent that it arises as a consequence of any gross negligence or wilful default of a Finance Party.

 

25. CALCULATIONS

Interest and fees payable under Clauses 9 (Interest) and 22 (Fees) accrue from day to day and are calculated on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed and a year of 360 days.

 

26. AMENDMENTS AND WAIVERS

 

26.1 Majority Lenders

 

(a) Subject to Clause 26.2 (All Lenders), any term of this Agreement and the Security Documents may only be amended or waived with the written agreement of the Borrower and, if authorised by the Majority Lenders, the Agent. The Agent shall effect, on behalf of the Majority Lenders, any amendment or waiver to which they have agreed.

 

(b) The Agent shall promptly notify the Lenders of any amendment or waiver effected under paragraph (a) above and any such amendment or waiver shall be binding on all the Lenders.

 

59/74


26.2 All Lenders

An amendment or waiver which relates to:

 

(a) reduction of the Margin Loan A and/or the Margin Loan B and the commitment fees,

 

(b) extension of the due date for or the reduction of the amount of any payment of principal, interest or other amount payable under this Agreement,

 

(c) change in the currency in which any amount is payable under this Agreement,

 

(d) extension of the Availability Period,

 

(e) change of this Clause 26.2,

 

(f) any release of any security created by any Security Document, any changes in any Security Document or the security requirements evidenced by the Security Documents or this Agreement

 

(g) a term of this Agreement which expressly requires the consent of each Lender and/or

 

(h) a change of the definition of “Majority Lenders “,

may not be effected without the consent of each Lender.

 

26.3 Waivers and remedies cumulative

The rights of the Finance Parties under the Finance Documents:

 

(a) may be exercised as often as necessary;

 

(b) are cumulative and not exclusive of its rights under the general law; and

 

(c) may be waived only in writing and specifically.

Delay in exercising or non-exercise of any such right is not a waiver of that right.

 

27. CHANGES TO THE PARTIES

 

27.1 Transfer by the Borrower

The Obligors may not assign, transfer, novate or dispose of any of, or any interest in, its rights and/or obligations under the Finance Documents.

 

60/74


27.2 Transfers by Lenders

Any of the Lenders (the “Existing Lender”) may at any time assign, transfer or novate any of its rights and obligations under this Agreement to another bank or financial institution (such bank or institution being the “New Lender”), provided that (save at any time when an Event of Default exists and has not been waived or remedied) no such assignment, transfer or novation may be made without the prior written consent also of the Borrower), such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed and to be deemed given in the event of no adverse response thereto from the Borrower within five (5) Business Days of its receipt of a request for approval of any such assignment, transfer or novation to any New Lender. The Borrower shall not be liable for the transactions costs incurred in connection with any such transfers from the Existing Lender to a New Lender.

 

28. PRO RATA SHARING

 

28.1 Redistribution

If any amount owing by the Borrower under this Agreement to a Lender (the “ Recovering Lender ”) is discharged by payment, set-off or any other manner other than through the Agent in accordance with Clause 10 (Payments) (a “ recovery ”), then:

 

(a) the recovering Lender shall, within three Business Days, notify details of the recovery to the Agent;

 

(b) the Agent shall determine whether the recovery is in excess of the amount which the recovering Lender would have received had the recovery been received by the Agent and distributed in accordance with Clause 10 (Payments);

 

(c) subject to Clause 28.3 (Exceptions), the recovering Lender shall, within three (3) Business Days of demand by the Agent, pay to the Agent an amount (the “ redistribution ”) equal to the excess;

 

(d) the Agent shall treat the redistribution as if it were a payment by the Borrower under this Agreement and shall pay the redistribution to the Lender (other than the recovering Lender) in accordance with Clause 10.7 (Partial payments); and

 

(e) after payment of the full redistribution to the Agent, the recovering Lender will be subrogated to the portion of the claims paid under paragraph (d) above and the Borrower will owe the recovering Lender a debt which is equal to the redistribution, immediately payable and of the type originally discharged.

 

28.2 Reversal of redistribution

If under Clause 28.1 (Redistribution):

 

(a) a recovering Lender must subsequently return a recovery, or an amount measured by reference to a recovery, to the Borrower; and

 

(b) the recovering Lender has paid a redistribution in relation to that recovery,

 

61/74


each Lender shall, within three Business Days of demand by the recovering Lender through the Agent, reimburse the recovering Lender all or the appropriate portion of the redistribution paid to that Lender. Thereupon, the subrogation in Clause 28.1 (e) will operate in reverse to the extent of the reimbursement.

 

28.3 Exception

 

(a) A recovering Lender needs not to pay a redistribution to the extent that it would not, after the payment, have a valid claim against the Borrower in the amount of the redistribution pursuant to Clause 28.1 (e).

 

(b) A Lender is not entitled to participate in a redistribution if the redistribution results from the proceeds of a judicial enforcement order obtained by the recovering Lender and the other Lenders had adequate notice of and opportunity to participate in the proceedings concerned or bring their own proceedings but did not do so.

 

29. SEVERABILITY

If a provision of this Agreement is or becomes illegal, invalid or unenforceable in any competent jurisdiction, that shall not affect the validity or enforceability in that jurisdiction of any other provision of this Agreement or the validity or enforceability in other jurisdictions of that or any other provision of this Agreement.

 

30. NOTICES

 

30.1 Giving of notices

All notices or other communications under or in connection with this Agreement shall be given or made in writing, by letter, telefax or S.W.I.F.T. Any such notice or communication will be deemed to be given or made as follows:

 

(a) if by letter, when delivered at the address of the relevant Party; and

 

(b) if by telefax or S.W.I.F.T., when received.

However, a notice given in accordance with the above but received on a day which is not a Business Day or after 4:00 p.m. in the place of receipt will only be deemed to be given at 9:00 a.m. on the next Business Day in that place.

 

30.2 Addresses for notices

 

(a) The address, the telefax number and the S.W.I.F.T. code of each Party (other than the Agent and the Borrower) for all notices or other communications under or in connection with this Agreement are those notified by that Party for this purpose to the Agent on or before the date it becomes a Party; or any other notified by that Party for this purpose to the Agent by not less than five Business Days’ notice.

 

62/74


(b) The address, the telefax number and the S.W.I.F.T. code:

 

  (i) of the Agent is:

Nordea Bank Norge ASA

P.O.Box 1166 Sentrum

N – 0107 Oslo - Norway

Tel.:     +47 22 48 49 71

Fax.:    +47 22 48 66 68

S.W.I.F.T. Code: NDEANOKK

Attn.:    Shipping Department

 

  (ii) of the Borrower is:

KNOT Shuttle Tankers 17 AS

Smedasundet 40

P.O.Box 2017

N – 5504 Haugesund

Norway

Telefax:   +47 52 70 40 40

Attn.:       Chairman of the Board

or such other address and/or telefax number and/or marked for such other attention as the Agent may notify to the other Parties by not less than five (5) Business Days’ prior notice.

 

(c) All notices from or to the Borrower related to this Agreement shall be sent through the Agent.

 

(d) The Agent shall, promptly upon request from any Party, give to that Party the address and/or the telefax number of any other Party applicable at the time for the purposes of this Clause 30.2.

 

31. JURISDICTION

For the benefit of the Agent and each Lender, the Borrower agrees that the courts of Norway have jurisdiction to settle any disputes in connection with this Agreement.

The Borrower herewith submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the Oslo district court. Nothing in this Clause 30 shall limit the right of the Agent or any Lender to start proceedings against the Borrower in any other court of competent jurisdiction.

 

63/74


32. GOVERNING LAW

This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with Norwegian law.

o o o O o o o

 

64/74


SCHEDULE 1

LENDERS AND COMMITMENTS

 

Loan A

   Amount      Share  

Eksportfinans ASA

P.O.Box 1601 Vika

0119 Oslo

Norway

     USD 40,000,000.-         100 

Loan B

     

DNB Bank ASA

P.O.Box 7100 Sentrum

5020 Bergen

Norway

     USD 5,000,000.-         50 

Nordea Bank Norge ASA

P.O.Box 1166 Sentrum

0107 Oslo

Norway

     USD 5,000,000.-         50 

Total Loan B

     USD 10,000,000.-         100 

Revolving Credit Facility

     

DNB Bank ASA

P.O.Box 7100 Sentrum

5020 Bergen

Norway

     USD 10,000,000.-         50 

Nordea Bank Norge ASA

P.O.Box 1166 Sentrum

0107 Oslo

Norway

     USD 10,000,000.-         50 

Total Revolving Credit Facility

     USD 20,000,000.-         100 

 

65/74


SCHEDULE 2

Intentionally left blank

 

66/74


SCHEDULE 3

FORM OF

DRAWDOWN NOTICE

 

To: Nordea Bank Norge ASA as Agent

P.O.Box 1166 Sentrum

N – 0107 Oslo - Norway

Tel.:     +47

Fax.:     +47

Attn.:    [    ]

S.W.I.F.T. Code: [    ]

Date:     2011

USD 120,000,000 LOAN AGREEMENT DATED 11 FEBRUARY 2011 (THE “AGREEMENT”)

We refer to Clause 5 of the Agreement. Capitalized terms used in this Drawdown Notice and not defined herein shall have the same meaning given to them in the Agreement.

 

l. A. We wish to draw Loan A as follows:

 

  (a) Drawdown Date:                     

 

  (b) Instructions for payment of Loan A:                             

 

    B. We wish to draw Loan B as follows:

 

  (a) Drawdown Date:                     

 

  (b) Interest Period:                     

 

  (c) Instructions for payment of Loan B:                             

 

    C. We wish to draw the Revolving Credit Facility as follows:

 

  (a) Amount USD:                     

 

  (b) Drawdown Date:                     

 

  (c) Interest Period:                     

 

  (d) Instructions for payment of the Revolving Credit Facility :                     

 

2. We confirm that each condition specified in Clause 4.2 (Further conditions precedent) is satisfied on the date of this Drawdown Notice.

 

67/74


3. We further confirm that:

 

  (a) no event or circumstance has occurred and is continuing, which constitutes, or which with the giving of notice or lapse of time or both, would constitute an Event of Default under the Agreement; and that

 

  (b) the representations and warranties contained in Clause 18 (Representation and Warranties) of the Agreement are true and correct at the date hereof as if made with respect to the facts and circumstances existing at such date.

By:

KNOT SHUTTLE TANKERS 17 AS

Authorised Signatory

 

68/74


SCHEDULE 4

FORM OF

RENEWAL NOTICE

 

To: Nordea Bank Norge ASA as Agent

P.O.Box 1166 Sentrum

N – 0107 Oslo - Norway

Tel.:     +47

Fax.:     +47

Attn.:   [    ]

S.W.I.F.T. Code: [    ]

Date:      2011

USD 120,000,000 LOAN AGREEMENT DATED 11 FEBRUARY 2011 (THE “AGREEMENT”)

We refer to Clause 8.1 (a) in the Agreement. Capitalized terms used in this Renewal Notice and not defined herein shall have the meaning given to them in the Agreement.

We hereby:

 

1. request an Interest Period for Loan B in respect of [ ] months from the next Interest Payment Day; and

 

2. confirm that

 

  (i) no event or circumstance has occurred and is continuing, which constitutes, or which with the giving of notice or lapse of time or both, would constitute an Event of Default under the Agreement; and that

 

  (ii) the representations and warranties contained in Clause 17 (Representations and warranties) of the Agreement are true and correct at the date hereof as if made with respect to the facts and circumstances existing at such date.

By:

KNOT SHUTTLE TANKERS 17 AS

Authorised signatory

 

69/74


SCHEDULE 5

FORM OF COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

 

To: Nordea Bank Norge ASA

Attn:

Telefax No.

Date: [{day}] [{month}] [{year}]

SECURED TERM LOAN FACILITY AGREEMENT DATED 11 FEBRUARY 2011 (THE “AGREEMENT”)

With reference to the Agreement we hereby confirm as follows:

 

FREE LIQUIDITY - KNOT Offshore Partners LP

 

Requirement > USD 15,000,000.-

 

(plus USD 1,500,000.- for each owned vessel with employment contract with less than 12 months remaining tenor.

 

From the time KNOT Offshore Partners LPand its subsidiaries own in total eight (8) vessels, the minimum free liquidity requirement of USD 15,000,000.- set out above shall be increased by USD 1,000,000.- for each additional vessel acquired by KNOT Offshore Partners LPor any subsidiary, plus USD1,500,000.- for each owned vessel with employment contract with less than 12 months remaining tenor.)

  

NOK

 

==>

  

 

 

Compliance: Yes / No

WORKING CAPITAL - the Borrower

 

Requirement > 0

  

NOK

 

==>

  

 

 

Compliance: Yes / No

EBITDA - KNOT Offshore Partners LP (consolidated)

 

A      EBITDA

 

B      Interest costs

 

Requirement A/B>2.5

  

NOK

 

==>

  

 

 

Compliance: Yes / No

 

70/74


MINIMUM EQUITY RATIO - MLP Group

 

A      Book Equity

    

 

 

NOK

 

==>

  

 

  

     Compliance: Yes / No   

B      Total Assets

     

Requirement A/B > 30 %

     

MARKET VALUE VESSEL - ref Clause 18.20

     
A = Market Value Vessel      USD      
B = Loans      USD      

Requirement :

 (i) Year 4 A > 100 % of B

(ii) Year 5 A > 125 % of B

 

Valuation report from [    ] dated [    ] enclosed

 

Valuation report from [    ] dated [    ] enclosed

     
CHANGES IN MANAGEMENT, BOARD OF DIRECTORS AND AUDITORS      

Changes in management and/or board of directors in the Borrower

       

 

Yes / No

give info if yes

  

  

Changes in management and/or board of directors in KNOT Offshore Partners LP

       

 

Yes / No

give info if yes

  

  

Changes in management and/or board of directors in KNOT Shuttle Tankers AS

       

 

Yes / No

give info if yes

  

  

Changes of auditors

       

 

Yes / No

give info if yes

  

  

It is hereby certified, by the undersigned, that there are no known or pending Events of Default as of this date. Furthermore, it is hereby certified that the above representations are true and correct.

The above covenant calculations are made as of, and in respect of the 3 months period ending on                     

 

71/74


Certified on this      day of                     

 

KNOT SHUTTLE TANKERS 17 AS
By  

 

Date  

 

KNOT OFFSHORE PARTNERS L.P
By  

 

Date  

 

KNOT SHUTTLE TANKERS AS
By  

 

Date  

 

 

72/74


EXECUTION PAGE

The Borrower:

KNOT SHUTTLE TANKERS 17 AS

 

                                         

 

                                         

Name in block letters

The Guarantor:

KNOT OFFSHORE PARTNERS LP

 

                                         

 

                                         

Name in block letters

The Guarantor:

KNOT SHUTTLE TANKERS AS

 

                                         

 

                                         

Name in block letters

The Parent Guarantor:

KNUTSEN NYK OFFSHORE TANKERS AS

 

                                         

 

                                         

Name in block letters

 

73/74


The Lender for Loan A:

EKSPORTFINANS ASA

 

                                         

 

                                         

Name in block letters

As lender for Loan B and the Revolving Credit Facility, Bookrunner and

Mandated Lead Arrangers

DNB BANK ASA

 

                                         

 

                                         

Name in block letters

As lender for Loan B and the Revolving Credit Facility, Bookrunner,

Mandated Lead Arrangers and Agent

NORDEA BANK NORGE ASA

 

                                         

 

                                         

Name in block letters

 

74/74

Exhibit 4.14

Execution version

Dated 9 April 2013

ELEVENTH SUPPLEMENTAL AGREEMENT

between

KNOT SHUTTLE TANKERS 18 AS

as Borrower

and

HSH NORDBANK AG

as Agent

 

 

Relating to a USD 85,000,000.-

Loan Agreement dated 25 April 2007

as amended by supplemental agreements

dated 28 August 2008,

18 February 2010, 1 July 2010, 29 October 2010,

12 November 2010, 16 November 2010, 2 March 2011,

12 April 2011, 25 April 2012

and as amended and restated by tenth supplemental agreement dated 19 February 2013

in respect of the Borrower’s vessel

“WINDSOR KNUTSEN”

 

 

 

 

LOGO


THIS ELEVENTH SUPPLEMENTAL AGREEMENT (the “ Supplemental Agreement ”) is made the 9 th day of April 2013 between:

 

(1) KNOT SHUTTLE TANKERS 18 AS , (organisation no 998 943 035), Smedasundet 40, P.O.Box 2017, 5504 Haugesund, Norway (hereinafter called the “ Borrower ”), and

 

(2) THE FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS listed on the signature page as banks (the “ Banks ”);

 

(3) HSH NORDBANK AG , Gerhart-Hauptmann-Platz 50, 20095 Hamburg, Germany as agent (the “ Agent ”).

WHEREAS

 

A. The Banks have granted the Borrower a secured term loan in the amount of USD 85,000,000.- pursuant to a loan agreement dated 25 April 2007 as amended by a first supplemental agreement dated 28 August 2008, a second supplemental agreement dated 18 February 2010, a third supplemental agreement dated 1 July 2010, a fourth supplemental agreement dated 29 October 2010, a fifth supplemental agreement dated 12 November 2010, a sixth supplemental agreement dated 16 November 2010, a seventh supplemental agreement dated 2 March 2011, an eighth supplemental agreement dated 12 April 2011, a ninth supplemental agreement dated 25 April 2012 and amended and restated by a tenth supplemental agreement dated 19 February 2013 entered into between the Borrower, Knutsen Bøyelaster XI KS, the Banks and the Agent (hereinafter together called the “ Loan Agreement ”). The outstanding under the Loan Agreement is at the date hereof USD 56,400,000,- plus interest from the last Interest Payment Date.

 

B. The Borrower has requested that the Lenders’ consent to the Borrower becoming wholly owned, directly or indirectly, by KNOT Offshore Partners LP a Marshall Islands limited partnership organised under the laws of the Marshall Islands which is to be listed on the New York Stock Exchange and which will effect such acquisition by acquiring via its wholly-owned subsidiary KNOT Offshore Partners UK LLC all of the shares in KNOT Shuttle Tankers AS from Knutsen NYK Offshore Tankers AS in connection with the initial public offering of the common units representing limited partner interests in KNOT Offshore Partners LP (the “IPO”).

 

C. Under the proposed terms of the IPO, the proceeds of the IPO are to be applied in part in providing funds directly or indirectly to the Borrower by way of one or more intercompany loans or capital contributions from KNOT Offshore Partners LP to the Borrower to enable it to repay the Second Windsor Loan in full.

 

D. The Borrower has requested that the Banks consent as from the Effective Date to i.a. (i) certain amendments to the repayment instalments for Tranche A and Tranche B, (ii) the transfer of ownership of KNOT Shuttle Tankers AS from Knutsen NYK Offshore Tankers AS to KNOT Offshore Partners LP as contemplated by Whereas B and (iii) the entering into of the IPO described in Whereas B and the transactions entered into, or to be entered into, by the Borrower, KNOT Shuttle Tankers AS and KNOT Offshore Partners LP in connection therewith.

 

E. The Banks have approved the Borrower’s request subject to the execution and delivery of this Supplemental Agreement and that the terms and condition of this Supplemental Agreement are complied with.

 

2/8


F. This Supplemental Agreement shall be construed as being in all respect supplemental to the Loan Agreement.

NOW IT IS HEREBY AGREED AS FOLLOWS:

 

1. DEFINITIONS

 

1.01 In this Supplemental Agreement, unless the context otherwise requires, terms defined in the Loan Agreement shall bear the same meaning when used herein. In addition, the Loan Agreement means the Loan Agreement as supplemented and amended by this Supplemental Agreement.

 

1.02 In this Supplemental Agreement, the following words and expressions shall have the meaning set opposite them below:

“Amended and Restated Loan Agreement”

means the Loan Agreement as amended and restated by this Supplemental Agreement in the form set out in Schedule 1 ( Form of Amended and Restated Loan Agreement ).

“Effective Date”

means the date when IPO proceeds have been received by KNOT Offshore Partners LP and all conditions precedent have been fulfilled.

 

2. REPRESENTATION AND WARRANTIES

 

2.01 The Borrower represents and warrants to the Banks that:

 

  (a) The Borrower remains at the date hereof duly formed and is validly existing in good standing under the laws of the Kingdom of Norway, has full power to carry on its business as it is now being conducted and has complied with all statutory and other requirements relative to such business.

 

  (b) All corporate actions required on the part of the Borrower and its respective directors and officers have been taken in order to authorise this Supplemental Agreement and the Security Documents, and the execution and performance thereof, in accordance with the laws of Norway and with its own constitution, and this Supplemental Agreement and the Security Documents have been validly executed, and are binding upon the Borrower and enforceable against it in accordance with its terms.

 

  (c) All approvals required from any government, tax, monetary or other authority to enable the Borrower to make this Supplemental Agreement and to borrow and repay the Loan and to pay interest thereon without deduction or withholding of any taxes or other money and to execute the Security Documents to which it is a party, have been obtained and are in full force and effect.

 

3/8


  (d) The making of this Supplemental Agreement and the execution of the Security Documents (where applicable) by the Borrower will not infringe any other agreement to which the Borrower is a party.

 

  (e) The Borrower is at the time of signing of this Supplemental Agreement not in default under any other agreement to which it is a party nor is it a subject of any actual, pending or threatened legal proceedings either to which has or may have a material adverse effect on its financial condition.

 

  (f) The Vessel will upon the Effective Date be:

 

  (i) in the absolute and (save as the Mortgage and the second mortgage) unencumbered ownership of the Borrower.

 

  (ii) registered in the name of the Borrower in the Norwegian International Ship Register.

 

  (iii) operationally seaworthy and in every way fit for service and classed with the highest class of a classification society acceptable to the Agent.

 

  (iv) free of all requirements and overdue recommendations affecting class of said classification society.

 

  (v) insured in accordance with the provisions of Clause 17.5 of the Loan Agreement.

 

3. CONDITIONS

 

3.01 The obligations of the Banks to accept as from the Effective Date the requests mentioned in Whereas B, shall be subject to the condition that the Agent on behalf of the Banks has received the following documents in form satisfactory to the Agent and its legal advisors (to the extent not satisfied as a condition precedent to the drawing under the Loan Agreement):

 

  (a) This Supplemental Agreement duly executed by the parties hereto, and

 

  (b) The Certificate of incorporation or similar in respect of the Borrower and KNOT Offshore Partners LP, and

 

  (c) The articles of association in respect of the Borrower, and

 

  (d) The Partnership Agreement for KNOT Offshore Partners LP, and

 

  (e) A certificate of good standing for KNOT Offshore Partners LP, and

 

  (f) A copy of the certificate of incorporation and constitutional documents of KNOT Offshore Partners UK LLC and KNOT Offshore Partners GP LLC, and

 

  (g) Resolutions from the board of directors of the Borrower in respect of this Supplemental Agreement, and

 

4/8


  (h) The Security Documents duly executed by the Borrower (to the extent applicable), and

 

  (i) Closing of the IPO, and capitalisation of KNOT Offshore Partners LP, has been completed on terms satisfactory to the Banks, and

 

  (j) Satisfactory evidence that KNOT Offshore Partners LP is listed at the New York Stock Exchange, and

 

  (k) Satisfactory evidence that KNOT Offshore Partners LP is the direct or indirect owner of 100 % of the shares and voting rights in the Borrower; and

 

  (l) Evidence that:-

 

  (i) the Vessel is registered in the name of the Borrower in the Norwegian International Ship Register,

 

  (ii) the Vessel is in the absolute and registered ownership of the Borrower,

 

  (iii) the Mortgage is registered against the Vessel in favour of the Agent with first priority, and

 

  (iv) the Vessel complies with the ISM Code requirement set forth in Clause 17.8 of the Loan Agreement, and

 

  (m) A copy of the omnibus agreement, evidencing the Sponsor Undertaking, and

 

  (n) Satisfactory evidence that all fees in accordance with Clause 3.03 below has been paid, and

 

  (o) Favourable legal opinions as the Agent may require from the jurisdictions involved.

 

3.02 The following condition shall be fulfilled within 5 Business Days after the Effective Date:

 

  (a) Satisfactory evidence that the Second Windsor Loan has been repaid in full.

 

3.03 Further, the obligation of the Banks to accept the Borrower’s request in Whereas B shall be subject to that the Borrower shall pay to the Agent (on behalf of the Banks) (i) on demand all costs, expenses and disbursements (including but not limited to legal fees and printing, publication and travelling expenses) incurred by the Banks in negotiation, preparation and completion of this Supplemental Agreement and the Security Documents and the maintenance, protection and enforcement of any of their rights thereunder, and (ii) a non refundable handling fee of 10 bps calculated on the outstanding Loan on the Effective Date and payable on the Effective Date.

 

4. AMENDMENTS TO THE LOAN AGREEMENT

 

4.01 With effect on and from the Effective Date the Loan Agreement shall be amended and restated as set out in Schedule 1 ( Form of Amended and Restated Loan Agreement ).

 

5/8


4.02 By construing references therein to “this Loan Agreement”, “this Agreement”, “herein”, “hereunder” and like terms, they shall be construed as if the same referred to the Loan Agreement as amended hereby.

 

4.03 Subject only to the modifications set out in this Supplemental Agreement, the Loan Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and binding upon the Banks and the Borrower.

 

4.04 In the Security Documents, any reference to the Loan Agreement shall mean the Loan Agreement as supplemented and amended by this Supplemental Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, each party agree that the Security Documents shall remain in full force and effect and continue to secure the Loan Agreement and any Swap Agreement notwithstanding the terms of this Supplemental Agreement.

 

5. APPLICABLE LAW

 

5.01 This Supplemental Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with Norwegian law. The Borrower, Agent and the Banks accept Oslo tingrett as venue.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Agreement to be duly executed the day and the year above written.

 

6/8


EXECUTION PAGE

 

The Borrower :
KNOT SHUTTLE TANKERS 18 AS

/s/ BJØRN SANDE URTEGAARD

Bjørn Sande Urtegaard

Attorney-in-fact            

Name in block letters
The Agent and Bank
HSH NORDBANK AG

/s/ ERIK HOFFMANN-DAHL

Erik Hoffmann-Dahl

Attorney-in-Fact            

Name in block letters

 

7/8


SCHEDULE 1

Form of Amended and Restated Loan Agreement

(To form part of this Supplemental Agreement as if set out in full herein)

 

8/8


FORM OF

AMENDED AND RESTATED

SECURED

TERM LOAN

IN THE AMOUNT OF

USD 85,000,000.-

KNOT SHUTTLE TANKERS 18 AS

as Borrower

HSH NORDBANK AG

AND THE FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS

at any time listed in Schedule 1

as Banks

and

HSH NORDBANK AG

as Agent

 

 

LOGO


CLAUSE

   PAGE  
1.    DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION      4   
2.    THE COMMITMENT, NATURE OF OBLIGATIONS AND PURPOSE      11   
4.    DRAWDOWN      12   
5.    REPAYMENT      13   
6.    PREPAYMENT      14   
7.    INTEREST PERIODS      15   
8.    INTEREST      16   
9.    PAYMENTS      17   
10.    SECURITY      18   
11.    TAXES      19   
12.    MARKET DISRUPTION      19   
13.    INCREASED COSTS      20   
14.    ILLEGALITY      21   
15.    MITIGATION      21   
16.    REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES      21   
17.    UNDERTAKINGS      24   
18.    DEFAULT      29   
19.    THE AGENT      32   
20.    FEES      36   
21.    EXPENSES      36   
22.    INDEMNITIES      36   
23.    CALCULATIONS      37   
24.    AMENDMENTS AND WAIVERS      37   
25.    CHANGES TO THE PARTIES      38   
26.    PRO RATA SHARING      39   
27.    SEVERABILITY      40   
28.    NOTICES      40   
29.    JURISDICTION      41   
30.    GOVERNING LAW      41   

 

2/50


SCHEDULES

   PAGE  
1.    Banks and commitments      42   
2.    Conditions precedent documents      43   
3.    Form of Drawdown Notice      44   
4.    Form of Renewal Notice      45   
5.    Form of Compliance Certificate      46   
6.    Mandatory Cost formulae      47   

 

3/50


THIS AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”) dated 25 April 2007 as amended and restated by an eleventh supplemental agreement dated 9 April 2013 (the “Eleventh Supplemental Agreement”) is made between:

 

(1) KNOT SHUTTLE TANKERS 18 AS (organisation no 998 943 035), Smedasundet 40, P.O.Box 2017, 5504 Haugesund, Norway (the “Borrower”);

 

(2) THE FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS listed in Schedule 1 as banks (the “Banks”);

 

(3) HSH NORDBANK AG , Gerhart-Hauptmann-Platz 50, 20095 Hamburg, Germany as agent (the “Agent”).

This Agreement sets out the terms and conditions upon and subject to which the Banks will make available to the Borrower a secured term loan in the amount up to USD 85,000,000,-.

IT IS HEREBY AGREED as follows:

 

1. DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

 

1.1 Definitions

In this Agreement and the preamble hereof;

“Accounts”

means the Earnings Account and the Retention Account.

“Applicable Margin”

means 2.25 % per annum (applicable from the Effective Date).

“Business Day”

means a day upon which banks and foreign exchange markets are open for business of the nature required by this Agreement in Hamburg, Oslo, London and New York.

“Cash”

means the aggregate value of;

 

(i) cash in hand and unencumbered bank deposits; and

 

(ii) unencumbered liquid bonds and other debt instruments with an “A” - rating or better of Standard & Poors or Moody’s and liquid equities listed on any major stock exchange; and

 

(iii) any other bond or debt instrument accepted by the Agent on instructions of the Banks in writing.

 

4/50


“Charterparty”

means a time charterparty originally entered into between Knutsen OAS Shipping AS and Brazil Shipping I Limited (formerly BG Oil Services Limited) dated 6 April 2010 in respect of the Vessel and novated to Knutsen Bøyelaster XI KS from Knutsen OAS Shipping AS by a novation agreement dated 3 May 2010 and as further novated from Knutsen Bøyelaster XI KS to the Borrower by a novation agreement dated 20 February 2013.

“Commitment”

means, in relation to a Bank, the amount set opposite its name in Schedule 1 to the extent not cancelled, reduced or transferred under this Agreement.

“Commitment Period”

means the period commencing at (    ) March 2007 and expiring at 30 June 2007.

“Compliance Certificate”

means a certificate to be issued by the Borrower in respect of financial covenants, in the terms and form as set out in Schedule 5 (Form of Compliance Certificate).

“Declaration of Pledge”

means a declaration of pledge executed or to be executed by the Borrower in respect of the Mortgage and the Factoring Agreement, in the terms and form as the Agent on behalf of the Banks may require.

“Default”

means an Event of Default or an event which, with the giving of notice, lapse of time, or fulfilment of any other applicable condition (or any combination of the foregoing), might constitute an Event of Default.

“Drawdown Date”

means the date on which the Loan is advanced to the Borrower in accordance with the Drawdown Notice.

“Drawdown Notice”

means a request made by the Borrower for the drawdown of the Loan, substantially in the form set out in Schedule 3 (Form of Drawdown Notice).

“Earnings Account”

means account no 1200021414 in the Borrower’s name with the Agent.

 

5/50


“Earnings Assignment”

means an assignment agreement entered or to be entered into between the Borrower and the Agent on behalf of the Banks whereby the Borrower assigns (i) on first priority all earnings and money whatsoever payable under the Charterparty as security for the Loan to the Agent on behalf of the Banks and (ii) on second priority all earnings and money whatsoever payable under the Charterparty as security for the Second Windsor Loan to the Agent on behalf of the Banks, in the terms and form as the Agent on behalf of the Banks may require.

“Effective Date”

means the effective date as defined in the Eleventh Supplemental Agreement.

“Event of Default”

means any of the events specified as such in Clause 18 (Events of Default).

“Factoring Agreement”

means an agreement entered or to be entered into between the Borrower and the Agent on behalf of the Banks whereby the Borrower pledges to the Agent on behalf of the Banks all claims arising from the Borrower’s business operation as security for the Loan, in the terms and form as the Agent on behalf of the Banks may require.

“Final Maturity Date”

means the earlier of the date falling 8 (eight) years after the Drawdown Date and 30 June 2015.

“Financial Indebtedness”

means any indebtedness (whether actual or contingent) incurred in respect of borrowed money or any other payment obligations, and commitments of any nature that may expose any person to payment of money.

“General Partner”

means KNOT Offshore Partners GP LLC with registered address at 2 Queen’s Cross, Aberdeen, Aberdeenshire, AB15 4YB, United Kingdom being the general partner in KNOT Offshore Partners LP.

“Insurances Assignment”

means an assignment of insurances in respect of the Vessel executed or to be executed by the Borrower in favour of the Agent on behalf of the Banks, in the terms and form as the Agent on behalf of the Banks may require.

“Interest Payment Date”

means the last day of each Interest Period or the date as specified in Clause 7.1 (e).

 

6/50


“Interest Period”

means each period determined in accordance with Clause 7 (Interest Periods).

“KNOT Offshore Partners LP”

means KNOT Offshore Partners LP, having its address at Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Island, Ajeltake Road, Majuro, Marshall Islands MH96960.

“LIBOR”

means for any Interest Period:

 

(i) the rate per annum equal to the offered quotation for deposits in USD ascertained by the Agent to be the rate established by the British Bankers’ Association and appearing on the Reuters LIBO 01, published or reported by Reuters through its monitor service or any equivalent successor to such service at or about 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the applicable Quotation Date; or

 

(ii) if no such rate is available, the rate per annum determined by the Agent to be equal to the arithmetic mean (rounded upward to four decimal places) of the rates per annum, as supplied to the Agent at its request, in the London Interbank Euro-currency Market at about 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the applicable Quotation Date, as conclusively certified by the Agent to the Borrower.

“Limited Partnership Agreement”

means the partnership agreement dated 21 February 2013 in respect of the limited partnership KNOT Offshore Partners LP.

“Loan”

means, at any time, the aggregate amount outstanding under this Agreement (being the aggregate of Tranche A and Tranche B), provided however that the outstanding amount shall never exceed USD 85,000,000.-.

“Loan Period”

means the period commencing on the date of this Agreement and ending on the day the Loan and all amounts outstanding under this Agreement have been repaid in full to the Banks.

“Management Agreement”

means the management agreement entered into between the Borrower and the Manager in a form and substance acceptable to the Agent on behalf of the Banks.

“Manager”

means KNOT Management AS (organisation no. 996 124 916).

 

7/50


“Manager’s Statement”

means a statement executed by the Manager in favour of the Agent on behalf of the Banks whereby the Manager declares to manage the Vessel pursuant to sound practice, inform the Agent if action is taken against the Vessel and not to terminate the Management Agreement, in the terms and form as the Agent on behalf of the Banks may require.

“Mandatory Cost”

means the percentage rate per annum calculated by the Agent in accordance with Schedule 6 ( Mandatory Costs formulae ), whereby the rate of interest will be increased to reflect the costs of complying with any applicable regulatory requirements of any relevant regulatory authority. In such event the Borrower shall have the right to repay the Loan without any prepayment fees.

“Market Value”

means with respect the Vessel (on charter free basis), the fair market value of the Vessel in USD determined by calculating the arithmetic mean of two independent valuations of the Vessel obtained from two independent and well reputed sale and purchase shipbrokers appointed by the Agent on behalf of the Banks at the Borrower’s cost. Such valuations to be made with or without physical inspection of the Vessel (as the Agent may require), on the basis of a sale for prompt delivery for cash at arm’s length on normal commercial terms as between a willing buyer and seller.

“MLP Group”

means KNOT Offshore Partners LP and its Subsidiaries.

“Mortgage”

means a first priority Norwegian ship mortgage on the Vessel in the amount of USD 120,000,000.-, executed or to be executed by the Borrower in favour of the Agent on behalf of the Banks, in the terms and form as the Agent on behalf of the Banks may require.

“NOK”

means the lawful currency for the time being of the Kingdom of Norway.

“Party”

means a party to this Agreement.

“Pledge of Accounts”

means the first priority pledge of the Accounts to be entered or to be entered into between the Borrower and the Agent on behalf of the Banks, in the terms and form as the Agent on behalf of the Banks may require.

 

8/50


“Quotation Date”

means, in relation to any Interest Period, the Business Day on which quotations would ordinarily be given in the London Interbank Euro-currency Market for USD, deposits for delivery on the first day of that Interest Period.

“Renewal Notice”

means a request made by the Borrower for renewal of the Loan, substantially in the form set out in Schedule 4 (Form of Renewal Notice).

“Repayment Date”

means the dates for repayment of an instalment as determined according to Clause 5.1.

“Retention Account”

means account no 1200021405 in the Borrower’s name with the Agent.

“Second Windsor Loan”

means a secured term loan agreement in the amount of USD 27,300,000.- dated 23 February 2011 (as later amended) and entered into between the Borrower as borrower, HSH Nordbank AG as arranger and agent and the financial institutions listed therein as lenders.

“Security Documents”

means the documents referred to in Clause 10 (Security) and all such other documents which may be executed at any time in favour of the Agent and/or any of the Banks as security for the obligations of the Borrower under this Agreement.

“Security Interest”

means any mortgage, pledge, lien, charge (whether fixed or floating), assignment by way of security, finance lease, sale-and-repurchase or sale-and-leaseback arrangement, sale of receivables on a recourse basis or security interest or any other agreement or arrangement having the effect of conferring security, except for liens arising solely by operation of law and/or in the ordinary course of business securing amounts not more than 30 days overdue.

“Seller”

means Accent Tanker Inc., 80 Broad Street, Monrovia, Liberia.

“Sponsor”

means Knutsen NYK Offshore Tankers AS, P.O Box 2017, 5504 Haugesund, Norway, (organisation no 995 221 713).

 

9/50


“Sponsor Undertaking”

means an undertaking from the Sponsor in favour of the Borrower set out in a omnibus agreement whereby the Sponsor undertakes to compensate the Borrower for any difference in charter hire below the charter hire agreed for the Charterparty during the five year period after the Effective Date.

“Subsidiary”

means in relation to another company (the “Parent Company”) any company or corporation of which more than one half of the issued share capital is beneficially owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by the Parent Company and for these purposes, a company or corporation shall be treated as being controlled by the Parent Company if the Parent Company is able to direct its affairs and/or to control the composition of its board of directors or equivalent body.

“Swap Agreement”

means an ISDA master agreement entered or to be entered into between the Borrower and the Swap Bank.

“Swap Bank”

means HSH Nordbank AG.

“Taxes”

means any present or future taxes, levies, duties, imposts, withholdings, deductions, fees or charges of any nature, together with interest thereon and penalties in respect thereof, and “tax” and “taxation” shall be construed accordingly.

“Total Loss”

means any event which will entitle the Borrower to claim payment of the total insured value under the hull and machinery or the war risk insurance taken out pursuant to Clause 17.5 (Insurances).

“Tranche A”

means an amount of up to USD 31,166,000.-.

“Tranche B”

means an amount of up to USD 48,634,000.-.

“Tranches”

means Tranche A and Tranche B, Tranche means any of them.

 

10/50


“Transaction Documents”

means this Agreement, the Security Documents, the Management Agreement, the Manager’s Statement, the Swap Agreement, the Limited Partnership Agreement and the agreements or documents contemplated herein or therein.

“USD”

means the lawful currency for the time being of the United States of America.

“Vessel”

means “Windsor Knutsen”, IMO No. 9316115, of 162,000 tdw, Double Hull, Ice class 1A, built 2007, registered in the Borrower’s name in the Norwegian International Ship Register.

 

1.2 Construction

 

(a) The index to and the headings in this Agreement are for convenience only and are to be ignored in construing this Agreement.

 

(b) Words importing the singular shall (unless the contrary intention appears) include the plural and vice versa.

 

(c) a Clause or a Schedule respectively is a reference to a clause of or schedule to this Agreement.

 

(d) a provision of law is a reference to that provision as amended or re-enacted, and to any regulations made by the appropriate authority pursuant to such law.

 

(e) references to any document are to be construed as references to such documents as amended or supplemented from time to time, but without prejudice to the Borrower’s obligations to obtain necessary consent in respect of such amendment or supplement.

 

2. THE COMMITMENT, NATURE OF OBLIGATIONS AND PURPOSE

 

2.1 Commitment

Subject to the terms of this Agreement, the Banks grant to the Borrower a secured term loan of an aggregate principal amount of up to USD 85,000,000.

 

2.2 Nature of rights and obligations of the Banks

 

(a) The obligations of the Banks under this Agreement are several. Failure of a Bank to carry out its obligations under this Agreement shall not relieve any other party hereto of any of its obligations under this Agreement. No Bank shall be responsible for the obligations of any other Bank hereunder.

 

11/50


(b) The rights of each Bank under this Agreement are separate and independent rights. A Bank may, except as otherwise stated in this Agreement, separately enforce those rights.

 

(c) Without affecting the obligations of the Borrower in any way, no Bank or the Agent are bound to monitor or verify the application of the Loan.

 

2.3 Purpose

The purpose of granting this term loan is to finance the purchase of the Vessel by the Borrower from the Seller.

 

3. CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

 

3.1 Documentary conditions precedent

The obligations of each Bank to the Borrower under this Agreement are subject to the conditions precedent that the Agent on behalf of the Banks has received all of the documents set out in Schedule 2 in a form and substance satisfactory to the Agent, such documents to be received 3 days prior to the Drawdown Date.

 

3.2 Further conditions precedent

The obligation of each Bank to participate in the Loan, is subject to the further conditions precedent that on both the date of the Drawdown Notice and the Drawdown Date;

 

(i) the representations and warranties in Clause 16 (Representations and warranties) deemed to be repeated on those dates are correct and not misleading and will be correct and not misleading immediately after that drawdown is made with reference to the facts and circumstances then prevailing, unless otherwise informed to the Agent in writing and, if not permitted under this Agreement, waived by the Banks prior to such dates; and

 

(ii) no Default is outstanding or would result from the making of that drawdown.

 

4. DRAWDOWN

 

4.1 Drawdown Notice

 

(a) The Borrower shall not later than 10:00 a.m. (London time) three Business Days prior to the requested Drawdown Date, or on such later date as may be agreed by the Banks, serve to the Agent the Drawdown Notice which, once received by the Agent, shall be irrevocable.

 

(b) The Banks shall upon confirmation from the Agent that the Agent has received a duly completed Drawdown Notice and subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, and provided that no Default has occurred or is threatening, make the Loan available to the Borrower through the Agent in one disbursement on the requested Drawdown Date.

 

12/50


(c) The giving of the Drawdown Notice by the Borrower shall be deemed to constitute a representation and warranty by the Borrower that all the representations and warranties set forth in Clause 16 (Representations and warranties) hereof are true and correct as of such date as if made on such date, that the conditions specified in Clause 3 (Conditions precedent) have been or will upon the Drawdown Date be fully performed, and that no Default has occurred.

 

(d) The Borrower shall only be entitled to serve a Drawdown Notice to the Agent during the Commitment Period.

 

5. REPAYMENT

 

5.1 Repayment

Without prejudice to the Banks’ rights under this Agreement, the Tranche A shall be repaid as follows:

 

Instalment

No

  

Repayment Date

   Instalment in USD      Balance in USD  
1    18 November 2008      1,154,500         30,011,500   
2    18 May 2009      1,154,500         28,857,000   
3    18 November 2009      1,154,500         27,702,500   
4    18 May 2010      1,154,500         26,548,000   
5    18 November 2010      1,154,500         25,393,500   
6    18 May 2011      1,154,500         24,239,000   
7    18 November 2011      1,154,500         23,084,500   
8    18 May 2012      1,154,500         21,930,000   
9    18 November 2012      1,154,500         20,775,500   
10    18 May 2013      888,077         19,887,423   
11    18 November 2013      888,077         18,999,346   
12    18 May 2014      888,077         18,111,269   
13    18 November 2014      888,077         17,223,192   
14    18 May 2015      888,077         16,335,115   
15    18 May 2015 Balloon      16,335,115         0   

5.1 (b)

Without prejudice to the Banks’ rights under this Agreement, the Tranche B shall be repaid as follows:

 

Instalment
No

  

Repayment Date

   Instalment in USD      Balance in USD  
1    18 November 2008      1,445,500         47,188,500   
2    18 May 2009      1,445,500         45,743,000   
3    18 November 2009      1,445,500         44,297,500   
4    18 May 2010      1,445,500         42,852,000   
5    18 November 2010      1,445,500         41,406,500   
6    18 May 2011      1,445,500         39,961,000   
7    18 November 2011      1,445,500         38,515,500   
8    18 May 2012      1,445,500         37,070,000   
9    18 November 2012      1,445,500         35,624,500   
10    18 May 2013      1,111,923         34,512,577   
11    18 November 2013      1,111,923         33,400,654   
12    18 May 2014      1,111,923         32,288,731   
13    18 November 2014      1,111,923         31,176,808   
14    18 May 2015      1,111,923         30,064,885   
15    18 May 2015 Balloon      30,064,885         0   

 

13/50


5.2 Final Maturity Date

On the Final Maturity Date the Borrower shall pay to the Agent (on behalf of the Banks) all sums due under this Agreement in addition to the instalments set out in Clause 5.1 above.

 

6. PREPAYMENT

 

6.1 Voluntary prepayment and cancellation

The Borrower may, by giving not less than 5 Business Days prior written notice in respect of full prepayment or partial prepayment of the Loan respectively, to the Agent without penalty, prepay on the last Business Day of an Interest Period, the Loan or part of the Loan in an amount an integral multiple of USD 2,600,000.-.

 

6.2 Prepayment due to sale or Total Loss

Upon a sale (after the Banks’ prior written consent) or a Total Loss of the Vessel, the Loan shall, upon payment of the sales proceeds or the insurance money be prepaid.

 

6.3 Additional right of prepayment

If: -

 

(i) the Borrower is required to pay to a Bank any additional amounts under Clause 11 (Taxes); or

 

(ii) the Borrower is required to pay to a Bank any amount under Clause 13 (Increased costs);

then, without prejudice to the obligations of the Borrower under those Clauses, the Borrower may, subject to Clause 6.4 (Miscellaneous provisions) and Clause 22.2 (Other indemnities) whilst the circumstances continue, serve a notice of prepayment and cancellation on that Bank through the Agent. On the date falling five Business Days after the date of service of the notice: -

 

(iii) the Borrower shall prepay that Bank’s participation in the Loan; and

 

14/50


(iv) that Bank’s undrawn participation in the Commitment (if any) shall be cancelled.

 

6.4 Miscellaneous provisions

 

(a) Any notice of prepayment under this Agreement is irrevocable and shall specify the date on which the prepayment is to become effective and the amount to be prepaid. The Agent shall notify the Banks promptly of receipt and contents of any such notice.

 

(b) All prepayments under this Agreement shall be made together with accrued interest on the amount prepaid and any amounts due in respect of such prepayment under Clause 22.2 (Other indemnities).

 

(c) An amount prepaid pursuant to this Clause 6 may not be drawn again.

 

(d) Any amount prepaid shall be applied in inverse order of maturity.

 

(e) Any amount prepaid shall be applied against Tranche A and Tranche B respectively on a pro rata basis.

 

7. INTEREST PERIODS

 

7.1 Selection

 

(a) The Borrower shall select the first Interest Period in the Drawdown Notice for the Loan, and the first Interest Period for the Loan shall commence on its Drawdown Date.

 

(b) The Borrower shall, by serving the Renewal Notice to the Agent not later than 10:00 a.m. (London time) two Business Days before the beginning of each Interest Period, specify the duration of that Interest Period. The Renewal Notice shall constitute a representation and warranty to the effect that, on the date of that notice, the representations and warranties in Clause 16 remain true and correct and that no Default has occurred.

 

(c) Subject to the following provisions of this Clause 7.1, each Interest Period shall be for a period of three, six or twelve months, or such other period acceptable to the Banks.

 

(d) If the Borrower fails to select an Interest Period in accordance with paragraph (a) above, that Interest Period will, subject to the other provisions of this Clause 7.1, be six 6 months.

 

(e) If the Borrower selects an Interest Period for more than six months, interest accruing during such period shall be paid every six months in arrears.

 

7.2 Non-Business Days

If an Interest Period would otherwise end on a day which is not a Business Day, that Interest Period shall instead end on the next Business Day in that calendar month (if there is one) or the preceding Business Day (if there is not).

 

15/50


7.3 No overrunning

If an Interest Period at any time thereafter would otherwise overrun a Repayment Date, it shall be shortened so that it ends on the Repayment Date for a portion of the Loan corresponding to the amount of the Loan to be repaid on that Repayment Date.

 

7.4 Notification

The Agent shall notify the Banks of the duration of each Interest Period promptly after ascertaining its duration.

 

8. INTEREST

 

8.1 Interest rate

The rate of interest on the Loan is the rate per annum determined by the Agent to be the aggregate of:

 

  (a) the Applicable Margin;

 

  (b) LIBOR ( the Banks funding costs for Interest Periods exceeding 12 Months), and

 

  (c) Mandatory Costs, if any.

 

8.2 Due dates

Accrued interest is payable by the Borrower on each Interest Payment Date based on the Loan outstanding at the beginning of the relevant Interest Period.

 

8.3 Default interest

In the event of the Borrower not making payment of any amounts due under this Agreement on the due date thereof, the Borrower shall pay interest on such amounts from the due date up to the date of actual payment at a rate to be determined by the Agent to be the aggregate sum of 2.0 per cent per annum and the Applicable Margin plus the documented costs the Banks will incur in financing such sums for such periods as the Banks shall determine. Interest under this Clause 8.3 shall be payable by the Borrower upon written demand from the Agent.

 

8.4 Notification

The Agent shall promptly notify each relevant Party of the determination of a rate of interest under this Agreement.

 

16/50


9. PAYMENTS

 

9.1 Place

All payments by the Borrower or a Bank under this Agreement shall be made to the Agent to its account at such office or bank as it may notify to the Borrower or such Bank for this purpose.

 

9.2 Funds

Payments under this Agreement to the Agent shall be made for value on the due date at such times and in such funds as the Agent may specify to the Party concerned as being customary at the time for the settlement of transactions in the relevant currency in the place for payment.

 

9.3 Distribution

 

(a) Each payment received by the Agent under this Agreement for another Party shall, subject to paragraphs (b) and (c) below, be made available by the Agent to that Party by payment (on the date and in the currency and funds of receipt) to its account with such office or bank in the principal financial centre of the country of the relevant currency as it may notify to the Agent for this purpose by not less than five Business Days prior written notice.

 

(b) The Agent may apply any amount received or held by it for the Borrower in or towards payment (on the date and in the currency and funds of receipt) of any amount due from the Borrower under this Agreement or in or towards the purchase of any amount of any currency to be so applied.

 

(c) Where a sum is to be paid to the Agent under this Agreement for distribution to another Party, the Agent is not obliged to pay that sum to that Party until it has established that it has actually received that sum. The Agent may, however, assume that the sum has been paid to it in accordance with this Agreement and, in reliance on that assumption, make available to that Party a corresponding amount. If the sum has not been made available but the Agent has paid a corresponding amount to another Party and the Party liable does not forthwith on demand pay such amount to the Agent together with interest on that amount from the date of payment to the date of receipt, calculated at a rate determined by the Agent to reflect its cost of funds, that Party shall forthwith on demand by the Agent refund such amount to the Agent together with interest on such amount calculated as above.

 

9.5 Set-off and counterclaim

All payments made by the Borrower under this Agreement shall be made without set-off or counterclaim.

 

9.6 Non-Business Days

If a payment under this Agreement is due on a day which is not a Business Day, the due date for that payment shall instead be the next Business Day in the same calendar month provided that if there is no next Business Day in the same calendar month the due date for that payment shall instead be the preceding Business Day.

 

17/50


9.7 Partial payments

If the Agent receives a payment insufficient to discharge all the amounts then due and payable by the Borrower under this Agreement, the Agent shall apply that payment towards the discharge of the obligations of the Borrower under this Agreement in the following order :

 

(i) firstly , in or towards payment of any unpaid costs and expenses of the Agent under this Agreement;

 

(ii) secondly , in or towards payment pro rata of any accrued fees due but unpaid under Clause 20 (Fees);

 

(iii) thirdly , in or towards payment pro rata of any accrued interest under this Agreement;

 

(iv) fourthly , in or towards payment pro rata of any principal due from the Borrower but unpaid under this Agreement; and

 

(v) fifthly , in or towards payment pro rata of any other sum due but unpaid under this Agreement.

 

10. SECURITY

 

10.1 Security

The Borrower’s obligations under this Agreement, including without limitation the obligation to repay the Loan together with all unpaid interest, default interest, commissions, charges, expenses and any derived liability whatsoever of the Borrower towards the Banks and the Agent in connection with this Agreement, shall be secured as follows:

 

(i) the Mortgage;

 

(ii) the Factoring Agreement;

 

(iii) the Declaration of Pledge;

 

(iv) the Pledge of Accounts;

 

(v) the Insurances Assignment;

 

(vi) the Earnings Assignment.

 

10.2 Set-off

Following the occurrence of a Default, the Agent (acting on its own behalf and on behalf of the Banks) and each of the Banks individually (acting on its own behalf and on behalf of the Agent and the other Banks) shall to the extent permitted by applicable law, have a separate right of set-off in respect of any credit balance, in any currency, on any account the Borrower might have with the Agent and each of the Banks individually (branches included) against any sum due to the Agent and the Banks hereunder.

 

18/50


10.3 Swaps

The Borrower’s obligations under the Swap Agreement and any transaction made or to be made thereunder shall be secured by the Security Documents.

 

11. TAXES

All payments by the Borrower under this Agreement shall be made free and clear of and without deduction for or on account of any taxes, except to the extent that the Borrower is required by law to make payment subject to any taxes. If by requirement of law any tax or amounts in respect of tax must be deducted or withheld from any amounts payable or paid by the Borrower, or paid or payable by the Agent to a Bank, under this Agreement, the Borrower (or the Agent, if required) shall pay such tax to the relevant authority and the Borrower shall pay such additional amounts as may be necessary to ensure that the relevant Bank receives (free from any liability in respect of any such deduction or withholding) a net amount equal to the full amount which it would have received had payment not been made subject to tax or other deduction. The Borrower shall promptly deliver to the Agent any receipts, certificates or other proof evidencing the amounts paid or payable in respect of any deduction or withholding as aforesaid.

 

12. MARKET DISRUPTION

 

12.1 Market disruption

If, on or prior to a Quotation Date:

 

(i) the Agent reasonably determines that adequate and fair means do not exist for ascertaining LIBOR as the case may be; or

 

(ii) prior to 2:00 p.m. (London time) on the Quotation Date the Agent receives notification from Banks whose participation in the Loan would in aggregate exceed 30 per cent of the Loan, that:

 

  a. matching deposits are not available to them in the London interbank market in sufficient amounts to fund their participation in the Loan for the relevant Interest Period; or

 

  b. the cost to them of obtaining matching deposits in the London interbank Euro-currency Market to fund their respective participation in the Loan would be in excess of LIBOR as the case may be for the relevant Interest Period,

the Agent shall promptly notify the Borrower and the Banks of the fact and that this Clause 12.1 is in operation.

 

12.2 Suspension of drawdowns

If a notification under Clause 12.1 (Market disruption) applies to (i) an amount which has not been made, the Loan shall not be made, or (ii) an amount which has been made, the Loan shall be prepaid not later than upon the expiry of the 30 days period set out below. However, the Borrower and the

 

19/50


Agent shall, within five Business Days of receipt of the notification, enter into negotiations in good faith (which neither the Borrower nor the Agent shall be obliged to continue for a period of more than 30 days) with a view to agreeing an alternative basis for the borrowing hereunder. Interest on the Loan outstanding under the said period of negotiations shall be the Banks’ actual cost of funds from such other sources as they may select, plus the Applicable Margin.

 

13. INCREASED COSTS

 

(a) If by reason of: (i) changes in any existing law, rule or regulation, or (ii) the adoption of any new law, rule or regulation, or (iii) any change in the interpretation or administration of (i) or (ii) above by any governmental authority, or (iv) compliance with any directive or request from any governmental authority (whether or not having the force of law, but generally applicable to banks and/or other financial institutions):

 

  (i) any of the Banks incurs a cost as a result of it having entered into this Agreement and/or performing its obligations hereunder; or

 

  (ii) there is an increase in the cost to any of the Banks of maintaining or funding its portion of the Loan or any advances hereunder; or

 

  (iii) any of the Banks becomes liable for any new taxes (other than on net income) calculated by reference to the Loan; or

 

  (iv) any of the Banks becomes subject to any new or modified capital adequacy or similar requirements which will have the effect of increasing the amount of capital required or expected to be maintained by such Bank based on such Bank’s obligations hereunder; or

 

  (v) any of the Banks’ effective return hereunder is reduced in any other manner;

then any such cost, liability or reduction of return as referred to in the preceding paragraphs (i)-(v) shall be payable by the Borrower upon request by the Agent either in the form of an increased margin or in the form of an indemnification at the option of the affected Bank. The relevant Bank shall via the Agent give the Borrower notice within a reasonable time of its intention to claim compensation under this Clause 13 and it shall specify the form and amount of such compensation. The relevant Bank’s determination of the amount of compensation to be made under this Clause 13 shall, absent manifest error, be conclusive. The Borrower shall be entitled to prepay without penalty such Bank’s portion of the Loan in accordance with Clause 8 (Interest Periods) at any time following receipt of notice from the Agent as aforesaid on giving not less than seven Business Days’ irrevocable written notice. In such event the Borrower shall nevertheless compensate such Bank for such requested indemnification for the period up to and including the date of prepayment.

 

(b) If more than one of the Banks are required to comply with any new capital allocation requirements which would consequently result in any increased costs for those Banks pursuant to sub-clause (a) above then any such cost or liability shall be payable by the Borrower to all the Banks (whether or not affected by such cost or liability).

 

20/50


14. ILLEGALITY

If it becomes unlawful in any jurisdiction by virtue of any law which is binding upon such Bank for it to give effect to any of its obligations as contemplated by this Agreement, then:

 

(i) that Bank may notify the Borrower through the Agent accordingly (specifying the obligations the performance of which is thereby rendered unlawful and the law giving rise to the same); and

 

(ii)

   a.    the Borrower shall forthwith (or at such later date as may be permitted by the relevant law) without premium or penalty other than as set out in Clause 22.2 (Other indemnities), prepay that Bank’s participation in all amounts payable by it to that Bank under this Agreement; and
   b.    that Bank’s Commitment shall forthwith be cancelled.

 

15. MITIGATION

If circumstances arise in respect of any Bank which would, or would upon the giving of notice, result in:

 

(i) the Borrower being obliged to pay to that Bank additional amounts pursuant to Clause 11 (Taxes) or any amounts pursuant to Clause 13 (Increased costs); or

 

(ii) the Borrower being obliged to cancel that Bank’s Commitment pursuant to Clause 14 (Illegality);

then, without in any way limiting, reducing or otherwise qualifying the Borrower’s obligations under Clauses 11 (Taxes) to 14 (Illegality) (inclusive), that Bank shall, in consultation with the Agent and the Borrower take such reasonable steps as may be open to it to mitigate or remove such circumstances, including (without limitation) the transfer of its rights and obligations under this Agreement to another bank or financial institution reasonably acceptable to the Borrower, unless to do so might (in the reasonable opinion of that Bank) be prejudicial to that Bank.

 

16. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

16.1 Representations and Warranties

The Borrower makes the representations and warranties set out in this Clause 16 to the Agent and each Bank.

 

16.2 Status and ownership

The Borrower is a duly constituted and properly incorporated private company with limited liability under Norwegian law.

 

21/50


16.3 Powers and authority

The Borrower has the power to enter into and perform, and have taken all necessary corporate actions to authorise the entry into, performance and delivery of, this Agreement and/or the Transaction Documents to which it is a party, and the transactions contemplated herein and therein.

 

16.4 Legal validity and enforceability

This Agreement and the Transaction Documents will, subject always to mandatory Norwegian law and any other applicable law respectively, when executed by the respective parties thereto constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of such parties, enforceable in accordance with their respective terms and conditions, and save as provided for herein or therein, including nominal fees related to registration and enforcement of any of the Security Documents, no registration, filing, payment of tax or fees or other formalities are necessary or desirable to render this Agreement and/or the Transaction Documents enforceable against the parties thereto, and for the Security Documents to constitute valid and enforceable first priority Security Documents as contemplated therein or herein.

 

16.5 Non-conflict

The entry into and performance by the Borrower of this Agreement and the Transaction Documents to which it is a party, and the transactions contemplated herein and therein, do, in the opinion of the Borrower, not and will not conflict with:

 

(i) any present law or regulation or judicial or official order (including the Directive 91/308/EEC of the Council of the European Communities implemented to combat money laundering);

 

(ii) any articles of association or other constitutional documents of the Borrower; and

 

(iii) any document or agreement which is binding upon the Borrower, or any of its assets.

 

16.6 No Default

 

(a) No Default is outstanding or might result from the making of any Drawdown;

 

(b) no other event is outstanding which constitutes or, (with the giving of notice, lapse of time, determination of materiality or the fulfilment of any other applicable condition, or any combination of the foregoing,) might constitute an event of default under any document which is binding upon the Borrower or any of its assets, and which may have a material effect on the Borrower’s ability to perform its obligations under this Agreement, the Security Documents or the Swap Agreement (as the case may be); and

 

(c) no amendments or waivers have been made under any of the Transaction Documents, and no event of default has occurred or is threatening thereunder.

 

22/50


16.7 Authorisations

All authorisations required in connection with the entry into, performance, validity and enforceability of, and the transactions contemplated by, this Agreement and the Transaction Documents have been obtained or effected (as appropriate) and are in full force and effect, as and so required thereunder.

 

16.8 Financial information

All financial documents and information relating to the Borrower or otherwise relevant to the matters contemplated by this Agreement which have been supplied to the Agent or the Banks are complete and correct in all material respects, and the Borrower has not omitted to disclose to the Agent or the Banks any information, documents or agreements known to the Borrower which, if disclosed, could in the Borrower’s opinion reasonably be expected to affect the decision of the Banks to enter into this Agreement.

 

16.9 Litigation

No litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings are current or, to the Borrower’s knowledge, pending or threatened against the Borrower which might, if adversely determined, be reasonably expected to have a material adverse effect on the ability of the Borrower to perform its obligations under this Agreement or the Transaction Documents (as the case may be).

 

16.10 Pari passu

The Borrower’s obligations under this Agreement, the Security Documents and the Swap Agreement to which it is a party are their direct, general and unconditional obligations and rank at least pari passu with all its other present and future unsecured and unsubordinated indebtedness.

 

16.11 No withholding Taxes

No Taxes are imposed by withholding or otherwise on any payment to be made by the Borrower under this Agreement, the Security Documents or the Swap Agreement or are imposed on or by virtue of the execution or delivery by the Borrower of this Agreement, the Security Documents or the Swap Agreement to which it is or is to be a party or any other document or instrument to be executed or delivered under this Agreement, any of the Security Documents or the Swap Agreement.

 

16.12 No material adverse change

There has been no material adverse change in the financial position of the Borrower from that described to the Banks during the negotiation of this Agreement.

 

16.13 Times for making representations and warranties

The representations and warranties set out in this Clause 16 are made by the Borrower on the date of this Agreement and are deemed to be repeated by the Borrower on the date of the Drawdown Notice and each Renewal Notice, as well as the first day in each Interest Period, with reference to the facts and circumstances then existing, unless otherwise notified to the Agent in writing, and if not permitted under this Agreement, waived by the Banks prior to such dates.

 

23/50


17. UNDERTAKINGS

 

17.1 Duration

The undertakings in this Clause 17 remain in force from the date of this Agreement and for so long as any amount is outstanding under this Agreement.

 

17.2 Financial information

The Borrower shall supply to the Agent in sufficient copies for all of the Banks:

 

(i) as soon as reasonably practicable after the same are available (and in any event no later than 150 days after each fiscal year) the audited unconsolidated and consolidated accounts of the Borrower for that financial year; and

 

(ii) as soon as reasonably practicable after the same are available (and in any event no later than 90 days after each half-year) the unaudited unconsolidated and consolidated accounts of the Borrower for each half-year, and

 

(iii) the Compliance Certificate on a semi-annual basis regarding the Borrower within 90 days after each half-year.

 

17.3 Information – Miscellaneous

The Borrower shall supply to the Agent, in sufficient copies for all of the Banks:

 

(a) promptly, such specific financial or other information regarding the financial condition and operations or other information of the Borrower as the Agent (or any Bank through the Agent) may reasonably request;

 

(b) promptly upon becoming aware of them, relevant details of any material litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings which are current or, to its knowledge, threatened or pending against the Borrower and which might, if adversely determined, be reasonably expected to have a material adverse effect on the ability of the Borrower to perform its obligations under this Agreement or the Transaction Documents (as the case may be), and further details of any such matters previously disclosed to the Agent, if the likelihood of an adverse determination has increased, as the Agent or any Bank acting through the Agent may reasonably request.

 

17.4 Notification of Default

The Borrower shall notify the Agent of any Default which is continuing (and the steps, if any, being taken to remedy it) promptly upon its occurrence.

 

24/50


17.5 Insurances

 

(a) The Borrower shall maintain the Vessel insured against such risks (including, but not limited) to Hull and Machinery, Hull Interest, Freight Interest, Protection & Indemnity (including highest possible maximum cover for the Vessel for pollution for the time being USD 1,000,000,000.-), Loss of Hire and War Risk insurances, in such amount, on such terms (always applying Norwegian law and including the terms of the Norwegian Marine Insurance Plan or equivalent terms in relation to losses payable thereunder) and with such insurers and through such brokers as the Agent on behalf of the Banks shall approve.

 

(b) The insurance value of the Vessel (Hull and Machinery and Hull Interest) shall be at least 120 per cent of the Loan.

The aggregate Hull and Machinery insurance values of the Vessel shall furthermore, at all times, cover the higher of the Loan and 80 per cent. of the Vessel’s’ Market Value, while the remaining cover may be taken out by way of Hull Interest and Freight Interest insurances.

 

(c) The Borrower shall deliver to the Agent a certificate from the insurance broker(s) through whom the insurances relevant to Vessel has been placed, evidencing that all insurances referred to in item (a) have been renewed (at the same conditions and with insurers satisfactory to the Banks) and taken out in respect of the Vessel with insurance values as required by item (b), that such insurances are in full force and effect and that the Agent’s (on behalf of the Banks) interest therein have been noted by the relevant insurers.

 

(d) The Borrower shall procure that the Vessel always is employed in conformity with the terms of the instruments of insurances (including any warranties expressed or implied therein) and comply with such requirements as to extra premium or otherwise as the insurers may prescribe.

 

(e) Each Bank and the Agent may (at the Borrower’s expense) take out a Mortgagee Interest Insurance (covering 120 per cent of the principal amount outstanding hereunder) and a Mortgagee Interest - Additional Perils Insurance (Pollution Cover) insurance (covering 110 % of the principal amount outstanding hereunder) relevant to the Vessel in a form and substance satisfactory to the relevant Bank and/or Agent, such policy to be made in favour of the Agent and/or relevant Bank, or, the Borrower shall, if so directed by the Agent, arrange for such insurance cover to be taken out in accordance with instructions from the Agent.

 

(f) The Borrower shall procure that before the Vessel is entering any US territory provide for the Vessel to be in compliance with all US regulations relevant to the Vessel, including oil pollution regulations and requirements with respect to certificate of financial responsibility (“COFR”) which shall be arranged with insurers and on terms approved by the Agent.

 

17.6 Notification

The Borrower shall immediately notify the Agent of:

 

(a) any accident to the Vessel involving repairs the cost of which is likely to exceed USD 1,000,000.-;

 

(b) any Total Loss relevant to the Vessel;

 

25/50


(c) any arrest of the Vessel or the exercise or purported exercise (of which the Borrower has knowledge of) of any lien on the Vessel, the earnings or any of the Pledged Accounts; and

 

(d) any claim for breach of the ISM Code being made against the Borrower, the Manager or otherwise in connection with the Vessel owned by it; or any other matter, event or incident, actual or threatened, the effect of which will or could lead to the ISM Code not being complied with.

 

17.7 Total loss

In the event that the Vessel shall suffer a Total Loss, the Borrower shall, within a period of 90 days after the occurrence of such event, obtain and present to the Agent, a written confirmation from the relevant insurers that the claim relating to the Total Loss has been accepted in full, and promptly upon receipt of insurance proceeds in respect of the Total Loss, apply such proceeds as prepayment of the Loan pursuant to Clause 6.3.

 

17.8 Class and International Regulations

 

(a) The Borrower shall procure that the Vessel is classified and maintained in the highest class with Det Norske Veritas or another classification society acceptable to the Banks, and at all times comply with the rules and regulations of the relevant class society. Furthermore, the Borrower shall at all times ensure compliance with all international conventions and regulations applicable to the Vessel, including SOLAS conventions. Consequently, the Borrower shall ensure compliance with the ISM-Code and shall ascertain that the Manager, and any other company performing management services on behalf of the Borrower, comply with said Conventions and Regulations;

 

(b) The Borrower shall procure that each such classification society shall make available to the Agent upon its request such information and documents in respect of the Vessel as are maintained in the records of such classification society; and

 

(c) The Borrower shall not change the Vessel’s class without the prior written consent of the Banks.

 

17.9 Inspection

One person appointed by the Agent shall be permitted to inspect the Vessel limited, however, to once every twelve months, for the account of the Borrower upon the Agent giving prior notice thereof, such inspections not to interfere with the operation of the Vessel and not to take place if dangerous situations may occur (provided, however, that if a Default shall occur the Agent shall have the right to a reasonable number of inspections of the Vessel for the account of the Borrower), and the Borrower shall upon the Agent’s request provide the Agent with copies of the latest inspection reports in respect of the Vessel which are available to the Borrower or the Manager.

 

26/50


17.10 Flag

The Borrower shall not change flag or ship registry of the Vessel or allow the Vessel to be dual registered without the prior written consent of the Banks, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld.

 

17.11 Management Agreement / Charterparty

The Borrower shall not without the prior written consent of the Banks amend or terminate the Management Agreement or the Charterparty if the Vessel is affected (provided that the Borrower will notify the Agent of the amendments) or change the management of the Vessel in any way.

 

17.12 Negative Pledge, nor further borrowings

Except as contemplated by this Agreement and/or the Security Documents, the Borrower shall not as from the date hereof:

 

(a) create, incur or assume any Security Interest on the Vessel (other than the Mortgage) or any of its other assets, and not make any assignment of right to receive earnings or proceeds of insurance policies covering the Vessel;

 

(b) incur any Financial Indebtedness of any nature or incur any debt or obligations other than debt and obligations incurred during normal course of business;

 

(c) make any loans (including intercompany loans and deposits) nor issue any guarantee which is not related to the ordinary operation of the Vessel to any company or person outside the MLP Group. As long as no Event of Default has occurred or is threatening, the Borrower shall be allowed to incur and to make intercompany loans or deposits and to freely accept and grant equity contributions in any form to or from companies in the MLP Group, such intercompany loans, deposits, or equity contributions to be subordinated to the Banks’ rights.

 

17.13 Dividend and other payments

The Borrower may declare or pay any dividends or otherwise make any other distribution of assets to any shareholder whether in cash or otherwise, provided that; (a) no Event of Default has occurred or will occur at the time of payment of such dividend and (b) after payment of such dividend, the remaining liquidity of the Borrower will equal or exceed the aggregate amount of (i) the instalments falling due in the next 6 months after the dividend payment date and (ii) the amount estimated by the Agent as being the amount of interest on the Loan which will fall due for payment by the Borrower under Clause 8 during that 6 month period.

 

17.14 Pari passu

The Borrower will ensure that its obligations under this Agreement shall, at all times rank at least pari passu with all its other present and future unsecured and unsubordinated indebtedness with the exception of any obligations which are mandatorily preferred by law and not by contract.

 

27/50


17.15 Investments

The Borrower will not make any investments in excess of USD 1,000,000.- without the prior written consent of the Banks.

 

17.16 Compliance with laws etc.

The Borrower shall comply with all mandatory laws and regulations relating to the Vessel, its ownership, operation and management or to the business of the Borrower.

 

17.17 Maintenance and change of business

 

(i) The Borrower shall remain a private limited company, with no other activity than the ownership of the Vessel .

 

(ii) The Borrower shall not enter into any form of amalgamation, merger or demerger, divest or consolidate with any other entity or any form of reconstruction or reorganisation without the prior written consent of the Banks.

 

17.18 Compliance Certificates

The Borrower undertakes throughout the Loan Period to provide to the Agent, on a semi-annual basis together with the financial information to be provided by the Borrower as specified in Clause 17.2 ( Financial information ), a Compliance Certificate signed by authorised signatories of the Borrower.

 

17.19 Minimum Value

 

(a) The Borrower shall ensure that the Market Value of the Vessel covers at all times 110 % of the Loan throughout the Loan Period.

 

(b) The Market Value of the Vessel shall be determined at the expense of the Borrower on the demand by the Agent at such intervals as the Agent may from time to time decide. However, valuations (by two brokers) obtained at the expense of the Borrower to be limited to two per year.

 

17.20 Accounts

 

(a) The Borrower will procure that all earnings in respect of the operation of the Vessel hereunder but not limited to payment of hire under the Charterparty shall be paid to the Earnings Account.

 

(b) The Borrower will procure that at the end of each month 1/6th of the amount of the next semi annual instalment shall be paid to the Retention Account.

 

17.21 Swaps

The Borrower will notify the Agent and the Swap Bank if the Borrower intents to enter into any interest and/or currency swap arrangements or similar instrument.

 

28/50


The Borrower hereby gives the Swap Bank right of first refusal entering into an agreement with the Borrower in respect of interest and/or currency swap transactions, such transaction to be made under the Swap Agreement.

 

18. DEFAULT

 

18.1 Events of Default

Each of the events set out in Clauses 18.2 to 18.20 (inclusive) is an Event of Default (whether or not caused by any reason whatsoever outside the control of the Borrower or any other person).

 

18.2 Non-payment

The Borrower does not pay on the due date an amount payable by it under this Agreement at the place at, and in the currency in which it is expressed to be payable, provided that if such failure to pay has arisen as a consequence of an administrative or technical error beyond control of the Borrower only then such event shall not be an Event of Default unless such failure continues for a period in excess of three Business Days.

 

18.3 Breach of other obligations

The Borrower does not comply with any provision of this Agreement (other than those referred to in Clause 18.2 (Non-payment)), provided that if such non-compliance is, in the opinion of the Banks, capable of remedy:

 

(i) the Agent notifies the Borrower of such non-compliance; and

 

(ii) such non-compliance remains unremedied for a period of 10 Business Days.

A breach of Clause 17.5 (Insurances) is not capable of remedy.

 

18.4 Misrepresentation

A material representation, warranty or statement made or repeated in or in connection with this Agreement or in any document delivered by or on behalf of the Borrower under connection with this Agreement was incorrect or misleading in any respect when made or deemed to be made or repeated.

 

18.5 Cross-default

An event of default howsoever described (or any event which with the giving of notice, lapse of time, determination of materiality or fulfilment of any other applicable condition or any combination of the foregoing would constitute such an event of default) occurs under any of the Transaction Documents, or under any other agreement to which the Borrower is a party and such event of default in the sole and reasonable opinion of the Banks may have effect on the financial condition of any of the Borrower or its ability to perform its obligations hereunder or under the Security Documents to which it is a party.

 

29/50


18.6 Liens

A maritime or other lien, arrest, distress or similar charge is levied upon, or against the Vessel, the earnings, the Accounts or any other part of the assets of the Borrower (save for as contemplated by this Agreement) and is not discharged within 30 Business Days after the Borrower became aware of the same.

 

18.7 Insolvency

An order of a competent court or an event analogous thereto shall be made or any effective resolution passed with a view to the bankruptcy, commencement of composition proceedings, debt negotiations, liquidation, winding-up or similar event of the Borrower.

 

18.8 Admittance of non-payment

The Borrower is unable or admits in writing its inability to pay its lawful debts as they fall due.

 

18.9 Termination of business

The Borrower ceases or threaten to cease to carry on its business or materially change its business, whether by one or a series of transactions.

 

18.10 Permits

Any licence, consent, permission or approval required in order to enforce, complete or perform the Agreement and/or the Transaction Documents is revoked, terminated or modified.

 

18.11 Impossibility or illegality

It becomes impossible or unlawful for the Borrower to fulfil any of the terms of the Agreement or the Security Documents, for the Agent on behalf of the Banks to exercise any right or power vested in the Agent under the Security Documents, or the security created by any of the Security Documents is imperilled, or for any reason whatsoever cease to be valid and enforceable with its intended priority.

 

18.12 Transaction Documents

Any of the Transaction Documents are (in the Lenders’ sole discretion) materially amended, cancelled or terminated or any waivers are agreed thereunder (except to the extent provided for in this Agreement).

 

18.13 Material adverse change

Any event or series of events occurs which, in the reasonable opinion of the Agent (on behalf of the Banks), may have a material adverse effect on the ability of any of the Borrower to comply with any of its respective obligations under this Agreement or any of the other Transaction Documents.

 

30/50


18.14 Events in Security Documents

Any of the events of default specified in any of the Security Documents arise or occur.

 

18.15 Mergers and reconstructions

The Borrower effects any demerger, split up, divest merger, joint venture, reconstruction or recapitalisations, without the prior written consent of the Banks.

 

18.16 Change of ownership

 

(a) The Borrower ceases to be a direct or indirect wholly owned (share capital and voting rights) subsidiary of KNOT Offshore Partners LP.

 

(b) KNOT Offshore Partners LP ceases to be in the 33.1/3 % direct or indirect ownership (share capital and voting rights subject to the limitations on voting rights relating to election of board members, amendments and certain other matters as set out in the Limited Partnership Agreement) of the Sponsor, or if any person or group of persons acting in concert (other than the Sponsor (or any wholly owned Subsidiaries thereof)) acquires more than 33.1/3 % of the share capital or voting rights of KNOT Offshore Partners LP

 

(c) The General Partner ceases to be a direct or indirect wholly owned (share capital and voting rights) subsidiary of the Sponsor.

 

18.17 Listing

KNOT Offshore Partners LP ceases to be listed on the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE).

 

18.18 General Partner

 

a) The General Partner ceases to be the general partner in KNOT Offshore Partners LP, and/or

 

b) the General Partner ceases to own minimum 2% of the interests in KNOT Offshore Partners LP, and/or

 

c) the General Partner ceases the right to appoint three (3) out of seven (7) board directors to the board of directors in KNOT Offshore Partners LP (or if there is a change in the number of directors, the corresponding numbers).

 

18.19 Sponsor Undertaking

The Sponsor does not fulfil its obligations pursuant to the Sponsor Undertaking.

 

18.20 Repayment of the Second Windsor Loan

The Borrower has not repaid the Second Windsor Loan 5 Business Days after the Effective Date.

 

31/50


18.21 Acceleration

On and at any time after the occurrence of an Event of Default whilst such Event of Default is continuing unremedied and unwaived, the Agent may, and shall if so directed by the Banks, by notice to the Borrower:-

 

(a) without prejudice to any parts of the Loan advanced hereunder cancel the Commitment; and

 

(b) demand that all or part of the Loan, together with accrued interest, and all other amounts accrued under this Agreement be immediately due and payable, whereupon they shall become immediately due and payable.

 

(c) without prejudice to any of the Banks’ other rights, with or without notice to the Borrower, take such other action as is available to the Banks under the Agreement and the Security Documents.

 

19. THE AGENT

 

19.1 Appointment and duties of the Agent

Each Bank hereby appoint the Agent to act as its agent under and in connection with this Agreement and Security Documents, and authorises the Agent on its behalf to perform the duties and to exercise the rights, powers and discretion that are specifically delegated to it under or in connection with this Agreement, together with any other incidental rights, powers and discretion. The Agent has only those duties which are expressly specified in this Agreement. Without prejudice to the binding nature of such duties, they are solely of a mechanical and administrative nature.

 

19.2 Relationship

The relationship between the Agent and the Banks is that of agent and principal only. Nothing in this Agreement constitutes the Agent as trustee or fiduciary for any other Party or any other person and the Agent need not hold in trust any moneys paid to it for a Party or be liable to account for interest on those monies.

 

19.3 The Banks’ directions

The Agent will be fully protected if it acts in accordance with the instructions of the Banks in connection with the exercise of any right, power or discretion or any matter not expressly provided for in this Agreement. In the absence of such instructions, and if deemed absolutely necessary to act quickly and before such instructions can be obtained the Agent may act in relation thereto as it considers to be in the best interests of all the Banks. The Agent may not commence legal proceedings in a Bank’s name without such Bank’s consent.

 

19.4 Responsibility for documentation

Neither the Agent nor any of their officers, employees or agents are responsible to any other Party for:

 

(a) the execution, genuineness, validity, enforceability or sufficiency of this Agreement or any other document;

 

32/50


(b) the collectability of amounts payable under this Agreement; or

 

(c) the accuracy of any statements (whether written or oral) made in or in connection with this Agreement.

 

19.5 Default

 

(a) The Agent is not obliged to monitor or enquire as to whether or not a Default has occurred. The Agent will not be deemed to have knowledge of the occurrence of a Default. However, if the Agent receives notice from a Party referring to this Agreement, describing the Default and stating that the event is a Default, or if the Agent in this capacity has otherwise acquired actual knowledge of an Event of Default, it shall promptly notify the Banks.

 

(b) The Agent may require the receipt of security satisfactory to it from any Bank, whether by way of payment in advance or otherwise, against any liability or loss which it will or may incur in taking any proceedings or action arising out of or in connection with this Agreement before it commences those proceedings or takes that action.

 

19.6 Exoneration

 

(a) Without limiting paragraph (b) below, the Agent will not be liable to any Bank for any action taken or not taken by it under or in connection with this Agreement and the Security Documents, unless caused by its gross negligence or wilful misconduct.

 

(b) No Party may take any proceedings against any officer, employee or agent of the Agent in respect of any claim it might have against the Agent or in respect of any act or omission of any kind (including gross negligence or wilful misconduct) by that officer, employee or agent in relation to this Agreement and the Security Documents.

 

19.7 Reliance

The Agent may:

 

(i) rely on any notice or document believed by it to be genuine and correct and to have been signed by, or with the authority of, the proper person;

 

(ii) rely on any statement made by a director or employee of any person regarding any matters which may reasonably be assumed to be within his knowledge or within his power to verify; and

 

(iii) engage, pay for and rely on legal or other professional advisers selected by it (including those in the Agent’s employment and those representing a Party other than the Agent).

 

33/50


19.8 Approval and appraisal

Without affecting the responsibility of the Borrower for information supplied by it or on its behalf in connection with this Agreement, each Bank confirms that it:

 

(a) has made its own independent investigation and assessment of the financial condition and affairs of the Borrower and its related entities in connection with their participation in this Agreement and has not relied exclusively on any information provided to it by the Agent in connection with this Agreement; and

 

(b) will continue to make its own independent appraisal of the creditworthiness of the Borrower, and its related entities while any amount is or may be outstanding under this Agreement or any Commitment is in force.

 

19.9 Information

 

(a) The Agent shall promptly forward to the person concerned the original or a copy of any document which is delivered to the Agent by a Party for that person.

 

(b) The Agent shall supply each Bank with a copy of each document received by the Agent under Clause 3 (Conditions precedent).

 

(c) Except where this Agreement specifically provides otherwise, the Agent is not obliged to review or check the accuracy or completeness of any document it forwards to another Party.

 

19.10 The Agent as Banks

 

(a) The Agent as Banks, has the same rights and powers under this Agreement as any other Bank and may exercise those rights and powers as though it was not the Agent.

 

(b) The Agent may: -

 

(i) carry on any business with the Borrower or their related entities;

 

(ii) act as agent or trustee for, or in relation to any financing involving, the Borrower or its related entities; and

 

(iii) retain any profits or remuneration in connection with their activities under this Agreement or in relation to any of the foregoing.

 

19.11 Indemnities

 

(a) Without limiting the liability of the Borrower under this Agreement, each Bank shall forthwith on demand indemnify the Agent for its proportion of any liability or loss incurred by the Agent in any way relating to or arising out of its acting as Agent, except to the extent that the liability or loss arises from the Agent’s gross negligence or wilful misconduct.

 

34/50


(b) A Bank’s proportion of the liability or loss set out in paragraph (a) above will be the proportion which its participation in the Loan bears on the date of the demand. If, however, there is no part of the Loan outstanding on the date of demand, then the proportion will be the proportion which its Commitment bears to the Commitment of all the Banks at the date of demand or, if the Commitment has then been cancelled, bore to the Commitment immediately before being cancelled.

 

(c) The Borrower shall forthwith on demand reimburse each Bank for any payment made by it under paragraph (a) above provided that the Borrower shall not thereby be liable for any additional costs for which it would not otherwise be liable.

 

(d) Without prejudice to the liability of the Borrower, each Bank shall reimburse the Agent the amount of such Bank’s pro rata share of charges and expenses covered under, but not reimbursed by the Borrower under, Clause 21 (Expenses) below.

 

19.12 Compliance

 

(a) The Agent may refrain from doing anything which might, in its opinion, constitute a breach of any law or regulation or be otherwise actionable at the suit of any person, and may do anything which, in its opinion, is necessary or desirable to comply with any law or regulation of any jurisdiction.

 

(b) Without limiting paragraph (a) above, the Agent need not disclose any information relating to the Borrower or any of its related entities if the disclosure might, in the reasonable opinion of the Agent, constitute a breach of any law or regulation or any duty of secrecy or confidentiality or be otherwise actionable at the suit of any person.

 

19.13 Resignation of the Agent

 

(a) If the Banks so direct, due to a default by the Agent hereunder, or due to a conflict of interest between the Agent’s duties hereunder and other interests the Agent may have which involve the Borrower, the Agent shall resign by giving notice to the Banks and the Borrower, in which case the Banks may, after consultation with, but with no costs for, the Borrower, appoint a successor Agent.

 

(b) The Agent may resign (without reason) its appointment at any time by giving a 30 days’ prior written notice to the parties hereto. The resignation shall only become effective upon the appointment of a new agent. The Banks may appoint a new agent among any reputable and experienced finance institution. Upon the appointment of a new agent, such new agent shall assume all rights and obligations from such time designated by the Agent, and the Agent shall from such time be discharged from any further obligations hereunder.

 

19.14 Banks

The Agent may treat each Bank as a Bank, entitled to payments under this Agreement until it has received not less than five Business Days’ prior notice from that Bank to the contrary. The Agent shall maintain a list of the Banks and their respective addresses for notices, and shall, promptly upon request from any Party from time to time, supply a copy of that list to that Party.

 

35/50


20. FEES

 

20.1 Agency Fee

In case there are more than one Bank as lender hereunder at any relevant time the Borrower shall pay to the Agent a non refundable yearly agency fee of USD 5,000.- yearly in advance until all amounts outstanding hereunder have been repaid.

 

21. EXPENSES

 

21.1 Initial and special costs

The Borrower shall promptly following demand pay the Agent the amount of all reasonable costs and expenses (including legal fees) incurred by the Agent in connection with:

 

(i) the negotiation, preparation, printing and execution of this Agreement and any other documents referred to in this Agreement (including - for the avoidance of doubt - any expenses incurred by the Banks with respect to the legal opinions as stipulated in Schedule 2);

 

(ii) execution and registration of the Security Documents;

 

(iii) any amendment, waiver, consent or suspension of rights (or any proposal for any of the foregoing) requested (or, in the case of a proposal, made) by or on behalf of the Borrower and relating to this Agreement or a document referred to in this Agreement; and

 

(iv) any other matter, not of an ordinary administrative nature, arising out of or in connection with this Agreement.

 

21.2 Enforcement costs

Following an Event of Default, the Borrower shall promptly following demand pay to the Agent and/or a Bank (as the case may be) the amount of all costs and expenses (including legal fees) properly incurred by it in connection with the enforcement of or the preservation of, any rights under this Agreement and the Security Documents.

 

22. INDEMNITIES

 

22.1 Currency indemnity

 

(a) If a Bank receives an amount in respect of the Borrower’s liability under this Agreement or if that liability is converted into a claim, proof, judgement or order in a currency other than the currency in which the amount is expressed to be payable under this Agreement, the Borrower shall indemnify that Bank as an independent obligation against any loss or liability arising out of or as a result of the conversion.

 

36/50


(b) The Borrower waives any right they may have by law to pay any amount under this Agreement in a currency other than that in which it is expressed to be payable.

 

22.2 Other indemnities

The Borrower shall forthwith on demand indemnify each Bank against any loss or liability (including funding breakage costs) which that Bank reasonably and properly incurs and which the Bank certifies (in a certificate containing reasonable detail) that it has incurred as a consequence of:

 

(i) the occurrence of any Event of Default;

 

(ii) the operation of Clause 18.21 (Acceleration);

 

(iii) any repayment or prepayment of principal or payment of an overdue amount being made otherwise than on the last day of a relevant Interest Period or Interest Period (as defined in Clause 8.3 (Default interest)) relative to the amount so repaid, prepaid or paid; and

 

(iv) the Loan not being drawn after the Borrower has delivered a Drawdown Notice or the Loan (or part of the Loan) not being prepaid in accordance with a notice of prepayment.

The liability of the Borrower in each case includes any loss of margin or other loss or expense on account of funds borrowed, contracted for or utilised to fund any amount payable under this Agreement, but the Borrower’s liability shall in no circumstances extend to any loss or expense to the extent that it arises as a consequence of any gross negligence or wilful default of a Bank.

 

23. CALCULATIONS

Interest and fees payable under Clauses 8 (Interest) and 20 (Fees) accrue from day to day and are calculated on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed and a year of 360.

 

24. AMENDMENTS AND WAIVERS

 

24.1 Banks

 

(a) Any term of this Agreement and the Security Documents may only be amended, waived or discharged in writing by the Agent if authorised by the Banks. The Agent shall effect, on behalf of the Banks any amendment, waiver or discharge to which they have agreed.

 

(b) The Agent shall promptly notify the Banks of any amendment or waiver effected under paragraph (a) above and any such amendment or waiver shall be binding on all the Banks.

 

24.2 Waivers and remedies cumulative

The rights of each Bank under this Agreement:

 

(i) may be exercised as often as necessary;

 

37/50


(ii) are cumulative and not exclusive of its rights under the general law; and

 

(iii) may be waived only in writing and specifically.

Delay in exercising or non-exercise of any such right is not a waiver of that right.

 

25. CHANGES TO THE PARTIES

 

25.1 Transfer by the Borrower

The Borrower may not assign, transfer, novate or dispose of any of, or any interest in, its rights and/or obligations under this Agreement.

 

25.2 Transfers by Banks

 

(a) A Bank (the “ Existing Bank ”) may at any time assign and transfer any of its rights and/or obligations under this Agreement to any of its Subsidiaries or after prior consultation with the Borrower to another bank, financial institution or entity (such Affiliate or bank or institution or entity being the “ New Bank ” .

 

(b) A transfer of obligations will be effective only if the New Bank confirms to the Agent and the Borrower that it undertakes to be bound by the terms of this Agreement as a Bank in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent. On the transfer becoming effective in this manner the Existing Bank shall be relieved of its obligations under this Agreement to the extent that they are transferred to the New Bank.

 

(c) An Existing Bank is not responsible to a New Bank for:

 

  (i) the execution, genuineness, validity, enforceability or sufficiency of this Agreement or any other document;

 

  (ii) the collectability of amounts payable under this Agreement; or

 

  (iii) the accuracy of any statements (whether written or oral) made in or in connection with this Agreement.

 

(d) Each New Bank confirms to the Existing Bank and the other Banks that it:

 

  (i) has made its own independent investigation and assessment of the financial condition and affairs of the Borrower and its related entities in connection with its participation in this Agreement and has not relied exclusively on any information provided to it by the Existing Bank in connection with this Agreement; and

 

  (ii) will continue to make its own independent appraisal of the creditworthiness of the Borrower and its related entities while any amount is or may be outstanding under this Agreement or any Commitment is in force.

 

38/50


(e) Any reference in this Agreement to a Bank includes a New Bank but excludes a Bank if no amount is or may be owed to or by it under this Agreement and its Commitment has been cancelled or reduced to nil.

 

(f) Costs in connection with documenting (hereunder reasonable amendments and recordings) the transfer by the Banks hereunder shall be for the account of the Banks.

 

(g) A Bank may disclose to a prospective New Bank, such information about the Borrower and/or the Transaction Documents as such Bank shall consider appropriate.

 

26. PRO RATA SHARING

 

26.1 Redistribution

If any amount owing by the Borrower under this Agreement to a Bank (the “recovering Bank”) is discharged by payment, set-off or any other manner other than through the Agent in accordance with Clause 9 (Payments) (a “recovery”), then:

 

(i) the recovering Bank shall, within three Business Days, notify details of the recovery to the Agent;

 

(ii) the Agent shall determine whether the recovery is in excess of the amount which the recovering Bank would have received had the recovery been received by the Agent and distributed in accordance with Clause 9 (Payments);

 

(iii) subject to [    ], the recovering Bank shall, within three (3) Business Days of demand by the Agent, pay to the Agent an amount (the “ redistribution ”) equal to the excess;

 

(iv) the Agent shall treat the redistribution as if it were a payment by the Borrower under Clause 9 (Payments) and shall pay the redistribution to the Banks (other than the recovering Bank) in accordance with Clause 9.7 (Partial payments); and

 

(v) after payment of the full redistribution, the recovering Bank will be subrogated to the portion of the claims paid under paragraph (iv) above and the Borrower will owe the recovering Bank a debt which is equal to the redistribution, immediately payable and of the type originally discharged.

 

26.2 Reversal of redistribution

If under Clause 26.1 (Redistribution):

 

(i) a recovering Bank must subsequently return a recovery, or an amount measured by reference to a recovery, to the Borrower; and

 

(ii) the recovering Bank has paid a redistribution in relation to that recovery,

each Bank shall, within three Business Days of demand by the recovering Bank through the Agent, reimburse the recovering Bank all or the appropriate portion of the redistribution paid to that Bank. Thereupon, the subrogation in Clause 26.1 (v) will operate in reverse to the extent of the reimbursement.

 

39/50


26.3 Exception

 

(a) A recovering Bank need not pay a redistribution to the extent that it would not, after the payment, have a valid claim against the Borrower in the amount of the redistribution pursuant to Clause 26.1 (v).

 

(b) A Bank is not entitled to participate in a redistribution if the redistribution results from the proceeds of a judicial enforcement order obtained by the recovering Bank and the other Bank had adequate notice of and opportunity to participate in the proceedings concerned or bring its own proceedings but did not do so.

 

27. SEVERABILITY

If a provision of this Agreement is or becomes illegal, invalid or unenforceable in any competent jurisdiction, that shall not affect the validity or enforceability in that jurisdiction of any other provision of this Agreement or the validity or enforceability in other jurisdictions of that or any other provision of this Agreement.

 

28. NOTICES

 

28.1 Giving of notices

All notices or other communications under or in connection with this Agreement shall be given or made in writing, by letter or telefax. Any such notice or communication will be deemed to be given or made as follows:

 

(i) if by letter, when delivered at the address of the relevant Party; and

 

(ii) if by telefax or e-mail (to follow by mail/fax) when received.

However, a notice given in accordance with the above but received on a day which is not a Business Day or after 4:00 p.m. in the place of receipt will only be deemed to be given at 9:00 a.m. on the next Business Day in that place.

 

28.2 Addresses for notices

 

(a) The address and the telefax number code of each Party (other than the Agent and the Borrower) for all notices or other communications under or in connection with this Agreement are those notified by that Party for this purpose to the Agent on or before the date it becomes a Party; or any other notified by that Party for this purpose to the Agent by not less than five Business Days’ notice.

 

(b) The address, the telefax number:

 

40/50


  (i) of the Agent is:

HSH Nordbank AG

Gerhart-Hauptmann-Platz 50

20095 Hamburg

Germany

Telefax:    +49 40 33 33 34269

 

  (ii) of the Borrower:

KNOT Shuttle Tankers 18 AS

Smedasundet 40

P.O.Box 2017,

5504 Haugesund

Norway

Telefax:    +47 52 70 40 40

Attn.:

or such other address and/or telefax number and/or marked for such other attention as the Agent may notify to the other Parties by not less than five (5) Business Days’ prior notice.

 

(c) All notices from or to the Borrower related to this Agreement shall be sent through the Agent.

 

(d) The Agent shall, promptly upon request from any Party, give to that Party the address and/or the telefax number code of any other Party applicable at the time for the purposes of this Clause.

 

29. JURISDICTION

For the benefit of the Agent, each Bank and the Borrower agree that the courts of Norway have jurisdiction to settle any disputes in connection with this.

Agreement and accordingly submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the Oslo district court. Nothing in this Clause 29 shall limit the right of the Agent or any Bank to start proceedings against the Borrower in any other court of competent jurisdiction.

 

30. GOVERNING LAW

This Agreement is governed by Norwegian law.

o o o O o o o

 

41/50


SCHEDULE 1

BANKS AND COMMITMENTS

 

     Tranche A      Tranche B      %  

HSH Nordbank AG

Gerhart-Hauptmann-Platz 50, 20095 Hamburg, Germany

     USD 31,166,000         USD 48,634,000         100
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     USD 31,166,000         USD 48,634,000         100
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

42/50


SCHEDULE 2

Intentionally left blank

 

43/50


SCHEDULE 3

FORM OF

DRAWDOWN NOTICE

 

To: HSH Nordbank AG as Agent

Gerhart-Hauptmann-Platz 50

20095 Hamburg

Germany

Tel.:  +(    )

Fax.:  +49 40 3333 34269

Attn.: Credit Adm.

Date:     2007

SENIOR SECURED LOAN FACILITY AGREEMENT DATED 25 APRIL 2007 (THE “AGREEMENT”)

We refer to Clause 4 of the Agreement. Terms used in this Drawdown Notice have the same meanings as in the Agreement.

 

l. We wish to draw the Loan as follows:

 

  (a) Drawdown Date:                     

 

  (b) Interest Period:                     

 

  (c) Instructions for payment of the Loan:                             

 

2. We confirm that each condition specified in Clause 3.2 (Further conditions precedent) is satisfied on the date of this Drawdown Notice.

 

3. We further confirm that:

 

  (a) no event or circumstance has occurred and is continuing, which constitutes, or which with the giving of notice or lapse of time or both, would constitute a Default under the Agreement; and that

 

  (b) the representations and warranties contained in Clause 16 of the Agreement are true and correct at the date hereof as if made with respect to the facts and circumstances existing at such date.

By:

KNOT SHUTTLE TANKERS 18 AS

Authorised Signatory

 

44/50


SCHEDULE 4

FORM OF

RENEWAL NOTICE

 

To: HSH Nordbank AG as Agent

Gerhart-Hauptmann-Platz 50

20095 Hamburg

Germany

Tel.: +(    )

Fax.: + 49 40 3333 34269

Attn.: Credit Adm.

Date:     2007

SENIOR SECURED LOAN FACILITY AGREEMENT DATED 25 APRIL 2007 (THE “AGREEMENT”)

We refer to Clause 7.1 (b) in the Agreement. Terms used in this Renewal Notice shall have the same meanings as defined in the Agreement.

We hereby:

 

1. request an Interest Period in respect of [ ] months from the next Interest Payment Date; and

 

2. amount

 

3. confirm that

 

  (i) no event or circumstance has occurred and is continuing, which constitutes, or which with the giving of notice or lapse of time or both, would constitute a Default under the Agreement; and that

 

  (ii) the representations and warranties contained in Clause 16 of the Agreement are true and correct at the date hereof as if made with respect to the facts and circumstances existing at such date.

By:

KNOT SHUTTLE TANKERS 18 AS

Authorised signatory

 

45/50


SCHEDULE 5

FORM OF

COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

 

MINIMUM VALUE VESSELS      
A: Sum loan    USD   
B: Charter free value of mortgaged Vessel    USD   
Requirement :      

B/A > 110 % of the loan

   ==>    Compliance: Yes / No

 

46/50


SCHEDULE 6

MANDATORY COSTS FORMULAE

 

1. The Mandatory Costs are payable in addition to the interest rate to compensate Banks for the cost of compliance with (a) the requirements of the Bank of England and/or the Financial Services Authority (or, in either case, any other authority which replaces all or any of its functions) or (b) the requirements of the European Central Bank.

 

2. On the first day of each Interest Period (or as soon as possible thereafter) the Facility Agent shall calculate, as a percentage rate, a rate (the “ Additional Cost Rate ”) for each Bank, in accordance with the paragraphs set out below. The Mandatory Costs will be calculated by the Facility Agent as a weighted average of the Banks’ Additional Cost Rates (weighted in proportion to the percentage participation of each Bank in the relevant Loan) and will be expressed as a percentage rate per annum.

 

3. The Additional Cost Rate for any Bank lending from a facility office in a participating member state of the European Union will be the percentage notified by that Bank to the Facility Agent. This percentage will be certified by that Bank in its notice to the Facility Agent and the percentage shall be equal to the cost (expressed as a percentage of that Bank’s participation in all Loans made available from that facility office) of complying with the minimum reserve requirements of the European Central Bank in respect of loans made from that facility office.

 

4. The Additional Cost Rate for any Bank lending from a facility office in the United Kingdom will be calculated by the Facility Agent as follows:

 

E ×  0.01    per cent per annum.
300   

Where:

 

  E is designed to compensate Banks for amounts payable under the Fees Rules and is calculated by the Facility Agent as being the average of the most recent rates of charge supplied by the Reference Banks to the Facility Agent pursuant to paragraph 6 below and expressed in pounds per £1,000,000.

 

5. For the purposes of this Schedule:

 

  (a) Eligible Liabilities ” has the meaning given to it from time to time under or pursuant to the Bank of England Act 1998 or (as may be appropriate) by the Bank of England;

 

  (b) Fees Rules ” means the rules on periodic fees contained in the supervision manual of the Financial Services Authority or such other law or regulation as may be in force from time to time in respect of the payment of fees for the acceptance of deposits;

 

47/50


  (c) Fee Tariffs ” means the fee tariffs specified in the Fees Rules under the activity group A.1 Deposit acceptors (ignoring any minimum fee or zero rated fee required pursuant to the Fees Rules but taking into account any applicable discount rate); and

 

  (d) Tariff Base ” has the meaning given to it in, and will be calculated in accordance with, the Fees Rules.

 

6. If requested by the Facility Agent, each Reference Bank shall, as soon as practicable after publication by the Financial Services Authority, supply to the Facility Agent, the rate of charge payable by that Reference Bank to the Financial Services Authority pursuant to the Fees Rules in respect of the relevant financial year of the Financial Services Authority (calculated for this purpose by that Reference Bank as being the average of the Fee Tariffs applicable to that Reference Bank for that financial year) and expressed in pounds per £1,000,000 of the Tariff Base of that Reference Bank.

 

7. Each Bank shall supply any information required by the Facility Agent for the purpose of calculating its Additional Cost Rate. In particular, but without limitation, each Bank shall supply the following information on or prior to the date on which it becomes a Bank:

 

  (a) the jurisdiction of its facility office; and

 

  (b) any other information that the Facility Agent may reasonably require for such purpose.

Each Bank shall promptly notify the Facility Agent of any change to the information provided by it pursuant to this paragraph.

 

8. The rates of charge of each Reference Bank for the purpose of E in paragraph 4 above shall be determined by the Facility Agent based upon the information supplied to it pursuant to paragraphs 6 and 7 above and on the assumption that, unless a Bank notifies the Facility Agent to the contrary, each Bank’s obligations in relation to cash ratio deposits and special deposits are the same as those of a typical bank from its jurisdiction of incorporation with a facility office in the same jurisdiction as its facility office.

 

9. The Facility Agent shall have no liability to any person if such determination results in an Additional Cost Rate which over or under compensates any Bank and shall be entitled to assume that the information provided by any Bank or Reference Bank pursuant to paragraphs 3, 7 and 8 above is true and correct in all respects.

 

10. The Facility Agent shall distribute the additional amounts received as a result of the Mandatory Costs to the Banks on the basis of the Additional Cost Rate for each Bank based on the information provided by each Bank and each Reference Bank pursuant to paragraphs 3, 6 and 7 above.

 

11. Any determination by the Facility Agent pursuant to this Schedule in relation to a formula, the Mandatory Costs, an Additional Cost Rate or any amount payable to a Bank shall, in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive and binding on all Parties.

 

48/50


12. The Facility Agent may from time to time, after consultation with the Borrower and the Banks, determine and notify to all Parties any amendments which are required to be made to this Schedule in order to comply with any change in law, regulation or any requirements from time to time imposed by the Bank of England, the Financial Services Authority or the European Central Bank (or, in any case, any other authority which replaces all or any of its functions) and any such determination shall, in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive and binding on all Parties.

 

49/50


SIGNATORIES
The Borrower:
KNOT SHUTTLE TANKERS 18 AS
By:  
Name:  
Title:  
The Agent:
HSH NORDBANK AG
By:  
Name:  
Title:  
The Banks:
HSH NORDBANK AG
By:  
Name:  
Title:  
The Swap Bank:
HSH NORDBANK AG
By:  
Name:  
Title:  

 

50/50

EXHIBIT 4.15

Execution version

Dated 11 July 2013

FIRST SUPPLEMENTAL AGREEMENT

between

KNUTSEN SHUTTLE TANKERS 13 AS

as Borrower

and

KNUTSEN NYK OFFSHORE TANKERS AS

as Parent Guarantor

and

KNOT OFFSHORE PARTNERS LP

KNOT SHUTTLE TANKERS AS

as Guarantors

THE BANKS AND FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS

listed in Schedule 1

as Lenders

and

DNB BANK ASA

NORDEA BANK NORGE ASA

ABN AMRO BANK N.V. OSLO BRANCH

CREDIT AGRICOLE CORPORATE AND INVESTMENT BANK

as Mandated Lead Arrangers

and

DNB BANK ASA

NORDEA BANK NORGE ASA

as Bookrunners

and

DNB BANK ASA

as Agent

 

 

Relating to a USD 93,000,000.-

Term Loan Facility Agreement

in respect of the Borrower’s vessel

“CARMEN KNUTSEN”

 

 

 

LOGO


THIS FIRST SUPPLEMENTAL AGREEMENT (the “ Supplemental Agreement ”) is made the 11th day of July 2013 between:

 

(1) KNUTSEN SHUTTLE TANKERS 13 AS , P.O. Box 2017, 5504 Haugesund, Norway, (organisation no 996 661 016) as borrower (the “ Borrower ”);

 

(2) KNUTSEN NYK OFFSHORE TANKERS AS , P.O. Box 2017, 5504 Haugesund, Norway, (organisation no 995 221 713) as parent guarantor (the “ Parent Guarantor ”);

 

(3) KNOT OFFSHORE PARTNERS LP , with registered office at Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Island, Ajeltake Road, Majuro, Marshall Islands MH96960 and executive office at 2 Queen’s Cross, Aberdeen, Aberdeenshire AB15 4YB, United Kingdom, and

KNOT SHUTTLE TANKERS AS , P.O. Box 2017, 5504 Haugesund, Norway, (organisation no 998 942 829) as guarantors (together the “ Guarantors ”);

 

(4) THE BANKS AND FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS listed in Schedule 1 to the Amended and Restated Facility Agreement as lenders (the “ Lenders ”);

 

(5) DNB BANK ASA , P.O. Box 7100 Sentrum. 5020 Bergen, Norway, NORDEA BANK NORGE ASA , P.O. Box 1166 Sentrum, 0107 Oslo, Norway (organisation no 911 044 110), ABN AMRO BANK N.V., OSLO BRANCH , Olav V’s gate 5, 0125 Oslo. Norway (organisation no 995 550 164) and CREDIT AGRICOLE CORPORATE AND INVESTMENT BANK , 9 Quai du President Paul Downer, F-92920 Paris La Defense, Cedex, France as mandated lead arrangers (the “ Mandated Lead Arrangers ”); and

 

(6) DNB BANK ASA , P.O. Box 7100 Sentrum. 5020 Bergen, Norway and NORDEA BANK NORGE ASA , P.O. Box 1166 Sentrum, 0107 Oslo, Norway (organisation no 911 044 110), as bookrunners (the “ Bookrunners ”);

 

(7) DNB BANK ASA , P.O. Box 7100 Sentrum. 5020 Bergen, Norway Organisation no 984 851 006), as agent (the “ Agent ”).

WHEREAS

 

A. The Lenders have granted the Borrower a loan in the amount of USD 93,000,000.- pursuant to a secured term loan facility agreement dated 11 July 2011 entered into between the Borrower, the Parent Guarantor, the Lenders, the Mandated Lead Arrangers, the Bookrunners and the Agent (the “ Agreement ”). The outstanding principal amount under the Agreement is at the date hereof USD 89,125,000.-.

 

B. The Borrower has requested that the Lenders’ consent to the Borrower becoming wholly owned, directly or indirectly, by KNOT Offshore Partners LP a Marshall Islands limited partnership organised under the laws of the Marshall Islands listed on the New York Stock Exchange via its wholly-owned indirect subsidiary KNOT Shuttle Tankers AS.

 

C. Under the proposed terms, the Borrower has requested the Lenders consent to the following:

 

  (i) the transfer of ownership of the Borrower from the Parent Guarantor to KNOT Shuttle Tankers AS as contemplated by Whereas B;


  (ii) the release of Knutsen NYK Offshore Tankers AS as Parent Guarantor under the Agreement and it being replaced by KNOT Offshore Partners LP and KNOT Shuttle Tankers AS as new guarantors under the Agreement and a new pledge of shares in the Borrower to be executed by KNOT Shuttle Tankers AS, replacing the previous share pledge;

 

  (iii) certain amendments to the set of financial covenants in the Agreement.

 

D. The Lenders have approved the Borrower’s request subject to the execution and delivery of this Supplemental Agreement, the Amended and Restated Facility Agreement, the Guarantees, the Share Pledge and the amended Security Documents (where relevant) and that the terms and condition of this Supplemental Agreement are complied with.

 

E. This Supplemental Agreement shall together with the Amended and Restated Facility Agreement be construed as being in all respect supplemental to the Agreement.

NOW IT IS HEREBY AGREED AS FOLLOWS:

 

1. DEFINITIONS

 

1.01 In this Supplemental Agreement, unless the context otherwise requires, terms defined in the Agreement shall bear the same meaning when used herein. In addition, the Agreement means the Agreement as supplemented and amended by this Supplemental Agreement.

 

1.0 2 In this Supplemental Agreement, the following words and expressions shall have the meaning set opposite them below:

“Amended and Restated Facility Agreement”

means the Agreement as amended and restated by this Supplemental Agreement in the form set out in Schedule 1 ( Form of Amended and Restated Facility Agreement ).

“Effective Date”

means the date when (i) the transfer of ownership of the Borrower from the Parent Guarantor to KNOT Shuttle Tankers AS has occurred, (ii) the conditions listed in Clause 3.01 and 3.02 have been fulfilled and (iii) the Guarantors have acknowledged in writing the Agent’s notice of Effective Date.

 

2. REPRESENTATION AND WARRANTIES

 

2.01 Each of the Borrower and the Guarantors represents and warrants to the Agent (on behalf of the Finance Parties) that the representations and warranties listed in chapter 16 in the Amended and Restated Facility Agreement are true and comet on the date hereof.

 

3. CONDITIONS

 

3.01 The obligations of the Finance Parties to accept as from the Effective Date La. (i) KNOT Offshore Partners LP and KNOT Shuttle Tankers AS as new Guarantors and (ii) certain amendments to the financial covenants in the Agreement shall be subject to the condition that the Agent (on behalf of the Finance Parties) has received the following documents in form satisfactory to the Agent and its legal advisors (to the extent not satisfied as a condition precedent to the drawing under the Agreement):

 

  (a) This Supplemental Agreement duly executed by the parties hereto, and


  (b) The Certificate of incorporation or similar in respect of the Borrower, the Parent Guarantor and each of the Guarantors, and

 

  (c) The articles of association in respect of the Borrower, the Parent Guarantor and each of the Guarantors, and

 

  (d) The Partnership Agreement for KNOT Offshore Partners LP, and

 

  (e) A certificate of good standing for KNOT Offshore Partners LP, and

 

  (f) Resolutions from the board of directors of the Borrower in respect of this Supplemental Agreement and the Security Documents (if required), and

 

  (g) Resolutions from the board of directors of each of the Parent Guarantor and the Guarantors in respect of the Guarantees and this Supplemental Agreement, and

 

  (h) A copy of the certificate of incorporation and constitutional documents of KNOT Offshore Partners UK LLC and KNOT Offshore Partners GP LLC, and

 

  (i) A duly executed Compliance Certificate, and

 

  (j) Satisfactory evidence that KNOT Offshore Partners LP is listed at the New York Stock Exchange, and

 

  (k) Satisfactory evidence that KNOT Offshore Partners LP is the direct or indirect owner of 100 % of the shares and voting rights in the Borrower; and

 

  (l) Satisfactory evidence that KNOT Shuttle Tankers AS is the direct owner of 100 % of the shares and voting rights in the Borrower; and

 

  (m) A copy of the Sale Purchase Agreement entered into between the Parent Guarantor and KNOT Shuttle Tankers AS in respect of the shares in the Borrower; and

 

  (n) The Security Documents listed in the Agreement having been executed and registered (as applicable) with first priority in favour of the Agent, including but not limited to the following Security Documents:

 

  (i) the Share Charge, and

 

  (ii) the Guarantees.

 

  (o) The Manager Subordination Letter duly signed by the Manager;


  (p) Evidence that:-

 

  (i) the Vessel is registered in the name of the Borrower in the Approved Registry,

 

  (ii) the Vessel is in the absolute and registered ownership of the Borrower,

 

  (iii) the Mortgage is registered against the Vessel in favour of the Agent with first priority, and

 

  (iv) the Vessel complies with the ISM Code requirement set forth in Clause 17.8 of the Agreement, and

 

  (q) Such “Know Your Customer”- documents as the Lenders require for each of the Obligors; and

 

  (r) Satisfactory evidence that all fees in accordance with Clause 3.02 below has been paid, and

 

  (s) Favourable legal opinions as the Agent may require from the jurisdictions involved, including Norway and Marshall Islands.

 

3.02 Further, the obligation of the Lenders to accept the requests listed in Whereas D shall be subject to that the Borrower shall pay to the Agent (on behalf of the Finance Parties) on demand all costs, expenses and disbursements (including but not limited to legal fees and printing, publication and travelling expenses) incurred by the Finance Parties in negotiation, preparation and completion of this Supplemental Agreement and the Security Documents and the maintenance, protection and enforcement of any of their rights thereunder.

 

4. TRANSFER OF GUARANTORS AND OWNERSHIP

 

4.01 With effect on and from the Effective Date and subject as aforesaid each of the parties to this Supplemental Agreement agree that:-

 

  (a) Each of KNOT Offshore Partners LP and KNOT Shuttle Tankers AS will execute new irrevocable, unconditional and on-demand guarantees in favour of the Agent on behalf of the Finance Parties and the Swap Banks and shall accede to the Agreement as Obligors.

 

  (b) KNOT Shuttle Tankers AS will execute a pledge of 100% of the shares in the Borrower in favour of the Agent on behalf of the Finance Parties and the Swap Banks.

 

  (c) Knutsen NYK Offshore Tankers AS shall be released as Parent Guarantor and Obligor under the Agreement.

 

5. AMENDMENTS TO THE AGREEMENT

 

5.01 With effect on and from the Effective Date the Agreement shall be amended and restated as set out in Schedule 1 ( Form of Amended and Restated Facility Agreement ).


5.02 By construing references therein to “this Agreement”, “this Agreement”, “herein”, “hereunder” and like terms, they shall be construed as if the same referred to the Agreement as amended hereby.

 

5.03 Subject only to the modifications set out in this Supplemental Agreement, the Agreement shall remain in fill force and effect and binding upon the Finance Parties, the Guarantors and the Borrower.

 

5.04 In the Security Documents, any reference to the Agreement shall mean the Agreement as supplemented and amended by this Supplemental Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, each party agree that the Security Documents shall remain in full force and effect and continue to secure the Loans notwithstanding the terms of this Supplemental Agreement.

 

6. APPLICABLE LAW

 

6.01 This Supplemental Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with Norwegian law. The Borrower, the Parent Guarantor, the Guarantors and the Lenders accept Oslo tingrett as venue.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Agreement to be duly executed the day and the year above written.


EXECUTION PAGE

 

The Borrower :
KNUTSEN SHUTTLE TANKERS 13 AS

/s/ BJØRN SANDE URTEGAARD

Bjørn Sande Urtegaard

Attorney-in-fact

Name in block letters
The Parent Guarantor :
KNUTSEN NYK OFFSHORE TANKERS AS

/s/ BJØRN SANDE URTEGAARD

Bjørn Sande Urtegaard

Attorney-in-fact

Name in block letters
The Guarantor :
KNOT OFFSHORE PARTNERS LP

/s/ ARILD VIK

Arild Vik

Name in block letters
The Guarantors :
KNOT SHUTTLE TANKERS AS

/s/ BJØRN SANDE URTEGAARD

Bjørn Sande Urtegaard

Attorney-in-fact

Name in block letters


The Lenders :    
DNB BANK ASA     ABN AMRO BANK N.V. OSLO BRANCH

/s/ ERIK HOFFMANN-DAHL

   

/s/ ERIK HOFFMANN-DAHL

Erik Hoffmann-Dahl     Erik Hoffmann-Dahl

Attorney-in-Fact

   

Attorney-in-Fact

Name in block letters     Name in block letters
NORDEA BANK NORGE ASA     CREDIT AGRICOLE CORPORATE AND INVESTMENT BANK

/s/ ERIK HOFFMANN-DAHL

   

/s/ ERIK HOFFMANN-DAHL

Erik Hoffmann-Dahl     Erik Hoffmann-Dahl

Attorney-in-Fact

   

Attorney-in-Fact

Name in block letters     Name in block letters
The Mandated Lead Arrangers :    
DNB BANK ASA     ABN AMRO BANK N.V. OSLO BRANCH

/s/ ERIK HOFFMANN-DAHL

   

/s/ ERIK HOFFMANN-DAHL

Erik Hoffmann-Dahl     Erik Hoffmann-Dahl

Attorney-in-Fact

   

Attorney-in-Fact

Name in block letters     Name in block letters
NORDEA BANK NORGE ASA     CREDIT AGRICOLE CORPORATE AND INVESTMENT BANK

/s/ ERIK HOFFMANN-DAHL

   

/s/ ERIK HOFFMANN-DAHL

Erik Hoffmann-Dahl     Erik Hoffmann-Dahl

Attorney-in-Fact

   

Attorney-in-Fact

Name in block letters     Name in block letters


The Bookrunners :
DNB BANK ASA

/s/ ERIK HOFFMANN-DAHL

Erik Hoffmann-Dahl

Attorney-in-Fact

Name in block letters
NORDEA BANK NORGE ASA

/s/ ERIK HOFFMANN-DAHL

Erik Hoffmann-Dahl

Attorney-in-Fact

Name in block letters
The Agent :
DNB BANK ASA

/s/ ERIK HOFFMANN-DAHL

Erik Hoffmann-Dahl

Attorney-in-Fact

Name in block letters


Execution Version

SCHEDULE 1

Form of Amended and Restated Facility Agreement

(To form part of this Supplemental Agreement as if set out in full herein)


Dated 11 July 2011

as amended 11 July 2013

FORM OF

AMENDED AND RESTATED

USD 93,000,000.-

TERM LOAN FACILITY AGREEMENT

between

KNUTSEN SHUTTLE TANKERS 13 AS

as Borrower

and

KNOT OFFSHORE PARTNERS LP

KNOT SHUTTLE TANKERS AS

as Guarantors

THE BANKS AND FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS

listed in Schedule 1

as Lenders

and

DNB BANK ASA

NORDEA BANK NORGE ASA

ABN AMRO BANK N.V. OSLO BRANCH

CREDIT AGRICOLE CORPORATE AND INVESTMENT BANK

as Mandated Lead Arrangers

and

DNB BANK ASA

NORDEA BANK NORGE ASA

as Bookrunners

and

DNB BANK ASA

as Agent

 

 

Relating to a USD 93,000,000.-

Term Loan Facility Agreement

“CARMEN KNUTSEN”

 

 

WIKBORG / REIN


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

CLAUSE    PAGE  

1.

 

DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

     1   

2.

 

THE COMMITMENT AND NATURE OF OBLIGATIONS

     11   

3.

 

PURPOSE

     12   

4.

 

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

     12   

5.

 

DRAWDOWN

     12   

6.

 

REPAYMENT

     13   

7.

 

PREPAYMENT

     13   

8.

 

INTEREST PERIODS

     15   

9.

 

INTEREST

     15   

10.

 

PAYMENTS

     16   

11.

 

SECURITY

     18   

12.

 

TAXES

     18   

13.

 

MARKET DISRUPTION

     19   

14.

 

INCREASED COSTS

     19   

15.

 

ILLEGALITY

     20   

16.

 

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

     21   

17.

 

UNDERTAKINGS

     23   

18.

 

DEFAULT

     30   

19.

 

THE AGENT AND THE MANDATED LEAD ARRANGERS

     34   

20.

 

FEES

     38   

21.

 

EXPENSES

     38   

22.

 

INDEMNITIES

     39   

23.

 

CALCULATIONS

     39   

24.

 

AMENDMENTS AND WAIVERS

     39   

25.

 

CHANGES TO THE PARTIES

     40   

26.

 

PRO RATA SHARING

     41   

27.

 

SEVERABILITY

     42   

28.

 

NOTICES

     43   

29.

 

JURISDICTION

     44   

30.

 

GOVERNING LAW

     44   

 

i


SCHEDULES

  

PAGE

(1)  

Lenders and commitments

  
(2)  

Conditions precedent documents

  
(3)  

Form of Drawdown Notice

  
(4)  

Form of Renewal Notice

  
(5)  

Form of Compliance Certificate

  

 

ii


THIS AGREEMENT (the “ Agreement ”) is made the 11 July 2011 between as amended by first supplemental agreement dated 11 July 2013 (the “ First Supplemental Agreement ”):

 

F. KNUTSEN SHUTTLE TANKERS 13 AS , P.O Box 2017, 5504 Haugesund, Norway, (organisation no 996 661 016) as borrower (the “ Borrower ”);

 

G. KNOT OFFSHORE PARTNERS LP , with registered address at Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Island, Ajeltake Road, Majuro, Marshall Islands MH96960 and executive office at 2 Queen’s Cross, Aberdeen, Aberdeenshire AB15 4YB, United Kingdom, and

KNOT SHUTTLE TANKERS AS , P.O Box 2017, 5504 Haugesund, Norway, (organisation no 998 942 829) as guarantors (together the “ Guarantors ”);

 

H. THE BANKS AND FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS listed in Schedule I as lenders (the “ Lenders ”);

 

I. DNB BANK ASA P.O.Box 7100 Sentrum. 5020 Bergen, Norway, NORDEA BANK NORGE ASA , P.O,Box 1166 Sentrum, 0107 Oslo, Norway (organisation no 911 044 110), ABN AMRO BANK N.V. , OSLO BRANCH , Olav V’s gate 5, 0125 Oslo. Norway (organisation no 995 550 164) and CREDIT AGRICOLE CORPORATE AND INVESTMENT BANK , 9 Quai du President Paul Downer, F-92920 Paris La Defense, Cedex, France as mandated lead arrangers (the “ Mandated Lead Arrangers ”); and

 

J. DNB BANK ASA P.O.Box 7100 Sentrum. 5020 Bergen, Norway and NORDEA BANK NORGE ASA , P.O.Box 1166 Sentrum, 0107 Oslo, Norway (organisation no 911 044 110), as bookrunners (the “ Bookrunners ”);

 

K. DNB BANK ASA P.O.Box 7100 Sentrum. 5020 Bergen, Norway (organisation no 984 851 006), as agent (the “ Agent ”).

This loan facility agreement sets out the terms and conditions upon and subject to which the Lenders will continue to make available to the Borrower a term loan facility up to USD 93,000,000.-.

IT IS HEREBY AGREED as follows:

 

1 . DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

 

1.1 Definitions

In this Agreement and the preamble hereof;

“Approved Register”

means the Norwegian International Ship Register, the Malta Ship Register or a ship register to be approved by the Lenders.

“Approved Shipbrokers”

means R.S. Platou Shipbrokers A.S, Fearnleys, Lorentzen & Stetnoco, Clarkson, Nordic Shipping and any other shipbroker(s) the Lenders may approve.


“Book Equity”

means the book value of equity as determined in accordance with NORGAAP.

“Break Costs”

means the amount (if any) by which:

 

(a) the interest (excluding Margin) which a Lender should have received for the period from the date of receipt of all or any part of its participation in the Loan to the last clay of the current Interest Period in respect of the Loan, had the principal amount received been paid on the last day of that Interest Period;

exceeds:

 

(a) the amount which that Lender would be able to obtain by placing an amount equal to the principal amount received by it on deposit with a leading bank in the relevant interbank market for a period starting on the Business Day following receipt or recovery and ending on the last day of the current Interest Period.

“Builder”

means Hyundai Heavy Industries Co. Ltd.

“Business Day”

means a day upon which banks and foreign exchange markets are open for business of the nature required by this Agreement in Oslo, Amsterdam, London and New York.

“Charterer”

means Repsol YPF Trading Y Transporte S.A.

“Charterparty”

means the time charterparty dated 30 November 2010 entered into between the Charterer and the Borrower with a period of 60 months from the Delivery Date at a minimum net t/c-rate of USD 55,720.- per day.

“Charterparty Assignment”

means a first priority assignment of the Charterparty executed or to be executed by the Borrower in favour of the Agent (on behalf of the Finance Parties and the Swap Banks) as security for the Finance Documents and the Swap Agreements, in the terms and form as the Agent may require.

“Commitment”

means, in relation to a Lender, the amount set opposite its name in Schedule 1 to the extent not cancelled, reduced or transferred under this Agreement.

 

2


“Compliance Certificate”

means a certificate to be issued by the CFO of the Borrower and each of the Guarantors in respect of financial covenants, in the terms and form as set out in Schedule 5 (Form of Compliance Certificate).

“Default”

means an Event of Default or an event which, with the giving of notice, lapse of time, or fulfilment of any other applicable condition (or any combination of the foregoing), might constitute an Event of Default.

“Delivery Date”

means 2 January 2013.

“Drawdown Date”

means the date on which a Randle is advanced to the Borrower in accordance with a Drawdown Notice.

“Drawdown Notice”

means a request made by the Borrower for the drawdown of the Loan, substantially in the form set out in Schedule 3 (Form of Drawdown Notice).

“Earnings”

means all moneys whatsoever which are now, or later become, payable (actually or contingently) to the Borrower, and which arise out of the use of the Vessel, including (but not limited to):

 

(a) all freight, hire and passage moneys payable to the Borrower, including (without limitation) payments of any nature under any charter or agreement for the employment, use, or possession of the Vessel;

 

(b) any claim under any guarantees related to freight and hire payable to the Borrower as a consequence of the use of the Vessel;

 

(c) compensation payable to the Borrower in the event of any requisition of the Vessel or for the use of the Vessel by any government authority or other competent authority;

 

(d) remuneration for salvage, towage and other services performed by the Vessel payable to a Borrower;

 

(e) demurrage and retention money receivable by the Borrower in relation to the Vessel; all moneys which are at any time payable under the Insurances in respect of loss of earnings;

 

(f) all moneys which are at any time payable under the Insurances in respect of loss of earnings;

 

(g) if and whenever the Vessel is employed on terms whereby any moneys falling within paragraph (a) to (f) above are pooled or shared with any other person, that proportion of the net receipts of the relevant pooling or sharing arrangement which is attributable to the Vessel; and

 

(h) any other money whatsoever due or to become due to the Borrower from third parties in relation to the Vessel, or otherwise.

 

3


“Earnings Account”

means the Borrower’s account no 1250.04.69461 with the Agent.

“EBITDA”

means the consolidated earnings for the MLP Group in accordance with USGAAP for each period of twelve months ending on the last day of each quarter of the financial year, before (i) any provision on account of taxation, (b) any interest, discount or other fees incurred or payable, by any member of the MLP Group in respect of Financial Indebtedness, (c) any items treated as exceptional or extraordinary items; and (d) any amount attributable to the amortisation of intangible assets and depreciation of tangible assets, provided that for the purposes of the calculation of EBITDA, the earnings of a newbuilding (following its delivery and provided it has a committed third party charterparty of at least one year duration including charterparty fixed, at the date of reporting the covenant) shall be annualised (by reference to annual earnings of similar vessels acceptable to the Agent for this purpose) until it has operated for a period of twelve months.

“Event of Default”

means any of the events specified as such in Clause 18 (Default).

“Factoring Agreement”

means an agreement including a declaration of pledge entered or to be entered into between the Borrower and the Agent (on behalf of the Finance Parties and the Swap Banks) whereby the Borrower pledges to the Agent on behalf of the Finance Parties all claims arising from the Borrower’s business operation as security for the Finance Documents and Swap Agreements, in the terms and form as the Agent may require.

“Final Maturity Date”

means the date falling the earlier of (i) 60 months after the Delivery Date and (ii) 31 March 2018.

“Finance Documents”

means this Agreement and the Security Documents.

“Finance Parties”

means the Agent, the Mandated Lead Arrangers and the Lenders,

“Financial Indebtedness”

means any indebtedness for or in respect of:

 

(a) moneys borrowed;

 

(b) any amount raised by acceptance under any acceptance credit facility;

 

(c) any amount raised pursuant to any note purchase facility or the issue of bonds, notes, debentures, loan stock or any similar instrument;

 

4


(d) the amount of any liability in respect of any lease or hire purchase contract which would, in accordance with NORGAAP (as relevant), be treated as a finance or capital lease;

 

(e) receivables sold or discounted (other than any receivables to the extent they are sold on a non-recourse basis);

 

(f) any amount raised under any other transaction (including any forward sale or purchase agreement) having the commercial effect of a borrowing;

 

(g) any derivative transaction entered into in connection with protection against or benefit from fluctuation in any rate or price (and, when calculating the value of any derivative transaction, only the market to market value shall be taken into account); and

 

(h) any counter-indemnity obligation in respect of a guarantee, indemnity, bond, standby or documentary letter of credit or any other instrument issued by a bank or financial institution.

“Free Liquidity”

means the aggregate value of;

 

(i) cash in hand and unencumbered bank deposits; and

 

(ii) unencumbered liquid bonds and other debt instruments with an “A” - rating or better of Standard & Poors or Moody’s and liquid equities listed on any major stock exchange; and

 

(iii) any other bond or debt instrument accepted by the Agent on instructions of the Lenders in writing.

PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the Free Liquidity shall not include undrawn amounts under this Agreement or any other loan agreement to which any of the Borrowers is a party.

“General Partner”

means KNOT Partners GP LLC, a company incorporated under the laws of the Marshall Islands and having its registered office at 2 Queen’s Cross, Aberdeen, Aberdeenshire, AB15 4YB, United Kingdom being the general partner in KNOT Offshore Partners LP.

“Guarantees”

means the irrevocable and unconditional on-demand guarantees issued by each of the Guarantors, as security for the Borrower’s obligations under this Agreement.

“Guarantors”

means KNOT Offshore Partners LP and KNOT Shuttle Tankers AS.

“Insurances Assignment”

means a first priority assignment executed or to be executed by the Borrower in favour of the Agent (on behalf of the Finance Parties and the Swap Banks), whereby the Borrower assigns the benefits of all insurances taken out related to the Vessel as security for the Finance Documents and the Swap Agreements, in the terms and form as the Agent may require.

 

5


“Interest Bearing Debt”

means at the date of calculation the aggregate of all interest bearing debt (hereunder but not limited to the Loan) and lease obligations which would in accordance with NORGAAP be included in total debt in a balance sheet.

“Interest Payment Day”

means the last day of each Interest Period.

“Interest Period”

means each period determined in accordance with Clause 8.

“LIBOR”

means for any Interest Period:

 

(a) the rate per annum equal to the offered quotation for deposits in USD ascertained by the Agent to be the rate established by the British Bankers’ Association and appearing on the, Reuters LIBO 01 published or reported by Reuters through its monitor service or any equivalent successor to such service at or about 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the applicable Quotation Date; or

 

(b) if no such rate is available, the rate per annum at which the Agent in accordance with its normal practise is able to acquire USD for comparable borrowings for the relevant Interest Period in the London Interbank Euro-currency Market at about 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the applicable Quotation Date, as conclusively certified by the Agent to the Borrower.

“Limited Partnership Agreement”

means the partnership agreement dated 15 April 2013 in respect of the limited partnership KNOT Offshore Partners LP.

“Loan”

means an amount of up to but not exceeding the lower of (i) USD 93,000,000.- and (ii) 85 % of the Project Cost.

“Loan Period”

means the period commencing on the date of this Agreement and ending on the day the Loan and all amounts outstanding under this Agreement have been indefeasibly and in full repaid to the Lenders.

“Majority Lenders”

means, at any time, Lenders whose participation in the Loan (or the Total Commitment if no amount is outstanding) aggregate at least 66 2/3 per cent at any relevant time.

“Management Agreement”

means a management agreement to be entered into between the Borrower and the Manager in a form and substance acceptable to the Agent.

 

6


“Manager”

means KNOT Management AS, Smedasundet 40, P.O.Box 2017, 5501 Haugesund (enterprise no 996 124 916).

“Manager Subordination Letter”

means a letter from the Manager to the Agent in a form and substance required by the Lenders in which the Manager agrees, inter alia, to subordinate all claims against the Borrower to the Borrower’s obligation to repay the Loan and any other amount owing to the Lenders under this Agreement.

“Margin”

means 2.50 % per annum.

“Market Value”

means with respect to the Vessel, the fair market value of the Vessel in USD determined by calculating the arithmetic mean of two independent valuations of the Vessel obtained from two Approved Shipbrokers. Such valuations to be made – on charter free basis – with or without physical inspection of the Vessel (as the Agent may require), on the basis of a sale for prompt delivery for cash at arm’s length on normal commercial terms as between a willing buyer and seller. If the two valuations differ by a margin of over 10 %, then a third Approved Shipbroker shall provide a valuation and the fair market value shall be the authentic mean of the three valuations. All valuations shall be at the Borrower’s cost.

“Material Adverse Effect”

means, in the reasonable opinion of any of the Lenders, a material adverse effect on:

 

(a) the financial condition, property assets, nature of assets, operations, liabilities, condition (financial or otherwise) or prospects of any of the Obligors or the MLP Group (on a consolidated basis); or

 

(b) the ability of any Obligor to perform and comply with its obligations under the Finance Documents; or

 

(c) the validity, legality or enforceability of the Finance Documents; or

 

(d) the rights or remedies of the Lenders under the Finance Documents.

“MLP Group”

means KNOT Offshore Partners LP and its Subsidiaries.

“Mortgage”

means a first priority ship mortgage in the amount of USD 111,600,000.- against the Vessel executed by the Borrower in favour of the Agent (on behalf of the Finance Parties and the Swap Banks), or in favour of the Finance Parties as the Lenders may require, including a declaration of pledge or a deed of covenants where relevant, as security for the Finance Documents and the Swap Agreements, in a form and substance required by the Lenders, and being recorded against the Vessel in an Approved Register with first priority.

 

7


“NOK”

means the lawful currency for the time being of the Kingdom of Norway.

“NORGAAP”

means the Norwegian accounting requirements, practices and regulations as set out in the Norwegian Accounting Act of 17 July 1998 no. 56, and as recommended by the guidelines and standards from time to time issued by Norsk Regnskapsstiftelse, and the regulations and guidelines of the IFRS (if relevant) (all as amended or supplemented from time to time).

“Obligors”

means, collectively, the Borrower and the Guarantors.

“Party”

means a party to this Agreement.

“Pledge of Account”

means a first priority pledge of the Earnings Account entered or to be entered into between the Borrower and the Agent (on behalf of the Finance Parties and the Swap Banks), in the terms and form as the Agent may require.

“Project Cost”

means the contract price of the Vessel, interest cost prior to Delivery, building supervision, spares and fees, all as evidenced to the satisfaction of the Lenders estimated to USD 110,000,000.- by which the contract price for the Vessel pursuant to the Shipbuilding Contract is USD 100,058,400.-.

“Quotation Date”

means, in relation to any Interest Period, the Business Day on which quotations would ordinarily be given in the London Interbank Euro-currency Market for USD deposits for delivery on the first day of that Interest Period.

“Renewal Notice”

means a request made by the Borrower for renewal of the Loan, substantially in the form set out in Schedule 4 (Form of Renewal Notice).

“Repayment Date”

means a date for repayment of an instalment as determined according to Clause 6.1 (Repayment).

“Security Documents”

means the documents referred to in Clause 11 (Security) and all or any documents having the effect of conferring security granted or entered into by the Obligors in favour of or with the Agent (on behalf of the Finance Parties and the Swap Banks) as security for the Borrower’s obligation under the Finance Documents and the Swap Agreements.

 

8


“Security Interest”

means any mortgage, pledge, lien, charge (whether fixed or floating), assignment by way of security, finance lease, sale-and-repurchase or sale-and-leaseback arrangement, sale of receivables on a recourse basis or security interest or any other agreement or arrangement having the effect of conferring security, except for liens arising solely by operation of law and/or in the ordinary course of business securing amounts not more than 30 days overdue.

“Shares”

means all the shares in the Borrower.

“Share Pledge”

means a first priority share pledge in the Shares, executed or to be executed by KNOT Shuttle Tankers AS in favour of the Agent (on behalf of the Finance Parties and the Swap Banks) as security for the Finance Documents and the Swap Agreements in the terms and form as the Agent may require.

“Shipbuilding Contract”

means the shipbuilding contract dated 18 March 2011 between the Builder and the Borrower in respect of the Vessel.

“Sponsor”

means Knutsen NYK Offshore Tankers AS, P.O Box 2017, 5504 Haugesund, Norway, (organisation no 995 221 713).

“Subsidiary”

means an entity of which a person has direct or indirect control or owns directly or indirectly more than 50 per cent of the voting capital or similar right of ownership, and control for this purpose means the power to direct the management and the policies of the entity whether through the ownership of voting capital, by contract or otherwise.

“Swap Agreements”

means an agreement or agreements to be entered into by any of the Swap Banks and the Borrower for the purpose of interest and currency swap transactions related to the Loan and any contract or transaction made thereunder.

“Swap Banks”

means Nordea Bank Finland Plc., the Mandated Lead Arrangers or any of them.

“Swap Banks Subordination Statement”

means a statement executed or to be executed by the Swap Banks in favour of the Finance Parties, subordinating the Swap Banks’ rights under the Security Documents to the Finance Parties’ rights.

 

9


“Tax on Overall Net Income”

of a Lender shall be construed as a reference to tax imposed on that Lender by the jurisdiction under the laws of which it has been incorporated or in which it is located on (1) the net income, profits or gains of that Lender world wide or (ii) such of the net income, profits or gains of that Lender as are considered to arise in or to relate to or are taxable in that jurisdiction.

“Taxes”

includes any present or future taxes, levies, duties, imposts, withholdings, deductions, fees or charges of any nature, together with interest thereon and penalties in respect thereof, and “tax” and “taxation” shall be construed accordingly.

“Total Assets”

means the book value of all assets owned which would in accordance with NORGAAP be included in the balance sheet.

“Total Commitment”

means the aggregate of the Lenders’ Commitments.

“Total Loss”

means

 

(a) the actual, constructive, compromised, agreed, arranged or other total loss of the Vessel

 

(b) the Vessel being rendered permanently unfit for use and

 

(c) any hijacking, theft, condemnation, capture, seizure, destruction, abandonment, arrest, expropriation, confiscation, requisition or acquisition of the Vessel, whether for full consideration, a consideration less than its proper value, a nominal consideration or without any consideration, which is effected by any government or official authority or by any person or persons claiming to be or to represent a governmental or official authority unless it is within one (1) month from the Total Loss Date redelivered to the full control of any of the Obligors.

“Total Loss Date”

means

 

(a) in the case of an actual loss of the Vessel, the date on which it occurred or, if that is unknown, the date when the Vessel was last heard of;

 

(b) in the case of a constructive, compromised or agreed total loss of the Vessel, the earlier of: (a) the date on which a notice of the abandonment is given to the insurers; and (b) the date of any compromise, arrangement or agreement made by or on behalf of the Borrower with the Vessel’s insurers pursuant to which the insurers agree to treat the Vessel as a total loss; and

 

(c) in the case of any other type of total loss, on the date (or the most likely date) on which it appears to the Lenders that the event constituting the total loss occurred.

 

10


“Transaction Documents”

means this Agreement, the Security Documents, the Management Agreement, the Manager Subordination Letter, the Shipbuilding Contract, the Swap Agreements, the Chartetparty, the Limited Partnership Agreement and the agreements or documents contemplated herein or therein.

“USD”

means the lawful currency for the time being of the United States of America,

“US GAAP”

means accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

“Vessel”

means the 157,000 dwt Sueztnax shuttle tanker “CARMEN KNUTSEN”.

“Working Capital”

means at the date of calculation the current assets less current liabilities of the Borrower on the basis of NORGAAP. Next year’s instalment on long term debt and capital lease payments not to be included in current liabilities.

 

1.2 Construction

 

(a) The index to and the headings in this Agreement are for convenience only and are to be ignored in construing this Agreement.

 

(b) Words importing the singular shall (unless the contrary intention appears) include the plural and vice versa.

 

(c) A Clause or a Schedule respectively is a reference to a clause of or schedule to this Agreement.

 

(d) A provision of law is a reference to that provision as amended or re-enacted, and to any regulations made by the appropriate authority pursuant to such law.

 

(e) References to any document are to be construed as references to such documents as amended or supplemented from time to time, but without prejudice to the Borrower’s obligations to obtain necessary consent in respect of such amendment or supplement.

 

2. THE COMMITMENT AND NATURE OF OBLIGATIONS

 

2.1 Commitment

Subject to the terms of this Agreement the Lenders will continue to grant the Borrower a secured term loan facility of an aggregate maximum amount up to USD 93,000,000,

 

2.2 Nature of rights and obligations of the Lenders

 

(a) The obligations of the Lenders under this Agreement are several. Failure of a Lender to carry out its obligations under this Agreement shall not relieve any other party hereto of any of its obligations under this Agreement. No Lender shall be responsible for the obligations of any other Lender hereunder.

 

(b) The rights of each Lender under this Agreement are separate and independent rights.

 

11


3. PURPOSE

 

(a) The purpose of the Loan is to assist the Borrower in the part-financing of the Project Costs.

 

(b) Without affecting the obligations of the Borrower in any way, no Finance Party is bound to monitor or verify the application of any amounts drawn under this Agreement.

 

4. CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

 

4.1 Documentary conditions precedent

 

(a) The obligations of each Lender to continue to make the Loan available hereunder shall be subject to the condition precedent that the Agent has notified the Borrower and the Lenders that it has received all the documents set out in Clause 3.01 in the First Supplemental Agreement (Conditions)in a form, content and substance satisfactory to the Agent.

 

4.2 Further conditions precedent

The obligation of each of the Lenders to participate in the Loan is subject to the further conditions precedent that on both the date of the Drawdown Notice and the Drawdown Date:

 

(a) the representations and warranties in Clause 16 (Representations and warranties) deemed to be repeated on those dates are correct and not misleading and will be correct and not misleading immediately after the disbursement of the Loan is made with reference to the facts and circumstances then prevailing, unless otherwise informed to the Agent in writing and, if not permitted under this Agreement, waived by the Lenders prior to such dates; and

 

(b) no Default is outstanding or would result from the disbursement of the Loan.

 

4.3 Waiver of conditions precedent

The conditions specified in this Clause 4 (Conditions Precedent) are solely for the benefit of the Finance Parties and may be waived on their behalf in whole or in part and with or without conditions by the Agent (acting on the instructions of all the Lenders unless it is a non-material matter of administrative or technical character where the Agent may act in its sole discretion). The Finance Parties shall be notified by the Agent of a waiver granted pursuant to this Clause 4.

 

5. DRAWDOWN

 

5.1 Drawdown Notice

 

(a) The Borrower shall not later than 10:00 a.m. (London time) three (3) Business Days prior to a requested Drawdown Date, or on such later date as may be agreed by the Lenders, serve to the Agent the Drawdown Notice which, once received by the Agent, shall be irrevocable.

 

(b)

The Lenders shall upon confirmation from the Agent that the Agent has received a duly completed Drawdown Notice and subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, and

 

12


  provided that no Default has occurred and is continuing or is threatened, make the requested Loan available to the Borrower through the Agent in one disbursement on the requested Drawdown Date.

 

(c) The giving of the Drawdown Notice by the Borrower shall be deemed to constitute a representation and warranty by the Borrower that all the representations and warranties set forth in Clause 16 (Representations and warranties) hereof are true and correct as of such date as if made on such date, that the conditions specified in Clause 4 (Conditions precedent) have been or will upon the Drawdown Date be fully performed, and that no Default has occurred and is continuing or is threatened.

 

(d) The Borrower shall only be entitled to serve a Drawdown Notice to the Agent during the relevant Availability Period for the Loan. Any amount not drawn within the relevant Availability Period shall be cancelled.

 

6. REPAYMENT

 

6.1 Repayment

Without prejudice to the Lenders’ rights under this Agreement, the Loan shall be repaid by (i) 20 consecutive quarterly instalments each in the amount of USD 1,937,500.- the first instalment falling due 3 months after the Delivery Date and (ii) by one final instalment (balloon) in the amount of USD 54,250,000.- falling due simultaneously as the 20th instalment referred to under (i) above.

 

6.2 Final Maturity Date

On the Final Maturity Date the Borrower shall pay to the Agent on behalf of the Lenders all amounts then outstanding under the Loan, together with all other sums due and outstanding under the Finance Documents at such date (if any).

 

7. PREPAYMENT

 

7.1 Voluntary prepayment and cancellation

 

(a) The Borrower may, by giving not less than ten (10) Business Days prior written notice to the Agent, prepay the Loan in whole or in part on any Business Day subject to Break Costs, if any in an amount being a minimum of USD 5,000,000.- and an integral multiple of USD 1,000,000.- in each case.

 

(b) The Borrower may, by giving not less than ten (10) Business Days prior written notice to the Agent without penalty, cancel the whole or any undrawn part of the Total Commitment, but if in part, in an amount being a minimum of USD 5,000,000.-. Any such cancellation shall reduce each Lender’s Commitment on a pro rata basis.

 

7.2 Additional right of prepayment

If: -

 

(a) the Borrower is required to pay to a Lender any additional amounts under Clause 12 (Taxes); or

 

(b) the Borrower is required to pay to a Lender any amount under Clause 14 (Increased costs);

 

13


then, without prejudice to the obligations of the Borrower under those Clauses, the Borrower may, subject to Clause 7.5 (Miscellaneous provisions) and 22.2 (Other indemnities) whilst the circumstances continue, serve a notice of prepayment and cancellation on that Lender through the Agent. On the date falling five Business Days after the date of service of the notice: -

 

(c) the Borrower shall prepay that Lenders’ participation in the Loan; and

 

(d) that Lenders’ undrawn participation in the Commitment (if any) shall be cancelled.

 

7.3 Mandatory prepayment due to a sale, Total Loss or termination of the Charterparty

Upon;

 

(a) termination of or material changes to the Charterparty; or

 

(b) a sale of the Vessel (after the Lenders’ written consent); or

 

(c) a Total Loss;

then all amounts outstanding on this Agreement shall be due and payable and be immediately repaid in full. Any part of the Loan not drawn shall be cancelled.

 

7.4 Mandatory prepayment – Market Value

If the Market Value falls below 100% or 125% (as the case may be according to Clause 17.21) of the Loan at any time, the Borrower shall, unless otherwise agreed with the Agent (on behalf of the Finance Parties) within 30 days after being notified in writing by the Agent of such non-compliance, either:

 

(a) prepay the Loan or a part of the Loan (as the case may be); or

 

(b) provide the Lenders with such additional security, in form and substance satisfactory to the Majority Lenders (it being agreed that cash collateral comprised of USD is satisfactory and that it shall be valued at par),

required to restore the aforesaid ratio.

 

7.5 Miscellaneous provisions

 

(a) Any notice of prepayment under this Agreement is irrevocable and shall specify the date on which the prepayment is to become effective and the amount to be prepaid. The Agent shall notify the Lenders promptly of receipt and contents of any such notice.

 

(b) All prepayments under this Agreement shall be made together with accrued interest on the amount prepaid and any amounts due in respect of such prepayment under Clause 22.2 (Other indemnities).

 

(c) An amount prepaid or cancelled pursuant to this Clause 7 may not be drawn or reinstated again.

 

(d) Ally amount prepaid shall be applied as payment of the remaining instalments on a pro rata basis.

 

14


8. INTEREST PERIODS

 

8.1 Duration and selection

 

(a) The Borrower shall select the first Interest Period for the Loan in the Drawdown Notice for the Loan, and the first Interest Period for the Loan shall commence on its Drawdown Date.

 

(b) The Borrower shall, by serving the Renewal Notice to the Agent not later than 10:00 a.m. (London time) five Business Days before the beginning of each Interest Period, specify the duration of that Interest Period. The Renewal Notice shall constitute a representation and warranty to the effect that, on the date of that notice, the representations and warranties in Clause 16 remain true and correct and that no Default has occurred and is continuing or is threatening.

 

(c) Subject to the following provisions of this Clause 8, each Interest Period shall be for a period of three or six months, or such other period acceptable to the Lenders.

 

(d) If the Borrower fails to select an Interest Period in accordance with paragraph (a) above, that Interest Period will, subject to the other provisions of this Clause 8, be three (3) months.

 

8.2 Non-Business Days

If an Interest Period would end on a day which is not a Business Day, that Interest Period shall instead end on the next Business Day in that calendar month (if there is one) or the preceding Business Day (if there is not).

 

8.3 No overrunning

If an Interest Period for the Loan at any time would otherwise overrun a Repayment Date, it shall be shortened so that it ends on the Repayment Date for a portion of the Loan corresponding to the amount of the Loan to be repaid on that Repayment Date.

 

8.4 Notification

The Agent shall notify the Lenders of the duration of each Interest Period promptly after ascertaining its duration.

 

9. INTEREST

 

9.1 Payment of interest

The Borrower shall pay interest on the Loan at the rate per annum determined by the Agent to be the aggregate of:

 

(i) The Margin; and

 

(ii) LIBOR.

 

9.2 Due dates

 

(a) Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, accrued interest on the Loan is payable by the Borrower on the last day of each Interest Period.

 

(b) If the Interest Period is longer than three (3) months, accrued interest shall be paid every three (3) months during that Interest Period and on the last day of that Interest Period.

 

15


9.3 Default interest

If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and the Agent has given notice to the Borrower, the Borrower shall pay interest from such date notice is given to be the aggregate sum of 2.0 per cent per annum and the Margin plus the documented costs the Lenders will incur in financing such sums for such periods as the Lenders shall determine. Interest under this Clause 9.3 shall be payable by the Borrower upon written demand from the Agent.

 

9.4 Notification

The Agent shall promptly notify each relevant Party of the determination of a rate of interest under this Agreement.

 

9.5 Effective Interest Rate

It is not possible to calculate the effective interest rate on this Agreement in advance. The Lenders are nevertheless, according to the Finance Contracts Act (Finansavtaleloven) obliged to give a representative example. LIBOR for six months was at 6 July 2011 0,25 % per annum. Provided unaltered LIBOR and Margin for the duration of the Loan, the effective interest rate will be 2,92 % for the Loan.

 

9.6 Break Costs

 

(a) The Borrower shall, within three Business Days of demand by a Finance Party, pay to that Finance Party its Break Costs attributable to all or any part of the relevant Tranche being paid by the Borrower on a day other than the last day of an Interest Period for the Loan.

 

(b) Each Lender shall, as soon as reasonably practicable after a demand by the Agent, provide a certificate confirming the amount of its Break Costs for any Interest Period in which they accrue.

 

10. PAYMENTS

 

10.1 Place

All payments by the Borrower or a Lender under this Agreement shall be made to the Agent to its account at such office or bank as it may notify to the Borrower or such Lender for this purpose.

 

10.2 Funds

Payments under this Agreement to the Agent shall be made for value on the due date at such times and in such funds as the Agent may specify to the Party concerned as being customary at the time for the settlement of transactions in the relevant currency in the place for payment.

 

10.3 Distribution

 

(a) Each payment received by the Agent under this Agreement for another Party shall, subject to paragraphs (b) and (c) below, be made available by the Agent to that Party by payment (on the date and in the currency and funds of receipt) to its account with such office or bank as it may notify to the Agent for this purpose by not less than five Business Days prior written notice. In cage of payment by the Agent to the Lenders under this Agreement each Lender shall receive an amount corresponding to its respective Commitment related to the Total Commitment,

 

16


(b) The Agent may apply any amount received or held by it for the Borrower in or towards payment (on the date and in the currency and funds of receipt) of any amount due from the Borrower under this Agreement or in or towards the purchase of any amount of any currency to be so applied.

 

(c) Where a sum is to be paid to the Agent under this Agreement for distribution to another Party, the Agent is not obliged to pay that sum to that Party until it has established that it has actually received that sum. The Agent may, however, assume that the sum has been paid to it in accordance with this Agreement and, in reliance on that assumption, make available to that Party a corresponding amount. If the sum has not been made available but the Agent has paid a corresponding amount to another Party and the Party liable does not forthwith on demand pay such amount to the Agent together with interest on that amount from the date of payment to the date of receipt, calculated at a rate determined by the Agent to reflect its cost of funds, that Party shall forthwith on demand by the Agent refund such amount to the Agent together with interest on such amount calculated as above.

 

10.4 Currency

 

(a) Any amount payable under this Agreement is, except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, payable in USD.

 

(b) Amounts payable in respect of costs, expenses, taxes and the like are payable in the currency in which they are incurred.

 

10.5 Set-off and counterclaim

All payments made by the Borrower under this Agreement shall be made without set-off or counterclaim.

 

10.6 Non-Business Days

If a payment under this Agreement is due on a day which is not a Business Day, the due date for that payment shall instead be the next Business Day in the same calendar month provided that (i) if there is no next Business Day in the same calendar month or (ii) if the day on which that payment was otherwise due was the Final Maturity Date, the due date for that payment shall instead be the preceding Business Day.

 

10.7 Partial payments

If the Agent receives a payment insufficient to discharge all the amounts then due and payable by the Borrower under this Agreement and the Swap Agreements, the Agent shall apply that payment towards the discharge of the obligations of the Borrower under this Agreement in the following order:

 

(a) firstly , in or towards payment pro rata of any unpaid costs and expenses of the Agent under this Agreement;

 

(b) secondly , in or towards payment pro rata of any accrued fees due but unpaid under Clause 20 (Fees);

 

(c) thirdly , in or towards payment pro rata of any accrued interest under this Agreement;

 

17


(d) fourthly , in or towards payment pro rata of any principal due from the Borrower but unpaid under this Agreement; and

 

(e) fifthly , in or towards payment pro rata of any other sum due but unpaid under this Agreement

 

(f) sixthly in or towards payment pro rata of any other sum due but unpaid under the Swap Agreements

 

11. SECURITY

 

11.1 Security

The Borrower’s obligations under the Finance Documents, including without limitation the obligation to repay the Loan together with all unpaid interest, default interest, commissions, charges, expenses and any derived liability whatsoever of the Borrower in connection with the Finance Documents shall be secured as follows:

 

  (i) the Mortgage;

 

  (ii) the Insurances Assignment;

 

  (iii) the Charterparty Assignment;

 

  (iv) the Factoring Agreement;

 

  (v) the Guarantees;

 

  (vi) the Pledge of Accounts;

 

  (vii) the Share Pledge.

 

11.2 Swap Agreements

The Lenders will, subject to the Swap Banks Subordination Statement allow the Swap Banks to participate in the Security Documents on a subordinated basis.

 

11.3 Set-off

Following the occurrence of an Event of Default, the Agent (acting on its own behalf and on behalf of the Finance Parties) and each of the Finance Parties individually (acting on its own behalf and on behalf of the Agent and the other Finance Parties) shall to the extent permitted by applicable law, have a separate right of set-off in respect of any credit balance, in any currency, on any account the Borrower might have with the Agent and each of the Finance Parties individually (branches included) against any sum due to the Agent and the Finance Parties under any Finance Document.

 

12. TAXES

All payments by the Borrower under this Agreement shall be made free and clear of and without deduction for or on account of any taxes, except to the extent that the Borrower is required by law to make payment subject to any taxes. If by requirement of law any tax or amounts in respect of tax must be deducted or withheld from any amounts payable or paid by the Borrower, or paid or payable by the Agent to a Lender, under this Agreement, the Borrower (or the Agent, if required) shall pay such tax to the relevant authority and the Borrower shall pay such additional amounts as may be necessary to ensure that the relevant Lender receives (free from any liability in respect of any such deduction or withholding) a net amount equal to the full amount which it would have received had payment not been made subject to tax or other deduction. The Borrower shall promptly deliver to the Agent any receipts, certificates or other proof evidencing the amounts paid or payable in respect of any deduction or withholding as aforesaid.

 

18


13. MARKET DISRUPTION

 

13.1 Market Disruption

 

(a) If a Market Disruption Event occurs in relation to the Loan for any Interest Period, then the rate of interest on each Lender’s share of the Loan for the Interest Period shall be the percentage rate per annum which is the sum of:

 

  (i) the Margin;

 

  (ii) the rate notified to the Agent by that Lender as soon as practicable and in any event by close of business on the date falling 10 Business Days after the Quotation Day (or, if earlier, on the date falling 20 Business Days prior to the date on which interest is due to be paid in respect of that Interest Period), to be that which expresses as a percentage rate per annum the cost to that Lender of funding its participation in that Loan from whatever source it may reasonably select.

 

(b) In this Agreement “ Market Disruption Event ” means:

 

  (i) at or about noon on the Quotation Day for the relevant Interest Period LIBOR is not available; or

 

  (ii) before close of business in London on the Quotation Day for the relevant Interest Period, the Agent receives notifications from a Lender or Lenders (whose participations in a Loan exceed 50 per cent of that Loan) that the cost to it of funding its participation in the Loan from whatever source it may reasonably select would be in excess of LIBOR.

 

13.2 Alternative basis of interest or funding

 

(a) if a Market Disruption Event occurs and the Agent or the Borrower so requires, the Agent and the Borrower shall enter into negotiations (for a period of not more than thirty days) with a view to agreeing a substitute basis for determining the rate of interest.

 

(b) Any alternative basis agreed pursuant to paragraph (a) above shall, with the prior consent of all the Lenders, be binding on all Parties.

 

14. INCREASED COSTS

 

14.1 Increased costs

 

(a) Subject to Clause 14.2 (Exceptions) and the relevant Lender notifying the Borrower of any event referred to below promptly upon becoming aware thereof, the Borrower shall, promptly after demand by a Lender, pay to that Lender the amount of any increased cost relating to this Agreement incurred by it as a result of:

 

  (i) any change in, or any change in the interpretation or application by any competent authority of, any relevant law or regulation after the date of this Agreement (including but not limited to any law or regulation relating to taxation, or reserve asset, special deposit, cash ratio, liquidity or capital adequacy requirements or any other form of banking or monetary control); or

 

  (ii) Compliance with any regulation made by a competent authority of the jurisdiction in which it is incorporated and/or in which its principal office is located after the date of this Agreement, (including but not limited to any law or regulation relating to taxation, or reserve asset, special deposit, cash ratio, liquidity or capital adequacy requirements or any other form of banking or monetary control).

 

19


(b) In this Agreement “ increased cost ” means:

 

  (i) an additional cost incurred by a Lender as a result of the Lender having entered into, or performing, maintaining or funding its obligations under this Agreement; or

 

  (ii) that portion of an additional cost incurred by a Lender as a result of the Lender making, funding or maintaining all or any advances comprised in a class of advances formed by or including its participation in the Loan made or to be made under this Agreement as is attributable to it making, funding or maintaining those participations; or

 

  (iii) a reduction in any amount payable to a Lender; or

 

  (iv) the amount of any payment made by a Lender, or the amount of any interest or other return foregone by a Lender, calculated by reference to any amounts received or receivable by that Lender from the Agent or the Borrower under this Agreement, all as certified by the relevant Lender, such certificate to set out in reasonable detail the circumstances giving rise to the claim for payment of increased costs and the calculations of the amount claimed and shall be conclusive evidence, save for manifest error, of the amount due from the Borrower,

 

14.2 Exceptions

Clause 14 (Increased costs) does not apply to any increased cost:

 

(a) provided for by the operation of Clause 12 (Taxes); or

 

(b) attributable to any change in the rate of Tax on Overall Net Income of a Lender.

 

15. ILLEGALITY

If it becomes unlawful in any jurisdiction by virtue of any law which is binding upon such Lender for it to give effect to any of its obligations as contemplated by this Agreement, then:

 

(a) that Lender may notify the Borrower through the Agent accordingly (specifying the obligations the performance of which is thereby rendered unlawful and the law giving rise to the same); and

 

(b) the Borrower shall forthwith (or at such later date as may be permitted by the relevant law) without premium or penalty other than as set out in Clause 22.2 (Other indemnities), prepay that Lender’s participation in all amounts payable by it to that Lender under this Agreement; and

 

(c) that Lender’s Commitment shall forthwith be cancelled.

 

20


16. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

16.1 Representations and warranties

Each Obligor makes the representations and warranties set out in this Clause 16 to each of the Finance Parties.

 

16.2 Status and ownership

 

(a) the Borrower is a duly constituted and properly incorporated private company with limited liability under Norwegian law.

 

(b) the General Partner is a duly constituted and properly incorporated company with limited liability under Marshall Islands law, wholly-owned by the Sponsor.

 

(c) KNOT Offshore Partners LP is a duly constituted and properly incorporated company with limited liability under Marshall Islands law, owned at least 33.3% by the Sponsor (directly or indirectly).

 

(d) KNOT Shuttle Tankers AS is a duly constituted and properly incorporated company with limited liability under Norwegian law, owned 100% by KNOT Offshore Partners LP (directly or indirectly).

 

16.3 Powers and authority

Each Obligor has the power to enter into and perform, and have taken all necessary corporate actions to authorise the entry into, performance and delivery of, the Finance Documents and/or the Transaction Documents to which it is party, and the transactions contemplated herein and therein.

 

16.4 Legal validity and enforceability

The Finance Documents and the Transaction Documents will, subject always to mandatory Norwegian law, when executed by the respective parties thereto constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of such parties, enforceable in accordance with their respective terms and conditions, and save as provided for herein or therein, including nominal fees related to registration and enforcement of any of the Finance Documents, no registration, filing, payment of tax or fees or other formalities are necessary or desirable to render the Finance Documents and/or the Transaction Documents enforceable against the parties thereto, and for the Security Documents to constitute valid and enforceable first priority Security Documents as contemplated therein or herein.

 

16.5 Non-conflict

The entry into and performance by each of the Obligors of the Finance Documents and the Transaction Documents to which it is a party, and the transactions contemplated herein and therein, do, in the opinion of any of the Obligors, not and will not conflict with:

 

(a) any articles of association or other constitutional documents of any of the Obligors; and

 

(b) any document or agreement which is binding upon the Obligors, or any of their assets.

 

21


16.6 No Money Laundering

In relation to the borrowing by the Borrower of the Loan, the performance and discharge of its obligations and liabilities under this Agreement or any of the Security Documents and the transactions and other arrangements effected or contemplated by this Agreement or any of the Security Documents to which the Borrower is a party, it is acting for its own account and the foregoing will not involve or lead to a contravention of any law, official requirement or other regulatory measure or procedure which has been implemented to combat “money laundering” (as defined in Article 1 of the Directive (91/308/EEC) of the Council of the European Community) and which is applicable to the Borrower.

 

16.7 No Default

 

(a) No Default is outstanding or might result from the disbursement of the Loan;

 

(b) no other event is outstanding which constitutes or, (with the giving of notice, lapse of time, determination of materiality or the fulfilment of any other applicable condition, or any combination of the foregoing,) might constitute an event of default under any document which is binding on the Borrower or any of its assets, and which may have a material effect on the Borrower’s ability to perform its obligations under this Agreement or the Security Documents (as the case may be); and

 

(c) no amendments or waivers have been made under any of the Transaction Documents, and no event of default has occurred and is continuing or is threatening thereunder.

 

16.8 Authorisations

All authorisations required in connection with the entry into, performance, validity and enforceability of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Finance Documents and the Transaction Documents have been obtained or effected (as appropriate) and are in full force and effect, as and so required thereunder.

 

16.9 Environmental issues

There are no conditions or circumstances known to it associated with the operation of the Vessel, which may give rise to any environmental liability of any of the Obligors.

 

16.10 Financial information

 

(a) The audited consolidated accounts of the Obligors:

 

  (i) have (save as stated therein) been prepared in accordance with NORGAAP or USGAAP (as relevant) consistently applied; and

 

  (ii) fairly represent the financial condition of the Borrower and the consolidated financial condition of the Guarantors as at the date to which they were drawn up, and there has been no material adverse change in the consolidated financial condition of any of the Obligors since the date on which those accounts were drawn up, which might reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the ability of any of the Obligors to perform their respective obligations under the Finance Documents and the Transaction Documents to which they are a party.

 

(b) All financial documents and information relating to any of the Obligors or otherwise relevant to the matters contemplated by this Agreement which have been supplied to the Agent or the Lenders are complete and correct in all material respects, and the Borrower has not omitted to disclose to the Finance Parties any information, documents or agreements known to the Borrower which, if disclosed, could in the Borrower’s opinion reasonably be expected to affect the decision of the Finance Parties to enter into this Agreement.

 

22


16.11 Litigation

No litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings are current or, to the Obligors’ knowledge, pending or threatened against any of the Obligors which might, if adversely determined, be reasonably expected to have a material adverse effect on the ability of any of the Obligors to perform their respective obligations under the Finance Documents or the Transaction Documents (as the case may be).

 

16.12 Pari passu

Each Obligors’ obligations under the Finance Documents to which it is a party are its direct, general and unconditional obligations and rank at least part passu with all its other present and future unsecured and unsubordinated indebtedness.

 

16.13 No withholding Taxes

No Taxes are imposed by withholding or otherwise on any payment to be made by the Borrower under the Finance Documents or are imposed on or by virtue of the execution or delivery by the Borrower of the Finance Documents to which it is or is to be a party or any other document or instrument to be executed or delivered under the Finance Documents.

 

16.14 No material adverse change

There has been no material adverse change in the financial position of any of the Obligors from that described to the Lenders during the negotiation of this Agreement.

 

16.15 Times for making representations and warranties

The representations and warranties set out in this Clause 16 are made by the Obligors on the Effective Date and are deemed to be repeated by the Borrower on the date of each Renewal Notice, as well as the first day in each Interest Period, with reference to the facts and circumstances then existing, unless otherwise notified to the Agent in writing, and if not permitted under this Agreement, waived by the Majority Lenders prior to such dates.

 

17. UNDERTAKINGS

 

17.1 Duration

The undertakings in this Clause 17 remain in force throughout the Loan Period.

 

23


17.2 Financial information

 

(a) Each Obligor shall supply to the Agent in sufficient copies for all of the Lenders:

 

  (i) as soon as reasonably practicable after the same are available (and in any event no later than 150 days after each year-end) the audited unconsolidated and consolidated accounts of the Obligors for that financial year; and

 

  (ii) as soon as reasonably practicable after the same are available (and in any event no later than 90 days after each quarter) the unaudited unconsolidated and consolidated accounts of the Obligors, and

 

  (iii) as soon as practicable (but in any event prior to each fiscal year) budget, projections including profit and loss, balance sheet and cash flow forecasts including supporting schedules and calculations for the Obligors and the MLP Group.

 

  (iv) the Compliance Certificate on a quarterly basis within 150 days after each year-end and 90 days after each 30 March, 30 June and 30 September.

 

  (v) appraisal reports from two Approved Brokers on a semi-annual basis (in case of an Event of Default, upon the request of the Agent) stating the Market Value of the Vessel.

 

(b) The financial statements which shall be delivered to the Agent pursuant to sub-paragraphs (ii) and (iii) above shall have been prepared in accordance with NORGAAP or USGAAP (as relevant) or, if not, such financial statements shall be accompanied by a certificate setting out the adjustments to be made, and showing such adjustments as having been made, as are necessary to produce the amounts and totals in such accounts that would have been produced if NORGAAP or USGAAP (as relevant) had been applied.

 

17.3 Information – Miscellaneous

Each Obligor shall supply to the Agent, in sufficient copies for all of the Lenders:

 

(a) promptly, such specific financial or other information regarding the financial condition and operations or other information of the Obligors or the Vessel (hereunder but not limited to technical data) as the Agent (or any Lender through the Agent) may reasonably request;

 

(b) promptly upon becoming aware of them, relevant details of any material litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings which are current or, to its knowledge, threatened or pending against the Obligors and which might, if adversely determined, be reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on the ability of the Obligors to perform their respective obligations under this Agreement or the Transaction Documents (as the case may be), and further details of any such matters previously disclosed to the Agent, if the likelihood of an adverse determination has increased, as the Agent or any Lender acting through the Agent may reasonably request;

 

(c) all documents dispatched by it to all of its shareholders or creditors containing information relevant to any of the Transaction Documents, at the same time as they are dispatched;

 

(d) all information needed by the Lenders in order to comply with money laundering provisions and KYC requirements.

 

24


17.4 Notification of Default

Each Obligor shall notify the Agent of any Default which is continuing (and the steps, if any, being taken to remedy it) promptly upon its occurrence.

 

17.5 Insurances

 

(a) The Borrower shall as from the Delivery Date for the Vessel maintain the Vessel insured against such risks (including, but not limited) to Hull and Machinery, Hull Interest, Freight Interest, Protection & Indemnity (including highest possible maximum cover of at least USD 1,000,000,000 for the Vessel for pollution), Loss of Hire (cover at least 180 days with a maximum of 14 days deductible) and War Risk insurances (including War Risks, P & I and terrorism, piracy and confiscation to the maximum extent), in such amount, on such terms (always applying Norwegian law and including the terms of the Norwegian Marine Insurance Plan of 1996 version 2010 and/or the Nordic Marine Insurance Plan of 2013 or equivalent terms in relation to losses payable thereunder) and with such insurers and through such brokers as the Agent on behalf of the Lenders shall approve.

For the avoidance of doubt, any changes to the arrangements for war and allied perils (including piracy) coverage whereby trading to conditional (excluded) areas which are not declared to the annual policy shall be considered an Event of Default (as set out in this Agreement) unless any alternative insurance arrangements have been submitted to and approved by the Agent in advance.

 

(b) The insurable value of the Vessel (Hull and Machinery (including Hull Interest and Freight Interest) and war risk) shall be equal to or higher than the Market Value of the Vessel arid 120 per cent of the Loan.

 

(c) The Borrower shall procure that the Agent (on behalf of the Finance Parties) is noted as first priority mortgagee in the insurance contracts, together with the confirmation from the underwriters to the Agent that the notice of assignment with regards to the Insurances and the loss payable clauses (with a minimum amount of USD 1,000,000) are noted in the insurance contracts and that standard letters of undertaking confirming this is executed, always provided that the evidence thereof is in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent (on behalf of the Finance Parties). The Borrower shall provide the Finance Parties with details of terms and conditions of the insurances and break down of insurers.

Not later than 14 days prior to the expiry date of the relevant insurances the Borrower shall deliver to the Agent a certificate from the insurance broker(s) through whom the insurances relevant to the Vessel have been placed, evidencing that all insurances referred to in item (a) have been renewed and taken out in respect of the Vessel with insurance values as required by item (b), that such insurances are in full force and effect and that the Agent on behalf of the Lenders’ interest therein has been noted by the relevant insurers.

 

(d) The Agent shall (at the Borrower’s expense) take out a Mortgagee Interest Insurance (covering 110 per cent of the principal amount outstanding hereunder) and may at request of any of the Lenders (at the Borrower’s expense) take out a Mortgagee Interest - Additional Perils Insurance (Pollution Cover) insurance (covering 110 per cent of the principal amount outstanding hereunder) relevant to the Vessel in a form and substance satisfactory to the Agent, such policy to be made in favour of the Agent (acting on its own behalf and on behalf of the Lenders), or, if so directed by the Agent, arrange for such insurance cover to be taken out in accordance with instructions from the Agent.

 

25


(e) The Borrower shall procure that the Vessel always is employed in conformity with the terms of the instruments of insurances (including any warranties expressed or implied therein) and comply with such requirements as to extra premium or otherwise as the insurers may prescribe.

 

(f) The Borrower shall before the Vessel is entering any US territory notify the Agent and provide for the Vessel to be in Compliance with all US regulations relevant to such Vessel, including oil pollution regulations and requirements with respect to certificate of financial responsibility (“COFR”) which shall be arranged with insurers and on terms approved by the Agent.

 

(g) The Agent shall (at the Borrower’s expense) obtain a favourable insurance report by an independent broker acceptable to the Agent.

 

17.6 Notification

The Borrower shall immediately notify the Agent of:

 

(a) any accident to the Vessel involving repairs the cost of which is likely to exceed USD 1,000,000.-;

 

(b) any Total Loss relevant to the Vessel; and

 

(c) any arrest of the Vessel or the exercise or purported exercise of any lien on the Vessel, the Earnings or the Earnings Account; and

 

(d) any environmental matters in respect of the Vessel.

 

17.7 Total loss

In the event that the Vessel shall suffer a Total Loss, the Borrower shall, within a period of 90 days after the Total Loss Date, obtain and present to the Agent, a written confirmation from the relevant insurers that the claim relating to the Total Loss has been accepted in full, or – if sooner – promptly upon receipt of insurance proceeds in respect of the Total Loss, apply such proceeds as prepayment of the Loan.

 

17.8 Class and International Regulations

 

(a) The Borrower shall procure that the Vessel is classified and maintained in class with the highest possible class notation, free of overdue recommendations, with a classification society that is a member of the International Association of Classification Societies, and at all times comply with the rules and regulations of the relevant class society. Furthermore, the Borrower shall at all times ensure Compliance with all requirements of the International Convention for Safety of Life at Sea (SOLAS) 1874 as adopted, amended or replaced from time to time including, but not limited to, the STCW 95, the ISM Code and/or the ISPS Code (as each is defined in the respective amendments to SOLAS). Upon receipt of the Agent’s written request, the Borrower shall instruct the classification society to send to the Agent, copies of all information, documents and class records held by the classification society in relation to the Vessel.

 

(b) The Borrower shall not change the Vessel’s class without the prior written consent of the Lenders.

 

26


17.9 Flag and register

 

(a) The Borrower will at the Delivery Date register the Vessel in an Approved Register, and

 

(b) The Borrower shall not change the flag or the ship registry of the Vessel or allow the Vessel to be dual registered without the prior written consent of the Lenders.

 

17.10 Environmental regulations

The Obligors shall indemnify and hold each of the Finance Parties harmless from and against any damages, losses or expenses which any of them may sustain or incur as a consequence of any claim by any governmental, judicial or regulatory authority which arises out of an environmental incident or an alleged environmental incident in connection with the operation of the Vessel or which relates to any environmental law in any jurisdiction.

 

17.11 Sale of Vessel

The Borrower shall not agree to sell the Vessel without the prior written consent of the Lenders.

 

17.12 Management Agreement

The Borrower shall not substantially amend or terminate the Management Agreement or enter into any further agreements related to the management of the Vessel provided however that the management of the Vessel can be transferred to another company agreed with the Majority Lenders.

 

17.13 Charterparty

The Borrower shall not make any amendment or supplement to, or waiver of the terms of, the Charterparty without the prior written consent of the Lenders.

 

17.14 Negative Pledge

Except as contemplated by this Agreement and/or the Security Documents, the Borrower shall not create, incur or assume any Security Interest on the Vessel or any of its other assets, and not make any assignment of right to receive Earnings or proceeds of insurance policies covering the Vessel.

 

17.15 Investments

The Borrower shall not make any investments and/or acquisitions.

 

17.16 Loans and indebtedness

Expect as contemplated by this Agreement and/or the Security Documents the Borrower shall not;

 

(a) incur any Financial Indebtedness (except for exposure under the Swap Agreements) of any nature or incur any debt or obligations

 

(b) grant any loans or issue any guarantee which is not related to the ordinary operation of the Vessel

 

(c) make any intercompany loans or deposits to any company or person outside the MLP Group. As long as no Event of Default has occurred or is threatening, the Borrower shall be allowed to incur and to make intercompany loans or deposits and to freely accept and grant equity contributions in any form to or from companies in the MLP Group, such intercompany loans, deposits or equity contributions to be subordinated to the Lenders’ rights.

 

27


17.17 Dividend and other payments

The Borrower may declare or pay any dividends or otherwise make any other distribution of assets to any shareholder whether in cash or otherwise, provided that (a) no Event of Default has occurred or will occur at the time of payment of such dividend and (b) the Agent is satisfied that, after payment of such dividend, the remaining liquidity of the Borrower will equal or exceed the aggregate amount of (i) the instalments falling due in the next 6 months after the dividend payment date and (ii) the amount estimated by the Agent as being the amount of interest on the Loan which will fall due for payment by the Borrower under Clause 9 during that 6 month period.

 

17.18 Accounts

 

(a) The Borrower shall maintain all its bank accounts with the Agent.

 

(b) The Borrower shall procure that all Earnings (hereunder payment of hire under the Charterparty) shall be paid to the Earnings Account.

 

(c) The Borrower shall procure that all its bank accounts in respect of the Vessel at any time are pledged to the Agent on behalf of the Lenders.

 

17.19 Transactions with affiliates

The Borrower will ensure that all transactions and agreements with companies affiliated to the Borrower shall be on a commercial basis and done on an arms-length-basis.

 

17.20 Maintenance and change of business

 

(i) The Borrower shall remain a company limited by shares under Norwegian law, with no other activity than the ownership of the Vessel.

 

(ii) The Borrower shall not enter into any form of amalgamation, merger or demerger, divest or consolidate with any other entity or any form of reconstruction or reorganisation without the prior written consent of the Lenders, save for merger of ship owning companies in the MLP Group with the intention to simplify the MLP Group structure, and not having any negative effect for the Lenders.

 

(iii) None of the Obligors will change end of its fiscal year.

 

(iv) None of the Obligors will change its legal name.

 

17.21 Market Value

Subject to Clause 7.4 (Mandatory prepayment – Market Value):

 

(a) The Borrower shall ensure that in year 1 - 4 after the Delivery Date (for avoidance of doubt, if the Delivery Date is 26 July 2013, until 26 July 2017) the Market Value of the Vessel covers at all times 100 % of the Loan.

 

(b) The Borrower shall ensure that at the last year prior to the Final Maturity Date the Market Value of the Vessel covers at all times 125 % of the Loan.

 

28


17.22 Laws, regulations and statutes

 

(a) Each Obligor shall promptly obtain such registrations, certificates, licences, consents and approvals as may be required under applicable law or regulation to enable it to perform its obligations hereunder.

 

(b) Each Obligor shall promptly obtain such registrations, certificates, licences, consents and approvals as may be required under applicable law or regulation in respect of its ongoing operations of the Vessel.

 

(c) The Borrower shall at all times comply with all environmental laws and all other laws and regulations relating to the Vessel, its ownership, operation and management, and take all reasonable precautions to ensure that the crews, employees, agents or representatives of the Borrower at all times comply with all applicable environmental laws and all laws and restrictions of every relevant jurisdiction concerning the use of drugs, alcohol or other illegal substances in connection with the operations of the Vessel by the Borrower.

 

(d) Each Obligor shall at all times comply with all applicable competition laws and regulations relating to the Vessel, its ownership, operation and management or to its business.

 

(e) The Obligors shall not, and shall procure that none of their respective managers, agents or representatives shall breach any criminal laws or regulations passed for the combat of corruption or bribing (howsoever described), including laws similar or identical to the provisions set out in Sections 276 a. through 276 c. of the Norwegian Penal Act of 22 May 1802 No. 10.

 

(f) Each Obligor will at all times comply with its articles of association.

 

(g) Each Obligor will comply with all terms of the Finance Documents at all times.

 

(h) Each Obligor will pay all taxes when due and payable.

 

17.23 Interest and currency hedging

The Swap Banks shall have the first right of refusal in relation to any interest hedging or other derivative products relating to the Vessel.

 

17.24 Chartering in of vessels

The Borrower shall not charter-in any vessels or units.

 

17.25 Intercompany loans - Guarantors

 

(a) The Guarantors’ rights in connection with intercompany loans shall be subordinated to the rights of the Lenders under this Agreement until all obligations under this Agreement are fully paid or discharged; and

 

(b) the Guarantors do explicitly waive the right to declare any breach or default of any intercompany loan, to declare bankruptcy of the Borrower, or to take any action against assets of the Borrower as long as any amount is outstanding under this Agreement; and

 

(c) no security shall be granted in relation to any intercompany loan, without the prior written consent of the Agent.

 

29


18. DEFAULT

 

18.1 Events of Default

Each of the events set out in Clauses 18.2 to 18.27 (inclusive) is an Event of Default (whether or not caused by any reason whatsoever outside the control of the Borrower or any other person).

 

18.2 Non-payment

Each of the Obligors does not pay on the due date an amount payable by it under this Agreement at the place at, and in the currency in which it is expressed to be payable, provided that if such failure to pay has arisen as a consequence of an administrative or technical error only then such event shall not be an Event of Default unless such failure continues for a period in excess of three Business Days.

 

18.3 Breach of other obligations

The Borrower does not comply with any provision of any Finance Document (other than those referred to in Clause 18.2 (Non-payment)), provided that it shall not constitute an Event of Default:

 

(a) if

 

  (i) such non-Compliance is, in the opinion of the Majority Lenders, capable of remedy; and

 

  (ii) the Agent notifies the Obligors or the Obligors notify the Agent of such non-Compliance; and

 

  (iii) such non-Compliance does not exceed 14 Business Days from the date of its occurrence,

or

 

(b) if such non-Compliance is in the sole discretion of the Majority Lenders of a minor nature and does not prejudice the security constituted by the Security Documents.

For the avoidance of doubt and without prejudicing whether any other breach is or is not capable of remedy, a breach of Clause 17.5 (Insurances) shall in any event be deemed not to be capable of remedy.

 

18.4 Breach under the Security Documents

Either of the Obligors does not comply with any obligation, undertaking or provision of any of the Security Documents or any document referred to therein.

 

18.5 Misrepresentation

A representation, warranty or statement made or repeated in or in connection with any Finance Document or in any document delivered by or on behalf of the Obligors under or in connection with any Finance Document was incorrect or misleading in any respect when made or deemed to be made or repeated.

 

30


18.6 Cross-default

 

(a) An event of default howsoever described (or any event which with the giving of notice, lapse of time, determination of materiality or fulfilment of ally other applicable condition or any combination of the foregoing would constitute such an event of default) occurs with respect to any of the Obligors, the MLP Group and/or the Manager under any of the Transaction Documents, or under any other agreement to which any of the Obligors, the MLP Group and/or the Manager is a party and such event of default in the sole opinion of the Lenders may have effect on the financial condition of any of the Obligors or its/their ability to perform their respective obligation hereunder or under the Security Documents to which they are a party (as case may be).

 

(b) Any Financial Indebtedness of an Obligor and/or any member of the MLP Group:

 

  (i) is not paid when due or within any originally applicable grace period; or

 

  (ii) is declared to be or otherwise becomes due and payable prior to its specified maturity as a result of an event of default (however described); or

 

  (iii) becomes capable of being declared due and payable prior to its specified maturity as a result of an event of default (however described).

 

18.7 Liens

A maritime or other lien, arrest, distress or similar charge is levied upon, or against the Vessel, the Pledged Accounts or any other part of the assets of any of the Obligors (save for as contemplated by this Agreement and/or the Security Documents) and is not discharged within 14 Business Days after the Borrower became aware of the same.

 

18.8 Insolvency

An order of a competent court is made or an event analogous thereto occurs or any effective resolution is passed with a view to the bankruptcy, commencement of composition proceedings, debt negotiations, liquidation, winding-up or similar event with respect to any of the Obligors.

 

18.9 Admittance of non-payment

Any of the Obligors is unable or admits in writing its inability to pay its lawful debts as they fall due.

 

18.10 Termination of business

Any of the Obligors ceases or threatens to cease to carry on its business or materially change its business, whether by one or a series of transactions.

 

18.11 Permits

Any licence, consent, permission or approval required in order to enforce, complete or perform the Agreement and/or any of the Transaction Documents is revoked, terminated or modified.

 

31


18.12 Impossibility or illegality

It becomes impossible or unlawful for any of the Obligors to fulfil any of the terms of the Finance Documents or for the Agent to exercise any right or power vested in the Agent under the Security Documents, or the security created by any of the Security Documents is imperilled, or for any reason whatsoever ceases to be valid and enforceable with its intended priority.

 

18.13 Transaction Documents

Without the prior written consent of the Agent on behalf of the Lenders any of the Transaction Documents

 

(i) is amended or terminated,

 

(ii) ceases in whole or part to be valid, binding and enforceable, or

 

(iii) any waivers are agreed thereunder.

 

18.14 Material adverse change

Any event or series of events occurs in relation to any of the Obligors which, in the reasonable opinion of any of the Lenders, have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

18.15 Events in Security Documents

Any of the events of default specified in any of the Security Documents arise or occur.

 

18.16 Mergers, demerger and reconstructions

Any of the Obligors effects any demerger, merger, joint venture, reconstruction, splitup or divest without the prior written consent of the Lenders, except as permitted by Clause 17.20, (ii)  (Maintenance and change of business) .

 

18.17 Change of ownership - the Borrower

The Borrower ceases to be a direct or indirect wholly owned (share capital and voting rights) subsidiary of KNOT Offshore Partners LP.

 

18.18 Change of ownership - KNOT Offshore Partners LP

KNOT Offshore Partners LP ceases to be in the 33.1/3 % ownership (share capital and voting rights subject to the limitations on voting rights relating to election of board members, amendments and certain other matters as set out in the Limited Partnership Agreement) of the Sponsor or if any person or group of persons acting in concert (other than the Sponsor (or any wholly owned Subsidiaries thereof)) acquires more than 33.1/3 % of the share capital or voting rights of KNOT Offshore Partners LP.

 

18.19 Change of ownership - the General Partner

The General Partner ceases to be a direct or indirect wholly owned (share capital and voting rights) subsidiary of the Sponsor.

 

32


18.20 Free Liquidity

KNOT Offshore Partners LP (on a consolidated basis) at any time during the Loan Period has a Free Liquidity of less than USD 15,000,000.- phis USD 1,500,000.- for each owned vessel with employment contract with less than 12 months remaining tenor. From the time KNOT Offshore Partners LP and its Subsidiaries own in total 8 vessels, the Free Liquidity shall be increased by USD 1,000,000.- for each additional vessel acquired (including vessels chartered in on bareboat charterparties, vessels on long term financial leases and vessels on long term time charter parties (exceeding 12 months)) by KNOT Offshore Partners LP or any Subsidiary, plus USD 1,500,000.- for each owned vessel with employment contract with less than 12 months remaining tenor.

 

18.21 Working Capital

The Borrower at any time as from the Delivery Date has a negative Working Capital.

 

18.22 Minimum Equity Ratio

The Book Equity of KNOT Offshore Partners LP (on a consolidated basis) to Total Assets is less than 30 %.

 

18.23 EBITDA

KNOT Offshore Partners LP (on a consolidated basis) at any time has an EBITDA (after payment of actual docking costs) of less than 2.5 x interest costs (including interest rate swap costs). EBITDA shall be measured on a quarterly rolling basis (last 4 quarters).

 

18.24 Loss of property

Any part of the MIT Group’s business or assets is destroyed, abandoned, ceased, appropriated or forfeited for any reason.

 

18.25 Failure to comply with final judgement

Any of the Obligors fails within five (5) Business Days after becoming obliged to do so to comply with or pay any sum due from it under any final judgement or final order.

 

18.26 Listing

KNOT Offshore Partners LP ceases to be listed on the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE).

 

18.27 General Partner

 

(a) The General Partner ceases to be the general partner in KNOT Offshore Partners LP, and/or

 

(b) the General Partner ceases to own minimum 2% of the interests in KNOT Offshore Partners LP, and/or

 

(c) the General Partner ceases to have the right to appoint three (3) out of seven (7) board directors to the board of directors in KNOT Offshore Partners LP (or if there is a change in the number of directors, the corresponding numbers).

 

33


18.28 Acceleration

On and at any time after the occurrence of an Event of Default and whilst such Event of Default is continuing unremedied and unwaived, the Agent may, and shall (or shall refrain from) if so directed by the Majority Lenders, by notice to the Borrower:-

 

(a) without prejudice to any parts of the Loan advanced hereunder cancel the Total Commitment; and

 

(b) declare that all or part of the Loan, together with accrued interest, and all other amounts accrued under the Finance Documents are immediately due and payable, whereupon they shall become immediately due and payable.

 

(c) without prejudice to any of the Finance Parties’ other rights, with or without notice to the Borrower, take such other action as is available to the Finance Parties under the Finance Documents or by law.

 

19. THE AGENT AND THE MANDATED LEAD ARRANGERS

 

19.1 Appointment and duties of the Agent

Each Lender hereby appoints the Agent to act as its agent under and in connection with this Agreement, and authorises the Agent on its behalf to perform the duties and to exercise the rights, powers and discretion that are specifically delegated to it under or in connection with this Agreement, together with any other incidental reasonable rights, powers and discretion. The Agent has only those duties which are expressly specified in this Agreement. Without prejudice to the binding nature of such duties, they are solely of a mechanical and administrative nature.

 

19.2 Relationship

 

(a) The relationship between the Agent and the Lenders is that of agent and principal only. Nothing in this Agreement constitutes the Agent as trustee or fiduciary for any other Party or any other person and the Agent needs not to hold in trust any moneys paid to it for a Party or be liable to account for interest on those monies.

 

(b) Unless otherwise stated or agreed, the Security Documents are or will be executed in favour of the Agent on behalf of the Lenders and the Agent shall hold and keep the Security Documents for the benefit of the Lenders.

 

19.3 The Lenders’ directions

The Agent will be fully protected if it acts in accordance with the instructions or (as the case may be) the consent of the Majority Lenders in connection with the exercise of any right, power or discretion or any matter not expressly subject to the instructions or (as the case may be) the consent of the Lenders. Any such instructions given by the Majority Lenders will be binding on all the Lenders. In the absence of such instruction, the Agent may act in relation thereto as it reasonably considers to be in the best interests of all the Lenders. The Agent may not commence legal proceedings in a Lender’s name without such Lender’s consent.

 

34


19.4 Responsibility for documentation

Save for their gross negligence or wilful misconduct neither the Agent, the Mandated Lead Arrangers nor any of their officers, employees or agents are responsible to any other Party for:

 

(a) the execution, genuineness, validity, enforceability or sufficiency of this Agreement or any other document;

 

(b) the collectability of amounts payable under this Agreement; or

 

(c) the accuracy of any statements (whether written or oral) made in or in connection with this Agreement and/or any of the Transaction Documents.

 

19.5 Default

 

(a) The Agent is not obliged to monitor or enquire as to whether or not a Default has occurred. The Agent will not be deemed to have knowledge of the occurrence of a Default. However, if the Agent receives notice from a Party referring to this Agreement, describing the Default and stating that the event is a Default, or if the Agent in this capacity has otherwise acquired actual knowledge of a Default, it shall promptly notify the Lenders.

 

(b) The Agent may require the receipt of security satisfactory to it from any Lender, whether by way of payment in advance or otherwise, against any liability or loss which it will or may incur in taking any proceedings or action arising out of or in connection with this Agreement before it commences those proceedings or takes that action.

 

19.6 Exoneration

 

(a) Without limiting paragraph (b) below, the Agent will not be liable to any Lender for any detrimental result of any action taken or not taken by it under or in connection with this Agreement, unless such detrimental result is caused by its gross negligence or wilful misconduct.

 

(b) No Party may take any proceedings against any officer, employee or agent of the Agent in respect of any claim it might have against the Agent or in respect of any act or omission of any kind (including negligence or wilful misconduct) by that officer, employee or agent in relation to this Agreement.

 

(c) Nothing in this Agreement shall oblige the Agent to early out any “know your customer” or other checks in relation to any person on behalf of any Lender and each Lender confirms to the Agent that it is solely responsible for any such checks it is required to carry out and that it may not rely on any statement in relation to such checks made by the Agent.

 

19.7 Reliance

The Agent may:

 

(a) rely on any notice or document believed by it to be genuine and correct and to have been signed by, or with the authority of, the proper person;

 

(b) rely on any statement made by a director or employee of any person regarding any matters which may reasonably be assumed to be within his knowledge or within his power to verify; and

 

(c) engage, pay for and rely on legal or other professional advisers selected by it (including those in the Agent’s employment and those representing a Party other than the Agent).

 

35


19.8 Approval and appraisal

Without affecting the responsibility of the Borrower for information supplied by it or on its behalf in connection with this Agreement, each Lender confirms that it:

 

(a) has made its own independent investigation and assessment of the financial condition and affairs of the Borrower and its related entities in connection with their participation in this Agreement and has not relied exclusively on any information provided to it by the Agent or the Mandated Lead Arrangers in connection with this Agreement; and

 

(b) will continue to make its own independent appraisal of the creditworthiness of the Borrower, and its related entities while any amount is or may be outstanding under this Agreement or any Commitment is in force.

 

19.9 Information

 

(a) The Agent shall promptly forward to the person concerned the original or a copy of any document which is delivered to the Agent by a Party for that person.

 

(b) The Agent shall supply each Lender with an execution copy of this Agreement and a copy of each other document received by the Agent under Clause 4 (Conditions Precedent).

 

(c) Except where this Agreement specifically provides otherwise, the Agent is not obliged to review or check the accuracy or completeness of any document it forwards to another Party.

 

19.10 The Agent and the Mandated Lead Arrangers as Lenders

 

(a) The Agent and the Mandated Lead Arrangers, as Lenders, have the same rights and powers under this Agreement as any other Lender and may exercise those rights and powers as though each was not, as the case may be, the Agent or the Mandated Lead Arrangers.

 

(b) The Agent and the Mandated Lead Arrangers may:

 

  (i) carry on any business with the Borrower or its related entities;

 

  (ii) act as agent or trustee for, or in relation to any financing involving, the Borrower or its related entities; and

 

  (iii) retain any profits or remuneration in connection with their activities under this Agreement or in relation to any of the foregoing.

 

19.11 Indemnities

 

(a) Without limiting the liability of the Borrower under this Agreement, each Lender shall forthwith on demand indemnify the Agent for its proportion of any liability or loss incurred by the Agent in any way relating to or arising out of its acting as Agent, except to the extent that the liability or loss arises from the Agent’s gross negligence or wilful misconduct or unless to the extent the liability or loss is reimbursed by the Borrower.

 

36


(b) A Lender’s proportion of the liability or loss set out in paragraph (a) above will be the proportion which its participation in the Loan bears on the date of the demand. If, however, there is no part of the Loan outstanding on the date of demand, then the proportion will be the proportion which its Commitment bears to the Total Commitment of all the Lenders at the date of demand or, if the Commitment has then been cancelled, bore to the Total Commitment immediately before being cancelled.

 

(c) The Borrower shall forthwith on demand reimburse each Lender for any payment made by it under paragraph (a) above.

 

(d) Without prejudice to the liability of the Borrower, each Lender shall reimburse the Agent and the Mandated Lead Arrangers the amount corresponding to such Lender’s pro rata share of charges and expenses covered, but not reimbursed by the Borrower under, Clause 21 (Expenses) below.

 

19.12 Compliance

 

(a) The Agent may refrain from doing anything which might, in its opinion, constitute a breach of any law or regulation or be otherwise actionable at the suit of any person, and may do anything which, in its opinion, is necessary or desirable to comply with any law or regulation of any jurisdiction.

 

(b) Without limiting paragraph (a) above, the Agent needs not to disclose any information relating to the Borrower or any of its related entities if the disclosure might, in the reasonable opinion of the Agent, constitute a breach of any law or regulation or be otherwise actionable at the suit of any person.

 

19.13 Resignation of the Agent

 

(a) If the Majority Lenders so direct, due to a default by the Agent hereunder, or due to a conflict of interest between the Agent’s duties hereunder and other interests the Agent may have which involve the Borrower, the Agent shall resign by giving notice to the Lenders and the Borrower, in which case the Majority Lenders may, after consultation with, but with no costs for, the Borrower, appoint a successor Agent.

 

(b) The Agent may resign (without reason) its appointment at any time by giving a 30 days’ prior written notice to the parties hereto. The resignation shall only become effective upon the appointment of a new agent. The Lenders may appoint a new agent among any reputable and experienced finance institution. Upon the appointment of a new agent, such new agent shall assume all rights and obligations from such time designated by the Agent, and the Agent shall from such time be discharged from any further obligations hereunder.

 

19.14 Lenders

The Agent may treat each financial institution listed in Schedule 1 as a Lender, entitled to payments under this Agreement until it has received not less than five Business Days’ prior notice from that financial institution to the contrary. The Agent shall maintain a list of the Lenders and their respective addresses for notices, and shall, promptly upon request from any Party from time to tune, supply a copy of that list to that Party.

 

37


19.15 Publications

The Agent and/or the Mandated Lead Arranger(s) have the right, at its own expense, to publish information about its participation in and the agency and arrangement of the Loan and for such purpose use the Borrower’s and/or the Guarantors’ logo and trademark in connection with such publication.

 

20. FEES

 

20.1 Commitment fee

Intentionally left blank

 

20.2 Arrangement fee

Intentionally left blank

 

20.3 Agency fee

The Borrower shall pay to the Agent a non-refundable annual agency fee in accordance with offer letter to be entered into between the Borrower and the Agent.

 

21. EXPENSES

 

21.1 Initial and special costs

The Borrower shall promptly following demand from the Agent pay the Agent the amount of all costs, taxes, expenses (including internal and external legal fees), collateral fees, VAT and “out of pocket” expenses incurred by the Agent or the Mandated Lead Arrangers and/or the Lenders in connection with:

 

(a) the negotiation, preparation, printing execution, syndication and distribution of information of the Finance Documents and any other documents referred to in the Finance Documents;

 

(b) execution and registration of the Security Documents;

 

(c) any amendment, waiver, consent or suspension of rights (or any proposal for any of the foregoing) requested (or, in the case of a proposal, made) by or on behalf of the Borrower and relating to the Finance Documents or a document referred to in the Finance Documents; and

 

(d) any other matter, not being of an ordinary administrative nature and arising out of or in connection with the Finance Documents.

 

21.2 Enforcement costs

Following an Event of Default, the Borrower shall promptly following demand pay to the Finance Parties the amount of all costs and expenses (including legal fees) properly incurred by it in connection with the enforcement of or the preservation of, any rights under the Finance Documents.

 

38


22. INDEMNITIES

 

22.1 Currency indemnity

 

(a) If a Finance Party receives an amount in respect of the Borrower’s liability under the Finance Documents or if that liability is converted into a claim, proof, judgement or order in a currency other than the currency in which the amount is expressed to be payable under the Finance Documents, the Borrower shall indemnify that the Finance Party as an independent obligation against any loss or liability arising out of or as a result of the conversion of the other currency into the currency owed under the Finance Documents.

 

(b) The Borrower waives any right it may have by law to pay any amount under the Finance Documents in a currency other than that in which it is expressed to be payable.

 

22.2 Other indemnities

The Borrower shall forthwith on demand indemnify each Finance Party against any loss or liability (including funding breakage costs) which that Lender reasonably and properly incurs and which the Finance Party certifies (in a certificate containing reasonable detail) that it has incurred as a consequence of:

 

(a) the occurrence of any Event of Default;

 

(b) the operation of Clause 18.28 (Acceleration);

 

(c) any repayment or prepayment of principal or payment of an overdue amount being made otherwise than on the last day of a relevant Interest Period relative to the amount so repaid, prepaid or paid; and

 

(d) investigation(s) of a potential Event of Default, and

 

(e) a disbursement of a Tranche not being made after the Borrower has delivered a Drawdown Notice or the Loan (or part of the Loan) not being prepaid in accordance with a notice of prepayment.

The liability of the Borrower in each case includes any loss of margin or other loss or expense on account of funds borrowed, contracted for or utilised to fund any amount payable under the Finance Documents, but the Borrower’s liability shall in no circumstances extend to any loss or expense to the extent that it arises as a consequence of any gross negligence or wilful default of a Finance Party.

 

23. CALCULATIONS

Interest and fees payable under Clauses 9 (Interest) and 20 (Fees) accrue from day to day and are calculated on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed and a year of 360 days.

 

24. AMENDMENTS AND WAIVERS

 

24.1 Majority Lenders

 

(a) Subject to Clause 24.2 (All Lenders), any term of this Agreement and the Security Documents may only be amended or waived with the written agreement of the Borrower and, if authorised by the Majority Lenders, the Agent. The Agent shall effect, on behalf of the Majority Lenders, any amendment or waiver to which they have agreed.

 

(b) The Agent shall promptly notify the Lenders of any amendment or waiver effected under paragraph (a) above and any such amendment or waiver shall be binding on all the Lenders.

 

39


24.2 All Lenders

An amendment or waiver which relates to:

 

(a) reduction of the Margin and the commitment fees,

 

(b) extension of the due date for or the reduction of the amount of any payment of principal, interest or other amount payable under this Agreement,

 

(c) change in the currency in which any amount is payable under this Agreement,

 

(d) extension of the Availability Period,

 

(e) change of this Clause 24.2,

 

(f) any release of any security created by any Security Document, any changes in any Security Document or the security requirements evidenced by the Security Documents or this Agreement,

 

(g) a term of this Agreement which expressly requires the consent of each Lender and/or

 

(h) a change of the definition of “Majority Lenders “,

may not be effected without the consent of each Lender.

 

24.3 Waivers and remedies cumulative

The rights of the Finance Parties under the Finance Documents:

 

(a) may be exercised as often as necessary;

 

(b) are cumulative and not exclusive of its rights under the general law; and

 

(c) may be waived only in writing and specifically.

Delay in exercising or non-exercise of any such right is not a waiver of that right.

 

25. CHANGES TO THE PARTIES

 

25.1 Transfer by the Borrower

The Obligors may not assign, transfer, novate or dispose of any of, or any interest in, its rights and/or obligations under the Finance Documents.

 

25.2 Transfers by Banks

 

(a) A Lender (the “Existing Lender”) may at any time assign and transfer any of its rights and/or obligations under this Agreement to any of its subsidiaries or to another bank or financial institution subject to;

 

  (i) approval from the Agent; and

 

  (ii) payment of a transfer fee of USD 3,000.- to the Agent.

 

40


The Affiliate or bank or institution or entity being the “ New Lender ”.

 

(b) A transfer of obligations will be effective only if the New Lender confirms to the Agent and the Borrower that it undertakes to be bound by the terms of this Agreement as a Lender in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent. On the transfer becoming effective in this manner the Existing Lender shall be relieved of its obligations under this Agreement to the extent that they are transferred to the New Lender.

 

(c) An Existing Lender is not responsible to a New Lender for:

 

  (i) the execution, genuineness, validity, enforceability or sufficiency of this Agreement or any other document;

 

  (ii) the collectability of amounts payable under this Agreement; or

 

  (iii) the accuracy of any statements (whether written or oral) made in or in connection with this Agreement.

 

(d) Each New Lender confirms to the Existing Lender and the other Lenders that it:

 

  (i) has made its own independent investigation and assessment of the financial condition and affairs of the Borrower and its related entities in connection with its participation in this Agreement and has not relied exclusively on any information provided to it by the Existing Lender in connection with this Agreement; and

 

  (ii) will continue to make its own independent appraisal of the creditworthiness of the Borrower and its related entities while any amount is or may be outstanding under this Agreement or any Commitment is in force.

 

(e) Any reference in this Agreement to a Lender includes a New Lender but excludes a Lender if no amount is or may be owed to or by it under this Agreement and its Commitment has been cancelled or reduced to nil.

 

(f) (f Costs in connection with documenting (hereunder reasonable amendments and recordings) the transfer by the Lenders hereunder shall be for the account of the Lenders.

 

(g) A Lender may disclose to a prospective New Lender, such information about the Borrower and/or the Transaction Documents as such Lender shall consider appropriate.

 

26. PRO RATA SHARING

 

26.1 Redistribution

If any amount owing by the Borrower under this Agreement to a Lender (the “ Recovering Lender ”) is discharged by payment, set-off or any other manner other than through the Agent in accordance with Clause 10 (Payments) (a “ recovery ”), then:

 

(a) the recovering Lender shall, within three Business Days, notify details of the recovery to the Agent;

 

41


(b) the Agent shall determine whether the recovery is in excess of the amount which the recovering Lender would have received had the recovery been received by the Agent and distributed in accordance with Clause 10 (Payments);

 

(c) subject to Clause 26.3 (Exceptions), the recovering Lender shall, within three (3) Business Days of demand by the Agent, pay to the Agent an amount (the “ redistribution ”) equal to the excess;

 

(d) the Agent shall treat the redistribution as if it were a payment by the Borrower under this Agreement and shall pay the redistribution to the Lender (other than the recovering Lender) in accordance with Clause 10.7 (Partial payments); and

 

(e) after payment of the full redistribution to the Agent, the recovering Lender will be subrogated to the portion of the claims paid under paragraph (d) above and the Borrower will owe the recovering Lender a debt which is equal to the redistribution, immediately payable and of the type originally discharged.

 

26.2 Reversal of redistribution

If under Clause 26.1 (Redistribution):

 

(a) a recovering Lender must subsequently return a recovery, or an amount measured by reference to a recovery, to the Borrower; and

 

(b) the recovering Lender has paid a redistribution in relation to that recovery,

each Lender shall, within three Business Days of demand by the recovering Lender through the Agent, reimburse the recovering Lender all or the appropriate portion of the redistribution paid to that Lender. Thereupon, the subrogation in Clause 26.1 (e) will operate in reverse to the extent of the reimbursement.

 

26.3 Exception

 

(a) A recovering Lender needs not to pay a redistribution to the extent that it would not, after the payment, have a valid claim against the Borrower in the amount of the redistribution pursuant to Clause 26.1 (e).

 

(b) A Lender is not entitled to participate in a redistribution if the redistribution results from the proceeds of a judicial enforcement order obtained by the recovering Lender and the other Lenders had adequate notice of and opportunity to participate in the proceedings concerned or bring their own proceedings but did not do so.

 

27. SEVERABILITY

If a provision of this Agreement is or becomes illegal, invalid or unenforceable in any competent jurisdiction, that shall not affect the validity or enforceability in that jurisdiction of any other provision of this Agreement or the validity or enforceability in other jurisdictions of that or any other provision of this Agreement.

 

42


28. NOTICES

 

28.1 Giving of notices

All notices or other communications under or in connection with this Agreement shall be given or made in writing, by letter, telefax or S.W.I.F.T. Any such notice or communication will be deemed to be given or made as follows:

 

(a) if by letter, when delivered at the address of the relevant Party; and

 

(b) if by telefax or S.W.LF.T., when received.

However, a notice given in accordance with the above but received on a day which is not a Business Day or after 4:00 p.m. in the place of receipt will only be deemed to be given at 9:00 a.m. on the next Business Day in that place.

 

28.2 Addresses for notices

 

(a) The address, the telefax number and the S.W.I.F.T. code of each Party (other than the Agent and the Borrower) for all notices or other communications under or in connection with this Agreement are those notified by that Party for this purpose to the Agent on or before the date it becomes a Party; or any other notified by that Party for this purpose to the Agent by not less than five Business Days’ notice.

 

(b) The address, the telefax number and the S.W.I.F.T. code:

 

(i)    of the Agent is:
   DNB Bank ASA
   P.O.Box 7100 Sentrum
   N – 5020 Bergen – Norway
   Fax.:    +47 55 21 19 24
   Attn.:    Shipping Department
(ii)    of the Borrower is:
   Knutsen Shuttle Tankers 13 AS
   Smedasundet 40P.O.Box 2017
   N – 5504 Haugesund
   Norway
   Telefax:    +47 52 70 40 40
   Attn.:    CFO

or such other address and/or telefax number and/or marked for such other attention as the Agent may notify to the other Parties by not less than five (5) Business Days’ prior notice.

 

(c) All notices from or to the Borrower related to this Agreement shall be sent through the Agent.

 

(d) The Agent shall, promptly upon request from any Party, give to that Party the address and/or the telefax number of any other Party applicable at the time for the purposes of this Clause 28.2.

 

43


29. JURISDICTION

For the benefit of the Agent, each Lender and the Obligors agrees that the courts of Norway have jurisdiction to settle any disputes in connection with this Agreement.

The Obligors herewith submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the Oslo district court. Nothing in this Clause 29 shall limit the right of the Agent or any Lender to start proceedings against the Obligors in any other court of competent jurisdiction.

 

30. GOVERNING LAW

This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with Norwegian law.

o o o O o o o

 

44


SCHEDULE 1

Lenders and Commitments

 

     Total USD  

DNB

Bank ASA

P.O.Box 7100 Sentrum

5020 Bergen

Norway

     23.250.000   

Nordea Bank

Norge ASA

P.O.Box 1166 Sentruin

0107 Oslo

Norway

     23.250.000   

ABN AMRO Bank N.V. Oslo Branch, Olav V’s gate 5, 0125 Oslo. Norway

     21250.000   

Credit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank, 9 Quai du President Paul Doumer, F-92920 Paris La Defense, Cedex, France

     23.250.000   
  

 

 

 

Total

     93.000.000   
  

 

 

 

 

Schedule 1


SCHEDULE 2

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT DOCUMENTS

Intentionally left blank

 

Schedule 1


SCHEDULE 3

Form of

Drawdown Notice

 

To:    DNB Bank ASA as Agent
   P.O.Box 7100 Sentrum
   N – 5020 Bergen - Norway
   Tel.:    +47
   Fax.:    +47
   Attn.:    [                    ]
   S.W.I.F.T. Code: [                    ]

Date:                  2011

USD 93,000,000 LOAN AGREEMENT DATED 11 JULY 2011 (THE “AGREEMENT”)

We refer to Clause 5 of the Agreement. Capitalized terms used in this Drawdown Notice and not defined herein shall have the same meaning given to them in the Agreement.

 

1. We wish to draw the Predelivery Tranche (            ) / Delivery Tranche as follows:

 

  (a) Drawdown Date:                     

 

  (b) Amount(s) of the Tranche:                     

 

  (c) Interest Period:                     

 

  (d) Instructions for payment of the Tranche:                     

 

2. We confirm that each condition specified in Clause 4.2 (Further conditions precedent) is satisfied on the date of this Drawdown Notice.

 

3. We further confirm that:

 

  (a) no event or circumstance has occurred and is continuing, which constitutes, or which with the giving of notice or lapse of time or both, would constitute an Event of Default under the Agreement; and that

 

  (b) the representations and warranties contained in Clause 16 (Representation and Warranties) of the Agreement are true and correct at the date hereof as if made with respect to the facts and circumstances existing at such date.

 

By:  
KNUTSEN SHUTTLE TANKERS 13 AS
Authorised Signatory

 

Schedule 1


SCHEDULE 4

Form of Renewal Notice

 

To:    DNB Bank ASA as Agent
   P.O.Box 7100 Sentrum
   N – 5020 Bergen - Norway
   Tel.:    +47
   Fax.:    +47
   Attn.:    [                    ]
   S.W.I.F.T. Code: [                    ]

Date:                  2011

USD 93,000,000 LOAN AGREEMENT DATED 11 JULY 2011 (THE “AGREEMENT”)

We refer to Clause 8.1 (a) in the Agreement. Capitalized terms used in this Renewal Notice and not defined herein shall have the meaning given to them in the Agreement.

We hereby:

 

1. request an Interest Period in respect of [e] months from the next Interest Payment Day; and

 

2. confirm that

 

  (i) no event or circumstance has occurred and is continuing, which constitutes, or which with the giving of notice or lapse of time or both, would constitute an Event of Default under the Agreement; and that

 

  (ii) the representations and warranties contained in Clause 16 (Representations and warranties) of the Agreement are true and correct at the date hereof as if made with respect to the facts and circumstances existing at such date.

 

By:  
KNUTSEN SHUTTLE TANKERS 13 AS
Authorised Signatory

 

Schedule 1


SCHEDULE 5

Form of

Compliance Certificate

 

To:    DNB Bank ASA
   Attn:
   Telefax No.

Date: (                    )

SECURED TERM LOAN FACILITY AGREEMENT DATED 11 JULY 2011 (THE “AGREEMENT”)

With reference to the Agreement we hereby confirm as follows:

 

FREE LIQUIDITY - KNOT Offshore Partners LP

 

Requirement > USD 15,000,000.-

 

(plus USD 1,500,000.- for each owned vessel with employment contract with less than 12 months remaining tenor.

 

From the time KNOT Offshore Partners LP and its subsidiaries own in total eight (8) vessels, the minimum free liquidity requirement of USD 15,000,000.- set out above shall be increased by USD 1,000,000.- for each additional vessel acquired by KNOT Offshore Partners LP or any subsidiary, plus USD1,500,000.- for each owned vessel with employment contract with less than 12 months remaining tenor.)

   g    Compliance: Yes / No

WORKING CAPITAL - the Borrower (as from the Delivery Date)

 

Requirement > 0

   g    Compliance: Yes / No

EBITDA - KNOT Offshore Partners LP (consolidated)

 

A      EBITDA

 

B      Interest costs

 

Requirement A/B>2.5

   g    Compliance: Yes / No

MINIMUM EQUITY RATIO - MLP Group

 

A      Book Equity

 

B      Total Assets

 

Requirement A/B > 30%

   g    Compliance: Yes / No

 

Schedule 1


MARKET VALUE VESSEL - ref Clause (                    )      
A = Market Value Vessel    USD   

B = Loan

 

Requirement :

 

(i)     Year 1-4 A > 100 % of B

 

(ii)    Year 5 A > 125 % of B

 

Valuation report from [                    ] dated [                    ] enclosed

 

Valuation report from [                    ] dated [                    ] enclosed

   USD   
CHANGES IN MANAGEMENT, BOARD OF DIRECTORS AND AUDITORS      
Changes in management and/or board of directors in the Borrower      

Yes / No

give info if yes

Changes in management and/or board of directors in KNOT Offshore Partners LP      

Yes / No

give info if yes

Changes in management and/or board of directors in KNOT Shuttle Tankers AS      

Yes / No

give info if yes

Changes of auditors      

It is hereby certified, by the undersigned, that there are no known or pending Events of Default as of this date. Furthermore, it is hereby certified that the above representations are true and correct.

The above covenant calculations are made as of, and in respect of the 3 months period ending on

Certified on this          day of                 

 

KNUTSEN SHUTTLE TANKERS 13 AS
By:   CFO
Date:  

 

KNOT OFFSHORE PARTNERS L.P
By:   CFO
Date  

 

KNOT SHUTTLE TANKERS AS
By:   CFO
Date  

 

 

Schedule 2


EXECUTION PAGE

 

The Borrower :        
KNUTSEN SHUTTLE TANKERS 13 AS      

 

       

 

       
Name in block letters        
The Guarantor :        
KNOT OFFSHORE PARTNERS LP      

 

       

 

       
Name in block letters        
The Guarantor :        
KNOT SHUTTLE TANKERS AS      

 

       

 

       
Name in block letters        
The Lenders :        
DNB BANK ASA      

ABN AMRO BANK

N.V. OSLO BRANCH

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

     

 

 
Name in block letters       Name in block letters  

 


NORDEA BANK NORGE ASA     CREDIT AGRICOLE  
      CORPORATE AND  
      INVESTMENT  
BANK        

 

     

 

 

 

     

 

 
Name in block letters       Name in block letters  
The Mandated Lead Arrangers :      
DNB BANK ASA       ABN AMRO BANK  
      N.V. OSLO BRANCH  

 

     

 

 

 

     

 

 
Name in block letters       Name in block letters  
NORDEA BANK NORGE ASA     CREDIT AGRICOLE  
      CORPORATE AND  
      INVESTMENT  
BANK        

 

     

 

 

 

     

 

 
Name in block letters       Name in block letters  
The Bookrunners :        
DNB BANK ASA        

 

       

 

       
Name in block letters        
NORDEA BANK NORGE ASA      

 

       

 

       
Name in block letters        

 

Exhibit 4.21

SHARE PURCHASE AGREEMENT

Between

Knutsen NYK Offshore Tankers AS

(as Seller)

And

KNOT Shuttle Tankers AS

(as Buyer)

 

 

for the sale and purchase of the shares in

Knutsen Shuttle Tankers 13 AS

 

 


SHARE PURCHASE AGREEMENT

This agreement (this “ Agreement ”) is entered into the 11 July, 2013 between:

(1) Knutsen NYK Offshore Tankers AS , company registration no. 995 221 713

(the “ Seller ”), and

(2) KNOT Shuttle Tankers AS , company registration no. 998 942 829

(the “ Buyer ”).

The Seller and the Buyer are hereinafter individually referred to as a “ Party ” and jointly the “ Parties ”.

 

1 RECITALS

WHEREAS:

 

a) Knutsen Shuttle Tankers 13 AS, company registration no. 996 661 016, is a private limited liability company that has as its purpose to engage in shipowning activities, is duly incorporated under Norwegian law and has its registered place of business in Haugesund, Norway (the “ Company ”);

 

b) The Seller is the sole owner of the ownership interest in the Company, with a share capital of NOK 200,000;

 

c) The Company is the owner of the MT “Carmen Knutsen”, having IMO No. 9623635 (the “ Vessel ”); and

 

d) The Seller and the Buyer have agreed that the Buyer shall acquire 100% of the shares in the Company (the “ Shares ”) on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.

 

2 DEFINITIONS

In this Agreement, the following definitions shall have the following meanings:

 

a)    Accounting Principles    means the applicable Norwegian generally accepted accounting principles as defined by Norwegian law and regulations and accounting standards issued by the Norwegian Accounting Standards Board (Nw: Norsk Regnskapsstiftelse/NRS ), applied on a consistent basis;
b)    Accounts    means, in respect of the Company, its audited annual accounts ( årsregnskap ), consisting of the profit and loss account, balance sheet, statement of cash flow and the notes thereto, consolidated profit and loss account, consolidated balance sheet and statement of cash flow and the notes thereto, for the financial year ended on the Accounts Date attached as Schedule 3 ;

 

2


c)    Accounts Date    means 31 December 2012;
d)    Agreement    shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in the preamble to this Agreement;
e)    Business    means the current business of the Company, being to own the Vessel, and charter the same under the Charter;
f)    Business Day    means a day on which banks are open for general banking business in Norway;
g)    Buyer   

shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in the preamble

to this Agreement;

h)    Buyer Indemnitees    shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Clause 12.1;
i)    Carmen Knutsen Facility    means the USD 93,000,000 pre- and post-delivery term loan facility agreement in respect of the Vessel dated July 11, 2011, made between (i) the Company as borrower, (ii) the Seller as parent guarantor, (iii) the banks and financial institutions listed in Schedule 1 thereto as lenders, (iv) DnB NOR Bank ASA, Nordea Bank Norge ASA, ABN Amro Bank N.V. Oslo Branch and Credit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank as mandated lead arrangers, (v) DnB NOR Bank ASA and Nordea Bank Norge ASA as bookrunners and (vi) DnB NOR Bank ASA as agent;
j)    Charter    means the Time Charter Party, dated November 30, 2010, between the Company and Repsol YPF Trading y Transporte, S.A., as amended by Addendum Nr. 1, dated November May 11, 2012, between the Company and Repsol YPF Trading y Transporte, S.A., as assigned by Repsol YPF Trading y Transporte, S.A. to the Charterer pursuant to the Letter of Assignment, dated August 29, 2012, and as further amended by Addendum Nr. Two, dated October 31, 2012, between the Company and the Charterer;
k)    Charterer    means Repsol Sinopec Brasil, B.V.;
l)    Closing    shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Clause 5.1;
m)    Closing Date    means the date when the Closing actually takes place according to Clause 5.1;
n)    Companies Act    means the Norwegian Limited Liability Companies Act of 1997

 

3


o)    Company    means Knutsen Shuttle Tankers 13 AS;
p)    Encumbrance    means any mortgage, charge, pledge, lien, option or other security interest or restriction of any kind;
q)    Indemnified Party    shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Clause 12.3;
r)    Indemnifying Party    shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Clause 12.3;
s)    Loan Agreement    shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Clause 4;
t)    Losses    means any loss, liability, claim, damage, expense (including costs of investigation and defence and reasonable attorneys’ fees) or diminution of value, whether or not involving a third-party claim;
u)    Material Adverse Effect    means a material adverse effect on the condition (financial, commercial, technical, legal or otherwise) of the Business, assets, results of operations or prospects of the Company;
v)    Material Agreement    shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Clause 8.11;
w)    Party    shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in the preamble to this Agreement;
x)    Parties    shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in the preamble to this Agreement;
y)    Partnership    means KNOT Offshore Partners LP, a Marshall Islands limited partnership;
z)    Purchase Price    shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Clause 4;
aa)    Purchase Price Adjustments    shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Clause 5.4a);
bb)    Omnibus Agreement    means the Omnibus Agreement, dated as of April 15, 2013, by and among the Seller, the Partnership, KNOT Offshore Partners GP LLC, KNOT Shuttle Tankers 17 AS and KNOT Shuttle Tankers 18 AS;
cc)    Seller    shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in the preamble to this Agreement;
dd)    Seller Indemnitees    shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Clause 12.2;
ee)    Seller’s Credit    shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Clause 4;
ff)    Shares    shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Clause 1;

 

4


gg)    Signing Date    means the date of this Agreement;
hh)    Taxes    means all taxes (including value-added tax and similar taxes), however denominated, including interest, penalties and other additions to tax that may become payable or imposed by any applicable statute, rule or regulation or any governmental agency, including all taxes, withholdings and other charges in respect of income, profits, gains, payroll, social security or other social benefit taxes, sales, use, excise, real or personal property, stamps, transfers and workers’ compensation, which the Company is required to pay, withhold or collect; and
ii)    Third-Party Claim    shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Clause 12.3; and
jj)    Vessel    shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Clause 1.

 

3 SALE AND PURCHASE

Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, the Seller agrees to sell, and the Buyer agrees to purchase, the Shares, together with all rights attached to them.

The Shares shall be transferred to the Buyer on the Closing Date, free and clear from any Encumbrances.

 

4 PURCHASE PRICE

The Seller agrees to sell and transfer to the Buyer, and the Buyer agrees to purchase from the Seller for USD 145,000,000, less USD 89,125,000 of outstanding debt obligations under the Carmen Knutsen Facility (the “ Purchase Price ”), plus the Purchase Price Adjustments, all in accordance with and subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, the Shares.

The Purchase Price is to be settled by way of (a) a cash settlement in the amount of USD 45,422,252 and (b) a seller’s credit (the “ Seller’s Credit ”) in the amount of USD 10,452,748 from the Seller to the Buyer, which will be documented by way of a loan agreement in form and with content as set forth in Schedule 1 hereto (collectively, the “ Loan Agreement ”). The obligations of the Buyer under the Loan Agreement shall be guaranteed in full by the Partnership.

 

5 CLOSING

 

5.1 Time and place

Subject to the satisfaction or waiver of the conditions set forth in Clause 6, the completion of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (the “ Closing ”) shall take place at the offices of the Seller at such time and date as the Parties agree.

 

5


5.2 The Seller’s Closing obligations

At the Closing, the Seller shall:

 

a) deliver to the Buyer a copy of the minutes of the meeting of the board of directors of the Seller authorising the execution of, and the consummation of the transaction completed by, this Agreement; and

 

b) in exchange for the payment of the Purchase Price, transfer the Shares to the Buyer and deliver to the Buyer the share register of the Company with the Buyer duly registered as the owner of the Shares, as well as the related notices according to Sections 4-7 and 4-10 of the Companies Act.

 

5.3 The Buyer’s Closing obligations

At the Closing, the Buyer shall settle the Purchase Price in accordance with Clause 4. At the Closing, the Buyer, as the borrower, shall enter into the Loan Agreement with the Seller, as lender, to evidence and document the Seller’s Credit.

 

5.4 Post-Closing Adjustment

 

a) Within 30 days following the Closing Date, the Buyer and the Seller shall agree on the amount of the following post-Closing adjustments to the Purchase Price:

i) the Company’s working capital as of the Closing Date; and

ii) the intercompany balance with accumulated interest between the Company and the Seller at the Closing Date

(jointly, the “ Purchase Price Adjustments ”).

 

b) Within 45 days following the Closing Date, the Buyer shall pay to the Seller an amount, in cash, equal to the Purchase Price Adjustments. Any other elements than those covered by the Purchase Price Adjustments varying in the period between the Signing Date and the Closing Date shall be for Seller’s account.

 

6 CLOSING CONDITIONS

 

6.1 Conditions to the Buyer’s Closing obligations

The obligations of the Buyer to purchase the Shares and to take the other actions required to be taken by it at the Closing are subject to the satisfaction of each of the following conditions (any of which may be waived in whole or in part by the Buyer) on or before the Closing Date:

 

a) there is no material breach of any of the representations and warranties of the Seller set forth in Clause 8 and Clause 9; and

 

b) in all respects material to the transactions contemplated hereby, the Seller shall have performed or complied with all of its obligations pursuant to this Agreement to be performed or complied with by the Seller at or prior to the Closing Date and shall have delivered each document or instrument to be delivered by it pursuant to this Agreement.

 

6


6.2 Conditions to the Seller’s Closing obligations

The obligations of the Seller to sell the Shares and to take the other actions required to be taken by it at the Closing are subject to the satisfaction of each of the following conditions (any of which may be waived in whole or in part by the Seller) on or before the Closing Date:

 

a) there is no material breach of any of the representations and warranties of the Buyer set forth in Clause 7;

 

b) each of the Partnership and the Buyer shall substitute and replace the Seller as guarantor under the Carmen Knutsen Facility, and the Seller will be released as guarantor thereunder; and

 

c) in all respects material to the transactions contemplated hereby, the Buyer shall have performed or complied with all of its obligations pursuant to this Agreement to be performed or complied with by the Buyer at or prior to the Closing Date and shall have delivered each document or instrument to be delivered by it pursuant to this Agreement.

 

7 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE BUYER

The Buyer represents and warrants to the Seller that as of the Signing Date and on the Closing Date, unless otherwise expressly stated:

 

7.1 Corporate existence and power

The Buyer is duly incorporated, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of Norway.

The Buyer has not been declared insolvent; become the subject of a petition in bankruptcy; had a receiver appointed with respect to it or to the Business or part thereof; entered into any arrangement with, or made an assignment for the benefit of, its creditors; or ceased to function as a going concern.

 

7.2 Corporate authorisation and non-contravention

This Agreement and each other document or instrument delivered or to be delivered in connection with this Agreement has been duly authorised by all necessary corporate action(s) of the Buyer and constitutes or will, when executed, constitute valid and binding obligations of the Buyer enforceable in accordance with its respective terms.

The execution by the Buyer of this Agreement and each other document or instrument delivered or to be delivered in connection with it, and the performance by the Buyer of its obligations under this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions provided for in this Agreement, do not and will not result in a breach of any provision of the articles of association of the Buyer or of any applicable law, order, judgment or decree of any court or governmental agency or of any agreement to which the Buyer is bound.

The Buyer is not required to obtain any authorisations, consents, approvals or exemptions by governmental or other authority or public body in Norway in connection with the entering into or performance of its obligations under this Agreement.

 

7


8 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE SELLER

The Seller represents and warrants to the Buyer as of the Signing Date and on the Closing Date, unless otherwise expressly stated:

 

8.1 Corporate existence and power

Each of the Company and the Seller is duly incorporated, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of Norway.

Each of the Company and the Seller has not been declared insolvent; become the subject of a petition in bankruptcy; had a receiver appointed with respect to it or to the Business or part thereof; entered into any arrangement with, or made an assignment for the benefit of, its creditors; or ceased to function as a going concern.

 

8.2 Corporate authorisation and non-contravention

This Agreement and each other document or instrument delivered or to be delivered in connection with this Agreement has been duly authorised by all necessary corporate action(s) of each of the Company and the Seller, as appropriate, and constitutes or will, when executed, constitute valid and binding obligations of each of the Company and the Seller, as appropriate, enforceable in accordance with its respective terms.

The execution by each of the Company and the Seller, as appropriate, of this Agreement and each other document or instrument delivered or to be delivered in connection with it, and the performance by each of the Company and the Seller, as appropriate, of its obligations under this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions provided for in this Agreement, do not and will not result in a breach of any provision of the articles of association of each of the Company and the Seller, as appropriate, or of any applicable law, order, judgment or decree of any court or governmental agency or of any agreement to which each of the Company and the Seller, as appropriate, is bound.

Each of the Company and the Seller, as appropriate, is not required to obtain any authorisations, consents, approvals or exemptions by governmental or other authority or public body in Norway in connection with the entering into or performance of its obligations under this Agreement.

 

8.3 Capitalisation and title

The Seller has full ownership to the Shares. The Shares are fully authorised, validly issued, fully paid and free and clear from any Encumbrances.

There is no outstanding subscription, option or similar rights relating to the Shares.

 

8.4 Records

The Company’s articles of association and shareholders’ register are true, accurate, up-to-date and complete.

 

8.5 Charter documents; validity of the Charter

The Seller has supplied to the Buyer true and correct copies of the Charter and any related documents, as amended to the Closing Date. The Charter is a valid and binding agreement of the Company enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms and, to the knowledge of the Seller, the Charter is a valid and binding agreement of all other parties thereto enforceable against such parties in accordance with its terms.

 

8


8.6 Accounts

The Accounts have been prepared in accordance with the Accounting Principles and in accordance with the books and records of the Company. The Accounts give a true and accurate view of the financial position, solvency, assets, liabilities, liquidity, cash flow and the result of the operations of the Company as of the Accounts Date.

 

8.7 No undisclosed liabilities

Neither the Company nor the Vessel has any Encumbrances, or other liabilities or obligations of any nature, whether absolute, accrued, contingent or otherwise, and whether due or to become due (including, without limitation, any liability for Taxes and interest, penalties and other charges payable with respect to any such liability or obligation), except for such liabilities or obligations arising under the Carmen Knutsen Facility other than the Encumbrances or other liabilities or obligations appearing in the ship registry of the Vessel and those arising under the Carmen Knutsen Facility.

 

8.8 Loans and other financial facilities

All loans and other financial facilities available to the Company have been made available for review by the Buyer. As of the Signing Date, the principal outstanding amount under the Carmen Knutsen Facility is USD 89,125,000. As of the Signing Date, the intercompany balance with accumulated interest between the Company and the Seller was NOK 2,977,159.70.

No event has occurred which gives, or after notice or lapse of time, or both, would give any third party the right to call for repayment from the Company prior to normal maturity of any loan or other financial facility. The Company shall not be indebted, directly or indirectly, to any person who is an officer, director, stockholder or employee of any of the Seller or any spouse, child or other relative or any affiliate of any such person, nor shall any such officer, director, stockholder, employee, relative or affiliate be indebted to the Company.

 

8.9 Assets

At the Closing Date, the Company shall not be using assets in the Business that it neither owns nor has the right to use pursuant to written agreements with third parties. At the Closing Date, the assets of the Company will comprise all the assets necessary for carrying on the Business fully and effectively to the extent to which it is conducted at the Signing Date.

 

8.10 Absence of certain changes or events

Since the Accounts Date, there has not occurred or arisen:

 

a) any change of accounting methods, principles or practices, accounting, invoicing and supplier practice or procedures for the Company;

 

b) any acquisition or disposal of, or the entering into any agreement to acquire or dispose of, any asset, other than the sale of products in the ordinary course of business;

 

c) the termination of any Material Agreement;

 

9


d) any obligations, commitments or liabilities, contingent or otherwise, whether for Taxes or otherwise, except obligations, commitments and liabilities arising in the ordinary course of business;

 

e) any event or condition, whether covered by insurance or not, which has resulted in or may result in a Material Adverse Effect; or

 

f) the entering into of any agreements or commitments other than on customary terms.

 

8.11 Agreements

Each Material Agreement is in full force and effect. No other Material Agreements will be entered into by the Company prior the Closing Date without the prior consent of the Buyer (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld). The Company has fulfilled all material obligations required pursuant to the Material Agreements to have been performed by it prior to the Signing Date and has not waived any material rights thereunder.

There has not occurred any material default on the part of the Company under any of the Material Agreements, or to the knowledge of the Seller, on the part of any other party thereto, nor has any event occurred that with the giving of notice or the lapse of time, or both, would constitute any material default on the part of the Company under any of the Material Agreements nor, to the knowledge of the Seller, has any event occurred that with the giving of notice or the lapse of time, or both, would constitute any material default on the part of any other party to any of the Material Agreements.

The term “ Material Agreement ” means each agreement, contract or other undertaking by or of the Company (a) that is of material importance to the Business or (b) the value of which, in respect of total turnover during one year, is not less than NOK 500,000, provided, however, that such term includes the Charter and the Carmen Knutsen Facility.

 

8.12 Insurance

The Company maintains insurance policies on fire, theft, loss, disruption, product and general liability and other forms of insurance with reputable insurers that would reasonably be judged to be sound and required for the Business.

The Company’s insurance policies do not contain any provisions regarding a change of control or ownership of the insured.

The Company is in compliance with all terms and conditions contained in the insurance policies, and nothing has been done or omitted to be done that would make any insurance policy or insurance void or voidable or that would result in a reduction of the coverage ( No: avkortning ).

 

8.13 Environmental matters

The Company is not and has not been in breach of any applicable laws (whether civil, criminal or administrative), statutes, regulations, directives, codes, judgments, orders or any other measures imposed by any governmental, statutory or regulatory body with regard to the pollution or the protection of the environment or to the protection of human health or human safety, or any other living organisms supported by the environment.

 

10


There is no current governmental investigation or disciplinary proceeding relating to any alleged breach of any law or permit by the Company, and none is pending, nor threatened.

The Company has not, other than as permitted under applicable permits or applicable laws or regulations held from time to time, disposed of, discharged, released, placed, dumped or emitted any hazardous substances, such as pollutants, contaminants, hazardous or toxic materials, wastes or chemicals. Neither the Seller nor the Company has received any formal or informal notice or other communication from which it appears that the Company may be or has been in violation of any laws or permits. There are no actual or contingent obligations on the Company to pay money or carry out any work in order to keep or be granted an extension or renewal of any existing permit. There are no facts or circumstances that could result in such an obligation. The properties used by the Company are not made of or do not contain any form of asbestos or any other toxic substance that may cause damage to the health of the persons working or visiting the premises.

 

8.14 Compliance with laws

The Company has at all times conducted the Business in accordance with and has complied with any applicable laws in Norway and in any other relevant countries relating to its operations and the Business.

All necessary licences, consents, permits and authorisations have been obtained by the Company to enable the Company to carry on the Business in the places and in the manner in which such Business is now conducted and all such licences, consents, permits and authorisations are valid and subsisting and have been complied with in all respects.

 

8.15 Litigation

There are no claims, actions, lawsuits, administrative, governmental, arbitration or other legal proceedings (including but not limited to proceedings related to Taxes) pending or threatened against or involving the Company, the Business or properties or assets of the Company and which would result in a Material Adverse Effect if adversely determined.

 

8.16 Taxes

The Company has properly filed with the appropriate Tax authorities all Tax returns and reports required to be filed for all Tax periods ending prior to the Closing Date. Such filings are true, correct and complete. All information required for a correct assessment of Taxes has been provided.

The Tax returns of the Company have been assessed and approved by the Tax authorities through the Tax years up to and including the years for which such assessment and approval is required, and the Company is not subject to any dispute with any such authority.

All Taxes that have become due have been fully paid or fully provided for in the Accounts, and the Company shall not be liable for any additional Tax pertaining to the period before the Accounts Date. All Taxes for the period after the Accounts Date have been fully paid when due.

There are no Tax audits, Tax disputes or Tax litigation pending or threatened against or involving the Company. There is no basis for assessment of any deficiency in any Taxes against the Company that has not been provided for in the Accounts or that has not been paid.

 

11


The Company is not and has not been involved in any transaction that could be considered as Tax-evasive. All losses for Tax purposes incurred by of the Company are trading losses and are available to be carried forward and set off against income in succeeding periods without limitation and have been accepted by the relevant Tax authorities.

The Company is not and has not been subject to any Tax outside its respective country of fiscal residence.

 

8.17 Relationship with the Seller

Except as disclosed to the Buyer, there are no written or oral agreements or arrangements between the Company and the Seller, and no liabilities or obligations (contingent or otherwise) owed by the Company to the Seller.

No services provided by the Seller to the Company are necessary in the ordinary course of business.

No payments of any kind, including, but not limited to management charges, have been made by the Company to the Seller, save for payments under agreements or arrangements made on an arm’s-length basis in accordance with applicable law and regulations.

 

8.18 Information

All documents provided to the Buyer by or on behalf of the Seller or the Company are true and correct, and no document provided to the Buyer by or on behalf of the Seller or the Company contains any untrue statement of a relevant fact or omits to state a relevant fact necessary to make the statements contained in the document not misleading.

There are no facts or circumstances known to the Seller, relating to the affairs of the Company, that have not been disclosed to the Buyer, which, if disclosed, reasonably could have been expected to influence the decision of the Buyer to purchase the Shares on the terms of this Agreement.

The Seller confirms that the Seller, prior to the Signing Date, has made, and until the Closing Date, shall continue to make, all investigations necessary in order to ensure that the statements in Clause 7 are correct.

 

9 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE SELLER REGARDING THE VESSEL

The Seller represents and warrants to the Buyer as of the Signing Date and on the Closing Date, unless otherwise expressly stated:

 

12


9.1 Flag and title

The Company is the registered owner of the Vessel and has good and marketable title to the Vessel, free and clear of any and all Encumbrances, other than those arising under the Carmen Knutsen Facility. The Vessel is properly registered in the name of the Seller under and pursuant to the flag and law of Malta, and all fees due and payable in connection with such registration have been paid.

 

9.2 Classification

The Vessel is entered with Det Norske Veritas and has the highest classification rating. The Vessel is in class without any recommendations or notation as to class or other requirement of the relevant classification society, and if the Vessel is in a port, it is in such condition that it cannot be detached by any port state authority or the flag state authority for any deficiency.

 

9.3 Maintenance

The Vessel has been maintained in a proper and efficient manner in accordance with internationally accepted standards for good ship maintenance, is in good operating order, condition and repair and is seaworthy, and all repairs made to the Vessel during the last two years and all known scheduled repairs due to be made and all known deficiencies have been disclosed to the Buyer.

 

9.4 Liens

The Vessel is not (a) under arrest or otherwise detained, (b) other than in the ordinary course of business, in the possession of any person (other than her master and crew) or (c) subject to a possessory lien.

 

9.5 Safety

The Vessel is supplied with valid and up-to-date safety, safety construction, safety equipment, radio, loadline, health, tonnage, trading and other certificates or documents as may for the time being be prescribed by the law of Malta or of any other pertinent jurisdiction, or that would otherwise be deemed necessary by a shipowner acting in accordance with internationally accepted standards for good ship management and operations.

 

9.6 No blacklisting or boycotts

No blacklisting or boycotting of any type has been applied or currently exists against or in respect of the Vessel.

 

9.7 No options

There are not outstanding any options or other rights to purchase the Vessel other than the option held by the Buyer pursuant to the Omnibus Agreement.

 

9.8 Insurance

The insurance policies relating to the Vessel are as set forth on Schedule 2 hereto, each of which is in full force and effect and, to the Seller’s knowledge, not subject to being voided or terminated for any reason.

 

10 COVENANTS PRIOR TO THE CLOSING

 

10.1 Covenants of the Seller Prior to the Closing

From the Signing Date to the Closing Date, the Seller shall cause the Company to conduct its business in the usual, regular and ordinary course in substantially the same manner as previously conducted. The Seller shall not permit the Company to enter into any contracts or other written or

 

13


oral agreements prior to the Closing Date, other than such contracts and agreements as have been disclosed to the Buyer prior to the Signing Date, without the prior consent of the Buyer (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld). In addition, the Seller shall not permit the Company to take any action that would result in any of the conditions to the purchase and sale of the Shares set forth in Clause 6 not being satisfied. Furthermore, the Seller hereby agrees and covenants that it:

 

a) shall use its best efforts to take, or cause to be taken, all actions and to do, or cause to be done, all things necessary to consummate and make effective as promptly as possible the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and to co-operate with the Buyer and others in connection with the foregoing;

 

b) shall use its best efforts to obtain the authorisations, consents, orders and approvals of regulatory bodies and officials that may be or become necessary for the performance of its obligations pursuant to this Agreement and the completion of the transactions contemplated by it;

 

c) shall co-operate with the Buyer and promptly seek to obtain such authorisations, consents, orders and approvals as may be necessary for the performance of the Parties’ respective obligations pursuant to this Agreement;

 

d) shall not amend, alter or otherwise modify or permit any amendment, alteration or modification of any material provision of or terminate the Charter or any other contract prior to the Closing Date without the prior written consent of the Buyer, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed;

 

e) shall not exercise or permit any exercise of any rights or options contained in the Charter, without the prior written consent of the Buyer, not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed;

 

f) shall observe and perform in a timely manner, all of its covenants and obligations under the Charter and the Carmen Knutsen Facility, if any, and in the case of a default by another party thereto, it shall forthwith advise the Buyer of such default and shall, if requested by the Buyer, enforce all of its rights under such Charter or Carmen Knutsen Facility, as applicable, in respect of such default;

 

g) shall not cause or, to the extent reasonably within its control, permit any Encumbrances to attach to the Vessel other than in connection with the Carmen Knutsen Facility; and

 

h) shall permit representatives of the Buyer to make, prior to the Closing Date, at the Buyer’s risk and expense, such surveys, tests and inspections of the Vessel as the Buyer may deem desirable, so long as such surveys, tests or inspections do not damage the Vessel or interfere with the activities of the Seller, the Company or the Charterer thereon and so long as the Buyer shall have furnished the Seller with evidence that adequate liability insurance is in full force and effect.

 

10.2 Covenants of the Buyer Prior to the Closing

The Buyer hereby agrees and covenants that during the period of time after the Signing Date and prior to the Closing Date, the Buyer shall, in respect of the Shares to be transferred on the Closing Date, take, or cause to be taken, all necessary partnership action, steps and proceedings to approve or authorize validly and effectively the purchase and sale of the Shares and the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the other agreements and documents contemplated hereby.

 

14


11 TERMINATION

 

11.1 Termination

This Agreement may be terminated, and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement may be abandoned, at any time prior to the Closing Date:

 

a) by either Party if a breach of any provision of this Agreement has been committed by the other Party, such breach has not been waived and such breach is material to the transactions contemplated hereby, the Business or the assets, financial condition or prospect of the Company;

 

b) by the Buyer if satisfaction of any of the conditions in Clause 6.1 is or becomes impossible (other than through the failure of the Buyer to comply with its obligations under this Agreement) and the Buyer has not waived such condition;

 

c) by the Seller if satisfaction of any of the conditions in Clause 6.2 is or becomes impossible (other than through the failure of the Seller to comply with its obligations under this Agreement) and the Seller has not waived such condition;

 

d) by the Buyer due to a change having occurred that has resulted or may result in a Material Adverse Effect; or

 

e) by mutual written consent of the Seller and the Buyer.

 

11.2 Rights on termination

If this Agreement is terminated pursuant to Clause 11.1, all further obligations of the Parties pursuant to this Agreement shall terminate without further liability of a Party to the other, provided, however, that the obligations of the Parties contained in Clause 14 (Costs) and Clause 18 (Governing Law and arbitration) shall survive such termination, and further provided, that if this Agreement is terminated by a Party because of the breach of this Agreement by the other Party or because one or more of the conditions to the terminating Party’s obligations under this Agreement is not satisfied as a result of the other Party’s failure to comply with its obligations under this Agreement, the terminating Party’s right to pursue all legal remedies will survive such termination unimpaired.

 

12 INDEMNIFICATION

 

12.1 Indemnity by the Seller

Subject to Clause 13, following the Closing, the Seller shall be liable for, and shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Buyer and its respective officers, directors, employees, agents and representatives (the “ Buyer Indemnitees ”) from and against, any Losses, suffered or incurred by such Buyer Indemnitees:

 

a) by reason of, arising out of or otherwise in respect of any inaccuracy in, breach of any representation or warranty, or a failure to perform or observe fully any covenant, agreement or obligation of, the Seller in or under this Agreement or in or under any document, instrument or agreement delivered pursuant to this Agreement by the Seller;

 

15


b) subject to Clause 14b), any fees, expenses or other payments incurred or owed by the Seller to any brokers, financial advisors or comparable other persons retained or employed by it in connection with the transaction contemplated by this Agreement; or

 

c) any Losses suffered or incurred by such Buyer Indemnitees in connection with any claim for the repayment of hire or Losses in relation to the Vessel for periods prior to the Closing.

 

12.2 Indemnity by the Buyer

Following the Closing, the Buyer shall be liable for, and shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Seller and its respective officers, directors, employees, agents and representatives (the “ Seller Indemnitees ”) from and against, any Losses, suffered or incurred by such Seller Indemnitees by reason of, arising out of or otherwise in respect of any inaccuracy in, breach of any representation or warranty, or a failure to perform or observe fully any covenant, agreement or obligation of, the Buyer in or under this Agreement or in or under any document, instrument or agreement delivered pursuant to this Agreement by the Buyer.

 

12.3 Indemnification procedures with respect to third-party claims

If the Seller or the Buyer, as the case may be (an “ Indemnified Party ”), shall receive notice of any claim by a third party that is or may be subject to indemnification or compensation from the other Party pursuant to this Agreement (a “ Third-Party Claim ”), the Indemnified Party shall give the other Party (the “ Indemnifying Party ”) prompt written notice of such Third-Party Claim and the Indemnifying Party shall, at the Indemnifying Party’s option, have the right to participate in the defence thereof by counsel at the Indemnifying Party’s own cost and expense. If the Indemnifying Party acknowledges within 30 days from such written notice in writing its obligation to indemnify the Indemnified Party against all Losses that may result from such Third-Party Claim, the Indemnifying Party shall be entitled, at the Indemnifying Party’s option, to assume and control the defence of such Third-Party Claim at the Indemnifying Party’s cost and expense and through counsel of the Indemnifying Party’s choice. No such Third-Party Claim may be settled by the Indemnifying Party without the written consent of the Indemnified Party, unless the settlement involves only the payment of money by the Indemnifying Party. No Third-Party Claim that is being defended in good faith by the Indemnifying Party shall be settled by the Indemnified Party without the written consent of the Indemnifying Party. The Indemnifying Party shall have no obligation to indemnify the Indemnified Party for any losses resulting from the settlement of Third-Party Claims in violation of the provisions of this Clause 12.3.

 

13 OMNIBUS AGREEMENT INDEMNIFICATION

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Seller shall be liable for, and shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Partnership and any person controlled by the Partnership, including the Buyer, from and against the matters set forth in Article XIII of the Omnibus Agreement, subject to the terms and conditions set forth therein.

The Seller’s indemnification obligations under this Clause 13 shall only be subject to limitations insofar as such limitations follow from Article XIII of the Omnibus Agreement.

 

14 COSTS

 

a) Subject to Clause 14b), each party shall pay its own costs and expenses in connection with the preparation for and completion of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including but not limited to all fees and expenses of its own representatives, agents, brokers, legal and financial advisers and authorities and no such costs or expenses shall be charged to or paid by, neither directly or indirectly, the Company.

 

16


b) If, pursuant to Clause 6.2a) of the Omnibus Agreement, a mutually-agreed-upon investment banking firm, ship broker or other expert advisor is engaged to determine the fair market value of the Carmen Knutsen Interests (as defined therein) and/or other material terms, then the fees and expenses of the investment banking firm, ship broker or other expert advisor, as applicable, will be divided equally between the Buyer and the Seller.

 

15 NOTICES

All notices, requests, demands, approvals, waivers and other communications required or permitted under this Agreement must be in writing in the English language and shall be deemed to have been received by a Party when:

 

a) delivered by post, unless actually received earlier, on the third Business Day after posting, if posted within Norway, or the fifth Business Day, if posted to or from a place outside Norway;

 

b) delivered by hand, on the day of delivery; or

 

c) delivered by fax, on the day of dispatch if supported by a written confirmation from the sender’s fax machine that the message has been properly transmitted.

All such notices and communications shall be addressed as set forth below or to such other addresses as may be given by written notice in accordance with this Clause 15.

If to the Seller:

Knutsen NYK Offshore Tankers AS

Attention: Chairman of the Board

Smedasundet 40, Postboks 2017, 5504 Haugesund, Norway

Fax no.: +47 52 70 40 40

If to the Buyer: KNOT Shuttle Tankers AS

Attention: Chairman of the Board

Smedasundet 40, Postboks 2017, 5504 Haugesund, Norway

Fax no.: +47 52 70 40 40

 

16 ASSIGNMENT

This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the successors of the Parties, but shall not be assignable by any of the Parties without the prior written consent of the other Party. The benefit of this Agreement may, however, be assigned by either of the Parties to any group directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by or under common control of the assignor, provided that the assignor shall remain liable for its own debt and for all obligations under this Agreement.

 

17


17 MISCELLANEOUS

 

17.1 Further Assurances

From time to time after the Signing Date, and without any further consideration, the Parties agree to execute, acknowledge and deliver all such additional deeds, assignments, bills of sale, conveyances, instruments, notices, releases, acquittances and other documents, and shall do all such other acts and things, all in accordance with applicable law, as may be necessary or appropriate (a) more fully to assure that the applicable Parties own all of the properties, rights, titles, interests, estates, remedies, powers and privileges granted by this Agreement, or which are intended to be so granted, (b) more fully and effectively to vest in the applicable Parties and their respective successors and assigns beneficial and record title to the interests contributed and assigned by this Agreement or intended so to be and (c) more fully and effectively to carry out the purposes and intent of this Agreement.

 

17.2 Integration

This Agreement, the Schedules and Appendices hereto and the instruments referenced herein supersede all previous understandings or agreements among the Parties, whether oral or written, with respect to its subject matter hereof. This Agreement, the Schedules and Appendices hereto and the instruments referenced herein contain the entire understanding of the Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof. No understanding, representation, promise or agreement, whether oral or written, is intended to be or shall be included in or form part of this Agreement unless it is contained in a written amendment hereto executed by the Parties hereto after the Signing Date.

 

17.3 No Broker’s Fees

No one is entitled to receive any finder’s fee, brokerage or other commission in connection with the purchase of the Shares or the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

18 GOVERNING LAW AND ARBITRATION

This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with Norwegian law.

The Parties shall seek to solve through negotiations any dispute, controversy or claim arising out of or relating to this Agreement, or the breach, termination or invalidity hereof. If the Parties fail to solve such dispute, controversy or claim by a written agreement within 60 days after one of the Parties has requested such negotiations by notice to the other Party, such dispute, controversy or claim shall be finally settled by arbitration in Haugesund in the English language in accordance with the Norwegian Arbitration Act. The arbitration tribunal shall consist of three arbitrators, of which the Buyer shall appoint one arbitrator and the Seller shall appoint one arbitrator. The arbitrators so appointed shall appoint the third arbitrator, who shall be the chairman of the arbitration tribunal. In the event of failure by a Party to appoint its arbitrator within 30 days after the request for arbitration first is given, or the failure by the first two arbitrators to appoint the third arbitrator within 30 days after appointment of the last of the first two arbitrators to be appointed, such arbitrator or arbitrators shall be appointed by the district judge (No: “ Sorenskriver ”) of Haugesund District Court. Any Party may seek judgement upon any award in any court having jurisdiction, or an application may be made to such court for the judicial acceptance of the award and for an order of enforcement.

 

18


Notwithstanding the above, either Party may bring an action in any court of competent jurisdiction (a) for provisional relief pending the outcome of arbitration, including, without limitation, provisional injunctive relief or pre-judgement attachment of assets, or (b) to compel arbitration or enforce any arbitral award. For purposes of any proceeding authorised by this Clause 17, each Party hereby consents to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of Haugesund, Norway.

* * *

 

19


This Agreement has been executed in two original copies, of which each Party has retained one copy.

 

Knutsen NYK Offshore Tankers AS

    KNOT Shuttle Tankers AS
By:  

/s/ ØYSTEIN M. KALLEKLEV

    By:  

/s/ ØYSTEIN M. KALLEKLEV

Name:  

Øystein M. Kalleklev

    Name:  

Øystein M. Kalleklev

Title:  

Attorney-in-fact

    Title:  

Attorney-in-fact

By:  

 

     
Name:  

 

     
Title:  

 

     

 

20


Schedule 1

FORM OF LOAN AGREEMENT

SELLER’S CREDIT

THE UNDERSIGNED, KNOT SHUTTLE TANKERS AS, of Smedasundet 40, 5529 Haugesund, Norway, a company registered in Norway with registration number 998 942 829 (the “ Borrower ”)

HEREBY ACKNOWLEDGES that it owes to KNUTSEN NYK OFFSHORE TANKERS AS, of Smedasundet 40, 5529 Haugesund, Norway, a company registered in Norway with registration number 995 221 713 (the “ Creditor ”)

THE INITIAL PRINCIPAL AMOUNT of USD [ ] (the “ Loan Amount ”), pursuant to the terms and conditions of this seller’s credit (the “ Seller’s Credit ”) as set out below:

 

Interpretation:    Capitalised terms not otherwise defined in this Seller’s Credit shall have the meanings ascribed to them in Schedule 1 .
Undertaking to pay:    The Borrower irrevocably and unconditionally undertakes to pay to the Creditor the Loan Amount together with any other amount outstanding under this Seller’s Credit on the Maturity Date.
Maturity Date:    The date falling 5 years after the date of signing of this Seller’s Credit, or such other date as mutually agreed between the Borrower and the Creditor.
Interest:   

Until this Seller’s Credit is repaid in accordance with the terms set out herein, interest shall accrue on the Loan Amount and be payable in accordance with the following conditions:

 

a)      Interest shall accrue during the period from and including Closing (as defined in the SPA) and ending on the day preceding the due date for repayment of this Seller’s Credit.

 

b)      The interest on the Loan Amount is fixed semi-annually based on the 6 months forward swap LIBOR, plus a margin fixed to 450 bps (4.50%) per annum.

 

c)      Accrued interest on the Loan Amount shall accumulate, be compounded with the Loan Amount at the end of each consecutive six month period (the first of which starting on the date on which the Loan is made available to the Borrower) and be payable at the end of each such consecutive six month period.

 

d)      Interest is calculated from day to day on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed and a year of 360 days.

 

21


  

e)      Interest ceases to accrue on this Seller’s Credit as from the date on which this Seller’s Credit is fully repaid.

Default interest:    If the Borrower fails to pay any amount payable by it under this Seller’s Credit, or if an Event of Default occurs, the applicable interest on the overdue Loan Amount and accrued interest upon such failure to pay or Event of Default shall accrue at a rate of eight per cent. (8.00%) per annum from the due date or the date an Event of Default occurred (as the case may be), to the date of actual payment.
No set-off by Borrower:    All payments to be made by the Borrower under this Seller’s Credit shall be calculated and be made without (and free and clear of any deduction for) set-off or counterclaim, unless explicitly agreed in a separate agreement.
Repayment:   

Unless previously repaid, the Borrower shall repay this Seller’s Credit in full on the Maturity Date at par together with accrued interest up to (but excluding) the Maturity Date.

 

The Borrower may at any time, prepay in whole or in part this Seller’s Credit with five (5) Business Days notice. No prepayment fee applies to any such early prepayment.

 

All payments under this Seller’s Credit shall be made to such account as the Creditor from time to time notifies to the Borrower.

Priority and subordination:   

This Seller’s Credit shall constitute senior debt obligations of the Borrower and has priority over any shareholder loans (to the Borrower) and equity provided by its owners.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the obligations of the Borrower and the claims of the Creditor under this Seller’s Credit shall – if the Borrower, the Guarantor or the Target becomes insolvent or enters into bankruptcy proceedings – be fully subordinated to claims of the Senior Banks in respect of the Senior Bank Debt Guarantee Obligations.

Guarantee:

   The obligations of the Borrower under this Seller’s Credit shall at all times until the Loan Amount, together with any and all amounts outstanding hereunder are repaid in full, be fully and irrevocably guaranteed by KNOT Offshore Partners LP, a Marshall Islands limited partnership (the “ Guarantor ”). Such guarantee shall be made by the Guarantor’s co-signature on this Seller’s Credit.

Events of Default:

  

The Loan Amount becomes immediately and automatically due for payment in full (together with accrued interest) upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, where “ Event of Default ” means:

 

a)      any non-payment by the Borrower under this Seller’s Credit; or

 

22


  

b)      upon the Borrower becoming insolvent or entering into bankruptcy proceedings, any liquidator or trustee in bankruptcy or similar officer is appointed in respect of the Borrower or any of its assets, any preparations are taken by its shareholders, directors or other officers for its winding up or dissolution.

For the avoidance of doubt, the provisions regarding subordination set forth in paragraph “Priority and subordination” applies in case of an Event of Default as set out in item b) above.

Transferability:

  

The Borrower may not transfer this Seller’s Credit (or any of its obligations and liabilities hereunder) to any third party.

 

The Creditor may transfer this Seller’s Credit, subject to the Borrower’s consent.

Governing law and enforcement:    This Seller’s Credit shall be governed by the laws of Norway, with the courts of Haugesund, Norway as legal venue.

THIS SELLER’S CREDIT has been entered into on [         date         ] 2013.

 

KNOT SHUTTLE TANKERS AS
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

 

KNUTSEN NYK OFFSHORE TANKERS AS
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

 

23


Guarantee

By our co-signature on this Seller’s Credit we, KNOT Offshore Partners LP, hereby unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees, as primary obligor as and for its own debt and not merely as surety to the Creditor the due and punctual payment by the Borrower of any and all sums which are now or at any time hereafter will be payable by the Borrower under or in respect of the Seller’s Credit.

If and whenever the Borrower shall make default in the payment of any sums due and payable under the terms of the Seller’s Credit, we shall forthwith, following demand by Creditor to us, pay to the Creditor in such manner as notified by the Creditor the moneys in regard to which such default has been made, with the default interest (if any) thereon.

Our total liability under this Guarantee shall, in the aggregate, always be limited to the Loan Amount plus all unpaid interest and default interest.

 

KNOT OFFSHORE PARTNERS LP
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

 

24


Schedule 1: Definitions

 

Business Day:    Any day on which banks are generally open for commercial business in Norway.
Senior Banks:    DNB BANK ASA, NORDEA BANK NORGE ASA, ABN AMRO BANK N.V., OSLO BRANCH, and CREDIT AGRICOLE CORPORATE AND INVESTMENT BANK and/or such other banks as may become creditors in respect of the Senior Bank Debt from time to time.
Senior Bank Debt:    A USD 93,000,000.- Term Loan Facility Agreement dated dated 11 July 2011 entered into between i.a. the Target as borrower, DNB BANK ASA, NORDEA BANK NORGE ASA, ABN AMRO BANK N.V., OSLO BRANCH, and CREDIT AGRICOLE CORPORATE AND INVESTMENT BANK, as lenders and mandated lead arrangers (as amended, supplemented or varied from time to time).

Senior Bank Debt

Guarantee Obligations:

   The Borrower’s and the Guarantor’s payment obligations under two guarantee agreement dated 11 July 2013, whereby the Borrower and the Guarantor i.a. guarantees the Target’s fulfilment of its obligations under the Senior Bank Debt.
SPA:    The share purchase agreement entered into between the Borrower and the Creditor dated 11 July 2013, whereby the Borrower agreed to purchase and the Creditor agreed to sell all shares in Target.
Target:    Knutsen Shuttle Tankers 13 AS, of Smedasundet 40, 5529 Haugesund, Norway a company registered in Norway with registration number 996 661 016.

 

25


Schedule 2

INSURANCES

 

Insurance Policies (all quoted values are USD)

Hull & Machinery

       

Hull

     Insured Value: $100,000,000    Policy Renewal: 1/10/2013

Hull Interest

     Insured Value: $25,000,000    Policy Renewal: 1/10/2013

Freight Interest

     Insured Value: $25,000,000    Policy Renewal: 1/10/2013

Loss of Hire (14-day deductible, 180-day maximum single claim, 180-day maximum sum of all claims paid)

Daily Amount: $56,000

     Insured Value: $10,080,000    Policy Renewal: 1/10/2013

P&I Insurance

       

Gross Tonnage: 82,803

        Policy Renewal: 20/02/2014

War Risk

       
     Insured Value: $150,000,000    Policy Renewal: 01/01/2014

Hull & Machinery

 

Norwegian Hull Club Assuranseforening, Bergen

     12,5

Gard AS

     9,5

Codan Marine Services AS, on behalf of Codan Forsikring AS, Copenhagen

     2,0

XL London Market Ltd (XL Synd 1209)

     10,0

Arch Insurance Company (Europa) Ltd

     5,0

Catlin Insurance Co (UK) Ltd (SJC Synd. No.2003)

     5,0

W.R. Berkely Insurance Norway NUF

     6,5

International Insurance Company of Hannover

     2,5

Skuld 1897

     5,0

Mitsui Sumitomo Insurance Company Ltd

     3,0

Chaucer Underwriting AS

     5,0

Alandia Insurance

     5,0

Aspen Insurance

     2,0

Tokio Marine & Nichido Fire Insurance Company

     10,0

Warta Insurance and Reinsurance Company S.A.

     1,5

Ingosstrakh

     3,0

Swedish Club

     2,5

ACR via HSBC Insurance

     3,8

India International Insurance

     4,0

Vienna Insurance Group

     2,25
     100,0

 

26


Hull Interest/Freight Interest
19.0%    Gard AS
20.0%    Norwegian Hull Club Assuranseforening, Bergen
10.0%    XL London Market Ltd
18.0%    Codan Marine Services AS, Codan Forsikring AS, Copenhagen
5.0%    Catlin Insurance Company (UK) Ltd
2.5%    International Insurance Company of Hannover
3.0%    Skuld 1897
2.0    Chaucer Underwriting AS
2.5%    Alandia Insurance
1.5%    Warta Insurance and Reinsurance Company S.A.
6.5%    Tokio Marine & Nichido Fire Insurance Co.Ltd
5.0%    Arch Insurance Comp. (Europe) Ltd.
5.0%    Swedish Club
Loss of Hire   
20%    Norwegian Hull Club Assuranseforening
32.0%    Gard AS
30.0%    Codan Marine Services AS
15.0%    Tokio Marine & Nichido Fires Insurance
3.0%    Mitsui Sumitomo Insurance Company Ltd.
War Risk   
100%    The Norwegian War Risks Club
P&I   
100%    Skuld (Gjensidig)
FDD   
100%    Nordisk Skipsrederforening

 

 

27


Schedule 3

ACCOUNTS

[Separate attachment]

 

28

Exhibit 4.22

LOAN AGREEMENT

SELLER’S CREDIT

THE UNDERSIGNED, KNOT SHUTTLE TANKERS AS, of Smedasundet 40, 5529 Haugesund, Norway, a company registered in Norway with registration number 998 942 829 (the “ Borrower ”)

HEREBY ACKNOWLEDGES that it owes to KNUTSEN NYK OFFSHORE TANKERS AS, of Smedasundet 40, 5529 Haugesund, Norway, a company registered in Norway with registration number 995 221 713 (the “ Creditor ”)

THE INITIAL PRINCIPAL AMOUNT of USD 10,452,748 (the “ Loan Amount ”), pursuant to the terms and conditions of this seller’s credit (the “ Seller’s Credit ”) as set out below:

 

Interpretation:    Capitalised terms not otherwise defined in this Seller’s Credit shall have the meanings ascribed to them in Schedule 1 .
Undertaking to pay:    The Borrower irrevocably and unconditionally undertakes to pay to the Creditor the Loan Amount together with any other amount outstanding under this Seller’s Credit on the Maturity Date.
Maturity Date:    The date falling 5 years after the date of signing of this Seller’s Credit, or such other date as mutually agreed between the Borrower and the Creditor.
Interest:   

Until this Seller’s Credit is repaid in accordance with the terms set out herein, interest shall accrue on the Loan Amount and be payable in accordance with the following conditions:

 

a)      Interest shall accrue during the period from and including Closing (as defined in the SPA) and ending on the day preceding the due date for repayment of this Seller’s Credit.

 

b)      The interest on the Loan Amount is fixed semi-annually based on the 6 months forward swap LIBOR, plus a margin fixed to 450 bps (4.50%) per annum.

 

c)      Accrued interest on the Loan Amount shall accumulate, be compounded with the Loan Amount at the end of each consecutive six month period (the first of which starting on the date on which the Loan is made available to the Borrower) and be payable at the end of each such consecutive six month period.

 

d)      Interest is calculated from day to day on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed and a year of 360 days.

 

e)      Interest ceases to accrue on this Seller’s Credit as from the date on which this Seller’s Credit is fully repaid.

 

1


Default interest:    If the Borrower fails to pay any amount payable by it under this Seller’s Credit, or if an Event of Default occurs, the applicable interest on the overdue Loan Amount and accrued interest upon such failure to pay or Event of Default shall accrue at a rate of eight per cent. (8.00%) per annum from the due date or the date an Event of Default occurred (as the case may be), to the date of actual payment.
No set-off by Borrower:    All payments to be made by the Borrower under this Seller’s Credit shall be calculated and be made without (and free and clear of any deduction for) set-off or counterclaim, unless explicitly agreed in a separate agreement.
Repayment:   

Unless previously repaid, the Borrower shall repay this Seller’s Credit in full on the Maturity Date at par together with accrued interest up to (but excluding) the Maturity Date.

 

The Borrower may at any time, prepay in whole or in part this Seller’s Credit with five (5) Business Days notice. No prepayment fee applies to any such early prepayment.

All payments under this Seller’s Credit shall be made to such account as the Creditor from time to time notifies to the Borrower.

Priority and subordination:   

This Seller’s Credit shall constitute senior debt obligations of the Borrower and has priority over any shareholder loans (to the Borrower) and equity provided by its owners.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the obligations of the Borrower and the claims of the Creditor under this Seller’s Credit shall – if the Borrower, the Guarantor or the Target becomes insolvent or enters into bankruptcy proceedings - be fully subordinated to claims of the Senior Banks in respect of the Senior Bank Debt Guarantee Obligations.

Guarantee:    The obligations of the Borrower under this Seller’s Credit shall at all times until the Loan Amount, together with any and all amounts outstanding hereunder are repaid in full, be fully and irrevocably guaranteed by KNOT Offshore Partners LP, a Marshall Islands limited partnership (the “ Guarantor ”). Such guarantee shall be made by the Guarantor’s co-signature on this Seller’s Credit.
Events of Default:   

The Loan Amount becomes immediately and automatically due for payment in full (together with accrued interest) upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, where “ Event of Default ” means:

 

a)      any non-payment by the Borrower under this Seller’s Credit; or

 

b)      upon the Borrower becoming insolvent or entering into bankruptcy

 

2


  

proceedings, any liquidator or trustee in bankruptcy or similar officer is appointed in respect of the Borrower or any of its assets, any preparations are taken by its shareholders, directors or other officers for its winding up or dissolution.

 

For the avoidance of doubt, the provisions regarding subordination set forth in paragraph “Priority and subordination” applies in case of an Event of Default as set out in item b) above.

Transferability:   

The Borrower may not transfer this Seller’s Credit (or any of its obligations and liabilities hereunder) to any third party.

 

The Creditor may transfer this Seller’s Credit, subject to the Borrower’s consent.

Governing law and enforcement:    This Seller’s Credit shall be governed by the laws of Norway, with the courts of Haugesund, Norway as legal venue.

THIS SELLER’S CREDIT has been entered into on 1st August 2013.

 

KNOT SHUTTLE TANKERS AS
By:  

/s/ ØYSTEIN EMBERLAND

Name:   Øystein Emberland
Title:   Controller

 

KNUTSEN NYK OFFSHORE TANKERS AS
By:  

/s/ ØYSTEIN EMBERLAND

Name:   Øystein Emberland
Title:   Controller

 

3


Guarantee

By our co-signature on this Seller’s Credit we, KNOT Offshore Partners LP, hereby unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees, as primary obligor as and for its own debt and not merely as surety to the Creditor the due and punctual payment by the Borrower of any and all sums which are now or at any time hereafter will be payable by the Borrower under or in respect of the Seller’s Credit.

If and whenever the Borrower shall make default in the payment of any sums due and payable under the terms of the Seller’s Credit, we shall forthwith, following demand by Creditor to us, pay to the Creditor in such manner as notified by the Creditor the moneys in regard to which such default has been made, with the default interest (if any) thereon.

Our total liability under this Guarantee shall, in the aggregate, always be limited to the Loan Amount plus all unpaid interest and default interest.

 

KNOT OFFSHORE PARTNERS LP
By:  

/s/ ARILD VIK

Name:   Arild Vik
Title:   CEO

 

4


Schedule 1: Definitions

 

Business Day:    Any day on which banks are generally open for commercial business in Norway.
Senior Banks:    DNB BANK ASA, NORDEA BANK NORGE ASA, ABN AMRO BANK N.V., OSLO BRANCH, and CREDIT AGRICOLE CORPORATE AND INVESTMENT BANK and/or such other banks as may become creditors in respect of the Senior Bank Debt from time to time.
Senior Bank Debt:    A USD 93,000,000.- Term Loan Facility Agreement dated dated 11 July 2011 entered into between i.a. the Target as borrower, DNB BANK ASA, NORDEA BANK NORGE ASA, ABN AMRO BANK N.V., OSLO BRANCH, and CREDIT AGRICOLE CORPORATE AND INVESTMENT BANK, as lenders and mandated lead arrangers (as amended, supplemented or varied from time to time).

Senior Bank Debt

Guarantee Obligations:

   The Borrower’s and the Guarantor’s payment obligations under two guarantee agreement dated 11 July 2013, whereby the Borrower and the Guarantor i.a. guarantees the Target’s fulfilment of its obligations under the Senior Bank Debt.
SPA:    The share purchase agreement entered into between the Borrower and the Creditor dated 11 July 2013, whereby the Borrower agreed to purchase and the Creditor agreed to sell all shares in Target.
Target:    Knutsen Shuttle Tankers 13 AS, of Smedasundet 40, 5529 Haugesund, Norway a company registered in Norway with registration number 996 661 016.

 

5

Exhibit 8.1

SUBSIDIARIES OF KNOT OFFSHORE PARTNERS LP

 

Subsidiary

   Jurisdiction of Formation

KNOT Offshore Partners UK LLC

   Marshall Islands

KNOT Shuttle Tankers AS

   Norway

KNOT Shuttle Tankers 12 AS

   Norway

KNOT Shuttle Tankers 17 AS

   Norway

KNOT Shuttle Tankers 18 AS

   Norway

Knutsen Shuttle Tankers 13 AS

   Norway

Knutsen Shuttle Tankers XII AS

   Norway

Knutsen Shuttle Tankers XII KS

   Norway

Exhibit 12.1

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO

RULE 13A-14(B) OR RULE 15D-14(B) AND SECTION 1350 OF CHAPTER 63 OF TITLE 18 OF THE UNITED STATES CODE (18 U.S.C. 1350)

I, Arild Vik, certify that:

 

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 20-F of KNOT Offshore Partners LP (the “registrant”);

 

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) for the registrant and have:

 

  (a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

  (b) [Omitted pursuant to the transition period exemption for newly public companies];

 

  (c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

  (d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by the annual report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

  (a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

  (b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

KNOT OFFSHORE PARTNERS LP
By:  

/s/ ARILD VIK

Name:   Arild Vik
Title:   Principal Executive Officer
  and Principal Financial Officer

Date: April 14, 2014

Exhibit 13.1

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO

18 U.S.C. 1350

Pursuant to Section 1350 of Chapter 63 of Title 18 of the United States Code (18 U.S.C. 1350), as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the undersigned officer of KNOT Offshore Partners LP, a Marshall Islands limited partnership (the “ Partnership ”), certifies, to such officer’s knowledge, that:

The annual report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2013 of the Partnership (the “ Report ”) fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Partnership.

 

KNOT OFFSHORE PARTNERS LP
By:  

/s/ ARILD VIK

Name:   Arild Vik
Title:   Principal Executive Officer
  and Principal Financial Officer

Date: April 14, 2014